UPNetwork  

Go Back   UPNetwork > Independent Forums > Fizzy Bubbles

Reply
 
Thread Tools
Old 04-26-2021, 11:16 AM   #1
Lil'twick
Insanity
 
Lil'twick's Avatar
 
Join Date: May 2013
Location: Fizzy Bubbles
Posts: 5,751
Send a message via Skype™ to Lil'twick
Litwick Mystical Realm: Zone of Folktales

THE MYSTICAL REALM

Once called the Arcane Realm, this place has had a storied history on Fizzytopian shores. Once the heart of a beating empire known for its uses of magic, this place serves as a shell for its sins. An Emporer decided to call himself a "God", and his actions in life have caused the decline of his realm to what it is today. While still known as a place of Magic, its use in modern times has been restricted or even outlawed in the Kingdom's heart. Remnants of ages past, deeds once done, and power yet untapped can all be found here. Take a trip to a more Classical time at the heart of the barely alive Kingdom. Look into the folly of men, and what lurks beneath the shadows of history, in the decrepit port City. Stroll through the lovely glades of the Forest, but beware of diving in deep within its heart. Wander through the Desert, from dreams and illusions to the liveliness of the oasis within. There is still power in this hallowed ground, but be wary in trying to find it.

The Kingdom of Swords

Once a vast empire ruled by a beloved Emperor and Empress, it has now been reduced to a Kingdom from the machinations of the Mad “God”-Emperor. Now, this place serves as a historical palace town, where relics of history of safely stored within the beautiful palace by the current Monarch. A place with centuries-old roots tied to faith, artistry, and honor; all are welcome to join to marvel at the beauty of the past. Please respond in RoyalBlue

Artisan’s Row: Merchants, craftsmen, bards, and so, so much more make their way to Artisan’s Row. Set up in the style of a farmer’s market, this cobblestone courtyard makes up the central plaza. Foreign goods and well-crafted items make this the cream of the crop for any material good you want. But, the true marvel is the Louis Quatorze metal statue in the middle, depicting the God-Emporer and his Banette, a testament, and hallow warning, of what this place used to be.

Saint Maglynn’s Cathedral: Once a common woman, she was blessed by higher powers to spread teachings of love, kindness, and forgiveness. As her final gift to the world, she built this Cathedral by hand, brick by brick. Inside, the followers of her teachings called the Sisters of Twice, erected a statue in her honor and continue on her legacy. They help all who have lost their way, offering guidance through words or battles. And, if you’re lucky, they might even offer you to join as a “Traveling Sister” by helping others who seek guidance.

Palace of Joyeuse: The palace overlooking the town, where the many knights, courtesans, and historians spent their days ruling and continuing traditions. The courtyard features an immaculate symmetrical rose garden with a large fountain in the shape of a Fluer-de-lis in the center. Small breakaways feature areas where knights and duelist hone their craft. The immaculate, guided halls are decorated with relics from ages past. Large portraiture of past rulers, as well as ornate chandeliers, line these walls. Relics showing the history of the Kingdom of Swords and those who have called it home can be seen displayed proudly for anyone to see. Regardless of your reason to wander these halls, there is always something someone needs help with.

Crypt of the “God”-Emperor [Shadow Area]: Deep within the waterways beneath the city lays the royal catacombs. Curious adventurers, whether brave or stupid, often try to make their way here to prove their mettle. Yet, while lined with bodies and tomes of rulers past, so do their regrets and curses. Rumors say that foul miscreations and demonic wardens stock these halls... And that the Banette still lives. Waiting for the perfect prey.


The Forest of Wands


A sea of coniferous trees that eat up, and surround, most of the Mystical Realm. Many Pokemon call this place home, causing there to always be some sort of going-on happening within. Those who come to this place always seem to find themselves sucked into one grand adventure or another. Yet, while most of this place is harmless, the heart of the forest is not to be trifled with. (Please reply in OliveDrab)

Fizzytopian Pinewood National Park: Most of the Forest is protected land from the officials of Fizzytopia, and a governing body of rangers and hikers often make their way to make sure people don’t destroy this national treasure. Various campsites and hiking trails connect the forest, allowing trainers to safely wander through and spend their time taking in the sights. Camp out, help the staff, or observe the wildlife, there’s always something to do here that isn’t bound by the arcane.

Lover’s Grove: The main, “safe” attraction of the forest, this palace was named for the two giant oaks twisted around each other. Legends say that a princess from the Kingdom fell in love with a commoner, and the two fled into the forest to find peace. Yet, not even this could bring them happiness, and the arbitrator of the Forest blessed their eternity in the form of trees. Wildflowers and berry bushes surround them, as proof of their blooming love, and a delicious treat for the many couples and trainers who want to show proof of their bonds with their eternal partner.

Whisperwisp Bog[Shadow Area]: Deep within the forest lies the Whiserwisp Bog, the place where the Park Staff stop protecting, leaving it to the Arbitrator of the Forest. A whimsical fog hangs above this swamp of fallen trees and shady muck, bringing in all sorts of fantastical and magical beings. Will-o-wisps commonly are seen floating around, whispers of souls who congregate to this strange place. If you want to play with the fae, or even just see what lurks in the deep, this place has strange effect’s on one’s heart.

Heart of the Forest: A rocky cavern beneath the rest of the forest, this place serves as the home of the Arbitrator. An ancient Gallade, seeming to pulse with the lifeforce of the forest, spends his days observing and training his mind here, beneath the charred husk of a rosewood tree. While he is away, though, the rarest of fauna and flora are said to be found making the many alcoves their home.


The City of Pentacles


A port city serving as the ruins of a high-tech, long-forgotten civilization. All that remains is a sky-reaching tower, destroyed by lightning as if it was the punishment for the people’s hubris. People from all walks of life, but most often those of certain... unsavory... paths make their home here. This place serves as the hub for Fizzytopia’s Underworld, and all areas of the region make sure they stay on this place’s good side. (Please Reply in Thistle)

The Clockwork District: The one nice place in town, where those of higher power make their living. A central square serves as the one safe place for travelers, being the entrance to the city from land and sea. Many archeologists and inventors live here, often coordinating forrays into the Tower and peddling for lost technology. Whether you’re looking for the newest gadget, the lore of lost civilizations, or just a safe spot in the Mystical Realm, this is your best bet.

The Slaughterdocks: The port, though, is another story entirely. Pirates, Sailors, and Corsairs all call this place home. Old, wooden, and rickety, a variety of ships can be seen here waiting at the port. whether you need passage somewhere no one else will take you, fresh “special” cargo, or want an adventure on the high seas, you’ll find it here if you can stomach the smell of guts and fish. Yet, be careful, cross the wrong person, and your body will be hanging on the hook.

The Rogue’s District[Shadow Area]: Also known as the “Devil’s Playground”, these slums serve as a front for some of the richest people in Fizzytopia. Hidden deep within small cobblestone alleys can you find anything. Information, black market items, or even ways to spend hedonistic pleasure. Watch your purse, there’s a thief or conman at every corner. After all, you can get anything you want here if you have the coin.

Clockspire Tower: Named for the internal mechanisms looking like a clock, this place hosts the secrets of a civilization long past. Pokemon of unknown make and origins roam the halls, including the protector of the tower. A Metagross, built to constantly evolve, stalks the halls to eviscerate anything the tower’s security systems see as a threat. If you could avoid detection, a trove of valuable knowledge would be more than at your disposal.


The Desert of Cups

Named for the rolling dunes, this place serves as a harsh environment for the nomadic peoples who call it home. Yet, from its pure white sand and perfect view of the stars, many travelers come to marvel at the beauty of this desert at night. And every desert has its oasis, and this one serves as one of the most magnificent in all of Fizzytopia. (Please respond in SandyBrown)

Dunes of Illusion [Shadow Area]: Yet, there still is the trek to the Oasis. These dunes make up large swaths of the desert, the pearl white sand often causing mirages to flicker through the viewer’s eyes. While trainer caravaneers move people from the edge to the city, there is always to option to make the trek alone. To wander through the desert dunes, illusions of the past and regret tempting the faint of heart to ruin. Each dunal cup serves as their grave.

Lunar Oasis: A large, almost perfectly circular oasis that changes colors based on the lunar cycle. Large palm trees, lush grasses, and the only permanent civilization in the desert live here. A thriving desert town has been built around these pure, pristine waters. From sprawling tapestries to flowing garb, this place is more than colorful at all times of the day. Though, as long as they can please the King of the Oasis, Gyarados, they will live in peace.

Waterwyrm’s Palace: A faint shimmer from the ground, this place acts as the home for the Oasis’s Protector. The halls are adorned with imagery of the fish who make this place home, especially the various artworks of a Milotic. Gyarados’s Queen, the Milotic suddenly fell ill on the night of the New Moon and died. And now, this place serves as her grave and a home for those who wish to live beneath the water.

Starshard Field: North of the Oasis the environment becomes arid as the sand turns from its pearl white to pink. Pure, concentrated stardust, this place commonly is the sight of meteor impacts and star storms. Various Pokemon with ties to the stars make their home here, as well as a tribe of nomadic astrologians who observe the cycle of stars. This is the place for those who love the stars or want an otherworldly sort of adventure.


Here is a link to the old OP for ongoing adventures.
__________________


I fill my lungs with everything
You want someone that I can't be
You say it's insanity, but
I say that's my life

Fizzy Bubbles

Last edited by Lil'twick; 08-07-2023 at 11:45 PM.
Lil'twick is offline   Reply With Quote
Old 04-26-2021, 11:17 AM   #2
Lil'twick
Insanity
 
Lil'twick's Avatar
 
Join Date: May 2013
Location: Fizzy Bubbles
Posts: 5,751
Send a message via Skype™ to Lil'twick
Active Adventures

Lil'twick:
Akwillbe
Jahosafits
Naru
Prof. Enigma

Prof Enigma:
KingSalmon

Alilatias:
blu3shift

Sneaze
Missingno. Master
__________________


I fill my lungs with everything
You want someone that I can't be
You say it's insanity, but
I say that's my life

Fizzy Bubbles

Last edited by Lil'twick; 10-05-2023 at 12:22 PM.
Lil'twick is offline   Reply With Quote
Old 04-27-2021, 01:42 AM   #3
Lil'twick
Insanity
 
Lil'twick's Avatar
 
Join Date: May 2013
Location: Fizzy Bubbles
Posts: 5,751
Send a message via Skype™ to Lil'twick
Ongoing Adventures from BMG

Missingo. Master
Spoiler: show

Adventure Start
Spoiler: show
Quote:
Originally Posted by Missingno. Master, post: 6960038, member: 21823
"'...and found, to my surprise, that the unusually powerful wild Pokémon only made their home on the island's east coast, same as the strange creature I battled that day. Exactly what significance the eastern coast of Cinnabar holds to Missingno. is as yet uncertain, but my findings seem to indicate that there exists a direct correlation between the gathering of immensely powerful wild Pokémon and the presence of Missingno. and Pokémon like it.' Heh, you see now, Meowth?" Keith added with a grin as he closed his copy of Kanto Myths and Legends by Viridian Coffee and Anne Mewtruck, and stowed it safely back in his bag. The rumors of powerful Pokémon within this cave... Maybe, just maybe, it could mean..."

"...dat we's about to die?" Meowth supplied snarkily.

"Har har," Keith retorted. "I'm talking Missingno., Meowth. If there really is one to see in there..."

"Oh, yeah. Alls youse gots to do is fight yer way past Arceus only knows how many supa-strong Pokémon," Meowth rolled his eyes.

At this, Keith grinned. "You make it sound like a bad thing," was all he said before proceeding further onward towards the cave entrance. Though for all his recklessness and bravado, he nevertheless decided to play things a bit on the safe side, and produced a Luxury Ball off his belt, opening it up to unleash a powerful Ledian. "Stewie, I want you to keep your eyes out for signs of danger," Keith stated. "This cave's supposedly home to seriously dangerous beasts, and that could translate to some intense battles. You up for it?"

"Led Ledian!" Stewie declared firmly. Keith grinned, exchanged a fistbump with Stewie, and together they headed into the cave, Meowth still clinging to Keith's shoulder nervously.


Update 1
Spoiler: show
Quote:
Originally Posted by DannyDrawsaLot, post: 6962350, member: 112934
Missingno. Master - After a small chat with your Meowth, fantasizing on the cave's contents, and sending out your Ledian, Stewie, for protection, you proceed into the cave. The cave is rather murky and black, but sunshine coming in from outside allows you to see. You hear whispers, and bug Pokemon are scuttling all over the walls. Stewie hovers beside you, his fists clenched and his gaze fixed, ready to defend you and Meowth from any threat.
As you go deeper and deeper inside, the light dims and dims. Then, a small flame is seen up ahead. You proceed towards it, but as you go, the flame disappears.

You find yourself in a small circular cave. There are two passageways, both lit at the end. Strange scratch like markings can be seen in the cave you are standing in the middle of. Two torches suddenly light up, and you see something on the wall. It is some sort of cave painting. In it is a picture of some powerful being, being worshipped by smaller underlings. In the next painting, the being is challenged by one underling. In the final painting, the being destroys the small underling with a wave of hand, which make the other underlings worship this being with more vigor.
You turn back to the two passageways. Suddenly, writing above the passageways light up.

The one on the left reads, "Many go in, one comes out. Many wish for strength, none thinks to doubt. Many feel prideful, many vain. But those that survive, will never be the same." Despite being a written inscription, a tone of ominousness can be felt. Deep in the left passageway, a roar echoes through.

The one on the right reads, "This is the easy way. Do not suspect. If you want strength, come here. Its for free!"
What do you do?


Reply 1
Spoiler: show
Quote:
Originally Posted by Missingno. Master, post: 6968780, member: 21823
Further into the cave they ventured, and as they did so, the lighting dimmed more and more, as was to be expected the further away from the sunlight they got. Meowth clung to Keith's shoulder as best he could without extending his claws, a fact Keith was quite grateful for. Another thing he was grateful for was Stewie's presence- the Ledian was a powerful presence indeed, a former Shadow Pokémon, now purified and completely trustworthy, and easily one of Keith's strongest Pokémon. And not only was he strong, but Keith trusted him more than most to stay alert for potential danger- Stewie was Ginny's boyfriend, after all, Ginny being Keith's paranoid Pawniard and the self-appointed security for the Poisonous Palace, no doubt she'd have taught him more than a little about these sorts of things.

"What the..." Keith murmured. As the darkness had intensified to its worst levels yet, a flame flickered into view up ahead. But as he made to pursue it, it went out. Still, he proceeded in that direction. It wasn't much to go on, but right now, he'd take "not much" over "literally nothing." And sure enough, that paid off as they came to a small chamber. Two passageways sat before them, both illuminated at their respective ends. And as they tried to look around, their search was made quite easier by the presence of a pair of torches that lit up out of nowhere. The better for them to examine the cave paintings they could now see.

"Dey seem ta tell a story," Meowth murmured. "Some powerful bein', worshiped by its undalings... one o' dem challenges da bein'... and g-gets destroyed... and... and da othas just worship it more vigorously..."

"Sickening," Keith spat. "Some self-proclaimed god, no doubt, ruling by fear alone... where have we heard that before, hmm?"

"Yeah, dat sounds like Mt. Aduro all ova again," Meowth murmured. "I seriously hopes yer wrong, though."

"You and me both," Keith stated.

Stewie, meanwhile, was reading the inscriptions above the entrance to each passageway. "Led. Ledian!" he called over to Keith.

Keith approached. "Stewie, what do you got?" he asked. When Stewie, by way of an answer, pointed up at the writing, Keith began to read. "...huh," he murmured. "OK. Left one's seriously ominous, and the roaring I can hear from that direction doesn't exactly help. But the right one seems like a painfully obvious trap."

"Dunno how much pain'll be involved, though, since wateva's roarin' its head off ain't dat way," Meowth chimed in.

But Keith was shaking his head. "You remember that one chamber in Mt. Aduro?" he asked quietly. "That way didn't seem too dangerous either... not until the Heatmor started breathing in the toxic fumes from the hundreds of dead-"

"Alright, I get it, don't even say it," Meowth interrupted, looking nauseated at the very memory.

Keith nodded and said no more on that matter, and gladly so. It was bad enough he'd still sometimes see that grisly corridor in his nightmares without having to give it any real estate in his waking thoughts. Eugh. No thanks. "Alright... Both ways seem suspicious in their own ways," he stated. "The left path is a lot more obvious about it, the right path... well, common sense seems to dictate that it'd be a trap... But then, Meowth, what if that roaring..."

"...is a Missingno.," Meowth groaned, finishing the sentence exactly the way Keith had intended to. "Oy... and dat's wat we's really here fer ta see, ain't it?"

"Ledi..." Stewie murmured.

Keith turned to Stewie. "Stewie," he said. "We're taking the left path. We're expecting danger, and we'll need to respond appropriately should danger arise. You ready?"

At this, Stewie saluted his Trainer. "Led Ledian!" he declared.

Keith grinned, exchanging a fistbump with the former Shadow Pokémon. "Knew I could count on you. Alright, let's get moving, and be ready for action at the first sign of danger." Meowth and Stewie did not need to be told twice. As Keith started down the left passageway, Meowth was peering ahead, intent on putting his superior feline eyesight to good use, while Stewie was all set to set up Reflect or Light Screen at a moment's notice, whichever would be the bigger help. Both, even, if it seemed necessary.


Update 2
Spoiler: show
Quote:
Originally Posted by DannyDrawsaLot, post: 6970051, member: 112934
Missingno. Master - After deciding that the right cave was a clear trap, and the left a fair-ish gamble, you proceed down the left one. Its a slightly tight squeeze, with black, slimy walls, moss clumps everywhere, and small insectoid Pokemon crawling on the walls. As you keep going through, the light coming from the end of the cave grows brighter, and brighter, and brighter, until, Boom! The light disappears. Then, the moss on the cave walls suddenly begin to glow in a beautiful show of bioluminescence.
They grow bright blues, deep purple, and slightly ominous greens. You proceed down the cave, led by the glowing moss, then you stop. You hear a loud shrill scream, then a roar, and then lastly a crashing sound. Then, the bioluminescent moss stops glowing, then torches at the end of the cave light up.
As you proceed to the end of the cave, you reach a large clearing. A rocky pedestal sits in the middle. As you walk up to it, you see a small, shiny, rhombus-shaped stone. It was teal, and a carving of a dragon wing was inside of it.
Stones begin to glitter around you, all of them similar in shape to the one on the pedestal. Reds, blues, yellows, and greens shine everywhere, and all seem fresh for the picking.
As you look at the stones, you hear loud thudding on the ground. The ground is shaking and trembling, pebbles jumping, and then the glittering stones dim, before blacking out entirely.
Out of nowhere, three Pokemon appear, running in from a cave adjacent to the pedestal. One is a Kommo-o, another a Druddigon, and the last a Salamence. They seem very angry, and are ready to attack. The Salamence seems to be the leader, standing ahead of the other two. Kommo-o's left hand is super-charged with electricity, Salamence's mouth is emitting smoke, and Druddigon's head takes on a metallic sheen.

Kommo-o, Salamence, and Druddigon want to battle!

What do you do?


Reply 2
Spoiler: show
Quote:
Originally Posted by Missingno. Master, post: 6970320, member: 21823
The left path led to the source of the roaring. The right path, an obvious trap. Neither one seemed like a particularly good option, but if Keith was to get anywhere in this place, he had to go with the lesser of two evils, and a tough battle was always a chance he was good with taking. It wasn't the roomiest of paths, but Keith wasn't too bothered by this. The slimy walls didn't bother him much- we're talking about a man who regularly hugs his Muk and Garbodor here. Keith pressed onward, doing his best to ignore Meowth's nervous chuckling. The light at the end of the tunnel got brighter... and brighter... until...!

...it... went... out?

But then! Keith's eyes lit up as the walls did the same- the moss on the walls glowed in a seriously cool selection of colors. "Whoa..." he and Meowth breathed simultaneously.

"Lediiiii..." Stewie added, likewise awestruck by this.

Before long, however, the moss stopped glowing, and torches in the walls lit up seemingly of their own volition. And that's when Keith saw it- a clearing, and a rocky pedestal in the center. And on that rocky pedestal was a most unmistakable shape.

"Is dat a Z-Crystal?" Meowth whispered.

"I think it is!" Keith murmured. "And look!" he added- for indeed, the one Keith supposed had to be a Dragonium Z was not alone. There were numerous stones glittering all around, all of them in most distinctive shapes. "Z-Crystals? All of these?

At that moment, however, the ground had started shaking. Slightly at first, but with progressively increasing intensity, as though something... as though something was coming.

"...dat can't be good," whimpered Meowth.

Indeed, a trio of large, angry dragons came barreling in. One of them, their evident leader, was a Salamence, a species Keith knew of pretty well. Another one was a Druddigon- Keith knew that species arguably even better, as he owned one himself. The third looked vaguely familiar- Keith had never seen this type of Pokémon before, but felt as though he may have seen a pre-evolution? He whipped out his Pokédex, intent on getting an answer and getting it fast.

"Kommo-o, the Scaly Pokémon. A Dragon and Fighting-type, and the evolved form of Hakamo-o," droned the device. "Kommo-o threatens enemies by jingling the scales on its tail, battling only those who stand strong in response. Armor was made from its scales in the distant past."

"Ahh, so that's what it evolves into," Keith remarked, putting away his Pokédex. "A trio of Dragon-types, huh? We can handle these!" he grinned. "Meowth, I choose-"

"Pass," Meowth interrupted flatly.

"Oh, fine then," Keith said, rolling his eyes. "Stewie, what say you?"

"Led ledi! Ledian!" Stewie responded confidently, turning to face the Salamence.

"Nice," Keith grinned. "But you're gonna need some backup, no doubt- WAH!" For at that moment, the Fast Ball on Keith's belt burst open, the modified Wht Apricorn unleashing its electric rodent occupant out into the open. "Anion!?" Keith exclaimed as his Minun materialized. "You up for this?"

Anion gave a confident smirk. "Mai mai, mai mai!" she declared, looking up fearlessly at the Kommo-o.

Keith chuckled. "Hard to argue with spirit like that," he shrugged. "And as for the Druddigon," he added, plucking the Poison Ball off his belt and enlarging it. "Aster, let's go!" he declared, throwing the sphere forward. And in a flash of light, accompanied by a sparkly swirl of sapphire stars, a Shiny Toxapex materialized, looking shy as ever, but as it occurred to her that she was in a battle, Aster started to look more determined. "Ready to go?" Keith called.

"Tox! Toxapex!" nodded Aster.

"Then here we go!" Keith declared. "Stewie, use Light Screen, then hit that Salamence with your Ice Punch! Anion, meet Kommo-o's attack head-on with Nuzzle, then follow up with Acrobatics! Aster, use Baneful Bunker to stop Druddigon's attack and follow up with Venoshock! He grinned, knowing all three of his Pokémon would see their Abilities come into play here- Stewie's Ice Punch was gonna be delivered with a forceful Iron Fist; Anion's Volt Absorb would make Kommo-o's Thunder Punch completely useless; and once Baneful Bunker ensured Druddigon's own Iron Head got it poisoned, Aster's attacks would be delivered in a particularly Merciless fashion.


Update 3
Spoiler: show
Quote:
Originally Posted by DannyDrawsaLot, post: 6970497, member: 112934
[COLOR=rgb(65, 168, 95)]Missingno. Master - Stewie quickly set up a Light Screen, then flew at Salamence, frost collecting on its fist. Salamence braced for the attack, then released a mix of both Flamethrower and a Dragon Pulse on the incoming Ledian, the energy forming a dragon shape, and the fire cloaking it, making the attack be much more powerful, and completely neutralizing Stewie's Ice Punch attack, and blasting him backwards, slamming into the cave wall behind. Salamence then stood in place, performing a Dragon Dance, which powered up its strength and speed.

Both you and Anion were very sure that her Volt Absorb ability would neutralize Kommo-o's attack, but you would soon be very disappointed. As Anion and Kommo-o's fist collided, Anion was about to absorb the electricity, only to be stopped by an energy surge coming from Druddigon's left fist, which deactivated her Ability! Druddigon had broken the mold. Kommo-o then struck Anion with his fist, before spinning quickly and smacking Anion with a Dragon Tail. The attack had the ability to send Pokemon into their Pokeballs, which was exactly what happened to Anion. Dissipating into red energy, she quickly retreated into the same Fast Ball clipped to your belt. Kommo-o stumbled slightly, due to the paralysis caused by the Nuzzle attack.

Druddigon, similar to its leader, blasted a Flamethrower from its mouth at Aster, disabling its Baneful Bunker, then it went in for an Iron Head, taking the Venoshock head on, while doing damage.

These Pokemon were absurdly complex for wild ones, perhaps they weren't at all?[/COLOR]


Reply 3
Spoiler: show
Quote:
Originally Posted by Missingno. Master, post: 6970695, member: 21823
[COLOR=rgb(65, 168, 95)]The battle began, and very quickly did not go at all as Keith was expecting. Salamence let loose an impressive combination of Dragon Pulse and Flamethrower, cancelling out Stewie's Ice Punch completely, before going into a Dragon Dance. But it was Anion's predicament that threw Keith for a loop as the Thunder Punch landed! "WHAT?!" Keith exclaimed. "But how- she has Volt Absorb!"

"Look at da Druddigon!" Meowth exclaimed, pointing a paw at the pure Dragon-type. "I tink it's got Mold Breaka!"

"But that should only affect whatever it's attacking!" Keith spluttered. "Wha- Mold Breaker doesn't work like that!"

"Evidently it does," Meowth shrugged.

"Gah..." Keith groaned. At that moment, Kommo-o landed a Dragon Tail, sending Anion hurtling right back into her Fast Ball. At the same time, Druddigon burned through the Baneful Bunker with Flamethrower before actually landing the Iron Head- Venoshock didn't do nearly as much as it ought to have done since Druddigon didn't get poisoned.

"Dese are some tough opponents," Meowth remarked.

"You don't say," Keith grunted. Then, however, his face lit up with a grin. "...you don't say!" he repeated, sounding highly interested. "Tough Pokémon, abnormally so- exactly the sort of Pokémon you'd find hanging around where a Missingno. would call home! Oh, I can't give up now!" He reached for the balls on his belt and plucked off the Fast Ball. "Anion! One more time!" he exclaimed, sending his Minun right back out.

"Mai maaiiii!" Anion exclaimed. She glared at the Kommo-o, decidedly not amused with its use of Dragon Tail earlier.

"Let's play it smart this time!" Keith declared. "Aster, go for Wide Guard! Anion, use Helping Hand! Stewie, use Shadow Rave!"[/COLOR]


Update 4
Spoiler: show
Quote:
Originally Posted by DannyDrawsaLot, post: 6989823, member: 112934
[COLOR=rgb(65, 168, 95)]Missingno. Master - After your surprise at the Cartoon Physics of Mold Breaker, you remarked that these were unnaturally strong Pokemon, so the cave must house some strong creatures, including a Missingno. You decided to play differently this time, commanding Aster to set up a Wide Guard, which protected your Pokemon, and Anion gave Stewie a Helping Hand, performing multiple quick movements, releasing an electric pulse, which powered Stewie up. Stewie tapped into his Shadow powers, dark spikes erupting from the ground and striking all three opponents.

Kommo-o performed a Clangorous Soul, raising all its stats, and Druddigon Tormented Aster, which cancelled any chances of him using Wide Guard again. Salamence just stood here, menacingly. Then, a stone on the wall glittered, light shining onto Salamence's neck. The light slowly intensified, as Salamence was enveloped by a purple energy, as a Mega sign appeared above it. Salamence had Mega Evolved!

By then, the Wide Guard had wore off, so Salamence went in for a huge strike on Stewie, the recoil from it making the attack a Double-Edged sword, and Salamence's flying mastery seemed to Aerilate the attack, dealing more Flying damage than Normal damage, which wasn't exactly good.[/COLOR]


Reply 4
Spoiler: show
Quote:
Originally Posted by Missingno. Master, post: 6993617, member: 21823
[COLOR=rgb(65, 168, 95)]Keith grinned as Stewie landed a powerful blow. The Ledian wasn't the fondest of anything what that reminded him of his time as a Shadow Pokémon, but such unease was generally put to rest by reassurance that he was using these powers for good. And right now, taking down these daunting dragons definitely qualified.

But that alone wasn't doing the trick. The enemies weren't doing anything that would run afoul of Wide Guard, and Kommo-o was performing an odd move that seemed to power it up and harm it simultaneously. Keith consulted his Pokédex for some sort of an explanation.

"Kommo-o's special attack- Clangorous Soul," said the Pokédex. "It powers itself up at the cost of hit points."

"Oof, that's not good," Keith remarked.

"....it just got even worse," Meowth squeaked, spotting it at the same time Keith did- one of the stones on the wall shining onto Salamence's neck. And then, Salamence made a transformation, one Keith never would have believed of a wild Pokémon- it Mega Evolved!

"...that's even more not good!" Keith exclaimed.

"Ya tink?!" Meowth retorted.

And then, Mega Salamence attacked- a powerful, forceful, super effective Double-Edge, aimed right at Stewie! Yes, super effective- now Mega Evolved, Salamence had Aerilate, which meant its Normal moves were now Flying moves, and the Ledian took major damage!

Keith had to think, and think fast- these Dragon-types were looking like less and less of a joke, and he didn't take them for a joke to begin with. And now, one of them was able to freaking Mega Evolve in the wild?!

"Wh-wh-wat do we do?" Meowth squeaked.

Keith did not say anything just yet, regarding the trio of Dragon-types warily. Then, his expression changed from wary to determined. He stood up straight, and adjusted the brim of his Mega Hat. "We fight back harder," he stated. He turned to his Shiny Toxapex and held out the Poison Ball. "Return now, Aster!" he declared, withdrawing the Poison/Water-type. "You were great," Keith murmured to the ball as he minimized it in his hand. "Don't you worry, we got this." He placed the Poison Ball back on his belt and in its place plucked off a regular Poké Ball. "Alright- Chuck, I choose you!" Keith declared, hurling the sphere forward from which his Gengar emerged. Grinning, Chuck said nothing, and merely glanced around at his surroundings and adversaries, taking particular notice of the Mega Salamence with no Trainer around.

"...I think I'm correct in assuming we're to go all out?" the Gengar finally inquired, impish grin still in place.

Keith gave a nod and a grin of his own. "That you are," he confirmed. "Now, Chuck!" he added, gripping the brim of his Mega Hat. "Emerge from the shadows, and make those shadows yours to control!" With that, he swept the Mega Hat off his head and held it up high. "Mega Evolve!!!" he declared.

At once, three tendrils of energy erupted from the Gengarite set into Chuck's headband, while another three erupted from the Key Stone set into Keith's iconic cowboy hat. These tendrils of energy connected in midair, linking Key Stone to Gengarite- linking Keith to Chuck. And completely in sync with his Trainer, Chuck underwent a magnificent transformation, submerging his laughable legs beneath the cave floor as a third eye opened on the forehead of the ![/COLOR]



[COLOR=rgb(65, 168, 95)]Now armed with a spunky and confident Minun, a powerful and loyal Ledian, and now a Mega Gengar, Keith looked more ready than ever before. Even Meowth seemed to be calming down somewhat.

"Let's do this!" Keith declared. "Anion, take the Kommo-o! Magnet Rise, in the air, circle around and around it, and strike with Acrobatics when you see an opening!"

"Mai mai!" Anion nodded, already getting ready to float into the air by way of electromagnetic energy.

"Stewie, stay on the Salamence!" Keith added, now addressing his Ledian. "Fly circles around it with Agility, and strike with Ice Punch when an opening presents itself!"

"Led, ledi!" nodded Stewie, all set to start moving.

"Chuck, that leaves you and Druddigon for the moment," Keith stated. "Bulk Up, then Ice Punch! Don't worry," he added, correctly interpreting the Gengar's momentary hesitation. "It doesn't have Rough Skin, it has Mold Breaker."

"Ah, well, then!" grinned Chuck as he started to Bulk himself Up like the Machop he was when he was alive. "Let's get this party started, shall we?"[/COLOR]


Update 5
Spoiler: show
Quote:
Originally Posted by DannyDrawsaLot, post: 7015965, member: 112934
[COLOR=rgb(65, 168, 95)]Missingno. Master - Realizing you are outclassed at the moment, you recall your Shiny Toxapex, then decide on fighting fire with fire, sending out your Gengar, and commanding its Mega Evolution. Anion quickly rose like a magnet, heading straight for Kommo, then performing Acrobatics around it. Stewie did something similar, speeding towards Salamence with acute Agility, and then striking with a frosty Ice Punch.

Chuck finally Bulked Up, then threw an Ice Punch of his own. With the trio of attacks, the three Pokemon slowly dissipated into thin air, as if they were holograms, or a figment of your imagination!

A voice boomed through the entire cave, shaking the walls and pebbles on the ground trembling, saying, You have done well to pass your first test. But, this is only the beginning. Claim your reward.

You reach your hand forward, but out of nowhere, an odd sense of foreboding zips through your veins, as in you shouldn't dare touch the Z-Crystal.

Ahead of you, there are three separate passageways. One has moss all around it, and vines block the mouth of the cave, but can easily be brushed aside. The second seems bright and shiny, but looking through will see a sheer drop, into the rushing aquatic rapids below. The last cave is lined with glittering crystals, but unlike the cave you are already in, the crystals are not diamond-shaped, but spherical, with many colors inside.[/COLOR]

[COLOR=rgb(65, 168, 95)]What do you do?[/COLOR]


Reply 5
Spoiler: show
Quote:
Originally Posted by Missingno. Master, post: 7016315, member: 21823
[COLOR=rgb(65, 168, 95)]Keith grinned with confidence renewed as his Pokémon went in to attack, Anion targeting Kommo-o with a super effective Flying move, Stewie unleashing a forceful Ice Punch upon the Mega Salamence, and Chuck, Mega Evolved, also going for an Ice Punch on the Druddigon. Keith expected these to land forceful hits that would turn the tide of the battle. What he didn't expect was for these attacks to make the targets outright disappear! "Wat da-?!" Meowth exclaimed.

"What just happened?!" Keith said at the same time as Meowth's outburst.

As if in response, a booming voice echoed throughout the cave, congratulating Keith on passing his first test, but warning him that it was just the beginning. It then invited him to claim his reward. However, as Keith reached for the Z-Crystal, he shuddered. "Wat is it?" Meowth asked.

"Ugggh... I dunno," Keith admitted, pulling his hand back. "It's... it's like I... I dunno, there's this weird feeling. Like... Like I shouldn't touch that Z-Crystal for some reason."

"Dat don't make no sense ta me," Meowth remarked. "But if yer sure enough dat yer gonna pass up a Z-Crystal, youse must really mean business."

"Glad you understand," Keith nodded. Instead of focusing on the Z-Crystal, he instead looked at the way forward. Or... ways. Plural. There were three possible paths. One was overgrown with moss, and the entrance was covered in vines. Easily brushed aside, though, Keith figured. Nothing seemed too particularly dangerous about that. The next one was a bit harder to see, with an interior bright and shiny enough that Keith didn't even need to look to his side to see that Meowth was entranced by it. However, Keith snapped his fingers in Meowth's face, breaking the trance. "Look past the shininess," Keith advised the Normal-type.

"Wat do ya- oh. Ohhhh, "Meowth murmured, seeing what Keith saw- namely, the sudden sheer drop that sounded like it led right into the rapids. Keith chuckled as the Scratch Cat Pokémon looked determinedly away- Meowth hated getting wet. "Alright, so, dat leaves, wat?"

"That one with the moss and the vines and that one with the multicolored... spherical... gemstones?" Keith murmured, realizing what he was potentially seeing. "You thinking what I'm thinking, Meowth?"

"Dat dey's spherical?" Meowth replied.

"Very much so," Keith nodded. "Now, when you think multicolored spherical gemstones, there anything in particular that comes to mind?"

"Mega Stones," Meowth responded almost immediatel.

"Damn right," Keith nodded. "I think, therefore, you know which way we're going."

Chuck, Stewie, and Anion approached Keith, the Gengar no longer Mega Evolved. "Mega Stones, hmm?" remarked the Gengar. "Well, obviously they're no concern of mine, but I know a few teammates of mine who would be quite interested."

"Heh, don't I know it," Keith grinned. "Chuck, Anion, Stewie, nice work, all of you," he added.

"But of course," the Gengar grinned back.

"Mai mai!" Anion declared proudly.

"Ledian!" grinned Stewie.

"Alright, then, Chuck, Anion, take a good rest," Keith added, producing Chuck's Poké Ball and Anion's Fast Ball. "Stewie, you still good to go, just in case? We don't know what else lies ahead."

"Ledi," nodded Stewie.

While Chuck went back into his ball without fuss, Anion wasn't planning on doing likewise. The Minun deftly dodged the recall beam, then climbed up Keith's clothing, coming to rest on his previously unoccupied shoulder, the one Meowth wasn't occupying. "Mai mai, mai mai!" she declared.

Keith chuckled. He knew by this point that there really was no forcing Anion to do what she didn't want to do. "Fair enough, all right," he conceded. "Just keep a sharp eye out, alright? We don't know what we're up against next."

"Maiiiiiinun!" Anion nodded. With this agreed upon, Stewie led the way on to the passageway lined with multicolored spherical gemstones. Keith followed close behind, his Meowth and Minun on his shoulders.[/COLOR]


Reply 6
Spoiler: show
Quote:
Originally Posted by DannyDrawsaLot, post: 7016472, member: 112934
[COLOR=rgb(65, 168, 95)]Missingno. Master - After assessing the trio of cave passageways, you decide on the glittering stones, recalling your Gengar, you proceed down the earthen corridor. The rocks are jagged, jutting out at all sides, clearly requiring a careful person to traverse. The stones embedded in the cave walls glittered, providing miniscule light. The corridor is rather short, and, upon reaching the end, you feel the rumble again, this time much more than before, your feet shaking, then you hear the voice again.

You chose this cave despite all the dangers in it? You have proven yourself once more. Let your test begin.

Right as the voice finished speaking, three stones began to shine, outdoing the ones around it. One stone was pure white, with red and white stripes, the next blue, with pink and yellow stripes, and the last one pink, with cream and red stripes.

Go ahead! Pick one!

As you reach your hand out, the sense of foreboding that came from the Z-Crystal returns, yet stronger this time, despite the beckoning sense of the disembodied voice.

Maybe this was all a trick?
Maybe this was a test of greed?[/COLOR]


Reply 6
Spoiler: show
Quote:
Originally Posted by Missingno. Master, post: 7016788, member: 21823
[COLOR=rgb(65, 168, 95)]There was that voice again! As Keith had made it through the corridor full of glittering stones (which were a lot more jagged than Keith had initially believed), that booming voice echoed throughout the cave, commending him on picking such a dangerous cave. The test, it seemed, was to begin.

And begin it did! A trio of stones started to shine before Keith, each with a differing color scheme. One was pure white with red and white stripes; one was blue with pink and yellow stripes; and the last was pink with cream and red stripes.

"Are dey... Mega Stones?" Meowth breathed.

"Maiiiinun," Anion murmured wonderingly.

"Lediiii," Stewie added, admiring the spherical stones.

"It seems like it," Keith replied in a hushed tone." He reached his hand out, but almost immediately pulled it back- there it was again, that sense of foreboding of unknown origin, the same as he'd felt when reaching for the Z-Crystal! What was this?! "Gah," he murmured. "I'm feeling it again, Meowth... something's telling me I shouldn't touch any of these."

"Oh, fer cryin' out loud, den wat is ya supposed ta do?!" Meowth exclaimed in exasperation.

"I dunno, but it can't involve touching one of those stones," Keith stated firmly.

"Well, apparently ya gotta," Meowth stated. "Da voice said pick one."

"Yeah..." Keith murmured. "That is what the voice said, isn't it? Pick one. Pick one. Didn't say I had to touch one, just that I had to select one."

"Ohh, I see wat yer gettin' at," Meowth purred. "Alright. Dat makes sense."

Keith turned to his Minun and Ledian for their opinions. Anion shrugged and nodded, while Stewie simply nodded. And that was good enough for Keith. He reached out with his hand yet again, but this time not to touch one of the stones, but rather to point at one. Specifically, the blue one with the pink and yellow stripes. "I pick this one," Keith stated, hoping the voice would respond to this. Hoping even more that said response wouldn't screw them all.[/COLOR]


Update 7
Spoiler: show
Quote:
Originally Posted by DannyDrawsaLot, post: 7017551, member: 112934
[COLOR=rgb(65, 168, 95)]Missingno. Master - Quickly thinking, you decide that you can just point at one, instead of touching it. As you point out a finger towards the blue one, the voice booms through the cave again, this time more reserved and quiet.

You are smarter than I expected. Tell me, why did you come here? For fame? Gifts? Any humans who came her were fueled by greed, and I hope a great trainer such as yourself is an exception to that.

As the voice stopped talking, your attention is drawn back to the Mega Stones. The other two, the Scizorite and Audinite, seemed to melt! The color dripped off of them, slowly collecting into puddles on the floor. The pair of puddles slowly rose, forming the figures of the two Pokemon in their Mega Forms. The third stone, the one you picked, is quickly "swallowed" by the cave wall, the earthen wall covering it up entirely.

Test your strength once more. Meanwhile, you will be subjected to my other tests, not just requiring physical strength, but mental as well.

Scizor repeatedly snapped its two pincers, as they gained a metallic sheen, as it prepared a Bullet Punch, which was sure to hit very hard, as Mega Scizors are always known as great Technicians. Audino sang a discordant cacophony, using her Hyper Voice, directing the sound waves towards the formerly Shadow Ledian in front of her. [/COLOR]


Reply 7
Spoiler: show
Quote:
Originally Posted by Missingno. Master, post: 7017803, member: 21823
OOC: Just a minor note, that's former Shadow Ledian. That part of Stewie's life is firmly behind him.

[COLOR=rgb(65, 168, 95)]As it turned out, Keith picking apart the possible meanings of "pick one" was the right move to make. The voice sounded, albeit quieter than before, commending Keith on his intelligence. The voice then inquired as to why Keith had come here in the first place.

And Keith had to think about that. Part of him wanted to find out if this cave and its legends of powerful Pokémon had any connection to Pokémon like Missingno. Not even for any sort of personal gain- this sort of thing was simply of great personal interest to him. Another part of him wanted to come here for the chance to prove his strength as a Trainer, something he seldom, if ever, passed up an opportunity to do. Truthfully, any sort of personal gain (beyond maybe helping his Pokémon get even stronger, if one could even count that) simply hadn't occurred to him.

He said nothing for the moment, but as the voice expressed a hope that a great Trainer such as him would not be fueled by greed, he nodded. But if he was about to add anything more verbal to that response, he didn't get his chance- the Mega Stones before him melted away! Well, two of them did- the one he'd picked, was seemingly swallowed into the cave wall, while the other two melted into weird puddles on the floor. And then from those puddles formed a pair of Pokémon, likely the ones corresponding to whatever Mega Stones they were. A connection made all the more clear by the fact that they were both Mega Evolved!

Keith grinned as the voice invited him to test his strength once more, and added that he would be subjected to other tests as well. "I'm more than up for the challenge," Keith stated. "Mega Scizor and Mega Audino, hmm?" he remarked, sizing up the pair of powerful opponents.

Anion stood up on Keith's shoulder. "Mai mai!" she declared.

"Hold on there, Anion," Keith said quickly, plucking a Poké Ball off his belt. "I want this guy to get in on the action. Don't worry- I'm more than willing to bet you'll get your chance later on," he grinned.

"Mai..." grumbled Anion, but the Minun obligingly stayed put.

Keith nodded. "Thank you," he stated. "Alrighty, then!" he added, clicking the button to bring the ball to full size, before throwing it forward. "Dennis, let's go!" he declared.

In a flash of light, the ball burst open, and a big, bulky creature materialized with a magnificent flower on his back. "SAAAAAAAUR!" roared the Venusaur.

"Led ledi!" Stewie exclaimed. He'd been quick to try and set up a Light Screen before the Hyper Voice hit, and whether or not he'd managed to do so in time, he'd made the effort nonetheless. And seeing Dennis being sent out, the Ledian knew who he was almost certainly going to go up against, and thus turned to the Mega Scizor who was readying a Bullet Punch.

"Let's do it!" Keith declared. "Stewie, use Swords Dance, and follow up with Fire Punch! Dennis, you take the Audino! Use Toxic, then Venoshock, and follow up with Shadow Storm!"

"Ledian!"

"Venusaaaaur!"[/COLOR]


Update 8
Spoiler: show
Quote:
Originally Posted by DannyDrawsaLot, post: 7018052, member: 112934
(I fixed it)
[COLOR=rgb(65, 168, 95)]Missingno. Master - After accessing the situation, you send out a third Pokemon, telling your Minun to stay behind. This was your Venusaur, Dennis. Stewie had tried a Light Screen, but it was futile in the end, as Audino's Hyper Voice was hyper-discordant. Stewie, following your commands, stood, or, well, flew, in place, swords materializing around it, dancing in a co-ordinated set of moves, powering up Stewie's attack. Scizor quickly went in for its attack, lunging forward, clashing with Stewie's Fire Punch. They struggled for a few moments, before Stewie was overpowered by the Mega Scizor, who, after pushing Stewie's fist aside, made a quick swipe across his face. Audino took the Toxic, but seemed to not be affected by it at all! Mega Audino were potent Healers! Therefore, Venoshock was weaker than likely intended, but it still did some decent damage as it was a super effective move. Venusaur then shot off a Shadow Storm, but it was neutralized by Mega Audino's Blizzard. The two wind-based moves clashed, canceling each other out, but since one was coming from a Mega Evolved Pokemon, and the other coming from a non-Shadow Pokemon, the Blizzard slightly prevailed over the other, although all it did was just pelt Venusaur with ice crystals. Audino then went for a Psyshock, levitating tiny pebbles, then making them plummet towards Venusaur.

So you are not fueled by pride? That is good. You must win this battle to claim your prize, and there will be even tougher battles to come, young Trainer, so do not let yourself relax.[/COLOR]


Reply 8
Spoiler: show
Quote:
Originally Posted by Missingno. Master, post: 7018800, member: 21823
[COLOR=rgb(65, 168, 95)]The Light Screen wasn't set up in time, but Stewie wasted no time on his next move, a Swords Dance. However, Mega Scizor was able to overpower Stewie and land a powerful blow with Bullet Punch! Moreover, Mega Audino was able to cure itself of the poisoning like the skilled Healer that it was! Venoshock was super effective, but nowhere near as potent as Keith had been hoping. And then Shadow Storm was cancelled out by Blizzard, though Blizzard won out ever so slightly, pelting Dennis with a few ice crystals. And then came the Psyshock, another super effective blow, and this time with nothing to block it!

And Keith sought to fix this. The voice stated he had to win this fight if he wanted to claim a prize, but even if that hadn't been the case, he was still determined to win. His Pokémon were strong, even the Meowth and Minun on his shoulders sitting out this battle, and he knew it, they could do this! "Dennis! Skull Bash!" Keith called out at once.

"Saaaaaur," rumbled Dennis, lowering his head and assuming a stance that both prepared him for the powerful technique he was preparing and also boosted his Defense. Psyshock was technically a special attack, but it was the target's Defense that mattered here. Not only was Dennis gonna take less damage from his attack, but he'd also follow up with a mighty physical blow!

Keith turned to Stewie at this point. "Alright, Stewie, let's even the odds a bit. Flash, let's go!" he grinned.

"Led ledi!" Stewie responded, preparing to shine blinding light into the Scizor's eyes. Wouldn't be nearly as threatening if it couldn't see what it was doing, after all.

"After that, same tactic as with the Salamence- we outmaneuver with Agility, and Fire Punch when you have an opening!" Keith declared. Then, back to Dennis. "OK, Dennis, after this, follow up with Sludge, then pin it to the ground with a Body Slam!"

"Venusaur," Dennis growled in agreement as he charged up his Skull Bash.[/COLOR]


Update 9
Spoiler: show
Quote:
Originally Posted by DannyDrawsaLot, post: 7019017, member: 112934
[COLOR=rgb(65, 168, 95)]Missingno. Master - You command your Pokemon once more, this time with a more full out approach than before. Stewie Flashed light towards Scizor, hoping to blind it, only for Scizor to cross both hands across his face, coating its pincers with metal again, reflecting the light back at Ledian, blinding the Five Star Pokemon! Stewie then tried to carry out its other commands, trying to use Agility to maneuver around Scizor's multiple X-Scissors and Night Slashes. Since he was partly blinded by the Flash attack, Stewie ended up smashing into the wall, which gave Scizor a chance to strike Stewie with an Aerial Ace!

Dennis buckled down, readying a Skull Bash, raising its Defense. Audino chuckled at this, then fired a Flamethrower from her left hand, straight at Dennis as he came in for the Skull Bash! The sheer intensity of the stream of fire caused Dennis to get burnt! Audino's eyes then glowed blue, using a Psychic to levitate the Sludge out of the way and directly towards Stewie! She then used that same attack to levitate Dennis into the air then threw him at the wall, directly for Stewie!

But the show of power wasn't over yet. Pebbles and boulders all around you rumbled as they rolled together in between the two Pokemon, eventually structuring themselves into a Steelix! And, of course, the Steelix quickly Mega Evolved! As you stood there, gazing at this all, Steelix slammed his tail into the ground, causing Stones to Edge out of the ground directly towards you![/COLOR]


Reply 9
Spoiler: show
Quote:
Originally Posted by Missingno. Master, post: 7019131, member: 21823
[COLOR=rgb(65, 168, 95)]Well, then. It was almost comical how majorly Keith's strategies were falling apart. Almost comical, but not quite. The reflective metal of Scizor's pincers reflected the light back at Stewie, hitting him with his own Flash, and Dennis's Skull Bash was met with a Flamethrower that, of course, burned him. Not only that, Stewie ended up plowed into the wall as a result of his partial blindness, and Mega Audino, using Psychic, was looking to hit Stewie with Dennis's Sludge, as well as Dennis himself! "OK, hell, no," Keith declared, holding out the Luxury Ball and Poké Ball. "Stewie, Dennis, return!" he called, the recall beams calling back his Ledian and Venusaur before they got even more badly injured. After this, however, Keith threw the balls once more, sending them back out. He knew this wouldn't do anything for Dennis's burn, but at least Stewie would be able to see perfectly well again. And now he knew better to attempt a Flash.

But there was yet another problem to contend with. A number of pebbles and boulders rolled together, coming together to form the shape of a Steelix, which, of course, Mega Evolved on the spot. Was that bad enough? Evidently not, for then the Steelix started to let loose a powerful Stone Edge, aiming it directly at Keith! And for a moment, Keith was frozen in place, still stunned by the frankly ludicrous turn of events, as Meowth tensed up and gave a squeak of terror...

"Mai maaaiiii!"

Keith blinked, his Minun's angry cry snapping him out of it. He saw Anion jumping down off his shoulder, taking on a reddish aura as she stood in the path of the Stone Edge- she was using Counter, Keith realized! "Yes! Anion, you rule!" Keith cheered.

"Mai mai, mai mai," Anion smirked.

Keith straightened his hat, looking more determined than ever before. "It's three on three now, guys! Let's do it right this time! Anion, after that Counter, use Thunder Wave on Mega Scizor, then Entrainment on Mega Audino! Dennis, once Anion's done that, target Mega Audino with Toxic once more, then blast it with Venoshock after Venoshock! Stewie, once Scizor's paralyzed, we try our strategy once more- Swords Dance, Agility, and Fire Punch once you have an opening!"[/COLOR]


Update 10
Spoiler: show
Quote:
Originally Posted by DannyDrawsaLot, post: 7019509, member: 112934
[COLOR=rgb(65, 168, 95)]Missingno. Master - Thinking quickly, you recall the two Pokemon that were on a collision course for each other, stopping any chance of them hitting each other. Your Minun thinks even faster than you, Countering the Stone Edge! Steelix grunted as it was hit by its own attack, then slammed its tail in the ground again, causing an Earthquake and simultaneously causing a Rock Slide! Steelix lastly took a Breaking Swipe at Stewie! Minun shot off a Thunder Wave at Scizor, paralyzing it, or it seemed so, only for Audino to play Healer again! Anion then did a quick dance, using Entrainment on Audino, only for Steelix to take the hit for the Hearing Pokemon, also taking all of Dennis' attacks! Since Steelix was a Steel type, they did no effect to it at all!

Stewie repeated its previous actions, at least not blind this time. It worked slightly better, but Scizor was ready for it. Scizor stood its ground, fighting back with bullet-fast punches. Audino repeated its Blizzard, this time more powerful than before! It struck Dennis the hardest, as it was a super-effective hit. Then, things were about to get even worse than they were. A purple five-fingered hand slowly appeared from the cave wall, as if someone was passing through. It took about 12 seconds before the creature completely passed. It was a Dusknoir! But it was larger than normal, and it was dark purple. Then, the voice spoke again. It was coming from the Dusknoir!

I have come to test your strength, myself.

The Dusknoir opened its stomach mouth, and multiple shadows spiralled out of it! The shadows formed themselves into a Gengar, Banette, and Malamar! Gengar and Banette of course, Mega Evolved, then they all waited for your next move.[/COLOR]


Reply 10
Spoiler: show
Quote:
Originally Posted by Missingno. Master, post: 7019942, member: 21823
[COLOR=rgb(65, 168, 95)]Keith was quick to think here, withdrawing his Pokémon just in time and sending them back out, and he felt quite confident in the orders he'd given as well. That is, of course, right up until they all went horribly wrong. Again. Because why the hell not. Steelix recovered quickly from getting hit with twice the power of its own Stone Edge, and executed Earthquake and Rock Slide simultaneously, and following up with Breaking Swipe. Scizor's paralysis from Thunder Wave was healed again by Audino's Healer, which apparently consistently activates instantaneously upon the merest hint of a status condition. It certainly seemed like this was the case in this battle, at any rate. Scizor fought back easily against Stewie, Audino repeated Blizzard, a gigantic purple Dusknoir came out of nowhere and summoned an additional three opponents, two of which were a Gengar and a Banette, and thus were able to Mega Evolve. And of course, as was the case with anything else they've encountered in this cave, if it can Mega Evolve, it friggin' Mega Evolves.

For a moment, Keith was speechless. Mega Scizor, Mega Steelix, Mega Audino, Mega Gengar, Mega Banette, and a Malamar, and that was assuming the damn Dusknoir didn't get in on the fight itself as well! And considering Keith's luck so far, he figured it just might!

"...Youse gotta be kiddin' me!" Meowth exploded, breaking the silence. "How is any o' dis fair?!"

"I don't believe it was ever intended to be, Meowth," Keith stated quietly.

"Yeah, dat makes me feel betta," Meowth replied dryly. "I say we trow in da towel, and forfeit while da forfeitin's good."

Keith opened his mouth to respond to this, when his other Pokémon saved him the trouble. "SAAAAAUR!" Dennis roared in disagreement.

"Led ledi!" added Stewie.

"Mai maaaai!" Anion exclaimed indignantly.

"...dey don't wanna quit," groaned Meowth. "Dennis, Stewie, and Anion wanna see dis trough to the end fer youse."

Keith smiled appreciatively at his Venusaur, Ledian, and Minun. "Thank you, guys," he said. "That means a lot. I know you won't let me down, and so I won't let you down either. And that means it's on me to make sure things are as evenly matched as possible!" he added. "Meowth, you get in there, alright? It's all hands on deck now."

"As I knew it would be," Meowth sighed, jumping down off Keith's shoulder, claws extended.

Keith then took the Poison Ball and Poké Ball off his belt. "Aster, Chuck, you too!" he exclaimed, sending back out his Shiny Toxapex and his Gengar.

"T-T-Toxa..." Aster murmured shyly, though she still stood ready and resolute.

"Hmm," Chuck grinned, eyeing up his opponents, including his Mega Evolved counterpart. "Oh, we're absolutely going all-out here, I take it?"

Keith grinned back. "However did you guess?" he quipped, gripping the brim of his Mega Hat. "Now, Chuck!" he added. "Emerge from the shadows, and make those shadows yours to control!" With that, he swept the Mega Hat off his head and held it up high. "Mega Evolve!!!" he declared.

Once again, three tendrils of energy erupted from the Gengarite set into Chuck's headband, while another three erupted from the Key Stone set into Keith's hat. These tendrils of energy connected in midair, linking Key Stone to Gengarite- linking Keith to Chuck. For the second time today, Chuck underwent a magnificent transformation, and now stared down the enemies with the maniacal grin of the ![/COLOR]



[COLOR=rgb(65, 168, 95)]Keith turned his hat backwards- things were getting serious now. "OK, Chuck, get moving!" he declared. "You're going after Audino- strike it down with repeated uses of Sludge Bomb! And its allies are more than willing to defend it- attack from the shadows if you have to, whatever gets the job done!"

"Yes, sir!" cackled Chuck, his voice echoing strangely following his Mega Evolution.

"Aster, go for the Malamar!" Keith continued. "Attack with Pin Missile, and shield yourself from retaliation with Baneful Bunker! Then follow up with your Infestation attack!"

"Toxapex!" Aster responded, sounding as ready as she ever would.

"Meowth, you're taking on the Scizor," Keith stated. "Start with a Fake Out, then hit it with an Incinerate! Follow that up with another Incinerate, and we'll show it who the better Technician is!"

"Dat's right!" Meowth purred. Keith's confidence was proving, as usual, to be strangely contagious.

"Stewie, take the Banette!" Keith continued. "Ominous Wind, Thunder Punch, Ice Punch, in that order!"

"Led Ledian!" Stewie responded readily.

"Anion, take on the Gengar!" Keith declared. "Confound and strike with Acrobatics, then use Nasty Plot and give it a Thunderbolt!"

"Mai mai!" Anion responded sharply.

"And Dennis, that leaves you and the Steelix!" Keith declared. "Let it taste the Fire of your Hidden Power, and then tie it up with Leech Seed and String Shot!"

"SAAAAAAUR!" roared Dennis.

"And everybody," Keith added. "Be ready to change targets at a moment's notice. These opponents aren't to be taken lightly!" As he spoke, he eyed the Dusknoir carefully. From the larger purple Pokémon's wording, Keith wasn't entirely certain whether or not it would actually join in on the fighting itself, but if it showed signs of, he was all set to warn whichever Pokémon it would target. This would be a tough battle, for certain, but Keith was ready to take it on, and so, he knew, were his Pokémon.[/COLOR]


Update 11
Spoiler: show
Quote:
Originally Posted by DannyDrawsaLot, post: 7020260, member: 112934
[COLOR=rgb(65, 168, 95)]Missingno. Master - Contemplating forfeit, your Pokemon refuse, ready to fight to the end. Dusknoir is surprised at this, but is ready to give you a challenge. Shooting a hand forward, he commands his minions to attack, and they all rush forward to their separate targets. Scizor was first, dashing for your Meowth. Opening a single pincer and targeting Meowth, it releases a silvery beam of light directly for him! It was a Flash Cannon! Meowth headed in for a Fake Out, but the Flash Cannon stopped it. Meowth then tried its Incinerate attack, firing a ball of fire! Meowth was also a Technician, so Scizor needed to be quick. Scizor then hit Meowth with a Brick Break, but was still hit by the Incinerate, dealing some damage. Stewie flew quickly towards the Banette, bringing with a quite Ominous Wind, which was sure to damage the Banette. Banette fought back with a Thunderbolt, which hit Stewie directly, and even paralyzed the Five Star Pokemon! Due to this, Stewie could not perform its Thunder Punch, but it could perform Ice Punch, so it still dealt damage to the Marionette Pokemon.

Chuck swooped in from the shadows directly behind Audino, blasting it with a Sludge Bomb, but it was protected by, well, Protect! The forcefield couldn't stay up for long, so Audino moved quick, blasting him with a Psychic! Anion shot towards Gengar, who just disappeared into plain sight. It was gone, for now. Aster shot Malamar with Pin Missiles, but Malamar deflected them with simply a swipe of tentacle. Malamar dashed forward, shooting a wave of Psychic energy at Aster, which disabled her Baneful Bunker, and Malamar used the opening to Psycho Cut Aster, who released an Infestation on Malamar, which was sure to hit hard. Lastly, Dennis shot off a Hidden Power at Steelix, who set up its Iron Defense. Dennis then used both Leech Seed and String Shot, it was clear you were trying to bind up Steelix, but it was not going to work! Steelix spun its multiple segments, tearing off the String Shot and Leech Seed vines. Then, Dusknoir speaks again.

I'll be sitting out of this fight.[/COLOR]


Reply 11
Spoiler: show
Quote:
Originally Posted by Missingno. Master, post: 7020347, member: 21823
[COLOR=rgb(65, 168, 95)]The battle, the really big battle, got underway! Meowth's Fake Out was somehow cancelled out by a faster Flash Cannon, but Incinerate landed, at least. Stewie got paralyzed by Banette's Thunderbolt, but had at least landed Ominous Wind and Ice Punch. Chuck, on the other hand, was having no luck whatsoever, Audino's Protect shielding it from Sludge Bomb before it retaliated with Psychic, and Anion's target, the opposing Gengar, had vanished into thin air! Malamar was able to deflect Pin Missile and Disable Baneful Bunker before landing a Psycho Cut, but was subsequently hit hard by Infestation. And Dennis landed Hidden Power completely unimpeded (Iron Defense, after all, does nothing against special attacks), but was able to clear off the String Shot and Leech Seed without a problem.

Keith nodded at the Dusknoir's assurances that it would be sitting out of this fight, then turned his full and complete attention back to the battle. "Meowth, cover Anion, that Gengar's using Phantom Force!" he declared. "Have a Shadow Claw at the ready when it reappears, then follow up with Icy Wind and Bite! Anion, while Meowth's doing that, give all your allies a nice Helping Hand, then blast Scizor with a Thunderbolt! And if it comes at you with a physical move, give it your best Counter! Aster, now that Malamar's got that Infestation to contend with, try Pin Missile once more! Follow up with Liquidation, then Ice Beam! Chuck, use Reflect Type on Audino, then keep going for Sludge Bomb after Sludge Bomb! Stewie, keep targeting Banette! Ominious Wind once more, then Swords Dance, and follow up with Shadow Blast! Dennis, keep wearing down Steelix! Go for Growth, and follow up with Hidden Power after Hidden Power!"

Keith had said that all pretty fast, but fortunately, all six of his Pokémon had no trouble following what he had said. He gave a tired yet confident grin- he started to feel as though this was actually doable.

He only hoped he was right.[/COLOR]


Update 12
Spoiler: show
Quote:
Originally Posted by DannyDrawsaLot, post: 7021360, member: 112934
[COLOR=rgb(65, 168, 95)]Missingno. Master - After affirming Dusknoir would not join the fray, you send out another set of commands. You realize the Gengar was using Phantom Force, and command Meowth to defend Anion when it re-appears. Meowth rushes over, as its claws extend, glowing a dark ultraviolet, ready to Shadow Claw the Shadow Pokemon when it appears.

Anion performs a quick dance, giving her teammates a Helping Hand, then raising its right paw to blast a Thunderbolt at Scizor. Scizor's left pincer suddenly became metallic, and, putting it in the way of the incoming Thunderbolt, it reflected the attack! It bounced off of the pincer and headed straight for Stewie! Gengar reappears, directly behind Meowth, and before he can make a move, Gengar strikes him with a Drain Punch, which was so powerful it made Meowth slam into the wall!

Aster tried Pin Missle again, but it was as useless as the first time. It then went in for a Liquidation, only for Malamar to disappear as well, then reappear behind her! Malamar struck Toxapex with a Psycho Cut, and before Toxapex to turn and use Ice Beam, Malamar had already re-appeared in front of her and hit her with a Night Slash. The Infestation seemed to not be taking any effect!

Chuck tried to Reflect Type Audino, but, of course, Audino disappeared, and in its place appeared the enemy Mega Gengar! It seemed as if Chuck had reflected himself instead! So, Chuck was lost at what to do, as the Audino was nowhere to be found! Stewie blew an Ominous Wind again, this time, instead of boosting Stewie's abilities, it lowered them, Swords Dance doing the same! Stewie tried a Shadow Blast, but it didn't even effect Banette!

Dennis stood in place, using Growth, then repeated Hidden Power, which seemed to be the only thing that had worked, scorching Steelix's metallic surface.[/COLOR]


Reply 12
Spoiler: show
Quote:
Originally Posted by Missingno. Master, post: 7022698, member: 21823
[COLOR=rgb(65, 168, 95)]...Why did Keith bother hoping for any shred of hope for this battle? Why? Scizor's pincer glowing with a metallic sheen, deflecting the Thunderbolt, because why not? Gengar totally calling Meowth jumping in and going for Drain Punch? Sure! Aster's Pin Missile having no effect on the Malamar it should have destroyed? While Infestation was doing literally nothing to it??? Yeah. This is fine. Chuck failing to do anything to Audino because it straight-up vanished?! SURE. BECAUSE AUDINO TOTALLY DO THAT. Stewie's moves seeming to lower his own stats? Why not! Made just as much sense as anything else that just happened!

Keith was momentarily speechless as he saw his Pokémon's efforts crashing down all around him. Well-thought-out strategies totally predicted. Moves ludicrously rebuffed. Audino vanishing without a trace. Stewie apparently had Contrary now somehow. Nothing was making sense. Pretty much the only aspect of this fight that was going right (or even making sense!) was Dennis's Hidden Power hammering away at Steelix. Everything else was feeling like it shouldn't even be happening the way that it was. How did Stewie suddenly gain Contrary when Malamar can't learn Skill Swap or anything similar? How was Malamar deflecting such super effective hits so easily? WHERE WAS AUDINO?!?!

Keith took a deep breath. He couldn't let himself lose focus just because of a few... dozen... extremely weird occurrences in the same battle. "Anion, use Entrainment on Stewie!" he called to his Minun. He didn't know how Stewie's Ability could have been changed, but right now, only thing that made sense was to change it to something else, and fast. Especially since the opposing Mega Gengar would surely have Shadow Tag, which would prevent Keith from withdrawing the Ledian to undo all of this. "Then use Seismic Toss and throw Scizor into the wall, and nail it with Thunderbolt before it can react! Stewie, once Anion uses Entrainment on you, use Swords Dance twice- that should be sufficient- and then unleash Shadow Storm on Banette once more! Chuck, don't let your doppleganger get away! Shadow Punch, Shadow Storm, Shadow Ball, go! Meowth, find that Audino and nail it with Gunk Shot as soon as you can! Follow that up with Iron Tail, and then Fury Swipes! Aster, heal yourself with Recover, then use Smart Strike on Malamar and follow up with Pin Missile yet again- don't give it time to recover between moves so it can't swat this one away! And Dennis, keep hammering away at Steelix! Hidden Power, Hidden Power, Hidden Power!"

His orders given, Keith, panting slightly, waited to see what came of them. At this point, nothing about the battle was certain, but he wasn't about to let a little weirdness trip him up too badly. Or in this case, a lot of incredibly frustrating weirdness, but same idea.[/COLOR]


Update 13
Spoiler: show
Quote:
Originally Posted by DannyDrawsaLot, post: 7024726, member: 112934
[COLOR=rgb(65, 168, 95)]Missingno. Master - [/COLOR][COLOR=rgb(65, 168, 95)]Dusknoir chuckled at Keith’s frustration, and muttered something underneath his breath. It was inaudible, and there was no time to care about it, as you had something more important to contend to! Anion shot off a wave of discordant sound at Stewie, an Entrainment wanting to give Stewie’s its ability, but it just seemed to not work. Stewie tried the Swords Dance, but it was futile, as it lowered his Attacking power! Stewie fluttered towards Banette, who sent it right back with a Dragon Claw! The Marionette Pokemon’s right hand glowed green as it performed the attack! But Banette could not learn this move! You have no time to call out this issue, as Anion was the one being thrown into the wall as Scizor grabbed the small Cheering Pokemon in its pincer and threw her at the wall, Anion trying Thunderbolt but it not taking any effect.

Chuck readied its set of Shadow attacks, which made Dusknoir laugh out loud. “Are you seriously trying shadow-based attacks on a shadow?” The enemy Gengar simply reappeared behind Chuck, blasting him with its own Shadow Ball. Audino reappeared, and came crashing down on Aster, stopping it from doing its Recover attack with a Thunderbolt! Meowth ran over, and tried a Gunk Shot, rolling up a large purple ball of trash to throw, and the attack seemed to be successful, only for Steelix to smash the trash midair with its tail, and since Steelix was Steel type, it was completely immune to the attack! Meowth then tried an Iron Tail, but Audino scorched it with a Flamethrower mid-air! Aster dashed forward, striking the Malamar quite smartly, and re-tried the Pin Missile, but it was just as futile as the first two. The Infestation seemed to take effect this time, at least. However, Dennis had lucked out, as the Hidden Powers had stopped taking effect, making no scorch marks on the Steelix’s shiny skin.

Then, you get a loose feeling in your head. Your surroundings begin to shake out of view, fading, before you feel a cold blow to your head, then the world goes dark.[/COLOR]
[COLOR=rgb(65, 168, 95)]~~~~~~~~~~~~~[/COLOR]
[COLOR=rgb(65, 168, 95)]You wake up sitting at a campfire, a small boy roasting a marshmallow at the other side. He was hunched up, his knees to his chest, and the arm holding the stick was trembling as if the boy was scared. He wasn’t staring at you; he was staring at something behind you.
Behind you was the Dusknoir from before.[/COLOR]


Reply 13
Spoiler: show
Quote:
Originally Posted by Missingno. Master, post: 7024739, member: 21823
[COLOR=rgb(65, 168, 95)]Dusknoir seemed to delight in Keith's frustration, but whatever it was mumbling under its breath, Keith neither knew nor cared. He couldn't afford to focus on anything other than this battle, not until things started looking more manageable.

...which did not happen.

Keith was in stunned disbelief as his latest set of commands seemed to fall flat at every turn. Anion's Entrainment flat-out didn't work, and Stewie seemed to still have Contrary, and was thus even further weakened by subsequent uses of Swords Dance. The Banette used Dragon Claw, a move Keith knew for a fact that the species outright couldn't learn. The Minun, meanwhile, got thrown into the wall by Scizor, and its Thunderbolt had no effect. Chuck's efforts actually got Dusknoir laughing, calling him out for attempting shadow-based moves on a shadow. "Well, speaking as a shadow myself, naturally I am," retorted the grinning Mega Gengar, just before taking a Shadow Ball from behind. Meanwhile, the Mega Audino reappeared, blasting Aster with a Thunderbolt. Meowth unleashed Gunk Shot, only for Steelix to intercept. Aster's attacks on Malamar still seemed woefully ineffective, though Infestation at least seemed to be starting to take effort. And Dennis's Hidden Power somehow seemed to stop working on Steelix.

Keith took a deep breath, intent on giving his Pokémon more orders, when his head started feeling funny. He shook his head to try and clear it, and if anything that made things worse. His surroundings faded from view, and then he felt a cold blow to his head, and everything went dark.

~~~~~

"Huh... wha... where..." Keith mumbled fuzzily as he came to. He saw a campfire, with a small boy roasting a marshmallow. "Wh... y'know, if you let the marshmallow catch fire, then blow it out a few seconds later, I personally think that's the best way to roast them-" he began, before his memories started to catch up to him. The cave. The multitude of Mega Evolutions. The large, purple Dusknoir. The horribly one-sided, nonsensical battle. Inexplicably passing out. "...wait, why am I at a campfire in the first- what-" he added, noticing that the boy seemed scared of something. And not Keith, but rather something behind him. Keith followed the boy's gaze- "Arceus, Mew, and Helix!" he exclaimed, jumping as he saw the very Dusknoir he had just been thinking about. "I- what- where am I?" Keith asked. "What happened in that battle? What WAS that battle? Why was absolutely nothing happening like it should have? Where- where are my Pokémon?" he added, reaching for his belt, hoping to find all six Poké Balls still there and containing their rightful occupants.
[/COLOR]


Update 14
Spoiler: show
Quote:
Originally Posted by DannyDrawsaLot, post: 7027327, member: 112934
[COLOR=rgb(65, 168, 95)]Missingno. Master - [/COLOR][COLOR=rgb(65, 168, 95)]Waking up in a cave behind a campfire was weird at first, and giving marshmallow roasting tips was even weirder, but realizing that Dusknoir was behind you, startled, you spin around and affirm that yes, Dusknoir was there. Dusknoir just floated across from you and put a hand towards the campfire, making the fire much larger, and scorching the boy's marshmallow to smithereens.

"I told you Yohan, stop it with the marshmallows." Dusknoir snarled, and the boy dropped what remained of the stick, and wrapped both hands around his hunched legs. Since the fire was much larger, it was easy to see details that had been hidden by the dark before.

There was a latch around the boy's neck, and a chain trailed behind it, but it had been broken. In the campfire's light, you could see burn marks on different parts of his body. There was something off about the boy's gaze. He seemed hurt. He seemed abused.

"Run, Mr. Keith, run before the dark hurts you." The boy said, but there was an odd shrillness to his voice, it was high-pitched, abnormal, odd, as if his mind was broken.
"Quiet!" Dusknoir snapped at the small boy.
"Dusknoir, you said you'd protect me! Let's go so the darkness doesn't hurt us!"
"You have your campfire, Yohan. That means the dark can't hurt you." Dusknoir reassured.
"But, why is it still hurting me?!" The boy sputtered, as he grabbed his left arm with his right as if it hurt. It did.

I'm draining from him.
A voice whispered into your ear, you look at the other individuals in the room, the boy writhing in pain, Dusknoir staring intently at you. The boy's gullible. You can take your Medichamite if you leave me with the boy. Don't bother fighting me, it will only hurt the child. [/COLOR]


Reply 14
Spoiler: show
Quote:
Originally Posted by Missingno. Master, post: 7027666, member: 21823
[COLOR=rgb(65, 168, 95)]The situation was... weird, to say the least, and Keith having only just regained consciousness didn't exactly clear much of anything up. For instance, he only just now realized that this was still in a cave- probably still in that same cave, for that matter. Dusknoir did nothing to answer any of Keith's questions, but instead intensified the campfire so the boy's marshmallow was incinerated. And as the fire was enlarged, more details could be seen- the latch around the boy's neck (Yohan, Keith heard the Dusknoir call him), the broken chain that trailed behind him, the strange quality to the boy's gaze. He's been abused, Keith realized. And as he spoke up, urging Keith to run before the dark hurt him, there was a shrillness to his voice, an unusual quality, as though his mind had been broken. And Dusknoir wasn't treating him very kindly, either, having evidently fed him lies about the campfire protecting him from the dark, lies that were very clearly not fooling Yohan.

And then Keith heard the whisper. The Dusknoir, he realized- he was telling Keith that he was draining from Yohan, who he dismissed as gullible, and he told Keith he could take his Medichamite if he left Dusknoir with this boy, adding that fighting him would only hurt the child.

Did... did Dusknoir know who he was talking to here? Did he have any notion whatsoever? Did he perhaps labor under the wholly mistaken delusion that just because Keith was one quarter Gastly, just because he was technically also a Ghost-type, that that made him a kindred spirit, one who would side with the Dusknoir in this situation? Or maybe he just took Keith for some greedy nobody, who would gladly take the shiny new Mega Stone and look the other way on the abuse of the small child taking place before his eyes? Sure, Keith knew of somebody who would very much appreciate a Medichamite, but if taking this one meant looking the other way on this atrocity, Keith didn't want it, and he knew Terri would agree.

Either way, whatever he was thinking of Keith at this moment, Dusknoir was dead wrong.

"...Dusknoir, what do you take me for?" Keith asked. He did not raise his voice. He did not shout. Rather, there was a calmness to his voice of an ominous sort- a "before the storm" sort of calmness that went quite well with the absolutely livid look in his eyes as he regarded the purple specter. "You let me see what you're doing to this poor boy, and you think you can buy me off with a damn Mega Stone?" He stood up, straightening his Mega Hat. "How gullible- how greedy- do you think I am? Who do you think you're talking to? I'm the man who conquered the giant Heatran of Aduro Island to save the Heatmor population. I'm the man who restored Celebi's faith in humanity. I'm the man who took on Team Rocket and forced them to disband. You can take your Medichamite and blow it out your ghostly ass," he said defiantly. He plucked a Poké Ball and Luxury Ball off his belt, and they burst open before he could even throw them- clearly, Chuck and Stewie had heard their Trainer through the balls, and were ready for action. "Stewie, defensive maneuver one-one-five-one-one-three-two-one-nine!"

"Ledi!" Stewie replied. This was a coded command, one devised by a member of Keith's team not currently on hand; Ginny, his perpetually paranoid Pawniard. So of course it would be intimately familiar to her boyfriend, as Stewie proved by immediately working to set up Reflect, Light Screen, and Safeguard. Over all of them, of course, but he'd heard enough to know to focus primarily on Yohan.

Chuck, meanwhile, needed no commands at the moment, floating before Dusknoir. "Oh, you've pissed him off now," grinned the Gengar as he set to work casting a Disable on the Dusknoir, stopping whatever he was doing to the little boy. "If you knew the first thing about Keith Masters, you'd know that's not smart."

While Chuck confronted Dusknoir, Keith turned to the little boy. "It's Yohan, right?" he asked kindly. "My name is Keith Masters, and this here is Meow-" He stopped, realizing Meowth wasn't on his shoulder. Rolling his eyes, he took another Poké Ball off his belt and sent Meowth back out onto his shoulder. "...and this here is Meowth," he continued.

"Heya," Meowth murmured, looking around, wondering what was going on.

"Me and my Pokémon, we're gonna get you outta here, alright?" said Keith. "That Dusknoir's the one hurting you, so we all gotta get outta here."[/COLOR]


Update 15
Spoiler: show
Quote:
Originally Posted by DannyDrawsaLot, post: 7032625, member: 112934
[COLOR=rgb(65, 168, 95)]Missingno Master - [/COLOR][COLOR=rgb(65, 168, 95)]Realizing the obvious course of action you'd take, Stewie and Chuck both burst out of their balls, Stewie carrying out a pre-determined defensive maneuver to protect you all. Chuck tried to Disable Dusknoir, but it was to no effect, but at least it was worth a try.

"Hurting me?" Yohan asked innocently, looking up at Dusknoir, who growled at you before turning back to Yohan.
"What? No. He's just lying to you." Dusknoir fibbed, and then turned back to you, ready to silence you with violence if need be.

"No, you are," Yohan replied firmly, now standing, both feet planted firmly on the ground, a determined gaze on his face, and one arm outstretched, pointing an accusing finger at Dusknoir. "It makes sense now. You aren't protecting me, you're hurting me. You're the darkness. Do you think I'm a toy for you to play with? To hurt, injure, and abuse? Well, not anymore."

Yohan turned and gave a low whistle, and a small catlike Pokemon jumped down from a ledge a few feet away. The Pokemon was glowing yellow, with black hind fur, and orange paws, with an orange star on its tail. It was a Shiny Shinx!

"Come on Shinx, we're going with Mr. Keith now." Yohan said happily to the small Pokemon, who hopped up and down in happiness at that prospect. Yohan walked over to you and grabbed your arm, tugging on it expectantly.

"Stop." Dusknoir yelled, and Yohan felt a sharp pain in his stomach. Tears formed in his eyes, and he collapsed onto the floor, but was able to sit up against the cave wall.

"You cannot leave, if you do, you will simply perish." Dusknoir told him, then turned to you. "And you cannot save him. You simply are not strong enough to reach the Mage in the Meadow of Judgment."

"Yes he is." Yohan said, then turned to you. "Run to the Meadow of Judgment, you might find some sort of solution there! I can protect myself." Yohan let out a second, differently-pitched whistle, this time calling a large Grimmsnarl. "Grimm and Shinx can protect me. Now go!"[/COLOR]


Reply 15
Spoiler: show
Quote:
Originally Posted by Missingno. Master, post: 7032706, member: 21823
[COLOR=rgb(65, 168, 95)]Keith was hardly surprised that Dusknoir responded to these allegations by doubling down on his lies, and as the Ghost-type shot a threatening look to Keith, it was met with one with defiance- Keith was not so easily intimidated. Fortunately, Yohan realized that Keith's words made too much sense to so readily disregard, and he finally realized that the Dusknoir was the one hurting him. Calling his Shiny Shinx to his side, Yohan stated he was leaving with Keith.

Not that, of course, Dusknoir would let this go so easily. Causing a sharp pain in Yohan's stomach, Dusknoir forced the boy to collapse to the floor. He was at least able to sit up against the cave wall, but Dusknoir stated that if Yohan left, he'd die. And he then told Keith that he wan't strong enough to save him, letting slip in the process that doing so in the process would entail reaching the Mage in the Meadow of Judgment.

The Meadow of Judgment... it rang a bell. Yes, Keith realized- this was one of the locations within the Arcane Realm he'd seen on his map before coming here. He knew where that was, and he knew he could get there. Provided, of course, he could get out of this cave.

Chuck, however, gave Keith an encouraging grin, before turning to Dusknoir, smirking insolently. "Tsk, tsk, tsk. Underestimating Keith Masters, are we?" he grinned. "Better mons than you have tried that. Never goes well for them.

"Right, then- the Meadow of Judgment's our next stop," Keith said determinedly.

"But of course," Chuck agreed.

"Led ledi! Ledian!" Stewie declared as well.

"Dat's right!" purred Meowth.

Keith turned to Yohan, but the small boy assured him he'd be OK. He whistled again, and this time a large hairy beast of a Pokémon materialized- a Grimmsnarl, Keith realized, but this was hardly the time to whip out his Pokédex. Yohan urged Keith to run to the Meadow of Judgment and find a solution there. Keith nodded seriously. "We'll be back with help of some sort," he vowed. "That's a promise, Yohan. Alright- Meowth, Chuck, Stewie, let's move!" he declared, all of them ready to take off for the exit. Keith hoped Shinx and Grimm really would be able to sufficiently protect Yohan from Dusknoir in the meantime- the poor boy looked like he'd been through hell as it is. All the more reason for them to hurry, Keith knew- whatever Shinx and Grimm would be able to do, however much more Yohan would be able to endure if he had to... Keith didn't want to think about how little time he undoubtedly had, and so he'd run, run like a Rapidash, and do whatever he possibly could.[/COLOR]


Update 16
Spoiler: show
Quote:
Originally Posted by DannyDrawsaLot, post: 7035756, member: 112934
[COLOR=rgb(65, 168, 95)]Missingno. Master - Knowing what needed to be done, you leave Yohan, and turn around, realizing you have no way out. Yohan snaps his fingers a third time, causing a Gardevoir to appear. Gardevoir extended a hand at you, the hand gathering psychic energy, then the energy enveloped you, and then poof! You were teleported out of the cave and right outside at the entrance you had entered from. When you were being teleported, Yohan yelled "There'll be a ride outside!" as you dematerialized. Dusting yourself off and reminding yourself of what you needed to do, you glanced around, looking for the hypothetical "ride". Then, a Salamence appears behind you, roaring to alert you of its presence. It bends over, beckoning you to hop onto its back.

This was the ride Yohan was talking about! Hopping onto its back, it let out a large roar, then in one large wing heave, it took off, and flew at a high speed towards the Meadow of Judgment. It was traveling very fast, so it only took about half an hour to arrive at the [/COLOR]Meadow. Salamence looked down, and realizing you had arrived at your destination, it went into a nosedive, and landed on the Meadow's soft grass.

Getting off the Dragon Pokemon, you observe the surrounding area. It was exactly what a meadow would look like, flowers, grass, and some grass Pokemon meddling about. There was a gardener tending to the bushes, hunched over, so he couldn't see you. Perhaps he knew something about the Mage? Well, it wouldn't hurt to ask. Or would it?.


Reply 16
Spoiler: show
Quote:
Originally Posted by Missingno. Master, post: 7036931, member: 21823
[COLOR=rgb(65, 168, 95)]With Keith's mind set on the task at hand, he turned, raring to get moving. Nothing would stop him from saving this boy from Dusknoir! Nothing!

...except the total lack of an accessible exit that Keith could see. That was actually proving quite effective at the moment.

Keith turned back around, caught off-guard by this, looking to see if he'd missed something. As he did, however, Yohan snapped his fingers, and a Gardevoir appeared. Keith was rather surprised at this point- how many Pokémon did Yohan have just hanging around in here? Did they all try and take down that Dusknoir, and all fail? Well, in Gardevoir's case, Keith could honestly kinda understand it, with the type disadvantage, but he knew that Grimmsnarl were Dark-types, was there nothing it could've done? Or was Dusknoir simply that formidable of a foe? Either way, Keith neither wanted to dwell on it nor had the time to do so- he was being teleported outside by Gardevoir, and as this happened, Yohan called to Keith that there would be a ride for him. And once outside, Keith's unspoken question was promptly answered as he turned to face the source of a sudden roar, finding it to be a Salamence. "What the-" Keith murmured as he climbed onto Salamence's back. Was this Salamence Yohan's as well? Just how skilled a Trainer was this boy? Keith registered in the back of his mind that at some point long after all this was over, once he'd rescued Yohan, he realized he'd want to challenge him to a battle someday.

And Salamence was off! With Chuck and Stewie keeping pace admirably, the Dragon Pokémon soared through the air. Even at its high speeds, the journ[/COLOR]ey to the meadow still took about half an hour, and as awesome as the flight was, Keith found it marred by his constant concern for Yohan's well-being.

At last, Keith dismounted the Salamence, for it had landed in the Meadow of Judgement. "Thank you," Keith said to the Salamence with a respectful bow. Chuck and Stewie likewise bowed, even though they'd simply flown alongside, and even Meowth gave a respectful nod, before they all turned and started looking. Flowers, grass, Pokémon... pretty much your standard meadow, Keith knew.

"Hey, look dere," Meowth said, pointing with a front paw.

"Huh," Keith murmured, turning to look- Meowth had spotted a man hunched over, tending to the bushes. "A gardener, no doubt," he said.

"Ya tink he might know sometin' about sometin'?" Meowth asked.

"Who knows?" Keith shrugged. "But at this point, I'll take any shot at a lead I can get. Chuck, Stewie, you with me on this?"

"Naturally," grinned the Gengar. "Certainly couldn't hurt to ask the man."

"Led ledi," Stewie murmured, eyeing the man suspiciously. This wasn't entirely unexpected to Keith, considering Stewie's girlfriend was Ginny, a notoriously paranoid Pawniard. But all the same, Keith nodded- they weren't sure of anything that was going on, there was no telling if this man was as he seemed. Of course, they saw no reason to be hostile, but at the very least, Stewie was ready to set up Reflect and Light Screen should the need to suddenly defend themselves arose.

Keith led the way, approaching the gardener. "Excuse me? Sir?" he said. "I'm hoping you can help us out- we're looking for the mage, we need help. A young boy's life is at stake."


Update 17
Spoiler: show
Quote:
Originally Posted by Sneasel12, post: 7057296, member: 3180
Missingno. Master - Dismounting the Salamence as you land in the Meadow, the large dragon bows in acknowledgement of you, or perhaps to the mission you are now on, before flapping its wings and taking back off. It would seem you will need to find your own way back to the cave after your mission to find the mage is complete. Now left with just your Pokemon and your wits, you approach the gardener after a brief conversation with your team, wary of another potential attack after all that has happened.

The gardener turns to you, his tanned and freckled face bearing a wide, toothy grin that almost reminds you of your floating companion. "Oh, I'm terribly sonny. I know there's a mage that likes to frequent these fields, but he hasn't been by in some time." Gesturing around, it's apparent that some of the meadow is wilting, and the gardener himself is the only other creature you can see. "He used to come by regularly, but ever since the pack of Stunky moved in and the flowers started dying off there's not been hide nor hair of the man."

As if on cue, a bit of the meadow begins to rustle, a familiar vile smell piercing your nose as chittering sounds emanate from the various patches of wilting flowers. Still grinning, the man turns back to the garden, ignoring the smell of in its entirety as he proceeds to tend to the remaining plants. "What a shame, to not be able to see the meadow in its full glory. This is nothing more than a pale imitation."


Reply 17
Spoiler: show
Quote:
Originally Posted by Missingno. Master, post: 7057545, member: 21823
At Keith's words, the gardener turned to him, face bearing a positively Gengaresque grin as he apologized for the fact that the mage hasn't been around as of late. He gestured around, and as Keith looked, he came to realize that the flowers were wilting, and nobody else, person or Pokémon, was around but the gardener. Evidently a pack of Stunky were to blame for the flowers dying off, and ever since this, the mage had made himself as scarce as a Dunsparce.

As if on cue, some of the meadow started rustling. Keith could detect the smell, too- owning a Skuntank himself, as well as a Weezing, Garbodor, and Normal Form Muk, bad smells just simply didn't bother him anymore. And he heard the chittering sounds from within the patches of flowers. The gardener turned back to his work, lamenting that the meadow as it currently stood was but a pale imitation of what it once was.

"...Oh, geez," Keith sighed. "Y'know, the sad thing is, they probably don't even want this to happen to the meadow, either. My Garbodor always tries to pick flowers for me, but they always end up wilting by the time she actually hands them to me."

"So what's the plan?" asked Chuck. "Seems obvious to me that if we can fix the meadow, the mage might come back."

"Oh, is dat all?" Meowth asked dryly. "How do you propose we do such a ting? Last I checked, ain't none of us was da Mythical Pokémon Shaymin or nuttin'."

"Well, first things first, I say we work out exactly what drove the Stunky to come here in the first place," Keith stated. "Meowth, Chuck, I'm gonna rely on your help for that, since you two can report back to me and tell me directly."

"I had a feelin'," groaned Meowth, though he hopped down off Keith's shoulder regardless.

"Oh, indeed," grinned Chuck, the Gengar looking ready to go.

"Remember, you two, we're looking to resolve this peacefully if we can," Keith reminded them. "We're not fighting them off unless we absolutely have to. If something going on with their old home is the issue, then we'll try and fix that instead."

"And da meadow?" Meowth inquired. "I doubt just gettin' da Stunky ta leave would fix everyting."

"No, same here," Keith agreed. "Stewie," he added, turning to his Ledian. "I'm thinking you might be able to help out here, pollinating flowers and such. Maybe even use Supersonic once the Stunky have been taken care of, try to signal to the Pokémon that used to live here that they can come back and try to help make the meadow what it once was. And," he added, plucking a Poké Ball off his belt and grinning, "Dennis here happens to know Grassy Terrain, which should surely get things moving as well."


Update 18
Spoiler: show
Quote:
Originally Posted by Sneasel12, post: 7058149, member: 3180
Missingno. Master - With your mind set to figuring out what might be causing the Stunky to have come to the meadow, you and your team shortly set to work looking for the small Pokemon. Or rather, you would be, were it not for the fact that the moment Meowth approaches the flower beds two of the creatures jump out, having been hidden by the wilting lavender before you. One, clearly appearing a bit more aggressive than the other, rips into your feline companion with a Fury Swipes, which does a fair bit more than just muss up his fur before the Stunky jumps backwards towards its friend. The second Stunky proceeds to then envelope the area in a thick Poison Gas, the resulting cloud causing something of a coughing fit as it poisons Meowth and the two duck back into the field.

"Be careful, they're rather aggressive." The gardener notes with his grin still reaching ear to ear, seemingly not bothered by the fact that he conveniently forgot to mention this in the first place.

To make matters yet worse, the ground shakes in response to the words, causing yet more of the field to rustle as surely more of the Stunky move about within. Clearly there's something more sinister afoot than simply the invasive species having wilted a bit of the local flora. At the very least, the sudden fright seems to have caused the additional Stunky to release a bit more gas, wilting flowers in their retreat and making it rather easy to spot the various directions they are each running, a cursory glance revealing three separate paths worth of the Pokemon for you to take care of.


Reply 18
Spoiler: show
Quote:
Originally Posted by Missingno. Master, post: 7058905, member: 21823
Meowth and Chuck were quick to get to work. Or, they would have been, except Meowth was very quickly met with a pair of Stunky that did not seem to take very kindly to this. One of them lashed out with Fury Swipes, while the other let loose Poison Gas that got Meowth spluttering and coughing as the pair of Poison/Dark-types retreated.

"Gah," Meowth spluttered as Keith quickly dug a Lum Berry out of his backpack. "Ya couldn't'a said dat a little sooner?!" he snapped to the grinning gardener as Keith fed him the Lum Berry, curing his poison. "Gah... alright, dat's betta, tanks," he mutted to Keith.

"You bet," Keith nodded as Meowth climbed back up onto his shoulder. "But sheesh, those Stunky- WAH!" he exclaimed, for at that moment, the ground had started shaking. This didn't last too long, thankfully, but Meowth was still, bad pun fully intended, shaken up. "WAT DA HELL?!" he exclaimed.

"OK, clearly, the problem here goes much further than simply the Stunky," Chuck stated.

"YA TINK!?!" Meowth exclaimed, clinging to Keith's arm as though for dear life.

"Alright, let's take it easy," Keith stated, looking out after where the Stunky had fled. "Finding the Stunky shouldn't be too hard- they left a few trails behind," he said, gesturing to the wilted flowers the Stunky left in their wake. "There's three ways to go here, so I suggest we split up. Chuck, you take one path. Stewie, use Safeguard to be on the safe side, then go down another path. Me and Meowth will take the remaining path."

"Oy," groaned Meowth.

"Oh, don't sweat it, Meowth," Keith said. "I promise I won't send you in to battle them unless it's necessary- I'll use Dennis," he stated, gripping his Venusaur's Poké Ball.

"Alright, fine," relented Meowth. "Let's get dis goin', den."

"Right," Keith nodded. "Remember, guys- we need to fix this field, not just for its sake, but for Yohan's sake as well- we need to find the mage if we're to save him."

"Led ledi!" nodded Stewie.

"But of course," Chuck nodded with his usual grin.

Keith and Meowth exchanged looks and nods, and then Keith set off, headed for whichever path Stewie and Chuck were leaving for him.


Update 19
Spoiler: show
Quote:
Originally Posted by Sneasel12, post: 7063399, member: 3180
Missingno. Master - After healing Meowth of his rather bothersome status, your group has a quick discussion as to the nature of this particular task, opting to split up a bit in order to round up the fleeing Stunky. Stewie sets a Safeguard up, a matter of protection from any further poison the small skunks may be throwing your way.

As your three groups approach each end of where the respective Stunky have been wilting flowers, it becomes clear that they want nothing to do with you, producing more Poison Gas and moving about further. While this doesn't cause any issues for Chuck and Stewie, it does mean that yourself and Meowth are forced to move about in such a way that you occasionally lose track of the Stunky, slowing you down a bit, though your choice to let Dennis the Venusaur do some following helps to mitigate this a fair bit.

Nonetheless, you all eventually manage to back the three groups into a corner where they can run no longer, causing them to burst out of the field, revealing a total of four Stunky, all of whom loose a Screech at your group, affecting each of your four currently present Pokemon before the skunks take a defensive stance.

With the flowers at least safe for now, it seems like your job is about to become a fair bit easier, at least up until the moment that the source of the earlier shaking makes itself known. A large Skuntank, easily bigger than any you've taken sight of in the past, emerges from the ground below Dennis, striking the Venusaur's underbelly with Dig. The Stunky seem to become instantly more aggressive as their evolved form appears, rushing to its side in preparation to face you in battle.


Reply 19
Spoiler: show
Quote:
Originally Posted by Missingno. Master, post: 7063832, member: 21823
And the chase was on! The Stunky were leaving more Poison Gas in their wake, trying to shake off their pursuers, but they vastly underestimated what they were up against. Chuck, of course, was a Poison-type, and Stewie had covered himself with Safeguard. Meowth groaned his displeasure as he buried his face in Keith's jacket to avoid breathing in the foul fumes. Keith, however, was not deterred. Normal people would have been, sure, but Keith was not normal; he was 25% Ghost/Poison. Nevertheless, sensing that things might get tricky, he sent Dennis out nevertheless, getting the Venusaur in on the chase as well.

At last, they had the Stunky cornered- four of them in total, and they each let loose a Screech, the grating noises cutting the Defense of everything Keith had out of their balls at the moment. But it didn't end there- the mystery of the earlier shaking was abruptly solved as its source erupted from the ground, striking Dennis with Dig!

"Arceus, Mew, and Helix!" swore Meowth.

"It's a Skuntank- and it's huge!" Keith exclaimed. "The leader of these Stunky, no doubt!"

"Saur! Venusaur!" roared Dennis, stamping his feet, eyeing his various opponents, but the Skuntank in particular.

Keith grinned- Dennis was raring to battle, and he was all for it. "Let's bring it, then, Dennis!" he declared. As he spoke, he casually aimed one of his Poké Balls at Chuck, withdrawing him. "Use Dragon Dance, then follow up with Shadow Storm and Earthquake!" Now Meowth realized why Keith had withdrew Chuck- the Gengar did not possess Levitate and was liable to be hurt by the move himself. Keeping this in mind, Meowth clung tightly to Keith's shoulder, as though for dear life.


Update 20
Spoiler: show
Quote:
Originally Posted by Sneasel12, post: 7064145, member: 3180
Missingno. Master - Expressing your immediate displeasure with the group of skunks turning to fight you, withdrawing Chuck seems like the best play in order to maintain the safety of your team. As Dennis buffs himself with a Dragon Dance, it's clear the group wants nothing more than to send you packing, a series of Fury Swipes coming from the group of Stunky to rip into Dennis, though the Venusaur doesn't seem overly bothered even with the defensive debuff on him. What he doesn't appreciate, however, is the Flamethrower that comes from the Skuntank, singing his petals and causing the Venusaur to roar out in pain.

Retaliating, Dennis unleashes a massive Shadow Storm, which causes the Stunky to yip in pain and back up to their larger ally, away from the Venusaur that caused them such problems. The Skuntank, however, has no interest in protecting the smaller skunks, and proceeds to burrow under the ground once more, preparing for another strike. Realizing they may be outmatched, the Stunky all proceed to Leer at Stewie, the Ledian's Defense being lowered by a massive amount as he looks on towards the group.

It matters very little, however, as Dennis unleashes an absolutely massive Earthquake, which completely does in the Stunky, knocking them all out, and the roaring groan from below tells the tale that Skuntank isn't particularly happy about the nasty blow either. A short moment later it becomes evident as to why as it emerges from the earth to Dig into your Venusaur's underbelly once more, causing Dennis to reel from the blow a bit, clearly not feeling too happy about the damage he's sustained either.


Reply 20
Spoiler: show
Quote:
Originally Posted by Missingno. Master, post: 7064182, member: 21823
The odds seemed a bit stacked against them here, with Keith only using Dennis against an entire horde of Stunky, complete with their Skuntank leader, but if Keith was at all worried about this, he hid it well. Indeed, he wasn't too worried- Dennis was a force to be reckoned with, and everyone present knew it. Well, maybe not the Stunky and Skuntank, but they were gonna learn this very soon.

Indeed, things were going pretty well- the Shadow Storm and Earthquake were sufficient to knock out all the Stunky, leaving only the Skuntank for a one-on-one fight. Prior to fainting, the Stunky had managed to Leer at Stewie, evidently under the mistaken impression he was intended to get in on this fight. The Ledian shuddered as he felt his Defense drop drastically, but he did his best to not show his discomfort, lest the enemy try and capitalize on it somehow. And he had to keep his wits about him- suppose he needed to get in on the action suddenly? Not that he didn't have faith in his Venusaur teammate, but that Skuntank was doing some nasty damage...

Dennis had been taking some considerable damage, but the Venusaur refused to back down. The Flamethrower stung, and that second Dig took something of a toll on him, but he still stood strong. Keith smiled proudly- a tough battle like this? Dennis was in his element here, and Keith knew it. "It's one on one now, Dennis!" Keith declared. "Let's try and wrap this up! Use Rock Climb! Then grab it with Vine Whip and use your Seismic Toss attack!"

"Venusaaaaur," rumbled Dennis, already all set for the first of those moves.


Update 21
Spoiler: show
Quote:
Originally Posted by Sneasel12, post: 7064841, member: 3180
Missingno. Master - With Skuntank in Dennis' sights, Stewie opts to remain on alert in case he's needed in the fight, despite the massive drops to his defense. Dennis rushes the skunk, scaling the beast before jumping on its head with the power of his Rock Climb. With Dennis now decidedly close to the tank, the beast tilts itself under the Venusaur before he can finish his landing, and proceeds to whip him over his back, the Foul Play using Dennis' own strength against him as he slams into the ground.

As Dennis rights himself, he wraps his foe up in his vines, smashing him against the ground for a moment with his Vine Whip before pulling the massive Skuntank aloft in preparation for his next attack. But with Skuntank getting lower and lower in health, it appears that this is not how the monstrosity chooses to go out, glowing a bright white before a massive Explosion rips up the ground around itself and Dennis, rocketing chunks of ground and withered flowers about, the resulting blast washing over you and the rest of your team as well.

As the dust clears, the Skuntank is nowhere to be found, but Dennis very much is, knocked clean unconscious by the blast. He's not the only Pokemon to take the brunt of it, though, as Stewie, with his heavily lowered defense could not seem to weather the storm either, both Pokemon having been KO'd. Meowth crawls up your back and onto your shoulder, having avoided the brunt of the blow himself by dint of falling off his perch and behind you in the first place.

"Well, that was unexpected." The gardener chimes in from a distance, "Or perhaps not. It was a Skuntank."


Reply 21
Spoiler: show
Quote:
Originally Posted by Missingno. Master, post: 7064867, member: 21823
The fight was getting intense, with Skuntank having executed a Foul Play in response to the Rock Climb. And then, as Dennis was preparing for what Keith was hoping to be a finishing move, Skuntank decided to finish the fight on its own terms.

By using Explosion.

"GAH!" Keith exclaimed, standing strong against the sudden blast that sent chunks of dirt and withered flowers flying in every direction. Meowth fell off of Keith's shoulder and was taking shelter behind his Trainer, but Dennis and Stewie were caught in the blast. And as things settled down, Keith could see that his Venusaur and Ledian were both KO'd. "Oh, geez," he groaned, holding out the Poké Ball and Luxury Ball. "Dennis, Stewie, return," he said, withdrawing them both.

"Wh... where'd dat giant Skuntank even go?" Meowth asked, looking around.

"Now that's a good question," Keith stated, likewise looking around. "It's gotta be a little too knocked out to Dig its way out of here, and I wouldn't imagine it could hide itself all that effectively. I was kinda thinking about catching it, too," he added.

Meowth looked up at Keith. "Youse already has a Skuntank," he said flatly. "And one dat ain't nearly dis violent, neitha."

"Yeah, you're right," Keith conceded. He then, however, heard the gardener's words about this being unexpected. Or not, considering it was a Skuntank. Keith rolled his eyes- it wasn't as though exploding was some whole thing with the Skuntank species. Yeah, they could learn the move, but even so! Keith's own Skuntank knew Explosion, but Bellatrix hadn't ever actually used the move in all her years of knowing it. Still, though, this wasn't the time to dwell on it., and he made his way back over to the gardener. "I definitely wasn't expecting that," he stated. "But the Skuntank seems to be completely gone following that, so I'm hoping that means that it and the Stunky can stop screwing this place up now." He sighed, glancing at the Poké Ball in his hand. "Is there anywhere around here I can heal my Pokémon he asked. "My plan was to have my Venusaur use Grassy Terrain after dealing with the Stunky and Skuntank, try and see if that can get the meadow back in shape, but he kinda needs to be conscious to do that," he chuckled weakly.

Hm. Wait a minute, Meowth thought to himself as Keith was talking to the gardener. Dis guy weren't exactly followin' us. How'd he know we was up against a Skuntank? Does he know more den he's lettin' on or someting? He elected to say nothing for the moment, instead waiting to see how things played out. At least for now, anyway.


Update 22
Spoiler: show
Quote:
Originally Posted by Sneasel12, post: 7064879, member: 3180
Missingno. Master - Rolling your eyes at the man, you point out that you weren't expecting things to go quite they way they did, and that more importantly the entire group of skunks seem to have disappeared entirely, a notion that causes the man to raise a hand to shield his brow from the sun and look around before shrugging at the missing Pokemon.

The request to heal your Pokemon gets a bit of an odd response, "Well, some would say this whole Meadow is a place of healing!" the gardener jokingly shouts, before letting loose a laugh only able to be provided by someone thinking their joke was far better than it actually was. "But no, the nearest point of healing is some ways away, I'm afraid."

Looking quizzically at your Meowth as the Pokemon sat in thought, he finally responds to your notion of wanting to bring back the flowers. "Oh, not to worry! I've got just the thing." Plucking and tossing a Pokeball from his pack, the man reveals that he is the proud owner of a beautiful mushroom, one attached to a large insect at that. The Parasect looks around for a moment before noticing the state of the area, immediately creating a Grassy Terrain of its own before setting to work fixing the field with a Rototiller.

"I wouldn't be much of a gardener if I didn't have to tools to deal with some wilted flowers when there's no longer any threat around, now would I?" The man jokes once more, sitting along the side of one of the patches of the wilted Meadow and calmly watching his Pokemon work. Patting the ground carefully next to him, he signals to you and Meowth, "Come, sit a moment. Unless you have some other plan to find your mage friend?"


Reply 22
Spoiler: show
Quote:
Originally Posted by Missingno. Master, post: 7064915, member: 21823
After the gardener's joke fell flat, he explained that they were a considerable distance away from the nearest point of healing. Keith sighed at this, and reattached Dennis's Poké Ball to his belt. Dennis would be fine, though, he knew, which served to reassure him somewhat. And the gardener helped things along by sending out a Parasect who immediately set to work tending to the meadow, with Grassy Terrain and Rototiller. Keith gave a chuckle, shrugging in response to the man's statement- true enough, one should expect a gardener to be able to tend to plants. At the man's request to sit, however, Keith looked a little restless, almost as though unwilling to stay put.

And Meowth noticed this. "Sit," he said to Keith firmly. He's got a point- we ain't got nuttin' ta go on fer findin' dis mage otha than dis meadow, and yer no use ta Yohan if ya wipe yerself out fer no good reason."

Keith sighed deeply- Meowth was right and they both knew it. "You're right," he relented, sitting down beside the gardener, watching Parasect at work. "I sure hope this works," he murmured. "We need the mage's help to save this young boy from a Dusknoir." He turned to the gardener. "I don't think I got your name, by the way," he added. "I'm Keith, Keith Masters. And this is my partner, Meowth."

"Pleased ta meetcha," Meowth chimed in. He still felt like the gardener might know more than he was letting on, so he was listening carefully to whatever the man might say, see if there were any clues to be detected in how he spoke or what he said.


Update 23
Spoiler: show
Quote:
Originally Posted by Sneasel12, post: 7071255, member: 3180
Missingno. Master - Opting to sit by the gardener and await the arrival of the mage, you watch as the Parasect works with incredible haste to repair the garden. Where wilted flowers once stood new growth sprouts swiftly, and even the crater where the Skuntank exploded is swiftly filled in by the bug. All the while the man sits smiling, seemingly ignoring your question as to his identity, letting out a small laugh every now and then.

Just as the garden is soon to return to it's full glory the man finally speaks up, "What a shame, to not be able to see the meadow in its full glory." With that, his slight laughing becomes a full blown cackle as his garb twists and darkens, puffs of dark smoke enveloping the man before swirling out swiftly around him. The sight is practically paralyzing, as the smoke begins to envelope the entire area, until everything simply becomes black.


And as soon as the overwhelming darkness had appeared, it promptly fades away, leaving yourself and Meowth just outside the Cave of Strength once more. Mere feet away from you sits a man in a dark purple cloak, hood pulled up over his head so that the only thing that can be seen of his form is a large, toothy grin.

"Ah, the Cave of Strength," the man mutters, "a place one can enter with ease but can only leave by their own merit." Standing, he begins slowly striding towards the entrance, the shock of the event leaving yourself and Meowth as you find your bodies suddenly able to move once more.


Reply 23
Spoiler: show
Quote:
Originally Posted by Missingno. Master, post: 7072459, member: 21823
Parasect was working fast, very fast indeed, to repair the garden, with new growth sprouting wherever wilted flowers once stood, and even the crater getting filled in.

The speed at which the Parasect worked, however, was not at the forefront of Keith's mind. Rather, he was slightly annoyed by the fact that the gardener had yet to actually answer his question about his identity. He simply sat where he was, occasionally giving a small laugh as Keith and Meowth exchanged bewildered looks.

This, however, did not go on forever. Just as Parasect looked to be wrapping things up, the man finally spoke, but rather than reveal his identity, he instead stated what a shame it was to not be able to see the meadow in all its glory. Before anything could be said in reaction to this, he gave an unnerving cackle, his clothing twisting and going as dark as the smoke that was starting to envelop him. Neither Keith nor Meowth could even move as the smoke engulfed the entire area.


And then, the darkness was gone. But, Keith was quick to notice, so was the meadow- they were back just outside the Cave of Strength! And there was a man beside them in a dark purple cloak, complete with hood over his head, so all that could be seen of him was a large, toothy grin. He spoke quietly about the Cave of Strength before getting up and striding toward said place.

"...WHAT JUST HAPPENED?!" Keith exploded, once the extraordinary occurrences of the past minute finally caught up with him.

"I knew sometin' ain't seemed right about dat guy!" Meowth spat. "Always felt ta me-owth like he knew more den he was lettin' on! Hey! Youse!" Meowth added, leaping off Keith's shoulder and landing right in the man's path. "Stop right dere!"

Keith was quick to rush to Meowth's side, likewise standing in front of the cloaked man. "Who are you and what is going on here?" he demanded.

"And dis time, youse betta answer dis guy!" Meowth added, brandishing his claws. "I've had it up ta here wit all da screwiness goin' on today, so eitha start talkin' or come and get yer daily dose o' vitamin Fury Swipes!"

Keith had nothing to add to this; rather, he was trying to see if he could get a better look at the man's face, anything other than the grin. Wanted to see what, if any, emotions he could get from the guy's expression- he had absolutely no idea who they were dealing with here, and while he would be fine letting Meowth attack if the need arose, he also wanted to be damn sure that said need was actually arising here in the first place.


Update 24
Spoiler: show
Quote:
Originally Posted by Sneasel12, post: 7074205, member: 3180
Missingno. Master - Promptly calling out the man for his new, strange appearance and the dark fog that had just transported you back to the entrance to the Cave, yourself and Meowth make your displeasure towards his cryptic ways known and known well. But the man doesn't even bother to grace you with turning his face back towards you, instead opting to stare directly towards the cave entrance. That is, until you get directly into his face, attempting to get a better look under his hood, where you are met with a piercing gaze of bright red eyes, his smile widening as he seems to look straight through you.

"Why, have you not yet realized what has become of you? What more is to come for you to leave?" The man slowly raises one arm, a bony finger cloaked in a dark purple glove pointing towards the cave. "You cannot leave this cave aside from your own merit, and as such part of yourself has been lost here."

The further dodging of your question is made only more obvious as he simply places his hand on your opposite shoulder to Meowth, a cold chill running through the area he touches before he simply begins to walk past and into the cave. "Perhaps you'll find it once you help this boy, or perhaps the boy requires that you find it to save him." Removing his hand from your shoulder he presses on, "It is quite the conundrum. But then, why ever were you sent to find me if you could do this all on your own?"


Reply 24
Spoiler: show
Quote:
Originally Posted by Missingno. Master, post: 7075785, member: 21823
This man, this mystery of a man, was clearly capable of a great deal many things. Keith had seen enough to know this to be true. That said, he'd also seen enough to sincerely doubt that straightforward answers were not among that which he was capable of, for he refused to give a simple, straight answer, instead stating that leaving the cave was impossible except by one's own merit, and therefore, part of Keith was lost there. Keith and Meowth exchanged bewildered looks at this, before the man touched Keith's shoulder. Keith shuddered- his hand was frigid to the touch. The man continued towards the cave, speculating that Keith might find this lost part of him once he helped Yohan. Or maybe it was that Yohan required Keith to find this part of himself in order to save him. Keith's head was spinning at this point, but it was the man's final words that got the gears turning. "Why was- sent to find- you mean-"

"Dis guy's da mage?!" Meowth exclaimed.

"I mean, he's clearly got powers of some sort, so in hindsight, kinda makes sense," Keith shrugged. "But if I could do this all on my... why... sent to find..." Keith's eyes gradually widened, his mouth falling open as it dawned on him. "...oh, that piece of shit,," Keith hissed.

"Wat?" Meowth asked.

"Dusknoir!" Keith exclaimed. "Meowth, that was no accident that he let slip about the mage- he played us like fiddles! Sent us on this wild-Zangoose chase to waste our time and leave him free to drain Yohan- oh, geez, Yohan," he murmured, turning back to the cave. "We gotta get back in there, Meowth!" he exclaimed. "We've already wasted so much time! I just hope we're not too late," he groaned as he took off running after the mage.


Update 25
Spoiler: show
Quote:
Originally Posted by Sneasel12, post: 7078584, member: 3180
Missingno. Master - Stuttering about unsure of what this man was even going on about, you exchange looks with Meowth at his rather less than straightforward answers, before the sudden realization strikes that this very man is none other than the mage you were sent to find in order to defeat the Dusknoir and save young Yohan. Worse still, if the mage's words ring true, only your own actions can grant safe passage out of the Cave of Strength, and his help may not have been needed in the first place! That vile cur Dusknoir clearly sent you on this mission in order to further drain Yohan, securing time away from your intrusion and possibly finishing its terrible plan.

Running in after the mage, you find yourself greeted by the very same room with a varitable horde of Z-Crystals dotting the walls, with no clear way forward from here. What's more, there doesn't seem to be any voice prompting you through the room as before, and even the mage seems to be stumped as he wanders about for a moment examining the room.

Your eyes are however, drawn to a few small divots in the wall ahead, small diamond shaped dents where Z-Crystals were once housed now empty. Stranger still, the six empty slots form a perfect circle in the wall, each one pointing to the next slot in the formation.

"An odd place your Cave has taken the shape of," the mage chuckles at your predicament, before offering out his hand. "I've found these Z-Crystals scattered about the room, I'm guessing at least some of these fit into the holes you've found."

Dumping his findings into your hands, you see that he has located a Psychium Z, a Grassium Z, a Darkinium Z, a Ghostium Z, a Rockium Z, a Buginium Z, and Poisonium Z. But which six of these are meant to fit in the slots? And in what pattern?


Reply 25
Spoiler: show
Quote:
Originally Posted by Missingno. Master, post: 7078979, member: 21823
With everything finally clicking, Keith wasn't wasting any more time. He and Meowth were right behind the mage as the they entered the cave, finding themselves in the same room from before, the one where the walls were studded with a Champion's ransom in Z-Crystals. Annoyingly, one thing about it that was different from before was the lack of a guiding voice- no doubt that voice before had been Dusknoir, and of course no way in hell he'd want Keith making it through now...

"Hm," Keith murmured, noticing something else askew about the room. "What have we here?" And as he approached a wall, he saw a few diamond-shaped divots- six, to be exact, in a perfect circle, each pointing to the next one in the formation. Exactly the right shape for Z-Crystals, he realized. And as this occurred to him, the mage held out his hand- conveniently, he'd found some Z-Crystals lying around, and supposed that some of them might fit into these holes. "Yeah," Keith murmured, scooping up the Z-Crystals.

"And if dey's gotta be in a certain orda," Meowth piped up, "I'm tinkin' it's got ta do wit type matchups."

"My thoughts exactly," agreed Keith. "Alright, so, six holes, seven Z-Crystals, question being, which one's out? Poisonium beats Grassium, Grassium beats Rockium, Rockium beats Buginium, Buginium beats Darkinium, Darkinium beats Ghostium, Ghostium beats Psychium, Psychium beats Poisonium... wait- Dark beats Ghost, Ghost beats Psychic-" he added, realizing. He and Meowth exchanged looks of sudden realization. "Dark also beats Psychic!" they exclaimed simultaneously. With this established, Keith hastened to fit the Z-Crystals into the slots, leaving out the Ghostium Z, in the order he'd just established- Poisonium, Grassium, Rockium, Buginium, Darkinium, Psychium, each one pointing to the one it was super effective against, forming a very nice type hexagon. If that wasn't ever a term, it sure as hell is now.


Update 26
Spoiler: show
Quote:
Originally Posted by Sneasel12, post: 7079068, member: 3180
Missingno. Master - Examining the Z-Crystal shaped holes for a moment, with a little help from the Z-Crystals the mage has found lying about the cavern, your first thought is that this hexagonal ring must have something to do with type matchups. A thought that Meowth just happens to blurt out before you can. Listing off the types here, there's a fairly obvious chain between all seven of the crystals, but only six slots to fit them into.

A sudden realization dawns about the both of you, shouting out that one of the steps in the chain is unneeded, as Dark beats Psychic as well as Ghost. Hastily fitting the remaining Z-Crystals into the ring on the wall, the type hexagon glows momentarily, the crystals sinking into the stone and holding themselves in place. This just leaves the Ghostium in your hand, pulsing with energy but nowhere to go, until a blast of ghostly wind erupts from the crystal, pushing the three of you backwards.

The Ghostium Z floats menacingly in the air for a moment, before beginning to crack and shatter, the shards glowing and growing in size before breaking again and again, slowly forming an almost humanoid shape. After a moment, the shape takes proper form as pure Ghost energy coalesces in one final pulse, revealing a large Golurk standing between you and the hexagon you had just created.

Reeling a fist backwards before punching, a Shadow Punch rips through the room, striking Meowth, though luckily the Normal type is immune to the attack. However as the Golurk lurches forward slowly, its clear this foe isn't about to let up just because its surprise assault didn't work out as intended.


Reply 26
Spoiler: show
Quote:
Originally Posted by Missingno. Master, post: 7079070, member: 21823
Keith hastened to fit the Z-Crystals into their intended slots- every moment counted here, and he knew it. And for a moment, he grinned triumphantly, seeing the momentary glow as the Z-Crystals were fixed in place. But this triumphant moment was short-lived; the remaining Z-Crystal, the Ghostium Z, let loose a blast of ghostly wind that pushed everyone backawards. "Wha..." Keith murmured, at a momentary loss for words as the Z-Crystal hovered in midair. And then, it shattered! The shards glowed, grew in size, then shattered once more. This process repeated itself as a vaguely humanoid shape began to form before them, and with the final pulse that pulled all the energy together, it became clear that their assailant was a large, formidable Golurk. The towering titan let fly a Shadow Punch. Keith winced, even as the attack just barely missed him- the intended target was Meowth, however, who took the Ghost move like the nothing that it was to him. "Boy, we know type matchups betta den dis big lug," he remarked.

"That we do," Keith nodded. "Here comes Golurk," he added, noticing the giant fighting robot starting to lurch forward- it was obviously not deterred in the slightest by the epic fail that was its opening attack. "Meowth, go!" Keith exclaimed, gesturing forward.

"I'm on dis!" Meowth declared, jumping down. Normally, he'd have hesitated at the idea of going up against such an alarming opponent, but he knew there was too much at stake to be a scaredy-Meowth about it. He assumed a fighting stance, claws extended.

"Alright, Meowth, start with Mimic!" Keith ordered. "Copy that thing's opening move for your own use, then show it a real Shadow Punch! Then follow up with Water Pulse!" He grinned, confident in these orders- Golurk's blunder was actually going to be quite the opportunity for Meowth to temporarily gain a move that was not only super effective against this adversary, but would also surely gain even more power in the paws of a skilled Technician like Meowth.


Update 27
Spoiler: show
Quote:
Originally Posted by Sneasel12, post: 7080202, member: 3180
Missingno. Master - A bit shocked by the sudden appearance of the massive Golurk before you, it's a bit of a relief that its surprise attack wasn't able to affect Meowth, a sentiment the cat clearly shares as he jumps from your shoulder, claws at the ready to take down this titan.

Quickly proceeding to Mimic the Shadow Punch that was thrown at him, Meowth picks up use of the move to hopefully put the hurt on this gargantuan colossus. The Golurk, however, clearly just now realizes that its attack did a whopping nothing to Meowth, and proceeds to switch tactics. Jets bursting from its feet, it closes the gap quickly, an arm raised back to deliver a hefty blow. The attack is so telegraphed it isn't even funny, something easily avoidable by most Pokemon. But as Meowth goes to strafe to the side to dodge the blow, the Golurk's other fist quickly launches itself from its arm as a rocket, delivering a hefty Dynamic Punch directly to Meowth's head and sending him reeling with confusion. Stopping in the air as the hand returns and reattaches, it's clear this particular foe is employing No Guard tactics to ensure its attacks land.

Dazed by the previous attack, Meowth finds himself unable to execute his newfound technique, a situation the Golurk capitalizes on heavily as it slowly approaches, mechanical servos whirring as it raises a limb into the air and brings down a hefty Hammer Arm into the cat before it, the excessive force at least slowing down the titan for the future. Unfortunately, between these two hefty blows and the damage sustained in the Meadow, Meowth isn't exactly looking too hot at the moment, staring with glazed over eyes at the foe before him.

Reeling an arm back, the Golurk begins focusing a massive amount of its energy into one, fight ending blow. Fortunately, before it can swing, Meowth temporarily breaks through his addled state, releasing a Water Pulse to drench the titan, the sudden shock to its system causing its energy to temporarily reboot as its arm drops from its raised position. While the attack may have been stopped, it's clear Meowth is in no shape to deal with this formidable foe on his own.


Reply 27
Spoiler: show
Quote:
Originally Posted by Missingno. Master, post: 7080281, member: 21823
Keith suppressed a chuckle as Golurk went for another attack, one so obvious and easily avoidable that it was honestly comical. That is, of course, until the attack unexpectedly landed. Keith gritted his teeth- Golurk had No Guard! And that combined with a powerful move like Dynamic Punch, that was just asking for trouble. The confusion resulting from the move left Meowth reeling hard, and the Hammer Arm Golurk used as a follow-up move did heavy damage. "Oh, geez, Meowth!" Keith exclaimed. At that point, however, Meowth was able to fight through the confusion for a moment and land the Water Pulse as ordered, shutting down Golurk's attempt at finishing it off. As Meowth stumbled and turned around, Keith held up three fingers. "How many fingers am I holding up, Meowth?" he asked.

"...September?" Meowth mumbled in a daze.

"Yeah, this is a problem," Keith stated. He reached for his belt. The Fast Ball- nope. Anion would be next to useless against a Ground/Ghost-type. Dennis and Stewie were unconscious. He grabbed the purple Poison Ball, but as he did so, the Fast Ball rattled, then burst open.

Keith stared as his Minun reappeared. "Mai mai!" Anion declared boldly, standing on the ground before them. Then, she looked up- way up- and saw the Golurk properly. "Mai..." she murmured weakly, before hastening to retreat behind Keith.

"Oh, no," Keith stated, picking up the plucky Pikaclone. "Anion, Meowth can't do this alone. Or... probably not at all if I'm being honest," he added, with another look.

"Meowth, dat's right..." Meowth was mumbling, teetering around like a drunken Spinda.

"Minun mai," Anion conceded, seeing this.

"Look, I get this isn't the best matchup for you," Keith stated. "But I'm not asking you to do this alone, alright? You'll have backup."

"Mai..." murmured Anion.

"There's a life at stake here, Anion," Keith said seriously. "Please?"

"...Mai mai!" Anion finally nodded, cheeky grin back in place.

"That's the spirit," Keith grinned back as the Electric-type hopped down to the ground. This left Keith free to grab one of his least-used items; Meowth's Poké Ball. "Meowth, return!" Keith declared, withdrawing the confused Normal-type, only for him to send himself back out onto Keith's shoulder, shaking his head vigorously- as Keith had hoped, the brief stint in his ball had cleared up Meowth's confusion, though Keith had no intention of sending him back into the fight.

"Gah... I feel like I been hit by a freight train," Meowth groaned.

"You're not that far off," Keith stated.

"Wh... yer sendin' Anion in ta fight dat ting?" Meowth said incredulously, seeing the tiny Minun facing off against the gigantic Golurk.

"Not by herself," Keith stated, finally throwing the Poison Ball. "Aster, let's go!" he exclaimed.

The ball split open, and in a flash of light and a swirl of stars, there appeared an unusually pink Toxapex beside Anion. "Tox, Toxapex!" Aster exclaimed.

"Mai mai!" Anion said to Aster.

"Toxa," smiled Aster. Keith smiled as well- Aster might be shy and reserved, but most certainly not when there was a battle to be had.

"Let's do it, then!" Keith stated. "Aster, use Baneful Bunker to block whatever Golurk goes for, then follow up with Liquidation and Hex! Anion, use Magnet Rise, strike using Acrobatics, and power up Aster's Hex with your Helping Hand!"


Update 28
Spoiler: show
Quote:
Originally Posted by Sneasel12, post: 7081515, member: 3180
Missingno. Master - Deciding that this isn't Meowth's fight to fight, the cat is recalled, only to reappear on your shoulder, having shaken his confusion from being in his ball for a moment. Opting to take on this titan with not one, but two Pokemon, Anion and the Minun and Aster the Toxapex take Meowth's place, with a little convincing required for the former due to the size of their massive foe.

Opting to go for a defensive strategy for the moment, a Baneful Bunker sees Aster hunkered down to defend from an incoming blow, while a surge of electricity allows Anion to begin floating in the air thanks to Magnet Rise to hopefully avoid most of the Golurk's terrible typespam against the small Minun. Golurk, slowed by its previous technique, whirs into action, a sudden charge of High Horsepower sending it sailing towards the Toxapex, only to smash itself into the bunker, the pins of the shield stabbing into the mechanical titan, poisoning it.

Anion is quick to get to punishing the Golurk, zipping through the air and striking with a burst of Acrobatics, aided with extra nimbleness due to the lack of held item, while Aster sprays a Liquidation stream at the monster, the Merciless Toxapex dealing a critical blow against the titan thanks to its poisoned state. The Golurk's core whirs with energy, before raising its arms into the air to disperse a pulse of Gravity through the room, the sudden surge forcing Anion back to the ground for now.

Looking to deal a hefty blow to the creature preventing you from progressing through the cave, the hearty applause of a Helping Hand from Anion giving a boost of enthusiasm to Asher as the Toxapex's sadistic Hex forms, shredding into the golem before you thanks to the poison running through the clay creature. While the hits its taken are clearly showing a bit of wear, it's obvious that the Golurk is far from defeat at this point, and an incredibly destructive Magnitude shakes the room to prove the titan's horrible might, a quaking that neither Asher nor Anion is at all appreciative of.


Reply 28
Spoiler: show
Quote:
Originally Posted by Missingno. Master, post: 7083607, member: 21823
The battle got underway, and to Keith's delight, his decision to have Aster defend herself in such a manner was the right one, for Golurk went in for a High Horsepower, running afoul of the poisonous nature of the Baneful Bunker! This boded well, especially for Aster, the usually bashful Toxapex able to showcase her Merciless battle style in all its glory. Liquidation- critical hit. Hex- not only a critical hit, but doubled in power in the first place since its target had a status condition. Keith grinned- teaching Aster that move was a seriously good idea!

The grin, however, had faded somewhat as Golurk went for Gravity, counteracting Anion's Magnet Rise and sending the Minun falling right back down to the ground. Golurk was quick to capitalize on this, unleashing a forceful Magnitude that shook up both its opponents.

"Toooooxaaaa!" wailed Aster.

"Mai-ai-aiiiii!" Anion exclaimed.

"Gah!" Keith grunted, standing strong as the ground shook, with Meowth clinging to his arm as though for dear life. "Hah... OK, whew," he sighed once the attack subsided. "Damn... Golurk's not going down easily," he remarked.

"Didn't tink it would," said Meowth.

"Same," Keith nodded, frowning. Golurk's durability was undoubtedly a big part of the reason why it was blocking their way- to waste more time! They had to act, and act fast, if they had any hope of getting past it. An idea occurred to Keith at this point, one which ignited an all-too-familiar gleam in his eye, though this wasn't about personal gain- if this would be faster than outright defeating the Golurk, surely that could only be a good thing? "Alright- Anion, Aster, are you two still good to go?" he called out.

"Mai mai!" nodded Anion.

"Toxapex!" Aster confirmed.

"Good," grinned Keith. "Anion, time to show Golurk those moves we've been working on! I know you only just recently learned them, but the time has come- use Ice Beam, Shadow Ball, then Energy Ball! Aster, Venom Drench, then bombard it with Hex after Hex!" As he spoke, Keith reached into his backpack, reached right for the Poké Ball pocket, and closed his fingers around an empty Dusk Ball, watching the action intently as he did so.

"...Eh?" Meowth murmured, finally noticing what Keith was doing, and subsequently, the look in his eyes. "...is youse serious?" he groaned.

Keith nodded seriously. "We're on a timer, Meowth, and we don't know how short of one it is," he stated. "If it's gonna take too long to outright defeat Golurk... then I'll have to catch it."


Update 29
Spoiler: show
Quote:
Originally Posted by Sneasel12, post: 7083727, member: 3180
Missingno. Master - Clutching at a Dusk Ball as you issue your orders, you make your choice to end this fight now, one way or another. A Venom Drench from Aster coats the poisoned titan, lowering its stats as a result, while a lancing Ice Beam reaches out from Anion to deal some devastating damage. Almost uncaring, the Golurk coats its head in a shimmering glow and charges forward, directly slamming headlong into Aster with a Zen Headbutt. The charge sends Aster skidding across the floor past yourself and Meowth, stopping just in front of the mage, who has been watching intently this entire fight.

This doesn't deter the Toxapex at all, though, and the assault continues as Aster unleashes a second dose of Hex, further punishing the golem for its poisoned status, while Anion continues the typespam assualt by producing an orb of pure shadows, lobbing the Shadow Ball into the Golurk, the combined attacks pushing it back a ways towards the wall. Loosing a single fist as a rocket, the titan retaliates, the Drain Punch landing firmly on Anion, sapping away a fair chunk of health to keep the Golurk in your path.

More super effective attacks are lobbied, this time another Hex and an Energy Ball to go with it, dealing yet more massive damage to the golem, the Grass type attack having the added benefit of causing the monstrosity's Special Defense to fall visibly before your eyes. Once more, the Golurk reaches for the ground, the resulting Earthquake pulsing through the room, cracking the walls as Z Crystals glow in response, the damage causing both Anion and Aster to tremble, neither looking particularly great. Still, they look better off than the Golurk as the poison in its system ticks away, leaving it in a rather sorry state in comparison to the menacing form that had appeared before you at the start of this fight.


Reply 29
Spoiler: show
Quote:
Originally Posted by Missingno. Master, post: 7083734, member: 21823
Anion and Aster went on the offensive yet again, with the former letting loose a barrage of super effective moves, and the latter, after first making sure to weaken the colossus before them, followed up with her own barrage of powerful moves. Slowly but surely, Golurk was weakening.

Alas, it was the "slowly" part of this that Keith was taking issue with. By no means was Keith Masters an impatient man, but when lives were at stake, he knew well the importance of hurrying the hell up. And to make matters worse, one of the attacks Golurk had launched this time around was Drain Punch. Sapping precious hit points away from the Minun to replenish its own. And then came the Earthquake for massive damage, both to the Pokémon and to the cave. Keith gritted his teeth- the walls around them were starting to crack, Golurk could cause a cave-in!

"WAH!" Meowth yowled as the cave shook. "Is it tryin' ta kill us all?!"

"Wouldn't doubt it at this point," Keith stated.

"Maaaiiii..." groaned Anion, standing up unsteadily.

"Toxaaaa..." added Anion, her numerous legs shaking as she somehow remained upright.

"Anion and Aster ain't got much more in dem fer dis, eitha," Meowth pointed out. "But Golurk ain't lookin' too hot itself."

"Yeah, but..." murmured Keith. "If we can't finish it off quick enough, it'll probably use Magnitude or Earthquake again, and I don't think we'll be quite as lucky... I've got to try," he stated.

"At dis point I ain't even gonna argue wit dat logic," said Meowth.

"Right. Aster, Anion, stay alert," Keith advised his Pokémon. "If this doesn't go the way I'm hoping, I need you both to use the same moves I ordered last time, alright? Except no Venom Drench- just make it all Hexes, Aster."

"Mai mai!" nodded Anion, keeping a wary, watchful eye on Golurk all the while.

"Toxapex!" Aster agreed, doing likewise.

With that being said, Keith's time to act had come. With his free hand, he turned his hat backwards. His right hand clutched the Dusk Ball, now enlarged to its full size. He brought his right arm back, then heaved the sphere right at Golurk. "Go! Dusk Ball!" Keith exclaimed.


*Keith used Dusk Ball!*


Update 30
Spoiler: show
Quote:
Originally Posted by Sneasel12, post: 7091527, member: 3180
Missingno. Master - With the Golurk threatening to bring the very cave down upon all of your heads, you clearly need to end this before it gets any worse. Twisting your cap on your head, you pitch a Dusk Ball like you were in the major leagues, the ball sailing towards the hulking behemoth of a roadblock in front of you. Just as it's looking like the ball will connect, the Goluck holds out one arm, catching the Dusk Ball in its hand. Energy pulsing through the golem, its massive fingers wrap around the ball before it proceeds to crush the orb, causing it to splinter and shatter in its grip, leaving naught but dust of the capturing device.

As if the insult of destroying your ball wasn't bad enough, the Golurk's other arm reaches back to the wall behind it, large mechanical fingers digging into the stone work to wrap around a crystal in the wall. Ripping the crystal from the earth a bright glow envelops the fist of the Golurk before it comes crashing down to the ground, a massive shockwave erupting forward, ripping up the ground in a massive Tectonic Rage that barrels through the earth and into Aster, the resulting spikes from the floor sending the Toxapex flying through the cave to land at your feet, unconscious.

Anion's companion now out of the battle, the Minun looses an Ice Beam as per your orders, more out of desperation than anything else, the cold beam lancing into the Golurk's chest and causing a large frozen patch across the cracked clay. The Golurk reels for a moment from the attack, before the glow of energy from its core fades and its form shatters into mere shards of Z-Crystals to scatter across the floor, leaving your path now unblocked thanks to the large hole in the far wall the construct just created for you in preparation for its final attack.


Reply 31
Spoiler: show
Quote:
Originally Posted by Missingno. Master, post: 7092741, member: 21823
Realistically, Keith wasn't sure what to expect in these next few seconds. Maybe he'd catch the Golurk. Maybe the ball would wobble a few times before Golurk broke free. Maybe Golurk would even break free before the ball could land on the ground. That said, as realistic as Keith tried to keep his expectations, even he wasn't prepared to see Golurk grab the Dusk Ball out of the air and crush it into a fine powder. Keith's eyes bulged almost comically, and Meowth made a funny squeaking noise.

But that wasn't enough for Golurk- with its other arm, it grabbed one of the Z-Crystals out of the wall- along with the surrounding wall- and tapped into its power to unleash the Ground-type Z-Move- Tectonic Rage! The super effective Ground-type Z-Move sent Aster flying backwards, and the Shiny Toxapex came to rest at Keith's feet. "Toxaaaaa," she groaned, completely knocked out.

"Oh, man," Keith groaned, holding out Aster's Poison Ball. "Aster, return now!" he said, withdrawing the Poison/Water-type. "Rest up- you were great," he murmured.

It all rested on Anion now, and the Minun wasn't messing around. "Mai maiiii... MINUUUUUUN!" Anion exclaimed, letting fly an Ice Beam at Golurk. And thankfully, this was all it took- Golurk shattered before their eyes, into naught but Z-Crystal shards. In hindsight, as Keith observed this, perhaps it was foolish to try and catch the Golurk- it probably wasn't an actual Golurk in the first place. But before Keith could dwell on this too much, he heard Anion cry out. "Mai mai! Mai mai!" the Electric-type was exclaiming, pointing to where Golurk had dug out the Groundium Z. "Aha!" Keith grinned. "Of course- we have our opening!" He scooped up his Minun in his arms and took off towards the hole in the wall. They were getting closer, and with the way no longer obstructed, there was no time to lose.


Update 31
Spoiler: show
Quote:
Originally Posted by Sneasel12, post: 7097575, member: 3180
Missingno. Master - Shocked by the ball being crushed to dust, shock turns to horror as the room shakes thanks to a Tectonic Rage that knocks Aster clean out, leaving Anion to finish off the Golurk, a job the Minun manages thanks to the low health of the golem. Shaking off the encounter you spy the hole that has been cleared by the Pokemon's powerful Z Move, leading directly into another room further into the cave. The Mage accompanying you seems to have the same idea, climbing through the hole and waving you in to progress. In here is another room familiar to you, this one lined with Mega Stones from wall to wall instead of Z Crystals.

The Mage doesn't even have to do the busy work of grabbing you the necessary items this time, as four Mega Stones roll about the room lazily, with only two obvious divots for the stones to fit into, one on either end of the room to your left and right.

"Oh great. Another puzzle." The Mage complains, "It's always something with this cave. Tests and more tests."

The four stones here all appear different in coloration, with one being of a yellow marble with a cream and grey swirl inside. The second one is a bright blue with the inner swirl predominantly pink and yellow with a slight twinge of orange. The third stone takes a brighter yellow color than the first, with an inner swirl of red and dark blue. Finally, the fourth is a pale blue that appears almost white in color, with the inner swirl taking on a color of pale green and two shades of pink. But which of these four are to fit in the two slots available?


Reply 31
Spoiler: show
Quote:
Originally Posted by Missingno. Master, post: 7098396, member: 21823
The battle against Golurk could have easily gone a lot smoother, but it also could have gone worse. And right now, it left them with a way forward, and Keith would gladly take that. Except, as it turned out, this led them straight into another puzzle. "Not another one!" Meowth exclaimed.

"Well, no time to complain about it now," Keith stated, already scooping up the Mega Stones. "Four Mega Stones, two slots. OK... Meowth, you wanna help with this?" he asked.

"Dey's Mega Stones. Dey're shiny. Dat's all I got," Meowth snarked.

"Yeah, worked that much out for myself, as it happens," Keith retorted. "Look, my hands are full with these things- dig my Pokédex outta my pocket, see if we can identify these Mega Stones, get an idea what we're working with here."

"Gotcha," Meowth replied, nimbly climbing down Keith, fishing his Pokédex out of his pants pocket, and returning to his usual spot on the man's shoulder. "Alright, hold 'em up," he said, opening the device and working the buttons with the precision of a skilled Technician. Keith did as instructed, and Meowth started to scan the Mega Stones. "Alright, contestant numba one... dat's a Kangaskhanite," Meowth stated, pointing to the yellow Mega Stone with the cream and grey swirl. "And lessee here... Second one's a Medichamite," he declared, pointing to the bright blue Mega Stone with the pink, yellow, and very slightly orange swirl. "And behind door numba tree... yep, dis one's a Gyaradosite," he reported, now gesturing to the bright yellow one with the red and dark blue swirl. "And last but not least... dat's a Gardevoirite," he finished, with a glance at the pale blue Mega Stone with a swirl combining pale green with varying shades of pink.

"Kangaskhanite, Medichamite, Gyaradosite, Gardevoirite," Keith murmured, deep in thought. "And only two slots... so which Mega Stones to go with? If it's got to do with type matchups...?"

"Wat if it's just types in common?" Meowth wondered out loud. "Medicham and Gardevoir are both Psychic-types, ain't nuttin' else outta dese four wat dat shares a type."

"Yeah... yeah, that's true," Keith nodded. "Y'know what, Meowth? Best theory we got, so let's roll with it." With that, he strolled over to the left side of the room and placed the Gardevoirite in that divot, then over to the right side, and into that divot went the Medichamite. And back Keith went, keeping a wary eye out. "Meowth, Anion, be ready for anything," he instructed his Meowth and Minun.

"Gotcha," Meowth nodded.

"Mai mai," agreed Anion. After that Golurk, Anion wasn't about to underestimate anything else this place was prepared to throw their way.


Update 32
Spoiler: show
Quote:
Originally Posted by Sneasel12, post: 7098545, member: 3180
Missingno. Master - Scooping up the Mega Stones and getting to work instead of complaining the the Mage you brought here for... some reason, you hold up each stone while Meowth pages through your Pokedex, attempting to identify each by sight. Listing off the group as a Kangaskhanite, Medichamite, Gyaradosite, and Gardevoirite, a brief discussion is in order to determine what goes where. With precious few clues from the walls here aside from only being given two slots to work with, it's decided that this still has something to do with types as the last set of indentations did. Meowth's theory of types in common is picked up on, and soon enough the Medichamite and Gardevoirite are selected and placed carefully in the two slots available to you.

For a moment, nothing seems to occur, but soon and sure enough the remaining Mega Stones you hold begin glowing brightly as the walls themselves light up with the stones set throughout them. The remaining two stones become hot with energy, too hot to hold in fact, causing them to clatter to the ground before rolling towards the back wall and giving a similar reaction to the Z Crystal in the previous room. Shattering and expanding in a cascade of lights, two forms begin to take shape before you. The first is that of a Kangaskhan, which promptly erupts in further light, its joey jumping from its pouch as the Pokemon Mega Evolves before your eyes. The second, however, is not the expected Gyarados that the stone would have seemed to be. Instead, a small, hunched, humanoid form takes shape, that of a Sableye. Like the Kangaskhan, this Pokemon also erupts in light, a gem from its body springing forth and growing massive in size, clutched by the Sableye as it takes on its Mega Evolved form.

The Mega Pokemon stand between you and the far wall, watching you expectantly, quite unlike the Golurk in the previous room. It would seem they are more than content in letting you take your time as they bar you from progressing further.


Reply 32
Spoiler: show
Quote:
Originally Posted by Missingno. Master, post: 7099134, member: 21823
Keith expected something to happen with the unused Mega Stones. And sure enough, when they grew too hot to hold, he let them fall to the ground without any resistance- bring on the Mega Kangaskhan and the Mega Gyarados, he figured. The previous room gave a pretty clear indicator that this was the sort of thing to expect.

Except, he was only half-right. The Kangaskhanite took the form of a Kangaskhan, but the other Mega Stone took a considerably smaller form than either Keith or Meowth had been expecting- that of the Darkness Pokémon, Sableye.

Keith glanced at Meowth. "Gyaradosite, huh?" he remarked.

"Hey, a lotta dese tings look similar," Meowth complained. "Do you know how close I came ta tinkin' dat Gardevoirite was a Venusaurite?"

"Alright, well, either way, seems like we ended up on the right track regardless, so whatever works," Keith stated, turning his attention back to the Kangaskhan and Sableye, both of which were already Mega Evolving. "We gotta fight these things, and they're not gonna make it easy."

"Right!" Meowth exclaimed, jumping down to the ground, claws extended and ready for action.

Anion ran up alongside Meowth as well. "Mai mai!" she declared, her cheek pouches sparking.

"Then here we go!" declared Keith. "Meowth, use Nasty Plot, then hit them both with Swift and Shadow Wave! Anion, use Nuzzle on the Sableye, hit them both with Growl, and power up Meowth's Shadow Wave with your Helping Hand!" This spurred the pair of Pokémon into action at once. And Meowth made sure to not lose sight of the baby Kangaskhan as well- the Mega Evolution energy had affected it more than the mother, it was sure to be just as much a threat by now.


Update 33
Spoiler: show
Quote:
Originally Posted by Sneasel12, post: 7114379, member: 3180
Missingno. Master - Watching as the Mega Stones take form, you make point to call Meowth out for his incorrect guess as to the Sablenite forming before you, to wit the cat responds by pointing out there's basically no rhyme or reason to the differing colorations of Mega Stones nor easy way to figure out which is which. Jumping back off your shoulder once more, Meowth readies himself for battle by Anion as the battle prepares to get started.

But as Anion rushes in towards the Sableye, a cheap trick awaits the Minun, a swift Sucker Punch reaching out behind the balwark of a gem the gremlin Pokemon holds to deal a decent blow. It doesn't dissuade Anion much, though the Minun is hardly looking well off, and the Nuzzle connects, paralyzing the Mega Sableye. Meanwhile, Meowth prepares for the fight with a Nasty Plot, carefully watching both the Kangaskhan and her joey. But the amount of caution can't quite be enough as both rush in with a Dizzy Punch, the joey connecting in Meowth's stomach while the mother lands a clean blow to the head, leaving Meowth confused once more. Anion attempts to use a cute Growl to get the opponents to back off, a tactic that gives the Mega Kangaskhan some pause for a moment, lowering its attack, but a reflection of the Minun appears in Sableye's shield, the Magic Bounce causing lowering of Anion's own attack. Meowth briefly breaks through some confusion to loose a Swift, small stars striking at the Kangaskhan and its joey, but bouncing harmlessly off the shield of the Sableye, which remains locked up by paralysis.

Just then, the Mega Kangaskhan and its joey rush at Anion, each delivering a Power-Up Punch to the Minun, which due to the damage that has been sustained all around so far, causes Anion to stumble and tumble, falling to the ground unconscious. The Sableye grins, still locked by paralysis as Meowth's confusion prevents his final attack for now, leaving him in a poor state for further fighting.


Reply 33
Spoiler: show
Quote:
Originally Posted by Missingno. Master, post: 7114401, member: 21823
As the battle began, Keith got a nasty feeling it wasn't going to work in his favor so easily. Sure enough, Sableye landed a Sucker Punch on Anion, and Kangaskhan was just landing some powerful hits. Also, Keith wasn't sure what the hell he was thinking when he gave his orders, but in doing so, he seemed to have missed some quite crucial details about Mega Sableye. First and foremost, Magic Bounce- Mega Sableye's Ability, which allowed it to hit Anion with her own Growl, lowering her Attack. At least it didn't shield Kangaskhan from the move, Keith reasoned. And second, in ordering Meowth to use Swift, he appeared to have somehow forgotten than Sableye was a Ghost-type, and thus totally immune to Normal!

Things hardly got better from there. Before Keith knew it, Meowth was stumbling around, too confused to even get off the Shadow Wave, which was just as well, because Anion was too unconscious to try and power it up with Helping Hand- after all the damage the Minun had taken thus far, the Power-Up Punch from Kangaskhan was the straw that broke the Numel's back.

"Gah... Meowth, dat's right..." Meowth mumbled as he stumbled.

Keith groaned loudly- this wasn't good! His Pokémon were getting picked off with almost absurd ease. Dennis and Stewie still hadn't recovered from the battle against that giant Skuntank, Aster had fallen to the Golurk, and now Anion was down and Meowth was confused. Keith had one Pokémon left who was still in very good shape, but he'd kinda been hoping to save that one until the time came to confront Dusknoir directly. But there was no getting around it- they needed Chuck, and they needed him now.

"Anion, come back now!" Keith declared, holding out the Fast Ball and withdrawing the Minun. Then, he held out another Poké Ball- with the circumstances being what they were, he was pretty sure its occupant would agree that this qualified as an emergency. "Meowth, return!" he added, withdrawing the confused cat, only to send him right back out, the idea being that the short stay in the sphere would get rid of the confusion. Then, as Keith placed Anion's Fast Ball back on his belt, he took another Poké Ball off and enlarged it. "OK... Chuck, we need you now!" he exclaimed, throwing the ball and unleashing a grinning Gengar into the cave.

The Ghost/Poison-type turned to face Keith. "Once again?" he inquired.

Keith nodded. "No time to waste," he replied.

Chuck gave a nod. "As I suspected," he stated. "Let's do this."

With that, Keith gripped the brim of his Mega Hat. "Chuck!" he declared. "Emerge from the shadows, and make those shadows yours to control!" With that, he swept the Mega Hat off his head and held it up high. "Mega Evolve!!!" he declared. And once more, Chuck underwent that incredible transformation, becoming the formidable right before their eyes!




"Now, let's do this!" Keith declared. "Meowth, use Breaking Swipe, Shadow Wave, and Breaking Swipe again! Chuck, nail them both with Dazzling Gleam, then use Drain Punch on the Kangaskhan, and Hex on the Sableye!


Update 34
Spoiler: show
Quote:
Originally Posted by Sneasel12, post: 7136920, member: 3180
Missingno. Master - Withdrawing Anion and Meowth, it's become increasingly obvious that these fights are bringing your team to the edge. Meowth pops back from his Pokeball near immediately, now cleared of his confusion but decidedly at a major disadvantage against these two foes on his own. With little option left, you make the decision that it's time for Chuck to join the fight, the Gengar appearing by your side once more, prompting a short "Oh?" from the mage walking in these trials alongside you.

One shining glint of light from your Mega Hat later and the Gengar's form begins to twist in light that reflects throughout the Mega Stones lining this section of the cave, sinking slightly into the ground as his form becomes more streamlined and ready for combat.

Meowth starts off, back fresh in the fray with a Breaking Swipe, catching both foes in the wide arcing attack, the residual Dragon energy lowering the attacks of both Mega Pokemon. Meanwhile, Chuck's Dazzling Gleam temporarily blinds both opposing Pokemon as it deals fair blows to them each. The Sableye responds by proceeding to Fling its large gem at Chuck, dealing a hefty blow, the magical gem pinning the Gengar to the ground. This leaves the Ghost wide open as the Kangaskhan and its joey rush in with a Shadow Claw to strike, as well as a followup attack by the Sableye, a Shadow Ball ripping through the air to explode atop Chuck. At least the explosion loosens the gen enough for Chuck to get free, smacking Kangaskhan with a Drain Punch to get a bit of health back after the devastating barrage.

Meowth responds to the attacks now that Chuck is clear of the fray, a Shadow Wave washing over the two enemies for a fair chunk of damage. After a brief moment of recovery, the Kangaskhan and its joey continue the assault on Chuck, each striking with a blow of Assurance, powered up due to the recent damage of the blow by Sableye, leaving Chuck in a more than sorry state thanks to the never ending slew of super effective attacks. Looking at the enemies, it's obvious as to why they are going this hard, as neither looks too great themselves, perhaps weaker than the Golurk you had just recently fought. A Hex from Chuck onto the Sableye confirms this, as the blow lands just to cause a similar shattering of the Pokemon constructed by the Mega Stones into nothing but shards. Angered by the falling of their ally, the Kangaskhan and joey dig into the far wall, ripping up a large chunk of it with a Rock Slide that flies through the air and into Chuck, leaving causing the Mega energy arround the Gengar to fade as he is knocked unconcious by the repeated blows.

Luckily, Meowth still has another attack up his sleeve for now, a final Breaking Swipe smacking into the two roos and causing them to burst like pinatas into yet more Mega Stone shards.

"How convenient that our foes continue to open the way forward for us..." the Mage muses, signaling to the now open room in front of you.


Reply 34
Spoiler: show
Quote:
Originally Posted by Missingno. Master, post: 7137468, member: 21823
With Meowth's confusion cleared up and Chuck Mega Evolved, the battle resumed, The mage seemed rather intrigued by Keith's usage of his Mega Gengar, but Keith couldn't focus on that- much more important was the battle at hand.

Which... was not going well. Keith could only look on, mouth agape in disbelief, as Chuck was pinned underneath the Mega Sableye's gigantic gem. Was it somehow stopping him from sinking into the shadows or passing through the floor? Either way, he only got out from under it when practically blasted out by a Shadow Ball. Attack after attack pelted Chuck, and even in spite of him healing off some of this damage with Drain Punch, the Mega Kangaskhan knocked Chuck clean out with a Rock Slide before being finally bested by Meowth's Breaking Swipe.

"Gah," panted Meowth. "Dat was rough."

Keith, meanwhile, was listening to the mage's remark. "Yeah, it's convenient, alright," he nodded gravely, reaching into his backpack. "Almost too convenient."

"Yeah, dis has gotta be some kinda trap," Meowth stated.

"My thoughts exactly," Keith stated. "But regardless of whether it's a trap, it's also the only shot we got of stopping Dusknoir and saving Yohan." As he spoke, he produced a number of items from his bag- a Revival Herb, a Revive, and five Sitrus Berries. "So we gotta be as ready as we can," he finished, striding over to his unconscious Gengar. He took the Revival Herb and held it in front of the Ghost/Poison-type's mouth, at which Chuck began to sniff at it. Once his mouth fell open a bit, Keith dropped the Revival Herb right on in. A few moments of chewing, and then Chuck's eyes flew open almost comically.

"Ugh!" gagged Chuck as he choked down the Revival Herb. "Oh, it tastes like Muk piss!"

Keith chuckled, raising an eyebrow. "Speaking from personal experience there?" he quipped. "Yeah, I know they ain't the tastiest solution, but this is an emergency," he said.

"Gah... Yeah, you're right," conceded Chuck. "Arceus, Mew, and Helix, that's disgusting," he groaned, pulling a face.

Keith, meanwhile, handed three of the five Sitrus Berries to Meowth, who had started to greedily devour them, after which he produced a Poké Ball, sending out his unconscious Venusaur. The Revive did its work, restoring Dennis's health at least by half, and the remaining two Sitrus Berries were fed to the Venusaur in the hopes of getting the rest of the job done.

"All right," Keith stated once his Pokémon had eaten their fill. "Things are gonna get dangerous moving forward, just letting you know," he said. "There's a little boy's life at stake, and I for one won't give up. I know I can count on you, though. Are we all good to go?" he asked.

"But of course," grinned Chuck. "It'll take more than that to stop me."

Dennis grinned. "Venusaaaaur!" he declared.

"Youse can count on me-owth as well!" purred Meowth.

Keith grinned. "Thank you, guys," he said. "I know I can always count on you. All right- Chuck, Dennis, return for now," he added, withdrawing the Gengar and Venusaur. "Just to play it safe," he murmured as he reattached the balls to his belt. "Meowth?" he added.

Meowth responded by nimbly climbing back up onto his Trainer's shoulder. "Let's do dis," he grinned.

Keith grinned back, adjusting the brim on his Mega Hat, before they both turned to look at the opening ahead of them. Taking a deep breath, Keith stepped forward. Whatever lay ahead, he couldn't say for sure, but right now, he was as ready for it as he would ever be.


Update 35
Spoiler: show
Quote:
Originally Posted by Sneasel12, post: 7188347, member: 3180
Missingno. Master - Having cleared out the room, you opt to take the route of healing up your squad, an apt decision given their current state and the known foe that awaits you in the next room. Chuck and Dennis are promptly revived, and berries are distributed throughout to maximize your chances at winning. As you recall your Pokemon, all aside from Meowth, that is, your traveling companion bravely steps through the hole in the wall before you, signaling for you to do the same.

Meowth now perched comfortably on your shoulder for the moment, your hat is adjusted in preparation as you step through the boundary. But what awaits you is far from what you had expected. No child on the brink of collapse to be found her, let alone the Dusknoir that had taunted you so. The Mage turns towards you, his toothy grin wide beneath his hood. "You still haven't figured it out, have you?" he chuckles, slowly turning to a raucous laughter before shedding his cloak entirely. Ghostly wisps and wind fly throughout the area, and a loud series clicking sounds can be heard from your belt. Your Pokeballs take a grey tint and become unresponsive to the touch. It would seem your other allies will do you no good here.

Looking back at the Mage reveals a shadowy mirror of yourself, with bright eyes and a smile that reaches from ear to ear. "You're dead asleep, you all and everyone you brought here! You never even left the cave!" The shadowy form disperses somewhat, forming a large ball of purple gas with a pitch black center, staring at you with the same white eyes and a smile bearing two sharp teeth. "And now I'm free to take what I've been longing for all this time. The body I've been forced to share with you!"

The form flashes for a moment before becoming enveloped in a bright white light, rapidly changing, condensing into a singular purple shadow, one that you are more than familiar with at this point. The Gengar hovers before you, eyes aglow and baring the same smile the Mage has flashed at you multiple times over now, ready to finish the job.


Reply 35
Spoiler: show
[QUOTE="Missingno. Master, post: 7188389, member: 21823"]
Keith had healed up as much of his team as he could. He'd prepared to the best of his abilities. He was ready... right?

Nope. Not even a little bit. No enemy waited for them in the next room, but before Keith could comment on this, he had the Mage's chuckling to react to. Chuckling that turned to out-and-out laughter as he removed his cloak. Keith took a step backwards, but ghostly wisps and wind were flying all around, and Keith could hear a series of loud clicking sounds. And judging by where said sounds were coming from, he had a sinking feeling. And sure enough, try as he might to send out Chuck or Dennis, the balls on his belt were utterly unresponsive. The Mage looked a mere shadow of himself, grinning maniacally as he told Keith he was asleep- he and all the Pokémon he had with him. He'd never left the cave to begin with!

Keith's mind reeled. He'd been asleep this whole time? Since he tried to leave the cave, it all had been a dream? No- before even that. Since he inexplicably collapsed during that increasingly unfair battle that was looking utterly impossible to win. Or hell, even before that, maybe, considering how that battle appeared to defy, among other things, the laws of physics? It was impossible to tell. Was that Dusknoir real? Was Yohan real? And the Mage... the Mage was changing form, having threatened to claim the body that... that he'd been forced to share with Keith? But as the changes completed themselves, that too clicked into place- the Mage was a Gengar. That was the implication- that he was supposed to be a manifestation of the quarter of Keith that was Gastly DNA. That surely couldn't be real, right? And yet, all that had transpired thus far had felt so real. His Pokémon being present, that felt real, the items he'd used on them felt real, how could this all just be some sort of drea- wait a minute.

"Gah... we gotta fight, don't we?" Meowth hissed.

"...this might not take long, Meowth," Keith murmured. "There's one thing that might work, but I really don't know if I'm on the right track."

"Hey, it's just you and me against dis crazy Gengar wat dat seems ta want youse dead, and yer crazy ideas have worked fer youse before," Meowth pointed out. "Just tell me wat ya needs me ta do!"

Keith nodded, swallowed, and took a deep breath. This really was a risky idea on so many levels, but right now, it was the best shot they had. But if Keith really was asleep this whole time, then what else could any of this be? All he knew was, he had to wake up, and wake up soon, and right now, this was the only option he could see that could conceivably do the job.

"...Use Dream Eater!!" Keith bellowed, gesturing dramatically to the Mage/Gengar.
[quote]


picklenugget
Spoiler: show

Adventure Start
Spoiler: show
Quote:
Originally Posted by picklenugget, post: 7227273, member: 129922
He had finally made it. The Fool's Path, the beginning of many a trainer's story, now including his. He took a deep breath, savoring the smell of the woods and grass. The sky was just darkening above him, so he might take Soundwave out for a stroll.

"Soundwave, I..." Myth falters, rather new to this trainer thing and not knowing what to say. "Soundwave, you should come out!" he says, hoping he said the right thing. It looks like he did the right thing, however, as Soundwave comes out of her poke ball.

"Noibat!" She cries in joy, glad to be finally let free from her Pokeball. She flies around in the air for a few moments before landing on Myth's shoulder. Myth strokes Soundwaves's fur and stares down the road. He wonders what he should do to begin his journey. Contemplating, he looks up and notices the sky is getting even darker. He had better get a move on if he didn't want to sleep in the woods.

Myth travels down the road for a bit, Soundwave following him. Myth notices that Soundwave is getting rather far away so he calls her back. She flies over to myth curious as to why he is calling her.

"Sorry Noibat, but I should probably get you back in your Pokeball," he laughs nervously, "let's hope I do it right this time." He reaches inside his bag for his Pokeball and takes it out. "Ok, um come on in Soundwave!" That was definitely not right, he thinks to himself, as his Noibat returns to his Pokeball. He sighs and continues along the road.



Ironthunder

Spoiler: show

Adventure Start
Spoiler: show
Quote:
Originally Posted by Ironthunder, post: 7158817, member: 101640
Well this was... Unexpected. The last thing Liawe remembered was falling asleep at her camp in the valley, and now she awoke in what seemed to be a barren plain. Without her tent. Her bag was on the floor next to her, with an assortment of Pokeballs that she hoped were hers, but... With how weird this all was, it could've been anyone's. That issue was quickly resolved however, as three of her Pokémon emerged from her bag, proving it to be without a doubt her own as Hope floated through the fabric with a strange noise that might've been a laugh or a snarl. Following Hope from the bag on the floor came the rather sleepy forms of Carl and the Crimson Fandango, the little bird twittering happily as the bug crawled over and nestled its head into Liawe's leg. Smiling at her company, she picked up the bag and got things in order before sitting down, before grunting with surprise as the Larvesta hopped into her lap. "So, we're here, wherever 'here' is." Taking in the surroundings of the scorched plain, Liawe twisted to look at her shadowy compatriot questioningly. "Was this your doing, Hope?" The only response from the little ghost was a look of almost-calculated bemusement. "Well," she said, lowering the Crimson Fandango to the floor as she stood, "We're not getting anywhere just sat here, so what say we go figure out where we are?". This was met with a cheer from the Crimson Fandango, who crawled into her arms, and a twittering chirp from the Starly as he perched on her shoulder. Hope grimaced behind them, but set off in pursuit of her trainer as they set off through this strange land they found themselves in.


Update 1
Spoiler: show
Quote:
Originally Posted by Asteiri, post: 7191032, member: 88404
Ironthunder

Desolate was the first word that came to mind. There was nothing here, nothing grew and the wind hardly made a sound. It seemed absolutely deserted, no signs of life anywhere around you, yet only one question clearly rang out in your mind: where were you? Your memory was in a slight haze, remembering falling asleep in the valley but now you were here, no sign of your tent or the belongings that were in it. All you had was your Pokeballs and bag, and no clue as to where you were or how you got here. Hope seemed happy enough, making your skin crawl slightly... had the ghost had something to do with it? Actually, you could see her floating around, seemingly looking at things that were invisible to your own eyes. A shudder crawled down your spine, hoping it was just Hope trying to scare you.

You decided that you had to find something in this wasteland, just standing here would do you no good and would make it easy for the angered buzzards above you to swoop down and pluck you and your Pokemon, one by one. As you stood, you noticed something far into the distance. You couldn't quite make it out, but it towered above everything else. You decided that this would be a good starting point to figuring... something out. You set forth towards it, slowly wandering over the scorched Earth.

Your walk was long, uneventful. Occasionally Hope would giggle as if something funny had just been whispered, always doing so after a chill made it's way through your body. Both Carl and Crimson Fandango didn't seem to notice however, keeping their eyes on the sight in front of you, which was slowly becoming much clearer than before. It was tremendous, and almost breathtaking too. You broke out into a sprint to get a better look, coming to a head directly in front of it: a massive angelic statue. Her face was blindfolded, holding a sword in her right hand and a set of scales in her left. Although her face was blindfolded, something about the way that the statue looked down on you sent chills through your body... you felt as though every ounce of your being were being weighed, judged in a sense.

As you stared at the statue, Carl suddenly cawked, his beak dropping slightly as he began to salivate. He leapt off your shoulder before you had a chance to turn around, flying towards whatever had caught his eye. You turned, watching him flutter towards a Grubbin that had wormed it's way out of the scorched Earth. It seemed like your trek had made the bird rather hungry, as he swooped down to try and Pluck the creature off the ground. You should probably make him stop, as the creature showed true terror on it's face...

What do you do?



grassyglide
Spoiler: show

Adventure Start
Spoiler: show
Quote:
Originally Posted by grassyglide, post: 7173021, member: 31960
[COLOR=rgb(65, 168, 95)]With Wisewoods perched on his left shoulder, Argyle stood still in between two tall and thick trees that seemed to serve as a gateway to a particularly strange part of the forest. He took a deep breath, following the air as it made its way to his lungs and then eventually back out. The air felt different than previously when he was walking in the forest. He couldn't help but feel a mystical sensation throughout his body. He turned left and met his Rowlet's gaze. It was clear that Rowlet felt a similar sensation.[/COLOR]
[COLOR=rgb(65, 168, 95)]
"Looks like we made it to Fortune's Woods," Argyle said to his partner, "Let's see what fortune has in store for us, huh?" He tried to feign confidence as much as possible; however, with the undeniably strong presence of an other-worldly force, his anxiety about the possibilities that laid ahead seeped in through the facade. Despite knowing that such worries were pointless, he frequently found his mind occupied with such thoughts. Being present in the moment was a work in progress for Argyle.

"Let! Let! Let!" Wisewoods chirped. It seemed as if the Rowlet had sensed Argyle getting lost in thought, after all they had spent a fair bit of time together and both knew how each other operated at this point. Wisewoods' chirp snapped Argyle back into the moment. The two seemed so small compared to the trees around them, but that didn't matter. They were here to check out the Woods and as long as they had each other and the support of their family no matter how far away they were from them, they could get back up even after facing the toughest blows Fortune could swing at them.

His eyes filled with a mixture of excitement and worry that was only natural, Argyle asked, "Well then, shall we?"

"Rowlet!" the Pokemon chirped back, his voice carrying the same mixture of excitement and worry that Argyle felt. Argyle nodded in return and took a step forward. They were now in Fortune's domain.
[/COLOR]


Update 1
Spoiler: show
Quote:
Originally Posted by ConnorFB, post: 7174930, member: 118084
grassyglide: As you make your way deeper into the forest, you get an overwhelming sense of being encapsulated by the surrounding trees. They tower over you, their gnarled and knotted trunks twisting round one another in a beautiful yet foreboding way. Earthy tones fill your nostrils, a mixture of rugged earth and the gentle aroma of enticing of green smells - dew soaked grass and hearty oak The dappled light peers through the overhead canopy, creating an ethereal hue which perfectly heightens the whimsical atmosphere of your surroundings. For a moment you are lost in this scenery, both literally and figuratively, your fate completely surrendered to the fickle fancies of the encroaching natural world. After walking for what feels like an eternity, swathed by the strange juxtaposition between the captivating beauty and worrying robbery of personal agency offered Fortune's Woods, you come across a small clearing. Without warning, your legs feel much heavier than they previously had, and with a frown you move towards a nearby upturned log to take the weight off.

As you rest, you begin to be plagued by the unshakeable feeling you are being watched. That nagging, uncertain tugging in your mind, desperate for you to confirm your suspicions but never quite imposing enough to act upon. As you wrestle with this sensation, your thoughts are soon torn asunder by another stimulus. Loud shouting emanates from further within the woods, just beyond the treeline. It seems to be a bunch of boisterous children hollering at something - but first impressions are often fatal, and it is clear Wisewoods is somewhat perturbed by the situation, shifting uneasily on his talons.


Reply 1
Spoiler: show
Quote:
Originally Posted by grassyglide, post: 7175639, member: 31960
[COLOR=rgb(46, 139, 87)]Argyle wasn't sure what he was expecting when he took that first step into Fortune's Woods, but it was definitely not this. Argyle was no stranger to strange forests. After all, he did spend quite some time walking in Ilex Forest, a forest supposedly under the auspices of Celebi, a Pokemon known to manipulate the very fabric of time. However, no breath he took in Ilex Forest felt as mystical as even the first breath he took when he stepped into Fortune's Woods. Argyle could feel that Wisewoods, who had made his home in Ilex Forest prior to meeting Argyle, also felt as if he was in a completely different world now. With each step that plunged the duo deeper into Fortune's Woods, they had felt themselves getting swept farther and farther into a new world. When the duo came upon a clearing in the woods, Argyle could not help but think that he did not end up there on his own. It seemed as if some magical force had entranced him as he and Wisewoods walked about. Or perhaps it was as if the woods were playing around with Argyle's fate, not unlike how a cat might play with its prey, and eventually seeming to decide to grant him and Wisewoods an opportunity for some rest by opening up a clearing. Try as he might, Argyle could not muster up the energy to think hard about the potential forces at work. He was too consumed with the heaviness in his legs and his desire to rest. Typically, Argyle would be quite anxious in such a situation, but he seemed to have resigned himself to whatever fate had in store for him. Thus, he supported himself on a log and sat down. Wisewoods stood on the edge of the log, trying to keep watch as vigilantly as possible, though it was hard to keep one's guard in a forest that seemed to use its enchanting beauty to disarm all who roamed its grounds.

As Argyle was about to dose off to what might have been a deep slumber, he jolted up. This sudden movement startled his Rowlet, who looked at him inquisitively. Argyle quickly scanned his surroundings but couldn't see anything out of the ordinary. "I couldn't help but feel someone or something's piercing gaze on me as I was about to drift off," Argyle explained to his partner.

"Row," the Rowlet chirpped and then positioned himself towards the direction to which Argyle had his back to when he was resting. Wisewoods was looking with a quiet intensity in his eyes, as if he sensed something in that direction. Argyle knew that his Pokemon was much more perceptive than him. Perhaps he had also picked up on the same feeling of being watched and also had a strong sense of where it was emanating from. As he mulled over whether or not to walk in the direction of Wisewoods' gaze, Argyle heard a sound. Wisewoods shifted his focus, trying to figure out where the sound was coming from. Though it seemed like the sound was coming from every direction, it did seem particularly strong straight ahead of the duo, beyond the treeline.

Argyle looked at his Rowlet. Clearly, Wisewoods was alarmed by this situation as was Argyle. However, it didn't seem like the two had a choice in the matter. They could obviously wait in the clearing, but sooner or later they would have to start moving. Argyle was not so sure the woods allow him to return home so easily. It seemed like the place that would hide the path back home until it decided not to. Argyle knew going in that he would be surrendering himself to whatever Fortune planned for him, so there did not seem a point in resisting. It was clear the forest wanted Argyle to start moving and Argyle thought he had no choice but to indulge the woods' whims. He looked at Rowlet and beckoned him to take his perch on his left shoulder. "I guess we should check out what those sounds are," Argyle said in resigned tone.

"Let," the Rowlet chirpped uneasily. That was the end of the discussion and the two slowly walked straight ahead and back into the woods. Soon, the clearing disappeared behind them and they were surrounding once again by the trees. [/COLOR]


Update 2
Spoiler: show
Quote:
Originally Posted by ConnorFB, post: 7178934, member: 118084
grassyglide: With the strange noises interrupting your reflection on the captivating, uneasy beauty of the forest, you begin to gradually make your way towards the source. As you duck and push your way through low hanging branches, gingerly easing your way through the bushy undergrowth, the sounds only grow louder - and more identifiable. It was definitely hollering of some sort, distinctly male - and there wasn't just one voice. Finally, you come to the edge of another clearing, with the problem at hand laid bare.

Centred at the far end of the clearing is a small but ornate shrine, two intricate Torii gates flanking a humble wooden construct. The visuals are rather enamouring, even to one familiar with this kind of architecture... which only serves to worsen the sight before you. A group of three males were whooping as they take it in turns kicking the Torii, each arching blow met with a pained splintering of wood, not quite enough to fully fell the gates but certainly testing the limit of their tensile strength. The boys were clearly young teenagers, caught in that awkward period between child and adult. Wisewoods, living up to his name, jumps to your shoulder and pecks gently at your hair, using a wing draw your attention. Following his indicated line, you spy - hiding within the dense foliage, much like yourself - a huddle of Pokemon, most prominently headed by a pair of worried looking Kirlia. They wince with every scathing assault on the shrine, their desperation palpable, but their unwillingness to engage with the boisterous teens understandable.


Reply 2
Spoiler: show
Quote:
Originally Posted by grassyglide, post: 7179314, member: 31960
[COLOR=rgb(46, 139, 87)]Soon after Argyle and Wisewoods had left the clearing they had rested at behind them, Argyle found himself feeling the magic imbued in the ground with each step he took and could not help but feel enchanted by the bouquet of scents that filled up his lungs with each breath. The forest was truly beautiful, save for the constant cacophony of shouting that pierced the captivating atmosphere. Argyle could feel that they were inching closer and closer to the source of the sound. Argyle knew he had to maintain focus on the source of the sound while also carefully navigating the obstacle course-like forest with the low-hanging branches and the bushy undergrowth. Yet, a part of him wanted to simply get caught up in the magical feeling that was swirling all around him.

Argyle found himself sitting at the base of a tree. The tree didn't seem like the ones in Fortune's Woods, where he was just walking moments ago. The air felt different too. How could this have happened? He was walking moments ago, trying to get to the source of the yelling. He tried listening and initially could no longer hear the cacophony he could hear so clearly a couple seconds ago. He tried a bit harder and ever so faintly, he could hear the sound again. At least he wasn't completely removed from the forest. Next, he tried to stand up and start walking, but his body refused to obey his brain. Yet, on a deeper level, he could sense that his body was still moving. What kind of magic was this? Had a part of his consciousness drifted off into some magical dream zone? At least, his initial panic had partially subsided. This allowed him to survey his surroundings more carefully. These trees were not from Fortune's Woods, yet they felt much more familiar than those of the magical forest in Fizzytopia. They reminded him of home. That was it! He had managed to dream up a scene from the Ilex Forest. Not that he was going to complain, but it seemed quite out of place to suddenly find himself feeling so nostalgic that he'd start reminiscing about the Ilex Forest. He realized that Wisewoods wasn't with him in this dream, which he found strange. The duo had been inseparable ever since meeting in the Ilex Forest. Then, as if on cue, a Rowlet started chirpping on a branch above Argyle. Argyle looked up and coming to an apparent realization regarding the nature of his dream, he quickly opened his backpack. As he guessed, there were ripe Oran and Pecha berries. He meticuluously emptied out the berries and laid them out. Not much long after that, the Rowlet came flying down to take the berries that were offered to it. This wasn't a dream after all, it was a dramatically real flashback to how the duo had met. A sense of calm and appreciation washed over Argyle as he started to rest his back on the tree behind him. However, instead of meeting with a solid surface, his body seemed to phase through and a sense of falling into a pit took over.

The part of Argyle's consciousness that had floated off into a fond memory had returned back to the present. Argyle still could not completely understand why his mind had decided to replay that scene from his past all of a sudden. Was it the doing of the magic that permeated the forest? Regardless, he did not have the time to wax poetic about how fickle the mind was; he and Wisewoods were now all but upon the source of the shouting. They slowly approached a clearing, but remain hidden among the dense foliage to observe what was happening. Argyle was aghast with what he saw: three teens, maybe 7 or 10 years younger than Argyle, were kicking the Torii gates. Sure these were just teens still understanding themselves and the world around them, lord knows Argyle had made mistakes at those ages, but this behavior wasn't really something that Argyle could let slide. Argyle never liked senseless violence and always respected and cherished life. Throughout his short life, he had learned that the world works in mysterious ways. All one could really do was count their blessings and uphold life. Desecrating a shrine erected to show appreciation to the wonders of life, in the middle of Fortune's Woods no less, was the exact opposite of that. Argyle was considering the best course of action to take when confronting the teen trio when the ever-perceptive Wisewoods grabbed his attention with a couple gentle pecks. Wisewoods was pointing out a group of Pokemon cowering together in a huddle in the dense foliage. This shrine was their home and the teens had disturbed their peace. Argyle's priority was now confirming the safety of the Pokemon. After having checked up on them, he would confront the trio.

Argyle nodded to his partner and slowly made his way to the group of Pokemon while making sure not to be heard or be seen by the children. It seemed like they were too wrapped up in their kicking and hollering to notice anyway. Once Argyle was relatively close yet still far enough to not further startle the Pokemon, he motioned for Wisewoods to assume the role of the diplomat. Wisewoods was to approach the group and check on their well-being while comforting them. He was to tell them that they were here to help and that the group might want to consider moving slightly deeper into the forest for the time being since it was not clear how violent of a turn the confrontation would take. After relaying this message, he was to fly back to Argyle and launch a gentle Leafage attack, aiming at ground at the feet of the teens so as to grab their attention. At which point, Argyle would confront them verbally at first. Hopefully that plan would be enough.

Argyle and Wisewoods locked eyes and nodded in agreement. Wisewoods took off and approached the group as Argyle watched from a distance. Two Kirlia assumed the leadership roles for the group and accepted Wisewoods with slight apprehension. Argyle could barely hear his Rowlet chirpping, "Row Rowlet," calmly as he began conversing with the group. Argyle found himself hoping all would go according to plan.[/COLOR]


Update 3
Spoiler: show
Quote:
Originally Posted by ConnorFB, post: 7196550, member: 118084
grassyglide: Your plan decided, you watch as Wisewoods begin to slowly but methodically stalk his way towards the gathered Pokemon. For brief moments the Rowlet evades your gaze, even knowing where he is, a testament to his ability to blend into the surrounding nature, Finally, you see the meticulous owl break through the brush, briefly startling the shrine attendants. Both Kirlia skitter to block Wisewoods, arms raised and Psychic energies fluttering over the surface of their body - but the fright in their eyes was that of a startled and cornered animal. You almost forsake your own cover to defend Wisewoods - but the Rowlet is quick to diffuse the situation, cooing gently while raising both wings nonthreateningly. After a tense moment, the Pokemon are persuaded, hiding deeper within the woods; though the Kirlia make sure to have a clear vantage of their still besieged shrine.

With that done, and Wisewoods ready to provide backup, you stride into the clearing. The vandals take immediate notice, recoiling from your words and bunching together in an instinctive defensive motion. Your height helps to lend credence to your shouts as you berate the boys, but after the initial shock has worn off their sneers soon return. The largest of them steps forwards, clearly working up a little bravado and punctuating it with one final kick on the shrine.

"Yeah, and what the hell are you gonna do about it? You can't start attacking some random kids, mister. There's only one of you..."

At his call, a bright crimson flash erupts, and a Poliwag stands before the boy, immediately adopting an aggressive stance with narrowed eyes and smirk.

"And there's four of us!"

With that, Poliwag moves to attack you - but as he does, Wisewoods bursts from his position, unleashing a frenzied storm of leaves. As the Leafage lands its mark, Poliwag recoils, but a burned foe is not necessarily a defeated one. This ambush seems to inflate the sense of defiance in the bully, and he quickly orders a retaliation.

"Phelps! Hit them with a Double Slap and then a Headbutt!"

---

OoC: Don't take this as a reprimand, but in future you should probably avoid determining the outcome of selected actions. I'm not sure it was intended this way, but noting that Wisewoods had success in communicating with the shrine Pokemon could easily be construed as overstepping your boundaries as an updatee - for all you know, I was intending to have Wisewoods have a little trouble convincing them. It's minor and it's best to catch something like this when it's innocuous and not later in your FB experience, so consider this a worthwhile learning experience for going forward.


Reply 3
Spoiler: show
Quote:
Originally Posted by grassyglide, post: 7198166, member: 31960
[COLOR=rgb(46, 139, 87)]Argyle watched after Wisewoods as the latter flew off towards the shrine Pokemon. Even though Argyle was able to roughly guess the flight trajectory of the Rowlet, Argyle still struggled to pick out the Pokemon at times. The Grass Quill Pokemon, true to its nickname, was at home in such woods. While brandishing a momentary look of admiration at his Pokemon, Argyle thought that he could potentially make use of his partner's capabilities in its natural habitat in the battle that might happen moments later. However, the moment of admiration was not to last. As Wisewoods approached the Pokemon, Argyle noticed that the shrine Pokemon were initially combative. Argyle was overcome with a mix of surprise and fear as he looked on to see how his Pokemon would handle the situation. Despite Argyle's uneasiness, Wisewoods, for his part, seemed to approach the situation calmly. From afar, Argyle observed the Pokemon raise its wings to indicate that it came in peace and then could barely make out the chirps it made to explain the situation. Argyle relaxed when he saw the Pokemon move deeper into the forest.

Wisewoods, having completed his task, flew back to Argyle. With the shrine Pokemon a bit farther away from the scene of a potential battle, Argyle could now engage the delinquents freely. Argyle and Wisewoods exchanged looks and nodded at each. With that, Argyle emerged from his position among the bushes and into the clearing.

"Stop that!" Argyle shouted at the trio of troublemakers, "Why would you want to harm that shrine and frighten off the shrine Pokemon? We're in Fortune's Woods and I can only guess that shrine was built as a way of expressing gratitude to Fortune and a place for trainers to come and share their deepest wishes with the hopes of them being granted. Whether you call it coincidences, fortune, fate or destiny; our lives and the world progress in mysterious ways. All we can do is be grateful and hope for the best. Two notions that the shrine probably embodies." As Argyle spoke, his mind jumped back to the day he met Wisewoods in Ilex Forest. Perhaps it was the magical nature of the woods, perhaps it was Fortune or perhaps it was Argyle's own doing, but the flashbacks only strengthened Argyle's resolve and served as a reminder that the duo's relationship was part of this intricate and mysterious web of fortune. "Don't you see that harming that shrine will only get yourselves hurt?" Argyle concluded.

Argyle paused to see what impact his words had on the kids. While they initially recoiled and became defensive from Argyle's emergence into the clearing, it was apparent that Argyle's words had fell on deaf ears. To drive that point home, the largest of the trio kicked the shrine one last time before defying Argyle, "Yeah, and what the hell are you gonna do about it? You can't start attacking some random kids, mister. There's only one of you...". The kid cut off to take out a Pokeball. Looks like we're gonna have to do this the hard way, Argyle thought. From the ball, a blue Tadpole Pokemon emerged. "And there's four of us!" The kid shouted to finish the sentence he had paused. In the ensuing moments, the trainer ordered his Poliwag, Phelps, to attack Argyle. However, Wisewoods was quick to leap into action to protect Argyle by firing off a Leafage attack that landed a hit on the opposing Pokemon.

Just like that the battle for the shrine had started. The Poliwag's trainer had said that there were four of them, but Argyle wasn't sure whether to trust him. It could be that the other two also had Pokemon and they were just waiting for Phelps to tire out Rowlet before bringing them out. Better end this quickly, he thought, Than risking it drawing out. Wisewoods did seem to have the advantage in more ways than one. Wisewoods had aerial superiority and could seamlessly blend in with his environment, not to mention the clear type advantage.

"Phelps! Hit them with a Double Slap and then a Headbutt!" The boy's orders to the Tadpole Pokemon interrupted Argyle's train of thought. Thinking time is over, Argyle thought, Looks like the Poliwag will have to try and get in close to get those attacks off. I'll have to try to make it hard for the Pokemon to get close. Then, maybe I can take the battle to them.

"Wisewoods, hit 'em with Razor Leaf and then follow it up with a Grassy Glide!" Argyle yelled.[/COLOR]


Update 4
Spoiler: show
Quote:
Originally Posted by ConnorFB, post: 7206830, member: 118084
grassyglide: With orders issued, the battle immediately gets underway. Phelps seizes the initiative, closing the distance between himself and Wisewoods with a burst of unexpected speed. Crouching low, the Poliwag centres himself before twisting violently, slapping Wisewoods twice with his tail. The Rowlet coos in disdain, flapping his wings to create a bit of distance and firing off a sharpened volley of leaves. These slash at the mucus covered skin of Phelps, the Poliwag visibly wincing as he is stricken. With an audible huff, the Water type lowers his head, taking careful aim before propelling himself forwards. With a sickening crunch the blow lands, catching Wisewoods off guard and sending him skittering away. A sharp hiss of indignation follows, before the owl cloaks himself in a flickering aura of pale green energy. With an elegance to his movements, Wisewoods moves left to right, mixing up his approach timing before finally employing one final agile acceleration. With expert precision he rakes his talons along the body of Phelps, the Poliwag shrieking in agony as he recoils away.

With the advantage clearly in your favour, the gathered boys seem uncertain. They each take a few unsure steps back, and for a moment it seems they may end up fleeing - before the tallest, and presumably eldest, finds within himself a defiant second wind. Barking at the other two to man up, he stamps petulantly. Try as he might though, the youngster has a poor poker face - it's clear that the momentum was there for the taking, his body language screaming insecurity about his battling skills.


Reply 4
Spoiler: show
Quote:
Originally Posted by grassyglide, post: 7207399, member: 31960
[COLOR=rgb(46, 139, 87)]As soon as Argyle wrapped up giving orders, both Pokemon lept to action. Phelps the Poliwag landed the first hit. Argyle was hoping that Wisewoods would have gotten the Razor Leaf off before Phelps could've closed the distance, but he was clearly not expecting such speed from the Tadpole Pokemon. Wisewoods took the hit with some pain but was quick to shrug it off and create some distance between himself and his foe. This allowed the Grass Quill Pokemon to fire off a barrage of leaves. "Alright!" Argyle exclaimed as he saw the leaves slash at the Poliwag leaving it recoiling in pain.

Perhaps Argyle's exclamation distracted the Rowlet as Poliwag managed to make use of Wisewoods' momentary loss of focus to send him skittering away. "Wisewoods!" Argyle yelped with concern but he should've known more than to doubt his partner. In retaliation, Wisewoods cloaked himself in a pale green aura. Argyle watched in awe as his partner elegantly and swiftly made his way toward Phelps. The owl used his talons to attack the Poliwag. Phelps' shrieks of agony pierced through the silence of the clearing.

"That's it Wisewoods," Argyle said, "We'll wrap this up soon enough." The tide of battle was clearly in favor of Wisewoods. Argyle, though not the most experienced of trainers, was brimming with confidence at the situation. On the other hand, the trio of troublemakers' confidence was clearly all but depleted. The apparent leader of the bunch tried to face Argyle defiantly and bolster his two friends' spirits, but Argyle could see from his body language that the leader was only feigning confidence. Behind that defiant second wind, Argyle sensed insecurity. Argyle saw this as an opportunity to end this without further battling.

"Listen guys," Argyle started, "You're clearly no match for us. From what I can see, the battle is in our favor and if things keep up Phelps will be out sooner rather than later. So, why don't y'all just scurry on home and let's just call this over. If you don't care about harming shrines and frightening Pokemon at least consider your Pokemon's wellbeing. If you refuse, I'll be forced to keep up the attacks like earlier. Are you really sure you want that?" Argyle then turned his attention to Wisewoods who was still awaiting Argyle's next orders. "Hey Wisewoods, I've given them an out. If they don't take it, be prepared to first hit 'em with a Grassy Glide, since that worked out so well last time. Then, follow it up with a Leaf Blade." Once again directing his attention to the leader, "So, what'll it be?"[/COLOR]


Update 5
Spoiler: show
Quote:
Originally Posted by ConnorFB, post: 7216271, member: 118084
grassyglide: Your continued attempts at diplomacy seem to begin bearing fruit as the situation continues to worsen for the group of bullies. The worry is palpable on the two younger lads, and soon they stagger away. Slowly at first, they abruptly rush at a breakneck pace through the woods, their frantic retreat clearly that of people who knew the locale well. Unfortunately, the remaining kid is apoplectic. Body trembling, eyes straining as he fights back frustrated tears, you can almost hear the sound of his teeth gnashing together, his monotonic jaw motions leaving little to the imagination. Finally cracking, the boy screams orders to Phelps, the Poliwag flinching at the desperation in his trainer's voice.

"Meet his Grassy Glide with a Body Slam, then obliterate him with Ice Ball!"

Wisewoods has a clear aura of caution around him as he once again becomes bathed in verdant light, spreading his wings and using them to move along the ground at a rapid clip, weaving right and baring his talons at Phelps. The Poliwag lunges forwards to collide with his foe, reeling away from the point of impact as he comes out looking much the worse. Faltering, Phelps is left wide open for Wisewoods, who leaps into the air. Performing a neat pirouette, the Rowlet ignites his wing, a flickering green blade manifesting as he drops like a stone. A slicing blow bisects Phelps from top to bottom, and for a moment it seems the Poliwag will fall. Then his eyes narrow, his lips pursing as he creates a hardened sphere of jagged ice.

This was what Wisewoods was so wary of.

Leaping in an attempt to escape, the Rowlet shrieks in agony as he is pelted by the projectile, his manoeuvring managing to reduce the hit somewhat, but the super effective nature could only be mitigated so much. Thrusting an arm out, seemingly oblivious to Phelps being so close to fainting, the young tormentor issues what he believes to be his winning hand.

"Ha! I've got you now, you'll be so god damn sorry! Phelps, Ice Ball them till they stop moving!"


Reply 5
Spoiler: show
Quote:
Originally Posted by grassyglide, post: 7216668, member: 31960
[COLOR=rgb(46, 139, 87)]Argyle waited to see how the trio would react to his latest peace offering. Then, the two followers of the apparent bully leader started to move away from the shrine. At first Argyle watched them move slowly, but soon enough they broke into a frantic run. The slightest of smiles appeared on Argyle's face. Who would've thought I'd have people cower in fear like that, he thought.

Unfortunately for him, the smile was short-lived as he saw the apparent leader of the bunch still just barely standing in front of him. At least two of them bucked, Argyle thought, looks like this one won't give up without a fight though. The kid was the picture of desperation. He was shaking and trying to fight back tears of frustration. Argyle wasn't sure what kept the boy going. Was it just out of stupid pride? Whatever it was, it pushed the boy to finally scream an order filled with desparation to his Poliwag.

The kid's command caught Argyle off guard. "Wait what, Ice Ball!?" Argyle reflexively shouted, "How'd I not see a potential Ice-type move on a Water-type Pokemon? If that connects Wisewoods'll be in serious trouble." Argyle watched in worry as the owl and tadpole went at it with their new commands. The two Pokemon collide; Wisewoods' Grassy Glide slamming head on into Phelps' Body Slam. Fortunately for Argyle, the Poliwag came out having sustained more damage than Rowlet. However, Argyle was still tense as he watched on. After all, his concern was not the Body Slam but rather the doubly super effective Ice Ball that was about to come. Wisewoods was clearly not out of the woods yet. Argyle's hope was that the Grass Quill Pokemon's Leaf Blade would be just enough to end it before letting the water-type fire off the Ice Ball. So, he watched anxiously as Rowlet took the sky and then dove downwards with a green blade forming in his wing. The attack connected. Argyle and Wisewoods watched and for at least a moment it seemed like they were victorious. But... it was only to last for a moment. Poliwag managed to muster enough strength to fire off a hardened ball of ice. Wisewoods was able to react fast enough to evade taking on the attack at its fullest attack. Still the move was doubly super-effective on the Grass/Flying owl.

"Wisewoods!" Argyle yelled, "I should've expected an ice-type move and I should've had you play it more cautiously from a distance."

The Rowlet turned around and acknowledged his trainer's sentiment but then cooed indicating that he was fine. Wisewoods, who was always attentive to his surroundings, then pointed to his opponent with his wings. Argyle was quick to take note of what his Pokemon was trying to show him. The Poliwag was teetering on the brink of fainting. Argyle nodded to his Pokemon. He was grateful that he had such a perceptive Pokemon as a partner.

The Poliwag's trainer, on the other hand, lacked the perception that Rowlet had. In a last-ditch effort filled with desperation, the bully ordered his Phelps to use Ice Ball. It seemed to Argyle that the trainer was blind to his own Pokemon's condition. Phelps being on the brink of defeat gave Argyle confidence but he was still cautious of the Ice Ball that awaited them if Rowlet could not finish it in the next move. Argyle wasn't really sure how much more of that Rowlet could take.

"Wisewoods, you are great at hiding yourself, right? So, let's use Shadow Sneak to sneak up on your opponent and attack 'em. Hopefully that'll be enough. If it's not, though, you'll need to try and get away from the Poliwag and dodge the impending Ice Ball. As you try to dodge the balls of ice, try running a Double Team to increase your chances of evasion. Of course hopefully it won't come to that and your Shadow Sneak will be enough."

Wisewoods responded with a hoot and faced Phelps, hopefully for the last time. [/COLOR]


Update 6
Spoiler: show
Quote:
Originally Posted by ConnorFB, post: 7224055, member: 118084
grassyglide: The hairs on your arms begin to prick as the tension reaches a fever pitch. Phelps has his orders, and should he land his blows Wisewoods would be unlikely to make it through the battle. Thinking quickly, you instruct Wisewoods as best you can, an affimrative chirp the only response. Phelps hurriedly begins to draw moisture from the surrounding air, jagged crystals locking together as a larger hunk of ice forms before him. Finally finishing his first projectile, Phelps searches for his opponent... but his desperate eyes tell a vivid story, one of uncertainty and panic. Cloaked in darkness, Wisewoods moves through the nearby foliage, his silent stalking as ominous as it is brilliant. Circling round to the back of his foe, Wisewoods hurtles from the brush, talons drawn in front of his body to score a raking assault. Staggering, Phelps narrows his eyes as he fights encroaching oblivion, determined not to fall. With a defiant shout the Poliwag lobs his brutal sphere towards Wisewoods, the Rowlet barely managing to twist his body and reduce the resulting damage.

Phelps huffs with disdain, visibly irritated at his failure. This is only compounded as Wisewoods rapidly creates a number of flickering duplicates of himself. Faced with choice paralysis, Phelps is strikingly open to attack, and Wisewoods seizes the initiative, once more cloaking himself in night. Twisting his approach, the Rowlet bursts upwards, scoring the decisive blow on Phelps and causing his gathering Ice Ball to melt to the ground with a whimper. The bully is aghast, returning his Pokemon while spitting fury, face contorted with crimson rage. Sputtering, he promises retribution before stomping deeper into the forest.

Something about his mannerisms struck a chord with you - the certainty with which he spoke left a malingering sensation that he wasn't blustering with his final words. Giving chase seemed sensible - maybe you could cut off a second confrontation at the root - but Wisewoods seems concerned with the Shrine Pokemon, cooing in their direction.

[Wisewoods gained 2 levels!]


Reply 6
Spoiler: show
Quote:
Originally Posted by grassyglide, post: 7224410, member: 31960
[COLOR=rgb(46, 139, 87)]Wisewoods did respond with an affirmative chirp to Argyle's commands but Argyle was as tense as he could be. Not that there was much he could do at this point, it was all up to his Pokemon. All Argyle could do was watch on and hope that the Wisewoods either ends it before the opponent fired off the Ice Ball or managed to outlast its impact. Oh yes, he sure was tense and the tension physically manifested on his body as the hair on his arms began to prick. Argyle watched wide-eyed as Phelps proceeded to gather moisture from the air to generate a ball of ice. The ball was finished soon enough. Argyle gulped. He knew that Wisewoods would successfully conceal himself and launch an attack from the shadows but he still felt nervous as he looked at the ice ball that Phelps intended to fire at Wisewoods. As Argyle watched uneasily, the Poliwag looked around to locate the Rowlet. Wisewoods was nowhere in sight. Argyle had been too distracted by his anxiety of the impending end game and the ice ball that the Poliwag had formed to pay attention to where Wisewoods had concealed himself. I should be paying more attention to Wisewoods, he reprimanded himself. As if to answer Phelps' and Argyle's questions about his whereabouts, Wisewoods emerged from a nearby brush to score a hit on the Poliwag. You never cease to amaze me with these sneak attacks, Argyle remarked mentally.

Argyle looked on with eager anticipation hoping that this was the final blow. Unfortunately for him, Phelps did not succumb to that blow. Instead, he mustered enough strength to fire off the Ice Ball he had prepared. All Argyle could do was mouth the words "Oh no" as he waited for the ball to make contact with the Rowlet and take him down. Argyle should've known better than to doubt the aerial maneuvering capabilities of his Pokemon, however. Wisewoods managed to contort his body to avoid most of the damage allowing him to continue the fight.

"I was worried there," Argyle said, "but looks like you had it all under control." Wisewoods, knowing better than to let his guard down at this crucial stage of the battle, did not offer up a response. "Still let's be careful." Argyle wasn't actually really talking to Wisewoods anyway. It was more to himself to help ease him. Wisewoods already knew to be careful, Argyle saying it now wasn't going to change anything.

Wisewoods proceeded to use Double Team that Argyle had instructed him to do so earlier. The after image clones of Wisewoods paralyzed Phelps. He didn't know which one was the actual Rowlet. Wisewoods, for his part, seized this opportunity for another strike on his foe. Argyle looked on, now more confident than nervous as Wisewoods cloaked himself in darkness and scored a Shadow Sneak hit on the opponent. "Yes!" Argyle exclaimed as the Poliwag faltered and succumbed to all the damage he had taken.

The bully recalled his Pokemon and faced Argyle and Wisewoods. Argyle looked at the kid's face. It was definitely a sight to behold. Not that it was nice to look at. Far from it, it was the spitting image of rage. A crimson red hue had overcome the kid's face and the muscles were in a weird shape. Argyle studied the face as the kid promised that he'd have his revenge before marching deeper into the forest.

Argyle and Wisewoods stared at the path he took and then Argyle turned his attention to Wisewoods. "Nice job on that battle," Argyle praised his Pokemon, "but looks like our job isn't done yet. Do you think you can continue?"

Wisewoods responded with an affirmative chirp.

"So, let's pursue him then?" Argyle asked.

Wisewoods did not chirp affirmatively to this. Instead, he used his eyes to point Argyle towards the direction where the shrine Pokemon had hid and cooed. Argyle nodded and got the message. "You're right. Let's go check up on them first and let them know the shrine is safe for now. We can track the kid afterwards. Just make sure you remember the direction in which he went."

Wisewoods chirpped in agreement and the two started towards the shrine Pokemon.[/COLOR]



Connor
Spoiler: show

Adventure Start
Spoiler: show
Quote:
Originally Posted by ConnorFB, post: 7093517, member: 118084
Sweeney scowled behind his visor. He had known that his dress code was incompatible with the arid environment of a desert, but he had yet again found himself being playfully bullied into decision he was initially largely opposed to. Julia delighted in the surroundings, the young Larvitar bounding merrily from rock to rock. investigating with a childlike glee. Atlantis, perched on his trainers helmet, watched with an uncharacteristic alacrity, the living fossil finding vicarious enjoyment in the unbridled awe Julia was experiencing.

Pausing for a moment, Sweeney had to admit the trip was worth the suffocating atmosphere. When he had first expressed interest in adventuring to the Arcane Realm, there had been a twinge of instant regret. Julia had boisterously taken command of the discussion - managing to box out even Marco, a feat impressive in it's own right - and voiced a staunch determination to visit the Desert of Stars. Her gusto caught the trainer off guard, and he ended up swept along in the pace of his Pokemon, as was all too often the case. No matter his protestations or stern words from Sophie, Julia would not be dissuaded. Worse still, Atlantis poked the hornets nest, coyly egging the Larvitar on in her crusade. Eventually, Sweeney had to relent, much to his chagrin. Fortunately, the abject exhilaration of Julia was going a long way to justifying the concession.

Julia, now digging through the earth, turns towards her trainer, eyes wide with uncertainty due to his stopping. With a sigh from the Bartender, and a knowing snicker from Atlantis, they continue on their way. While their wandering was certainly aimless at the present, there was no doubt trouble would fine them. It always seemed to.


===

Forgot I don't have a Sig on here, so profile.


Update 1
Spoiler: show
Quote:
Originally Posted by Sneasel12, post: 7114379, member: 3180
ConnorFB - Wandering through the Desert of Stars wasn't exactly the first choice for places to go where your attire could be considered appropriate, but at least Julia seemed to be enjoying herself as she jumped from rock to rock, exploring the sands with glee. After stopping to dig through the sand as she watches and waits for a cue from you on where to be going, the Larvitar hops back to running amongst the small rocks jutting out from the sand.

After a bit of hopping on the rough rocks, the Larvitar takes a bit of a tumble, sliding off a surprisingly smooth rock and into a small dune on the other side of stone. The dune doesn't appear to have been made naturally, the drop a bit too sudden to have been caused by the occasional wind of a kicked up sandstorm. Picking herself up from her fall, Julia finds she's fallen on a bit of a peculiarity out here, a large chunk of stone in the shape of a human arm clutching at a similarly stone Pokeball. The detail is immaculate, smooth to the touch and with carving that speaks to the same level of attention to the figure as that of a marble statue in a museum.

A glance around shows no clear signs of what could have caused this dune, let alone the stone arm within it. Surely something must have left some sign to explain the peculiar scene you and your Pokemon have found yourselves stumbling on to?


Reply 1
Spoiler: show
Quote:
Originally Posted by ConnorFB, post: 7116640, member: 118084

Try as he might, Sweeney could not manage to keep pace with Julia. The Larvitar was much more equipped to manoeuvre the surroundings than her trainer, and Atlantis found amusement in the awkward gait Sweeney was having to adopt in his attempt to stay close behind. As Julia tumbles down an unexpected dune, Sweeney rushes, nearly tripping himself as the uneven sands shift beneath him. As he finds Julia, his interest is immediately seized by the strange statue she had happened upon. Running his gloved fingers over the intricate detailing, Sweeney muses on the peculiarity of the discovery - he would be unwilling to admit it, but there was a distinct suspicious edge. How did this end up in the desert? The condition indicated it was unlikely to have been here for a protracted period of time - erosion would have obliterated most of the finery. Frowning concealed by his visor, resolving to get to the bottom of the mystery, Sweeney indicates for Julia to investigate further, tapping his helmet to urge Atlantis to do the same.

With a roll of his eyes, the Kabuto leaps from his perch and onto the sand, nodding towards Julia and considering the situation at hand. Neither were particularly suited to excavation. Sweeney crosses his arms at this, before coming up with something of a plan. Calling Lancelot out, Sweeney allows the Slowking to pass instructions on, preparing to join in the effort. Julia would look to remove as much sand as she could by simply eating it, facilitated by her Bite attack. Atlantis would assist by using Icy Wind to blow away as much of the dune as possible - while Lancelot would bring up the rear, using Strength to try drag the statue from it's current position. Sweeney, meanwhile, would walk around the perimeter of the seemingly unnatural dune, attempting to make some sort of sense of the absurdity.


Update 2
Spoiler: show
Quote:
Originally Posted by Sneasel12, post: 7136920, member: 3180
ConnorFB - This strange arm of seemingly carved stone couldn't have gotten here on its own, not in this excellent shape, aside from being clearly broken off of something. The regular sandstorms hadn't even eroded a bit of it, so clearly it was fresh. With Julia and Atlantis willing to help out, you decide that Lancelot would be the optimal choice to help relay orders while clearing the area.

It's not long before Julia finds something, taking a Bite into the sand only to come up with another large chunk of stone, Atlantis proceeding to blow some of the remaining sand away with an Icy Wind to reveal the main statue that the arm had come from, the immaculate form of a young female trainer seemingly issuing orders to an unseen Pokemon, the legs buried down into the dune. Pulling the remaining stone statue out of the stone with a bit of Strength, Lancelot reveals the remaining form, not much more than boots and a bag tossed to the ground, all sitting atop a large chunk of uncut stone, what the statue was likely carved from.

Unlodging the statue, however, does reveal exactly what had severed the arm off in the first place, a couple of Durant staring up at your team, only to realize they've been found and promptly scuttle out of the dune with surprising speed. The duo of bugs quickly blitz past you and make their way further into the desert, kicking up a fair bit of dust in their wake. At least they've left an easy trail to track.


Reply 2
Spoiler: show
Quote:
Originally Posted by ConnorFB, post: 7159455, member: 118084
Watching from a distance while investigating himself, Sweeney stops as Lancelot manages to wrestle the statue free from the surrounding dunes. First impressions confirmed it as extremely strange. Not only was it a weird subject - a female trainer, stood in a familiar pose to any trainer not wet behind the ears - the apparently rushed plinth underfoot drew further curiosity. How did it get here? Who placed it in the desert? Who was the sculptor? Having looked to answer questions, the Bartender only found himself with more than ever. The severed arm lay beside it, pointing towards the statue as if in a twisted mockery of Sweeney's inquisitiveness.

His thoughts were not allowed to ruminate. Without warning, a group of Durant come hurtling out from beneath the statue, no doubt the culprits of the mysterious disarmament. Much like his Pokemon, Sweeney is quick to move out of their way. He had endured his fair tussle with angry Pokemon, and Durant were not the type you wanted to fuck around and find out with. Especially not when startled. Sweeney had no intention of meeting the same fate as the unfortunate stone lady.

As they scuttle into the distance, a decision has to be made. Either chase the Durant, or investigate the area they discovered the statue. potentially uncovering concrete information regarding it's origins. Weighing the options up, Sweeney considers the tracks left behind by the escaping insects, and makes his choice. Recalling Lancelot, he motions for Atlantis to nestle comfortably on his helmet again, before releasing Joss and pointing to the tracks. With a mocking caw, the Chatot sails into the air, his task clear. Keep a close eye on the Durant, and indicate if they were heading in an awkward direction. With that done, Sweeney gives chase.

---

OoC reminder - Pokemon used (Larvitar, Kabuto, Slowking, Chatot)


Update 3
Spoiler: show
Quote:
Originally Posted by Sneasel12, post: 7188347, member: 3180
ConnorFB - Moving swiftly out of the way of the fleeing Durant, you take a moment to survey the area and make a choice. Whether to stay and discover as much as you can here, or follow the Durant before they can make a proper escape, that is the question here. After a moment's thought, your Slowking is recalled while Atlantis the Kabuto quickly scuttles back up your back. Tossing out another Pokeball as a replacement, the multicolored feathers of your Chatot, Joss, take flight.

The bird is quick to respond to your command, taking high to the sky to best keep an eye out on the Durant as they flee, leaving a bit of a trail behind them but covering their exact location thanks to the sheer amount of sand they begin to kick up. Giving chase to them, it's obvious they are much more suited to this environment, as they slowly form a gap between your positions, even Joss barely able to keep sight of them after some time as they lead you deep into the desert.

A bit later, the Chatot lets out a loud Hyper Voice into the air, the sound losing much of its potency thanks to the distance, before making a slight bank to the left and swooping towards a bit of a sandstorm kicking up in the area, just barely within eyesight at the horizon of your vision. The trek there is devoid of contact with flora nor fauna, despite the sizable distance, and as you come to the very edge of the storm, you spy a mass of strange shapes within.


Reply 3
Spoiler: show
Quote:
Originally Posted by ConnorFB, post: 7196726, member: 118084
The sound of Joss' signal was a welcome one. Sweeney pushed through the final stretch of his shadowing, his figure showing signs of slouching under the strain of the journey. After the taxing trek through the desert, Sweeney had to take a moment to collect himself. He was hardly a slouch - he had to have a degree of physical competency just to have survived this long - but the combination of unsuited dress and harsh environment were beginning impose a visible toll. Head tilted back as he attempts to study his breathing, the Bartender had to consider whether this particular thread was really worth tugging at. A raging sandstorm whirled before him, and the thought of intensifying his hardship by wading through the mire was not one he relished. He somehow doubted he would get many answers behind the statue by pursuing the Durant, but at this point he had invested too much into the chase to simply retreat empty handed.

Unsure even if the shapes he could make out were the quarry he was tailing, Sweeney motions to Joss to descend. The Chatot, while a useful guide from the skies, wouldn't be able to deal with the conditions within the storm too well. As Joss settles on his shoulder, Sweeney fumbles with the parrot's Poke Ball, recalling him. Straightening his suit, as much good as it would do him, Sweeney takes the first few grim steps into the sandstorm, with Julia - being the most suited for the task at hand - merrily leading the way.

At least his visor would keep the sand out of his eyes.

Hopefully.

Mostly.

---

OoC, for personal reference;

Declared Pokemon: Larvitar, Kabuto, Slowking, Chatot



Liltwick
Spoiler: show
Liltwick
Adventure Start
Spoiler: show

Quote:
Originally Posted by Liltwick, post: 6652684, member: 83117
The cobblestone streets of the Hamlet felt familiar to Leo, similar to the feel of the streets in Po Town. It was a bit nostalgic, considering this place reminded him of Po Town before Team Skull took over. All of the buildings had a charm to them, a mixture of stone and brick creating the elegant setting as the castle walls loomed over the Hamlet. Shops lined the streets, from smithies to boutiques. Apparently everyone here were masters of their craft, and while the Hamlet was small it was certainly wealthy. Much like how Po Town use to be before Team Skull took over.


Yet, those days were long gone now. It was time to focus on the present, and focus on one of his main goals of his journey. He wanted to be a patissier. He always loved to make the little pastries and confections for his fellow grunts, and if this place had the best of the best, then maybe he could get an apprenticeship. Or, at the very least, some sort of training. Even if it meant gathering ingredients or a Pokemon Battle, he was going to do what it took!


Continuing his stroll through the Hamlet, he eventually found the patisserie. Home of a supposedly world famous razz berry tart, the pastry chef here was called a genius. Weird to think about, since this version of the Arcane Realm just resurfaced, or was it more that the memories involving this place were simply... sealed away? That it's true nature was here the entire time and no one really chose to believe it existed. Whatever the case, the boy was here to bake, not solve ancient mysteries.


Update 1
Spoiler: show
Quote:
Originally Posted by Asteiri, post: 6722903, member: 88404
Liltwick
As you entered the pastry shop a small bell chimed, signaling to whoever was inside that someone had entered the small building. You marveled at the small shop, it seemed so insignificant in the grand scheme of things... yet apparently a world renowned chef worked here, making beautiful pastries for the whole of the Castle Town. As you entered the building, you saw no evidence of said chef. It was clear that the shop was open, as you made sure to double check that the open sign was flipped after you entered... yet there seemed to be no one here except a large Blissey wearing an apron.

"See!" She called out, waddling towards you with a smile on her face. "See! See!" She called out, gesturing for you to approach the counter. Slightly confused, you made your way to the counter where she showed you all sorts of baked goods. "Bliss!" She called out, scooping on up in both arms and offering it to you. It appeared as though she wanted you to try it.

"BB! What have I told you about giving away free samples?" A man came out from behind the counter. His skin and hair were dark, well kept and he was dressed quite fashionably. The Blissey put her hands on her body, as if to mimic a woman putting her hands on her hips and scolding a man. She gave some stern cries at the man, who you assumed was her master. He sighed and rubbed the bridge of his nose. "Yeah yeah, alright. Let him try it." He chuckled, watching as you took a bite of the pastry.

It was amazing.

Warm, fresh, and filled with strawberries and creme. You could barely contain a pleasured noise that threatened to escape your lips.

"Any good?" The man asked, a coy grin on his face. He stuck out his hand. "Lucius Kovitz, nice to meet you." He eyed you before continuing. "Never seen you around here, what brings you to the shop?"

What do you do?


Reply 1
Spoiler: show
Quote:
Originally Posted by Liltwick, post: 6762359, member: 83117
The shop was small and quaint, and felt comforting. It was also a bit... empty. Which seemed concerning. Did he get the wrong place? Leo shook his head. No, sure this had to be the place. The smell was enough to let him know. He looked at the Blissey who was making pastries. Was the renowned chef this Blissey? Thinking about it, the eggs Blissey carry with them would make for excellent pastries, as long as the Pokemon was consenting to assist.

As he was lost in though, the Pokemon approached Leo, letting out gleeful cries. Shaking his head, he looked at the Blissey and saw she was motioning towards the display case. The boy walked over and looked at the case. Copious amounts of fresh baked pastries sat perfectly lined up on shelves. They glistened under the light and smelled amazing. The Blissey then scooped one up and handed it to him. Leo started to try and take a bite, but a man came out of the back and started to chide the Blissey.

This caused Leo to recoil in shock, and just hold the pastry as the man talked to the Blissey. He was taller than Leo, his hair well kept and skin the shade of chocolate. His voice also had a chocolaty richness to it as well, and seemed soothing even so he was mad at the Pokemon. The man was also well groomed, and dressed in fancy clothes. Compared to his hoodie... Well it was obvious this man was well off. Leo just sighed, expecting to not be able to try the pastry at this rate. he then saw the man sigh, and was told he was able to try it.

Biting into it, warm buttery pastry melded with sweet cream and a sweet berry... It tasted similar to a Rawst to him, but was more sweeter and without the bitterness. He let out an audible sound of happiness, feeling the sweet flavors dance across his mouth with each bite. This was amazing. More amazing than anything he'd be able to dream to pull off.

"Any good?" He heard the man ask before introducing himself as Lucius Kovitz and asking Leo where he was from.

"That was amazing..." Was the only thing Leo could muster for a little bit. Taking a minute to let that euphoric pastry do its magic, Leo cleared his throat. "Leo. My name is Leo. I heard there was a world famous patisserie here and I had to try it. I'm an up and coming baker, so I want to journey around the land to get inspiration and grow!" He exclaimed with a cheeky grin.


Update 2
Spoiler: show
Quote:
Originally Posted by Asteiri, post: 6767915, member: 88404
Liltwick
"Nice to meet a fellow baker." He smirked, speaking with a certain level of coyness that made your skin crawl. He clearly knew that his baking was fantastic, and his tone reflected that. There was an air of wealth to him, the way he held himself, the way he was dressed --- everything about him exuded an aura of wealth that made you feel inadequate. Lucius patted the Blissey on the head, moving towards you. "I'd be more than willing to assist in any way I can. My Blissey is used to running the shop alone." The Blissey puffed out her cheeks, not enthused that she had basically been volunteered to watch the shop without consenting.

"I need to gather ingredients around the hamlet. You're welcome to come and see how a world class baker manufactures his craft." He smirked again. You had to admit that his arrogance was a bit off putting. But, getting to see how a pastry like the one you had just tried were made was certainly appealing to you. He did not even wait for you to answer before he was marching out the door. BB, the Blissey, sighed. She shot you an apologetic glance before you walked through the door, following Lucius.

The sun was shining high in the sky of Castle Town. You looked around, trying to spot Lucius amongst the crowd of people walking through the streets. You finally spotted the man, seeing him talking to a fellow merchant.

"Leo, come here!" He called, waving you over. He was talking to a man at a small stand surrounded by various fruits and vegetables. You walked over, giving a curt nod to the merchant. "The first step of owning a successful bakery is in the ingredients. Only the freshest will suffice in a perfect pastry!" He grinned, showing a toothy smile. The shop owner sighed, presenting Lucius with a box of fruits. "Thanks!" He smirked, looking down at his box. "Next stop, the farmer!" He ran off, not even making sure you were following him. You sighed, tuning to follow him.

"Kid, wait." The merchant that had sold the fruit stopped you. "Hey, be careful around Kovitz." He spoke in a hushed tone, looking around. "That man is trouble... his last apprentice has not been seen in a few months. We think he had something to do with it." You were taken back by his words. It was such a hefty accusation that you figured your doubt must be clear on your face. "It happens to all his apprentices. Mina was the last in a long line of missing folks. Kovitz says they move after he teaches them his tricks... but the pattern keeps repeating." The merchant sighed. "Sorry, kid. Just... be careful."


What do you do?


Reply 2
Spoiler: show
Quote:
Originally Posted by Liltwick, post: 6768040, member: 83117
There was a certain air to this man that was of wealth. He knew it, and seemed to flaunt it. Yet, as off putting as it was, Leo also felt a sort of captivation by it. He was being offered to learn these secrets that he had. To be able to make something as good as that pastry... That wasn't something he could so easily give up now, could he? Despite the inadequacy that he felt... Yes this was truly a good opportunity.

Leo just blindly followed the more experienced baker through the hamlet, still not familiar with its streets. The hamlet was certainly beautiful, with cobblestone streets and quaint brick houses. It was quiet here... Perhaps this would be a good place to settle down once everything was over. Then again... Rent must be super expensive here... Everyone here was a supposed master of their craft. And here he was, just starting out.

Leo was able to leave his thoughts by the time he arrived at a fruit stand. Spotting Mr. Kovitz in the crowd took a bit of time, but he did have this... air... to him that was enough enough to catch a whiff of the man was. he was at least a good tracker and scout despite his clumsiness. Though, considering he always had a silent step, it wasn't that bad of a trade off.

Leo just listen as Mr. Kovitz gave his lecture on that the best bakers use the freshest and finest ingredients. That made sense... Fresher something was the more potent its flavor. Why a freshly baked cake always tasted better than a cake you bought in a store's refrigerated pastry section. Besides, the cake usually dries out due to the the cooling and it just becomes this cold slab. It was gross.

He then was told that the next step was to head to the farmer. Eggs and milk most likely. Both were important in many pastries. Eggs helped set up a foundation and held things together. Milk made certain ingredients and pastries smoother, creamier, and sometimes richer... Depending on the milk's quality. Though, it was also useful in cutting richness as well. It all depended on the milk and what its being mixed with.

Though, before Leo could make his way to the farmer, the merchant pulled him aside and told him of some strange happens involving Mr. Kovitz. That apparently all of his previous apprentices have just... disappeared after their training was completed. The townsfolk thought Lucius was responsible for it, one way or another. It kept repeating... That was certainly troubling, but it was a risk he was willing to take.

Leo just gave the man a nod, and started to tail after his new mentor. Sure, the circumstances around him sounded suspicious and most people would be pushed away from that appearance alone. But, there was certainly more to him... There's more to everyone. Guzma was truly like a father, despite all of the nasty rumors that circled around Alola. Misconceptions just warp people... There had to be more to this.

"Everyone has some good in them..." Leo just muttered as he chased after Lucius.


Update 3
Spoiler: show
Quote:
Originally Posted by Asteiri, post: 6779867, member: 88404
Lit
Sure, hearing such things about the man who would be mentoring you was somewhat off putting. But everyone had some good in them... right? Lucius certainly didn't seem like a bad man. Quite the contrary. He had allowed you to sample his baking without question and had now taken you under his wing to show you the ropes of owning a bakery and the ins and outs of baking. You were sure the man at the stand was just paranoid. You nodded your head, trying to mentally assure yourself that this was the case.

Once you caught up to Lucius, you noticed he had quite the assorted basket of ingredients. A little olive oil, some fruits, some flour, and some sugar. All pretty standard ingredients, nothing that slapped you as suspicious. He was peering into the basket as well, counting his ingredients in an attempt to figure out if there was anything else he needed. He suddenly gasped loudly, noticing a key ingredient was missing from his basket.

"I missed the eggs!" He calls out, slapping his head in disbelief. "Hey kid, do you think you could go grab me some?" He asked, gesturing towards the various stands. You opened your mouth to explain that 'you didn't really know this market' but he was already speeding off, back towards the shop. You sighed, looking around the various stands again. Why did you have to grab the eggs? Especially in this horrific sea of shops and stalls. You had little idea as to what each of these shops even sold... let only where to go to get the eggs.

You walked through the crowded market, attempting to catch any sight of a stand that had the oval shaped food that you desired. "Hey! Balance it better!" You heard a voice within the crowd, turning your attention to see what you assumed to be a street performer with various eggs around himself and his Pokemon. A tall Kadabra was trying it's best to balance the egg on it's spoon while the spoon was inside it's mouth. But it kept getting frustrated and dropping the egg.

"Ugh! We're going to need more eggs if you keep this up!" Called the trainer, clad in magicians gear. seeing that bundle of eggs was certainly tempting... you wouldn't have to do as much work if you just grabbed those now.

What do you do?


Reply 3
Spoiler: show
Quote:
Originally Posted by Liltwick, post: 6780419, member: 83117
A bit of doubt stuck in Leo's mind as he went to go look for Lucius. Considering everything the man had done for him so far... Leo didn't want to believe the warning he got. It sounded more like paranoia than anything else. Leo sighed, and hoped it was just that: paranoia.

He was able to find Lucius soon after, and saw the man had a variety of ingredients already. Some oil, fruit, sugar, and flour. All of it was pretty standard in baking, with sugar and flour being some of the basic building blocks. Leo saw his mentor rummaging through the basket. Did he forget something? Lucius then stated he forgot the eggs, and asked Leo to get them. Seemed that answered that question. Though, Leo barely knew this market. Why task him?

Leo just nodded, only to see Lucius long gone in the direction of the bakery. Looked like he was stuck getting them, regardless of the answer. The boy just walked through the market, trying to see if any of the stalls had eggs. Was a bit hard, with people moving constantly and often obscuring the contents of a shop. He didn't want to stick out like a Deerling in the headlights.

As he walked through the streets, Leo did hear someone yelling above the crowd. He went towards the location of the noise, and saw what seemed to be some type of street performer getting frustrated at his partner Pokemon. It didn't look justified, considering what he was making the Pokemon do. A Kadabra, being forced to balance an egg on its spoon, with the spoon in its mouth... Without using any psychic powers. Seemed to be an unreasonable task, and the Pokemon obviously looked frustrated. Not to mention it was a waste of eggs.. Wait, eggs!

There just seemed to be a carton of eggs sitting next to the Magician. Seemed to be an easy fix to his problem. Just grab and go. Leo knew he could pull it off, but... Part of him didn't want to resort to flat out stealing. There had to be a better way. An idea went through his head at this time, hopefully he could pull this one off.

"Hey!" Leo shouted at the street performer.

"You're supposed to work with your Pokemon partner, not berate it when it screws up a task that you're not even helping it with," he sighed. "Not to mention you're wasting perfectly good eggs."

Leo then grabbed a Pokeball from his pocket. It was Honey's Pokeball, his Cutiefly.

"if you want to give these people an actual performance, I challenge you to a battle," Leo stated as he held the Pokeball towards the performer. "If I win, you give me the eggs and find a different act. If I lose, then I'll help you out with your current act. Deal?"

While his words seemed simple enough, the look on his face and tone of his voice showed he wasn't taking no for an answer. He was use to corralling unwieldy grunts. One street performer would be no different.


Update 4
Spoiler: show

Quote:
Originally Posted by Asteiri, post: 6810908, member: 88404
Lit
The magician looked offended at your words. Why did you care what he did with his Pokemon? He glanced at his Kadabra, who cowered as the trainer's brow furrowed while looking at the spoon wielding psychic type.

"How uncouth!" He shouted, crossing his arms and glancing at his Kadabra. "Kazam is more than happy to preform, aren't you?" He looked at the Kadabra, who gave a forced and pitiful nod. It was clear to you and most of the onlookers that the Kadabra was dreading coming performances, and it clearly hated being forced to balance an egg without using it's natural psychic talent. "However, I accept your challenge!" He sneered, it was clear that he didn't want to disappoint the crowd that was steadily growing around you. He turned to his Kadabra, a scowl forming.

"Work on your balancing act while I handle this punk." The Kadabra gave a flustered nod, placing another egg on the spoon and trying desperately to balance it. It gave you a stern glance, a glance that said 'you better win'. The magician tossed a Pokeball towards you, spitting out yellow fox that brandished a stick-like wand at you. "Braaaaaaaaaaa!" It called, a grin creeping onto it's face as it looked at the Pokeball in your hand. The street performer smirked, ready for whatever you wanted to throw at him. You had to hope that the Kadabra would not break too many eggs, assuming that you won this battle.



Braxien wants to battle! What do you do?

Reply 4
Spoiler: show
Quote:
Originally Posted by Liltwick, post: 6845817, member: 83117

A Braixen... Well that was certainly not expected. Seemed this magician was even more of a sadist than Leo thought. At the very least though, this gave him an easier advantage. Looking at Honey's Pokeball, he knew the Cutiefly would fall easy prey to the fire fox. So why not use this advantage to counter. Grabbing Custard's currently empty Pokeball and also the Pokeball for Carrot, his Carbink.

"Hey Kadabra, this is how you juggle!" Leo shouted, and started to juggle the three Pokeballs. While he was clumsy, he at least learned some parlor tricks to distract people while his fellow grunts stole. It worked like a charm.

When his little show was over, he let Honey's and Custard's Pokeball fall into his bag, and held out Carrot's. All three looked exactly the same. There was no realistic way to tell them apart. With a smirk, Leo held the button on the ball before throwing it back up into the air.

At this point, a small Carbink was glistening in the sunlight. The rock bunny blinked as it looked at the Braixen. Seemed this would be a Kalosian brawl. Leo knew his team wasn't certain experienced in battle, but quick thinking was needed to get things done. Hopefully this battle would teach Carrot some things around a fight.

"Okay Carrot, let's Sharpen up real quick! Once that's done, hit that fox with a Smack Down," Leo ordered. A solid offense was a good defense in this case. A battle was similar to baking. Use the right ingredients and timing, you'd get the result you'd want. If you mess up and don't follow your plan, then you'll end up burnt.


Update 5
Spoiler: show
Quote:
Originally Posted by Asteiri, post: 6980074, member: 88404
Lit
Kadabra's ears drooped seeing you juggle, it was clumsy, but certainly better than his attempts. The magician seemed frustrated, knowing you had made a fool out of not only his Pokemon, but you had also basically mocked how he had taught his Pokemon! He scowled, pointing towards the Kadabra with anger in his eyes.

"Continue practicing while I handle this..." He grunted, looking down, "...Ruffian." The word rolled off his tongue with disdain as he glanced at the small rock bunny you had sent out. His Braixen hardly had a chance to react before it found itself being smacked down by a rather hard rock, causing it to shack it's head vigorously.

"Braaa..." It groaned, holding it's head in it's paws. You noticed that the once sparse crowd had gradually begun to grow, many people gathering around to watch your fight. There were small murmurs to be heard from each of them, friends seemingly talking about the battle.

"Woah, you don't think the Marvelous Melvin will lose this... do you?" Asked one man, his eyes aflame with wonder as he watched the battle unfold. The magician grew flustered, his face turned up in a flushed snarl as he pointed at your Carbink.

"Braxien! Show off your Psychic Terrain, and then hit that little beast with a Psychic attack!" The Braixen did as commanded, lazy eyes fixated on you as it pointed it's stick at the ground and caused strange pink mist to swirl around Carrot and itself. While Carrot was fixated on the mist, it pointed the stick at it, blasting Psychic towards the small Carbink.

It seems as though both Pokemon are on equal footing at the moment...
what do you do?


Reply 5
Spoiler: show
Quote:
Originally Posted by Liltwick, post: 6980206, member: 83117
Leo got some enjoyment out of the magician's anger. He was a prick, treating his Pokemon that way, and needed to be taught a lesson. Sure he was mischievous, but if someone truly deserved to be punished, then Leo had no qualms in what he had to do in order to act out that humiliation. That was part of Team Skull's ideals, ground those who were acting all high and mighty.

It also seemed that he had attracted a bigger crowd as well, considering that there were now people uttering to themselves about the battle. It would only make victory all the more sweeter. That in itself was a reward. Leo wanted to punch this guy in the face, but this was a much better way to humiliate him.

"Ruffian? Aw, thank you. At least I'm not trash," Leo responded in a sweet, charming voice to the insult. "And I'll show you what it means when you insult a friend. Your Kadabra is trying its hardest for your approval, but a trainer like you only sees Pokemon as tools!"

Leo then clenched his fist, trying to not let his anger get the best of him. Stomping on the ground, Leo looked at Carrot and the Braixen. Seemed he was going with a Psychic assault. That was fine, only option he really had at this point.

"Alright Carrot, let's have some fun. Give that Braixen a good Smack Down! Then while its reeling from that give it a Rock Throw straight to the face," Leo ordered, determined to show up this jester in a magician's cloak.


Update 6
Spoiler: show
Quote:
Originally Posted by lilbluecorsola, post: 7058416, member: 3396
Liltwick – Upon hearing himself referred to as literal rubbish by a mere boy in front of a swiftly gathering crowd, the “(Not so) Marvelous Melvin” sputters in indignation and orders his Braixen to launch an all-out Psychic assault. Seemingly unimpressed with its own trainer’s ill-tamed temper, the fox’s eyes roll as it lazily twirls its twig at the earth, trailing pink translucent clouds like an artist’s canvas. A veil of cotton candy drapes over the field as Carrot fixedly watches the painter’s careful movements, spellbound by such masterful brushstrokes. The conductor grins at the successful distraction, as it suddenly lifts the baton and brandishes it directly at its captive audience, blasting a beam from the branch straight into the bunny’s unsuspecting face.

Carrot squeaks and blinks away the brightness, before retaliating with a double rock blitz of its own, might heightened by sharpened senses. Though the Braixen braces itself for the first impact, it succeeds in knocking the target off balance at least, so the second stone thrown deals further insult to injury thanks to the two projectiles’ rapid succession. None too pleased with his Pokémon being persistently pelted by pebbles, Melvin scowls as he makes his next mandate:

“Oi, don’t just sit there and take a beating – hit that blasted bunny with a PSYBEAM!”

Braixen brays and obediently waves its wand – but nothing happens. Confused, it flicks the stick once more; but rather than a radiant ray, only a few pathetic sparks emerge from its end, sputtering into silence.

“What? Don’t tell me you too.” Melvin glares pointedly at the puzzled Pokémon, before shifting his glance to Kadabra, who quickly redoubles its efforts to appear busy with perfecting its balancing act. “Can’t you creatures even keep your powers under control? Surely you can at least manage a simple WILL-O-WISP then?” he grumbles, turning attention back to the active combatant, who grimaces as it focuses all its energy into producing a faint purple flame. Despite flickering weakly, the orb manages to fire off and float across the arena, eventually finding its way to Carrot as it engulfs in a ghostly glow. The Carbink winces as it feels its core temperature rise, simultaneously sapping its strength.

You’re not sure what’s going on exactly, but something seems strange about the whole situation… As even the surrounding mist appears to be draining faster than normal, as if sinking deep into the soil, flowing towards… somewhere. Whispers start to circulate amongst the crowd, and although Melvin frowns nervously in concern over the murmurs, he looks determined to still continue the bout.

What will you do?


Reply 6
Spoiler: show
Quote:
Originally Posted by Liltwick, post: 7058822, member: 83117
Leo was in awe over the psychic display. The luminescent pink waves dancing through the air, dazzling all who watch it despite the Braixen's halfhearted attitude towards it. Carrot was certainly in awe as well, the the Carbink was soon blasted by the Psychic attack when his guard was down. It seems the fox Pokemon was at the very least twice the amount of talented compared to its dimwit of a trainer.

The boy was a little shocked at the interaction between his opponent and their Braixen. Even if he did appear as a kid, he was still an adult, and tended to actually act like when he needed to. This was a display of childishness that was incredibly off-putting. He was a little glad that he had stepped into this now. Lessons had to be learned, even if it was the hard way.

"Alright Carrot, I know we can burden our way through that burn. Bolster up with another Sharpen, that'll counteract the defense drop, then keep that Braixen Smacked Down! Slow and steady will win this for us!" Leo shouted, giving his orders to his Pokemon.

He was a little intrigued though, by how it seemed the psychic energy was being sapped into the ground. Something rotten was going on, he could sense it. And not the sugary rotten or the mischievous rotten, something that was for all intents and purposes vile. Whatever was interfering with this match, he had to know.

"Hey Custard, look around for me please. Something suspicious is going on," he whispered to his Togetic, who gave him a nod as he flew off.

Update 7
Spoiler: show

Quote:
Originally Posted by lilbluecorsola, post: 7077508, member: 3396
Liltwick – Disgusted by such a childish display coming from a grown man, you decide it’s time you acted the adult and teach this awful bloke a lesson. Calling out to Carrot to refine its senses once more, it grits down and grinds against the stone, rubbing the burnt charcoal and polishing to a shine again. Turning from coal back to diamond. Seeing Carbink easily counteract the stat drop, Melvin grates his own teeth and commands Braixen to attack again.

“Two can play at that game. Since you can’t seem to get your magic act together, use HOWL, and then show that stupid hunk of rock your IRON TAIL!”

Braixen does as directed by throwing its head back and letting loose a long wail, bolstering its own strength. Muscles fortified, it suddenly leaps at Carrot as its stick shines bright white with further reinforcement, wielding the weapon physically like a lead pipe rather than a wand. Displaying surprising strength and close combat ability for a caster class, steel slams into the stunned target with a super effective strike, sending the poor rabbit reeling across the field as if it were a baseball (causing the panicked crowd to hurriedly part its path rather than try to catch the foul fly).

Carrot squeaks as it collides harshly with the earth, digging a deep furrow into the soil in an attempt to slow its trajectory, finally stopped fully by bumping hard into buried bedrock. The battered bunny manages to right itself, albeit wobbling weakly as it barely lifts to the air. On the other hand, its opponent appears to be panting hard as well, having used up a great deal of energy in its Hail Mary assault. Carrot senses an opportunity as it uproots and raises the large boulder it contacted with, before sending it barreling back at Braixen, smacking straight in the belly and knocking it over once more. …When the dust settles at last, Braixen is left unconscious, with Carrot still hovering triumphantly mere inches above the ground.

Braixen is unable to battle! Carbink gains +3 Levels!

Melvin grumbles in frustration as he recalls the fainted fox back into its ball, casting a cavalier glance towards Kadabra, who cowers in response.

“Fine then, forget about you. I might be able to still get some use out of this one, but if you can’t master another skill that doesn’t involve your Psychic powers when they’re on the fritz, then I don’t need another freeloader.”

With a “harrumph” and whisk of his cape, he takes off down the street, leaving the eggs and abandoned Psi Pokémon behind. Confused and hurt, it watches as the surrounding congregation shrugs and starts to disperse as well, until only you remain. It looks to you with uncertainty, clearly not sure how to react to its newfound independence.

It seems Custard has yet to return from his scouting mission either… What will you do?

Reply 7
Spoiler: show
Quote:
Originally Posted by Liltwick, post: 7077793, member: 83117
While he was glad that he won, Leo was miffed at that piece of human garbage calling itself a magician. All he needed were the eggs, but that inadvertently caused the Kadabra to become homeless. It was all about talent and prowess, and if a Pokemon wasn't up to stuff than it was disposed of like trash. It was frustrating.

He noticed that Custard wasn't back yet, which was a bit surprising. Usually he'd be able to track down and get back to him within a moment's notice. Something was off here. Well, he knew that, but not seeing his Togetic return by now only further affirmed his suspicions.

The boy then went to pick up the eggs and carefully secured them at his side. He then looked at the Kadabra and extended his hand.

"Look, I'm sorry that you were treated the way you were. No trainer should treat their Pokemon that way. Everyone has their own talents and potential, and you shouldn't be forced into something that wouldn't benefit you," he told the Kadabra, hand still extended. "Come with me for a bit, I can at least find you a home."

"Besides, I might need your help in tracking down Custard. I have to get back to the shop..." he said with worry. He didn't want to lose Custard in this, but he couldn't risk his apprenticeship. Though, there were still doubts about Lucius, he needed to trust the rumors weren't true. That's when he got an idea in his head. He grabbed a Pokeball made out of pure, hardened chocolate and sent it out.

"Alright Pie, let's go!" he announced, and a giant Snorlax came out, interested in its very own Pokeball.

"I'll let you eat it once you find Custard. Take the Kadabra with you, and don't forget to use your Oder Sleuth. You know everyone's scents Pie, I can trust you with this," Leo ordered his Snorlax before heading back to the shop with Carrot in tow. He just hoped this would all work out.


Update 8
Spoiler: show
Quote:
Originally Posted by lilbluecorsola, post: 7084034, member: 3396
Liltwick – With the sorry excuse of a magician’s departure, you find yourself suddenly saddled with a new companion, whom you promise to help find a new home in exchange for its assistance in tracking down your friend – to which the Kadabra readily agrees. To aid the search party, you send for your Snorlax from his edible vessel, whom you also tempt with an assurance he would finally get to consume the container upon locating Custard. Easily swayed by such sweet nothings, Pie starts to sniff the air for the Togetic’s scent, before toddling off in a seemingly random direction, with Kadabra dubiously following the giant’s footsteps as he parts effortlessly through the sea of people like a snow plow.

That settled, you glance at the sun overheard as you notice the sky seems to be getting strangely… dark all of sudden. Odd, you didn’t think that much time had passed, but regardless you’d better be getting back to the shop soon before you lose your apprenticeship on the very first day. Keeping Carrot by your side just in case, you hurry back towards where you vaguely recall the bakery being, hoping you’ll be able to find your way there without a guide this time.

With your Carbink acting as a makeshift magnetic compass to navigate instead, eventually you manage to stumble back to your destination. Opening the door, you come upon Lucius standing alone behind the counter, and he glances up abruptly at the bell’s chime, seeming almost surprised to see you there. He then composes himself, and smiles.

“Ah, you’ve returned… And you found the eggs, I see.”

He nods approvingly at the carton you’re carrying, though something about his expression appears a bit… off. It’s then that you notice the Blissey from before is nowhere to be seen, and Carrot’s ears perk as it too senses something fishy about the whole situation. Before you can react though, a wave of wooziness washes over you, and for some reason your legs feel weak and weighted like lead, unable to run or even move an inch as he approaches.

“I suppose we should begin our first lesson then…” His warm, melting voice weaves in and out like static, fading fast from your consciousness. “…Which is, don’t just blindly accept food from strangers.” He watches with calm as your lids grow heavy, hands shoved casually in his coat pockets – yet a flash of genuine sympathy seems to cross his eyes as your own gradually succumb to slumber.

“Sorry, kid,” you distantly hear him sigh. “I tried to warn you, but.... You really shouldn’t have come back here.”



You wake some time later to discover yourself trapped in a dim, dank room – perhaps the basement? Your limbs have been bound to a chair, and beneath it inscribed on the floor in red paint (or more likely blood) appears to be some kind of bizarre symbol: an ornate pentagram within a circle, like one might use in a satanic summoning ritual to call upon a demon. Lines extend out from the center of the star and crawl up the walls like spiderwebs, glowing faintly as energy seems to travel along them from above ground, leading back to the source.

You haven’t much time to admire the morbid décor though, as you realize both your bag and Poké Balls have all been taken from you, and Carrot is missing as well. …However, you do hear humming off to the side, and scan slowly to see BB the Blissey singing cheerfully to herself as she sharpens a pair of shears on a grindstone. She catches your gaze, and turns with a grin as she shockingly speaks inside your still muddled mind:

“Ah, you’re awake!” She beams with pure delight as she clasps her winged paws together, the angelic image utterly at odds with the current chilling surroundings. “Now then, we can finally begin the ceremony~”

How do you respond?

Reply 8
Spoiler: show

Quote:
Originally Posted by Liltwick, post: 7086663, member: 83117
He was warned, after all. This was the expected result. But, he still held out hope. So why, why did he still feel betrayed? He put trust in a total stranger, and paid for it. He was so use to being able to fall back on people. If you pulled this shit in Team Skull you got your ass handed to you. So why did he think it would be the same as it always had been.

Of course, he wasn't exactly proficient in demonic rituals. Well, even proficient is a strong term. He was total lost, but he could at least ascertain he was the sacrifice here. If this way his fate, then may it be so. This was, after all, his first real time exploring a place that was outside of Alola. And this is how it ended up. He'd become a sacrifice. But, in a weird way, wasn't
that how things always would end up?

Looking around, he noticed the Blissey sharpening shears on a whetstone. Great. He was going to be cut up and ground into paste. Or something along those lines. He had nothing on him, his bag and Carbink both being gone. There was nothing he could do but sit and wait. That's when he felt his mind being probed, and the angelic figure of the Blissey turning hiding a devil in disguise.

"So, this is my 'just desserts' isn't it?" he muttered, not caring to really look at the morbid scenery around him. "I guess the saying the devil's in the details applies literally here, huh? Tell me, what does BB stand for? Black Blossom? Bottom black? Big Bertha?" He questioned jokingly. If he was going to die, he'd at least going out optimistically.

"But I digress, your name isn't important. All that matters is that I'm getting chopped to bits by a Pokemon, correct?" He said with a half-smile, eyes cast downward. There was a sense of serenity here.

"Oh well, guess I wont be able to make my special recipe for Malasadas anymore. At least, unless I make a deal. You things are all about contracts, right? Then let's make one. My freedom for that recipe."


Update 9
Spoiler: show

Quote:
Originally Posted by lilbluecorsola, post: 7093121, member: 3396
Liltwick – The Blissey cocks her head at your initial inquiry, clearly perplexed for a moment.

“‘BB’? Ah, you must mean this meatsack.” Her face lights up in understanding as she giggles. “I don’t know why that man continues to call her such, but as for myself… I’ve gone by many names according to your kind, but for now you may call me ‘Aisa’.”

She curtsies in a courteous manner to make your acquaintance, before moving on to the next query.

“Dear me, I believe you’re mistaken.” Her hand moves to her mouth in horror at the mere suggestion of such a gruesome method of execution. “Chopping to bits would be sooo messy, don’t you think? No no, all I intend to do is this.”

A snap, and suddenly a string of spun scarlet seems to materialize in front of you, leading from your pulsating heart to her pink paw, which she winds tightly around like cotton candy floss as if to further prevent escape. Bringing the shears ever closer, they hover a hair’s width over the red thread before pausing at your last desperate plea, offering to sell your special secret recipe in exchange for freedom.

“Silly, I have no use for Malasadas.” She smoothly rejects the bid without batting an eye, gesturing to the symbol blooming beneath your feet as it begins to glow seemingly brighter, hungry for nourishment. “All I seek is your soul to serve as the final ingredient. Once the required seven sacrifices are gathered, then the gateway will open. Now then, this won’t hurt a bit~” She smiles serenely as the blades slowly inch together, putting pressure on the cord that – despite her promise of zero pain – seems to travel straight up to your sternum, suffocating as the first fine strand of fiber starts to sever and fray…

BOOM.

Without warning, the floor above suddenly shakes violently, and the Blissey halts her proceedings as she blinks and glances up in confusion.

“What in the world…?”

You can hear Lucius yelling, followed by a mighty CRASH as the boards creak and give way, resulting in a giant mass of blue blubber landing directly before you with a thud. Pie roars triumphantly as Carrot and Custard hover down after him through the hole in the ceiling, the latter carrying your bag with a grin. Carrot swiftly floats over to your side and uses its SHARPENed edge to slice cleanly through the ropes, releasing you before your flabbergasted captor can even react.

“Wh- what the-“ She sputters in indignation at her plans unraveling in the span of a second. “How did you all get here?! Did that idiot let one of you escape?”

Just then, the last member of the rescue party leaps down: the Kadabra from earlier, as it casts a look towards Blissey that is equal parts plaintive and pitying.

“Enough, sister.” A surprisingly distinct female tone of voice emits from its mind; one that feels not quite fitting if not for image alone, but rather the host’s whole demeanor seems to have shifted since you saw it last. “You know this isn’t the way.”

To your added astonishment, it flicks its finger, and the dreamlike lifeline still tying you to Blissey seems to loosen and reel back towards Kadabra, before dissolving into invisibility again. The Blissey hisses in response, almost seeming to throw a tantrum.

“It’s their fault she’s dead!” she cries, eyes aflame like burning rubies. “Without her, this world is doomed anyway. So why allow it to live longer? Let it perish I say, and let’s start fresh again, with just the three of us.”

She extends her paw – pleadingly – but the Kadabra shakes its head, lifting a spoon instead.

“Not yet. There’s still time. Which is why, we’ll be taking our leave now.”

At that moment, a burst of radiance erupts from the silver, engulfing you and your Pokémon in its hemisphere. Just before you’re blinded completely by white, you catch sight of Lucius arriving down the stairs, as he locks gaze with you and nods slightly. Unable to respond in time, your stomach lurches as you find yourself abruptly swept away, TELEPORTing to…


Fortune’s Woods

You come to in a quiet copse of trees, with Kadabra and the rest of your team still beside you, the latter crowding around you in relief and concern over your wellbeing. As you eventually manage to reassure them that your body at least hasn’t been physically harmed in any way, you meet Kadabra’s stare while it seems to await the inevitable mountain of questions you must have.

What do you say?


Reply 9
Spoiler: show
Quote:
Originally Posted by Liltwick, post: 7093877, member: 83117
Everything around him happened in a flash. The devil wasn't interested in bargaining. Well, that wouldn't make them a devil now, would it? A demon. Yes, a true demon. It seemed he was resigned to his fate as a sacrifice. Gritting his teeth, Leo could only look forwards as the Blissey inched closer on closer. Her so-called promise of it being painless was an obvious lie. He could feel the cord sear through his entire body as she continued her approach.

"Guess this is it..." he sighed out. His voice was almost a whisper, and his eyes were filled with despair.

That was until a loud boom filled his ears. His eyes suddenly perked up, his head looking around wondering what was going on. He heard Lucius yelling from above and then heard the floorboards break with a loud crash. THat's when his eyes were filled with blue, as Pie descended into the room. At this point, it seemed like pure chaos. He was glad he decided on keeping the Snorlax around.

He then saw Custard and Carrot descend down with Pie, the Togetic happy to see his trainer. The Carbink quickly cut through the ropes, reeing Leo. He jumped up and gave Custard a hug. He was worried about what happened to the Pokemon, but now not seemed to be the time. Looking further up, he could see the Kadabra float down. The look on its face as it stared at the Blissey confused him. How could a random Pokemon have a connection to this demon?

But, there turned out to be one. He listened, somehow, to the conversation at hand. Resetting the world? But why? Sure there were bad things, but there were bad things everywhere. There was so much beauty and joy here, to the point it felt shocking that someone wanted to get rid of it. But, he felt he was freed all the same. As if that demon's hold on him was gone.

Leo could tell, though, that something had happened. What exactly happened, he did not know, but it was enough to cause sacrifices to be made. It was truly unforgivable. No matter what happened, it was right to play with other's lives to undo it.

"The past is the past for a reason!" He shouted. He noticed Lucius heading down the stairs and giving him a quick, understanding nod. Was he too a prisoner to the Blissey? He didn't have time to ask questions, as he was soon teleported away from this entire situation.

When he came to, he was in the woods. Getting up, he could see his Pokemon were with him still, as well as the Kadabra. That was good at the very least, but he was a bit worried about the situation he had left behind. But, his Pokemon were worried about him.

"Guys, I'm fine. See," he stated as he began to show them nothing bad had actually happened to his body.

With his group relieved, he saw the Kadabra looking at him. She? It? Was waiting for him. To open his mouth and ask away. He had been confused about the entirety of this situation, after all.

"Where are we? This has to be the Forest of Wands, right?" He immediately questioned. He wasn't planning on having to come here, but it might not be a bad thing. The entire forest was filled with magic, according to the guide. That could end up protecting them.

"Anyways, what the hell is going on? I just came here for an apprenticeship. I don't want to have to deal with angels or demons or any of that. I just want to be a baker. Make cakes and pastries. You know, simple things? I've had a fair share of trouble in my past, and now," he said looking at his team.

"So, who are you? What is that monster in pink? And why are people being killed?" He asked, his voice a little distraught at this point. He didn't want to have to go through any of this.


Update 10
Spoiler: show

Liltwick – Your mind reels are you rant off questions and complaints in rapid-fire, and the Kadabra takes them all in with calm. It then begins simply enough by confirming your first suspicion.

“Indeed, this is the ‘Forest of Wands’, as so named by your species. Unfortunately, this host’s power has been significantly drained by my sister’s machinations, so I was not able to take us far. However, the magic here runs deep, and will shield us from my sister’s eyes for a while as this vessel recovers its mana reserves in the meantime.”

Seeing you raise an eyebrow at the third person expression, it continues on in a detached manner.

“As you may have surmised, the spirit with whom you are currently communicating is not Kadabra’s. My sister and I at the moment are but projecting our souls, whilst our original forms still sleep safely beneath the water’s surface. As for our identities… You may perhaps know us best by our modern monikers: I am Uxie, Keeper of Knowledge, and the one you saw before was Mesprit, Bringer of Emotion.”

It bows before you in civil introduction, as your jaw drops upon realizing you are in fact faced with an ancient creature of myth; albeit as a mere shadow, like a mirror’s misted reflection. But if they were only two members of the Legendary Lake Trio, that meant the third…?

“Not long ago, poachers came to disturb our bed of rest. Only their intent was not to capture, but hunt us for sport and claim our jewels as trophies. My sister Azelf was awakened first from her slumber and tried to flee, but ultimately perished at the poacher’s hands. Hence why my other sister and I have taken measures to prevent physical harm to our own bodies through this indirect method of interaction.”

Though it still speaks with an eerily dispassionate and impartial tone – cold and concise, like succinctly summarizing a scientific proof – “Kadabra” closes its eyes as it recounts the tale, thus resembling its true persona upon recalling what is surely a painful memory.

“You may be aware of how our existence serves to maintain control over the rulers of Time and Space, Dialga and Palkia. With one link of the Red Chain broken, the beasts have already begun to run rampant. You’ve no doubt heard of the rift that has opened near the place you call ‘New Fizz City’, allowing travelers to pass through its gate to eras memoriam. While an issue in itself, it is not one of pressing concern for the time being. The rip is small and can be easily repaired. Rather, my sister’s grief and rage-fueled rampage may result in this universe’s unraveling even before the tear has a chance to grow.”

It then points up at the sky, which even through the filtered treetop canopy you can tell is much darker than before, as if the sun is slowly being consumed by shade.

“If Mesprit is able to complete her mourning ritual, then the ‘dragon who swallows the sun’ shall arise and wreak its vengeance for being sealed away. The only way to defeat it is by gathering three sacred relics: the Mirror, the Sword, and the Stone. …As luck would have it, the Sword is said to lie somewhere within these very woods.”

It then lowers its gaze back towards you, wearing a sympathetic but solemn countenance.

“I apologize for getting you involved in all this. For myself, I bear no particular hatred towards humans. However, my sister has allowed Emotion to cloud her judgment. Without Willpower, she knows naught but to throw a tantrum like a child. She forgets her duty and wishes death upon this world before its appointed time. …For you see, our roles perform another purpose.”

To illustrate its point, it snaps its fingers, and the thin crimson wire from before appears again in the air, faint but thankfully intact as it hums and hangs from the heart still beating strong behind your breast.

“All beings possess a lifeline which was spun by Azelf before birth. I measure the thread to determine the length allotted, and Mesprit cuts the cord when that creature’s time is up. This world too, has a lifeline of its own. That is how I know it is not yet destined to die. Though she is unable to terminate it alone at this time, if the serpent is successfully summoned then all is lost.”

It flicks once more, and the strand dispels.

“What you choose to do now is up to you. As I’ve stated, I have no personal quarrel with your kind as a whole, and recognize as an individual you share zero responsibility in instigating or resolving any wrongdoing; so you may leave at any time if you so desire. …However, it pains me to admit this, but with this weakened state I doubt I will be able to sense the Sword’s presence on my own, let alone fend off an attack if she finds out what I’m up to. Since she herself has been feeding off the abundant magic in this realm by harnessing its ley lines, it’s only a matter of time before she is able to track my energy trail. Truth be told, I could use some assistance.”

How do you reply?


Reply 10
Spoiler: show
Quote:
Originally Posted by Liltwick, post: 7126066, member: 83117
All of this information just confused Leo. All he wanted to do was learn from a master patissier, not end up on a quest to help one of the Lake Trio. And some of this felt wrong for him. Azelf was always depicted as a more masculine figure. And he, she, whatever is dead? And Mesprit is taking out her rage on trying to summon Giratina? It just feels a little all out there.

"I-I'm sorry but this is all too much for me. I'm not all too familiar with Sinnoh mythology but this feels just, different from what I know. I almost got sacrificed by a demonic Blissey apparently being possessed by the Pokemon of Emotion. I'm not even the heroic type... I use to be a member of an apparent evil organization.," Leo stated, feeling confused and downtrodden. Part of him wanted to help but, just, he didn't know if he could.

He looked at his team, all of who had varying reactions. Custard flew over to him and tried to comfort his trainer. The Togetic knew that the boy never dealt well with pressure. The Pokemon didn't really know how his trainer was in the past. They met after Leo was a part of Team Skull, but the Fairy-type knew there was always something that he didn't really want to talk about.

Pie and Carrot, on the other hand, simply looked confused. They never had seen their trainer like this before. The Carbink gently floated over and nuzzled up to Leo's foot, trying to reassure him. Though, that was short-lived as the Snorlax lifted up the trainer and gave him a giant hug.

"Thanks, guys, I really needed that. Look Uxie, I'm sorry but, I'm no hero. I can help out in finding you a champion, sure, but I'm not going to be restricted by that role. Heroes always die in the end..." he mumbled, his gaze distant and faded.


Update 11
Spoiler: show

Quote:
Originally Posted by lilbluecorsola, post: 7128279, member: 3396
Liltwick – Confused and overwhelmed by all this new information at once, you find yourself balking at the daunting mission set before you. A hero? You? Surely there must be some sort of mistake… You’re not cut out for these kinds of epic quests, considering your own association with an “evil” organization in the past… Sensing growing distress as you retreat into painful memories, your Pokémon surround their trainer in concern, unaware of whatever dark history you’ve been hiding but ready to help reassure all the same. Custard hovers worriedly by your head in an attempt to comfort, as Carrot covers the lower half by gently nudging your foot – only for both to be outdone by Pie as he gathers you up in a great big Bewear hug.

The air and anxiety literally almost squeezed out of you, you smile in thanks to your companions for their efforts in cheering you up. Though still reserved, you agree to assist Uxie for the time being, at least until another, more fitting champion can be found. Once again, confidence falters as you grimly contemplate the tragic fates that oft befall “heroes” in the end…

“I appreciate your willingness to embark on this journey for now, even if you feel it is not your forte. Rest assured, I have no intention to hold you to this task. If at any point you no longer wish to continue on, then simply say the word and I will do my best to return you from whence you came.”

Hearing the final foreboding remark muttered under your breath, Uxie adds:

“If it is any consolation, I can tell you that your life thread is not destined to end anytime in the near future, so take that as you will.”

With that, it turns and begins heading off into the woods, as you shrug and shadow after – albeit still somewhat reluctantly. …After what feels like hours of aimless wandering though, it seems as if you’ve made no progress at all. The trees look the same as ever, and you start to suspect perhaps you’ve just been walking in one giant circle. Even the Kadabra’s form beside you appears to be furrowing its brow further in unease, faded powers utterly failing to pinpoint its destination’s direction and thus unable to formulate a proper plan.

Just then, Custard suddenly calls out in alarm as you spin around to discover Carrot is nowhere to be seen. Pie blinks in nervous bewilderment at the bunny’s absence, having not noticed anything amiss until the Togetic took note their friend was no longer following. As you cast apprehensively about for where the rock rabbit might have gone, you think you can hear a faint giggling up above in the treetops…

What do you do?


Reply 11
Spoiler: show
Quote:
Originally Posted by Liltwick, post: 7136476, member: 83117
Even if he wasn't fated to die soon, it really didn't give him any sort of consolation. This was way too out of his element. He just didn't know exactly what he was supposed to do here. Even if Uxie was dejected, he felt almost apathetic. Like a part of him just didn't even exist. There was no fire, or passion in this sort of situation. He was almost killed, and he didn't know how to process this.

Taking a deep breath, he looked past the Kadabra and walked forwards. He didn't care at this rate. This wasn't why he was here. He wasn't actively searching for some grand adventure. Sure, there were times he helped play the hero, thinking back to his recent trip to the Arboreal Cradle. But, that was different. It was just... a bygone dream. Or was it the strangest reality? Or did he never wake up, and this too was part of his dreams. Perhaps he was still in that clearing with Sprinkles, sleeping under the stars.

Besides, even if it wasn't a dream... Why would Mesprit go into a rage like this? Even if Azelf didn't exist at this rate, there was still the issue of Dialga's Gate. It was slowly consuming the area around New Fizz City day after day. Even if it was a strange temporal rift... it was the lake trio's duty to keep Dialga, Palkia, and Giratina all in check. That much he knew of Sinnoh's lore.

Things just... didn't add up. Nothing here added up. He continued to wander through the woods, lost in these cyclical thoughts. Even if he was moving forwards, it felt like he was going in circles. So, the question was, where was the lie? This was a scenario that shouldn't happen. A scenario beyond him to really understand.

Through his musings, Leo didn't notice that Carrot had disappeared. It took Custard slapping him in the face to snap him from this stupor. The Togetic pointed out that the Carbink was gone, and Pie was looking pretty worried. Looking around, the Carbink was nowhere in sight. Surely he was with them, right?

Leo held Honey's Pokeball, wondering if the Cutiefly was in enough of a state to help out. The Battle against the Braixen was taking, certainly. Then, if that wasn't an option, what was? The pie had to track down Custard earlier, and the Snorlax has a one-track nose, to say the least.

Then he heard a faint noise coming from the trees. It almost sounded like... giggling? Some sort of spirit was up to some tricks, to say the least. But, it didn't really matter now, did it? By some stroke of fate, he'd find Carrot again. This sort of lethargy was dangerous, to say the least. He just felt that this was straying too far from his intended path.


"Custard, lure it out with a Follow Me," Leo calmly stated. The tone of his voice was apathetic, and the look in his eyes hallow. Custard came up and patted Leo, his eyes filled with worry. The Pokemon had never seen his trainer in this state.

"Pie, I want you to Block it once comes out, I rather not whatever it is to escape once it comes down. We need to rescue Carrot..." he muttered. His voice was getting quieter. The Snorlax tilted his head. This was getting worse, but the two Pokemon were powerless to help their trainer.

Then, Custard's eyes lit up. There was a way, but he needed to make sure that there was something. The Togetic quickly flew towards Leo's bag and rummaged through it. At this rate, Loe didn't really care. He was too lost in his thoughts to notice. Custard found a Luxury Ball and examined it for Leo's markings he'd make to denote who was in it... The scribbles were flowers. Yes, perfect, he brought her along.

Custard grabbed the Pokeball and flew it over to Leo's hand. The trainer looked a little confused.

"Will this help us find Carrot?" he asked. Custard nodded, and in turn, Leo let the Pokemon out.

A Comfey appeared from the ball. She looked around, trying to figure out the situation. She could see the worry on Custard and Pie's faces and then looked at her trainer. She instantly flew over to try and give him some triage. Glace flew over to her trainer, and wrapped her lei around his neck, and waited. This was their only hope, to save their trainer. Custard and Pie were then ready to follow their orders, hoping they could rescue Carrot at the same time.


Update 12
Spoiler: show

Quote:
Originally Posted by lilbluecorsola, post: 7156486, member: 3396
Liltwick – Thoughts plagued by questions and concerns, your mind sluggishly follows your feet by wandering in circles, trapped in an endless cycle of self-doubt. Everything seems too unreal to be true. Was this perhaps all just a dream? Some cosmic scheme to keep you confined within a fantasy, forever fated to fight gods and wars rather than fulfilling one simple wish…

Lost in your reverie, you fail to notice the absence of your astern party member until it’s too late. Hearing snickering from above, you start to suspect some mischievous spirit is at work, but apathy has drained your will to the point of barely registering alarm, let alone rage. The eerie, quiet calm with which you command your remaining companions causes more unease than if you had yelled with full force, and they sense something else must be done quickly to snap their trainer out of such critical stupor.

Hovering over to your bag, Custard roots around and retrieves a black and gold leaf ball trimmed with a floral pattern, gently impressing it into your palm. Confused and bewildered by the insistent request but too lethargic to protest, you agree to release your Comfey onto the scene in hopes she’ll somehow be able to help find your missing friend as well. Upon seeing such worry upon the Togetic’s and Snorlax’s expressions, and then the languid state of their trainer, the little lei swiftly floats over and wraps herself comfortably around your shoulders, letting a soothing aroma wash over you in an attempt to breathe some life back into your soul.

Custard then proceeds to raise a paw and waggle his finger invitingly at the treetops, calling out in temptation to whoever was hiding within. There’s a pause – before a small, dark brown object suddenly drops down from the branches. Though primed to face a much more menacing foe, all five of you blink in bemusement as you confront what appears to be… an acorn?

All of a sudden, the tiny bean suddenly sits up and sprouts a pair of short stubs, striving to flee whilst its foes are distracted. Pie promptly moves to block its path however, and the petite Seedot squeaks in terror as a giant foot stomps down in front of it, plopping back onto its bum in surprise. The kernel cowers with fear as it switches tactics to trying to burrow itself deep into the ground instead in a desperate effort to hide, and your perplexed Pokémon look to you for assistance, wondering what to do now about this miniature prisoner they’ve managed to capture.

How do you react?

Reply 12
Spoiler: show

Quote:
Originally Posted by Liltwick, post: 7168523, member: 83117
Feeling the comforting healing of his Comfey, Leo looks around as if he had awakened from a nightmare. He had a role to play in this, and he needn't run away. Everything here was just a bygone dream to the forest, but it was a reality for him at this point. Looking around, he saw Custard and Pie following the orders he had issued out. Good, nothing went wrong when he was in that stupor.

He watched as a bean, no maybe an acorn, jumped out of the tree and slammed into the ground. Its small feet went to try and get some solid footing, opening its eyes and trying to figure out a way to flee. This was a Seedot... Was it following them, the rustling in the trees? It felt like a little too much noise for one Seedot, but it didn't matter.

What mattered was that the Seedot tried to flee while his Pokemon were focused on him. That's when Pie stomped his foot down, scaring the living daylights out of the small acorn. It tries to burrow in the ground, feeling that if it can't run away it'll go down. Though, that really wouldn't work at this rate.

"Custard, please use Extrasensory to lift it up from the ground. Pie, I want you to use Yawn to make it drowsy," Leo calmly ordered, walking up towards Seedot as well.

With a small smile and a soft tone, he spoke to the Pokemon.

"Could you please help us find your missing friend? I'll promise you no harm will come to you if you do. Of course, Pie is probably hungry by now." Leo looked at his Snorlax. "I can't control him when he's in his hungry rage, and he loves chocolate. And you look like a cute little bonbon, so much he might swallow you whole. So what do you say?"

Update 13
Spoiler: show

Quote:
Originally Posted by lilbluecorsola, post: 7174882, member: 3396
Liltwick – Before the desperate prisoner can even begin to make a dent in its escape tunnel, it finds itself abruptly lifted off the ground by a disorienting invisible force. Its tiny legs flail in helpless panic as you smile softly and speak to it in a smooth tone, which only serves to unsettle the dangling hostage further. At the thinly veiled threat to permit your Snorlax to swallow the seed whole, Pie takes the cue to grin and open his mouth up big in demonstration, letting out a large yawn that reveals the two sharp teeth in his lower jaw, and wide waiting tongue which he uses to lick his lips with a smack. A pink bubble floats simultaneously forth from his drooling maw, popping on the Seedot’s snout and showering it in saliva. It shudders as the sickening liquid seeps into its skin, at the same time acting as a sedative to strangely calm its nerves, like a snake’s poison paralyzing its prey. Slowing movements, its drooping eyelids hold its handler’s hypnotic gaze at it starts to squeak again, albeit sluggishly. You can sense the Kadabra beside you listening intently as it nods, before turning to translate the slurred speech.

“It seems today is the Birthday of the Forest King’s daughter, and his subjects were ordered to find suitable gifts for her to organize a surprise party. It was thought such a sparkling jewel would make a perfect present for the princess. Your companion has thus been taken to the King’s court, where its gems will subsequently be harvested and carved to create a splendid crown of crystal.”

As before, Uxie repeats the information with utterly deadpan delivery, relaying such disturbing details without batting an eye. Yet, it surprisingly continues on under its breath:

“Such fools, no better than those poachers who thought they could claim our stones as mere ornaments…”

It snaps up suddenly from its reverie as the Seedot pipes up again, and Uxie nods once more in understanding.

“The little one is now offering to lead us to where its cohorts are holding Carbink captive, in exchange for sparing its life. While my powers may be diminished, I can determine its words are at least trustworthy. Seeing as we have no other recourse or guidance to rely on at the moment, and time is of the essence, I suggest we follow its direction if you wish to save your friend.”

What will you do?

Reply 13
Spoiler: show

Quote:
Originally Posted by Liltwick, post: 7182811, member: 83117
Leo simply blinked at the situation, trying to understand the situation. A party was happening, and they took Carrot to grind him into gems? That would just ruin the mood of the celebration, wouldn't it? Sure jewelry and trinkets were definitely things princesses wanted, but they hadn't the need to do that to a poor Carbink now, would they?

He shakes his head, his determination once again reigniting. He could feel violent tendencies to go down, the lost kid within him returning to his older, sweets loving self. He ignored the sadness in the Uxie's tone, he was only focused on one thing and one thing alone.

"Custard, there's a party going on! And you know what we do with parties we weren't invited to right?" Leo shouted with giddy glee. Though, it wasn't a tone of childlike wonder. There was a toothy grin creeping up on his face, plans of mischief were afoot. The Togetic let out a happy squee, before starting to stir up a Nasty Plot.

The two looked at the Uxie, the legendary most likely discerning their true intentions. Pie looked confused, still holding the drowsing Seedot. The Snorlax could tell he wasn't going to be eating the Seedot at least, and let the Pokemon down.

"Well, we need to rescue Carrot now, don't we? After all, we can't crash a party if we don't have everyone with us right? Come on boys, let's go!" Leo exclaimed, picking up the Seedot and holding the acorn.

"Let the way little guy, and if you know where some chestnuts are please take us there too, okay?" Leo asked as he patted the Seedot on the head. While it was presented as a sweet question, there was an underlying tone that implied this was more of a direct command.
[/reply]


Update 14
Spoiler: show

Quote:
Originally Posted by lilbluecorsola, post: 7200270, member: 3396
Liltwick – A sense of gusto begins to rise in your gut as you absorb the situation, almost giddy with glee at the idea of getting to crash a party uninvited. Though perhaps alarming in its own way – as Uxie raises an eyebrow slightly at the unexpected amount of enthusiasm displayed – at least you seem to be motivated again, and so it doesn’t question the sudden shift in attitude. Custard appears hardly concerned either, rubbing his paws together mischievously as he plots some nasty punishment for whoever would dare neglect to extend an invitation to your own entire party. Pie is more confused than anything, but recognizes he won’t be eating the Seedot anytime soon it seems, and so passes the nodding off nut to you in disappointment. As you grant permission for it to lead the way with a “gentle” pat on the head, you offhandedly remark if it knows the location of any chestnuts to take you there as well.

Spurred awake by the somewhat nonsensical threat request, the Seedot swallows as it agrees and slowly begins to shuffle off upon being placed back on the ground, still a bit woozy and unsteady on its feet. Though clearly too tired to try and run away at this point, your group continues to keep a close eye on the captive; flanking it on all sides like prison guards to prevent escape, instantly primed to subdue and restrain should it try to make a break for it.

Eventually, you come to a surprisingly sizeable clearing where a great commotion seems to be taking place: all kinds of Grass Pokémon are bustling to and fro – presumably busy with preparations for the party – as you quickly crouch down behind the bushes to avoid being seen and creep steadily closer to spy on the proceedings. Over to one side, you spot poor Carrot being contained in a sturdy wooden cage suspended to a tree by vines, with two Nuzleaf sentinels standing watch; brandishing sharp-looking spears and stern expressions as they diligently patrol the perimeter.

Before you can even attempt to approach the confined Carbink however, your attention is caught by a booming exclamation from the back, where a grand throne garnished with garlands of blooms is erected in the center. The thunderous voice belongs to a fuming Vileplume seated on top – clearly the so-called “Forest King” – as its followers all screech to a grinding halt, pausing the process of further festive decorating with flower festoons to stare at the recipient of the raging ruler’s wrath: a wilting Whimsicott with its head bowed before the former in shame. A smaller Cottonee cowers behind its elder’s shielding ball of fluff as the mad monarch makes a sour face and spits out the sample bite of Birthday cake it had apparently been munching on, glaring at the offending piece of pastry before tossing the plate at the fearful floof’s feet. (Fortunately the crockery is carved of wood as well instead of porcelain so it doesn’t shatter dangerously – despite landing close to the little one as it squeaks and ducks its head in dread, diving deeper into the senior subject’s down.)

“Pah! You call this a cake?” (Kadabra takes the liberty of translating mentally for you once again as a courtesy.) “Every year is the same old thing, I’m sick and tired of it. Can’t you come up with a new recipe?”

“But, milord, this is the princess’s favorite flavor she always requests…”

“Hmph. My precious daughter deserves better than this commoner fare. Something fresh, something exotic…”
The poisonous petal Pokémon grins as its budding idea blossoms into a direct order, licking taste buds in anticipation. “Right then, return to the kitchen, and come back with a dish that’ll really impress. Only the most extraordinary, exciting dessert will do!”

The Whimsicott winces at such a vague demand, but nevertheless nods, daring not to disobey the crown’s command.

“Yes, your Majesty…”

The chef murmurs in defeat with a heavy sigh, as Cottonnee pops its head out again out of the wool, peering worriedly up at the parent cook with consternation. Meanwhile, with the Vileplume’s anger momentarily quelled, the other vassals simply shake their heads in sympathy before starting to resume their tasks. If you wish to slip by whilst the servants are still distracted, better make a decision fast…

What will you do?



lilboocorsola
Spoiler: show
Adventure Start
Spoiler: show

Quote:
Originally Posted by lilbluecorsola, post: 7058417, member: 3396
OoC - Continuing my Adventure from Incognito Isle. Thanks, Lilt!

Kanna inhaled deeply as she steeled herself and stepped onto the deck, following Lopunny down into the cargo hold – where she halted short at the image of so many creepy caterpillars crawling about the hull, like a scene out of a vermiphobe’s nightmare. There were at least a dozen tiny green pests wiggling and wriggling in every direction, digging into the crates and devouring every piece of fabric they could get their greedy little suckers on. From the speed at which the cloths were being consumed, it was clear the creatures were completely starved, and would eat the entire stock empty if not stopped soon.

Though Kanna cowered slightly at the sight of such an overwhelming task before her, her companions each patted her back with a reassuring paw to help bolster her confidence. Resolving her determination, she nodded to indicate she was ready, as the three then put on their most CHARMing performances to draw the insects’ notice. Once the Caterpie were thoroughly captivated by the sudden strangers’ cuteness, Kanna placed her paws together and cocked her head to the side in an adorably pleading pose, beckoning the bugs to follow her outside. The audience gladly obliged, trailing after their new leader in an orderly line formation, like the Pied Piper conducting the children of Hamelin. Kief and Yufi brought up the marching band’s rear to ensure no stragglers stayed behind, and soon they had all descended the ramp safely onto the docks, where Chansey and Lopunny were waiting with congratulations.

“Thank you so much!” the former exclaimed, as her partner approached to hand Kanna a Silk Scarf in gratitude. “Here, I think this would suit you for what you've done. The Caterpie didn't seem to touch the box the scarves were in, and apparently they were over ordered. I hope you enjoy this!”

Kanna blushed as she gingerly accepted the gift, murmuring a modest “It was nothing.” However, another small voice instantly arrested her awareness.

“Mama.”

She blinked, and turned around to see the crowd of Caterpie focusing on her with wide, expectant eyes as they all began slowly chanting in unison, crying and clamoring for attention as they all crammed together towards her.

“Mama! Mama! Mama!”

The Furret nearly dropped the fabric as she covered her face to bury an intense blush, just about to die from embarrassment.

“N- no, you’re mistaken… I’m not your Mama…”

“…Mama?”


Kanna’s ears perked at the different, yet familiar sounding voice. Lifting the veil, she looked down to see Yufi gazing eagerly up at her, wagging her tail as she repeated the word as well, blissfully joining in the chorus.

“Mama!”

Yufi yipped again, before rotating to the other raccoon.

“Papa!”

She gleefully declared, as Kanna almost fainted in shock. Not only was this the first time the young cub had finally formed a full phrase in their presence, but for her to boldly declare the both of them as her “parents” – it was too much for her heart to bear.

“Y- Yufi, I’m not sure that means what you think it does…” She stammered pathetically, casting a desperate glance to Kief for assistance, who merely grinned and shrugged, not the least bit bothered by the moniker. Kanna could only shake with rising shame as Yufi watched the two of them in confusion, when yet another surprising sound interrupted the conversation – this time the growling of one of the Caterpie’s tummies. Seems they all hadn’t eaten their fill yet, and Kanna softened at seeing the pitiful expression in its eyes. Gazing down at the silken garb in her paws – evidently of high (and surely expensive) quality judging by its sheen and smoothness – she gulped as she made a decision. After all, they did say it was a surplus…

“You know, I’m pretty sure Minchi already has one of these, so… Here. You guys can have it.”

Hoping the Chansey and Lopunny wouldn’t mind, she gently laid down the muffler on the ground. Upon witnessing her example of unprecedented generosity, Kief and Yufi immediately followed suit, gladly removing their bandanas to offer the hungry horde. As Kanna observed the Caterpie light up and chow down on the free feast, squeaking in satisfied delight, she couldn’t but help but feel a swell of pride. She may not have been their actual mother, but she still wished them health and happiness – so long as it didn’t cause trouble for others.

Revolving to her benefactor, she bowed her head in apology for sacrificing the present she had just so kindly received.

“I’m really sorry, I just wanted to make sure they’ll be okay and figured this was a better use for it… If you’d like us to pay for it to help cover the damages I’m sure we can work something out… Right, Kief? …Kief?”

Kanna glimpsed up to find her friend missing from her side, with Yufi gleaming mischievously as she attempted to appear innocent by batting the lids of her big baby browns. A sinking feeling began to weight the Furret’s gut as she gulped.

“…Yufi, where did Kief go?”

The kit beamed as she pointed a paw at the ship – which was starting to sail away.

“Boat!”

She barked simply as Kanna paled, realizing Kief must have sensed an opportunity to sneak back on board whilst the crew was away and everyone else distracted, in order to search for any other goods that – *ahem* – wouldn’t be missed. “Somehow” he must have drawn up the anchor as well, as the wind was already beginning to swiftly carry the craft out to sea.

“Oh no oh no, what to do what to do what to do…”

The Furret flailed as she panicked. In a flash of adrenaline-fueled inspiration, she abruptly grabbed Yufi and hoisted her onto her back, warning her to hold on tight. The rider squealed with joy as her mount then executed a magnificent U-TURN, managing to land on the vessel’s stern. Panting, Kanna peered back over the railing at the dumbfounded blob and bunny left behind on shore, surrounded by a squirming swarm of worms at their feet.

“I’m so sorry! We’ll bring it right back, I promise!”

She called out, hoping they could even hear her at this point. Ducking her head down in disgrace, she slunk along the length of the liner until she finally caught up with Kief at the captain’s station, prepared to give him a good scolding. Before that though, she stared at the steering wheel, which clearly no one was commanding at the moment.

“…Kief, do you even know how to steer this thing?”

He shook his head, as Yufi shared an oblivious smile. Kanna sighed and slapped her forehead, leaning against the rail in defeat. It was official. They were boatnappers, and currently drifting out into the middle of the ocean with only the currents to guide them, having no idea of where they were headed or how to get back.

…This was going to be a very long “vacation” indeed.

Update 1
Spoiler: show
Quote:
Originally Posted by Liltwick, post: 7058474, member: 83117
lilbluecorsola-

It's been a few weeks since the trio had saved the boat from the Caterpie horde and inadvertently stealing the boat. Incognito Island was a distant dream at this point. There was enough food for the three to survive off of, even if Kanna was starting to get at her wit's end. Their trainer must be worried sick by this point, and it seemed no one was really able to find them. All they could see was the open seas and a spare Wingull or two fly by every few days or so.

It really was a vast nothingness. The ocean was this blue void, and the sun red warmth bordering on death. With supplies dwindling, it would be a miracle for landfall to happen soon. Yufi and Keif were at least having fun being "pirates" even so this was just a simple merchant ship. Besides all of the cloth that was mostly eaten, there were still a few other valuables. Mostly jewelry and kits to make clothing or jewelry. If there was anything else, it was either eaten by the trio or eaten by the Caterpie.

Though, today seemed to be a little different. There were clouds forming on the horizon. It was a welcome sight, to say the least. After all, it's been nothing but blistering sun since they left Incognito Island. A huge thunderbolt then broke across the sky, and the smell of rain became incredibly strong.

A huge, whale like creature erupted from the ocean. It let out a huge roar, and as it did the rains came crashing down. The waves were now turbulent, and it was becoming obvious that the boat wasn't going to handle this sudden change in weather. The whale roared, and jumped up into the air before diving back into the ocean. The resulting aftershock caused a giant wave to wash over the boat and knock it over.

When the trio came to, they were washed ashore on a distant island. In front of them seemed to be the back of some kind of building, with most of it in the water. Wherever they were, it seems that they were stranded here. What a vacation.


Reply 1
Spoiler: show
Quote:
Originally Posted by lilbluecorsola, post: 7079439, member: 3396
Days passed, turning into weeks. There was nothing surrounding them but a vast, blue emptiness, as the red hot sun beat down mercilessly, baking the brown stowaways on board into a golden crisp. Their food supplies were diminishing, and Kanna’s anxieties were running rampant as she wondered how in the world they were going to survive once they ran out, let alone find their way back. Jess must be worried sick about them at this point, and there was no sign of land or life other than a stray Wingull soaring overhead every now and then (who were always flying too high to heed her quiet cries for help, or else purposefully playing deaf to the desperate pleas).

Kief and Yufi, meanwhile, seemed wholly unconcerned by their current dire situation, having the time of their life pretending to be pirates as they explored the entire ship from top to bottom, gleefully looting every unopened crate they could find. A part of Kanna couldn’t help but be amused by their antics as she watched them play, decking themselves out in jewels and dashing garments as they swashbuckled on deck. Still her apprehensions were mounting, especially as the gathering clouds on the horizon began to shift to black without warning. Her nose quivered as she sensed the smell of rain in the air, and a streak of lightning abruptly pierced through the canopy and spread across the sky, followed by a booming clap that sent the skittish Furret fleeing for cover. Even Yufi was frightened by the sound and heavy downfall as waves crashed against the hull, heaving the boat to and fro. She shivered and curled up against Kief and Kanna as the three soaked balls of fur huddled together for warmth and comfort, attempting to keep their balance amidst the turbulence which threatened to overturn their vessel at any point.

Just then, an enormous whale-like figure erupted from the sea, singing with a roaring wail like a banshee. The beast bellowed again as it dived back into the brine, resulting in a towering tsunami that completely engulfed the craft, causing the trio to squeak in terror as they tumbled from the sinking safety straight into the dark and dangerous depths. Kanna clung to Yufi with all her might, but her grip slipped from Kief’s, and she watched in horror as they started to get swept away from each other. The Zigzagoon struggled against the stream, however his small paws simply weren’t capable of fighting such strong currents. Kanna’s own limbs were full and she couldn’t move, and she was swiftly losing consciousness from being buffeted by the powerful surges. Just as the undertow pulled her below, she thought she saw a bright flash of light glowing in the distance, and an approaching shadow like an eel rapidly racing in her direction , reaching down towards her from above. She blinked as she felt something grab hold of her and lift forcefully, bursting back to the surface and gasping for air. Her savior dragged her over onto a piece of driftwood, nudging encouragingly from behind as she barely mustered the last of her energy to clamber up and collapse, still clutching the trembling Zigzagoon beside her. She couldn’t even twist her head to look at her rescuer, as her exhausted lids drifted to a close…



…When she awoke, her first sensation was of something wet and sandpapery licking her face. She fluttered her eyes open to see an unfamiliar creature standing over her, tongue hanging out as it slobbered all over.

“Ah- ah… PUNCH!”

She yelped in shock and disgust as she instinctively socked the rude stranger right in the jaw, making him stumble backwards as he plopped his bum on the beach, painfully nursing the smacked sore spot with an expression of hurt surprise in his eyes. Kanna glanced fearfully around to realize she was on what appeared to be a deserted island, meaning she was alone with some wild Pokémon who was probably going to end up eating her for dinner, after having already inappropriately harassed his prey.

“Wh- wh- where are you? Who am I? What’s going on? Yufi! Kief! Help!”

Hearing her screams of panic, Yufi came dashing down the sandbar with an excited bark, wagging her tail in joy.

“Papa! Mama! You’re awake!”

Kanna paused as she rotated slowly to the unknown party, squinting at his cream and caramel-colored features as things finally clicked into place.

“…Kief?”

The Linoone smiled and awkwardly waved a claw.

“Hey.”

Tears formed at the corners of her eyes as she immediately extended forward to embrace him.

“Is it really you?”

She sobbed, as he gently wrapped a long tail around her in reciprocation.

“Yeah. It’s me.”

“I can’t believe it,”
she sniffed. “You evolved… in order to save me?”

“’Course I did.”
He grinned. “I love you after all.”

Kanna froze again at the words she’d always longed to say herself, but could never work up the courage to – let alone ever expected to hear from him first. And here he had admitted it so casually, the humiliation crept up her cheeks like a hot thermometer.

“You… You really mean that?”

“Yep.”
He swelled with pride as he fished out a crystal Heart Necklace. “I saved this for you too after all. …Was planning to give it to you when we got home, but I guess now’s a good a time as any.” He confessed sheepishly with an uncharacteristically shy scratch of his chin.

Kanna clasped her paws together over her mouth in astonished honor at the offer; she knew she should be angry at him for giving her stolen goods in the first place, but this was such a dream come true she overflowed with appreciation at the unexpected romantic gesture.

“Thank you…” She giggled nervously as she wiped dry diamond drops, giving him an affectionate peck. “I love you too. …And uh, sorry about slapping you before.”

Meanwhile, Yufi was eagerly watching the proceedings with a wide beam, as the snuggling pair suddenly became aware of their young spectator and broke away in embarrassment. Kanna’s heart was still thumping as she placed the pendant over it, treasuring the keepsake despite its… “illicit” origins. After all, the reason she fell for him in the first place was because of his thoughtfulness towards others – even if he did have some rather *ahem* rascally habits.

Coincidentally, Yufi spotted something wash up on shore, and chased after the dark blob before it could be whisked away again. Fetching it with her fangs, she trotted triumphantly back and handed it to Kief, who gleamed with relief as he wrung out the fabric, setting the slightly sodden Team Pocket cap back on his crown. Kanna stretched out to assist in adjusting it, before nodding in approval. That settled, they revolved to take stock of their environs, noticing they were near the back of some sort of building, partially submerged in water.

“For now, I guess we should try checking out this place first… And see if we can find a way to contact Jess.”


Update 2
Spoiler: show
Quote:
Originally Posted by Liltwick, post: 7079835, member: 83117
lilblue-

With Keif's evolution and further confession to Kanna, the Furret and Linoone share a tender moment before Yufi crashes the party. The female Zigzagoon is wondering what her mommy and daddy were doing, and was further wondering about the big building in front of the group. Kanna decides the best course of action would be to explore the submerged building. They could possible find a way to communicate with their trainer in there.

The group heads towards the building, and quickly realizes that it was some kind of temple. There was a small bridge leading towards the back entrance, which didn't seem to be submerged within water. Since there was nothing else around, it only seemed natural to go inside and investigate the place.

Once inside, the group notices a sign posted on the wall. It seemed to be an informational plague of some kind. Something about how people shouldn't try to explore the place and stick to their tour guides. Of course, words mean nothing for the two members for the Zigzagoon line, and they barrel forth deeper within. Nothing was ever quiet with them around after all.

Kanna makes haste to follow them, and she could see Keif and Yufi sitting in front of some kind of door. There was a little switch near the bottom, and there was another plaque there saying "Do Not Enter." Of course, Keif and Yufi don't necessarily understand the meaning of that and pull the switch anyways. The door opens to reveal a set of stairs. Once set leads up, and the other leads further into the depths. An ominous feeling emanates from these stairs but, well, it was less of trying to convince them to not, but more trying to figure out which one would be less dangerous.

What do you do?

Reply 2
Spoiler: show
Quote:
Originally Posted by lilbluecorsola, post: 7084035, member: 3396
As the trio approached the ruined structure, upon closer inspection it appeared to resemble some sort of sacred temple. A thin mobile arched over the water towards the back entrance, providing safe and dry passage at least. Kanna had certainly had enough of swimming for a lifetime, so she was thankful for that as they crossed the bridge into the building, Kief and Yufi eagerly leading the way as they began to explore.

As soon as they stepped inside, a bold plaque greeted them with words none of them understood, so the Linoone and Zigzagoon blatantly ignored the warning and barged on through, figuring whatever message it held was only intended for humans anyway. Kanna nervously wondered if the text might have contained some important information, but given she didn’t know how to read people’s writing either there wasn’t much she could do but quickly follow her friends for fear of losing sight of them.

When she caught up with her companions, they were seated in front of another door with a similar sign beside it. Again, the scribbles meant nothing to them, so Yufi impressed a small switch she noticed by the bottom, and the entry exposed to reveal a twin set of stairs: one scaling up, and the other descending further into the depths. Kanna gulped as she peered down at the shadows, suspecting all sorts of dangers awaiting at the end. It would probably be more benign and beneficial to take the rising path, as if they could get onto the roof they’d at least have a better bearing on their surroundings. …But, of course, her comrades weren’t considering the practicality of either course of action for survival, instead focused on what would produce the most excitement. And the unknown darkness certainly seemed most inviting, beckoning with promises of adventure – and possibly treasure.

Before Kanna could even suggest otherwise, the two already began traversing the steps into the underworld, heedless to any potential peril. Kanna swallowed as she swiftly chased after them, not wanting to be left behind despite a multitude of misgivings.

“W-wait for me, guys!”

She squeaked as she tugged on Kief’s tail, who slowed down enough for her to travel next to him. Though she was still apprehensive, the heat of his elongated body beside hers helped her feel secure, and the glint of her necklace seemed to guide the way even in the lack of light. She leaned against him as they walked, comforted by his warm coat and confidence – but at the same time still hoping they weren’t about to be eaten by a grue.


Update 3
Spoiler: show
Quote:
Originally Posted by Liltwick, post: 7084686, member: 83117
Yuki-

The trio heads down the stairs, much to Kanna's chagrin. The passageway was dark, damp, and smelled like something died. It was unpleasant, and despite the gleams of the necklace, extremely hard to navigate due to the darkness of the passageway. It didn't help that Yufi would go ahead every so often, which caused a conflict on interest in Kanna staying next to Kief out of comfort, and trying to reign in the Zigzagoon.

As the trio ventured further down the stairs, they also manage to trigger a variety of traps along the way. A few trip wires that caused poisoned darts, pressure plates causing swinging axes and more similar traps were being triggered. Of course, with everyone's small, lithe frames it was actually impossible to be hit by these traps. They felt more made for humans than Pokemon. Of course, that doesn't mean there wasn't a trap that would be bad for all of you.

The one confusing thing was that the stairwell felt like it just kept going down and down and down. There were no twists or turns. It felt like it just kept going on forever and ever. As if you were going deep within to the very heart of the temple. The perception of time was lost, and the trio didn't know if they were climbing down the stairs for minutes or hours. That was until Yufi pressed on one specific pressure plate.

A large rumbling noise happened, and the stairwell sudden filled with light. Torches hanging on the walls were lit by some unseen force, and the three of you could hear a large thud behind you. Turning around, the trio notice a giant boulder starting to roll towards them. There was only one choice here. RUN.

Running down the stairs, Kanna realized that the stairs were still, in fact, trapped, as she saw darts flying out and axes coming down as Yufi ran as fast as she could. This was just great. If they weren't squished, then some other terrible fate was going to befall them. That was when Kief noticed a light at the end of the tunnel, and barreled forwards with Kanna and Yufi in tow. The three formed a furry wheel as they ended up bouncing down the stairs and going straight into a room. They heard a loud thud, and the boulder blocked their entryway. They were trapped now, great.

Though, looking around the room, there noticed three exits. Two were on the sides of the room, and the last one was adjacent to them. The exits were connected by three stone bridges, and the room itself was more of a square with four circular points. Each point had a little alcove, as well as a different color. In the center of the room was a pedestal. Looking up, you could see a white, ovular rock resting on the pedestal. It was a white and gray rock with dark circles on the top at peculiar positions. What was this rock for?

What does the group do?


Reply 3
Spoiler: show

Quote:
Originally Posted by lilbluecorsola, post: 7084035, member: 3396
As the trio approached the ruined structure, upon closer inspection it appeared to resemble some sort of sacred temple. A thin mobile arched over the water towards the back entrance, providing safe and dry passage at least. Kanna had certainly had enough of swimming for a lifetime, so she was thankful for that as they crossed the bridge into the building, Kief and Yufi eagerly leading the way as they began to explore.

As soon as they stepped inside, a bold plaque greeted them with words none of them understood, so the Linoone and Zigzagoon blatantly ignored the warning and barged on through, figuring whatever message it held was only intended for humans anyway. Kanna nervously wondered if the text might have contained some important information, but given she didn’t know how to read people’s writing either there wasn’t much she could do but quickly follow her friends for fear of losing sight of them.

When she caught up with her companions, they were seated in front of another door with a similar sign beside it. Again, the scribbles meant nothing to them, so Yufi impressed a small switch she noticed by the bottom, and the entry exposed to reveal a twin set of stairs: one scaling up, and the other descending further into the depths. Kanna gulped as she peered down at the shadows, suspecting all sorts of dangers awaiting at the end. It would probably be more benign and beneficial to take the rising path, as if they could get onto the roof they’d at least have a better bearing on their surroundings. …But, of course, her comrades weren’t considering the practicality of either course of action for survival, instead focused on what would produce the most excitement. And the unknown darkness certainly seemed most inviting, beckoning with promises of adventure – and possibly treasure.

Before Kanna could even suggest otherwise, the two already began traversing the steps into the underworld, heedless to any potential peril. Kanna swallowed as she swiftly chased after them, not wanting to be left behind despite a multitude of misgivings.

“W-wait for me, guys!”

She squeaked as she tugged on Kief’s tail, who slowed down enough for her to travel next to him. Though she was still apprehensive, the heat of his elongated body beside hers helped her feel secure, and the glint of her necklace seemed to guide the way even in the lack of light. She leaned against him as they walked, comforted by his warm coat and confidence – but at the same time still hoping they weren’t about to be eaten by a grue.
Quote:
Originally Posted by lilbluecorsola, post: 7096097, member: 3396
As they descended deeper and deeper into foreboding darkness, Kanna grew increasingly anxious from the seeming lack of any finish to the flight, paws padding nervously on each cold and clammy step as she wrinkled her nose from the overwhelming stench. To make matters even more difficult, Yufi kept daring to charge heedlessly ahead despite Kanna's calls to stay close.

"Yufi, don't go too far! Stay where I can see you!"

"Don't worry, Mama! Look, it's okay~"


...She said, just as her foot slipped onto a slightly raised tile, as once again all three heard a *click* from sort of switch being activated. A glint in the shadows alerted Kief, who immediately dove to grab the oblivious Zigzagoon by the scruff and avoid a hail of arrows abruptly raining down through the hallway. Kanna shrieked as she scurried after them, in her panic pressing another plate that sent sharp blades swinging side to side in her path. With her wiry frame she managed to dodge fairly easily, but was still shaken as she stumbled dizzily next to Kief, nearly collapsing onto him for support. He set his bundle down briefly in order to attend to the frightened Furret, as Yufi wagged her tail, hopping up and down in excitement over the thrilling experience.

"Whee! That was fun~"

Of course, as soon as she exclaimed this, her bum landed on another button - as all of a sudden torches illuminated above, extending all the way forward and back the way they came. While at first Kanna was relieved to finally have some light to guide by (besides the humble brightness of her necklace), the Furret froze as she heard a dull thump from behind, like the heavy weight of stone contacting concrete. Sisyphus must have been slacking, as all three turned to the sound and saw an enormous sphere slowly starting to roll towards them, swiftly picking up speed and fury as it slanted steeper down the slope.

Kanna squeaked in terror as Kief once more snatched up Yufi, and the trio began racing for their dear lives down the incline, adrenaline fueling acrobatics as they danced nimbly between more darts and other dangers, narrowly escaping each shish kabob attempt. Still, if they weren't sliced to striped sashimi bits, they'd be flattened brown pancakes soon enough as their energy levels were fading fast from fleeing nonstop.

Just then, a beam of salvation blinked ahead, and Kief barked as he put on an extra burst of EXTREME SPEED, dragging the exhausted Kanna after him as he tucked his body protectively around his partners, the three forming a fuzzy ball as they bounced down the last few feet of stairs and into a lit chamber. There was a loud crash following them as the pursuant globe lodged itself in the doorway; having failed to make flapjacks, it thus chose to entomb rather than consume its prey by preventing a return path.

Yufi popped her head out first from the pile, once again grinning in exhilaration.

"That was so cool! Can we go again? Please?"

As Kief gently disentangled himself from a quivering Kanna, whose fur was still standing on end as she mumbled to herself in a daze, he scratched and shook his head.

"I think Mama needs a rest for now."

"Aw..."


While they waited patiently for the Furret to recover her wits, the Linoone and Zigzagoon began to look around their current surroundings (investigating intently for signs of anything sparkly or shiny). There appeared to be three other outlets linked by bridges, so they weren't completely confined at least. Curiously, the corners of the room seemed to each contain a differently colored alcove, and in the center stood a pedestal which displayed a pearl-like orb with grey patches; clearly meant to tantalize any would-be treasure hunters despite its dreary appearance. Mesmerized by the monochrome marble, Yufi was about to eagerly approach when the Furret suddenly snapped out of her funk, maternal instinct outweighing her horror to take over instead.

"Hold it, young lady. You're not going anywhere near that thing until Kief and I have properly checked for traps this time."

Yufi's ears drooped as she pouted, but obediently waited by the obstructed entrance as Kief and Kanna crept forward cautiously, exploring every inch of the area to scope out its safety; the former using his ODOR SLEUTH to sniff out any potential perils as the latter simultaneously scanned with intense FORESIGHT.

Update 4
Spoiler: show

Quote:
Originally Posted by Liltwick, post: 7113909, member: 83117
Yuki-

Kanna, untrusting of the stone, went to go investigate it with Keif. With the whirlwind of traps that the other two triggered on the way down here, she didn't want to take any further risks. Yufi looked dejected, but she did what she was told and stayed put. Looking back, Kanna could see her daughter was highly fidgety, but at this point, it was the safest thing to do.

Looking at the stone, Kanna stared intently at it as she used her Foresight. Keif, on the other hand, raised himself onto his hind legs and began furiously sniffing the stone. Kief's nose scrunches up, the scent of the stone was offputting. While he recoils, Kanna notices a faint, white glow to the stone. It seemed similar to a ghost Pokemon, but not exactly? Kanna and Kief looked at each other, nodding as they had both reached the same conclusion.

The two of them carefully go back to Yufi, determining that the stone was harmless. With excitement in her eyes, the young Zigzagoon runs up to the stone to go and touch it. And that triggers the trap. The entire room starts to shake as the three exits close. The entire room goes dark, and the white stone begins to float a little bit.

"WHO DARES DISTURB MY SLUMBER?" A loud voice booms throughout the room. Scared and confused, the group huddles together as they stare at the stone.

"I see, lost travelers," it states as it descends back onto the pedestal.

At this point, Kanna and Kief could see more ghostly energy pour into the stone until a faint facsimile of a Corsola appeared over it. Was it a ghost of the coral Pokemon, its body being used as a protector? Or did it hold more significant value to the temple? Whatever it was, it didn't seem like it wanted to hurt the three of you.

"Travelers, I will give you three trials. My soul is weak and fading, for being confined as this place's protector for so long. These three trials will revitalize my soul, and free me from this prison. Each of these doors leads to a trial that only one of you may do. You three will need to do this concurrently to pass. This is to test the harmony of your familial bonds. I will reward your generously, of course," the Corsola spirit states.

Kanna could tell that it was hurting the entire time it was talking with the group as if it truly needed to be saved. Though, before any questions could be asked, the spirit leaves the stone and it goes silent once more. The doors reopen. With no information about the trials ahead, the group needed to decide who would go to which door.

What do you do?


Reply 4
Spoiler: show

Quote:
Originally Posted by lilbluecorsola, post: 7131145, member: 3396
As Kief and Kanna cautiously approached the centerpiece, the former lifted himself on his hind legs in order to sniff feverishly all over, snout wrinkling as a rather repellant odor filled his nostrils. Whilst he withdrew, Kanna squinted closely at the stone, seeming to notice a faint film of white enveloping like an embryo sac. There was something ethereal about the skeletal substance, slightly translucent and dream-like... Still, there didn't seem to be anything overtly dangerous about the ovoid object, so she nodded to her partner and the two returned to their increasingly impatient daughter waiting by the entrance, who was already bouncing around restlessly in anticipation of her mother and father's findings.

Upon hearing the good news that the rock appeared relatively harmless and being granted permission to go forth and investigate herself, Yufi eagerly bounded forward to try and touch the temptation. ...As soon as she made contact with the outer casing though, another trap triggered as tremors traveled out from the epicenter, causing the entire chamber to quake violently as the three other open doorways slammed shut all of a sudden. Lights dimmed as the orb began to rise slowly, burning bright like a bulb as it now offered the only source of illumination amidst total darkness.

"WHO DARES DISTURB MY SLUMBER?"

A deafening roar filled the room as the frightened family huddled together, gaping wide-eyed at the shiny glowing sphere hovering above their heads; terrified they had somehow invoked the wrath of the moon goddess herself, complete with dark craters and patches. Marred by maria.

"I see, lost travelers," the marble murmured more softly as it gently declined back onto its resting, taking on the soothing tone of a planetarium's narrator instead. Like a spinning celestial lamp, the globe's crust began to crack, starry points peeking out from the shell as they hatched into luminous beams, extending out and forming crystalline branches. A tired pair of pale pink eyes blinked open, dead and soulless sockets gazing wearily at the three confused critters before it.

"Travelers, I will give you three trials. My soul is weak and fading, for being confined as this place's protector for so long. These three trials will revitalize my soul, and free me from this prison. Each of these doors leads to a trial that only one of you may do. You three will need to do this concurrently to pass. This is to test the harmony of your familial bonds. I will reward you generously, of course."

Kanna sensed a great pain in the spirit's words as it spoke, fortunately with no hint of hostility either. Rather, it seemed desperate for its soul to be saved, though the animated image faded before they could ask any further questions, once again leaving nothing but a cold and lifeless boulder. Its structure had evoked familiarity though, rather resembling another favored member of their trainer's team... What could've happened to the poor creature for it to end up trapped here for all eternity, even in the afterlife?

"Mama, the stone sounded really sad... We should try to help it..."

Yufi looked pleadingly up at her parents, who glanced at one another before regarding the doors with a mix of wonder and concern. As much as they would like to assist, the idea of splitting up sounded like a dangerous idea, especially when they had no idea what kind of "trials" awaited them... Still, they all agreed they couldn't stay here at least if they wanted to find a way back to Jess - lest they ultimately become prisoners of the temple themselves. After a long period of heavy consulting, during which Kanna warned Yufi repeatedly not to take any unnecessary risks whilst alone, the trio finally decided on which way to go. Giving one last heartfelt group hug (wherein Kanna squeezed the Zigzagoon so tight almost to the point she couldn't breathe), the group promised to stay safe and meet up together again, as Kief went to the left, Kanna to the right, and Yufi to the remaining final corridor...


Update 5
Spoiler: show

Quote:
Originally Posted by Liltwick, post: 7136485, member: 83117
Yuki-
With the three choices made for who goes to which tunnel, the family breaks apart to take their challenges. Kanna looks down her corridor and noticed multiple levels of what seemed like a maze. Walking in, she notices a ladder in front of her. Going up it, she sees a new floor and notices a hole in the ground. Going down that, she feels herself slide down into the next floor.

She makes her way through the maze, going up another ladder. She notices the path leads into a left-hand corridor. Walking down that path, she ends up at another shute, she slides down. The next room has another shute, and she goes into the lowest floor of the maze. At this rate, she notices three options within the room. There was a ladder towards the left, a corridor straight ahead, and a right-hand corridor. The entire maze seemed disorienting. Up and down, down and up. It made her feel sick to her stomach. At least this gave her a chance to rest. Though, she needed to choose what path she'll take next.

--

Keif, knowing his family will be fine, runs down into his corridor. He noticed high walls, which seems to contain a maze of some kind. He runs straight into it and heads down a straight path. As he's running, he begins to ramp up more and more speed. The path seems endless until he reaches the other side. That didn't seem like a maze at all. In front of him was a door with three slots within it. It was obvious he needed the key, but where could he find one? The so-called maze seemed to be a straight path.

He then looks behind him and notices that the entire maze looked different. There were multiple corners that he hadn't even noticed. Turns going off the straight path, and multiple corridors that he couldn't see. The key seemed to be within this place somewhere. But where? The obvious options were a left path and a right path immediately at this side of the maze. He could go straight into the middle path again and hope he could slow down enough to find another path. What does he do?

--

Yuffie, excited that she gets to be by herself, runs off into her own maze. She notices corners after corners, but her unique running style seems perfect for it. Until the path slopes down, and she starts to bounce off of the corners before she crashed into a wall. She yelps in pain, realizing that being too fast could potentially be dangerous in this maze.

Taking her approach more slowly, she manages to get to a crossroads. Each path in front of her had a different kind of curvature to it. The path directly in front of her continued to be the zig-zag corner pattern. To her left the walls were wavy, and she could hear the sound of ocean waves coming from it. Was this maze partially sunken? To her right the maze was straight, and she could see a bright light coming from it. Was that a way out? She didn't know. Which way to go was her choice though.

What do they all do?

Reply 5
Spoiler: show
Quote:
Originally Posted by lilbluecorsola, post: 7159296, member: 3396
With directions settled and determined countenances, the three set off on their respective routes. Kanna gulped as she peered cautiously through the right corridor, finding herself greeted with what appeared to be a multi-layered maze. A ladder positioned prominently before her beckoned, and with no other obvious option she obliged to climb. Reaching the top, there was nothing but a small hole awaiting, just the right size for her wiry frame to slip through. She swallowed in hesitation, bracing herself as she gently lowered into the burrow, sliding on her belly towards the unknown and landing with a soft plop at the bottom. Though the ride was a bit smoother than her previous adrenaline-fueled descent downstairs, she still wasn't keen on any further such steep falls. ...Unfortunately, as she progressed through the paths, it seemed like the whole catacomb was comprised of chutes and ladders, like some kind of disorienting roller coaster. Stomach squirming, she took a moment to curl up and rest, letting her senses settle as she considered her next move. Having landed on what she presumed was now the lowest floor, two hallways headed forward and to the right, with yet another ladder leaning to the left. She immediately dismissed the latter, having had quite enough of rising motion sickness for the time being. That left the two remaining passages... Though still somewhat woozy and weary, she gradually unraveled with a heavy sigh after recovering some stamina and picked the rightmost pathway, praying her family was having an easier time than her...

-

Kief, confident in his and his family's navigation abilities, quickly raced down his course at full speed, which turned out to be a completely straight shot. After what felt like an excessively long period of running though, it seemed as if there was no end in sight... Until at last, he encountered a barricade with a single door, bearing no markings aside from three slots in the center. It appeared a key of some kind was required, but where to find one? With no other clues, he revolved back around and blinked at how the entire labyrinth seemed to have shifted, with several branching trails he hadn't noticed before. Confused, he decided to comb through the entire length of the middle lane once more, this time utilizing his ODOR SLEUTH in an attempt to sniff out which of the connecting conduits might contain treasure a hidden key, or perhaps at least some yummy food to satisfy his tummy...

-

Enthused at the prospect of venturing out on her own, Yufi bounded blissfully forth and sailed through her section with ease, which seemed perfectly suited to her unique movement style. ...That is, until the track began to slope downwards, causing her to trip and stumble, bouncing off the sharp corners before crashing directly into a barrier. Wincing in pain, she picked herself up and decided to follow her mother's advice after all to proceed more carefully, glad her parents weren't there at least to see such concerns embarrassingly proven right.

Slowly, she approached a crossroads up ahead, forking to the front and on both sides. The avenue forward seemed to maintain a zigzag pattern, while to the left the walls were shaped like ocean waves, the sound of which she could hear coming from that vicinity. Could part of the structure be submerged underwater? Considering her recent seafaring experience with battling Mother Nature for survival, she wasn't really eager to test out the theory. Instead, she turned to the final choice: A bright light emanating from the right, easily visible through a seemingly straight, simple channel. Twinkling in invite, she excitedly advanced towards the brightness, optimistic that it was a signal showing the way to freedom...

Update 6
Spoiler: show

Quote:
Originally Posted by Liltwick, post: 7160152, member: 83117
Yuki-

Kanna makes her way through the rightmost pathway and continues to work through a few winding corridors. She continues for what feels like forever as the path continues to move forward. It was strange, not seeing anything in terms of heading back up. After who knows how long, she hits a dead-end in the maze. All of that walking, for nothing. Looking around, it seems that her only option now was to head back and take one of the alternative routes.

---

Kief makes his way down the central hallway once again, using his Odor Sleuth to try and pick something up. He smells nothing but the dusty old walls as he makes his way down, before feeling a powerful scent enter his nostrils. Stopping, his nose takes him to the right and he enters a small corridor. At the end of it, he could see what looked like the key. Though, it didn't look easy. He saw three crates stacked up gently at the entrance of the corridor. Examining it forward, there were a few holes in the floor that'd prevent him from moving forward. Looked like he'd need to figure out a way to move the crates into the holes without breaking them.

---

Yufi heads towards the bright light, and enters a chamber filled with treasures! Looking at it, it seems this place was meant to house the treasures of the monks in the temple. Though, on a closer look, the treasures were boring old things like clothing and bowls. Nothing here was actually interesting, well, besides what seemed to be a lit lantern in the middle of the room. Was this making the glow? Well, if that was it, it would certainly help navigate the labyrinth.

What do they do?

Reply 6
Spoiler: show
Quote:
Originally Posted by lilbluecorsola, post: 7167456, member: 3396
As Kanna navigated her way through the extensive winding corridors, doubts began to plague her mind as to whether she was really headed in the right direction. More than that, she worried how her family was faring. Kief could surely take care of himself, but what about Yufi? Was she safe, all alone without any guidance? What if there were more traps lying in wait - or even enemies lurking within the shadows? Her tail twitched fretfully to and fro with increasing anxiety - to the point she didn't even notice a dead-end planted right before her until she bumped straight into the wall. Grimacing and rubbing her snout, she sighed as she examined the surroundings and came to the unfortunate conclusion there was no further path to progress from here. Reluctantly, she made a U-TURN right back the way she came, returning to the fork before deciding to try the straight passage instead in hopes it would finally lead to freedom, and her family...

-

Meanwhile, Kief was conscientiously backtracking along his own route, keeping his nose close to the ground as he sniffed furiously in search of some kind of clue. For the most part, only the musty odor of dust filled his nostrils - inciting him to sneeze violently once or twice in order to clear the irritated canals. As he inhaled deeply following another coughing fit, this time a strange new scent floated faintly by, tickling his heightened senses. His ears perked as he picked up on the unfamiliar fragrance, tracing it to the source as it grew steadily stronger. The trail took him down a small adjoining hallway - so narrow he had missed its existence entirely before - at the end of which he could spot what seemed to be the prized key he sought. While his younger self would've barked in excitement and immediately bounded forth without heeding any danger, an image of Kanna's concerned expression suddenly crossed his mind, and he glimpsed down to realize there were a few gaping holes in the floor to prevent ease of crossing. The tight fit meant he couldn't just walk around the pitfalls, so he'd have to find some other way to circumvent them. Casting about, he noticed three large crates conveniently stacked nearby, clearly meant to be used to construct a makeshift bridge. Being not particularly well equipped to handle lifting heavy boxes (let alone how to even get the top two cartons down by themselves without breaking), he pondered for a bit before coming up with a brilliant(?) idea: Using an ICE BEAM to coat the hall and sliding the containers across altogether as a group (balancing carefully so as not to cause the tower to collapse), then applying MUD SHOT to the bottom when approaching a breach to slow each successive base down and cushion the fall.

-

Pursuing the brightness, Yufi soon found herself stumbling into a secret room stuffed full with treasures - at first glance, anyway. As she eagerly investigated the relics, her enthusiasm over hitting the jackpot deflated as the appraisal only yielded boring items such as some inexpensive earthenware and drab, simple clothing befitting a monk's lifestyle. Everything was obviously lacking extravagance, utterly unadorned in keeping with an ascetic's aesthetic. As she put down yet another plain piece of pottery in disappointment, her eye was caught by the chamber's centerpiece: a softly glowing lantern, which emitted welcome warmth and comfort amidst the dampened cold. Figuring it would help to at least dispel darkness as she made her way through the maze, she marched boldly forth to grab the lamp (not even questioning who could've bothered to light it after supposed "abandonment" so long underground).


Update 7
Spoiler: show
Quote:
Originally Posted by Liltwick, post: 7167601, member: 83117
Yuki-

Making her way back, Kanna heads down the straight corridor. The path here was a lot more interesting than the previous one. Strange pictures adorned the walls as if it was telling a story. She saw various monks and what seemed like a ritual to seal away what looked like a demon. They sealed it away in a vessel of stone, its spirit scattered around the temple. But, it also spoke of a young girl who sacrificed herself to act as a seal to the demon.

At the end of the corridor was a lamp, alight with a bright green flame. It sat atop a pedestal with a small inscription. In unown letters, it stated, "Bring the lamps and key to the seal." With that information, it seemed safe enough to take the lamp.

--

Using his wits, Kief freezes the corridor down with an Ice Beam, allowing him to easily slide the crates. Pushing them forwards, he softens the blow to them with mud shots, allowing them to nice and firm in the holes he needed to cross. With his path forwards, he heads towards the key. Standing in front of it, he notices that it's only big enough to cover one of the other holes. Guess there were more hidden around this maze that he'd need to find.

--

Yufi rashly jumps ahead and grabs the lamp. As she does, the room shakes and the door behind her seals shut. She starts to hear the sound of water as if the waves were rising. Looking around, she could see small holes in the walls. Did she have to figure out a way to escape? Before she could think, she heard a voice in her head.

"Prove your worth."

Suddenly, a dark shadow appears before her, taking her form. Did she have to defeat this shadow to escape from here? It looked like she had no choice but to fight.

What do they do?


Reply 7
Spoiler: show

Quote:
Originally Posted by lilbluecorsola, post: 7167999, member: 3396
As Kanna made her way through the straight corridor this time, she found herself accompanied by what seemed to be a scrolling story along the walls, adorned by ancient murals depicting the temple monks performing some sort of ritual. Though faded and worn with age, the fresco's paint was still just fresh enough to make out details such as the subject of the ceremony: what could only be described as a foul demon, dark and foreboding. The evil spirit was apparently sealed within a stone vessel, its soul scattered by the sages in several pieces throughout the shrine. Of note was another small figure contrasting the shadow: a young girl bathed in holy light, acting as a sacrifice to keep the beast at bay. The chiaroscuro effect was chilling, and Kanna shrank in reverent fear as she passed beneath the devil's design, almost afraid it would come to life and leap out at her.

When she reached the end of the hall, she was greeted by the sight of a peculiar green lantern sitting atop a pedestal, as if burning with the color of envy. Inscribed on a placard below were symbols she recognized resembled the Unown species, but given her lack of association with the human alphabet she still could not comprehend their arrangement. Still, the setting seemed relatively safe enough, and the light brightened in invitation to her approach. Entranced by the flickering emerald flame, and seeing as there were no other signs to steer her so far, she wondered if perhaps this was meant to help guide her to the goal. Taking a deep breath and bracing for whatever might result in case this was indeed a trap, she gingerly reached forward to take the lamp

-

Kief quickly got to work coating the floor with frost, gently pushing the packages forth with much greater ease. Taking care not to slip or stumble so as to keep the cartons from capsizing, he slowly neared the first hollow and stopped to smear some viscous mud in the basin as well as along the bottom box, before cautiously nudging it into the cavity. It dropped without much difficulty, the sticky substance helping to steady its descent whilst also cementing firmly in place, fitting snug and secure in the square. Kief continued on with alternating snow and sludge, the task growing progressively simpler as he deposited each load one by one. Eventually he made it to the other end, where the key lay tantalizingly within reach. Examining it up close though, it clearly could only cover one of the slots seen on the previous door. Looks like he'd have to keep searching for the others. Sighing, he extended out to collect the prize before heading back to continue exploring

-

As soon as Yufi touched the target, the chamber once again began to tremble and the entry (expectedly) slammed shut. Her ears perked to the sound of rushing water, as if the ocean waves were rising all around her. A claustrophobic sense of dread began to creep up as she recalled the terrifying experience of being submerged in the sea, and she swiftly scanned about for an escape. Her suspicions were only confirmed when she realized the surrounding sides contained tiny gaps reminiscent of a sieve, intended to gradually fill the room with liquid death and drown the poor victim caught within. Before she could even begin to process the situation enough to start panicking, an ominous voice suddenly resounded in her mind:

"Prove your worth."

She blinked as her own shadow cast by the lamplight seemed to expand and transform, swelling up to the same height whilst still reflecting her image. A mirrored pair of eyes peered forth, glowing eerily like sinister rubies amidst smoke. ...Rather than cower at the creepy clone however, a look of relief crossed Yufi's face as she raced towards the stranger(?), wagging her tail with thankful excitement to see she wasn't alone in this endeavor.

"Hey! Are you stuck here too? Looks like we gotta find a way out of here fast... Come on, let's work together!"

Not at all disturbed by the daunting duplicate, she grinned with purely innocent CHARM as she obliviously batted her BABY-DOLL EYES, holding out a hopeful HELPING HAND towards the doppelganger as a prospective peace offering...

Update 8
Spoiler: show

lilblue-

Kanna reaches forwards and takes the lamp, and feels the entire corridor start to shake. The pedestal was on begins to sink into the floor, and she could hear some sort of machine start to activate. Looking around, a grate appears behind her, trapping her in the room. She sees two clay orbs drop down from the ceiling, and then unfurl to see two Baltoy before her. They seem to be the guardians of the lantern and are ready to fight for it. What does she do?

---

Kief, grabbing the key, feels the entire labyrinth he was in have its walls collapse down. Looking around, he saw a pedestal with a green lantern rise within the center of the now once gone maze. Looking around, there seemed to be nothing besides that and the door. Well, this was obviously trapped, but he could feel a pull coming from the lamp. Whatever this lamp was, he could sense he needed it to continue.

---

Yufi tries to play nice with her doppelganger, but the shadow is having none of it. Her charming words and baby-doll eyes massive lowering the opposing Zigagoon's attack. It doesn't really care, standing there unspeaking while it watches her. She then extends a helping hand as a peace offering, but that turns out to be her first mistake.

The shadow Yufi lets out a massive Hyper Voice, its distorted voice piercing through the normal one's ears. She then goes in and tickles the Zigzagoon senseless, lowering some stats and making it so she is buzzed a little bit. Lastly, she lets out a Swift, the stars crashing into the normal type. This wasn't going to be an easy battle.

What do they do?

Reply 8
Spoiler: show

Quote:
Originally Posted by lilbluecorsola, post: 7180639, member: 3396
The moment Kanna touched the lamp, the entire corridor once again began to shake, and the pedestal which her prize previously occupied started to sink. As the dais descended into the earth, Kanna could simultaneously hear some sort of mechanism activate behind her, and whirled around in horror to witness a gate slam down, trapping her at the end of the hall. A pair of brown balls suddenly dropped down from the ceiling, seemingly composed of clay. The ceramic spheres unraveled to reveal two toy-like Pokémon, crudely carved yet clearly resembling a child's spinning top. Their stone-faced expressions were anything but playful though, staring menacingly at the trespasser through sealed slits, unblinking and unnerving. Their attention was fully focused on the stolen article in her paws, evidently prepared to fulfill their roles as acting guardians to fight for the artifact.

Kanna gulped as her first instinct was to immediately Run Away, in her panic performing a U-TURN and bouncing off one of the Baltoy as a buoy. However, not even her innate ability for escape could get her out of this predicament, as she simply bumped straight into the waiting grate. She scrabbled and scratched desperately at the obstacle, searching for any weak faults or avenue she could fit through, but the barrier refused to budge. Meekly, she turned around and tremblingly held out the trophy with her head bowed in terrified deference, hoping the porcelain protectors would accept the item in return as a peace offering (and subsequently let her go without tearing her to shreds).

"I- I'm so sorry. Please forgive me. I promise I won't do it again!" She babbled senselessly in her flustered state. "H- here, you can have it back now."

The frightened Furret groveled pitifully as she placed the penance on the ground and backed away slowly, before COILing up into a CURLed position of DEFENSE in the corner as she cried softly and continued to mumble apologies, whole body quaking with petrified dread whilst trying not to make direct eye contact with the suspicious sentinels.

-

Upon collecting the key, Kief sensed his surroundings start to shift all of a sudden, as the walls themselves seemed to fold and collapse, flattening into the floor until there was nothing left but an empty expanse between him and the doorway, aside from a platform risen in the center. Atop the podium a green light glowed, luring the Linoone to approach. Curious but cautious, he sniffed the strange object all over, which obviously looked important somehow. While he couldn't discern anything outwardly dangerous, he had a feeling there must be some sort of trick associated with it. Still, he figured he needed such a blatantly indicated MacGuffin in order to make progress, and so reached out for the required relic, bracing for whatever booby trap may be triggered as a result...

-

Yufi's shadow merely stood silently as she attempted to sweet-talk it into joining her cause, remaining so still and motionless to the point she waved her extended paw in front of its red, dead gaze in an effort to entice a reaction. ...It succeeded - but not in the way she had hoped, for at that moment the emulation opened its maw wide, exposing even deeper darkness as it emitted a high-pitched shriek like a banshee, so shrill and strident it nearly damaged poor Yufi's sensitive hearing. The raccoon winced whilst raising her paws to her ears in order to block out the deafening din, as she elevated her own HYPER VOICE to try and compete:

"HEY, WHY ARE WE SHOUTING?"

She yelled in genuine confusion over the noise, which instantly ceased as the first source of the screaming abruptly leapt on her, tickling relentlessly. The raccoon giggled and squirmed as her replica pinpointed all her most vulnerable spots, teasing until the target was practically tipsy from laughter, gasping for air as she frantically tried to twist free. Her foe then followed up by firing a number of sharp ninja stars at her skin, causing Yufi to yelp in surprise and pain as the small sparks sliced through fur.

"Hey, that hurt!" she whimpered, frowning in frustration as she struggled to make sense of the stranger's actions. "C'mon, now's not the time to playing around." She took on an annoyed tone as she shoved the bully back with a TACKLE, HEADBUTTing a bit more roughly to try and get it to stop so they can concentrate on the more urgent task at hand.


Update 9
Spoiler: show

Quote:
Originally Posted by Liltwick, post: 7183252, member: 83117
Yuki-

Figuring out that she had no way of escape, Kanna curled up into a ball. She pleaded with the two Baltoy, saying she'll return the lantern if they'd let her go. Things weren't all that simple, and the Baltoy just floated there. They were watching, waiting. Escape wasn't a possibility, so what exactly were they trying to get out of this?

This was supposed to be a test, and the words of the chained spirit echoed in Kanna's mind. In order to free it, she'd need to pass her trial. Was this too part of her own trial? She had to figure that out, or she'd never escape this room.

---

Heading towards the pretty obvious trap, Kief headed towards the pedestal and grabbed the lantern. The room shook, and the platform once again shifted. Kief could feel himself being lifted as the floor below him rose towards the ceiling. He could see that other parts of the floor were now missing, a pure void awaiting him if he fell off. He heard the flapping of wings and could see a Sigilyph descent from the ceiling. Seemed he needed to fight the guardian of this lantern.

---

Yufi, realizing her shadow self wasn't playing around, retaliates from the vocal moves with more physical ones. She tackles into her doppelganger and then proceeds with a direct headbutt. Her dark version flies through the room before landing perfectly. It stood completely still, its eyes of pure darkness reflecting Yufi's being.

"Flesruoy tpecca ot deen uo. Yawa nur ot gniyrt pots. Nword ot si etaf ylno, ton fi," the shadow screeches out, its voice completely distorted and maddening to Yufi's ears. It sounded like her's but completely distorted beyond proper comprehension.

As its words finished, the water levels in the room began to rapidly rise. She needed to figure something out, now.

What do they do?


Reply 9
Spoiler: show

Despite Kanna's pitiful crying and pleading, the Baltoy merely blinked blankly at the curled ball of fetal fur cowering in the corner, making no move towards either the lantern or to eat/free her. ...Eventually, she unwound slightly just enough to fearfully peek at the waiting "predators", as the words from the chained spirit echoed through her mind - combined with the images she witnessed on the walls on the way here. Could the sacrificial maiden's soul be the one trapped here for eternity, and the only way to save her was to pass this "trial"? The palpable pain heard in the presence's sad speech pressed on Kanna's conscience once again as she carefully processed the weight of this information, recalling Yufi's worried expression as she begged to help rescue the poor rock from its sedentary station. Whether it was indeed the ghost of the girl in the stone or not, her heart ached beyond for just its sake - as it seemed the only way she would be allowed to see her own family again would be to take some sort of action instead of just sitting here feeling sorry for herself.

The Furret bit her lip as she took a deep breath and unfurled fully, facing her foes with fresh determination. Though still somewhat afraid, focusing on her familial bonds helped fill her with enough confidence to further fortify her DEFENSIVE status by summoning a SHIELD around herself in anticipation of the coming combat, as it appeared a clash was inevitable at this point.

"If I beat you, then you'll let me go, right? Fine then, if that's what it takes..."

Steeling her trembling nerves, she tentatively started by testing the WATER with a PULSE of aquatic energy towards the top she didn't (accidentally) kick earlier, planning to then SURF the small wave to strike both simultaneously. (Meanwhile, she was unaware her daughter was about to do the same, but with a much larger body of liquid...)

-

As predicted, the moment Kief touched the MacGuffin, the entire pedestal began to move with him on it, ascending up towards the heavens. He held on tight to the platform as its altitude quickened to a great height, fortunately stopping just short of the ceiling so he wasn't squashed. However, after unflattening his pancaked form and peering cautiously over the edge, he saw only an endless void awaiting should he make a single misstep. Swallowing, his ears perked to the flutter of feathers in darkness as a colorful winged creature descended from above, three circular blue eyes staring out from stripes of black as it swooped ominously overhead. The orbs rotated unnervingly in their sockets before converging on the lamp, clearly fixated on protecting the prize from potential thieves. Considering the flame's handle was currently clamped firmly in the Linoone's jaws and there was nowhere to run, it didn't seem like he'd be getting out of this predicament easily without first subduing the sentinel somehow.

Like a true trained crook treasure hunter, Kief quickly assessed the situation and his opponent, calculating his options. The arena's limited size didn't leave the Linoone much room to operate, let alone make use of the new movement capabilities his species was famed for. Straight speed certainly wasn't the answer here, as it'd only send him plummeting to his doom. On top of that, his adversary obviously had an unfair aerial advantage, making him practically a sitting Ducklett to any oncoming attacks. Also, while his trainer unfortunately wasn't around to help provide information on the enemy's stats via her strange blue-and-white pocket device, he had a suspicion such a bizarre being may also be carrying some surprise nasty tricks up its "sleeve". So, in typical Team Pocket fashion - but also out of sheer curiosity - his initial instinct was to steal SWAP abilities with the bird-beast to find out just what sort of SKILL it possessed.

Next, his plan was to make himself appear as miniscule as possible to avoid damage, as any direct hit could easily knock him over to his doom. Taunting with the fabled catchphrase CAN'T CATCH ME, he suddenly transformed into a tiny cookie version of himself like a fairy tale. With a grin, he then fired off "frosting" in an ICY WIND to try and slow down the feathered fiend further, so that they would be more evenly matched in terms of maneuverability.

-

As Yufi retaliated in revenge for the tickle/electro-torture, her aggressor received the strike with surprisingly little resistance, simply landing smoothly in a backflip across the room. For a moment, it stood completely still - before unleashing another shrill mix of garbled noises, causing Yufi to wince as she covered her ears again.

"I still don't get what you're saying..." She frowned in frustration, utterly unable to decode the distorted message despite sounding vaguely like her own voice. "But if you're not going to help, then quit trying to distract me."

Whilst she said this, the water levels were still rapidly rising within the chamber, and so was her panicked sense of dread as her priority shifted back to getting the heck out of here. The steady stream had pooled to a dangerous point where her short stature now had to paddle lightly to stay afloat, and right now she had bigger concerns than trying to deal with some dumb stubborn shadow who couldn't take a hint - like, not drowning. Thus, an idea occurred to her as she started swimming in circles, hoping to trap the shade in a WHIRLPOOL and SURF over it to SMASH through the ROCK wall herself if she had to.


Update 10
Spoiler: show

Quote:
Originally Posted by Liltwick, post: 7219188, member: 83117
lilbluecorsola-

The Baltoy were ever staring, ever watching. Kanna's anxieties grew to a peak before realizing that they weren't going to immediately eat her. There was really only one way out of this predicament, and that was to fight. Creating a Defensive Shield around herself, Kanna shot a Water Pulse at one of the Baltoy before flooding the entire area with a Surf. The Baltoy just completely got washed away, and fall to the ground unmoving. All of that worrying over two trash mobs? The grate falls behind her, and her way back was opened. If this was that easy, then what truly awaited her here?

---

Quick on his feet, Kief immediately Skill Swaps with the Sigilyph. As the two abilities are traded, he gains the ability of Magic Guard. Well, immunity to all forms of non-direct damage was a nice bonus. With that done, he immediately shrinks into the size of a small cookie, enticing the Sigilyph to come and dine on him.

The weird ancient bird-like creature indeed descends to feast on the cookie Kief. It sends out blades of air, the Air Cutter trying to cut through the small cookie. However, the attack manages to miss due to his smaller size, and Kief couldn't help but feel a giggle coming up his throat.

With his evasive maneuvers now done, he turns around and emits a frosty Icy Wind. The move washes over the seemingly gigantic Sigilyph, slowing down the Pokemon and lowering its speed. The Sigilyph then picks Kief up with a Psychic attack and throws him against the ground. He could feel his cookie self 'crack' a little bit, but nothing too much to worry about. This was starting to get fun!

---

Yufi, choosing to ignore the words of the shade, focuses on worrying about getting out of the room. If it was going to stand in her way, then she'll just have to get use it to break through the room. She uses a Whirpool attack to trap the Pokemon??? before ramming into it with a massive Surf attack. The water in the room moves violently as she does so, but the walls do not break. Thinking on her feet, she then uses Rock Smash, using the force of the water to try and break through the wall with the shade. She somehow manages to do so, and the shade disappears.

The water, however, doesn't start to drain out of the wall. Instead, it starts to drain out the center of the room. It turned into a giant whirlpool, and it was pulling things in. Before she could even react, an eldritch scream pierced her ears as she felt something grab her foot. Looking back, it was the shade looking at her with a nightmarish smile. Its face was starting to meltdown, with only one eye and a pure white, goopy smile staring into her.

"SSYBA EHT OTNI LLAF! LLAF! LLEH GNITSALREVE NA OTNI EM HTIW EMOC LLIW UOY. NWORD DNA ETAF ROUY TPECCA. SYAW RUOY EGAHC OT ESUFER UOY FI!" The creature shrieked as it began to drag Yufi into the whirlpool.

What do they do?



SpinyShell
Spoiler: show

Adventure Start
Spoiler: show

Quote:
Originally Posted by SpinyShell, post: 7084540, member: 113106
Sil wandered down Fool’s Path, enjoying the sights of the strange new land she had just arrived in. Trailing a ways behind her was her partner Hailstone, an Alolan Sandshrew, who was darting between the dappled shade on the path, avoiding the glowing patches of sunlight that would quickly melt the ice off of his frozen back. The two passed various branches of the Fool’s Path, some clean cobblestone roads with signs indicating their destination, others dirt paths choked with shrubbery leading into the unknown. Sil stared down each and every one, lost in thought, feeling a sense of both nervousness and excitement slowly building up inside her.

She and Hailstone had come from Sinnoh to adventure in Fizzytopia in order to grow and strengthen themselves, landing first in the Arcane Realm after a long boat ride from Canalave City. An old woman in the port town they arrived in told the two about Fool’s Path, recommending that such budding youngins’ should travel it first as new trainers wander the route due to its many open roads and possibilities. Sil had hoped that--

“Squeak!”

She was jolted from her musings by the cry of Hailstone, who had dashed ahead of her while she was lost in thought. She looked down at the Alolan Sandshrew, who was staring intensely at her. Satisfied that he got her attention, he waited for a bit as she fast-walked up to him, but quickly grew impatient and darted ahead again. It seemed he was excited to explore this new place too.
Quote:
Originally Posted by SpinyShell, post: 7084540, member: 113106


Update 1
Spoiler: show

Quote:
Originally Posted by Zelphon5, post: 7091106, member: 117862
Following your partner, you continue to notice a variety of paths branching here and there broken up by a combination of trees, clearings filled with an abundance of wild pokemon, and other young trainers looking to improve their skills through the time-honored tradition of battle. But as you continue down the path before you Hailstone seems to begin slowing down, becoming less interested in the area and more confused than anything else, turning his head towards you and giving you a questioning glance before once again running off on his own.

Curious about his behavior, you start paying more attention to the areas you've been passing through, only to notice that they seem to be the same ones over and over again. You see the same trainers and pokemon repeating their actions each time you pass them by. Having tired from his hasty pace Hailstone opts to remain by your side as you two try to wrap your brains around the odd happenings of the area.

Strangely as you two travel together progress seems to be being made. The familiar sites you had been encountering stopped repeating. You finally reach bizarre crossroads of sorts with 2 different options laying before you: One appears to be a dusty path that fades as it goes off into the distance. You can giant mountain's peak jutting out on the horizon, and from the looks of it is a giant volcano. The other path is one that keeps along the cobblestone you've been walking on. You can see two landmarks on the horizon, one being a series of massive cathedral towers reaching for the sky. They are enshrouding a nearby hamlet, which according to the guide, is home to a series of master craftsmen under a variety of different crafts.

Reply 1
Spoiler: show

Quote:
Originally Posted by SpinyShell, post: 7102853, member: 113106
As the two wandered along the road, they took note of the many different paths that branched off of the main cobblestone one, each one separated from the others by groves of trees or open spaces where wild Pokémon ran about and other budding trainers tested and honed their skills in battle. Sil entertained the notion of stopping and joining them, but ultimately decided against it when she noticed that Hailstone had slowed his brisk pace, squeaking quizzically and looking about nervously as he scanned his surroundings. It seemed that he was confused by… something, and he gave his trainer a puzzled glance before he darted ahead again.

Sil watched him run off, feeling a knot of worry in her stomach as she paid more heed to her surroundings to determine what was bothering the Sandshrew. As she looked around, Sil realized that the areas seemed to be similar, no, identical, to the ones previously passed. But it wasn’t as though the two were just looping around on a circular track. Like a tape on repeat, they saw the same trainers and Pokémon, performing the same actions they had done the last two... three... four times they had passed by. Something was clearly off here.

Having tired from his rapid pace, Hailstone returned to Sil’s side, staying protectively close to her as the two attempted to figure out what was going on. The two made careful note of every detail in each clearing, trying to see if anything had changed every time they passed by, but dimly realized that nothing was changing no matter how many times they went by.

However, bizarrely, even though the clearings appeared to be unchanged, the two did seem to make progress as the strange repeating areas faded away to an odd-looking crossroads. Two paths branched out from the fork, each one intriguing in their own way. One was a dusty dirt road that faded to a tall, snow speckled mountain with sloped sides that, rather than ending in a pointed peak, appeared to top off flatly like a volcano. The other path was a continuation of the cobblestone road that Sil and Hailstone were traveling on, leading to several large gothic cathedral towers that scraped the belly of the sky. Beneath the hill where the towers were was a small village where, as Sil vaguely recalled from the guide, expert craftsmen and magicians made their home.

Sil tapped her foot absently mindedly as she mulled over which direction to go. She was wary of continuing on the cobblestone path considering their recent troubles with it--she’d rather avoid getting into any more suspiciously magical hijinks--but taking an Ice/Steel type to a volcano may not be the best choice. Though, she did have a Rock/Water type on hand who could deal with more fiery monsters, and the volcano appeared to be snow-capped, which the Alolan Sandshrew would most definitely enjoy. But then again...

Sil turned to Hailstone to ask him what he thought about this fork in the road, only to find that he wasn’t at her feet anymore. Spinning around in a frantic circle, she spotted him racing down one of the two paths, his strength clearly back and his mind clearly made up.

With an exasperated sigh, she jogged after him,
coughing as she kicked up dust from the dirt road, the volcano looming ominously in the distance.

Update 2
Spoiler: show

Quote:
Originally Posted by Liltwick, post: 7156622, member: 83117
You head down the path towards the Chalice of Sun. You immediately notice that the area starts to warm up as you continue down the path. Despite the volcano being dormant for who knows how long, it still has left a last effect on the area.

Another thing besides the heat that you notice is that the area slowly becoming more and more sparse of vegetation. Compared to the grassy plains and sprawling hills you traversed on the path, this was arider. The Chalice filled your vision, and everything paled compared to the ever-looming mountain. It was all-knowing, all-consuming, and all enlightening.

After what felt like hours you finally see something on the horizon. At this point, it was dusk fall. The sky was vibrant pumpkin orange, with hazy violets and mute pinks melting into the horizon. You could start to see the beginnings of the brightest stars peek through the veil of the ozone, looking down on the Arcane Realm with all their glory. And this celestial waterwork painted your gaze to a small shack at the base of the mountain. A plume of smoke rose from the building, and you could smell burnt earth.

An Indeedee held a broom, sweeping away at the outside of the shop. You could tell by the shape of its horns it was a Male, and it looked that he was quite fussed with the work he had to do. He'd make large sweeps with the broom, look around quickly, and then use his psychic powers to disperse the piddling dust pile he just made. Why'd he started over the work he was so obviously annoyed with? Perfectionism would make sense, but from the behavior, you could see it was definitely being haphazardly done at best.

His head perked up as he heard you approach, and he quickly dropped the broom and ran inside. Was it worried you'd report its behavior if you caught it? You didn't know, but you could see the Pokemon poking its head out every so often to check if you were still there. You could always check it out, or move forwards.

What do you do?

Reply 2
Spoiler: show

Quote:
Originally Posted by SpinyShell, post: 7182495, member: 113106
Soon, Sil’s and Hailstone’s backs were flecked with sweat and water-ice, the heat becoming increasingly intense. Despite its slumber, it seemed the volcano still burned beneath the earth, turning the surrounding area into an arid desert, the lush greenery of the Fool’s Path replaced with hardy shrubs and brown dried out weeds. Eventually, the plant life faded entirely, leaving only rocks, the burning sun, and the looming Chalice to rest the eyes on. It filled their vision, drowning out almost everything else as it stood like a sentinel on the horizon, keeping watch over the desolate area below.

They trudged through the land for hours, the bright blue sky slowly faded to a soothing canvas of pink and orange and navy freckled with glittering stars as dusk began to settle. Sil felt a twinge of unease settle in her stomach--she hadn’t planned for a night-long stay in the desert. However, before she could fret over it anymore, something on the horizon caught her attention--and broke the monotony--a small shack with a curl of smoke rising from its side, the scent of burnt earth filling the area.

At the front of the shack, which appeared to be a shop, was an Indeedee, his croissant-shaped horns pointing upward to the heavens. In his paws he held a broom, which he made wide, haphazard arcs with. However, to Sil’s and Hailstone’s surprise, he quickly undid all his effort with a wave of his paw and a flash of pink Psychic energy, scattering the dust he had just collected. Behavior expected of a perfectionist, but judging by the Indeedee’s annoyed expression and haphazard sweeps, that didn’t seem to be the case. And, when he saw the two approaching, he dropped the broom and darted inside. Occasionally, they could see his horned head peep out from the doorway, most likely checking to see if they were still there.

It was a strange situation, all around, and Sil still felt uneasy. But, at the same time, she was intrigued by what was going on. And, of course, she'd rather not spend the night out in the open if she could avoid it. With Alolan Sandshrew in tow, she made her way to the shack.


Update 3
Spoiler: show

Quote:
Originally Posted by Liltwick, post: 7183252, member: 83117
[color=plum]Heading into the building, you notice a small kiln immediately. It felt warm, and the smell of baking clay instantly hit your nose. Was this the reason the Indeedee seemed to stall out its work? You could see it watching you intently, standing close to the door to try and escape.

"Hello?" you hear an older voice state, and see an elderly man appear from behind a curtain.

"Ah, hello. It's rare we get visitors," he states with a weak smile. It was obvious he had been living a long life, with his smaller stature and wrinkly skin. His hands were clutching heavily to a cane, and they looked almost leathered.

"What do we owe the fine pleasure of your visit today?" He asks, sitting down at a small table and grabbing a tea kettle from underneath. The Indeedee heads over and grabs it, seeming happy to get out of the heated room. The old man just smiles at you to sit down and join him.

Before you could make your decision, the smell of tea began to permeate the room. There was a certain smell to it that was calming, but also cleansing. You couldn't even smell the clay anymore, just the sweet aroma of the tea. The Indeedee rushed back into the room and poured two cups, one for you and one for the old man. It then poured a cup of ice water for Hailstorm.

Once that was all done and over with, the Indeedee grabbed the broom and ran back outside. The old man didn't seem to mind the Pokemon's behavior and just smiled as he sipped the tea. Well, it would be rude to refuse his hospitality.

What do you do?


Reply 3
Spoiler: show

Quote:
Originally Posted by SpinyShell, post: 7193109, member: 113106
The heat of the day was long gone, replaced with frigid cold. While Hailstone found the chill a welcome change from the sun’s unfriendly glare, Sil couldn’t help but shiver a little as the two of them walked to the shack. As they got closer, the scent of burnt earth grew stronger. Sil hesitated at the entrance, worried for a moment about barging in. However, the warmth and light that emanated from the hut was very inviting in contrast to the cold and dark of the outside. She’d rather not spend the night out in the open. And, she figured (and hoped), that anyone living out in such isolation would appreciate having visitors stop by.

Eager to get out of the cold, she stepped into the shack with Hailstone in toe. The first thing they noticed was the smell of baked clay, the scent so strong it was nearly overwhelming. Then they saw the small kiln tucked in one corner of the shack, no doubt the source of the aroma. Near the door was the Indeedee, watching them and the door, his eyes darting rapidly between both; perhaps the reason he was trying to stall his work was to get some fresh air.

“Hello?” a feeble, old voice called. An elderly man appeared from behind a silky curtain, his withered hands clinging to a twisted wooden cane and his back hunched.

He smiled weakly when he saw the two. "Ah, hello. It's rare we get visitors. What do we owe the fine pleasure of your visit today?" he said as he sat down at a small table and pulled a kettle from underneath. The Indeedee seemed eager to get out of the stuffy room, swiftly grabbing the kettle before disappearing into what Sil could only assume was the kitchen. The old man smiled, ignoring his partner’s behavior, and gestured at them to sit down.

Before she could even accept his offer, the smell of tea began to spread throughout the room, becoming even more overpowering than the scent of clay. The Indeedee appeared from the kitchen and hastily poured them two cups: tea for Sil and ice water for Hailstone.

Finished with his task, the house fairy grabbed his broom and rushed outside; the old man just smiled and sipped his tea, unfazed by his Pokémon’s behavior. Sil found it odd, but it was rude to pry into the matters between a person and their Pokémon partner. She pulled a chair out from the table and, relieved to rest after a long day of walking, graciously took his offer before pulling out a chair for Hailstone who hopped up beside her.

“If it gets too hot for you, it’s fine if you want to get some fresh air outside. Just don’t wander off” she said, giving Hailstone a pat on the head before turning to the old man.

“Thank you for your tea and kindness,” she said, Hailstone squeaking his thanks as well. “I’m Sil and this here is Hailstone.”

“We’re fairly new here to the Arcane Realm and Fizzytopia at large. We had decided to explore the Realm starting with the Fool’s Path however, we encountered an odd magical spell of sorts. As we walked, we noticed that we kept seeing the same scene over and over again; the same trainers, the same Pokémon, the same areas--and it couldn’t have just been us going in circles as the people and Pokémon we saw repeated the same exact action every time. Eventually, we came to a fork in the road leading to either the Magician’s Hamlet or the Chalice of the Sun. Before we could even discuss anything, Hailstone took off running towards the Chalice--perhaps he was a bit sick of anything to do with magic. At any rate, we walked for quite some time until it got dark and then we spotted your house and decided to stop by.”

“Sorry, that was a bit of a novel” she said, and waited for the old man’s response.


Update 4
Spoiler: show

Quote:
Originally Posted by Liltwick, post: 7193902, member: 83117

SpinyShell -

While Hailstone happily sits on his iced water, you explain to the old man that you're new here in the Arcane Realm. He listens as you tell him how your Alolan Sandshrew went down the path towards the Chalice. You add in that he most likely was getting tired of the latent magic in the air, and how you walked for hours before stumbling on the hut. The old man just sipped at his tear for a bit while you regaled your tale.

"Ah, that reminds me of my youth. Well, you are more than welcome to spend the night here then. The kiln will be fired up all night, so if you hear any cracking noises don't worry. It keeps the place nice and warm," he replies, sipping at his tea.

The Indeedee stares at you again, having a sort of strange fixation. Was it just not use to be around customers, or was it for some other purpose? You couldn't tell, but it constantly looking at you in between its chores were a little unsettling. If anything, it was going to be the reason why you wouldn't really be able to sleep through the night.

"There is one thing I'd like your help with," the old man states. "In the morning, if you could get me some clay from the mountain I would appreciate it. My body is frail and feeble now, so all I can do is make my wares here instead of travel. My Indeedee would be able to lead the way."

"Of course, rest first. Tiredness leads to a cloudy mind. Please let me know in the morning."

You see the old man retire back into his room. You could tell from how he spoke that he was doing this for many years and that he didn't like being able to do his work by himself. It was sad, but also comforting in a sense. At this point, it felt like the tea was brewed with melancholy instead of tea leaves. You could feel a calm serenity fill the place, the only sound was the kiln.

The Indeedee returns inside and looks at you. It seems it was going to show you the way to the guest room. There was a lot to process, and a good night's rest would allow you to collect your thoughts. Of course, there was always the option to continue to head out and tough it in the night.

What do you do?


Reply 4
Spoiler: show

Quote:
Originally Posted by SpinyShell, post: 7194279, member: 113106
The old man sipped his tea as he listened to her tale, his wrinkled hands so frail Sil was surprised that they could even hold the cup. Once finished, she lifted up the tea cup she was given, pausing for a moment to savor the scent before taking a drink.

“Ah, that reminds me of my youth,” he said. “Well, you are more than welcome to spend the night here then. The kiln will be fired up all night, so if you hear any cracking noises don't worry. It keeps the place nice and warm.”

She smiled to show her thanks, but as she did so she caught sight of the Indeedee taking a break between his chores. He was staring rather intensely at her and she couldn’t tell why, his expression unreadable to her. Perhaps he wasn’t used to visitors--she figured not many people would head out this far in the desert and, even if they did, it was so vast it was unlikely that they would stumble across this little shop unless they were deliberately searching for it. Or, maybe there was another reason. Whatever it was, she figured it would be difficult to sleep through the night while the Emotion Pokémon kept his gaze fixated on her.

"There is one thing I'd like your help with,” the old man said, getting up from the table. “In the morning, if you could get me some clay from the mountain I would appreciate it. My body is frail and feeble now, so all I can do is make my wares here instead of travel. My Indeedee would be able to lead the way. Of course, rest first. Tiredness leads to a cloudy mind. Please let me know in the morning."

And, with that, he disappeared into the backroom. His voice had a bitter edge to it--it seemed that he disliked having to work all alone, having none but his Pokémon to aid him and keep him company.

The tea began to taste bitter, melancholious.

...

The Indeedee returned to the room and looked at her, waiting for her to finish her drink. It seemed he wanted to show them to the guest room. Gladly accepting his silent offer, she began to get up, eager to hit the hay and rest. But as she took her last sip of tea, she paused. The Indeedee’s stare had made her uncomfortable--something seemed off here. While she felt terribly guilty to feel such a way in the face of the hospitality of the old man, she still couldn’t shake the uncomfortable feeling that had settled in her gut. And, looking at Hailstone, it seemed he had noticed too. Perhaps it would be better to go tonight rather than wait until morning.

Recalling Hailstone back into his Pokéball for some much-needed rest, she picked up her backpack.

“I… I think I could go tonight. The tea did restore some of my energy. And while I’d like to let Hailstone rest, I have two other Pokémon that could help us. I’m ready whenever you are. If you, uh, want to go tonight that is.”


Update 5
Spoiler: show

Quote:
Originally Posted by Liltwick, post: 7219188, member: 83117

The Indeedee looked at you curiously. It didn't understand why you wouldn't want to take a rest. Your clothes were a little scuffed up from all the walking that had happened today, after all. Though, if you did indeed wish to help out, it couldn't fault you on that. He looked at you once more, seeming to ponder what exactly would happen if he left on his own free will. He left the room real quick before quickly coming back. He looked like he was ready to go.

Leading you outside, he began to walk further down the road. You trail behind the Pokemon, trusting that he knew the area better than you. The night air was crisp, and the skies were clear. You could see the moon beginning to rise, and the starry night painted across the skyline. Compared to the dusk that you saw when you arrived, there was a different kind of beauty to this. A sense of tranquility washed over you.

You watched as the Pokemon continued onwards. The road started to twist and turn up the mountain, and it becomes colder as you ascended the Chalice. There was a sort of beauty to this place, the frigid air dancing on your skin. It was enticing you to climb higher and higher, but the Indeedee soon stopped. You could see why, as the psychic and normal-typed Pokemon looked at the road ahead. There was a fork here, on to the left that kept level with where you were at on the mountain, and one going diagonally forwards that went up the mountain.

He looked back at you, looking a bit puzzled. Was he actually not as familiar with where to go as you thought he would? Well, the road branched here, and it looked like you had the choice on which way you could go. It seemed strange having to choose this many paths in one day, but the mountain was vast.

What do you do?



Raves
Spoiler: show

Adventure Start
Spoiler: show

"They say they used to hang traitors to the kingdom and heretics to the church at this meadow, the guide book said back in the day..."

"Wim?"

"..."

For what seemed like a grim sounding location, the Meadow of Judgment was advised to Rory by the Arcane Realm Tourism and Socialisation of Youths Pantheon, otherwise known as the Artsy Pants to most people, as an ideal place to go to learn about the many mysteries of one's self. At the very least, it was a beautiful place regardless, with countless flowers, teeming with life everywhere, and even in the air he could feel some sort of funny tingling sensation, whether that was the magic that apparently inhabited the area, or just the excessive pollen count that would lay anyone with hay fever six feet under. At his feet, Xigua scuttled around, taking the odd nibble of a flower after careful scrutiny and enjoying the variety, while hovering just above waist height was one of his oddball pokemon, and not because it wasn't a bug pokemon.

No, ever since he arrived, Statis had emerged from her ball suddenly, and was not taking a "please, return to your ball" for an answer. The Elgyem's natural role to Rory was to support him in the event of him being utterly overwhelmed in terror and fear, but there was no definitive danger to him in this peaceful a location, and he ultimately figured that maybe the Elgyem just wanted to actually have some fresh air. He did feel a bit selfish keeping the psychic pokemon cooped up in her ball often, even though she appeared to hold no grudge of sorts towards him for the treatment, and he reckoned she could maybe learn something from the apparent magic in the meadow. He didn't have much of a plan coming here other than to do touristy things, but he at least was interested in what sort of pokemon resided here.

Mentally, he was also curious of a theory he had. In a place of beauty once stained with the blood of hundreds, surely there could be some interesting history behind it, and that dark past could have some impact on today's beauty...in essence, the theory went that there was bound to be some remnant of the apparent evils committed here, and he was interested in seeing if that had any effect on the spot of ill fate and its surroundings. But most of all, he just wanted to do touristy things. Take some snapshots, get some souvenirs, maybe catch a new friend or two, that sort of thing.


Update 1
Spoiler: show

Quote:
Originally Posted by Liltwick, post: 7062458, member: 83117
Raves-

The Meadow of Judgement. Once stained in the blood of heretics, its now a place with inherent magic. After all, death causes a massive swirl of ether to gather in places such as this. It is also said every flower here symbolizes a person who will be saved on judgement day. You notice that the flowers here seem... Surprisingly hearty. That they sway to avoid attacks and aren't affected by the effects of mage craft.

Making you way through the meadow with Xigua and Stasis, you notice a few people practicing some form of magic in one way or another. Most of it looked interesting, but it was obvious enough that they didn't want to be interacted with. Furthermore, nothing of what they were doing really seemed like it would hint to this place's dark past.

You then spot something intriguing. A small patch of flowers, stained blood red, blooming in the middle of the meadow. Nothing else seemed to be growing there, and the earth itself felt different. There was something here with this flowers that seemed to hold a key. Especially considering their color and shape was different from everything else from this garden.

Checking your little pamphlet, you see a small little paragraph about this flowers. Higanbanas - Red Spider Lillies. In the language of flowers, they represent final goodbyes. They also only grow in spots where those goodbyes occur. Only native to the Kanjohto region, it is quite an oddity that they would grow in this meadow. There seemed to be warmth emanating from these flowers... Almost like they were filled with blood.

What do you do?


Reply 1
Spoiler: show

Quote:
Originally Posted by Raves, post: 7074063, member: 22311
The meadow's flowers were as vibrant as they seemed, and the very plains themselves appeared to be as full of them as he had heard. Merely walking through the plants, Rory could feel his legs tingling, as though the magic within was flowing into him and empowering him...or that might just be the grasses on bare legs. Yeah, probably the latter. However, there was the odd figure here and there in the midst of proving that, yes, magic was indeed a real thing here. One was generating small sparks, another manipulating soil in the air to form shapes, but the teen merely looked for a few seconds before continuing. After all, nothing broke concentration like a nosy spectator, and the last thing he wanted was to get on the wrong side of a wizard who could turn him into a Froakie.

Besides, the spells they were performing weren't anything malicious, more akin to terraforming or other druidic arts like thaumaturgy, whatever that was. Xigua continued to scuttle beneath him, and Statis hovered above, but the three of them soon paused upon an unusual sight. "Huh?" he mused, trying to comprehend the sight. Amidst the many flowers, there was a small patch of them, scarlet like blood, simply in the middle of the park on their own. Heck, the soil felt...different. The Wimpod seemed a little uncomfortable, but nevertheless remained stalwart while the Elgyem appeared fixated on them. The shape of the plants was also abnormal, and remembering his touristy nature Rory quickly dug out the pamphlet of the area and began to skim through it before finding a small article on them.

"Higabanas, the red spider lily. Representing final goodbyes...growing only where said goodbyes occurred...I think we mighta found a clue," he piped to the pokemon, though he was puzzled as he read further. "Native to Kanjohto...unless someone planted these here for something?" His mind was transfixed on the flowers, which on top of their odd colouration appeared to emanate some sort of warmth. Curiosity overcame common sense as the teen slowly and carefully approached the blood red flowers for a closer look, seeking to gently poke at them a little and to see just how they functioned. Statis remained focused on the scene, eyes focused on the trainer, as the bug type held back, uncertain on the scent.

Update 2
Spoiler: show

Quote:
Originally Posted by Liltwick, post: 7074652, member: 83117
Raves-

Drawn in by the spider lilies, you reach towards their scarlet petals. The warmth increased as reached closer, and it soon felt like you were pushing your hand through a warm, sticky substance. It felt akin to a pool of blood, but nothing in the area suggested there was actual blood. You then grazed the flowers, and their tendril like petals tickled under your hand. As you reach closer, you feel something... fluffy. You then feel an incredibly heat and instinctively pull your hand back. A small plume of embers come from within the flower patch, but the plants themselves did not catch. They were not natural.

There was then some rustling in the fields of flowers as something flew out. You could see a patch of white followed by some red spires. But the vision soon faded as the area turned dark.

"Damn it!"

You heard someone shout, the sound echoing throughout the meadow. Looking over, you could see one of the mages look a little charred as a thunder cloud hung above them. They then sent out a Psyduck, who quacked in confusion before noticing the dark, storming mass above. It then tilted its head, and the storm started to clear it due to its Cloud Nine ability.

You then take notice that the flowers started to glow a bright crimson red. They were to be drawing in the magical energy of the failed magical experiment. The area also felt warmer as well. At the point Xigua was inching his way towards the flowers, the Wimpod strangely attracted to the warmth as well, and started to tug at one. It couldn't hurt to pick just one for him, could it?

What do you do?

Reply 2
Spoiler: show

Curiosity was often something lethal to pretty much anything feline in nature metaphorically, yet as the teen was attracted to the scarlet flowers, he could do little but reach for them and caress them a little. They seemed strangely warm, and as he neared them, the warmth seemed to grow, as if he was trying to push through some hot gluey air. It was odd, certainly, but even moreso was the fact that despite feeling like blood, there wasn't anything akin to the substance among them. Touching the spider lilies, Rory could feel the petals tickle him, a soft tremble rippling through his arm as he came closer, before coming across something unusually fluffy. Flowers weren't usually this fluffy-

"!"

Rory gasped aloud as a sudden surge of heat emanated from within the patch and as he drew the limb back swiftly, Xigua squeaked in surprise as a small burst of embers flecked into the air. Was that some sort of defensive mechanism, and were these plants hunting? He had certainly heard of carnivorous plants, and there were certainly tales of explorers haplessly entering jungles and falling foul of the Victreebel species.

"W-wait, that's not right...flowers don't normally spit fire?"

His train of thought was derailed as something darted out of the spider lilies and as he tried to make out the blur, he could see some white, with what seemed like small red points, but before he could ponder on the mystery, the sky suddenly darkened as one of the mages evidently had trouble with one of their spells, appearing a little inged as the crackle of lightning above him answered the question of what likely happened. The sorceror then summoned forth a silly yellow ducklike creature which quacked dimly before noticing the storm cloud above.

This distraction however was enough for the teen to forget what he had seen, and as far as he knew something white had run out of the flowers. Flowers that appeared to be glowing deeply, as if absorbing the energy of the failed spell. Things also felt somewhat warm as well, with Xigua interested in the flowers, seemingly tugging at one gently as the Elgyem hovered overhead. While Rory may have forgot in the rush of things, the observant psychic type had an inkling on what just happened, but appeared to say nothing of the sort, as if willing to let fate take its course.

"Hold on a sec, Xig, lemme get that for ya," Rory said calmly, motioning for his starter to step back while he pulled out a small knife from his pocket, one which had seen quite the uses when out in the field, and reached down carefully to try and snip the flower the Wimpod had interest in.

Update 4
Spoiler: show

Quote:
Originally Posted by Liltwick, post: 7127096, member: 83117
Raves-

You snip the flower from its stem, you feel an immense warmth rush through you. It felt invigorating at first, but then your blood started to boil. The spider lily started to ooze out an ichorous substance, covering your arm. It started rushing from the flower, covering Xigua at first, and then the rest of the meadow. No one seemed to notice it but you, but for that, it seemed to be too late.

Everything was red now, and the smell of iron permeated the air. The area was enveloped within a red mist, causing it to feel extremely humid. But, it was warm and inviting. You felt dizzy but euphoric as the mist drew you in. It was intoxicating, and it was obviously not just you that was being affected. Xigua and Stasis were both affected by this mist, seeming to have the time of their lives.

Then, everything went dark. You could no longer see your Pokemon, hear the people around you, or even feel. All of your senses were gone, except for the flower you still held in your hand. Its magic served as a sort of anchor within this darkness.

"The end of something old, the start of something new. But now, with new-found purpose."

You felt the words probe your mind, the flower glowing a vivid crimson as they did. Was the flower the one communicating with you? It certainly felt like it, but at the same time, you really didn't know. It was hard to discern things within this void.

"Now come, receiving the passage of your Judgement child."

The warmth left the flower, and you felt like you were about to drift away into nothingness.

In Darkness Blooms the Spider Lily
Camellias for the Body
Violets for the Heart
And Asters for the Soul


You hear an ancient voice whisper. Archaic magics were stirring, far beyond your control or comprehension. Everything then turned to white, and you could feel yourself having control over your body once more.

Looking around, the meadow looked different. Everything was covered in white... Snow. It was certainly snow. You could see your Pokemon looking around confused. Wasn't it just bright and sunny a moment ago? Looking at your hand, you still held the Spider Lily, it looking as it was before you cut it.

What just happened? Judgment? It certainly fits the name of this place, but it was all so confusing. The only thing you had to work off of was that weird poem if you could call it that. You do notice, though, that there seems to be a faint light ahead. Is it just the sun gleaming off of the snow, or something more?

What do you do?



ChrisCLark13
Spoiler: show

Adventure Start
Spoiler: show
Quote:
Originally Posted by ChrisClark13, post: 7069847, member: 120787
Two Fools Beginning a Journey

It was early in the morning, a bit too early for most people to be out and about- but a certain new and eccentric trainer to Fizzytopia just couldn't wait to get on with his day!

Curtis Renard skipped down the "Fool's Path", fully taking in the sights, smells, and sounds of his surroundings. The tails of the Ninetails-styled fursuit he was wearing happily bobbed behind him and the hood of it was also bouncing against his back, making for an interesting sight.

"Where to go, where to go?" he mused aloud to himself. He then looked behind himself and yelled, "Hey com'on, catch up!"

Trailing behind that was the trainer's sole Pokemon, a rather grumpy looking Vulpix that was plodding along after him. Perhaps a 'bit' pudgy, it just tiredly glared at him before sitting down on the trail.

As Annahime the Vulpix sit there panting, she wondered what she had done to deserve being saddled with this... this idiot. Sure, maybe she hadn't gotten out of the way fast enough when he was looking for a partner or maybe had been a bit too eager when the treats were pulled out? Well, she was the strongest of her siblings, so it was only right that she get picked!

But... but... whatever the case was, she was now stuck with this 'Trainer'. Some child who was dressed up in imitation of her parents looked like- like what she would look like when she evolved one day. Well, it did raise her ego a bit that the idiot clearly thought so highly of her line- why... why did he have to be such a morning person? Where did that human's boundless energy come from?!

Curtis looked on as his Vulpix just sat there, panted, and stared off into space. Oh... maybe it looked like a break was in order. "Well, what can do you?" he muttered to himself. He walked over to his starter Pokemon and physically hoisted her over his shoulder. There was a low protesting grumble from the 'mon as she was picked up, but that was about it. Usually, she complained more about being picked up than this. She must've been more exhausted than he thought!

He carried her along the path, looking for a good place to rest...


Update 1
Spoiler: show

Quote:
Originally Posted by Sneasel12, post: 7074205, member: 3180
ChrisClark13 - The Fool's Path, a road that wanders the whole of the Arcane Realm and its many points of interest. With your new starter by your side, it seemed the obvious place to start out, what with its symbolic nature of the beginning of journeys. Yet, now the Vulpix has found herself sitting on the road, clearly a bit worn out despite not having walked particularly far just yet. Hoisting her up and onto your shoulders, you soldier on, walking with her weight as she stares down at the waving tails on your fursuit, the very same garb that seems to be drawing looks from other travelers as you walk along, causing a great many of them to give you a wide berth and move to the edge of the path in order to get by you.

Up head you spy the Magician's Hamlet, the road forking to the town known for its many craftsmen and beautiful buildings, as well as off further along to lead further into the Arcane Realm. Just as you are approaching the intersection, a bit of a ruckus stirs passed some of the other travelers, startling a fair group as a small, brown, vulpine creature balancing itself precariously atop a pale blue ball with red markings, barreling through the crowd. Just as soon as you notice it, it barrels into your leg with a crash, causing it to fall to the ground with a short "Vee!" and the ball to unfurl into another small creature with four short legs, floppy ears, and a short trunk. The duo glance over at what they had bumped into, only to spot your odd appearance.

Startled by your attire, the two playing Pokemon part ways, the small elephantine creature running back off towards the Hamlet while the brown and white fox like creature runs along the road leading further into the Realm.


Reply 1
Spoiler: show

Quote:
Originally Posted by ChrisClark13, post: 7075698, member: 120787
Curtis instantly recognizes the brown fox-like Pokemon, it's an Eevee! Everyone knows that's what an Eevee looks like! Though as far as that weird long-nosed Pokemon went, he had never seen it before. Though, of course, that didn't matter to him because his entire attention was focused on the Eevee that was running away down the road! But why was it running away though? He just wanted to be friends!

He takes a look around to gather his bearings and notices that everyone is... avoiding him for some reason? But why? Usually, people think his suit is cute...? Oh, right! He had forgotten that he was not supposed to put the hood down! His parents had told him that suits like this look awkward and that it's sometimes even bad luck... Oh shit! Bad luck! Of course, that's why everyone was acting weird! He was being bad luck right now!

The Ninetails cosplayer quickly set down his Vulpix to free his hands so he could put his eared hood back up. Then, he ran as hard as he could after the Eevee. "Wait, please come back! I just wanna be friends with yooouuu! I'm sorrrryyy!!!"

Meanwhile, Annahime the Vulpix sneezed at the dust her idiot trainer had kicked up. What, what the hell had just happened? Why was her trainer running off like that!? Like- like some idiot kit that was chasing after a toy! Barking and yipping angrily, she ran off in pursuit of the idiot. "Pix! Pix! Pix! VuuuulllPIX!!!" Why, Gods above why!? Why she stuck with this idiot!?!

Update 2
Spoiler: show
Quote:
Originally Posted by Sneasel12, post: 7078584, member: 3180
ChrisClark13 - Promptly ignoring the Phanpy and giving chase to the brown fox, you notice that people seem to be avoiding you on your path. But how could this be? Your suit was so adorable people should be flocking around you with praise for the outfit. Of course! The hood was down, completely ruining the illusion of your Ninetales appearance! Setting Annahime down, a quick flip of your hood fixes the situation, allowing you to further chase down the Eevee.

Yipping and barking behind you Annahime seems a bit less than enthusiastic about running along, but luckily for her the chase doesn't take too much longer, the Eevee having taken shelter under a moving cart filled to the brim with an assortment of flowers being pushed along by an older man. Spotting you running after, the man stops, causing the Eevee to run out in front of the cart for a moment before realizing that its cover had been blown, choosing to instead jump up and into the flowers to hide and relax.

"Oh, is this little scamp yours?" The man notes, glancing over at your attire, as well as the now panting Annahime following you, who is more than happy to come to a stop, pawing at your leg as you've halted.

The small brown fox begins rolling about in the flowers, clearly enjoying all the colors, eliciting a small "Vee!" of excitement.

"Oh dear, can you please control your Pokemon?" The old man attempts to straighten out the flowers as the Eevee continues to roll about, fretting ever lost petal and broken stem. "These flowers need to last a few days along my trip, and I don't have time to stop to get more."

Reply 2
Spoiler: show

Quote:
Originally Posted by ChrisClark13, post: 7078639, member: 120787
"Um... it soon will be my Pokemon?" Curtis comments as he crouches down and approaches the Eevee rolling around in the flowers as non-threateningly as he can. He makes a few soft clicking sounds with his mouth to gently get the Eevee's attention. He then gently extends his right hand, palm down, so the Eevee can sniff it. "Hey, hey there little guy. Do you wanna be friends? Please be friends me with me..."

Meanwhile, due to how her dumb trainer is completely ignoring the cue to pick her up, Annahime is now pacing around his feet and making small hops onto his legs to get his attention. Eventually, she is forced to take matters into her own paws and so, just makes the leap up onto her dumb trainer's crouched-over back. She claws her way up his backpack and onto her preferred riding position, his left shoulder.

Curtis looks away to turn his head towards Annahime as she claws her way up. "Oh hey there," he says softly, "um... say hi to our new friend. Be nice please..."

Upon reaching her spot, Annahime pokes her head up past Curtis's shoulder- only to immediately start staring down the Eevee best she can. She starts rumbling with a high-pitched growl, not liking that this brown fox-thing is stealing away her trainer's attention.

Curtis starts stammering nervously, "Oh, um. P-play nice now... please... Oh oh um, um- Use Psychic to lift the Eevee out of the cart! Um, gently please though!" he suddenly gives out a order, causing the Vulpix to stare at him for a moment as the order processes through her brain.

Luckily, Curtis's relatives had gotten in a some amount of training before handing off Annahime or else she would've not followed orders at all. Though in her mind, it was a matter of 'well, if he wants me to do a trick- I suppose I can humor him'. Annahime sits up more on her trainer's shoulder, then her eyes glow a light red as she attempts to grip the Eevee in a psychic hold and tries lift it up slowly. She had better be getting a treat later for all this effort.


Update 3
Spoiler: show

Quote:
Originally Posted by Sneasel12, post: 7078804, member: 3180
ChrisClark13 - The old man's misunderstanding was rather, well, understandable, given your attire and apparent affection towards the Eevee now messing up his flower cart. Nevertheless you correct him, insisting that this small fox is only soon to be yours, rather than already in your possession. A small, stifled chuckle manages to escape the worried man's lips as Annahime climbs your back and on to your shoulder - at least your antics are helping to ease the mood!

Heeding your order to do one of her best tricks, the Vulpix's eyes glow red a moment before a similar glow surrounds the Eevee, lifting the troublemaker slowly from the cart and setting the fox on the ground, though not without a fair bit of protest as shouts of "Vee!" ring through the air, eliciting looks from other travelers.

"Thank you for helping with your friend," the man speaks out with a smile, reaching down and giving the Eevee a light scratch behind the ears, an action which prompts Annahime to pout a bit. But as the man picks up his cart to continue forward, the Eevee stares over at you and your Vulpix before deciding that shoulders must make for an excellent sitting spot. Sadly, it isn't your shoulder the fox is interested in, jumping on the cart once more only to launch itself onto the old man's shoulder.

"Oh! I'm terribly sorry little one!" The man shouts in surprise before placing the Eevee back on the ground, "I'm getting a bit too on in years to be making new friends at this stage of life."

This statement doesn't dissuade the fox, though, as one more "Vee!" of obstinacy shouts out before the creature jumps back to the man's shoulder. Sighing, the man accepts his position as Eevee's new perch, 'Terribly sorry young man, but it seems your new friend has taken a liking to me." Scratching the Eevee behind the ears for moment he ponders, "But perhaps you'd be willing to help me out and show this scamp just how friendly you are? I could use some help getting this cart to the City of Pentacles."


Reply 3
Spoiler: show

Quote:
Originally Posted by ChrisClark13, post: 7078944, member: 120787
Curtis looks despondent for a moment upon seeing that the Eevee seemingly wants nothing to do with him, but he cheers back up again once he realizes that he hasn't lost his chance to get it to like him just yet! "Yeah! I'll do it!" he shouts over-enthusiastically as he pumps a fist into the air. "I'll prove I'm the best, friendliest person ever!" He pauses for a moment, realizing just how silly the words that came out of his mouth were.

Annahime whines in embarrassment and tries to hide her face behind her trainer's head.

"O-oh um," Curtis stammers as he gives out a nervous chuckle, "I overdid it didn't I?" though once again, the wind comes back into the sails of his determination. He points his whole arm at the old man, his finger held out defiantly, "But, my point still stands! I'll come along and help you out!"

Then to prove his determination he wrestles his Vulpix off of his back and sets her down? And now he's getting out a treat bag? He takes one out and holds it out of Annahime's reach, who immediately starts jumping up and trying to get at it. "Hey, hey! Sit, siiiitttt," Curtis chides as he sets a hand on the fox's head to make her sit back down, "I'll give you this on one condition, you have to be nice. Okay?"

Annahime internally grumbles, 'You have to be nice'? what kind of stupid command is that? She turns her head away in disagreement. But then, her trainer says, "I'll give you the whole bag later..." that gets her attention, though that's not quite good enough and so she turns her head away towards the other side of her body, "Vuuul-pix!" and turns her nose up at the offer.

Curtis sighs, an entire bag isn't good enough? They weren't kidding when they said that this Vulpix was stuck-up! "Um... I'll give you three now?" His Vulpix starts turning her head back towards him, but not all the way and gives a tilt of the head. Okay, um, she seems to be listening at least? "How about, five now and the rest later?"

Finally, an agreeable deal was reached. Annahime fully turned her head back towards her dumb trainer and gave a slow, solitary nod. She supposes can make nice with the Eevee for such a sizable bribe. Dutifully, her trainer pulls out from the bag the agreed-upon five treats and holds them out in his hand for her to eat.

The pact made with the lazy, greedy Vulpix- the cosplaying trainer picked up his fox and placed her back on his shoulder. "Alright! Lead the way!" he shouts as he makes to follow the old man and his flower cart.


Update 4
Spoiler: show

Quote:
Originally Posted by Sneasel12, post: 7079068, member: 3180
ChrisClark13 - Practically jumping at the chance to prove just how friendly you can truly be, your enthusiasm is perhaps a bit startling to the Eevee, who elicits a worried "Vee..." as it positions itself on the old man's shoulder to try and avoid your gaze for now. At the least, your realization that you may have overdone your greeting helps the situation, the old man chuckling a bit as you offer your help on the way to the City of Pentacles.

Annahime, on the other hand, is a bit belligerent in her willingness to help, having to be offered bribe after bribe and turning them down one after another before finally agreeing to five treats now and the rest of the bag later. Happily wolfing down the treats provided, the Vulpix is lazily placed atop your shoulder, ready to ride along.

"Yes, well, as much as your enthusiasm is appreciated, your energy is best saved for the moment." Hoisting the cart back up and walking once more, the man points to the road ahead. "We're about two days out from the City of Pentacles, and who knows what troubles we may run into along the way."

It takes a few moments for the man to realize he's just agreed to letting you travel along without actually providing any assistance, let alone your own name, "I'm sorry, I didn't actually catch your name, or why you're here, beyond trying to befriend this fox. My name is Hugh, and despite the flowers I'm currently carting I actually deal in higher value trade goods normally."

The statement catches the ears of a man heading the opposite direction along the Path, choosing to wander over and stand in front of the man's cart. "High value trade goods, you say? Mind if I... examine your stock?" The man was somewhat young, with his hair cut short and an outfit that struck less of being able to purchase such goods than it did the idea that he might try to charge a toll despite being in the middle of the road already.

"Oh, I'm out of stock right now, and I've spent what little profit I've made recently on these flowers..." The man pauses, turning the cart to try to get around the hoodlum, only for the new arrival to position himself in front of the cart once more. "Really sir, I must be going, it's only a matter of time before these start to wilt." But the younger man persisted still, refusing to allow movement down the Path.


Reply 4
Spoiler: show

Quote:
Originally Posted by ChrisClark13, post: 7080516, member: 120787
As they're walking along, Curtis starts to respond to Old Man Hugh giving his name, "Oh, I don't think I shared my name either!" The trainer puts his right arm out of front of himself and jabs back at his chest with a 'thumbs up' sign, "I'm Curtis, Curtis Renard! And this here is Annahime because-" he takes note of another guy coming out and blocking their path. Curtis trails off as he finishes his sentence, "-because she acts like a princess..."

What the heck is this random guy doing!? What he's doing doesn't line up with what he's saying at all! Not to mention he looks all shifty-like! Not so much the way he's dressed, because you're not supposed to judge people based on appearances and all that- but the way he's acting! (Though also kind of how he's dressed.)

Curtis stomps his way up and wedges himself between the cart and this interloper, "Hey! What are doing? You're being super rude you know! He's said he doesn't have any high-value stuff on him right now- and even if he did, it's none of your business!" He puffs out his chest and does his best to between the man and the cart for now.

Annahime has to tighten her grip to stay her perch as her trainer barges in. Wasn't he supposed to be showing how nice he was? Yet, here he is now getting all angry at someone. Though to be fair, like he said, they are being rather rude... though also, she really doesn't like being carried into this mess either. But getting out of this would mean having to jump down and getting back up would be a hassle and she also guesses that it would make her trainer look weak and that'd be indirectly bad for her own reputation as well. So, instead, she just sits there and silently glares up at the man her trainer is confronting. Her hackles and tails are raised and her ears are laid flat back on her head in a threat display- trying to both look bigger and look ready for a fight.


Update 5
Spoiler: show

Quote:
Originally Posted by Sneasel12, post: 7081515, member: 3180
ChrisClark13 - Your introduction interrupted by this interloper, you opt to put yourself between him and the cart so that he can't easily hassle your new friend in regards to any expensive merchandise he may or may not have. Puffing out your chest and calling him out for his behaviour, Annahime even getting passed her usual laziness to put on as intimidating an appearance as possible to attempt to back you up.

Staring at you with an eyebrow raised, the ruffian of a man sizes you up for a moment. "What, a man in a costume and an overweight fox are going to stop me from getting a good price from this here merchant, are you?" Smirking, he pulls a pure white Premier Ball from his vest, clicking the release mechanism on the ball to present a multicolored sludge of a Pokemon, more green and yellow than the standard variant of Grimer most people are used to.

The old merchant attempts to dissuade the ruffian, his soft, calm voice speaking out "Now, now, there's no need for-"

"Shove it, old timer." The man quickly interjects. "If your friend here wants to puff out his chest at me he better be able to back it up. I don't take kindly to that kind of insult."

"Oh dear, um..." Backing his cart away for a moment, the old man looks at his flowers, worried once more. "Well in that case, I don't suppose you'd be willing to send this punk on his way so that we can get on ours?"


Reply 5
Spoiler: show
Quote:
Originally Posted by ChrisClark13, post: 7081546, member: 120787
Curtis did his best to hide his excitement, a Pokemon Battle- an actual to goodness Pokemon Battle that wasn't against another member of his family! Oh! Oooh! It's on! A spark lights up in his eyes as stomps the ground as he points forcefully at the interloper. The teen-dressed-as-a-fox holds his pose as he shouts, "If it's a battle you want, then you're in for it! Annahime use-" he gets interrupted by his Vulpix jumping off of his shoulder forcefully, "-oof!"

Ignoring the momentarily ungrateful landing (Ananhime totally did not just crash into the ground once she jumped off Curtis's shoulder)- angry flames started to form and circle around the pudgy Vulpix, as she prepared an attack!

The moment Annahime had heard the words 'overweight fox' the raging flame of anger was ignited inside Annahime's heart. You see, one of the few things that can match her weight is her anger towards people who dare to point that fact out! After all, she's not fat- she's just extra fluffy! ANYONE WHO SAYS OTHERWISE IS A FILTHY LIAR WHO DESERVES TO BE ON FIRE!! (Not even her trainer is an exception to this on her bad days. Thankfully, that fursuit is built to withstand the occasional Pokemon attack.)

Meanwhile, Curtis takes this moment to go ahead and have his Pokedex scan his opponent's Pokemon. Annahime seems to have this under control for the moment and more information is always a good thing! After he presses the button, his Pokedox quickly begins reading out the entry, "Grimer, Alola Form. The Sludge Pokemon. A Poison and Dark type. The crystals on Grimer's body are lumps of toxins-" though he doesn't have time to finish listening to the entry as Annahime lets out a loud cry as she launches a Mystical Fire attack!

"VUUUUUULPIX!" A large column of magical fire erupts into being in front of her snout and shoots directly towards the ruffian! If not the for the fact that said ruffian's Grimer just so happened to be in the direct way of the attack... well um, Annahime would've partially fried the human who had just called her fat.

But, it's clear who she was aiming for- other Pokemon that just so "happened" to be in the way or no.

Shocked by his Pokemon's bad behavior, Curtis stands there for a moment flabbergasted. "No bad!," he calls out after a moment, "you're supposed to attack his Pokemon! Not him!"

In response, his own Vulpix glares back at him for a moment before focusing her eyes on the Grimer. Fine! First, this pile of trash would burn, THEN the human who owns it!

Curtis rubs his hands together for a moment, then claps them as he gets his composure back. He shouts as he points out his finger, "Alright, follow up with another Mystical Fire and then use Protect!"


Update 6
Spoiler: show
Quote:
Originally Posted by Sneasel12, post: 7083727, member: 3180
ChrisClark13 - Opting to take the thoughtful route of taking a quick look through your Pokedex to get a tactical advantage on your enemy, surely this fight is bound to go your - oh no what is the fox doing.

The spiraling flame reaches out towards not the opposing Pokemon, as you would hope in a Pokemon battle, but instead towards the trainer blocking the way down the path. The Grimer isn't exactly going to let this stand, and stretches itself into the way a bit to absorb the Mystical Fire, sinking back down to the ground, its Special Attack lowered by the flames.

"No need to be uncouth." The ruffian responds, clearly unhappy with Annahime, "Give it a Payback to show it how things go around here!" The Grimer happily obliges, a dark aura surrounding itself before expanding outwards, amplifying the sludge's limbs as it stretches out to strike a blow at the Vulpix.

As if the strike wasn't bad enough, your berating of the Vulpix really drives the point home, helping to cool her head as you issue further orders. The opposing trainer isn't exactly wont to simply let you do as you please on your own time, shouting a couple orders of his own as Annahime is listening to your commands. Almost as soon as she turns back to the fight, a thick Poison Gas fills the area directly around Annahime, causing the Vulpix to begin coughing as the gas seeps into her lungs and she becomes poisoned. Retaliating after finishing her coughing fit, a second Mystical Fire burns up the remaining gas and pours itself over the Grimer for further damage and yet another drop to the sludge's Special Attack.

With things looking fairly even at the moment, the Grimer releases an aerosol of pure toxins, the Venoshock meant to agitate the poisons already in Annahime's system. Luckily, she's more than ready thanks to your orders, and sets up a Protect shield, absorbing the blow harmlessly.

Irritated by your defensive display, the ruffian shouts once more, "Get that pathetic excuse for a Pokemon out of our way with a Poison Jab!"

Reply 6
Spoiler: show

Quote:
Originally Posted by ChrisClark13, post: 7084204, member: 120787
Curtis grits his teeth as he watches Annahime take a beating. He sees that the guy's just gonna switch to physical attacks with all those special attack debuffs and Annahime doesn't really have a good way to dodge all those. Think, think! Shut down his options, box them in, do something! The Grimer needs to stop beating on Annahime somehow!

"Annahime, Disable that attack! Then Fire Spin and Fire Spin again! Trap that pile of goo in a vortex of flames and bake it like it's in an oven! Or better yet, a kiln! Bake it to a crisp!" Curtis has no idea what happens to what a Grimer's made of when the temperature is cranked up, but he was going to do his best to find out!

Annahime catches her breath for a moment as she hides behind her quickly fading Protect shield. Each breath, unfortunately, bringing in a fresh bit of pain to her lungs and mouth thanks to that foul gas earlier. Seriously, who- what kind of Pokemon fights like that? That's so mean and now everything is hurting! She hears her name and orders being barked out and, while she's not sure why it's not just three Fire Spins- oh right, the Grimer's going to attack! As quick as she can, she calls up her power and throws out a Disable- making her eyes glow light red as she does so. Then she gets right into calling up the flames needed for a double Fire Spin. Burn, burn, burn you ugly pile of goop- burn!


Update 7
Spoiler: show

Quote:
Originally Posted by Sneasel12, post: 7091527, member: 3180
hrisClark13 - With the scoundrel before you more than happy to continue this fight, the Grimer lunges forward with a Poison Jab, striking into Annahime with a solid blow. The Vulpix responds happily to your order to Disable the move, preventing the sludge monster from using the action for a little while going forward. Continuing the assault, Annahime engulfs the monster in a Fire Spin, trapping the Grimer in a fiery vortex.

"Oh, I see how it is." The thug groans, "Give it your own Disable and Snarl."

The Grimer obliges, its own Disable preventing Annahime's next Fire Spin, the fox unable to use the move for a little bit. An angry barking noise looses a dark wave as the Grimer proceeds to Snarl at the fox, dealing a decent bit of damage and reducing Annahime's Special Attack as a result, to which the Vulpix promptly whines.

"Ahaha! Perfect job!" The man laughs at the misfortune that has befallen your fox before barking a couple more orders, "Go with another Venoshock and Headbutt! Get that pathetic fox out of our way already!"

The old man behind you groans at the ongoing battle, with every passing moment glancing at his cart of flowers. "Oh, please hurry along with this ruffian..." He speaks up softly, poorly attempting at urgency, "These flowers do have an expiration... what ones still remain from the little one's earlier frolic through the cart."

At the words 'little one' the Eevee promptly looks up at the old man from the ground, having been intently watching your fun looking battle. "Vee!"

Reply 7
Spoiler: show

Quote:
Originally Posted by ChrisClark13, post: 7091712, member: 120787
Curtis grit his teeth as he saw Annahime continue to take a beating. Not good, not good! Why does that thing know Disable too? His plan was now in tatters (and with it a large chunk of his confidence). If his Vulpix goes down then- then he'll just have to fight himself and there's no real way that would work out! Not to mention that Annahime going down is just really bad on its own! How, how does he get out of this? First thing's first, weaken it some more? No, maybe? If only he could buy a moment to use the healing items he brought! Com'on think- what moves does she have, he only makes her run through most of them every other day!

He spares a glance back to the old man as they call out to him. "J-just a minute!" he barks in return, clearly flustered by how the fight is going. Why, why oh why is he up against a thing that he- that Annahime- has no type advantages against!?

Hurriedly, he gives his orders in as brave of a voice as he can manage. "Annahime- Confuse Ray! Will-O-Wisp! Fast as you can! You've got this!!" There, that should buy them some time. He flips his backpack over one shoulder, zipping open a pocket- then letting the backpack fall to the ground as soon he's grabbed what's looking for:
a Super Potion (1/3) and an Antidote (1/4). He stuffs the Antidote in his pocket and starts running over to this Pokemon as he preps the Super Potion with both hands.

Annahime lets out an angry whine that turns into a growl as her gaze drifts to the pile-of-goop's Trainer- how- how dare he laugh at her pain like this! This is totally unlike the practice matches she's had against the other members of her Trainer's family and their Pokemon- no respect for each other at all! She starts bracing for the attacks coming her way- but then she hears her name and a series of orders. Acting on her training, she digs her paws into the ground and summons up balls of ghosty light and flings them right at her opponent's eyes- trying to throw off their attack!

Coming up just behind her after all that (and whatever state she ends up in) is Curtis. As soon as he reaches Annahime he sprays the Super Potion on her, making her yip and snap at him in surprise as the medicine stings against her injuries. "Hold still, it's a potion. It'll feel better in a moment I promise!" he says as he sprays the rest of it on her as quickly as he can. There, that should keep them in the fight just a little longer- now only if he can apply the Antidote too...


Update 8
Spoiler: show
Quote:
Originally Posted by Sneasel12, post: 7097575, member: 3180
ChrisClark13 - With Annahime poisoned you opt to stall your opponent for a moment while you heal the fox up, a flash of a Confuse Ray leaving the Grimer befuddled. Just befuddled enough that the pile of sludge can't seem to manage its orders well, slapping itself in the face for a moment. Sneaking up behind the fox, you spray her with the Super Potion, eliciting a yipping sound out of her as he spray does its work. It takes a moment of soothing, but she does manage to calm down for a moment to allow the healing process to take hold. Meanwhile, the Grimer is having difficulties still, smacking itself around a bit.

"Hey!" the ruffian shouts at you, "Healing items are cheating!"

The old man blinks for a moment at the shout, "...and how is that?"

"Because I don't have any!"

Between the small laughs of the old man, Annahime turns her attention back to her foe, loosing a Will-O-Wisp at the Grimer, the small flames leaving similar sized burns on the sludge. In this moment, the Grimer finally manages an attack, a Headbutt giving Annahime a good knock, though it's dampened a fair bit by the Grimer's inability to move much without hurting itself in any real capacity. Just then, the burns take hold, causing the Grimer to wince before collapsing, unconscious.

Annahime gained 1 level.

Recalling the Grimer, the man sulks away in a huff. "Fine. I'll just have to get some flowers in town..."

Climbing out from below the cart, the Eevee yips as the man in celebration, running happily around Annahime, who continues to suffer from her poisoned condition.

"Well." The old man chuckles once more, "That sure was something. Would never have guessed that he actually wanted to buy some of my flowers!" The chuckle turns momentarily to true laughter before he pauses to catch his breath. "But as I said, these aren't for sale. I've got a special purpose for this cart."

The Eevee runs over to the old man once more, yipping out a quick "Vee!" which prompts him to lean down and allow the Eevee back onto his shoulder. "Yes, yes, we should get going if we're going to find a good place to camp before we reach our next destination." Turning to you he motions towards the road. "Why don't you heal up a bit and we'll get going? It's not too far away now from where I plan to stop for a rest."

Reply 8
Spoiler: show

Quote:
Originally Posted by ChrisClark13, post: 7097833, member: 120787
Curtis watches, somewhat in awe, as the Grimer just gets completely wrecked by the combination of Confusion and Burn. He'd have to remember to start with that combo more often.

At the old man's comment about the ruffian wanting flowers, Curtis comments. "Huh, he could've just said so- but I guess he wanted a battle more than he wanted the flowers. You know, maybe he was trying to get them for free? Could be that he's broke- but this wasn't an official battle or anything so I wouldn't have given him any money anyways." Curtis stands up fully just so he can pound his right fist into his left palm, "and even then I would've had to get back at him for beating up Annahime!"

Speaking of Annahime, he then realizes that she's still poisoned when she can't even half-heartedly bat at the Eevee without stumbling. "Ah, yeah. Lemme just check her over and I'll be right along!" Curtis grabs the Antidote from his pocket and starts spraying it over his poor, poor fox. Luckily, this one doesn't sting as bad when it touches her injuries since it's just neutralizing the poison. Once the bottle is empty, Curtis stuffs it back into his pocket (pack your waste with you and all that) and picks his fussy fox like a baby so he can get a good look at her belly. Okay, doesn't seem like any injuries there... he flips her over onto his shoulder and runs a hand carefully through her fur to check for bruises and injuries. Maybe it's just due to the Super Potion, but she's a lot less hurt than she seemed in the end- giving how much she was barking and whining during the fight. "It's okay, it's okay, you're fine now... who's a good girl, you're a good girl."

Annahime lets out a small (and unfortunately cute) grumble as her idiot trainer pokes and prods and fusses over her like she's some kind of baby. She nips at his gloved fingers and growls louder, but he just grabs her snout and wiggles it like he's playing with her! Finally, he puts her back on his shoulder- though given how exhausted she feels from walking earlier and that fight just now she elects to instead just drape herself over his neck.

Curtis continues on with the baby talk as he gives the Vulpix a few scritches behind the ears, "Aww, she's all tucked out." He goes back over to his backpack, cleaning out his pockets before putting it back on. Speaking more normally now, he feeds her a couple of treats from his pocket, "You did great out there Annahime. I thought we might actually lose there, but you pulled through!" It seems she enjoys the praise gives Curtis a little lick on the cheek before resuming acting like a floppy scarf.

With a chuckle, he walks back over to the old man, "Sorry if I took too long, had to make sure she's okay and all that. Ready to go now..." Curtis trails off as he reaches into his pockets once more and pulls out a couple of fox treats before offering them to the Eevee, "...and before we get going, these are for our little friend here."

Annahime groans weakly in protest when she realizes her treats are being shared. Oh whatever, fine. Take them you little lazy brown thing. Didn't even help at all in the fight. Annahime does her best to ignore this scene and doze off.

And with a sleepy six-tailed fox on his shoulders, Curtis set off with the old man.


Update 9
Spoiler: show

ChrisClark13 - Congratulating your lazy fox on managing to put forward enough energy to earn a victory, as well as realizing that perhaps statuses are best used towards the beginning of a fight rather than the end, you cure Annahime's poison and proceed back to the old man and the Eevee you continue to covet the affection of. Annahime isn't exactly happy about the fact that you offer up her precious treats so willingly towards the other vulpine, but begrudgingly accepts it for now, lazily draping herself around your neck as you walk further along the road with the old man.

The old man is quiet for the majority of the walk, solemnly watching over his cart full of flowers as though the lot of them could wilt and die at any moment. He only perks up when he spies a bit of a turn in the road as the sun begins going down, just off the road lying a large area with naught but dirt, clearly used as a regular camping ground in the walk between the Hamlet and the City of Pentacles.

"We can camp here for the night," he sighs as he wheels his cart over to the area, taking off his pack and pulling out a couple thin blankets, laying them atop each other for a place to rest on. The Eevee gladly makes itself cozy in the fabric, looking around for any predators before lying down for a bit. As the old man begins to get comfortable, a realization dawns on him. "Oh dear. I was expecting others to have set up camp here already, but it looks like we won't be having any other guests with us tonight." Searching through his pack for a moment he turns to you, "And I neglected to bring anything usable for kindling, let alone a proper campfire."

The area you've walked along the road so far has largely been fields, without much in the ways of trees to use for wood. Surely there must be a way to sustain a fire for most of the night?


Reply 9
Spoiler: show

Quote:
Originally Posted by ChrisClark13, post: 7098852, member: 120787
Curtis himself starts taking his camping gear out of his backpack, pulling out a small tent, a sleeping bag, an inflatable sleeping mat, a portable gas stove, a gas can for the said stove, and a mess kit- pretty much everything a modern camper (or Trainer) would bring along. He lets the sleeping gear sit on the ground for now as he eagerly pours some water into a tea kettle and sets it to boil. He sits down and picking through a small selection of dehydrated camping foods as he waits. Trying to figure out what he and Annahime would like best.

Meanwhile, the Vulpix in question slinks off of her Trainer's shoulders and lays down to rest until the tent is set up. She lazily watches the blue fire of the camping stove, staring into the tiny flames and watching how they flicker. This day had been... interesting. Her and her trainer's first time going out adventuring and all that. She didn't expect there to be quite so much walking though... and especially not for her trainer to try and force her to do so much of it. And now, here she is sitting in the dirt, why couldn't they have just stayed home...?

Curtis similarly, is lost in thought for a moment- though instead, he's still trying to think about what tasty meal he wants the most. He's got it narrowed down to the Sweet and Sour Pork or the Rice and Alolan-cooked Chicken. When the old man speaks up, Curtis looks over and realizes that he doesn't have much of anything to rest on or even eat. Where's his tent, his traveling food? Oh... he doesn't have much, does he?

Curtis looks down to his selection of premium camping foods his parents paid then grabs the lot as he stands up to go sit down next to the man, "Well, I don't have anything for a campfire either- but I do have that stove over there and these here," Curtis holds up the camping food bags, "I also have a small cooking pot if you wanna make something... Oh, and if you're worried about getting cold you can just use my sleeping bag I guess. Between Annahime over there and this fursuit, I usually just end up sleeping on top of it anyways."

"I mean, what do we need a campfire for anyways?" Curtis jokes


Update 10
Spoiler: show

Quote:
Originally Posted by Sneasel12, post: 7099016, member: 3180
ChrisClark13 - Setting up your own personal camp with almost every possible piece of equipment imaginable for the modern day camper, you set forward to getting down right cozy as you and Annahime prepare for the oncoming night. Meanwhile, your fox makes herself as comfortable as she can laying on the ground for the time being, watching as you work at selecting a good meal, staring back and forth between the Sweet and Sour Pork in one hand an the Rice and Alolan-cooked Chicken in the other. That is, of course, until the old man makes mention of the lack of fire.

Looking around at his lack of proper preparation, you offer up your sleeping back in the event that he is worried about warmth, a thought that he promptly shakes off, waving away the idea. "No, no, it's about more than just being warm. Though I suppose that is always a nice part of having a fire."

Pointing along the road to either end he continues, "It's quite a way away from any settlement here, so we need the fire ward off any would-be predators in the night."

The mention of the word "predators" causes the Eevee to startle for a moment, tucking itself firmly in between the man's two blankets and poking just its nose out to sniff the area. The old man calmly pets the top of the blanket, stroking it softly to calm down the Pokemon, "Now now, don't fret little one. I'm sure we'll think of something to keep us safe tonight."


Reply 10

Spoiler: show

Quote:
Originally Posted by ChrisClark13, post: 7099314, member: 120787
"Oh," Curtis replied. He'd never really had to deal with wild Pokemon getting into his stuff or even just attacking him and Annahime during the night. Though part of it could be that he has a tent, part of it a Pokemon that can spit fire, and the other last part of it is... well, he's pretty sure he's never been this far out from modern civilization before. "Um..." he trails off as he thinks.

So, he could try to cram everyone in his tent? But that'd be a really tight fit and the cart would be left completely unprotected so that's out.

He could look for firewood? But where though?

Maybe take shifts standing to look out for trouble? But... without a fire wouldn't things just sneak up on and around you anyways?

He looks over to Annahime, she can create fire- but for how long through.

"You sure we don't have anything that we can use for a fire? Because, well, the only idea I've got is to see how long me and my Vulpix can stay awake while she puts up Will-o-Wisps to scare things off." Curtis continues to ramble, "I'm pretty sure I've got an energy drink or something in my bag somewhere so I might be able to function in the morning... but she's too small for that much caffeine so we're not going to have her firepower if we run into any trouble. And that's assuming that we even can stay awake that long. That's uh, the best idea I've got." Curtis winces, "maaaybe you can think of something better?"

Just then, the camping kettle starts going off. "Just a moment!" Curtis runs over to it and takes it off the fire just before the whistling would've reached its peak shrillness. He rips open the bag of Sweet and Sour Pork and fills it up with hot water before sealing it up again and giving it a good shake. Curtis calls over to the old man if he wants hot water for anything and if so, puts more hot water on to boil instead of just putting the camping stove away.

As Curtis makes his way back to the old man with the food bag in one and his mess kit in the other (which has a Pokemon food dish), Annahime somehow finds the energy to get annoyingly underfoot.

She got a good whiff of the food and has now realized just how hungry she is. "Hey, hey, calm down it's still cooking" Curtis chides as he sits back down. But the hungry, fat fox will not be swayed. She wants her food and she wants it now. She's even considering just ripping into the bag with Psychic- though that might spill her food all over the dirt so she holds off for now.

He keeps the food bag away from Annahime's hungry jaws as he continues where his conversation left off, "So yeah, staying up all night on watch with Annahime- no, that wasn't the signal that it was ready- here to look out for trouble. Please tell me you can think of a better idea? Maybe there's a place I could find some firewood that's not too far away?"

Update 11
Spoiler: show

Quote:
Originally Posted by Sneasel12, post: 7114379, member: 3180
ChrisClark13 - Gently petting the Eevee to prevent it, too, from jumping at the food you are preparing, the old man listens to your thoughts on the matter of preparing firewood. "I see..." He ponders, unsure of how to help out further. The Eevee then jumps from the man's lap and begins pawing at the dirt nearby, something having caught its attention.

After a short moment of digging, the Eevee returns, a small glimmering yellow stone in its mouth. The man leans down to examine the stone, only for the kit to begin running around in circles, likely wanting to play with its newfound toy. The Eevee rushes over and sets the stone before Annahime, pawing at it repeatedly.

"Oh, I do think that we've found ourselves a fragment of a glowstone!" The man cheers up near immediately. "If it's natural to the area there's sure to be larger chunks nearby." Taking out a small trowel he begins poking at the dirt, ripping up small sections here and there.

Just as your prepared food is becoming ready, the man exclaims once more. "I found a few more bits around. They look like they've chipped off of something much larger." The man glances around the clearing, looking for more of the stone. "But at this rate it will take all night to pull up enough of the stone to actually give us the light we need."

Surely there must be some way to find more of this mysterious glowing crystal, enough to provide a warm glow for your group to sleep safely tonight?

Reply 11
Spoiler: show

Quote:
Originally Posted by ChrisClark13, post: 7114388, member: 120787
Curtis leaned in to inspect the glowstone, tapping it gently, "Huh, never seen something like that before- or even heard of it."

Annahime sniffs curiously at the piece of glowstone as well. Was the Eevee trying to give her a gift? Hmm, it does glow- so maybe it's kind of a pretty sort of thing? Annahime picks it up with a Psychic for a moment so she can put the glowstone piece in her head-fluff. Hmm, why yes she does suppose it looks rather nice. She looks at the Eevee and gives them a nod, that'll do that'll- wait what.

Curtis plucks the glowstone out of Annahime's fur, looking it over closer and pressing on it to get a feel for it. Shortly thereafter Annahime plucks it back out of his hands and redecorates herself with it. She huffs indignantly at her Trainer, "Pix!" it was a gift to her! How dare he take it! She growls when he bends down to take the pretty stone back. "Vulll-pix!"

Curtis sighs, looking back at the old man, "Just a moment, Annahime's being testy. She does that when she finds something she likes you see..."

He bends down, keeping his hands away from her. He speaks to her pleadingly, as one would to a misbehaving child, "Annahime, I'm not gonna take it- it's yours okay? But look over there at what the other guy is doing- he's digging up more of those glowstones! I bet if we get enough we can make you a necklace or a tiara out of it, or both! Now, I'm going to help him out, but if you don't help too- then none of what we find will be yours and it'll all go to the Eevee instead- yeah?"

He swears he can see sparkles in her eyes as she considers the possibilities, though at the very least her tails are wagging at the thought. Not even giving her Trainer a quick nod, she runs over to where the old man is digging around and starts tearing holes in the ground best she can with applications of Psychic. She then looks back at her Trainer and motions for him to come over... over to the pile of dirt she's ripped up.

"I think she wants me to pick through it..." Curtis groans.

"Pix! Pix!" she nods. Now he's getting it!

Curtis turns around, rolls his eyes, and gets a shovel of his own out of the camping gear he brought along and comes back. He starts to pick through the mess, then stops. "Annahime, here's a better idea. Just throw what you're digging up into the air and let the dirt blow away- yeah? Then we can just pick up anything that glows that didn't get blown away."

Annahime, pleased that her dumb Trainer can apply his brains to things other than battling (and the fact that they're digging up pretty stones helps too!), nods and starts changes up how she's digging with her Psychic- throwing the clumps of dirt up she's grabbing up into the air. Curtis does the same using the shovel. Though it seems that the job of actually picking up the glowstones falls to him and the others, naturally.

Though there's a quick break to eat, once Curtis realizes that he kind of left his food just sitting there. But after a few minutes of forcing down his meal fast as he can (something Annahime does herself naturally), it's back to work.

He hopes the weird digging method he came up with shows some good results and they can find what they need pretty quickly... because Annahime's not gonna last long at the rate she's using up her energy- even with all that food she just ate.


Update 12
Spoiler: show

Quote:
Originally Posted by Sneasel12, post: 7136920, member: 3180
ChrisClark13 - Annahime, as per usual, takes some convincing to do the one thing necessary to provide the lot of you with a decent night's sleep. But the idea of a shining stone adorning her soft fur seems to be enough incentive to get things rolling as she begins digging up chunks of earth with Psychic energy, tossing it into the air after a bit of coaching to reveal some shining glints here and there. Meanwhile, the Eevee begins frantically running about, collecting the small shining scraps and pawing off any remaining dirt before putting the stones in a pile.

It's a bit of hard work that consumes some time, but soon enough there's a sizable pile of the stones, able to illuminate some ten feet or so around it. Taking out a small pouch of water, the older man washes off his hands before making camp around the stone, motioning for you to do the same.

"It's later than I would have liked, but we should be able to get going fairly early after a good night's sleep." He comments, laying down, the small brown fox cuddling up next to him for the night.

Annahime, meanwhile, begins dragging your sleeping bag over with Psychic, trying to position it by the stones, ready for rest herself after all that exertion. Taking a nice resting position near the stone, she stares into the pile, the soft glow reflecting off of her lustrous fur while revealing some eyes in the distance that it reflects off of momentarily before whatever predators are out there move along for the night.


Reply 12
Spoiler: show

Quote:
Originally Posted by ChrisClark13, post: 7165067, member: 120787
Curtis would rather be in the tent he brought, but whatever- he's too tired to put up a fight against Annahime's pushiness right now. Besides, wasn't sleeping next to that pile of rocks is supposed to be safer right now, right? Annahime, already curled up on the sleeping bag, seems to have forgotten a few things- namely the sleeping mat and the pillow. He lets out a sigh and walks the short distance to his tent to go grab them.

Meanwhile, Annahime picks up some of the shining stones with her Psychic grip and lifts them up. She tries for a while to arrange them into different floating patterns; however, much to her annoyance, trying to do beyond a very simple pattern quickly becomes very difficult. She keeps at it for a while longer anyway, at least until she starts feeling a headache from the psychic strain of it. She's about to set the shining stones back down but notices the Eevee lying over there. She wonders what the other fox would look like with the shining stones adorning their fur as well, wondering if they would even like that.

She's not quite sure where the thought came from, but she supposes the other brown fox did help after all. Maybe her dumb trainer's rubbing off on her or something- maybe because she's sure that somehow her dumb trainer is going to end up bringing that Eevee home at some point so she might as well play nice with it. Anyhow, she starts to carefully place some of the shining stones one by one on top of the Eevee- covering their back and (if the Eevee doesn't object) putting some in its tail. There, the other fox is all pretty now.

Curtis, having come back just in time to see this rare act of generosity from Annahime, lets out a soft "Aaaaawwww" and gives his Vulpix a pat on the head. "Knew you had it in you to be a good girl," he softly teases, giving her a scratch under the chin. "Now if you'll excuse me a moment..." he says, tugging on the sleeping bag to lay it out on top of the sleeping mat. Stubbornly, Annahime doesn't move at all and just stares blankly at him as he sets up for the night and finally gets into the sleeping bag.

Soon, both trainer and Pokemon are fast asleep...


Update 13
Spoiler: show

Quote:
Originally Posted by Sneasel12, post: 7188347, member: 3180
ChrisClark13 - With Annahime now comfortable and the old man more or less shut up about the state of the camp, despite himself being the one that came unprepared, it's time for some rest. After giving the Eevee a bit of decoration, Annahime stubbornly refuses to move as you finish actually setting up to sleep, having been rather comfortable atop the sleeping bag alone. Regardless, she does decide to cozy up after you actually finish setting up, and nods off to sleep in a timely manner.

"Hey kid!" A shout jolts you quickly from your slumber. "Get up already or we'll be late!"

Looking about, it's still decidedly dark out, though the stars in the sky are beginning to fade, so it's likely to be dawn soon enough. Despite the fact that it is still incredibly early, however, the old man seems completely prepared. He chews on what appears to be a soft jerky of some sort, taking tally of the items in the cart as he prepares to leave. The Eevee pokes its head playfully out of the cart, still adorned in small stones, before jumping out and rushing over to you, pouncing directly onto your stomach as further warning not to be left behind, the resulting impact startling Annahime somewhat and causing her to lazily roll out of the sleeping bag to check the surroundings, only to stare about bewildered as to why it's some gods forsaken early.

"It's a half hour trek to our next stop and I want to be there before dawn!" The old man shouts once more at you. "That means you've got about ten minutes to get ready and get some food in you before we're back out on the road."

The Eevee confirms this timeframe, hopping back towards the cart playfully before pulling what appears to be a Sitrus Berry out of the man's pack and letting out a happy squeal of a "Vee!" before slowly nibbling on the food as it waits to get back on the road.


Reply 13
Spoiler: show

Quote:
Originally Posted by ChrisClark13, post: 7193671, member: 120787
Curtis half-cracks his eyes open, groaning like a zombie, "Huuuuwhaaaaa?" His half-awake brain pushes through the fog surrounding it just enough to register that... it's not that bright yet outside. The trainer's eyes drift back shut as his mind starts to sink back into unconsciousness.

Unfortunately, it seems that the Eevee he'd been trying to befriend has other plans.

Curtis is caught completely off guard by the ball of fluff that catapults itself into his stomach. In reaction to the air being forced out of his lungs, his body flips onto its side curls itself into a ball. He starts coughing and gasping for air, his body thinking that he was suffocating for just a moment there. His mind takes a few seconds to catch up as he groans from pain, "Augh why.... I'm up, I'm up..." Unfortunately, he was no stranger to being woken up by impatient Pokemon- at his parent's house had been a particularly impatient Mightyena that would wake him up in much the same way... and if that didn't work it would literally drag him out of bed.

Annahime yaps unhappily as she's sent tumbling off to one side, but she's quick to pick herself up. Luckily, she didn't really see what just happened otherwise she'd be mad at the Eevee for waking them up. Well, angrier than she already is that the thing seems to be a morning Pokemon. Hadn't it ever heard of the concept of... well, beauty sleep or just that it's actually unnatural to be that full of energy this early in the morning?

Blearily, she looks to her human to see that he seems to be getting up too now with many a groan and a moan- like a normal person instead of whatever that Eevee is. Grumpily, she yawns and stretches out.

As Curtis peels the sleeping bag off of him, he nods along at the old man's words, "Give me a minute." Ten minutes? Why hadn't the geezer gotten them up earlier? It's gonna take all of that, maybe more, to pack all this up. Looks like it's trail mix and jerky for breakfast- which well, isn't all that bad really.

Annahime waddles over to join the Eevee as they all pack up. Seeing as it got its breakfast from the old human's pack, maybe there'd be something in there she could eat too? A berry or two does sound nice about now. She attempts to simply walk up and shove her face into the pack, sniffing and looking for something yummy to eat. She does spare a glance back at her Trainer, just to confirm that he's too busy taking down camp to stop her from sticking her nose in where it doesn't belong.

Curtis packs up as quick as he can as he stuffs some food in his pockets for later. As soon as he's done, he walks up to the old man, "Alright- all ready to go! Don't worry, I've got some stuff in my pockets I'll eat along the way."

__________________


I fill my lungs with everything
You want someone that I can't be
You say it's insanity, but
I say that's my life

Fizzy Bubbles

Last edited by Lil'twick; 06-04-2023 at 05:54 PM.
Lil'twick is offline   Reply With Quote
Old 04-27-2021, 01:44 AM   #4
Lil'twick
Insanity
 
Lil'twick's Avatar
 
Join Date: May 2013
Location: Fizzy Bubbles
Posts: 5,751
Send a message via Skype™ to Lil'twick
Ongoing Adventures Pt 2

mespritchaser
Spoiler: show
Adventure Start
Spoiler: show
Quote:
Originally Posted by mespritchaser, post: 7174326, member: 120224
The Arcane Realm is a place not unknown to Revel, but it's somewhere she hadn't been before. Now that she's able to explore different places without hindrances (and a few experiences in her arsenal), she took the opportunity to take her next adventure at this place called The Land of Cups, known as the jewel of the Arcane Realm. She wasn't sure if that particular title drew her in, but the more she read about it, the more she wanted to see it for herself.

Her interest was particularly piqued by something called the Desert of Stars. A desert, Revel thought to herself. I've definitely never been in one before. This was a different land from what she was used to, which was usually filled with people. She knew that reading about it, especially since it mentioned meteorites and 'otherworldly experiences' that some people have encountered. It sounded daunting, but very intriguing, and that unfamiliarity definitely would not deter her. She's finally given an opportunity to be a Trainer and an explorer. She had to see what's up about this place.

The thing is, the Desert of Stars was far up north, so naturally it takes many days of travel. The Trainer isn't sure how long her trio has been travelling now, but it's definitely been a while. Her Piplup Chachi and Applin Alfie are walking close by to her, a bit exhausted, but patient in moving forward. Even Chachi, who is always looking for excitement, is trudging on with few complaints - though the most would be how slow his companions were at times. The unfamiliar terrain did not hinder his thrill of adventure.

Alfie, on the other hand, is a little more timid and walks closer to his Trainer (or even Chachi, if Chachi walked slow enough). All his life, he's lived among a grove of berry trees, and has never been elsewhere aside from that. He also has new companions as well, and none of them were round or small or looked like the fruits that grew on his home.

Still, whenever his Trainer stops to take in the view of the mountains shaped like cups (hence its name), Alfie would look at the view with her. He doesn't quite understand what it entails exactly, but it helps him get used to the new terrains they've been walking on. Revel knows that the Appletun does not have the adventurous spirit that her Piplup had, or at least not yet. "Not that much trees around, huh?" Revel says. Alfie would nod slowly as he looked around, seeing only mountains and unfamiliar plants that could only thrive in dry environments. Different. Very different.

"This is a new place for me too," Revel says to no one in particular, both her Pokemon at her side. "I wonder what's in it for us here?"

They continue walking slightly further, and just as Revel thought about taking a break, she notices the first few meteorites around the desert. Or maybe they were regular rocks? She isn't sure if she's able to tell the difference. Either way, she hopes that her trio finally made it to their destination.

"I wonder if that's..." Revel says to herself, before she notices Chachi running excitedly towards a nearby rock. "Chachi! Don't touch that!" Chachi stops before he reaches the rock, and pouts at his Trainer. "I mean, we should be careful," Revel continues. "We don't know what kind of power or side effect we could get from touching these things." Understanding the warning but disappointed he doesn't get to touch, Chachi crosses his fins, settling for staring at the rock (for now). Alfie simply tilts his head in curiosity.


FB Profile


Update 1
Spoiler: show
Quote:
Originally Posted by Pearl's Perap, post: 7178161, member: 5314
Having travelled across the Arcane Realm for so long that you and your party had lost all sense and track of time, it soon became apparent to each of you that you must be arriving in the area known as the Desert of Stars. Since pressing North, the terrain had become more desolate and craggy, littered with boulders, hardy shrubs and small rocks that glinted in the sunlight as you passed them by. The ground itself was made up of a course sand mixed with tiny fragments of stone, making the walk feel like twice the exertion.

Pressing on with the mountains at the side of you, Chachi and Alfie, the three of you follow a slight sloping incline in the terrain to the top of a wide mesa. Reaching its flat top, the three of you are taken aback at the sheer amount of boulders that seemed to have accumulated there. Wanting to get a closer look, Chachi points a flipper and you choose to walk in and amongst the rocks. Every last boulder was an ashy grey colour against the sand, each one roughly the same size and shape as the next: almost perfectly rounded.

As you walk between the many spherical boulders, you start to get the funny feeling that something is watching you. After encountering nothing but your Piplup and Appletun on your way here, it could just be your mind playing tricks on you but you can shake the peculiar feeling nonetheless. Pressing onwards across the mesa, your suspicions that something has been following the three of you are confirmed when a flash of pink darts between several boulders to your right before dashing in front of you as you turn around to look.

"Clef!" a small squeak of a voice comes from behind a boulder to your left that looked to be a slightly darker shade of grey to the rest, prompting Chachi to take off and investigate. In a moment, the Piplup quickly reappears with what could only be described as a puzzled look upon his face. Following the plucky penguin behind the rock, you are surprised when you see what your Piplup had encountered: a small square door made out of metal was built in to the rear side of the boulder.

What will you do?


Quote:
Originally Posted by Pearl's Perap, post: 7178161, member: 5314
Having travelled across the Arcane Realm for so long that you and your party had lost all sense and track of time, it soon became apparent to each of you that you must be arriving in the area known as the Desert of Stars. Since pressing North, the terrain had become more desolate and craggy, littered with boulders, hardy shrubs and small rocks that glinted in the sunlight as you passed them by. The ground itself was made up of a course sand mixed with tiny fragments of stone, making the walk feel like twice the exertion.

Pressing on with the mountains at the side of you, Chachi and Alfie, the three of you follow a slight sloping incline in the terrain to the top of a wide mesa. Reaching its flat top, the three of you are taken aback at the sheer amount of boulders that seemed to have accumulated there. Wanting to get a closer look, Chachi points a flipper and you choose to walk in and amongst the rocks. Every last boulder was an ashy grey colour against the sand, each one roughly the same size and shape as the next: almost perfectly rounded.

As you walk between the many spherical boulders, you start to get the funny feeling that something is watching you. After encountering nothing but your Piplup and Appletun on your way here, it could just be your mind playing tricks on you but you can shake the peculiar feeling nonetheless. Pressing onwards across the mesa, your suspicions that something has been following the three of you are confirmed when a flash of pink darts between several boulders to your right before dashing in front of you as you turn around to look.

"Clef!" a small squeak of a voice comes from behind a boulder to your left that looked to be a slightly darker shade of grey to the rest, prompting Chachi to take off and investigate. In a moment, the Piplup quickly reappears with what could only be described as a puzzled look upon his face. Following the plucky penguin behind the rock, you are surprised when you see what your Piplup had encountered: a small square door made out of metal was built in to the rear side of the boulder.

What will you do?
Quote:
Originally Posted by Pearl's Perap, post: 7178161, member: 5314
Having travelled across the Arcane Realm for so long that you and your party had lost all sense and track of time, it soon became apparent to each of you that you must be arriving in the area known as the Desert of Stars. Since pressing North, the terrain had become more desolate and craggy, littered with boulders, hardy shrubs and small rocks that glinted in the sunlight as you passed them by. The ground itself was made up of a course sand mixed with tiny fragments of stone, making the walk feel like twice the exertion.

Pressing on with the mountains at the side of you, Chachi and Alfie, the three of you follow a slight sloping incline in the terrain to the top of a wide mesa. Reaching its flat top, the three of you are taken aback at the sheer amount of boulders that seemed to have accumulated there. Wanting to get a closer look, Chachi points a flipper and you choose to walk in and amongst the rocks. Every last boulder was an ashy grey colour against the sand, each one roughly the same size and shape as the next: almost perfectly rounded.

As you walk between the many spherical boulders, you start to get the funny feeling that something is watching you. After encountering nothing but your Piplup and Appletun on your way here, it could just be your mind playing tricks on you but you can shake the peculiar feeling nonetheless. Pressing onwards across the mesa, your suspicions that something has been following the three of you are confirmed when a flash of pink darts between several boulders to your right before dashing in front of you as you turn around to look.

"Clef!" a small squeak of a voice comes from behind a boulder to your left that looked to be a slightly darker shade of grey to the rest, prompting Chachi to take off and investigate. In a moment, the Piplup quickly reappears with what could only be described as a puzzled look upon his face. Following the plucky penguin behind the rock, you are surprised when you see what your Piplup had encountered: a small square door made out of metal was built in to the rear side of the boulder.

What will you do?
Reply 1
Spoiler: show

Quote:
Originally Posted by mespritchaser, post: 7183142, member: 120224
“Spheres,” Revel whispers to herself in awe. They were more boulders than spheres in themselves, but it still left the three of them amazed. Is this it? Or, where are we? Are these the ‘stars’? Even Chachi’s eyes are glued to the weird, almost perfect round shape, and doesn’t move an inch.

Alfie is the first one who comes to his senses, carefully walking ahead of the group. Chachi then catches up to him and points to a path among the boulders. “Pip! Pip!” Revel affirms the Piplup. “I knew you were onto something, Chachi.” Alfie looks towards the direction of the path and agrees with a low “Tun.” “Even Alfie thinks so,” Revel chuckles. “Let’s check it out.”

As they walk, the trio observes the boulders surrounding them: each one about the same shape as the last, and all with about the same grey color. What landed here that made all these boulders look almost perfectly alike? Revel already formed that thought in her head earlier, but seeing them up close made her wonder even more.

A tingle goes down the Trainer’s neck, and she quickly looks around her. She expects someone (or some thing) to be watching them, but she doesn’t see anyone else. It’s just her and her two Pokemon companions. Maybe it’s just the vibe I get from this place that’s all sorts of weird, Revel thinks to herself. What do I expect? She momentarily shakes off the feeling and continues walking.

“Tun!” Not even a long while later, Alfie gasps in surprise when a flash of pink darts speeds across them from the right. To the left, where the flash headed toward, the trio hears a small squeak. “Clef!” All three are surprised, but Chachi runs to investigate the sound, which seems to come from a boulder that was a darker shade of grey from the rest.

“Pip..?” Chachi returns from his quick investigation, looking confused. “What is it, Chachi?” Revel asks as she and Alfie run to his spot, and her question is immediately answered by the sight of the small square metal door built on the boulder’s rear.

“...Tun?” Alfie asks Chachi, unsure of what to make of what he was seeing. “Pip… Pip?” Chachi is at his most puzzled in their trek so far, looking around for whatever the flash of pink was. Revel did not even have time to process that the weird feeling she had earlier was right, because her view now raised more questions than answers. The flash of pink that they saw earlier was nowhere to be seen either, but… could this door be the reason why?

“I think…” Revel begins, her Appletun and Piplup looking at her for their next step. “Okay. I think we’re really onto something here.” She looks at Chachi, who has been constantly insistent on looking at the boulders. Chachi’s eyes sparkle upon realizing that he can touch the boulder this time. Revel nods. “Alright, peck lightly at that door three times, like we’re knocking. If nothing answers after a while, try opening it. Alfie, stay next to Chachi and get ready in case anything comes out.”

Nodding at his Trainer, Chachi’s determination returns and he inspects the door for a bit. Alfie, inspired by his companions, also nods at his Trainer and stands firm next to Chachi and anticipates whatever happens next. Revel watches the events unfold, keeping an eye on both her Pokemon.

Then, Chachi lightly pecks at the door thrice.


Update 2
Spoiler: show

Quote:
Originally Posted by Pearl's Perap, post: 7188312, member: 5314
With no sight of the pink flash that you had recently spotted amongst the boulders, you have a hunch that the peculiar door you have encountered might hold the answer to its disappearance. With Chachi commanded to deliver a polite knock to the strange portal, you collectively hold your breath as the plucky penguin gladly steps forward to rap upon the door thrice. The seconds that follow Chachi's knock seem to stretch out with nothing until you hear a faint clattering noise coming from behind it. Despite this, no answer comes to the Piplup's knock and he proceeds with the next step of your plan.

With no knob to speak of, Chachi steps up to the door and slides his flippers along each of its sides. If it was a door, it would have to have some way of opening and it wasn't long before the young penguin found the solution. Along one side of the door, a small button was hidden in an indentation in the metal and, upon spotting this, Chachi gives it a quick poke with his beak. With a metallic whoosh, the door swings outwards and a familiar squeak rings out from within.

"Please don't hurt us!" Another voice, strangely human, comes from within the sphere and a small turquoise hand feebly attempts to pull the door closed but appears to retreat at the sight of Chachi. Not planning to harm whoever the voices belonged to, your Piplup gets closer and peers into the dark within the boulder and you carefully approach the doorway yourself. In front of the space, you suddenly spot the cause of the pink blur. Inside the boulder looks to be what you can only describe as the sophisticated trappings of a spaceship, with levers and contraptions aplenty as well as a pair of small Pokémon: a cowering Cleffa and a young Elgyem.

"We come in peace. My friend and her sister came here in search of a gift for their mother... but we got separated." The human voice before appears to be coming from the Elgyem, his beady eyes aglow as the words apparently form directly in your mind. The Cleffa corroborates this, hopping forwards to vaguely point out into the distance beyond the plateau. Given that you and your Piplup are not posing a threat to you, the Elgyem steps forward into the doorway, albeit still nervously:

"We're smart but we're not exactly tough so... we really could do with some help."

"Clef?" The young Star Shape Pokémon peeks out from behind the equally sheepish Elgyem. Though she was shy and quite clearly scared by yours and your Piplup's intrusion, it seemed that she was imploring you with her eyes from the safe spot behind her friend. Looking up to you with similar eyes of his own, Chachi chirps up at you and awaits your decision.

What will you do?


Update 3
Spoiler: show

Quote:
Originally Posted by Pearl's Perap, post: 7204877, member: 5314
The decision to assist the young travellers comes as a welcome relief to the Cleffa who had tried her best to implore you and your Pokémon friends and the Baby Pokémon chirps happily, dancing up and down before remembering herself and her predicament. You can sense the Elgyem's similar relief as well as you watch the little green man offer a hand-like appendage to Chachi as a way of a greeting, the Psychic type choosing to follow this up by bowing slightly through the doorway in the rock to you and your Appletun.

With your offer of help quickly accepted, the Cleffa leaps into action before you. Given that you don't speak her language, the Star Shape Pokémon attempts to mime what she needs to tell you to the very best of her ability, hopping this way and that before hiding behind a nearby boulder. From what you can gather, she seemed to be imitating some sort of monstrous creature, using her tiny hands to emulate something with horns... or perhaps tusks. Her Elgyem companion watches yours and your Pokémon's reactions as the odd pantomime takes place and takes stock of things before stopping the Cleffa in her tracks.

"What Cleffa is saying is that there are dangerous creatures out there and she believes her sister has been snatched up by one."

At the telepathically shared words of the Cerebral Pokémon, the Cleffa nodded, her hands quick to imitate the monster once again. This time, she motions away from the safety of their vessel and once you have followed her, she begins to point down one of the sloping sides of the rock formation that you all found yourself gathered upon. Not all too far away, it looked as if there was the mouth of a cave in the sloping rock and this is where you realise the Baby is highlighting to you.

"We think she could be in th-"

The alien's implanted words stop abruptly and you realise that something is suddenly quite wrong. Before you or your team mates can react, the Cleffa loses her footing at the edge of the slope and begins to tumble down in the direction of the cavern opening. As she does, Elgyem leaps forwards to gape aghast at his companion's slide into the abyss before turning to you with tears instantly forming in his wide eyes.

What will you do?



Sneaze
Spoiler: show

Adventure Start
Spoiler: show

Quote:
Originally Posted by Sneasel12, post: 7073125, member: 3180
The Lake of the Moon, an interesting landmark within the Arcane Realm to be sure. The rumored changing of the topography with the moon's phases drew Michael here to examine the site, with scant little else on his plate at the moment. Surely something was behind the unnatural state of the body of water, something he could deal with in a timely manner. At least, perhaps he could were he not escorting a small army of fresh out of the egg Pichu. Five of his six baby mice were present, Annie, Angela, Asher, Axel, and Andrew, with the youngest of the siblings, Aren, left at home with their parents for now. The rambunctious scamps were proving to be a bit of a distraction already, climbing up and down the man's hoodie, swinging from the chains on his pants, and just being generally overly playful scampering about, forcing him to keep a regular eye on the group. Surely he could at least get some research done here and come back later to deal with the root problem, right?

Scooping Angela up and placing her on his right shoulder causes an almost immediate reaction in the group, the lot of them ceasing their play to climb up the man's body and perch atop him. With Asher winning the race to cling to the top of Michael's head, Annie and Andrew decide to rest for the moment in his lowered hood, while Axel takes his other shoulder for his vantage point. The group temporarily calmed, Michael finally begins his approach to the lake, ready to look for clues to begin uncovering the mysteries surrounding this very surreal body of water.


Update 1
Spoiler: show
Quote:
Originally Posted by Liltwick, post: 7073181, member: 83117
Sneasel12-

The Lake of the Moon. Number 18 in the recognized landmarks of the Arcane Realm. A place of mysteries based on the cycle of the moon, but they can also be said to just be illusions as well. It was best to come into this place with a clear mind, instead of being deluded about what you might actually find here.

With your horde of Pichu at your side, you make your way towards the shores of the lake. The water was crystal clear, reflecting everything with perfect clarity. It gently ebbed and flowed across the sands of the shore, and you could see a few boats on the water. Fishermen, ready to harvest the fish that made this place its home.

At this angle you would notice one thing, that there was a darker spot of water that seemed impossible to see through. It was this brilliant shade of royal blue, but no light seemed to penetrate the waters. It was in the shape of a waning crescent, just like how the moon was the night before. At the least that phenomena was accurate. But the temple and the so called "King of the Lake" wasn't so sure. No one has seen the former and its reported that any who challenged the later turned up as chum the day after.

It was then you noticed a small boat tethered to the shore, attached to a rusty iron rod. The rope was made of a material you could not identify at a glance, but the boat was obvious enough. Ebonwood, or Ebony, was a powerful wood in terms of magical theory. It was a conduit from spells of powerful destruction, but was able to absorb curses incredibly well. No one was near this lone boat, and it seemed too new to have been sitting here for a while.

With nothing else out of the ordinary at this time, seems like this was your best bet. Your Pichus also looked a little curious about the boat, but none of them left your side to go investigate it. It looked innocuous enough, but there was no way of knowing unless you investigated it.

What do you do?


Reply 1
Spoiler: show

Quote:
Originally Posted by Sneasel12, post: 7074184, member: 3180
Staring over at the deep blue water, Michael is entranced by the shape of the lake having taken the form of the moon from the previous night. But before he can muse on it for too long his eye catches sight of a small boat of Ebonwood, a rope attached to lead to a rusted iron rod tethering the boat to shore. Between the lot, while he didn't recognize the material of the rope, what worried him most was the fact that the iron has become rusted while the boat was so new. Was this simply an old rod being re-used, or was the boat simply older than its fresh appearance gave hint to?

Michael wasn't the only one perturbed by the vessel, Alexander climbing out of his hood to look closely at the boat, while Angela took his place next to their sister in the man's hood, even going so far as to pull the hood up over the two of them slightly to provide a place for the sisters to hide. Noticing the Pichus hadn't made a rush to play with the boat, Michael places both Asher and Axel on the ground to see how they react, only for the both of them to back up behind his legs for shelter. At least the lot of them had good instincts.

Deciding he was unlikely to get any further information from a cursory glance, the man went to see if he could remove the iron rod from the ground to see how the boat would react to no longer being tethered to shore. He would much rather avoid touching the boat itself for now until he understood what enchantments might be at play here first.


Update 2
Spoiler: show

Quote:
Originally Posted by Liltwick, post: 7074652, member: 83117
Sneaze-

You, and the horde, go and investigate the rusted iron rod tethering the boat to shore. It seemed harmless enough, and it looked like that the boat was freshly tied to the post. On closer inspection you could see various different scrape marks from different kinds of rope on the rod. Though, it certainly was strange that an something as old as this was used to keep something as new as the boat to stay ashore.

You then heard footsteps running towards you, and the horde instinctively moves to form a protective barrier around you. A figure soon comes into view carrying a load of fishing supplies and then stops about 30 ft in front of you panting. It was a younger woman wearing a pink angler's vest, a pink hat with sunglasses on it. Her eyes were a vibrant green and she kept her blonde hair in twin tails.

"Ahh what are you doing with my boat I jsut had that made oh my god oh my god I knew I shouldn't have stopped my alarm!!!!" she yelled ut, almost not being able to breath between her words. She then hung her head and collected herself.

"Hi, I'm Haley. Third generation angler for the Fisher family!" She introduced her self, winking with a cheeky smile while giving a thumbs up.

"I don't know what you and your Pichus were doing with my boat, but if you excuse me I need to get out on the lake," she stated as she headed for the boat. The horde, with varying reactions, make their way to block off her path. She examines them, and notices the worry on Annie's face.

"Okay darlings, I'll be fine. My boat's cursed, sure, but it's a curse to prevent people that aren't part of my family from using it," she boasted, her eyes shining with mischief. "It's also blessed to give us bigger hauls. Why it looks so new, well, I happened to have it touched up by one of the woodworkers at the port city. Now, if you excuse me, I must be going."

She then jumped over your horde, took the rope, and pushed it off from shore. Seems that solved the mystery of the boat, but nothing really to incline towards the mystery of the lake. She did mention the port city... And your horde seemed interested in that as well. But from this lake, its about a three day's trip on foot. There was always the idea to try and explore the rest of the Land of Cups. Surely there were some magical phenomena that wasn't based on the lunar cycle you could observe.

What do you do?


Reply 2
Spoiler: show

Quote:
Originally Posted by Sneasel12, post: 7075321, member: 3180
Just as he was piecing together the puzzle of the rather oddly new boat, a young woman came running up shouting to get away from the vessel, decked out in pink and shouting about her alarm for some reason or another. Michael chose to just give the woman a quizzical look before she began to collect herself and give a short but rather cheery introduction, only to immediately begin dashing at the boat to get onto the lake.

Much to Michael's surprise, the entire horde of Pichu moved to block her path, clearly concerned about her safety aboard the vessel. She moves to lessen their worries, explaining that the curse only affected those not of her family, to which Michael could only be grateful that he had shown some restraint instead of attempting to board the boat right off. Of course, her comment goes immediately to the wayside as she simply jumps over the Pichus and runs up and into the boat before leaving shore.

"What an odd woman..." Michael mumbled out, waving his hands to attract the attention of the Pichus, who stop staring out at the woman disappearing into the water and collect around their trainer. "Right. We have a lead of some kind, but it's quite a ways away. Alternatively, we could look around this area some more to see if we can pick up on something else."

The idea of a split decision sent the Pichus into a frenzy, the group arguing with each other over where to go, causing the tossing of small yellow bodies through the dirt as the debate began to get physical.

"Okay, okay, let's take this to a vote." He chuckled, holding out both of his hands. "Touch the right hand if you want take the long walk to go over to the docks, and touch the left hand if you want to stay here in the Land of Cups."

Staring up at the man's hands for a moment, the Pichu begin to think, before Annie runs up and places her paw on his right hand. Axel is next, taking his left, quickly followed by Angela to the very same hand. Andrew thinks before placing his paw on the right hand. Now being the tie breaker, Asher looks back and forth at the hands, before sticking his tongue out at Axel and running over to the right hand, eliciting a chuckle from the trainer.

"Well, that's the vote."

Michael then begins collecting the Pichu on his shoulders and in his hood once more, and moves to make his long walk to the far off docks in search of more information on this boat.


Update 3
Spoiler: show

[/QUOTE]
Quote:
Originally Posted by Liltwick, post: 7079835, member: 83117
Sneaze-

With your brief meeting with Haley over with, you ponder over what direction to take now that the mystery of the boat was solved. As soon as you mentioned it, the horde immediately start to fight within itself. Ear pulling, punching, kicking, you name it. These Pichus wanted their voices heard and they would do anything to make sure theirs was the right one. Seeing it devolving into a mess, you decide to hold a democratic vote. Two of your Pichu vote to stay within the Land of Cups, and three of them decide to venture off to the City of Pentacles.

Taking the road you used to get here, you end up back onto the Fool's Path. It was the main road through the Arcane Realm, and branched off towards every major area before ending at the World Tree. Heading towards the city, you end up passing by multiple trainers and travelers as they head towards the various attractions of the Arcane Realm.

Of course, the scenery wasn't changing much now. This was a huge place, and exploring the entirety of the Arcane Realm could very easily take months. Some people even stated they've experienced a strange phenomena that they felt there were locked in one place for a year, even so no time seemed to have passed while they were there.

After what felt like a few hours, probably was as the sun was starting to cross the sky and set, you notice a peculiar sight on the road. A young trainer, no more than about the age of ten, was sitting on the side of the road. Was a common enough sight, but the appearance was what caught your eye.

They were wearing a brown hoodie that had a zigzagging cream pattern on the bottom part of the jacket. The other thing was that the hood itself had two brown, cream tipped ears jutting out. It looked like someone took an Eevee and made it into clothing. Surrounding this trainer were five Eevees, who seemed to have noticed the Pichu horde accompanying you. They all bark in happiness and eagerly jump up to play with your Pichu.

At this rate the trainer notices what was going on and runs after them, but they were too late. The Eevees barrel into you, causing your horde to become loose. At this rate its was just udder chaos.

"I-I'm sorry sir. They don't like to be in their balls and they just want to play. They're all very young and I'm new to this whole thing I'm sorry." The trainer explains, apologizing profusely. At this point you're able to tell that this was a young boy. Seemed like he needed some help with managing five of the same species at once.

What do you do?


Reply 3
Spoiler: show

Quote:
Originally Posted by Sneasel12, post: 7093095, member: 3180
After easily hours of walking back along the Fool's Path toward the City of Pentacles, Michael was starting to get a bit bored of the barely changing scenery, and even the faces that passed him by from time to time seemed to blend together like unimportant silhouettes of the side characters of his life. At least, up until he spotted a younger trainer to the side of the road, dressed in a hoodie designed after another Pokemon. Michael wasn't about to judge, his horned hood still hanging back behind his neck to allow sleeping space for the Pichu as they took turns walking and napping, tuckering themselves out fairly easily along the path.

Of course, it wasn't about to be his choice whether or not to simply pass by the boy, a small pack of Eevee pepping up and barking before barreling into him and nearly knocking him off his feet, the collection of sleeping Pichu jostled by the knock and sent tumbling to the ground to awaken, most immediately jumping into play while Angela instead stared about groggily before attempting to hide behind her trainer's legs.

The young boy apologized profusely and then some for the interference, noting that the kits were all young in and of themselves and that he was rather inexperienced. Rubbing the back of his neck, Michael wondered who would allow such a young trainer to watch over five young and excitable Pokemon with no supervision. It was disaster waiting to happen, really.

Scooping Angela up and holding her in one arm, the man figured he'd give some form of advice on the situation. "Well, yeah, it can be tricky to get a hang of watching after a group of Pokemon." Shifting Angela into his hood he continues, "But even the most excitable group has its share of differences. It's about finding out what makes each one tick so you know how they'll react to certain things."

Nodding to Angela he clarifies, "For example this one here loves playing but is probably just a bit worried your Eevee might get her fur dirty. Not usually a problem but we're quite a ways away from town and a proper washroom."

Pointing around at the group, his point is made a bit more cleanly, "I've got show-offs and trouble makers, ones who want to play and ones who want to scrap. Even they way they react to a brand new Pokemon to them like Eevee is completely different for each of them."

"So, knowing what my Pichu want from their little play time, what is it your Eevee care about so much that they'd nearly knock me off my feet?"


Update 4
Spoiler: show

Quote:
Originally Posted by Liltwick, post: 7093180, member: 83117
Sneaze-

Seeing that the boy really had no control over his Eevees, you let your horde play with the other horde. Hordes within hordes within hordes. Well, this was really beginning to become a giant mess, wasn't it? At least everyone besides Angela was ready and willing to play. You do explain, though, that she's primarily hesitant that the only reason why is that she likes to be clean. You then ask him why his Eevees would knock you off of your feet.

"I-I don't really know being honest. Ever since I got them they've overall been rambunctious. Let's see here..." he starts looking through the crowd and picks up one of the Eevees. You could see a heart-shaped pattern on its tail, and it was wearing a pink collar.

"This is Nara. She's the first one I got, and well she's the one closest to me. SHe's kind and motherly, and seems to have this sort of radiance to her, like the morning sun," he states and then sets her down. You can see her go over to Annie and start to gently play with the Pichu. Seems Nara could tell Annie was a little easily spooked, and worked to assuage the little Pichu when she did.

He then grabs another one, this one with a blue collar. you could tell be the star-pattern on the tail that this was a male Eevee. "T-this is, uh, Aquarius. Or, Aqua for sure. I don't know why but he likes to get wet a lot and tends to be very, uh, naughty nature," the boy states with a tinge of embarrassment. The Eevee rocked its bod as it jumped out of the boy's arms and immediately tackled down Asher. You could tell the two of them being together was going to be a disaster.

The third one had a yellow color and had a mohawk on his head. It was weird, to say the least. "He's Spike. He seems really into hardcore music and generally rocking out," the younger trainer states as the Eevee flops over. Seems he was also quite lazy. This intrigued Andrew, who was confused about why the Eevee was so different and not really moving. The Pichu went to go fidget with the mohawk, while the Eevee cared not.

And then there was another in his arms. This one had a light blue collar, and their fur was really shiny looking. You could tell this Eevee liked to be well-groomed and present themselves in a beautiful manner. "This is Forrest! He likes to be groomed up and fancy!" The boy exclaims as he sets this one down. Immediately he walks pompously towards Angela and starts to help her clean up to play. Seemed that nothing dirty would happen with him around.

And the final Eevee had a green collar with a heart-shaped tail. Seemed this was his other girl. "And last, but certainly not least, is Celty. She likes to just chill out and enjoy the surroundings around her." And with that last introduction, she carefully jumps from his arms and goes towards Axel. The two of them start playing at a casual place, but you could see the Eevee glare at the other two trouble makers every so often.

"And for me, my name is Shawn. I just want to become a good trainer and eventually own every eeveelution. I heard first-timers tend to follow this path, but I still really haven't found a direction that interests me. If you could, uh, give me pointers on how to keep a group of Pokemon more well behaved, I'd appreciate it, sir!" He stammers out, a little embarrassed after the long list of introductions.

"Oh, um, sorry to be rude, but I never got your name did I?"

How do you respond?



Circus
Spoiler: show

Adventure Start
Spoiler: show
Quote:
Originally Posted by Circus, post: 7177617, member: 127920
[COLOR=rgb(41, 105, 176)]Kekoa took a deep breath as he watched the long road ahead of him.

In the distance, he could see a large castle and the luminous glint of gothic mosaics in the sunlight, and a snow-capped mountain range. To one side, he could see the border of a woods, who seemed to go on forever. To the other, he saw a large tower by the coast, piercing the clouds without sign of stopping.

He broke into a grin. There was so much to see in this place, but yet it was … somewhat nostalgic. It reminded him of his first adventure into the wild so long ago.

“Kong,” Kekoa said, stopping Grookey’s attempt at performing a drum solo with nothing but a stick and a couple of rocks “where do you think we should go?”

Kong looked at the landscape before tilting his head and chattering. “You also don’t have a clue, huh?” Kekoa said, laughing a bit as he stretched. Scratching his chin, he thought about the issue for a while before defaulting to the age-old method of hard decisions.

“Eenie meenie miney moe …” he recited the nursery rhyme, before stopping at the castle. “I guess that’s as good as place as any.” he shrugged before breaking into a lazy walk towards it.

The monkey quickly put away its stick and climbed up to its shoulder. They continued in their way, humming a little ditty without a care in the world as they awaited for the next big step in their journey.[/COLOR]

(OOC: Member thread since apparently I don't have enough posts for a signature yet)


Update 1
Spoiler: show
Quote:
Originally Posted by Asteiri, post: 7191032, member: 88404
Circus

A castle on the horizon, almost sounded like something out of a fairy tale. You chuckled to yourself at the thought, making your way towards it with your trusty Grookey by your side, perched atop your shoulder. Life was but a carefree romp, and you were excited to explore anywhere and everywhere that you could muster. You wondered what sights the castle would have in store, what the halls would have to learn, what smells you could siphon from the aged rock walls. You closed your eyes, tossing your arms behind your head as you kept walking. Maybe they had a fantastic kitchen... you could practically feel yourself drooling as you walked, you had been totally clocked it if it wasn't for the sudden monkey screech in your ear.

You opened your eyes fast, seeing you had stumbled into the middle of some sort of training. A Rapidash glared at you angrily, stomping towards with with eyes set to kill. Your eyes widened, cowering slightly before watching the Rapidash get pulled by reigns. "Woah there!" A sudden shout came, the Rapidash being pulled away as a stocky man in chainmail armour approached you.

"It's a little careless to wander onto the battlefield, lad." He murmured, glancing at you and your Grookey. "You lost?" He eyed you closely, your mouth tried to form words but it couldn't, your heart still practically pounding out of your chest after the Rapidash. He eyed you again, but suddenly his eyes seemed to gain a sort of recognition. He quickly pulled out a piece of old parchment, looking at names. "Ah, I'm sorry." He chuckled, "They told me to look for someone with a Grookey, I just didn't expect ya to be so young!" He let out a mighty laugh, patting you on the back. You were very confused, trying to open your mouth to protest as he shuffled you along.

"Come now, let's get you fitted into your gear." He shuffled you towards the castle, signaling to the rest of the knights to follow. As you were shuffled along, Kong spotted an older man with a Grookey behind him slowly walk into the training grounds you were leaving. He looked slightly confused, glancing around as your troupe faded from sight. Kong clung to your shoulder, afraid of what would happen next. Do you speak to the guard and tell him there's been a mistake, or go along with whatever they're doing?

What do you do?

ChiVulpix
Adventure Start
Spoiler: show
Quote:
Originally Posted by ChiVulpix, post: 6997663, member: 108883
The sun was shining and Noboru had been walking on the fool's path. She had heard tales about heroes walking the same path as she did at the start of their adventures. It was Noboru's first adventure as well and she was very exited. Usagi-her newly claimed Froakie was walking beside her and she was just as happy to set out on a journey as Noboru where. The Froakie was impatient and eager to progress so she started running with Noboru following. "so you wanna make this a competition?" Noboru asked. Usagi nodded and the two of them started to run as fast as they could. They eventually got very tired and decided to take a break. They sat down beside a pond and drank some of the water. Usagi splashed some of the water at her trainer who sent an even bigger wave at the Froakie. They continued that way untill they were completely soaked. Noboru changed clothes from her blue vest and black shorts to her dark blue asian-style robe. She shook her black, curly hair and water flew in all directions. Usagi tried to catch as many waterdrops as possible. She loved water since she was a water type. She noticed it started to get dark so Noboru set up a camp. The young trainer had packed some very nurtritious ninja-buns that was made to keep a ninja's stomach full when they were on long missions. Noboru knew it was a bad idea to eat 2 but they tasted delicious so she could'nt resist. She gave Usagi a half bun since she's small and does'nt need as much food. Then the young ninja and her Froakie went to the forest to train a bit before going to sleep.


Update 1
Spoiler: show
Quote:
Originally Posted by Maskerade, post: 6998626, member: 63055
ChiVulpix:
((Welcome to the Arcane Realm! Since you’re traveling down the Fool’s Path, please reply using RoyalBlue color))

Living your best life with Usagi by your side, you decide to see what destiny has in store for you, choosing the road of many branches as the starting point of your journey. After a rather lengthy trek along the Fool’s Path, punctuated by some tomfoolery with your Froakie companion and a short break to refill your energy, you start to wonder when fate is going to toss you a coin. Sure, a number of people and their Pokemon pass you by as you go along, but you can tell they’re on a similar journey of their own…

“Hello dear,” you hear suddenly. A trembling, tired voice that is no less ominous for that. “Would you lend an old woman an ear?”

Looking over your shoulder you see an elderly woman in tattered gray robes that you could almost swear wasn’t there a minute ago. A Murkrow on her shoulder stares straight at you with a blank expression, but the woman is definitely smiling as she holds out a weak, shaking hand in your direction.

“Dear child… your story, your life is just now beginning! That always warms my heart. Would you care to know what destiny has in store for you? Or perhaps some guidance for the road ahead?”

You know that if you make a run for it, she is probably in no physical condition to follow you. You can choose to ignore the lady and go on your way, or indeed, lend her an ear as she requests… What will you do, young ninja?



Zelphon
Spoiler: show

Adventure Start
Spoiler: show

Quote:
Originally Posted by Zelphon5, post: 6995032, member: 117862
Walking through the forest Rylie can't but think of the one he spent time in as a child, the light peering through the canopy, the sounds and the smells all bring him back to a time before he had gotten to know the Eevee he now calls his partner. As he continues along a path created Rylie is brought back to reality by a nuzzle from his long time friend. Looking to her he smiles saying "Heh, sorry about that.. you know how I can get in places like this" before finding a nice bunch of leaves to sit down on. "Come on, let's get some rest."

Laying his scarf and bag down on the ground Rylie sets up a makeshift picnic for him and his partner, using the scarf to keep his food off of the forest floor and taking out a small pink bowl for Naula. "Hmm, seems like we're getting low on supplies, should stock up on some berries while we make our way to the pond". "Hey Naula, how are you holding up girl" Rylie asks before giving her some light scratches in her mane causing her to mew happily.

As time passes and both of them finish their food Rylie begins to pack up shop, dusting off his scarf and packing away Naula's bowl before slipping back on his scarf and pack. "Well that should hold us until we get there, come on girl I think we should be getting fairly close to the grove."


Update 1
Spoiler: show

Quote:
Originally Posted by ConnorFB, post: 7000645, member: 118084
Zelphon: Having enjoyed your brief picnic, you resume your travels with Naula, intending to reach the heart of the Lover's Grove in short time. As you walk, you muse to yourself on the nostalgia of the surroundings, and somewhere in the distance you can vaguely hear tittering chatter - no doubt a sign of couples filtering through the trees. However, as you drift into the pleasant monotony of your forward march, something begins to seem wrong. It was subtle at first, but you could now clearly make out a faint wispy mist gradually seeping across the ground, and though you quicken your pace, the Grove wasn't coming into view. Frowning, you look to Naula, and despite her more attuned faculties it seems as if she is equally confused by the strange happenings.

Strangely, the chattering had gotten louder, odd given the difficulty you were having approaching the Grove. Weirder still, it appeared to be emanating from all directions. Regardless of how much you strained, you couldn't quite perceive anything legible - it was almost as if the noise was dancing just on the peripheral of your senses, teasing you in a tangibly annoying fashion. As you begin to question whether this was an elaborate dream, you notice a distinct rustling over the background whispers. Searching, you manage to trace the sound to a nearby bush, but before you managed to investigate further Naula darts into the underbrush, yipping for you to follow. Whatever laid in wait had already begun it's hasty retreat, and what had initially presented like a simple expedition was beginning to escalate rapidly.

Reply 1
Spoiler: show

Quote:
Originally Posted by Zelphon5, post: 7003093, member: 117862
With the quick change in tone for his adventure through the forest, Rylie briefly blinks in confusion. He starts running after Naula with a bewildered expression upon his face, trying to use her cries to keep track of her in the strange mist. "She hasn't run off like this since the first few times we met back home, something must really being going wrong here," he thinks to himself; doing his best to keep up the pace while avoiding branches.


But even with his experience traversing through forests, the rapidly approaching mists would eventually prove a bit much for him to handle. The pressure of the situation catches up to him, and he fumbles over a thick root jutting through the ground. He lets out a grunt as the loud thud of him hitting the ground notifies Naula. She stops running and heads back towards him, nuzzling his head to try to give him a Helping Hand back up before letting off a few cries and using her head to motion him along.

Smiling for the first time since the events that had just transpired, he swiftly jumps to his feet, and wipes the grime off his face before running off to catch up back with Naula.

"Heh, at least she seems to be keeping track of me as well, I wonder where she's trying to lead me," he wonders to himself. However, as he finishes his sentence, he quickly notices that the chattering from before seemed to be closing in on him. He quickens his pace, this time more confident that regardless of what was chasing him, both he and Naula would be able to handle once they reached whatever destination she was leading him off to.

Update 2
Spoiler: show

Quote:
Originally Posted by ConnorFB, post: 7005472, member: 118084
Zelphon: Hastily recovering from your brief tumble, you take up the chase once again, with Naula bobbing and weaving between the underbrush while leading you as best as she can. The encroaching fog was only beginning to thicken as you went, now resting comfortably at knee height - and this came with it's own trouble. As much as you try to remain surefooted, it is as if the surrounding trees are intentionally trying to sabotage you, the roots threatening to trip you with every thundering step. Finally though, Naula darts into a nearby bush, and as you hack your way through the greenery, you find yourself in a small copse.

Looking around, this place looks more sinister than your intended destination. On all sides, twisted oaks loom over you, suffocating in their haggard presence. The ground underfoot, insofar as you can see past the mist, is crumbling and barren. The air here feels physically dense, the atmosphere oppressive and foreboding. As you furtively survey these hostile surroundings, Naula begins to bark loudly, and you naturally follow her line of sight.

Breaking beyond the treeline was an eerie display - two pale, flickering orbs. The erratic way they dance with one another is mystifying, and for a moment you are locked in place, staring at the peculiar spectacle. However, you are jarringly yanked back to reality as you hear the whispers fray at the edge of your consciousness, this time more palpable to your senses.

"Leave ... Flee ... Escape ... Help."

The voice was simultaneously grating yet soothing, the discordant notes sending shivers throughout your body. It was clear that something strange was afoot, and Naula was getting more desperate in her frantic yips towards this entity.

Reply 2
Spoiler: show

Quote:
Originally Posted by Zelphon5, post: 7052681, member: 117862
Taken aback by the sense of wrong permeating through the area Rylie takes care to avoid the twisted, rotting branches of the nearby trees, fighting through doubts towards the leadership of his partner as they permeate his mind. He hadn't felt this way in a very long time, the difficulties the area was giving him adding to the confusion of the seasoned hiker. "This just keeps getting weirder by the minute, I thought this area was supposed to be a pretty place frequented by pokemon and couples alike".

Turning around a tree Rylie briefly loses track of Naula before quickly noticing her estranged reaction towards something a bit more specific than the general craziness that had been taking place up until now, moving his gaze towards that of her own he quickly notices the two specters before them causing him to freeze in and out of a fear driven trance as the strange lights and his partners cries pull him in and out of reality like a game of tug-o-war.

Eventually gaining a semblance of composure Rylie takes a more confident stance and looks back up to the strange lights hovering overhead with a determined stare, replying to their chorus of whispers with "Leave or help, what do you want from us, why did you lead us here and what are we meant to be escaping from? Is there something you're having trouble with or do you just want us out of your territory? We're just trying to get to the Lover's Grove but we'd be happy to aid you two if there's something you need. [/Color=SeaGreen]


Update 3
Spoiler: show

Quote:
Originally Posted by ConnorFB, post: 7063995, member: 118084
Zelphon: "L-Lover's ... Grove?"

The wisps respond violently. Intensifying, the otherworldly flames begin to spit embers onto the desiccated ground, where they sink slowly through the dusty surface layer. Where they previously burned with an intense blue, now they were overcome by a striking and furious crimson, a dull pain throbbing through your head as screams echoed within your mind. After a few moments of this, during which time you consider fleeing, the barking of Naula only ever growing more desperate, a calmness falls over the apparition.

"Lover's Grove ... Take ... me there."

Shifting back to the eerie but comparatively less terrifying shade of blue, the wisps fade into the surrounding undergrowth, and for a moment you think this strange encounter may be nothing but a dream. Despite this, some part of you is left aware of the reality, Naula remaining on high alert with her fur standing on end. The foliage eventually parts once more, and this time rather than some trickery, it is a significantly more tangible being that replaces them.

A Mimikyu gingerly emerges, shielding itself from view using it's shadowy claws. It is clear that this particular Mimikyu has found itself upon tough times. It's cloak was tattered - torn in a number of places. Regardless of the circumstances, there was something decidedly pitiable about the Pokemon, the sense emphasised by it's uncertain behaviour. In spite of it's shyness, Mimikyu edges further into the clearing, gradually coming to a halt after finally emerging fully. Without warning, the wisps appear again, instinctively putting you on edge. However, the voices are this time much more considered and calm.

"I have ... unfinished business. Lover's Grove is ... important. I am ... no harm to you. Provided you are .. no harm to me."

Any suspicions you may have had were emphatically confirmed - Mimikyu was the one conjuring the voices.

Reply 3
Spoiler: show

Quote:
Originally Posted by Zelphon5, post: 7102913, member: 117862
Rylie attempts to stammer out a confirmation to the wisps but the words never leave his mouth. The fear caused by the increased aggression of the dancing lights before evokes is terror. The crimson hue causes him to worry the worst was about to come. With the screams of his apparent aggressor and the barks of his partner pelleting his mind and ears; he winces in pain before it all just suddenly stops.

Rylie reopens his eyes and regains his composure. He then nods slightly at the questioning spirit, giving it some trust. He intently watches the descent of the lights into the foliage, before taking a somewhat defensive stance as they are replaced by the shuffling of the leaves. But just as he mentally prepares to start issuing orders to Naula, Rylie's face turns to a look of concern and curiosity. Seeing the Mimikyu's emergence from the bushes quells his worries, the Pokemon's torn visage and shy demeanor inciting a sense of calm within.

"Come on Naula, let's give them a chance," Rylie says while maintaining his gaze on the pokemon before him.

Rylie listens to the Mimikyu's plea, giving a small nod of agreement to the purposed truce. "U-um, yeah sure l-let's go there together then... But, um before we do how's about we take a breather? This entire encounter has left me kind of winded... and I feel it's probably best Naula here get used to your scent before we continue forward. It's the last of what I got but if you'd like I can offer you a Haban Berry if ya want me to. Though they've always been a little too bitter for us," he stammers out. Even after being reassured it was just a Pokemon, the situation had riddled him with anxiety.

"My name is Rylie by the way, what do you go by?"

Update 4
Spoiler: show

Quote:
Originally Posted by ConnorFB, post: 7103429, member: 118084
Zelphon: "Name? I..."

Mimikyu trailed off, the fabric of her disguise shifting uneasily, the Fairy type pausing for a few moments to focus on her thoughts.

"I... have no... name. None that I... remember."

Where the stuttering speech pattern had once seemed ominous, now it felt tragic and pitiful, the trembling resort of a being struggling to maintain their grasp on their self of sense. The foreboding surroundings only emphasised this pained moment, and Naula briefly bristled - until it became obvious that no danger would be posed. As Naula settles, you offer a Haban Berry - and Mimikyu accepts with an uncertain gratitude. After eating, the Ghost type waits patiently for you to regulate your breathing - a far from simple task considering the circumstances - and you finally begin to move towards the Grove.

It does not take long for you to realise that something was wrong. No matter how much distance you covered, no matter how much your legs began to succumb to a persistent tiring, it appeared like you were stuck in a repeating loop. You notice that Mimikyu becomes visibly more deflated with every cursed repetition, and eventually the Pokemon stops in her tracks entirely.

"I knew.. this would happen. I am.. unable to leave... this place. Neither can you... if you stay near me..."

This dejected sight seems to resonate with Naula. Puffing her cheeks out, the Eevee rushes you, determinedly barking, her intent clear as day. Mimikyu was suffering a horrible fate, and regardless of their inadvertently involving you both, now that you were involved Naula was overcome by an obligation to help. Unfortunately, you were ill prepared to handle an oddity of this inclination. Above all else, information was vital when dealing with the supernatural, and currently there was little to work from.


Reply 4
Spoiler: show

Quote:
Originally Posted by Zelphon5, post: 7136927, member: 117862
[COLOR=rgb(0, 168, 133)]Saddened by his new traveling companion's lack of memory, Rylie gives a weak smile as the Mimikiyu eats the offered berry. Meanwhile, he once again regains his composure from the chilling surroundings. Satisfied enough with the rest, Rylie gets up with a slight grunt before putting on his backpack and securing his scarf. He then motions for his two companions to follow along before once again hitting the trail. [/COLOR]

[COLOR=rgb(0, 168, 133)][COLOR=rgb(0, 168, 133)] "Alright, now that we've gotten the chance to relax and eat let's get going to the Grove eh?"[/COLOR][/COLOR]

[COLOR=rgb(0, 168, 133)][COLOR=rgb(0, 168, 133)][COLOR=rgb(0, 168, 133)][COLOR=rgb(0, 168, 133)]But just as Rylie was starting to get into the rhythm he noticed something strange. The trees were always in the same spot, accompanied by the same mixtures of stone, twigs, and other sparse fauna. Distressed, he turns around and looks back at Naula and their ghostly companion only to notice that they were once again acting disheveled. His partner had apparently tried to bring this to his attention sooner, the uppity Eevee giving him a look of determination before turning around to cuddle up to their companion.[/COLOR][/COLOR][/COLOR][/COLOR]

[COLOR=rgb(0, 168, 133)][COLOR=rgb(0, 168, 133)][COLOR=rgb(0, 168, 133)][COLOR=rgb(0, 168, 133)][COLOR=rgb(0, 168, 133)] Egged on by Naula's newfound support for them, Rylie leans down to console Mimikyu, givng them a smile before saying;[/COLOR][/COLOR][/COLOR][/COLOR][/COLOR]

[COLOR=rgb(0, 168, 133)][COLOR=rgb(0, 168, 133)][COLOR=rgb(0, 168, 133)][COLOR=rgb(0, 168, 133)][COLOR=rgb(0, 168, 133)][COLOR=rgb(0, 168, 133)] "Well then it looks like we're stuck in this together, can you tell me what is that's keeping us here? Regardless of that, you look like you aren't holding up too well so if you need a lift just let me know, and either I or one of my Pokemon would be glad to help you."[/COLOR][/COLOR][/COLOR][/COLOR][/COLOR][/COLOR]


Update 5
Spoiler: show

Quote:
Originally Posted by ConnorFB, post: 7138999, member: 118084
Zelphon: "I am... cursed. I don't know how... or when, but I have been unable to leave... this place as far back as I can recall. Curses are fickle... and can be powerful, but they... also follow strict rules. There is a... precise order to inflicting such chaos... and suffering. However... this structure can... prove them vulnerable. A slight fraying... can cause an unravelling of... the entire tapestry... and lead everything to collapse."

Where once an entrenched dejection held the tone of Mimikyu, now a faint glimmer of hope seems to crawl forth. Naula seizes upon this, using the slightly upbeat mood to begin playfully tackling Mimikyu, managing to solicit a brief giggle from the Fairy type as she rolls with the roughhousing. This solitary moment of brevity breaks some of the barriers Mimikyu had clearly erected, the at first sinister impression giving way to one of unguarded pity. With a start, the Ghost type wrenches herself straight, an eagerness to her movements.

"I am not sure why... but I have just realised. I have a recollection... of warmth. Of happier times. An inn... I stayed there, with someone. A long, long time ago. It is not... far. Maybe it is... connected. To how I became... this."

The implication is left hanging, uncertain and seemingly unbroachable - was Mimkyu referring to their predicament, or something more fundamental? You have little time to ruminate on this, as Mimikyu again musters her strength in an attempt to convey one final message.

"I am already... at the limit of my territory. I am... weaker here, but I must... warn you. Curses are fragile, yes... but they are dangerous... when not approached correctly. Their rigidity... causes a flipside of instability... and they can easily backfire onto meddlers."

The ominous warning was as shivering as it was clear: involving yourself without appropriate foreknowledge would have dire consequences.


Meetan
Spoiler: show
Spoiler: show

Adventure Start
Spoiler: show
Quote:
Originally Posted by Meetan, post: 6744622, member: 57787
[SPOILER="Alipyon by DaisyInari <3"]
Quote:
Originally Posted by Meetan, post: 6744622, member: 57787

Why does this always happen to me?

The question had been rattling around Alice Hope's mind for a while now as she trudged along the rural road. She certainly felt like a fool, or like she was being taken for one at this point, by this Pokemon world that had held her for so long. To say that she was a hostage in it was wrong. The Phantom Isles had pushed her into her own memories and revealed that she had probably hailed from it, so it was more accurate to say that it had rescued her back... But still. Alice didn't appreciate being thrown from one realm to another, some adventures unresolved, wondering if she had succeeded as the heroine or been brutally murdered and somehow restored. Was Bedlam Ridge still in one piece, or had Rigel won the battle and shot her in the head...?

Absently, her fingers touched her forehead, and then blue eyes peered downward through the glasses on her nose. A soot-black Bagon, Eridian, walked at her side. His changing of colour had been a Halloween curse, but he seemed to be perfectly happy with himself. Alice knew she'd feel the same way eventually. If she was going to be happy with all of the progress she'd made since tumbling into the wonderland, she had to accept the bad as well. A world full of monsters and gangs couldn't be free of problems for all, after all, and it was hard to see herself as a protagonist with plot armour. The dragon noticed her stare and looked up, the blonde smiling apologetically.

“Aww, Eri. I'm fine. I'm just thinking hard, that's all.” She explained, glossy lips pulling into an apologetic smile. For as pathetic as the dragon had considered her when they first met so many years ago, Alice had come far and he respected her far more these days. The biped grunted his acknowledgement, stoic as ever. In spite of her growth, though, the young woman still suffered her anxieties, and hadn't wanted to walk the country road 'alone'. He couldn't hold it against her, since she didn't remember how they had even got there to begin with.

It was sunny and cloudless, but every time the wind blew, Alice wished she had a coat. Her feet were cozy in their faux fur-lined ankle booties, and the grey leggings she wore were thick; but the purple top's sheer sleeves didn't do much to guard against the temperature. They were on the wrong side of spring for that. Not to mention, her loose locks now resembled a bird's nest. She could do with gloves, too...

The Fool's Path threatened to branch off again, and Alice sighed, stopping at the crossroads. “Now what do we do?” The idol complained, pouting dramatically. After a time, she concluded, “You know what The Doctor said,” Spoiler: Eridian had no bloody idea what she was talking about, “Turn Left.”

And so, turn left they did.


Update 1
Spoiler: show
Quote:
Originally Posted by Enigmatic Professor, post: 6748039, member: 106428
Meetan:

You were walking along the "Fool's Path" thinking about what had happened to you, and how you felt on those times, your bagon walking alongside you.
You had wished you could find a place where you could get warm gloves and perhaps a jacket or something, to stop this coldish wind that blew every now and then.
It wouldn't hurt, you thought if you could also find a place to clean up in general either, thinking about how your hair was a mess.

Upon coming to the split in the path, you soon decided to head down the left path, your bagon confused as to what you why you were talking about a doctor but followed regardless.

As you walked and walked and then walked some more, you soon came upon what looked to be a settlement or at least a camp of some sort that was off the main path, but still close to it.
Maybe someone there had some clothing you could buy or borrow, and a place to clean up in general... But before you could make up your mind as to what to do or go, A woman approached you riding atop a Gogoat.
"Hello, there dearie, what brings you to one of the many camps set up on the Fool's Path?"
So,... not only was this a camp, but there were many along the path. That seemed to be some good information to know.
But what were you doing here?

What will you do next?


Reply 1
Spoiler: show
Quote:
Originally Posted by Meetan, post: 6748089, member: 57787
The duo trudged on for what felt like forever, and although the motion certainly helped, Alice still felt the wind chill enough that she was bothered by it. She was lost in her thoughts, though, the silence maintained as their four feet carried on, attention distracted enough that the woman and her Gogoat caught her off guard. There was no way that she would've noticed the camp like this, and it irritated Eridian a little. Sometimes, the girl could be dangerously naive or obtuse, it was why she was so lucky to have him by her side. She was also lucky that he wasn't as ill tempered as dragons could be, although that didn't make him any less ferocious. The seriousness of Eridian's posture and the meanness of his eyes only hinted at the guard monster's true nature and capabilities.

Alice was surprised to find someone so far from the castle town, back straightening with a bit of a jump, but the woman wasn't unwelcome company. It was nice to see a Gogoat, too. They reminded her of a more successful adventure back on the Galea Plains, even if it was one full of falls. "Oh, hi." She smiled politely,slightly startled but otherwise chipper, "I mostly just need somewhere to clean up and get water and snacks before I move on." She explained, "Me and Eridian here have been going for a while, and we'll probably be adventuring for a while yet." Alice added, as if to justify why such aid might be important for them, "If it helps, I'm a pretty strong trainer. If you need help with anything, I'm sure that me or one of my Pokemon could help you all out in exchange."


Update 1, Take 2
Spoiler: show
Quote:
Originally Posted by TheKnightsFury, post: 6758833, member: 101661
(Going to start you from the initial post)

Quoting some odd doctor, you get a weird look from Eridian when you decide to turn left. What, did he expect you to turn right? What a fool! You continue along the Fool's Path, surely there would be a sign or something around to tell you where exactly this path was leading. If it truly was a Fool's Path, maybe it was just a big loop or something? The path seemed well worn at any rate, deep grooves were a clear sign of the wagons and carts that were likely dragged through here on the daily. Despite the obvious signs of traffic however, you'd yet to run into anyone. Thankfully that was about to change. Eridian perks up as it spots a cart up ahead, tipped on its side and with a large portion of its contents sprawled across the road. A small flock of Pidove have descended from the trees and begun to peck at the wares, much to the distress of the elderly gentlemen who is trying to scare them away. Eridian rushes forward, the smoke black Bagon quickly closes in on the cart. He growls at the Pidove, trying to help the man in his plight, but was helping him worth your time? As you get closer to the scene, you notice the cart seems to be intact, but a rather large hole in the ground seems to be the reason it is on its side. Whatever was pulling the cart seems to be gone as well, some broken ropes suggesting that whatever it was had broken free when the cart fell.

"Would you lend me a hand young lass?" The old man pleads, "I need to get to market and if I loose any more produce I'll loose everything!" He seems to be down on his luck, but perhaps your arrival would turn things around?"


Reply 1
Spoiler: show
Quote:
Originally Posted by Meetan, post: 6758893, member: 57787
Alice continued along the Fool's Path, wondering if maybe it was a big loop, although it most likely wasn't. She attributed the name to stories, or perhaps misfortune that had befallen people, or however many had gotten lost here. None of that was particularly optimistic, if she was to be honest, and that was grand considering here she was... But eh. Ignoring Eridian's odd looks, the woman's attention was soon grabbed by the first sign of other life that the duo had found: a turned-over cart, with a poor elderly gentleman trying to scare away some irritating Pidove. "We should do something about that, Eridian--"

Before she could move to follow him, the scrappy dragon was already charging the scene. That was convenient, because Alice hated to run at the best of times, and she had done it enough in her life already. He growls aggressively, pint sized but fearsome nonetheless, attempting to get rid of the little buggers. As the trainer grew closer, she could see that the cart itself was fine - although it was hard to say about the stuff he was carrying - and a hole had caused the problem. Maybe the Pokemon was too dumb to avoid it, or something had forced it to stay this direction or otherwise ignore the hazard? She figured a skilled merchant would be used to such things by now and be more prepared for it.

"Yeah, sure. We can help pick everything up and help lead the cart if you want." Alice offered, releasing her Pineco in a flurry of hearts to aid them, "Eridian, Farren; use your Strength to put this cart back the right way up, will you? Farren, your string shot would be good, too." She asked of them, and the Pokemon grunted their affirmatives. Eridian began to try and push the cart from the ditch, Farren using his string to try and pull the cart in a good direction so that they could turn it back onto its wheels. "Unless there's something else you wanted us to help you with?"


Update 2
Spoiler: show
Quote:
Originally Posted by TheKnightsFury, post: 6758939, member: 101661
Meetan- Eridian quickly scares off the Pidove, they weren't about to mess with a little black thug dragon! Thankfully that means the majority of the elderly traders goods are intact, the mountain of spilled berries and home-baked goods were salvageable but their value would likely be depreciated. That likely wasn't good, as from what you could gather from the merchant's behaviour, he needed the money. You quickly come to his aid though, tossing out a ball and releasing Farren the Pineco. The Pink Pineco was just one of many oddly coloured Pokemon you possessed, but in a place called the Arcane Realm, people had probably seen much stranger things than a black Bagon and a Pink Pineco. First things first, you had to get the cart back on four wheels. You order Eridian to use his Strength to lift the cart, which he does with ease. Farren follows with a String Shot, pinning the thread to cart's rear before reeling it in, ensuring the the cart isn't placed back in the same hole it had hit to tip over. With the cart back on all four wheels, the elderly merchant begins to load the items back in, working as fast as his ageing body would allow. You begin to help, as does Eridian and Farren, although the Pineco struggles without any notable appendages. You offer to help pull the cart as well, but the old man shakes his head.

"No I need to get my Tauros back, I'd be lost without him", the old man is shaking in panic at this point. "Something has been messing up the road recently, there are holes like this all over the place. I didn't see this one until it was too late and the cart tipped, Tauros panicked and broke free, bolting off in that direction." He points off the road, through a thicket of trees. You can clearly see tracks heading off in that direction, it likely wouldn't be overly hard to track the spooked Tauros. "I can finish loading everything back up, would you be a dear and go find my Tauros? He might need to be calmed down, but he's not overly aggressive."


Reply 2
Spoiler: show
Quote:
Originally Posted by Meetan, post: 6759236, member: 57787
The Pidove scattered, intimidated by her beloved dragon, and the plan to sort the cart out was a success. It was soon back on its wheels, and they were able to help the old man a little bit. Alice felt awful for him. Seeing someone upset like this was always distressing for her - she was quite empathetic and it was like their feelings resonated - but with someone elderly it always seemed to hurt more. She knew the food's value might have been depreciated, but she was considering whether it would be worth trying to buy some anyway, once this was all said and done. Plenty of food items in Fizzytopia unlocked a Pokemon's abilities, and maybe some of this would do the same? If not, she expected her Pokemon would still find them delicious, and it was always good to be well stocked when on an adventure with no idea where the fuck you were going.

"Hey, don't worry too much about it. We'll go and get that Tauros for you." Alice assured him, her voice encouraging and yet soothing all the same. She could be a selfish bitch, but right now she wasn't thinking of rewards. Besides, seeing a Tauros in the flesh could be cool! She'd always loved Tauros, but had yet to encounter one in her Fizzytopia frenzy. "Eridian, Farren; can you try to pick up the Tauros' scent? I know your nose isn't as strong, Farren, it's just better for both of you to try anyway." She added, and the bagworm nodded in acknowledgement, hopping along the ground to try and get a sense of the Pokemon's smell. The Bagon was sniffing along the rope and part of the cart as well as the ground, doing his best to get a sense for the runaway before doing the same along the grassy tracks. That'd help separate the Tauros' aroma from the birds', too.

They didn't have time to waste, though, so once her Pokemon were ready to roll, Alice would pick up Farren and get ready to jog - or at least briskly walk - after Eridian, who she'd encourage to pick up the pace. Hopefully he wouldn't force her into a run, not that it'd be the first time. Her stamina was better these days but she just wasn't built to run, it was a fact, and even if she'd been working on it she had naturally weak ankles... Life's a biatch. "Even if he does get aggressive, we've got it, but we'll do our best not to hurt him. Otherwise pulling the cart'll be an issue." Hopefully it wasn't already injured, but if he was, they could try to fix that as well. Maybe there would be berries or other items about that they could gather to help bribe or heal the Tauros with.


Update 3
Spoiler: show
Quote:
Originally Posted by TheKnightsFury, post: 6759322, member: 101661
Meetan- You reassure the elderly merchant that you would retrieve his Tauros, you really felt for him and his situation. You task your two Pokemon to tracking the lost bull's scent, it goes without saying that Eridian would have more success in this than Farren. The bagworm seems a little uncertain on what to do, he gives the footprints a couple of sniffs but can't really discern a particular scent. Eridian on the other hand is much more experienced in this sort of thing and quickly goes to where he can get a good whiff of the Tauros' scent. The broken straps and ropes at the front of the cart were drenched in the Tauros' odour, he had a read on it as soon as the smell entered his nostrils. From there he followed the scent trail over to the clearly defined hoof prints and began to follow them, quickly gaining distance. It was time to move! You reassure the man once more before scooping up Farren and heading off in a brisk walk after Eridian. Thankfully the little dragon wasn't moving too fast, he had to remain on the Tauros' trail after all.

You follow the Bagon for a few hundred metres before you emerge into a small clearing. There it was, the Tauros! The bull seems to have calmed down by itself, it was now feeding from a small bush on the far side of the clearing, its back turned to you. It seems to be happily grazing from the bush, but it had a job to do, the old man needed it and you promised to bring it back to him. Eridian is wary of approaching, even though the Tauros seemed relaxed, it would likely spook easily if he wasn't careful. You'd found the Tauros, but how would you go about getting it back to its owner?


Reply 3
Spoiler: show
Quote:
Originally Posted by Meetan, post: 6759341, member: 57787
Alice was glad that Eridian quickly found the Tauros' scent. Of course she had faith in him, but this world tended to throw the weirdest wrenches around, and she never enjoyed figuring out how to stop getting hit by them. Often they tended to just hit her harder, and surprisingly, she wasn't that into it! Quietly, and taking in the sweet sights of nature, Alice followed after the concentrating dragon until they came across the Tauros. Keeping silent, the blonde expressed her awe with a dramatic facial expression, resisting the urge to snap a few photos with her Pokegear. She didn't want to disturb him, but they had to, and in a way that didn't mean it killed them to death.

"Farren, can you attract the Tauros with your sweet scent?" Admittedly they were risking attracting all sorts with such a move, but Alice just wanted to try and keep the creature calm while they led it back to the old man. Still expressing her plan in a whisper, Alice added, "Eridian, approach from front and try talking to him. Let him know what's going on. I'll wait back here, let him know so he doesn't get scared. I have treats, too, if he wants any." She had some poffin, pokeblock and castelia cones at least. There was probably something on her person that would appeal to the Pokemon's palette. Hanging back, the Bagon stalked off to get to a good point to move in, trying to appear as non-threatening as possible... Which, for Eridian, was quite frankly difficult. If a Pokemon could have resting bitch face, it was absolutely him. Farren, however, was more like Lorin. The easygoing Pineco somehow managed to have an upbeat vibe without actually having much of a face. Maybe it was because of how cute the pink bagworm was? Pink fumes began to release from the cone, filling the air with a sweet and peaceful aroma, and Alice hoped that her tactic would work.

Thing was, she had this funny feeling that it really, really wouldn't.


Update 4
Spoiler: show
Quote:
Originally Posted by TheKnightsFury, post: 6759384, member: 101661
Meetan- Not wanting to spook the Tauros, you decide that convincing the Tauros to follow you of its own volition would be better than announcing your presence. To that end, you order Farren to release a Sweet Scent, the enticing aroma would likely draw the Tauros in, then all you had to do was lead it back to the cart! You had some extra treats ready should they be needed and Eridian would approach from the front once you had the Tauros' attention and would fill it in on the situation. If all went as planned, there was no way you could fail. The pretty pink Pineco continues to release its Sweet Scent, the slight breeze wafts the perfume towards the Tauros. You watch eagerly as the pink cloud reaches the Normal type, quickly grabbing its attention. The bull's tails swish with excitement and it quickly turns around to find the source of the delightful aroma. A look of pure glee in its eyes it approaches Farren, it doesn't appear frightened at all. The bashful bull begins to lick the bag worm, Farren doesn't seem all too delighted by this but he knows he can't afford to scare the Tauros. Eridian approaches carefully, coming at the Tauros head on so he was less likely to surprise it. You watch as the Bagon explains that you are here to lead it back to its master, the Tauros appears to understand.

Something catches Eridian's eye, causing him to turn. The dirt is being pushed up as something burrows through the ground, approaching at speed. He stands at the ready, but whatever it is digs straight under him, what was it after? Not what, who! Farren suddenly disappears as a hole appears beneath him, causing him to drop a few feet under the ground. The Tauros is a little startled but thankfully it doesn't run off. Meanwhile, down in the hole, Farren looks into the eyes of the Pokemon that dragged him down here, well rather, the jaws. A large pair of orange jaws are all the Pineco can see. Whatever it was, it was drawn in by the Sweet Scent and appeared infatuated with the Pineco.


Reply 4
Spoiler: show
Quote:
Originally Posted by Meetan, post: 6759511, member: 57787
At first, everything was going to plan, and Alice was delighted! Tauros didn't seem scared at all, which was good! In fact, looking as happy as he was, the bull was super, duper adorable! Seeing him lick her Pineco, though, she cringed with a grin on her face. "Ooof, sorry, Farren." She mumbled. Thankfully, he was a bug with plenty of patience, and it showed - he didn't make any motion to attack, simply squeezing his eyes shut and enduring it while Eridian did his part. In spite of his grumpy expression of neutrality, the Tauros wasn't upset at all, and the dragon eventually waved her over. She nodded, and began to walk back.

"All cool? Thanks, guys. And you're one beautiful Tauros, by the way, your human is so lucky!" Alice complimented, only to be distracted by the Bagon's keener senses. She turned to see where he was looking, and cursed grimly. Oh, for fuck's sake, of course they'd attract the problem-starter with their sweet scent as well. "Guys, brace yourselves!" She warned, one hand reaching to comfortingly and carefully touch the Tauros' mane as the digger approached... Only for the Pokemon to swallow up Farren into a hole. Alice was startled, like the Tauros, but not totally spooked. She wasn't entirely sure what to do, though. They couldn't lose the Tauros again.

"... It'll be okay. We're pretty strong, we promise. Right, Eri?" Alice looked to the dragon, who nodded, and seemed ready to fight if his trainer ordered it. She peered down the hole, thankfully able to see her Pineco. Thank goodness he was so bright! "Farren! You okay down there, buddy?"
"Pineco pine!" He answered loudly, in a way that implied he was, if not confused. A big mouth and orange? He'd feel threatened, if said orange didn't seem to look like it loved him. How odd.
"Can you use your string shot? We can catch it and pull you up!" Alice suggested, glancing to Eridian, who nodded. It seemed like a fine idea, although perhaps Tauros' tough hooves and horns would be more suited for the job. Regardless, Farren tried to angle himself to fire up a lengthy String Shot. If Eridian could catch it he could either pull or wrap it around himself and try to haul Farren out. "Try and get the Pokemon to come up with you! Let it know we're not trying to fight, I can even feed it if that's what it wants! ... Or battle it, if it prefers." She assumed she could take it. Arrogance on her part, but hey, if they couldn't then they'd find out!


Update 5
Spoiler: show
Quote:
Originally Posted by TheKnightsFury, post: 6759574, member: 101661
Meetan- You rush to the hole, sharing a quizzical look with the Tauros, you were both a bit confused about what had happened. You shout down the hole to Farren, who has unfortunately gone from one level of uncomfortable to another. As you call out, the Pineco rocks backwards and fires up a String Shot, seems like he really wants to get out of there....

Eridian grabs the thread and begins to pull, but it seems a little heavier than he expected. You find yourself drafted into the task, grimacing at how sticky the String Shot is as you work to pull your Pineco out of the hole. It was like deep sea fishing but on land! You had no idea what you could be dragging up, for all you knew it was more trouble. As the pink Pineco is finally pulled free from the hole, he has someone else attached to him. The big orange jaws of the Trapinch let go of the Pineco as it is dragged above ground. The little Ant Pit Pokemon shies away immediately, whimpering in fear. This didn't really feel like the sort of place you'd find a Trapinch, generally their species preferred sandy areas over forests. Eridian stands wary, not overly trusting of the Ground type. The Tauros seems fine though, perhaps it resonates with the fear in the Trapinch's eyes? From what you can tell it doesn't appear hostile, what are you going to do? The old man likely would have packed things up by now and would be desperate to get back on the road, could you afford to waste more of his time?


Reply 5
Spoiler: show
Quote:
Originally Posted by Meetan, post: 6759583, member: 57787
Alice couldn't see that Farren was getting more uncomfortable, but the fact wouldn't have surprised her had she known. Eridian was more aware, simply because Pokemon could sense these kinds of things, and Farren wasn't radiating sweetness so much as he was panic. As it was, the dragon was quick to take hold of the string shot and begin to pull, but even with his overwhelming Strength he was having problems. Alice asked the Tauros to step back a bit, just so that she could get a decent angle without tumbling into the hole in the process. When she did latch onto the leash, though, Alice loudly expressed her disgust at the feeling of the sticky, squidgy string, and as soon as they had completed their mission the blonde was wiping her hands on her clothes with a shudder and grimace.

"Farren!" Alice exclaimed in relief, only to stop and coo. "Oooh, a Trapinch!" She wasn't as worried as she had been before, because the little bug didn't seem to be rearing to go. In fact, it seemed to be the opposite, like it was frightened. How unexpected for what Alice had thought to be a troublemaker, but perhaps all of the burrowing had been impulsive behaviour. Was it scared of them or something else? "Hey, it's okay! Eridian, don't worry about them. Look, it's scared." She was about to crouch down and then stopped. They needed to help the old guy, too. "Eridian, will you take this Tauros back to the cart? And tell him I love him." She added in an overly sweet tone, petting the Pokemon's mane with the back of her hand to avoid leftover glue getting stuck in it. Alice made a kissy sound before finally crouching down, the dragon no doubt apologising to the creature before gesturing for them to go together. His trainer was the worst sometimes.

She decided to sit on the grass with Farren, who was relieved to be freed of both Tauros and also the Trapinch's jaws. He hoped it stayed that way. She took off her bag, opening it up to take out a few different treats. "We aren't going to hurt you! Tell them, Farren. If something's wrong, we can help them." She had never heard of a Trapinch out in the forest, though. The Arcane Realm was supposedly weird, but was it /this/ weird? "You seem like you're far away from home, you know. I hope you're okay."


Update 6
Spoiler: show
Quote:
Originally Posted by TheKnightsFury, post: 6759590, member: 101661
Meetan- Execute plan, divide and conquer! You put Eridian to task, he'd be leading the bashful bull back to its master while you and Farren remained and tried to work out what was up with this Trapinch. Eridian grumbles a few things to the Tauros, part of which is likely an apology for your fawning over it, before the pair head off in the direction you'd came. You watch as the dragon and bull leave the clearing, the Tauros's tails swishing around happily as it follows Eridian like a stray puppy. That left you sitting in the clearing with Farren, the Trapinch not too far away, still fairly cautious. As you pull out your bag, the smell of food seems to draw the Ground type in. Farren begins to talk to it as well, welcoming it in and letting it know you were here to help, not harm.

Trap pin pinch?

The bug clicks as it scuttles in closer. Eyeing off your bag. You're taken a back as the Trapinch just jams its massive head into the bag, pulling out an Iapapa Berry. The berry is quickly broken down by the Trapinch's powerful jaws, no worries Trapinch, help yourself!

Trapinch ate your Iapapa Berry!

The berry seems to satisfy the seemingly young Pokemon as it climbs into your lap and settles down. Wow, didn't take much to earn its trust! Farren rolls his eyes, he wasn't too impressed that the Trapinch had gone from biting his butt to cuddling you. You now had the Trapinch's trust and the Pokemon was clearly displaced, at least that is what you had gathered from Farren. Maybe it would be best to take it with you? Eridian would likely have made it back to the cart with Tauros by now and if anyone had an idea about where the Trapinch had come from, a local like the merchant would be your best bet.


Reply 6
Spoiler: show
Quote:
Originally Posted by Meetan, post: 6759913, member: 57787
Alice pouted lovingly after the Tauros, cooing out another adoring 'awwwh' as it disappeared. Look at that swishy tail! That Tauros was so, so, so cute and she wanted one! "I love him, so much." She told Farren, whose answer definitely sounded like the Pineco version of 'I know'. The Trapinch, her newest concern, thankfully seemed impressed by the snack filled bag. It was a trick that rarely failed, honestly, tried and tested. As a lover of food, she sometimes wished strangers offered her free candy. What? Nothing--

"Oh my god, whoa." It was comical how the Trapinch had suddenly dove into the bag, head first. It clearly knew what it wanted, though, because a moment later it had withdrawn with an Iapapa Berry as a trophy. Between biting Farren's booty and the crushing of the berry, the ground type had shown off its powerful jaws plenty. At least it was happy now. It was like a baby, even, in how it just climbed into her lap to settle, as if the snack had tired it out. She imagined that all of the crazed digging had something to do with it. "Awwh, Farren, don't be like that. We'll make sure that doesn't happen again, and besides, you know I love Trapinch! And one day they can be a beautiful Flygon!" Or at least, Alice hoped it wanted to be. She couldn't deny that if the creature didn't want to evolve, she'd probably be disappointed.

"Okay, we should go and get Eri before he abandons us for someone less irritating than myself." Alice joked, sealing her bag back up. She carefully held the Trapinch as she got up, swinging her bag over one shoulder and then looping her other arm through the second strap. Off she went, Trapinch in arms and Pineco rolling along just a bit ahead of her as they went to check that the old man and Tauros were okay, and to see if he might have any ideas about the displaced Trapinch. If it was all for naught, though, that was fine. Axel or Mimi could maybe help fill in the blanks later.


Update 7
Spoiler: show
Quote:
Originally Posted by TheKnightsFury, post: 6760314, member: 101661
Meetan- Cradling the Trapinch in your arms, you make your way back to the cart, Farren trailing closely behind. By the time you make it back to the cart, the old trader is just about finished hitching the Tauros back up. Eridian stands nearby, waiting somewhat impatiently for your return. As the elderly gentleman makes his final ties, he turns to thank you, however you can still sense an air of panic about him. "Thank you so much young lady, I don't know how to thank you. I can't afford to lose anymore produce, but perhaps this little trinket will suffice?" The old man pulls a small rainbow coloured shell out of his pocket and presents it to you, it was a Heart Scale! Until now he hadn't notice the Trapinch, but upon seeing it, he seems to string a couple of bits of information together. "Oh is that the little bugger who has been digging all these holes! Do us another favour and take it far away from here. Actually, I might even know where that Trapinch came from. Some poachers were caught here a couple of days back on their way out of the Arcane Realm. A friend told me they had been gathering Pokemon from the Land of Cups, maybe Trapinch was one of those Pokemon?" He looks up at the sun, using it to gauge the time. "I really need to get going, otherwise my buyer will go looking elsewhere. I'm on my way to the Magician's Hamlet, your welcome to catch a ride with me if you'd like, there are plenty of merchants there that might have something of interest to you. If you want to take that little one back home though, that would be in another direction."

The old merchant climbs up onto his cart, grabbing the reins as he waits patiently for your answer. This Trapinch seemed young, maybe it had a family to get back to or they might have been taken as well, meaning the best place for the youngster would be with you? You couldn't afford to keep the old man waiting, you needed to make a decision here and now.


Reply 7
Spoiler: show
Quote:
Originally Posted by Meetan, post: 6760317, member: 57787
It was no surprise that the old man was still feeling shaken up. Alice would have been if she was in his position, and he had time pressures to worry about. Not to mention she might have triggered him a little by having the Trapinch in her arms. Whoops. "You're totally welcome. And it'll more than suffice, thank you!" The trainer was genuinely delighted to take the Heart Scale from the merchant's hands, and she murmured a few comforting notes to the baby while she swung her bag down to pack the prize away. Alice hoisted the bag back up while the man spoke. "Oh, yeah, it was. But she's a shy little bugger, really. -- And that'd make sense. It would explain why she was so stressed and tired. It took Farren's Sweet Scent to get the Pokemon to chill, and with a berry she was right as rain.

"Oh, no worries. And yeah, we'd love to come with you, right guys?" Farren confirmed with more enthusiasm than Eridian, who not only was less bothered about their direction, but knew that his trainer was motivated by laziness and shopping. Of course she'd take any excuse not to use her legs! Alice was of course tempted to go to the Land of Cups, but maybe they could head that way later. For now, the Trapinch seemed settled. Waiting for permission, Alice returned her other two Pokemon and then climbed into the cart, settling into the back with the Trapinch still in her lap, finding a Poke Ball in her bag to officially capture it with. "I think Fiona would be a good name for you, and I don't think you're a little bugger. I think you're lovely." She cooed, giving the ground-dweller a loving scritch and scratch. Her nails had definitely seen better days... "I won't let those poachers or anyone else come after you, okay? I promise." All things considered, if humans had tried to harm it so, it was crazy how quickly it had just accepted her aid. The Trapinch must have been young and desperate, that was for sure. Alice couldn't risk letting it down.


Update 8
Spoiler: show
Quote:
Originally Posted by TheKnightsFury, post: 6760326, member: 101661

Pleased with your reward, you gratefully accept the Heart Scale, as well as the offer of a ride! You recall Farren and Eridian into their Pokeballs, Eridian a little displeased that'd you'd essentially elected to go shopping. As you settled on the rough wooden seat of the cart, you speak softly to the young Trapinch still nestled in your arms. You reassure it that you'd take good care of it and that it wouldn't have to worry about anyone trying to take it ever again. Digging through your bag you produce a Pokeball, presenting it to the Trapinch, along with the suggestion of a name, Fiona.

Traaaaaaapinch

The Trapinch yawns, but it seems to approve as taps the Pokeball with its nose, causing it to draw her inside. The ball shakes a couple of times in your hand before settling with a resounding click. The capture was successful!

You caught a lvl 5 Female Trapinch! She has the ability Arena Trap as well as the Egg Moves Gust and Bug Bite!

"Well, better in your care than out here running a muck", the man remarks. "I don't think I got a chance to introduce myself properly, my name is Phillip, everyone calls me Phil though, apart from my wife." Phil gives the reins a little flick, urging Tauros forward. The Normal type breaks into a steady gallop, causing you to grab the side of the cart. Maybe this wasn't the best idea after all? "Sorry about the rush and all, but we really need the money from this sale. We're under a lot of pressure at the moment, my wife has been sick and we're low on funds, if we don't get the money we need, we risk losing the farm." It all made sense now, why Phil had been so stressed about his overturned cart. "If we keep this pace we should make it to the Hamlet just in time. Enough about me though, what about yourself? What brings you to the Arcane Realm?"


Reply 8
Spoiler: show
Quote:
Originally Posted by Meetan, post: 6760341, member: 57787
Alice was more than delighted with her capture, especially when her bright pink Pokedex confirmed the extra moves it had, and that it was young just like she suspected. What a cute baby! They'd definitely make sure that little Fiona grew up big and strong. She put the ball away for the moment to keep it safe, curling herself around her belongings so that she didn't lose any to the exceedingly speedy and bumpy ride that they were now on. "Hey, no worries, I understand. Your job's important enough without all of that to worry about, too." She said, as chill as she tended to be. Alice tended to have two extreme modes: lazy and easygoing or the absolute other end of the scale. She was rarely in the middle.

"It's... Kind of a weird story, to be honest." Alice admitted. "I'm Alice Hope, by the way-- I'm a trainer and an idol, more the first than the second a lot of the time. But I was on a mission helping the police in Bedlam Ridge, infiltrating the sanctum. I... Think I blacked out during a trainer battle, and then I woke up. There wasn't much of a mark on me, so I don't think I was shot or anything, but I don't really remember how I got here." Someone might have rescued her, but the one ally it turned out had been assisting her, her Honedge fucking impaled. Not to mention that Farren hadn't been on her person when Alice had started the mission out. The thing was, it wasn't the first of such instances, and it wouldn't be the last. There were so many gaps in her memory, often tailing off of deathly situations... And the young woman had a theory that was unsettling to contemplate. It was possible to come back from the dead in this world, but if that was truly the case... Then how often, and why?

"So, we just started walking along the road. I figure a place with a bunch of people is probably a good next step, too." Alice added optimistically. "Especially if we can stock up on anything decent. But where's the farm, by the way? If there's anything more that we can do for you, we'd love to.


Update 9
Spoiler: show
Quote:
Originally Posted by TheKnightsFury, post: 6760738, member: 101661
Meetan- As you fill Phil in on your story so far, the old trader is taken a back. It appears he didn't expect a pretty young girl like you to have such a gory back story! Repeating your story to the man made you realise just how many blank parts it had, it even made you consider the possibility that you'd died and somehow recovered. You decide to leave the questions about your past for now, instead you inquire about Phil's farm and whether there was anything you could do to help.

"It's about an hour or two back down the Fool's Path, you can't see it from the road but you probably would have passed it. There is plenty to be done, but nothing I can't handle, as long as this sale goes through. Besides, I wouldn't want you to waste anymore of your time helping me." The trees and open expanses soon begin to give way to homesteads, as you move from the wilderness into a more residential area. The road transitions from dirt to firmly packed cobblestone as you make your way into the Magician's Hamlet. "We're here!"

Phil slows Tauros right down as he is forced to accommodate the crowd that fills the marketplace. Children run through the streets, screeching as they play with their friends. Tradesmen shout out sales pitches, locals stumble around with arms full of goods and travellers walk between the variety of hastily made stalls and well established craftsman shops. "I need to go and find my buyer, you're welcome to come with me or you can hop off here and go have a look around. Either way, its your choice." Phil brought the cart to a stop, standing up to try and get his bearings as he waited for your response.


Reply 9
Spoiler: show
Quote:
Originally Posted by Meetan, post: 6761086, member: 57787
Alice could tell that she had startled Phil with her recollections, and she hoped that he didn't feel uncomfortable. Sometimes she was too open about things, or attempted to play down the seriousness of things that weren't okay at all, without realising that others might react as such. "Well, it's not a waste if we want to do it." She reminded him, but let the whole thing go. If he had it handled, then that was okay, she didn't want to underestimate him simply because he was on the older side. He probably had other Pokemon who assisted him, too, and that could make all of the difference - more than some impractical princess like herself could make, surely. The ride began to get bumpier as the surroundings of nature faded away into an olden, urban setting. The castle loomed over the Magician's Hamlet from its distance, an admirable sight, although Alice couldn't keep focus on it for long when she was convinced one of these idiot locals was going to end up under Tauros' hooves.

"I can at least stay with you until you find your buyer." Alice offered. She wasn't in a rush, really, and she planned to take a look around before heading off wherever life led her. Of course they'd have to aim for home eventually, but it was kind of nice to have an almost aimless wander for once. Usually they went somewhere with a goal in mind, or quickly found one, at least. "You know, if you run over one of those, you get extra points." She absolutely meant the children. Alice had enough problems with kids on this bloody planet, often reinforced by their dumbass parents. It wasn't that she hated the youth but god, she was normally better off avoiding them. If Phil didn't hear her quip, that was fine, though. He was obviously trying to find her buyer, and so Alice began to peer about as well, seeing if there was anything that captured her interest to come and look into later on.


Update 10
Spoiler: show
Quote:
Originally Posted by TheKnightsFury, post: 6763930, member: 101661
Meetan- Phil lets out a chuckle as he catches your quip about running over children, seems he did have a sense of humour! He seems to work out where he needs to go and sits back down, happy that you've agreed to stay with him until he finds his buyer. "Thanks a lot Alice, if only all youngster were as kind as you." He steers Tauros through the crowd and down a side alley, eventually coming to a stop outside an old warehouse. The warehouse doors are wide open, the first thing you notice is a pair of old jeeps. These certainly weren't from around here, it seemed like most of the Arcane Realm relied on old fashioned modes of transport. A group of men soon make themselves noticed, they're almost as rough looking as the jeeps! Covered in tattoos, torn jackets and jeans, mud stained boots. Half of them had shaved heads, the remainder sporting haircuts you wouldn't pay a barber for. You notice a couple of pokeballs on their belts as well and as one steps forward to confront Phil an Ariados scuttles up his back and onto his shoulder.

"You're late old timer, that means we won't be paying you the full amount", this bloke seems at least half educated, although his lackeys appear less so as they snicker and nudge one another. Phil looks shocked, he was certain you'd get here on time.

"We had trouble on the road, a Trapinch had put holes all through the Fool's Path. I can't be that late, I need the full amount." You notice the man's interest perk slightly when Phil mentions the Trapinch, your Trapinch.

"You'll get what we give you", the man motions for his men to collect the goods and they slowly approach the cart. Phil looks devastated that he won't be getting the money he was promised, surely this wasn't fair?


Reply 10
Spoiler: show
Quote:
Originally Posted by Meetan, post: 6763949, member: 57787
Oh, no, this certainly wasn't fair. Alice had gotten a bad vibe from this place the moment that Phil had turned down a dodgy alley, and especially when she saw the more modern jeeps. She didn't want to be judgemental - she was an outsider, too! - but outsiders with messy jeeps, in a shady alley, coming out and looking like that? There was a lesson to be learned here somewhere, surely... Oh, wait, no there wasn't. They had a freaky Ariados and were acting like pieces of shit. With the way the guy reacted at the mention of Trapinch, too, Alice quickly put potential dots together: these were the poachers, and they'd likely drive miles with Tauros, too, if they had the opportunity, along with whatever was left of Phil's farm. She wondered what else they hid in that warehouse of theirs...

"No. You'll get what he gives you." Alice slid off the back of the cart inelegantly, reaching for one of her Love Balls, which she quickly released. The familiar form of the black Bagon landed on the street, and seeing what he had to work with, the little dragon eyed his opponents up with a snarl. "You pay the full amount, up front, before you put your hands on anything - or you deal with me. Do you understand?"

Eridian was showing teeth, and as if to make a point to the Ariados on the thug's shoulders, his maw began to glow a hot, threatening orange. If they recognised her, they'd hopefully know not to mess with her, but if they didn't and were willing to try it on? Alice was willing to give them a shock. These goons clearly liked to pick on who they perceived as weak, and she was absolutely here to ruin their day. "Have Tauros back up and out of here, and stay where people can see you. I'll catch up on you after, okay? Call or send something if they try anything." Alice added to Phil. She had her mind made up, clearly, and Tauros would likely get spooked if they battled around it. Admittedly, she'd have no issue with Tauros literally trampling these fools, but she didn't want to risk herself or Phil in the process - the goods on the cart would end up all over the place. Her blue eyes returned to the group, sizing them up. She was more nervous than she looked, but she'd faced far worse and come out... Alive, maybe. Debatedly. To be confirmed. "So, how are we doing this?"


Update 11
Spoiler: show
Quote:
Originally Posted by TheKnightsFury, post: 6764717, member: 101661
Meetan- You certainly didn't think highly of this lot, it didn't take a genius to put the clues together, these guys were poachers! So not only were they planning on underpaying Phil, they were planning on capturing Pokemon against their will! You quickly release Eridian from his ball, the black Bagon snarls, putting all of the men on edge. The Ariados chatters back at the Dragon, not overly intimidated. As you instruct Phil to get Tauros and the cart out of here, the old man refuses to budge. "Alice what are you doing? I told you I need this sale." It seems he isn't too happy with your approach...

"We aren't looking for any trouble young lady", the leader interjects, "of course we'll pay the full amount." He motions for one of his lackeys, who quickly approaches with a brief case full of money. The thug presents it to Phil, who quickly checks that the full amount is present. Happy with the exchange, Phil puts the brief case onto the cart and motions for the men to continue unloading.

"Glad we could come to an agreement", Phil says politely, "have your men unload as quick as they can, "I've got other places to be." Phil grabs your arm softly, pulling you aside so that he can speak to you privately. Eridian still has his eyes locked on the Ariados, he didn't trust the bug. "Alice I can't believe you'd risk blowing my sale, I told you how much I needed this." Phil seems disappointed, but if you hadn't pulled out Eridian, the man likely wouldn't have paid him the full amount. "Please don't do anything else, at least until I'm out of here." It wasn't a massive request, but would you be able to respect his wishes when your gut was telling you that these guys weren't to be trusted?


Reply 11
Spoiler: show
Quote:
Originally Posted by Meetan, post: 6764885, member: 57787
Alice was satisfied that the men had quickly surrendered, but she still didn't trust it. They had been far too confident mere moments ago, and while perhaps they had just dismissed her as some damsel before, it wasn't as if the Ariados was matching their fear. She kept her eyes on them until Phil called her out, and her cheeks immediately burned red, stomach twisting. Was he seriously saying that to her? In private? She knew that he was desperate-- but really?

"Yeah, but they weren't even going to pay you properly for it! Not much might be better than nothing, but all of your pay is better than that!" And Alice was suspicious of that, too. She genuinely wondered if the bills were falsified or something, but it wasn't like Alice had the knowledge to figure out something of the sort, and interrogations didn't always reap honest answers (still worth a try on these losers, though...). "I won't, I promise. I wasn't here trying to make trouble for you, I just wanted you to get all of the money you needed. Can't you see they're shady as hell? Didn't you see the face that guy made? They're probably at least linked to the poachers!" Her voice was still hushed, expression showing urgency. Honestly, she wasn't sure why she was bothering-- Phil probably didn't care this point now that he'd scolded her. He had his own affairs that he was clearly locked into. At least she had escorted him, anyway, and hopefully he could leave without a problem and things would work out fine for him. For her, on the other hand, she felt torn. Once Phil was gone, she probably had a duty to at least check this stuff out... But what to do? That was the question. The end of this exchange would likely help with that, and if Eridian had picked up on anything or what his instincts told them to do.


Update 12
Spoiler: show
Quote:
Originally Posted by TheKnightsFury, post: 6768632, member: 101661

Meetan- Still shocked that Phil had scolded you, you do your best to apologise and convince the old farmer that these men weren't trustworthy. All you had to go off was a gut feeling and the leader's reaction to Phil's mention of your Trapinch, neither of which is enough to convince Phil. "I appreciate you getting me the full amount, I truly do, but what if that hadn't worked? None of what you've said is enough to convince me that these men could be poachers and I doubt any of the local law enforcement would be willing to take a gut feeling as evidence. Look into it if you want, but wait until I'm out of here." Phil certainly was in the mood for delivering home truths.....

You wait around while the men unload Phil's cart. Eridian continues his stare off with the Ariados, while you keep an eye or ear out for anything of interest. Leaning up against the side of the cart, you catch a small exchange between two of the men....

"Boss says we're heading out at sun down", one remarks, but before you can hear anymore they spot you and fall silent once more. It isn't long before they finish unloading the cart, their own vehicles were now filled with the produce, wherever they were going, they were taking it with them.

"Our business is concluded, on your way now", the leader shoots you a smile. He'd gotten what he wanted, Phil had gotten what he wanted, all parties were happy, except for you. "I'm afraid this will be our last exchange, we'll be looking for a more reliable supplier in the future." The man turns, caring little about Phil's reaction, while his Ariados hisses one last time at Eridian. The old man looks disgruntled, but at least he had what he came for. He climbs back onto his now empty cart and picks up the reins, preparing to turn Tauros around.

"You coming Alice?" Phil questions, "I can drop you back in the main square so you can do a bit of shopping if you'd like."


Reply 12
Spoiler: show
Quote:
Originally Posted by Meetan, post: 6774325, member: 57787
Alice couldn't believe him. She knew he was under stress, but seriously? These people screamed bad vibes. Perhaps he was sheltered or just distracted, believing the best in people - or maybe he did because if he considered the worst, his life would be in trouble. That wouldn't change these thugs and what they would have tried to do, though. She said nothing more, simply keeping an eye on the scene, her Bagon able to sense how infuriated his human was feeling. It probably didn't show beyond mild annoyance to the others, however, or at least not until the leader spoke. Alice initially returned his smile with a polite one, but once he said he was cutting business with the trader-- oof. If looks could kill.

"-- Yeah. I'd like that, thank you. Come on, Eridian." Alice prompted of the Bagon, who was returning the Ariados' hissing with a growl and hint of fiery teeth. Sure, maybe not in front of the elderly, but he had an educated guess at this point that Alice wouldn't mind if both the spider and his trainer went up in flames at this point. So long as the fire didn't touch her, what would it matter? It didn't seem like anyone knew them here. Reluctantly, and with a last sneer, Eridian moved to join his own human in the back of the cart. Both of them kept their eyes on the goons until they were led out of sight, and Alice only spoke when she was certain they were out of earshot.

"I'm sorry that you felt like we caused you trouble back there, but those men weren't going to listen to reason. You can completely ditch us after this if that's what you want-- and I was never going to start anything while you were there." Alice clarified, given that Phil seemed to suddenly think she was a loose cannon. "I have a lot of contacts outside of the Arcane Realm. I can always see if any of them are looking for people to trade with and suggest you once I can get in touch with them-- do you have a business card or anything?" She wanted to make up for the lost business in some way, even if she felt like they weren't much to lose in her own opinion. They would have screwed him over eventually, and Alice wouldn't have been there to save him, or anyone else most likely.


Update 13
Spoiler: show
Quote:
Originally Posted by TheKnightsFury, post: 6777095, member: 101661

Meetan- You hop back onto the cart with Eridian as Phil manoeuvres his way out of the alleyway. Eridian keeps his eyes on the warehouse, even as Tauros pulls you away, he didn't like anything about that exchange. You're left feeling disgruntled as well, you only wanted to help Phil, perhaps there was still a way for you to do that? Offering to give Phil's number to some of your outside contacts draws a smile from the old man once more.

"Thank you Alice, you really do have a kind and giving heart," Phil digs into his pocket before pulling out a small piece of card with his name and number on it. He hands it to you with a smile, "I know those guys really didn't seem on the level, maybe if you got some evidence to show that they're up to something the authorities would put a stop to them?" Tauros comes to a stop as you reenter the main market. "Well I guess this is where we part ways, for now at least. It has been a pleasure meeting you Alice." Eridian leaps down off the wagon, waving a goodbye to Tauros. You hop down as well, waving a goodbye to Phil as he steers Tauros through the bustling crowd.

Now on your own once more, you decide to have a look through the market. There are a range of different stalls. Some seem to be selling foods and medicine, you peer through the window of a shop filled with an array of different stones. You pass another stall with plenty of different held items, as well as another selling handcrafted Apricorn balls. As you continue your scouting sweep around the market, you pass a heap of different clothing boutiques, as well as what appears to be a dusty old record shop, with crates full of disk piled everywhere.
[/color]


Reply 13
Spoiler: show
Quote:
Originally Posted by Meetan, post: 6777317, member: 57787
Alice absently pet her Bagon's smooth back and the hard cap of his head as the cart moved. It was reassuring to see that Phil still thought well of her after what had happened. Maybe he had simply scolded her to keep up appearances, or it had happened because of the pressure that he was under. "Thank you, I'll see what I can do." She told him, putting the business card into her wallet, on top of some of the store cards and other bits that she had crammed in there. "Yeah, that's what I was thinking of doing, actually. I'm hoping it works out, but these things are never so simple."

As one could expect, the market was busy, and Alice was honestly impressed by anyone willing to risk driving through that. She knew people well enough, people were stupid, it was asking to hit someone or have some other hassle come up. Still, Alice exchanged similar pleasantries as she disembarked, both woman and Pokemon waving off the elderly man and his beautiful, shy Tauros. Once they were out of sight, Alice made a move, at first perusing the stalls. She wasn't there long, at first peering through the window of the stone shop, curious by what items they might have. It didn't take long for her to move on, however, Alice's interests as predictable as ever.

"Ooh, Eri, look!" Not far away, there was the stall to end all stalls. As pretty as the clothing boutiques looked, this was better, and the dragon kept at his trainer's toes as the blonde bolted over to have a look. "Excuse me, do you have any Love Balls?" She'd purchase as many as she could afford or carry, whichever came first.


Update 14
Spoiler: show
[
Quote:
Originally Posted by TheKnightsFury, post: 6780770, member: 101661
Meetan- Upon spotting the stall selling Apricorn balls, your heart skips a beat. If there was one thing you loved, it was Love Balls. The precious pink balls were often hard to track down, they weren't sold at your run of the mill department store. It took a master craftsman to turn Apricorns into usable Pokeballs and it was a dying art, you just hoped that they still had some Love Balls left! As you approach the store, a pleasant old woman stares up at you, her head barely sitting above the counter despite her standing on a stool. She adjusts the thick glasses resting on her nose, allowing her to get a better look at you.

"Hello there sweetie", she greets you kindly, "looking for anything in particular?" You manage to spurt out the words Love and Ball, which prompts the woman to search through her remaining stock. "Oh it looks like I only have three left deary", she puts the two balls on the counter in front of you. "I'm afraid Pink Apricorns are few and far between at the moment, I haven't managed to find any for a few weeks now. I'll sell you them for $300 each. If you can track down some Apricorns I can also turn them into balls for a small favour, it'll take a little time though." Unfortunately it doesn't seem like you're going to be walking away with a horde of Love Balls like you'd hoped, but some is better than none right? However it seems that the woman isn't just a seller of Apricorn Balls, she's also a craftsman. If you had any Apricorns on you, now would likely be a good opportunity to get them changed into balls.


Reply 14
Spoiler: show
Quote:
Originally Posted by Meetan, post: 6780775, member: 57787
It was a good thing, really, that there weren't as many left as Alice had hoped. The disappointment on her face was obvious, and Eridian murmured something snarky and snorted; a bit of smoke flaring from the sooty dragon's nostrils. The fact was, though, she'd have just gone and made herself bankrupt if the opportunity had presented itself and with so many shops around there was definitely the opportunity. Alice was a predictable creature, after all. "That's perfect! I'll take all three, and I have four apricorns I can give you, too! My babies brought them back from a holiday for me but I've not had a chance to switch them up yet." She explained, swinging her bag around to rifle through for the precious items, which she'd even stuck in a box for good measure. "What kind of favour did you have in mind? I didn't really have anything planned until later on..." She added. Of course, Alice wanted to get to the record store before the shops shut, but she also wanted to go and check out that warehouse - but maybe it would be better to catch them in the act as they were preparing to leave? It was hard to say, but it felt ballsy to plan a break in in broad daylight. Perhaps if they saw a police officer around, Alice could try to tip them off. Remembering herself, Alice also took out her cute wallet to set the money out for the transaction at hand, excited to transfer her Pokemon over (or perhaps find a new buddy to stick in one of them!) once she had the chance.


Update 15
Spoiler: show
Quote:
Originally Posted by TheKnightsFury, post: 6780861, member: 101661

Meetan- Somewhat disappointed in the quantity of available Love Balls, you put on a happy face as you pull out your wallet and pay for the three Love Balls. You also pull four pink Apricorns out of your bag, catching the woman buy surprise. "Oh these are lovely Apricorns, they'll make perfect balls!" The old lady picks up the Apricorns one by one and turns them around in her worn, old hands, assessing them for any imperfections. "It's not too big of a favour, its just that I'm getting a bit old and to do it myself would exhaust me. Remember how I said some of the Apricorns aren't growing too well at the moment? Well I was hoping some good fertiliser would get the trees producing again. There is no better fertiliser than fresh Mudbray mud, if I had a constant source of that, my business would surely benefit." The old lady places a grey Heavy Ball on the counter. "I heard some travellers say they spotted a small herd of Mudbray just outside of town this morning. You look like a capable trainer, do you think you could catch me one? I'd have your balls ready for you by the time you get back of course."

The old lady's task was a simple one, catch her a Mudbray. It seemed pretty straight forward, but who knew what difficulties you'd encounter? If you spent too much time on this, you might not be able to check out any of the other stores, or worse, you could miss your opportunity to suss out what those suspicious men were up to. It was just after midday, you had a bit of time up your sleeve, but is it enough?


Reply 15
Spoiler: show
Quote:
Originally Posted by Meetan, post: 6780878, member: 57787
"Oh, yeah." Alice had said as the shopkeeper prompted her about the Love Balls. She had recalled it, because it sucked to know that fighting for her favourite capture item was going to continue on for a while more, at least where the Arcane Realm was concerned. Sure, they could leave and go home anytime, but they seemed to be near impossible to come by there, too. "That sounds like something we could definitely do." She said. With Jasper's Mean Look and the combined senses of her other Pokemon, surely they could track down the herd before they got too far. "I've got one more shop to check, and then we'll head out that way and see what we can find." If her intuition was right, that Records Store sold more than music, and perhaps some TMs would help balance out the team's odds against not only the Mudbray, but against their intended targets later on, too.

Making sure the Love Balls were safely popped away, Alice asked what time the woman intended to pack up and where she could be find before heading off at a brisk pace towards the TM Shop to see what they had in stock. If it was all just the same fare and prices as her usual haunts, she wouldn't bother, but if they had sales items or anything else that would catch her eye, Alice would stick around to purchase some moves. Sure, the task the woman had set sounded easy on principle - Pokemon like Eridian likely wouldn't struggle against a wild Mudbray, but if they had to track down or even potentially fight all of its friends, it was going to consume their time, and all of it was precious right now. If they had to heal up, too, then that meant more cutting into their task tonight, and they couldn't risk those warehouse goons running off or they might never be found again.


Update 16
Spoiler: show
Quote:
Originally Posted by TheKnightsFury, post: 6781500, member: 101661
Meetan- Confident you can complete the task set by the old craftswoman, you pick up the Heavy Ball, pocketing it for now as you plan on squeezing in a bit more shopping before you head out. Your gut tells you that dusty old record shop you passed might be stocking more than just an outdated music collection. If you could snag a couple of on sale technical machines, it would probably make capturing a Mudbray a whole lot easier. You didn't know a lot about the species but you'd certainly heard tales of their stubbornness, one certainly wouldn't allow itself to be captured without a good fight. It takes you a little bit of time to locate the store again, the bustling crowd making it hard for you to get your bearings. A bell chimes as you open the door, waking the scruffy looking teen who was passed out behind the front counter. The first thing you notice is the strong herbal scent in the air, however it didn't exactly smell medicinal. He rubs his eyes before letting out a groan. "Eh we're having a sale at the moment, half off whatever you want. I think there was some old TM's in that box over there, I don't know."

Surely this guy couldn't be getting paid..... Either way, you follow Eridian as he heads over to the box the far from helpful merchant had pointed out. He tosses aside some useless old records, thankfully it seems the teen has begun to drift off again. Eventually he pulls out a nice little clutch of TM disks, which he spreads out on the floor for you to get a better look. TM Rock Tomb $500 $250. TM Nature Power $700 $350. TM Dragon Pulse $700 $350. TM Sandstorm $800 $400. TM Double Team $700 $350. It wasn't exactly a massive selection, but at half price these TM's were bargains! Eridian looks at the now sleeping merchant, then back to you. He was asleep again, maybe you could just take them? He was that out of it he probably wouldn't even notice they were gone, or remember that you were in here. Big risk, big reward, but was it really worth it?


Reply 16
Spoiler: show
Quote:
Originally Posted by Meetan, post: 6781537, member: 57787
Alice was impressed by Eridian's quickness in sorting all of this out, although she was pretty sure that the guy had been smoking weed (or whatever this world's version of it was). Either that or he'd worn himself out doing something. If he was being paid, he was obviously bored enough and went without monitoring regardless, so... Damn. The dragon was tossing aside records with enough frivolity that she was surprised none of them smashed, but at least they soon got to the good stuff. Some of these moves were seriously good and cheap to boot, and Alice was so glad they'd come here. They would give Jasper the edge they needed for sure, and save them some money in the long run. It was just a shame that they'd missed out on more, but the Love Balls made that worth it too, in the end.

"Okay, hang on..." Maths wasn't her strong suit, and Alice triple checked her calculations as she went through her pretty purse another time. It had absolutely crossed the idol's mind that they could probably just steal what was there, but it didn't feel worth it when her finances were in order just fine. Besides, there had to be some cameras or something to try and prevent such moves or they'd get robbed under this guy's 'watch' all of the time! Laying
$1700 on the desk, Alice turned away and took advantage of the quiet to release Jasper, her pink Sableye cocking his head in intrigue.

"Listen boy, if we can capture a Mudbray for an old lady in need, at least four Love Balls are ours for no monetary exchange whatsoever. And I think you're a perfect candidate for the battling job, but we're gonna give you a little boost, okay?" She decided to make use of the TMs right there, already an expect with managing them after all this time. Once they were all applied, Alice set the cases by the desk to be recycled later, and they were off. The pink Sableye clung to one shoulder, light as a feather given his ghostly form, and Eridian was by her side. If someone tripped over his hardy head, it was absolutely them who was going to suffer, not him. They were brisk in their movements, jogging in places where it was possible without losing each other. They needed to hurry up and head outside to find a Mudbray, and fast!

[Teaching Jasper the Sableye TMs Rock Romb, Nature Power, Dragon Pulse and Sandstorm!]


Update 17
Spoiler: show
Quote:
Originally Posted by TheKnightsFury, post: 6781864, member: 101661

Meetan- You avoid the temptation to make off with the TM's without paying, generating a shrug from Eridian, the black Bagon not all too fussed if you want to waste your money. With Jasper loaded up with an arsenal of new attacks, you make your way out of the shop and bustle your way through the crowd on your way out of the marketplace. Eridian ploughs head first through the crowd, not really caring about who gets in his way and the crowd soon learns to get out of his way.

You make your way back out of the hamlet, following the same road out that you came in on. The old craftswoman said that the Mudbray were spotted not far out of town, so you head straight into the forest. Jasper crawls down from your shoulder and him and Eridian begin sniffing around for clues. As you follow them deeper into the trees, you come to a stop as you notice the ground is covered in muddy hoof prints. You were certainly in the right place. The tracks seem to break off into two distinct paths. One leads off to a nearby grove, you squint your eyes and you swear you can spot some apples hanging from the trees. The other path leads off in the opposite direction, through some thick shrubs. You can make out the faint sound of running water coming from that direction. It seems you have a choice to make. Jasper seems to favour the path towards the water, while Eridian seems eager to head towards the grove but there is a chance he just spotted the apples and wants something to eat....


Reply 17
Spoiler: show
Quote:
Originally Posted by Meetan, post: 6782039, member: 57787
It was nice to get out of the hustle and bustle of the hamlet, in spite of being a city girl at heart. Although her memories of her childhood were faint, Alice knew they had hailed from a small market town, and they honestly felt more congested at times than London or New Fizz ever could. She frowned as her imp climbed down from his mount, watching the two as they sniffed about. They were obviously going in the right direction, because things were getting muddier and there were hoof prints to boot. She whispered her praise to the duo, only for them to reach a fork in the exploration: Bagon wanted to pursue the route with the apple trees and Jasper was insistent on wherever the running water was coming from. Both were promising leads, but which one would pay off?

"-- Eri, let's try this way first." Alice said, earning a growl and a glare from the black dragon. It probably didn't help that Jasper's expression was eerie and smug by default, but that his personality could often lean into that. "I'm sorry!" She insisted with a whisper, moving to lovingly crouch and throw her arms around the Bagon, but he still looked unforgiving. The grove was right! And it came with free food! Why was free food fine for her and not for them?! Still, the trainer and ghostie were pursuing the sound of the water, quiet and careful in case they spooked the Pokemon they came for. Of course Eridian had to follow. God knows what these chuckleheads would get into without him defending their sorry behinds...


Update 18
Spoiler: show
Quote:
Originally Posted by TheKnightsFury, post: 6782051, member: 101661

Meetan- Much to Eridian's displeasure, you head away from the Grove and its bounty of apples and make your way towards the water source. Jasper uses his sharp claws to slash through the thick shrubbery, clearing the way for you ever so politely. He was certainly feeling smug after you chose his option over the Bagon's and he'd certainly rub it in the Dragon's face if he ended up leading them to the Mudbray. You emerge from the trees to find yourself on the bank of a slow moving river. On the far side you just catch the unmistakable brown rears of Mudbray heading into the long grass on the other side of the river! Jasper hisses, annoyed that you had just missed your opportunity, but perhaps it wasn't too late?

Eridian spots something further down stream, a young Mudbray still playing in the thick mud of the riverbank. It obviously hadn't paid attention when the rest of the herd moved off, or more likely it was stubborn and chose to stay and frolic for a while. A mistake it would likely regret, because on its own it would be easy pickings for you! You manage to maintain the element of surprise for now, the Mudbray is too busy enjoying itself to pay any attention to its surroundings. Jasper glares at Eridian, as if to say "I told you so." Eridian doesn't take too kindly to that however and shoves the Sableye before rushing toward the Mudbray, it seems that he has a point to prove! If you're not quick, Eridian will blow your cover and alert the Mudbray, however in his current mood the Bagon might not take to kindly to playing second fiddle to Jasper.


Reply 18
Spoiler: show
Quote:
Originally Posted by Meetan, post: 6782059, member: 57787
Alice pouted, seeing that they had narrowly missed the herd of Mudbray. There was no way that they could get across the river without the Pokemon noticing them, but they were in luck. One little Mudbray had stayed alone to play! How bad she felt, then, that they had to interrupt it, but a job was a job and this was their best shot. Better to disturb one foal than to get upset a whole crowd, and maybe it'd be harder for the herd to trample them in revenge if there was a river separating them. "Come on, guys, chill out." Alice whispered, seeing the way the two Pokemon were bickering at each other. As far as she knew, Eridian wasn't even the jealous type, so what gave? She gasped when the dragon suddenly shoved the other Pokemon, taking the Sableye aback, his jagged teeth clearly curving downward in dismay. Not only that, but Eridian was charging off and ruining their moment!

"Jasper, hurry up ahead and use Mean Look and Infestation on that Mudbray before we can lose it!" Alice ordered of her Sableye. The dual type nodded, his form shifting so that only the gem-like eyes were visible, although she could hear the swift tip-taps of his paws as he hurried to intercept their prey. "Eri, Rock Tomb or Hydro Pump! Or at least wait a second and come back!" The blonde added in a frantic hiss, trying to stay out of sight as she hurried after the eager dragon. She had no idea if he'd listen to her, but it was worth a try. Hopefully whatever stunt he pulled didn't ruin their chances. It wasn't like the Bagon was dumb, after all, but this was impulsive. Maybe he just wanted to show that his instincts were good, too.


Update 19
Spoiler: show
Quote:
Originally Posted by TheKnightsFury, post: 6782077, member: 101661

Meetan- With Eridian acting strangely and risking blowing your plan, you quickly urge Jasper to get ahead of him. The Sableye fades almost from sight, his bright gem eyes still visible. He streaks past the Bagon, his Prankster ability giving him a surge of speed as he casts a Mean Look upon the unsuspecting Mudbray. The Ground type has no idea what is coming for him until Jasper sends a surge of bug energy through the ground, which quickly swarms around the muddy mule, making it pretty much impossible for it to flee. It does alert the Alolan native to your presence however and it turns to face your incoming Pokemon, bracing from impact. Eridian chooses the stronger of the two options you gave him, the Bagon fires off a powerful Hydro Pump! The Super Effective attack slams into the Mudbray, but doesn't even force it back an inch. A rather enraged look develops on the normally doe-eyed Mudbray as it pulls itself out of the mud to confront its attackers. You get a sinking feeling that perhaps the Mudbray had stayed behind because it was confident it could handle itself...

The mad Mudbray charges forward, shaking the ground as it Bulldozes towards Eridian. Both the dragon and the ghost are shaken by the attack as they find their speed reduced. Jasper is lucky in that the Mudbray hasn't really caught sight of him yet, but Eridian isn't as lucky. The Ground type kicks up the pace as it tramples over the Bagon with a High Horsepower before quickly following up with a Double Kick that sends Eridian flying head first into the mud pool. The Dragon struggles in the thick mud, he only had himself to blame though, if he hadn't acted so rashly he probably could have avoided all of this. Jasper lets out a snicker as he watches his ally splash down, but he could be next. The Mudbray notices the sunlight refracting through Jasper's gems and turns its attention to the partially concealed ghost, even as the infestation continues to cling to it. This wasn't going to be an easy fight...


Reply 19
Spoiler: show
Quote:
Originally Posted by Meetan, post: 6782083, member: 57787
Alice was relieved that Jasper managed to get to the Mudbray first, at least ensuring that whatever happened next, they wouldn't be losing the Mudbray to runaway tactics. As it turned out, they might be losing it to a battle won, because its small size meant absolutely nothing - something that Alice really should've been keen to by now. Between her own Pokemon and past encounters, this whole book-cover-judging-thing should've been nipped in the bud forever ago. Alas, Eridian's rash behaviour is punished with quite the pummelling, enough to make the blonde clench her teeth and cringe. She shot Jasper a glare and told him to cut it out. This was not appropriate team behaviour.

"Eridian, walk it off! Use Double Team, then Dragon Rush and Dragon Breath! Jasper, hang back and wait for me." She said. It wasn't fair to ambush this Mudbray with two Pokemon on one, and Alice needed to give the dragon a chance to recover his pride and prove his worth rather than reducing them both. Plus, while she'd otherwise feel inclined to tag Jasper in - he'd literally been the best choice for this mission from the start given his abilities - Alice didn't want to upset Eridian more by showing the Sableye favouritsm. Especially not when he was being a little bitch about it. Jasper pouted, pointing a claw at the pair and grumbling something like the child he was. "I don't care. You get over here right now, young man." She pointed at her feet, and the Sableye sulked over, clinging to the woman's leg while he waited for his turn. Hopefully Eridian would just get the bashing he'd stupidly earned, and then he could sit in his ball while he, Jasper, the better one got the job done! Yes, yes!


Update 20
Spoiler: show
Quote:
Originally Posted by TheKnightsFury, post: 6782107, member: 101661

Meetan- Although you'd grossly underestimated the Mudbray, you still feel like it is unfair to gang up on the Ground type. Eridian had gotten himself into this mess, literally, he deserved the chance to make up for his mistake. Jasper is for from pleased about your decision as he slinks back to your side, you can almost here him cursing the Bagon, hoping he'd fail. If the Mudbray's first exchange with the Bagon was anything to go off, there was a fair chance Jasper would get his wish.

Eridian struggles to get out of the mud. While the Mudbray could move through the viscous fluid like a Swinub in snow, the little dragon with his stubby arms and heavy head was having a real bad time. He attempts to follow orders and spread out in a Double Team, but the mud restricts his movements, greatly reducing the effectiveness of the move. The Mudbray shows no concern over the increased number of Bagons that are flailing and struggling to get out of the mud. It forms a swirling storm of rocks around itself before sending them sliding towards Eridian, making quick work of the clones and dealing a nice bit of damage to the dragon. Eridian knows that as long as he's in the mud, he's a sitting Ducklett. He begins to gather his strength, tapping into the power of his Dragon typing his surges forward, rushing out of the mud. The black Bagon roars with relief as he pulls himself free of the mud and hurdles towards the Mudbray. A dragon shaped construct of energy surrounds him as he slams into the Ground type, but the Mudbray doesn't budge. It seems the Mudbray's Stamina is already proving beneficial, its physical defence almost impossible to penetrate. The Mudbray lobs a Mud Bomb at Eridian, forcing the dragon to leap back as he uses his Dragon Breath to counter the attack, saving himself from being coated in even more mud. This Mudbray certainly was a quality specimen, that old craftswoman was surely getting the better end of this bargain!


Reply 20
Spoiler: show
Quote:
Originally Posted by Meetan, post: 6782113, member: 57787
Alice was tense, teeth together and then biting her lip, nervous about the decision she'd made. Eridian really wasn't faring well in this terrain, whereas Jasper was a lot more agile and literally able to phase through most things. As smug as Jasper was and wanting his spotlight, he could tell that the trainer was worried, and it wasn't all too fun when it got sad. Thankfully, Eridian managed to save himself through sheer power, propelling himself fiercely out of the mud. It was scary, though, how the Mudbray just seemed to stand there and take it. Between its stamina and natural hardiness, this battle might be an actual nightmare. No wonder the craftswoman had sent someone else to do this job, she was in for a treat once they snagged this thing!

"Eridian, it's gonna be okay, we've got this." Alice said, while absolutely not being sure if they had this. The key, though, was clearly to make use of special attacks and keep their distance. Maybe they'd be alright. "Use Dragon Pulse and Dragon Breath, then use Hydro Pump again!" She was wary of him getting tired, but if that happened, maybe it'd be okay to switch Jasper in. Alice was just hoping that the Bagon would be able to overwhelm the Mudbray with power before it began to matter, and then once she'd captured the Mudbray and handed it over, she could swing by the Pokemon Centre or whatever alternative the hamlet had to patch him up. Plus, there was no need for him to run back, although she always liked to have at least one Pokemon out with her so that she didn't have to go alone.


Update 22
Spoiler: show
Quote:
Originally Posted by TheKnightsFury, post: 6782122, member: 101661

Meetan- With Eridian gaining little ground on the stalwart Mudbray, you decide you need to exploit the ground type's weaker Special Defence. Mudbray was stronger at close range and when taking physical attacks, if Eridian could keep at a distance and keep chipping away at it, he might just weaken it enough for a capture attempt. As the Mudbray attempts to close the gap, Eridian tries to remain fleet footed, pushing the Ground type back with a powerful Dragon Pulse. The attack at least manages to generate a pained whinny from the stubborn little mule. It then tries to shake the Bagon of his feet, slamming its mud clad hooves into the ground. Luckily the shock waves it creates are only of a low Magnitude and although they do some damage to the dragon, he manages to maintain his footing. Flanking around to keep the Mudbray guessing, Eridian snaps his jaws open as he bathes the ground type with his Dragon Breath. The strange flames cause the opposing Pokemon's muscles to cramp with paralysis, further inhibiting its ability to get close to the dragon.

Eridian seems to be on the front foot now, with the Mudbray struggling to move he pushes his advantage and fires off another Hydro Pump. Showing how truly stubborn and pigheaded it is, the Mudbray charges straight into the incoming attack, knowing full well he has no chance of avoiding it. As he hits the water he continues to surge forward, pushing through the water as if fuelled by Superpower. Eridian keeps up the attack, doing his best to push the Mudbray back but it seems nothing will stop him. Eventually Eridian runs out of puff and drops the attack, letting the Mudbray through. The Ground type crashes into the black Bagon, sending him tumbling backwards. Eridian slowly rises to his feet, he's exhausted but still standing. The Mudbray is looking exhausted as well and with the paralysis holding it back, this might be the perfect opportunity to capture it. You've only got one Heavy ball though, so if you were going to take your chance, you would have to make it count!


Reply 22
Spoiler: show
Quote:
Originally Posted by Meetan, post: 6782176, member: 57787
Alice enthusiastically cheered as Eridian began to turn the tide for himself, feeling proud of her little baby (although the description hardly suited him - he was at least seven years old by now! Jasper's attention was locked into the battle, seeing the pair zip around, stunned that the dragon had managed to steal an advantage from the wily Mudbray. Sure, Eridian was one of the older and more elite members of Alice's line-up, but that little mule had given him total hell from the moment the encounter had started. It was even paralysed, what luck! "It's okay, you've got this, Eri. Keep it up! I want you to use the same three attacks, one more time!" She instructed him, and Eridian inhaled deeply, dark eyes tired but unrelenting; reflecting the rest of him. "And then you can take a good rest once we catch it!"

The dragon did as asked, taking another deep breath. Alice had reached into her bag, picking out the Heavy Ball and enlarging it in her hand. If everything went to plan, the Mudbray would hopefully be weak enough to be an easy capture, and she could just throw the ball (and have Jasper retrieve it because... Holy hell, that's a lot of mud, and she was a weakling like that) and be done with this whole battle. Alice had a feeling that it might not be so straightforward given the trouble the Mudbray had given them thus far, but they didn't have a whole lot of time to spare today, so she was praying to Arceus it'd be damn quick and easy.


Update 23
Spoiler: show
Quote:
Originally Posted by TheKnightsFury, post: 6783274, member: 101661

Meetan- Not wanting to taking your foot off the throat, you order Eridian to give the Mudbray another serving. The Bagon groans, between the extra weight of the mud, trying to keep on the move as well as firing off repeat attacks, he was beginning to get tired. It seemed the Mudbray was feeling the same, it seemed content to Bide its time....

Eridian let fly with a Dragon Pulse, the powerful attack managing to force the Mudbray back a few steps. Continuing his assault he bathes the Ground type with another Dragon Breath, the Mudbray groans as it endures the same attack that had previously left it paralysed. Eridian huffs and puffs, this was getting exhausting. He looks back at Jasper, the Sableye was still grinning. Looking to finish the job, the black Bagon fires a final Hydro Pump at the Mudbray, who until this point hadn't moved a muscle. However, as the attack hits the Alolan native, a massive amount of energy condenses around it. A tremendous beam quickly overpowers Eridian's Hydro Pump before hitting the Bagon and sending him soaring through the air. He comes crashing down near your feet, for a moment you don't think he'll get up. Eventually the dragon rises, he's unsteady and barely able to hold himself up, but he's conscious! The Mudbray is buckling at the knees, it put everything it had into that final Bide. Seeing your opportunity you take aim and toss the Heavy Ball towards the Mudbray. It makes no effort to move and the ball strikes true, pulling it inside. The ball lands in a nice puddle of mud, where it shakes a couple of times before coming to a stop with a click!

You caught the Mudbray!

Jasper rushes out to collect the ball, the Sableye quickly scoops it up and rushes back to you with it. You graciously accept the mud covered ball from the ghost, giving it a couple of shakes to try and get the excess mud off of it. The sun was starting to set over the horizon, the day was slipping away from you. You'd better get a move on!

Eridian gained 4 levels! (as Eridian is lvl 100, you receive 4 Rare Candies from an unknown source....)


Reply 23
Spoiler: show
Quote:
Originally Posted by Meetan, post: 6783536, member: 57787
Alice had never seen Eridian looking so rough, and this was all because of some Mudbray? It was insane. Thankfully, the attacks worked out even if Eridian took a final, built-up release of power from their target. Heck, seeing her heavy little dragon thrown around like that was honestly horrifying, and Alice couldn't help but wonder if letting Eri redeem himself to the very end was really the right thing to do. Relief washed over her when the Heavy Ball clicked, and before she could even ask Jasper had taken the imitative to go and collect it for her. Yucky, but less yucky for not having to step into the mud. "Thank you, Jasper." Alice said to her ghost, minimising the sphere to put away again.

"And you, Eridian. Thank you. But next time, stick with our pack, okay? I love you." Alice added, crouched down to look at him, setting a kiss to his hardy forehead. "Take a rest, we couldn't have done this without you." She put him away and urged Jasper to come along. It was clearly getting late and this was not the kind of timing Alice had hoped for. Of course the dual-type was glad to be the sole attention for now, and Alice went between urgent walking and dashing to return to the hamlet's marketplace, seeking out the woman to give the Heavy Ball to. "Hopefully there's a Pokemon Centre nearby, but I'm worried we won't have time if we wanna get back to that warehouse." She added, hoping to find the right stall. The woman had likely waited for them, but still. God forbid if she hadn't and this had not only been for nothing, but basically a loss! Except for the magical candies, of course, but one doesn't simply acknowledge magical candies in Fizzytopia.


Update 24
Spoiler: show
Quote:
Originally Posted by TheKnightsFury, post: 6789150, member: 101661

Meetan- Minimising the Heavy Ball, you place it in your bag before also recalling Eridian. The Bagon had been through a lot, although he had kind of gotten himself into the situation. You now found yourself under a fair bit of time pressure. Not only did you have to head all the way back to the markets, you had to exchange the captured Mudbray for the Love Balls, then hopefully locate someone capable of healing Eridian. Time permitting you'd make it to the warehouse in time to catch those crooks red handed, but that was beginning to look more and more unlikely. Jasper dashes effortlessly alongside you, moving quickly wasn't exactly your forte but you didn't really have much of a choice in this situation.

It takes you slightly less time to return to where you'd come from, although it probably would have been a quick trip if you hadn't needed to stop so much to catch your breath. The woman awaits your arrival with a big smile on her face. She places the 4 newly crafted Love Balls on the table, she certainly was a fast worker. "There you are deary, four brand new Love Balls. How did you get on with that Mudbray? I know they can be a little stubborn, I hope it didn't give you too much trouble." She waits patiently for you to present her with the Pokemon you'd captured for her. Being a local, this woman probably had a good idea about where to go to get Pokemon treated, or at least know someone who could hook you up with a quick potion. There was very little light left, that thug you'd overheard had said they were heading out at sun down, if that wasn't now, it was soon. If you couldn't find a quick way to heal Eridian, you'd either have to leave him untreated for now or risk losing track of the men you're certain are poachers.


Reply 24
Spoiler: show
Quote:
Originally Posted by Meetan, post: 6812201, member: 57787
Alice hadn't returned to the vendor as quickly as she might have wanted, but she got there in relatively good time and that was what counted. Handing over the Heavy Ball, she was made to feel better by the sight of the freshly crafted Love Balls that were exchanged for them. She was a reward-motivated person, after all, and having something tangible was relieving. She popped the pink and white orbs into her bag, figuring that she could sort all of that out at a better moment. Right now, the party needed to figure out where to go next and how much time that'd take.

"Thank you so much for these, they're awesome." Alice complimented firstly, "And honestly, it was a bit difficult, but my Bagon got it good in the end. He took a lot of damage, though, and I was wondering if there's a Pokemon Centre or somewhere else close by that I can take him? We've got somewhere really important to go to, fast, but I really don't want to leave him as is if I can help it." Eridian was a core part of her team, for this kind of mission at least, and Alice really didn't want to exchange him for another even if she had plenty of dependable Pokemon waiting in the wings. Sundown was fast approaching, and while Alice had caught her breath, all of this rushing around before predicted chaos really wasn't going to have them at their peak if they even arrived in time.


Update 25
Spoiler: show
Quote:
Originally Posted by TheKnightsFury, post: 6813108, member: 101661

Meetan- Eager to make it back to the warehouse in time but equally desperate to get Eridian healed up, you ask the old craftswoman whether she knows of a local healer or anywhere you could get the Bagon back to full strength. After accepting the Heavy Ball from you, the old woman smiles and points behind you. "Head straight back that way and you'll find the local Pokemon Center, its equipped with the latest technology, they should be able to heal your Bagon in no time flat!"

It turns out that getting Eridian healed might not be that time consuming after all! You say your goodbyes and rush towards the building that you were directed to. On the outside it looked like every other building in this old hamlet, apart from the sign hanging by the door which was painted with the signature mark of a Pokemon Center. As you fling the door open, a Chingling perched above the door chimes. You'd hoped this would be a quick in and out, but what you're met with is a tremendous line. A line at least 10 trainers deep stood between you and the front counter. It seems the lack of healing facilities in these parts meant that this Pokemon Center saw plenty of action. Each trainer would likely take a couple of minutes to heal their Pokemon, if all went well, you'd probably be waiting for half an hour. Whether you had that much time to spare was a decision only you could make. Risk missing your opportunity to suss out the scum at the warehouse, or chance facing them with Eridian in really bad shape.....


Reply 25
Spoiler: show
Quote:
Originally Posted by Meetan, post: 6953345, member: 57787
Alice went towards the Pokemon Centre as quickly as she could once the woman was given thanks, hope in her heart and urgency in her brisk steps. That hope quickly diminished when she saw the state of things inside, and she knew that there was no way that they could wait out getting Bagon treated. Alice cursed her bad luck, but this didn't have to be the end of things. She didn't have items to patch wounds, but one of her Pokemon did have the ability for it. "Millie," She asked of her Miltank, releasing her off to the side with the worn out, sooty dragon. "We need to be quick, but let Eridian drink some of your milk to make him feel better. He had a rough battle to help us out, but we don't have time to wait out that queue and I can't afford to go on this next mission without him."

She hoped it wouldn't take too long. Alice didn't need Eridian to be good as new, she just needed him to be better off and hope that some resting time would do the trick, given that she didn't plan to throw him out into this raid unless it was an emergency. Once Millie did the best that she could do, Alice would put them both away and release Axel the Abra in their stead. His psychic prowess was always valued in these situations. Rather than speak out loud, not wanting to risk being overheard by nosy citizens or anyone who might have bad intentions, Alice merely gave her pink companion a meaningful stare and conveyed her thoughts for him to read. He was more than used to such methods by now.

"Axel, go through my mind and find the warehouse we were at this morning with Eridian and the old man. I want you to teleport us near there, and if you can, try to get a sense for the area and what's going on inside. How many people and Pokemon, and how dangerous it is." Alice explained silently, "I'm pretty sure they're poachers or up to something else really bad, and we can't let them get away with it. So we need to figure it out, and if it is some awful operation, put a stop to it. Can you do that for me?"


Update 26
Spoiler: show
Quote:
Originally Posted by TheKnightsFury, post: 6959124, member: 101661

Meetan- With no time to waste waiting in line, you go to a fallback plan. You release Millie the Miltank from her ball, hoping her Milk Drink would help revitalise Eridian after his battle. You turn to give the two a little privacy, the Bagon a little uncertain about getting his MooMoo Milk straight from the source.... After a minute you turn around to see Eridian a lot more energised, he likely wasn't completely healed but he was much better off than he was before! With the task complete, you withdraw both the Bagon and Miltank into their balls, their task was done, now it was Axel's turn. You release the Abra from his ball and quickly communicate with him telepathically. He grasps the urgency of the situation and in a flash your surroundings change.

You now find yourself in the alley across from the warehouse. You give Axel a few moments to try and scan the warehouse psychically, but the Abra comes out with nothing. He then teleports you inside and you quickly realise why he couldn't pick up anything, the warehouse was empty. Muddy tire tracks lead out of the warehouse and there was no sign of the produce that you'd helped drop off earlier. You have a look around to see if you can find any clues. Out the back you find a number of large cages, were they for holding Pokemon? There were definite signs that something had been held in there recently. Axel draws your attention to the office, where a large map of the Arcane Realm lays spread across the desk. You sit in the chair for a moment as you inspect the map. There was a clear path marked out, it seemed to be the route they were taking. It was heading from here, all the way to the Desert of Stars, deep in the Arcane Realm. If they were up to no good like you thought, they surely had big plans for when they got there. It would be a long way to travel, but who else could stop them?


Reply 26
Spoiler: show
Quote:
Originally Posted by Meetan, post: 6959549, member: 57787
Alice might have been the one to make the order, but she wouldn't act like exacting it didn't make her nervous. They could have warped right into a patrol, but thankfully that wasn't the case. Her gratitude didn't last. Once Axel came up empty, and teleported them inside, she realised that she had missed the criminals after all. "Oh, for fuck's sake...!" She cursed angrily, her Pokemon silent, but seeming to radiate waves of sympathy from his mind. He was long past flinching at the idol's cursing tantrums, after all. They'd raided a gangster church and killed people, they had a lunatic Honedge for an ally - the sleepy psychic might as well have been part steel or darkness by now. "Fucking... Shit. We must have spooked them and they fucking ran!"

Her tirade continued as she began to search for some clues to their route, venting all the while, until Axel could prompt Alice into the nearby office. It didn't entirely fix her mood, but it certainly provided the young woman with some hope, for the route of the runaways were laid out in a map. Now, she wasn't the best with those things, but it wasn't too complex and with access to internet maps to compare to, Alice could figure it all out. All she could pray for now was that they didn't deviate from their plan. "I just wish we knew how long it'd probably take... I bet we can ask someone, though." The pseudo-detective remarked, and her Abra wordlessly concurred. They didn't have time to waste, however. They needed to get on the road.

"Axel, get us out of here. Back to the Pokemon Centre." They'd grab some supplies, make sure everyone was in top shape, and find someone to take them out onto the Fool's Path towards the Desert of Stars. Even if they only made it some of the way, they could figure out the rest. Nothing would stop the adventurers from completing their mission - nothing ever did, after all. Right?


Update 27
Spoiler: show
Quote:
Originally Posted by TheKnightsFury, post: 6965736, member: 101661

Meetan- You manage to stifle your anger after a while, with a little bit of help from Axel. You might have missed the criminals now, but you knew where they were going. Perhaps it was better that you catch them in the act anyway? That way you would actually have proof of their misdeeds, rather than just suspicion and hearsay. The journey to the Desert of Stars would be long however and you'd have to make sure your team was properly prepared. At your request, Axel teleports you back to the Pokemon Centre, you just hope it isn't as busy as it was earlier......

Finally some luck. The Pokemon Centre is much quieter than it was earlier and you only have to wait a couple of minutes before one of the nurses offers to take your Pokemon. You hand them over and make your way over to the lounge to wait. A small group of people currently occupy the lounge, the dress is quite ornate. Bright colours and odd costumes, they certainly were a sight. One woman was glad in colourful skintight clothes, highlighting her elegant form. One man is so large that he dwarfs the chair he is sitting in, his muscles rivalled those of a Machamp! A few shorter gentleman wore bright baggy outfits, their hair was an odd colour and wildly shaped while their faces were caked in heavy makeup. At the centre of the group stood a man in a suit, a top hat sits atop his head while a well tended moustache curls beneath his nose.

"Make sure to get a good night's sleep you lot", the moustached man states, his voice quite pleasing to the ear. "We hit the road at the crack of dawn, we are due in the City of Pentacles in three days time and we can't afford to be late." The rest of the group groan in reply, they seem quite tired. The City of Pentacles was in the direction you needed to go, perhaps you could hitch a ride?


Reply 27
Spoiler: show
Quote:
Originally Posted by Meetan, post: 6968387, member: 57787
Axel swept them away to the Pokemon Centre, and the change in the state of it at least made her feel a bit better. Alice handed over her Love Balls, including Axel's after praising her psychic for his work and apologising for her attitude (sure, he might have understood and been used to it, but it was probably even more uncomfortable for a telepath to deal with than anything else). She moved to the lounge after to sit down, taking in the rest of the room. Alice was a nosy person by nature, and she enjoyed people watching, but to her pleasant surprise there were quite interesting individuals waiting for their own Pokemon here, too. Their outfits were colourful and fantastically varied, immediately making her think of some wild circus or other eccentric types of show and theatre. Alice tried not to stare, but it was hard not to eavesdrop. As it turned out, that paid off.


These people were travelling the same way that she was, whether they wanted to or not. This would work in her favour, if she could find a way to hitch a ride. Alice lingered briefly and quietly, blue eyes flitting between the television fixed to one wall, the screensavers of nearby computer terminals and her own phone. She wasn't scared exactly, but it was a big favour to ask and Alice didn't want to be rude, so it was taking some thinking. After a few short minutes, though, the woman stood up and approached with a polite smile. "Excuse me, I don't mean to be rude, but I have a favour to ask." She started kindly and hopefully, "I know you're going early, but I heard you're going to the City of Pentacles and I was looking for a way to go in that direction. If you don't mind, if you have space or whatever, could I catch a ride with all of you? There's no pressure or anything. And I'm a trainer with lots of experience and different kinds of Pokemon, so if you need help with anything like protection or something we can probably help you out." Alice added, hoping that the incentive might give the apparent leader more reason to accept her request. If not, then, well... Shit. They'd have to figure out something else!

Update 28
Spoiler: show
Quote:
Originally Posted by TheKnightsFury, post: 6969540, member: 101661

Meetan- You knew it was a big ask, but you hoped that offering to help out with Pokemon would make you useful enough to bring along. The moustached man greets you with a smile and flourish of hand. "Greetings good lass, yes you hear correctly, we depart for the City of Pentacles at day break. Talented with Pokemon? We have a few Pokemon performers in need of a skilled hand, perhaps you could be of assistance? Yes, yes that would work well, consider yourself transported! Oh I do believe I forgot to introduce myself, I madam am the Great Jean-Pierre, Ringmaster of the troupe de spectacle, the greatest performers in all Fizzytopia! Meet the current members of my troupe, the stunning Seraphina, the hulking Herakles and the fantastic fools, Eeny, Meeny, Miny and Mo!" The other members of the troupe welcome you, smiles spreading across their faces despite their obvious fatigue." Meet us back here in the morning and we shall begin our journey, but for now we must sleep." Jean-Pierre claps his hands, ushering the troupe off to their rooms.

A nurse soon approaches you, presenting you with your Pokeballs and a key to a spare room for you to stay in. It would be best to get some sleep and perhaps set an alarm. If you over slept you'd miss your ride and be left right back where you started. Hopefully travelling with the troupe would be a safe option, they seemed to be on the level, but you had no way of being sure at this point.


Reply 28
Spoiler: show
Quote:
Originally Posted by Meetan, post: 6971388, member: 57787
Alice was relieved at how smoothly that arrangement had gone. Of course, while she could train her own Pokemon well enough - mostly, anyway - helping performers out with their own issues in an unfamiliar field might be easier said than done. She smiled and waved energetically to the others who greeted her before they left, wondering how many of those names were authentic and how many stuck to their stage names more times than not. "Yeah, no worries. I understand, thank you." She replied with a nod, watching the lot of them take their leave. She thanked Nurse Joy for her Pokemon and the key once they were returned, deciding to make her way to one of the nearby computer terminals to sort things out. Keeping Fiona with her was necessary at this point, given that this pursuit was for her as much as anything else, but the line up of her team was going to be important here. She needed to make sure that her company was balanced, skilled and ready for anything. Of course, this would all be pointless if they all left without her, so not long after Alice retired to her room to rest.

And man, that absurdly early alarm hurt. Still, Alice got up, groaning and grimacing as she went about showering the summer sweat away and getting into her light outfit for the road ahead. It was still practical, but her shoes were sturdy enough for any terrain and breathable, and her bright shorts were on the longer side. She brought a thin layer to go over her pink and rainbow tank top, just to keep the burn of the sun off her arms and shoulders, and once she was ready Alice went downstairs to meet the troupe. The whole thing was a rush, not even bothering to properly apply make up or anything like that. They had a long way to go, if she felt insecure she could do it later. Besides, Alice was more concerned with this just working out. They seemed like a friendly bunch, but people always did until the crazy came out (... she'd know...).

Hopefully they were still there, and sane, and they'd get their victory in the end. What a palava.


Update 29
Spoiler: show
Quote:
Originally Posted by TheKnightsFury, post: 6971452, member: 101661

Meetan- You rise early, despite every inch of your body urging you to stay in bed. Why go out into the cold with a bunch of crazy carnival creeps when you could stay in a nice warm bed? Because you have to get to the Desert of Stars! Rushing out of the Pokemon Centre you are relieved to see the troupe still preparing for departure. Their caravan consists of four separate carts, each pulled by a different Pokemon. A pair of Rapidash pull the first cart, this one is the most ornate and seems to belong to Jean-Pierre. A grizzly looking Camerupt is strapped up to Herakles cart, while a Bouffalant pulls the cart belonging to the harlequins, its afro dyed in an array of fantastic colours. Suddenly someone grabs your hand, pulling you forwards.

"I'm glad you woke up in time", Seraphina greets you with a beaming smile, she seems well rested. "You can ride along with me, it's not very often I get the company of another woman, this troupe is a bit of a boys club." She leads you towards her wagon, which happens to be painted bright pink! A Sawsbuck waits nearby, it was likely used to pull Seraphina's cart. Pink blossoms adorn its antlers, a stunning spring time bloom. "I'll just get Bambi here strapped up and we'll be ready to go, also feel free to just call me Sera."

It seems the troupe is nearly ready to head off. Were you prepared for the journey? Sera seemed more than happy for you to travel with her, but perhaps you wished to travel with one of the others?


Reply 29
Spoiler: show
Quote:
Originally Posted by Meetan, post: 6971458, member: 57787
Alice was relieved to find that the Troupe was still sorting themselves out, giving her time to tuck into a quick breakfast if she so desired. Before she got the chance, though, someone took her hand and made the tired trainer jump. When she returned to the waking world proper, her blue eyes fell upon Seraphina, who was more energetic at this hour than she could ever hope to be. "Yeah, me too. And yeah, I can imagine." She replied, smiling in spite of her sleepiness, looking over at the 'Boys Club' of sorts. The carts varied in aesthetic as well as the Pokemon pulling them, and as was typical of the trainer, she was soon snapping a few pictures of each. "Sorry, I can't help it, this all looks awesome-- oh my gosh! It's all pink!"

Her voice rose in notes at the sight of Sera's carriage, followed up by a coo of joy and admiration. The Sawsbuck, too, was beautiful. It was absolutely gorgeous, even, especially with how its antlers were blooming. Of course, the blossoms were a surprise in themselves, and served as a reminder to her own brain... Was the season in this area different, or was she that grossly out of the loop? Given she couldn't even remember how she'd survived so many adventures - if she had... - maybe it wasn't that alarming. It was more... 'Well, I'm more screwed up than I thought' than anything else. Was it spring, really? Should she have gone for different, warmer clothes?

"Yeah, no problem. Gosh, they're beautiful. Is Bambi friendly, can I pet them?" Could she hug it? Maybe steal it away and get away with it? At least this had woken her up!


Update 30
Spoiler: show
Quote:
Originally Posted by TheKnightsFury, post: 6975362, member: 101661

Meetan- Delighted by both the pink cart and the adorable Sawsbuck, you happily agree to travel with Sera. "Oh he's friendly alright, give him some food and you'll have a friend for life!" Sera giggles as you approach the Sawsbuck. As the circus performer attaches the harness to the stag, you make your way around to greet the Unovan native. The stag stares at you with bright white eyes, you reach out to pat it on the head, only for it to tilt its head back and lick your hand. It seems the Sawsbuck is already quite fond of you! While you keep the Pokemon entertained, Sera finishes her preparations, its time to depart! You join Sera on the cart and the group slowly begins to move, following the lead of Jean-Pierre. Thankfully the streets are fairly clear at this time in the morning and it isn't long before you make your way out of the Hamlet and back onto the Fools Road.

"If all goes well we should make it to the Chariot Inn before Nightfall. We will likely stop around midday for a rest and some practice, but otherwise we'll have to keep moving." Sera provides an outline of the travel plans, before going of on a tangent and filling you in on her backstory. She joined the troupe in her early teens, after running away from an abusive home. The troupe leader at the time had taken her in without question and helped her become the performer that she is now. She'd travelled to many different regions and at times considered breaking off from the troupe to do her own thing. "What about you Alice? You seem like an interesting person, surely you've got an interesting tale?" The road was long, a good story would certainly help to pass the time!"


Reply 30
Spoiler: show
Quote:
Originally Posted by Meetan, post: 6975513, member: 57787
Another predictable squee of joy from Alice as the Sawsbuck licked her hand, and another declaration of love for good measure. She was happy to hang out and just pet and scratch and generally admire the Pokemon until Sera needed her or announced that it was time to go. When the performer did so, Alice clambered clumsily up onto the cart next to her, taking in the sights of the Hamlet at daybreak as they left it behind for the endless road ahead. It was slightly cooler in the morning, but she knew it would soon warm up to typical summer temperature.

"Alright, that sounds cool." Alice said, happy to let Sera go on and explain herself. She was a naturally nosy person and loved a good ramble and gossip, so it was perfectly fine with her. Some of it was relateble, too. Her home on the 'other side' definitely had its issues, the abuse more on the mental and emotional part than anything physical, but she'd not had the spine to run away. This world had swallowed her up years ago now, however, and the other one was barely missed. Sure, some things were simpler there, but most of it was just a difficult and miserable existence. Here everything was higher stakes and dangerous because Alice had chosen to live it that way, but it was worth it, and largely she was happier.

"I do, but it's also kind of complicated." She had to be careful of what she said. Few people knew Alice's actual history and believed it, so she had to hold her tongue. "I have amnesia, pretty much. I remember some blots from my childhood when I met my first Pokemon, Masaru. He's a pink Piloswine." She explained, "Found him in my back garden. And then besides some schooling and stuff like that, most of it is a blank until I was nineteen and I woke up in a secret base with Maasa, and two other Pokemon, and I've been living my life from there. I mostly adventure around, but I always wanted to be an idol, and I've managed to make that work." The young woman carried on, taking out her Holo Caster to show Sera some saved photos she had, "So between being a paid diva my Pokemon and I go exploring and defend Fizzytopia, which is cool, like I helped out with the big Cloud Garden Snowdown and stuff. I've got a medical condition, too, so managing that when it was too cold to figure out my meds properly was real fun." She shrugged. She was happy to answer any questions or elaborate around things if Sera asked. For the most part, when it came to her own self, Alice was a sincere and open book. "My life goes between being absolutely bonkers and boring as hell, honestly. Same as everyone else's, I guess."


Update 31
Spoiler: show
Quote:
Originally Posted by TheKnightsFury, post: 6976965, member: 101661

Meetan- Sera lends you her ear as you fill her in on as much as your backstory as you're able to remember. You weren't about to share all of it either, but she'd opened up to you so it was only fair to offer some openness in return. As you finish you final sentence, you see Sera is looking a little unwell. Her face is a bit pale and she seems unsteady. Suddenly she tosses the reins at you, thankfully you reach quickly and grab them, as Sera turns over the side of the cart. Her chest heaves as she vomits over the side, the sound is both distressing and disgusting. Sera soon rights herself, grabs a bottle of Fresh Water and drinks heavily from it. "Sorry about that Alice, I've been feeling off for the last week, really nauseous. I'm sure it'll pass soon." She gives you a smile, before starting up the conversation once more. "So you travel a lot as well? I suppose that means there is no man in your life? You know we're coming up on the Lover's Grove, have you heard of it? They say the two big oak trees that are twisted around each other are a Princess and her lover, who was a commoner. Forbidden love is often the most romantic, don't you think?"

You can see the two giant oak trees towering above the grove in the distance. Was it really possible for people to turn into trees? It was probably just a rumour or children's story that spread far enough to become legend. Although Sera was insisting that she was fine, she still looked a bit pale, perhaps she should be more concerned about her illness?


Reply 31
Spoiler: show
Quote:
Originally Posted by Meetan, post: 6977029, member: 57787
Alice had wanted to gauge Sera's reaction, and at first, she couldn't help but feel internal panic. The performer didn't look good - had something she said triggered a bad reaction in the other, or just disgusted her? "Oh, god-- yikes." She took the reins of the cart haphazardly, leaning the other way as Sera's insides were upheaved and splattered along the road. They'd just gotten to the Forest of Wands, the bare paths and plains gradually filling with grand trees and a thin veil of magic, and they were already desecrating it. What a record, surely there should have been an achievement for that? "No, no worries, it's fine."

Before she could carry on to speak more concerns, Sera had brought Alice's attention to the oak trees ahead. She'd heard that story about the Arcane Realm before, but she'd completely forgotten about it until then, the tale pushed to the back of her mind. The view made her feel nostalgic for a home in another world, vaguely remembering the car ride through winding country roads, with two tiny trees atop a distant hill, beyond rolling fields of farmland. She never had any idea what kinds of trees they were, or even exactly where they were, and they weren't impressive, but... Sometimes, even the most random things burned their way into one's memory. It certainly felt that way for Alice, at least. "Oh, yeah. Definitely. When I was in school, I always used to fancy my teachers." Alice recalled with a short laugh, admiring the scenery as they drifted through. "And I always liked the bad guys in TV shows and stuff. You'd think taking on plenty in real life would start putting a damper on that by now, but... Nope. But as long as it's just make-believe, it's all good, right?"

People could definitely turn into trees. In the Pokemon world, anything could happen. If people could be turned to crystal, or revived via tears of despair, be affected by curses and cross through worlds... Well, being turned into trees was really quite a small thing next to the other remarkable happenings. "Are you sure you're alright, though? It sounds like you've been sick for a bit, and I doubt you're getting any rest to deal with it, either." It was obvious the words came from a place of sympathy and understanding. Alice had been there enough. "I know with work you probably have to power through it, but you can tell me at least. And if there's anything I can do, like just keep an eye on your Pokemon so you can nap, then just let me know. Yeah? Don't force yourself or anything."


Update 32
Spoiler: show
Quote:
Originally Posted by TheKnightsFury, post: 6979021, member: 101661

Meetan- "Oh? You like bad boys?" Sera giggles, "I've never been into bad boys, I prefer the kind and romantic types." Sera seems to drift off for a second, but eventually she snaps back to reality. "You know, I could probably use a bit of a rest when we stop for practice, perhaps you could look after my Pokemon and given them a bit of a work out while I sleep? Bambi will need to be released from his harness, he's pretty independent, he'll wander off and find some water and food for himself. My Lopunny, Lola will need a good brushing and a good run out, she's normally full of energy so if you could try and wear her out, that would be great! I also have a new Pokemon, I found her while we were doing a tour of the Galar region, have you heard of it? Anyways, she is really shy, if I'm being honest, I'm struggling to get through to her, she seems a little scared of me. Sera pulls out a Pokeball and releases the Pokemon into her lap.

The pink and blue Pokemon curls up tightly, it was indeed shy. "Apparently it is a Hatenna, a Psychic type Pokemon. I was told they don't generally like people, especially if they have strong emotions. The Pokemon uncurls a little, allowing you to get a better look at it. It has a large hat like protrusion a top its head. A mop of blue hair draped across its small pink body. "You're more experience with Pokemon than me, so maybe you'll have more luck with the little girl." Sera pulls on the reins, bringing Bambi to a stop as she notices the over carts slowing down. "It seems we're stopping here, so are you happy to look after my Pokemon for me?"


Reply 32
Spoiler: show
Quote:
Originally Posted by Meetan, post: 6980135, member: 57787
"Well, in reality, kind and romantic is usually better. But if bad boys are contained to fiction, or someone has a bit of edge it's usually fine, I think." Alice added. In all honesty, she'd not had a real relationship in years. It was better for her career for starters, stopping the crazies from labelling her some sort of disloyal cheater for having 'someone other than them' in her life. More than that, though, it was just a case of time and energy. People were so annoying, and she was so used to being by herself (or only with her Pokemon) that she just didn't really have interest. Pokemon were better anyway. Who needed a boyfriend or a girlfriend when a Machoke could give you a piggy back or you had countless of fluffy critters to snuggle to sleep? Utterly unnecessary.

Alice listened as Sera talked about her Pokemon, so far looking positive. Bambi should have someone escort him just incase, but that so far seemed manageable, and Bambi she could definitely take care of. The only outlier was Hatenna. She had no experience and little knowledge of them, but she was very cute, and being psychic afforded some advantages. "I mean, as far as emotional intensity goes, I'm either all that or very subdued. So we'll have to see. But I'm used to communicating with my Abra, Axel, and he's really chill. So if I can't handle her alone, I'm sure he'll help. And my Pokemon'll be great with wearing out Lola! I'll be the one to brush her, though. That sounds so fun!" Sure enough, they were at their destination, and Alice beamed brightly. Smiling and waving at the Hatenna, Alice moved to dismount the cart, carefully moving towards the Sawsbuck to greet him once more. "I can do it! Leave it all to me!" Now just to figure out the harness...


Update 33
Spoiler: show
Quote:
Originally Posted by TheKnightsFury, post: 6980384, member: 101661

Meetan- Sera is relieved when you accept her offer. She releases her Lopunny from a Luxury Ball, the rabbit is already full of energy and proceeds to bounce all over the place. Sera retreats into the canopy covered back of the cart to have a rest, leaving you to attempt to free Bambi from his harness. Placing Hatenna down on the seat for a moment, you struggle with the knots and buckles, doing your best to relieve Bambi of his restraints. The Sawsbuck seems to take amusement from your struggles, but eventually you're successful and the mighty stag is freed. Trotting away from the cart, he begins to munch on some grass under the shade of a tree, allowing you a moment to remember what it was you were meant to be doing. You had to wear out and brush Lola, take Bambi for a walk to find some water and..... what was the last thing? Oh! Watch Hatenna! You turn to look for the little pink and blue Galarian native, only to find her seat vacant! Where had she gone?! You frantically begin to search around the cart, making sure not to make too much noise, there was no need to disturb Sera at this point.

After a few moments of panic, you eventually spot the little Psychic type, curled up and shaking behind one of the carts wheels. As you reach out to pick her up, she rushes out of reach. It seems you'll have to think of another way to coax her out. That wasn't your only issue though, Bambi was looking around, as if he was ready to go off on his own, while Lola was looking anxious, she needed someone to play with, now!


Reply 33
Spoiler: show
Quote:
Originally Posted by Meetan, post: 6980398, member: 57787
It took Alice a bit longer than she was proud of to release Bambi of his harness, but she wasn't too embarrassed about it. "I'm so sorry, I even have friends who laugh at me for how much of a child I can be. Give me a complicated task and away I'll go, but god forbid I have to do anything simple." She mused. When the restraints finally came off, Alice let out an unrestrained cheer, patting the Sawsbuck on the side. Turning with the wandering stag, she once again noticed Lopunny, who seemed to be limitless in her energy, but there was one more. Oh, shit, where was the Hatenna?

"Oh, fuck!" The idol hissed, blue eyes darting about to try and spot the little thing. If she'd lost that psychic bundle, scared and alone on a road where poachers roamed, that'd be damn shameful. Rescuing Fiona was not going to excuse her or make her feel better about this nonsense. Thankfully, though, the Hatenna hadn't gone far. However, she was a shy as Sera had expressed. "Alright, let's do this..." Damn, impatient crowd. "Eridian, escort the Sawsbuck, Bambi, on a walk, will you? Blaze, go and work out and play with Sera!" Alice ordered, releasing her dark Bagon and bright Combusken, thinking the duo would be matched well enough. It wasn't like Eridian was unfriendly, after all, and the two seemed like quiet and polite souls who would be good together. "Mimi, will you come and talk to this Hatenna? Maybe dance and play a bit if she's up for it? Hiding under the cart is dangerous." She explained to her third Pokemon, a sparkling little Mime Jr. The three of them had their tasks assigned, now it was just hoping that they pulled off what they needed to do!


Update 34
Spoiler: show
Quote:
Originally Posted by TheKnightsFury, post: 6981257, member: 101661
Meetan- You've got to multitask! You call on a few of your Pokemon to assist you, they could always be counted on to help you when you're in a tight spot. Eridian gave a little grumble as you ask him to escort the Sawsbuck, was he really reduced to be reduced to an escort? The black Bagon wasn't about to defy you though, he makes his way over to the Sawsbuck and the pair head off in search of water. Blaze is much more receptive to his task, he was feeling almost as energetic as the Lopunny! The pink Combusken rushes over to her, after a little communication the pair begin to play a game of tag, rushing around the clearing, dashing between the other carts. They'd be fine. Now you just had to deal with Hatenna. Mimi was tasked with coaxing her fellow Psychic type from under the cart, a task she was well suited to. The Mime Jr was small and nonthreatening, you hoped that Hatenna would feel more comfortable around her.

You turn around, giving Mimi some time with Hatenna. You hear a short exchange of words between the pair, then some giggling? Had it worked? It seems so as Mimi soon emerges from under the cart, holding Hatenna's hair in one hand. Hatenna looks much more confident with the Mime Jr by her side, as if the Mimi is dampening her sensitivity. Well, that was one problem solved. Blaze and Lola seemed fine for now, the pair were still wearing each other out. You could try and catch up with Eridian and Bambi, there was no telling who or what was lurking in the woods after all. Or, you could spend some time trying to build a relationship with Hatenna, she might be more receptive to you now that Mimi has steadied her.


Reply 34
Spoiler: show
Quote:
Originally Posted by Meetan, post: 6982247, member: 57787
Alice shook her head at Eridian's complaining, even if she had a smile on her face. "It's not a demotion, you know. I'm trusting you to go out all on your own and look after him without me there! That's a big job!" She pointed out. The two were soon gone, leaving her Combusken tearing up the place with Sera's Lopunny. At least these two seemed like a perfect pairing for each other, it was just that she worried they might be too perfect. Both were strong and fast, which really just meant it was a matter of time before they made a mess or knocked into someone. Alice told them to be careful and to watch where they were going, since they seemed so overexcited. Goodness.

Mimi had completed her task, too, to Alice's relief. It seemed that Eridian was the only one not having a top time, but she had thought he might enjoy a stretch of his legs with a felloq quiet and gentle soul... Even if the dragon wasn't always so gentle. She beamed down at the top, finding it so sweet that her shining little baby was taking on the role of the leader, guiding Hatenna by the hair like a little big sister. So cute! "Look at you two! So perfect!" Alice chimed. "So, since we have time, I thought we could either go for a walk and look for Bambi and Eri, or we could play some games here? Maybe something dancey and mimey, to keep us active? Or a less terrifying game of tag?" She jested, making reference to the chaotic two still entertaining each other. Alice thought it best to extend the decision to Hatenna, unless she didn't like having to make such choices. But this way the Pokemon wouldn't necessarily be forced into something she didn't enjoy with a stranger.


Update 35
Spoiler: show
Quote:
Originally Posted by TheKnightsFury, post: 6997601, member: 101661

Meetan- Everything seemed to be falling into place. Blaze and Lola were having a fantastic time and while Eridian had been displeased at first, he soon got over it and was likely enjoying his pleasant walk with Bambi. Mimi had struck up and instant bond with the shy Hatenna and coax her out from under the cart. Now what were you going to do? You leave the decision to the Hatenna. A walk through the forest was low stress and a likely option, but it seems the Galarian Psychic type is unsure. After a few moments of awkward stillness, Hatenna shocks you by bonking Mimi on the head and running off.......

Tag it is!

Mimi is quick to the chase, but her target isn't the Hatenna, it is you! You step back and forth, trying your best to avoid the Mime. Jr but the shiny Pokemon is swift and elegant. It isn't too long before she hits her mark, tapping you on the back of the calf and marking you as it! The little Psychic type rushes towards the Hatenna, who was watching the pursuit from the edge of the clearing. The pair quickly link up again and rush into the forest, quickly disappearing into the trees. This was going to be a work out, wasn't it.......

Making your way through the trees, you're thankfully that the ground is slightly damp. You manage to spot a rough trail of tiny footprints, weaving and zigzagging through the trees. You know they can't be too far away as you occasionally hear what can only be described as giggling coming from not too far away. Eventually you lay eyes upon them once more, standing at the base of the twisted oaks. Mimi seems to have something in her hand, is that a letter? It seems the game is over for now, as neither Pokemon makes a run for it when you approach. Mimi hands you the letter. Turning it over, you see it has the name 'Hunny Buns', written across the back of it. It's loosely sealed, you could probably sneak a peak at the letter and reseal it without anyone knowing......


Reply 35
Spoiler: show
Quote:
Originally Posted by Meetan, post: 7036056, member: 57787
The anticipation could have killed a man, waiting for the skittish Hattena's decision on games to play, but eventually the Pokemon had picked. Tag it was! Only, Mimi did not turn to go after her fellow psychic, but after her trainer instead! “Oh shizzle-- Mimi!” Alice was laughing in spite of herself, but the awkward darting to and fro probably made her look like some kind of drunk Girafarig or Dodrio swinging all of its limbs about. It certainly wasn't a surprise to her that the elegant baby had managed to catch her, and honestly, this tag game was never going to end. Alice's running resembled an intoxicated Piplup at best, and in spite of experience spanning years of fleeing for her life... She was slow. So that was cool.

“Hey guys! I'm just going to go and catch up with Hatterene and Mimi!” Alice called over to Blaze and his new friend. They seemed to be on par with each other, which was nice. Her pink Combusken, like many of Alice's Pokemon, was a stronger force to be reckoned with than many first realised. It was rare for him to find a friend that could match him in speed and strength, and that said a lot for the Lopunny's training and trainer, come to think of it. It was a shame she seemed so under the weather...

Although, as a regular performer at the circus, it probably meant that Sera was doing better in athletics than she was. In spite of being an idol, Alice was both inelegant and lazy day to day. It wasn't a coincidence that she tended to disappear from the limelight after a string of work assignments, it took a lot out of her. It was a relief, then, that the two playmates hadn't gone too far. There was even a little trail of footprints to follow, and after a time, Alice found the partners in crime. The game of tag was on suspension while Alice examined the letter that Mimi had found by the twisted oaks, and she hummed with intrigue, audibly asking 'what's this' as she turned it over to try and open it cleanly. With an address like 'Hunny Buns', this had to be sickeningly sweet or entertainingly lewd, surely...

What mystery awaited them beneath the lover's loops? It was time to find out, on the next episode of Dragonball Z.


Update 36
Spoiler: show
Quote:
Originally Posted by TheKnightsFury, post: 7037393, member: 101661

Meetan- The love letter sure was a juicy development. How could you deny yourself the opportunity? It takes almost no time at all for you to fall victim to your urges and you quickly open the letter. The handwriting is quite elegant and thankfully legible, Mimi and Hattena wait patiently as you read the note......

My dearest Hunny Buns. I know we agreed to meet here, but I'm afraid the risk is too great.
I know our love has only just begun to bloom but I am with child. A life on the road is no life for a child, which is why I must leave. I cannot force you to flee with us, but I trust you will do what is best for your unborn child. We must leave before we reach the Chariot Inn, my condition is getting harder to conceal and I must leave before it is discovered.
With all of our love
Sugar Pie

You take a moment to take it all in before closing the letter, making sure to reseal it. Someone was knocked up and just left a note laying out here to tell the father? It all seemed a bit odd. Who could the letter belong to? Who was Sugar Pie?! Would Hunny Buns be out here looking for the letter?! You're startled when suddenly some bushes behind you begin to rustle, you jump around to find Eridian and Bambi, the pair must have come out this way for their walk. You'd been gone for a while and there was no telling what mischief Blaze and his new friend had gotten up to by now. Perhaps it was time to head back? But what would you do with the letter?!


Reply 36
Spoiler: show
Quote:
Originally Posted by Meetan, post: 7037981, member: 57787
Alice read the note aloud, although she was quiet about it incase the intended recipient was there to overhear them. "Mime, mime...!" The baby exclaimed in astonishment, looking to her new friend with a dropped jaw. Alice had a similar reaction, although she had to watch her language, lest she be as vulgar as she usually was. "Damn. This is crazy, kids. Hunny Buns is knocked up, but she has to flee? What kind of danger could she be in if she has to run off from somewhere instead of just explaining herself or resigning or whatever? Sounds like they're in a hidden relationship, too." She was an idol, and in her line of work, that was the norm. However, if idols got pregnant, they usually just announced a shotgun wedding. They didn't flee into the magical woods.

"He hasn't seen it yet, either. I wonder if he's with us..." Alice trailed off as the trees rustled, practically jumping out of her skin. After that, it was pretty hard to hold her tongue, one hand over her heart. "Bleeding heck, Eri. I nearly had a heart attack!" The trainer complained. Her dragon just snorted, stalking a bit further in next to the Sawsbuck, clearly wondering what his human was up to this time. They always ended up in the middle of something or other, and after waving the sealed letter and explaining the mystery within, the dragon grumbled a bit. In his own draconic words, he was also curious: why was there a need to flee, and from whom?

"Do either of you two know who Sugar Pie would be? Pokemon have a heightened sense for these things, don't they? Have any of the women with the troupe had a lot of hormonal changes or whatever recently? Do you ever noticed a pair sneaking off around the same time?" Alice asked, setting the letter back into place. It did make her wonder about Sera. She was quite sick but staying with the group anyway. She definitely couldn't keep up with her Lopunny when pregnant and those mood swings would overwhelm many a psychic. Was she Sugar Pie?


Update 37
Spoiler: show
Quote:
Originally Posted by TheKnightsFury, post: 7039746, member: 101661
Meetan- Sugar Pie was knocked up?! Whoever Sugar Pie was, she was worried that news of her pregnancy would put her and her unborn child at risk. You begin to question Bambi and the Hatenna, working on a hunch that either Sugar Pie or Hunny Buns could be somehow connected to the troupe. Unfortunately, both Bambi and Hatenna seem oblivious to your questions. Thinking further, you begin to suspect that Sugar Pie could in fact be Sera. She had been feeling unwell, morning sickness? If she was pregnant, it would certainly make it hard for her to perform, maybe she was scared of backlash from the ring master? How could you confront her about this though? If it was her, how would she respond? What if it wasn't her and she took offence to you thinking that she was some knocked up hussy? It was certainly a tricky position......

You head back to were the troupe had made camp. Blaze rushes over as you emerge from the trees, chest heaving. Seems like Sera's Lopunny has given him a good work out. You make your way over to Sera's caravan to find the performer has emerged from her nap. She had a bit more colour in her face now, it seems she is feeling a bit better. "I hope my Pokemon weren't too much of a handful", Sera chuckles, "oh I see you managed to bond with Hatenna, that's great!"

What? Bonded with Hatenna? What was she talking about? Looking down at your leg, you notice the young Psychic type has attached itself to you. Seems you had indeed bonded with it!


Reply 37
Spoiler: show
Quote:
Originally Posted by Meetan, post: 7065850, member: 57787
"Hey, mister man! You look like one tired birdie." Alice greeted. The one that had run up to her was not actually a man but instead a giant, martial chicken, but still. She beamed, reaching out to give her worn out Combusken a hug, one hand lovingly running through his yellow feathers as she continued past him. She had a lot on her mind now that they had returned to camp, blue eyes swimming over each carriage and any visible occupants in turn. Were any of them Sugar Pie or their lover? What if they were another outsider like herself, would there be any way of knowing? She definitely wanted to question Sera, but she didn't want to come off as a threat to her or anyone else. Really, this wasn't any of her business, but Alice had always loved sticking her nose in where it didn't belong and trying to help people. Now was no exception.

"I did? Oh, yeah. I didn't have to chase her far, either. How about that?" Alice joked, peering down at the creature at her leg. She had a smile on her face. Sure, the trainer never intended to have any children but she was still very good with them when she wasn't swearing like a sailor. Anyway, who needed a human baby when they had too many Pokemon to count? She'd forget if her Pokedex didn't have the obscene number logged. She glanced at Mimi, wondering if the shiny was paying attention. She wasn't as skilled as Axel and their bond was certainly different, but she hoped the Pokemon would pry into her mind some: Use your powers, see if you can figure out who Hunny Bun or their Sugar Pie is. Or you, Hatenna-- if you're listening. Alice added. She returned her attention to the performer, "You seem a lot better than you were. Did you want to do anything? The walks around here are nice, or we could chill out and gossip. I have more Pokemon you could play with, too, if you wanted. I got a new Trapinch recently. Super cute baby. And my Pineco's very sleepy but very friendly. He's almost nine years old so he's pretty big!"

They probably didn't have much longer of their break left, but bonding with Sera and getting to know the others during their short time together was critical for solving this mystery.


Update 38
Spoiler: show
Quote:
Originally Posted by TheKnightsFury, post: 7069168, member: 101661

Meetan- You found yourself in a precarious position. With a mystery to solve, you really wanted to straight up ask Sera if she was preggers, but also didn't want to destroy the friendship you'd developed. If you could just get a bit more evidence, or even a bit more trust, maybe Sera would tell you? You had a Psychic Pokemon on hand as well, perhaps Mimi could get a read on Sera or some of the others? She wasn't exactly as skilled as Axel when it came to telepathy, but surely she'd give it a good crack.

Sera reaches in to pick up Hatenna, but the Galarian Pokemon pulls away. Hatenna was meant to be good at picking up on emotions, perhaps her behaviour could be used as an indicator as well? "Oh you're really attached aren't you", Sera points out before straightening back up. "I'm feeling much better, I think it must just be a bit of indigestion, that's Pokemon Centre food for you!" Sera laughs somewhat forcefully. "How was your walk in the Lover's Grove? Didn't bump into anyone by any chance? A new lover perhaps?" Sera recalls her Lopunny into its ball and before turning to do up Bambi's harness. "We'll probably get going again s...."

Raaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaajah!!!!!!
An ear bursting cry rings out from the far side of the camp. Shouts soon follow and a cart tumbles as a massive Copperajah barrels over it. Thankfully it doesn't seem too damaged and the Pokemon used to pull it weren't strapped in, but Copperajah was on a rampage and the cart wasn't going to be the last thing it took out. Herakles leaps out from behind the downed cart, "Raji calm down girl, what's wrong with you!" Things were likely going to get worse before they get better, perhaps you could help calm the raging Steel type?


Reply 38
Spoiler: show
Quote:
Originally Posted by Meetan, post: 7071756, member: 57787
Sera wasn't the most subtle of people, and Alice felt like her suspicions about the whole letter thing were confirmed by her strange behaviour. She seemed awfully antsy about Alice running into anyone, like a lover waiting for their mate, or perhaps finding anything. On top of that, Alice definitely didn't buy the whole bit about indigestion. Indigestion totally sucked, but not on the level that Sera had been struggling with earlier. Sera being pregnant would explain Hatenna's reluctance to bond with her trainer, too. The Galarian psychic was sensitive to strong and fluctuating emotions. The irony was that Alice could be prone to those – or at least feeling very strongly. However, Alice could see how she might seem perfectly stable next to the hormonal rage that was a pregnant woman fearing for her future. That had to be a lot.

Before Sera could finish, and before Alice could even attempt to interrupt or reply, the sound of a trumpeting steel type carried over the camp. It was one of those 'moments before disaster' type scenarios, because in the next second, a cart went over and the Copperajah was going to be taking down more at this rate. “Holy shit.” Mimi couldn't hold that one against her, surely. The mimic probably hadn't even noticed given how her big baby eyes were fixated on the tantrum happening. “We need to do something about this. Uhh--”

There wasn't time to flounder. “You need to get out of the way. Well out of the way. Sorry, Hatenna.” Alice added, moving to pick her up. She placed her atop the Sawsbuck, hoping the baby would take. “Get Hatenna clear. And I want you to help me protect Sera if the Copperajah comes her way. At worst you might be able to deflect it from the cart, too.” It was time to look to her own now, gesturing for Mimi to climb up with an outstretched hand. “Mimi, with me. Blaze, you have a type advantage. Focus your Energy, then use Agility to get in close and try to halt it in its tracks with Strength. Eri, back him up if he needs help.”Alice added to the dragon, both Pokemon accustomed to far worse scenarios than these. They were ready to help.

“Mimi, use your psychic powers. I need to try and figure out what's wrong with Raji.” Alice said, looking for somewhere to position herself where she wasn't going to get trampled. “If we can, we can figure out how to calm her down. You might be able to help me with that, too.”

Well, here's hoping.


Update 39
Spoiler: show
Quote:
Originally Posted by TheKnightsFury, post: 7072454, member: 101661

Meetan- With chaos erupting, you urge Sera to get to a safe distance. At this point you were almost certain she was the pregnant lover, everything just made too much sense. Her 'indigestion', her curiosity about your walk, Hatenna being overwhelmed by her. The last thing she needed was to cop a heavy hit and risk losing her unborn child. Acting quickly, you toss Hatenna onto Bambi's back, instructing the Sawsbuck to move should the rampaging Copperajah head this way. With Sera and the others now out of the way, you rush towards the Steel typed with Mimi and Blaze. The Combusken focuses his energy before quickly closing the gap with Agility. Getting in close, he is almost stomped on by the gigantic Galarian native. Thankfully the Fire types Strength allows him to push the incoming limb away, although the Heavy Metal of the Steel type makes it a hard task.

Mimi has been busy trying to get a read on the Copperajah. Although it isn't exactly easy to do given the elephant's current mental state, the Mime Jr does manage to pick up something, which it then translates to you. Pain. Intense pain. What was the source of the pain though? It's trainer seemed to have no idea, Herakles was completely baffled. Watching the Copperajah closes, you notice that it seems to be favouring its right foreleg, gingerly holding its left one just off the ground. Was that the source of the pain? You notice a spark of electricity arc around the left foreleg, what on earth could be causing that?


Reply 39
Spoiler: show
Quote:
Originally Posted by Meetan, post: 7072651, member: 57787
Alice visibly cringed when Raji brought her heavy foot down, but thank goodness Blaze had handled it. She couldn't help but wonder what had caused the stomp to land so hard, but Alice didn't have time to worry too much about it- what counted was that Blaze was fine. Mimi conveyed the Pokemon's pain to her trainer and Alice's brows furrowed further. What was hurting this thing? It wasn't until the creature drew too close to comfort that Alice finally spotted something. Raji was walking funny, and something was circling her bad leg. Was Raji conducting electricity or something? Science wasn't her forte, really, but she could see that something was off.

"There's electricity around Raji's leg! I need an electric Pokemon that can draw it away, or something with Volt Absorb or maybe a Lightning Rod! It's around there!" Alice pointed out loudly and hastily. Unfortunately, she didn't have any of her electric types with her or anything else that fit the bill. She wondered if there was something else that she could do? "Mimi, can your psychic or fairy powers help? Can you isolate the electricity and move it? You could disperse it bit by bit to devices and charge them, or throw it at a rock and just let it fizzle out! I just need the electricity away from Raji! Unless you can find where its coming from - what's causing it?" Alice asked of the baby. She knew that these were big questions, but Mimi often underestimated her capabilities and then proved herself in practice. "Blaze, just keep trying to hold her back! Let her know that we're trying to help, but the more that she trashes the camp, the harder it'll be!"


Update 40
Spoiler: show
Quote:
Originally Posted by TheKnightsFury, post: 7072961, member: 101661

Meetan- You'd noticed the electricity coursing through Raji's leg, but you had no idea what could be causing it. It was times like this that an Electric Pokemon really came in hand. You had a couple, although none of them were with you! Without an easy answer, you're forced to think creatively and instead turn to Mimi. The Psychic/Fairy type might be able to use its powers to redirect the electricity. Willing to give it a go, Mimi focuses trying to redirect each spark as it appears. Unfortunately it isn't successful, the sparks are gone almost as quick as Mimi can spot them. Disappointed but not willing to give up, Mimi reaches out once more. If she couldn't stop the electricity, perhaps she could find the source. Concentrating, Mimi picks up on something she'd missed before. Another mind! This one was feeling more fear than pain, but there was also a lot of discomfort. Where was it though?

Blaze was doing his best to shepherd Raji away from the caravans. It took all of her strength but she was managing to push the bulky Galarian Steel type back. Letting out a tremendous trumpet, it rears back, brandishing its forelegs aggressively in your direction. It is then that you spot it, something was stuck in between the toes of Raji's injured leg! The small round ball seemed to be the source of the electricity, which continued to arc from it. It was clear the ball was the source of Raji's pain, but what was it and how would you go about getting it out?


Reply 40
Spoiler: show
Quote:
Originally Posted by Meetan, post: 7073068, member: 57787
Alice always made sure to carry a variety of Pokemon with her, at least unless the situation specifically demanded otherwise or she had no other choice. As it was, though, this could sometimes shoot her in the foot. Sure, most of her Pokemon knew electrical moves, but in this case, she had needed an electric type specifically. Unfortunately, unless she took up criminality full time, Alice was going to have to adhere to the six-Pokemon law on that one. Yay. Mimi still gave her instructions a good shot, though, and while the fairy wasn't able to get the electricity away from Raji, thanks to Blaze's impressive muscles, they might just have found the source of the Pokemon's woes.

"Blaze, I've figured it out! Look,, it's that round thing in Raji's foot!" Alice shouted. She dared to move a bit closer then, although not toooo close. "Raji, girl, you need to sit or lie down. If you keep standing on it or rearing we can't get that thing out! It might hurt, but we're going to handle this, okay?" She tried to assure the steel beast, looking to her Pokemon once again for aid. Eridian was on standby, eyes narrowed with focus just incase this all went very pear-shaped. "Mimi, try to use your confusion to pull that ball out of Raji's foot. Keep it out of the way of anything else until we've figured out what it is. Blaze, use Mirror Move on Mimi's Confusion and try to help her pull the ball out! If you both work together, we might be able to fix this without having to physically get in there." She explained hopefully. It was their best shot, lest Eri or Blaze had to physically get in there. As for what that other presence was? Alice would get to that later, Raji was the more immediate problem. Besides, she already had her suspicions, it was just a matter of confirming or disregarding them...


Update 41
Spoiler: show
Quote:
Originally Posted by TheKnightsFury, post: 7073630, member: 101661

Meetan- You'd finally work out what was causing the Copperajah to act out, she had something stuck in her foot. For something to penetrate the hard hide of a Steel type like Raji, it must have been tough! You reach out to the hurting elephant, speaking calmly as you plead for her to calm down so that you can help. You looks at you with her big, watery eyes. She calms for a moment, gently lifting the injured leg, allowing you an opportunity to help. Working quickly, you instruct Mimi to try and pry the object loose with its Confusion. Alone, the tiny Psychic type isn't strong enough to dislodge it, but thankfully she isn't alone. Blaze mirrors the Mime Jr's move, eyes glowing as he uses Confusion as well. Together the pair manage to pull the sphere from Raji's foot, the Copperajah's relief is almost instant. Speaking of the sphere, now that you can get a better look at it, you notice it is covered in Iron Barbs! It also seems to have feet. And arms. And a tail. Hang on, this wasn't some sphere, it was a......

Toge! Togedemaru!
The Electric type lets out a discharge of electricity, causing Mimi and Blaze to release their hold on it. As soon as it hits the ground, it Zings away, zapping the grass as it flees back into the forest. It appears Raji must have stepped on the Togedemaru by accident and it was just trying to get free. With Raji settled, Herakles rushes towards the Copperajah. "Oh Raji my dear, are you okay?" The Steel type nuzzles the brawny brute with her trunk, she was really a big softy!

Mimi gained 2 levels! You receive 2 Rare Candies for Blaze's contribution!

"Herakles!" Sera cries, "are you okay, you're not hurt are you?" She rushes over to the strong man, she sure seemed overly worried about him....


Reply 41
Spoiler: show
Quote:
Originally Posted by Meetan, post: 7073987, member: 57787
"That's it. Thank you, this'll be over in no time." Alice said soothingly. She was relieved that Raji wasn't in so much pain and frustration that she refused to listen, her stillness helping Alice's Pokemon complete their goals. Mimi might not have been much good for this on her own, but together with Blaze, they managed to come through for the steel elephant. The relief on her face was immediate, and Alice's heart swelled. It always made her feel warm and fuzzy and accomplished when they managed to do good like this. "There. All sorted."

Alice's blue eyes shifted next to the spiked ball that they had pulled from the giant's foot, and she was soon frowning. That ball was a body with appendages. "Oh, shit, it's alive-- Yahh!" The blonde practically jumped back as it discharged its electricity, uselessly holding an arm above her head like it would somehow help. Thankfully it missed her otherwise she would've been fried. Mimi and Blaze weren't so lucky, but they seemed able to shake the shock off, so it clearly wasn't too intense. "Well... There goes that." Alice said Togedemaru were cute, but she was in no rush to try and chase it down for a capture. No, her attention was firmly on the crew - first on how adorable Raji was, and then on Sera. Well, that didn't line up with her suspicions at all...

Alice glanced down at Eridian, who'd been on standby, only breaking eye contact to pick up the shaken and clingy mime who'd come running back for a cuddle. If Eridian's hard gaze meant anything, it was probably that they were on the same page. "I guess we solved that one." She muttered quietly, purposely obtuse so as to not give away the real meaning to anyone who might be eavesdropping. "Good job, Blaze!" Alice added to the Combusken, the two exchanging a high five. "Let's get to helping everyone get their carts together, yeah? And then we can see how things go from there..." Herakles had to go running to the grove at some point, didn't he? Or why else leave the letter there? Maybe they'd run off together. Alice and her team would keep their eyes out just incase, but it was best not to draw attention or try any kind of subtle confrontation where everyone was so highly strung. That was just asking for a disaster. Not to mention, if they were so worried about their livelihoods over a pregnancy, Alice really had to wonder: what kind of show was being run here, anyway?


Update 42
Spoiler: show
Quote:
Originally Posted by TheKnightsFury, post: 7074116, member: 101661

Meetan- Crisis averted. You were happy to let Togedemaru flee back into the forest, the poor Pokemon had already been through enough. The chaos had one positive though, you were almost certain that you knew who the father of Sera's secret spawn was. She'd been all too quick to throw herself to Herakles' side, if she was trying to keep this all a secret, she was doing a shocking job at it. Perhaps pregnancy hormones were already starting to affect her judgement? Regardless, if your hunch was right, that meant Herakles would soon need to sneak off to the pair's meeting place. You'd keep a close eye on him, but there was another mystery to solve here as well. Why did they have to run away? What was Sera afraid of? Perhaps the only way to solve that mystery was to confront Sera? Maybe you could help her find away to solve her situation?

You continue to ponder your options as you help the members of the troupe clean up the carts. Blaze puts his strength to good use again, helping to flip up the toppled carts. The three of the harlequins then start to repair the damage, they were surprisingly skilled at repairs. You help Sera pick up some of the goods that were sent flying, noticing that she's being rather cautious when she bends over to pick the objects up. With the mess all but cleared, you overhear Herakles mention something to the Ring Master. "I'm going into the forest to find some apples for poor Raji, I'll be back shortly", the hulking strong man states.

"Make it quick, we need to get moving soon, the incident has already delayed us." The Ring Master replies, leaving Herakles to go about his business. The strong man makes a beeline for the grove, if you were going to follow him, this was your chance.


Reply 42
Spoiler: show
Quote:
Originally Posted by Meetan, post: 7074144, member: 57787
Alice's suspicions were only ramping up further, although she couldn't help the bit of self-doubt that nagged at the back of her mind. She couldn't blame anyone else for not being suspicious of Sera because her relationship was obviously secret. Why would anyone else suspect one of the performers to be pregnant? No, it was just that the answer to this whole thing felt so obvious she was just waiting for a whiplash-inducing twist. The idol tried to push the expectation down, though, noting how Sera struggled to pick things up, of the Hatterene's avoidance of her own trainer - it all just lined up too well, and now the Strong Man was off into the grove to boot. Yeah, it all really did seem like the right tree to bark up.

"We'll make sure he gets back safe and in good time. And that gives us a chance to take more pictures of the Grove and stuff before we move on, don't worry about him." Alice had waited for Herakles to go before speaking to the Ring Master, keeping her voice quieter and casual to try and keep her action on the down-low. She didn't wait for him to argue or for anyone else to, for that matter, Mimi still in her arms as she started in the direction Herakles had gone. Alice made sure not to rush, of course, given that she didn't want the man to realise that he was being followed just yet. No, it was best to hang back and see what he had in mind. For that reason, her Combusken had to return to his ball, the smaller Mimi and Eridian the better choices for such a stealthy task. Alice was of course expecting the performer to gun straight for the letter, but what would he do after that? And if he didn't then what would he do? Either way, Sera would be the one to talk to next. Once everyone was on the road, they'd be separated and likely minding their own business. Besides, if they were on the move, it would be harder for Sera to flee or try to summon some kind of intervention. Not that she was meant to feel interrogated, of course, but Alice had lived in this dimension long enough to know that things were rarely as chill and straightforward as she'd like them to be. Stupid sexy plot obstacles.


Update 43
Spoiler: show
Quote:
Originally Posted by TheKnightsFury, post: 7079004, member: 101661

Meetan- You stalked your prey from a distance, being sure to keep a good distance from the rippling wall of muscle, but making sure to keep him within your sights. You'd slipped out of the camp just after him, recalling Blaze into his ball. The big chicken would be too easy to spot on such a stealthy mission, Eridian and Mimi were much better suited to slipping unnoticed through the trees. You follow Herakles as he makes his way through the Lover's Grove. You couldn't be sure since you'd only spent a bit of time in the grove yourself, but if your bearings were right, he was heading in the direction of the entwined trees, where the letter was waiting patiently for its intended recipient. You pause, hiding behind a tree as Herakles comes to a stop. He looks around, had he seen you? His eyes scan around and then up, looking up into the trees. Fixated on one in particular, he wraps his powerful hands around the trees trunk and begins to shake it in a display of brute strength. Apples rain down around him, plopping softly onto the lush grass. He then scoops up the arm full of apples, cradling them as he turns back to camp. You shuffle behind the tree as he walks past, "these apples look really juicy, they'll make Raji feel much better." Wait, he was actually out here looking for apples?!

You were close enough to the letter now that you decide to take a quick detour. Eridian seemed to remember the way, following the little black Bagon you quickly locate the clearing with the entwined oak trees. To your surprise, the letter was gone! You search around the trees but there is no sign of it. Had someone already claimed it? Maybe the wind had blown it away? Time was quickly passing, you needed to get back to camp before they decided to leave without you!

By the time you make it back, everyone is packed up and ready to leave. The damaged wagon has been repaired and Raji is finishing off the last of the apples that Herakles had collected for her. You make your way over to Sera's wagon, the acrobatic seems happy to see you. "Oh Alice, there you are!" Sera beams, "I was beginning to worry, we're about to get back on the road. Hatenna's been restless ever since you left." The Galarian Psychic type throws itself at Mimi, delighted to see the Mime Jr. again. The caravan was about to head off again, meaning you'd be alone with Sera once more. Perhaps it was time to confront her and finally get some answers?


Reply 43
Spoiler: show
Quote:
Originally Posted by Meetan, post: 7082754, member: 57787
Alice kept her eyes on Herakles, constantly paranoid that she and the gang were going to get caught out. He sure seemed like he was suspicious of being followed, and for a moment she thought that they were done for. In a twist, the man had begun shaking the tree like someone out of Animal Crossing with a debt to pay, gathering up his bounty as if ankle biting salespeople might take him out if he didn't. He was totally serious! He was just getting apples for Raji? That was super wholesome but unhelpful, and Alice voiced as such once their target had left. Eridian snorted, making sure that they got to the right place.

"Are you serious?! It's not here!" Alice hissed. Mimi frowned, babbling a bit with concerned eyes, although she was more upset by her trainer's reaction than the mystery itself. Eridian wasn't even fazed - this was just another day in the years of shenanigans that their trainer ended up in and her exaggerated responses to everything that went sideways. The dragon gave her a big of a scowl before swinging his heavy head and pointing a tiny arm back towards the road. Of course! They had somewhere to be! "Bollocks-- fine, come on then."

They made it back just in time. The Copperajah was eating the collected apples and everyone was ready to mosey. Mimi jumped down from her perch to glomp Hattena in return, the fairy's adoration mutual, and Alice wore a perfect smile for Sera. "Yeah, sorry, we went wandering. I wanted to see if any lovers would show up and do any loving in the grove, but I guess not~" The woman joked, her Bagon rolling his eyes, resisting the urge to deliver his trainer a stomp. Alice climbed back into the caravan to join Sera, leaving Eri and Mimi outside of their balls to spend time with the restless psychic. Alice figured that now was the time to pry, albeit carefully.

"By the way, are there any couples on the road? You're all basically together until death or 'desertion', right?" She inquired, using air quotes to cement her sarcastic use of the word. "I bet that leads to people getting close. And movies always have those couples who've always been together or meet and fall in love during the shows and stuff. Has it happened? I'll share any gossip you might want from me if you give me yours."


Update 44
Spoiler: show
Quote:
Originally Posted by TheKnightsFury, post: 7084355, member: 101661

Meetan- Things hadn't gone your way. You'd thought Herakles was an absolute sure thing, but nope, turns out he just really cared about his Copperajah! And the letter was gone?! Who could have taken it? When could have they taken it? If it was Sera who was pregnant, surely it was another member of the troupe, not just some random stranger? You had to get more information! You take your position on the wagon next to Sera and before to long the caravan is on the move again. Once the collection of wagons is moving at a steady pace again, you start to work your magic. You had much more to go off of this time, allowing you to really focus the conversation, even going as far as to use air quotes like some sort of weirdo.....

"Hahahaha", Sera chuckles nervously, "it kind of does feel like that with the troupe, had to imagine a life outside of it sometimes. But to answer your question, there are strict rules against that, especially after last time. You see a couple of years back, a pair of performers fell in love and decided to run away together. They stole anything they could and slipped away in the night, never to be seen or heard from again. After that, the Ring Master made us all sign contracts, tying us to the the troupe for a certain time. I've still got 5 years on my contract, no early exit. Didn't really worry me at the time, but I was young and dumb, 10 years didn't seem like a long time then. The contract also has strict rules about relationships with other troupe members. You see a portion of our pay is set aside for when we leave, if we break our contracts, we lose that money, we also lose our Pokemon, which we're forced to put up as collateral. So yeah, no in-troupe relationships, no early exits, no real choice......" Sera fades off, the conversation seems to have hit a bit of a nerve.


Reply 44
Spoiler: show
Quote:
Originally Posted by Meetan, post: 7085965, member: 57787
The nervous chuckle only contributed to the forgone conclusion of Sera's pregnancy, but where she might have taunted more familiar friends, Alice merely remained silent and listened. The story explained why a pregnancy might be so dangerous for them. It was always a noisy minority who ruined things for the majority, but still, in a better world Alice would have thought such things to be illegal. Maybe it still was, but the Arcane Realm felt like a more old fashioned area in general. The whole thing felt icky, reminding her of those ten year slave contracts idols would be forced to sign, waiving other rights like pay and basic human decency in the process just for a vague chance at fame and glory. Alice doubted that the circus offered anything close to stardom for that sacrifice.

"It sounds like an idol contract to me, just with a lot less going for it." She replied, shuffling back a bit to lean against the wooden walls of the cabin. "I can understand how your hands might be tied, but that's gross. I was just wondering, because if someone happened to be in that kind of bind, I'd be more than happy to help 'em out. I don't know how I could go about sorting pay, but if anyone needed help getting away with their Pokemon scot-free, it would be a no brainer in that kind of situation." Alice explained, "I bet anyone who'd get away from it could sell that story for a good price to journalists, too, or at least tell it online for a lot of attention. It makes the ring leader sound like a paranoid scum bag when it's like this. Besides, if he had the power to uphold these things he should've gone after the original thieves who left, not came down like a wrecking ball on everyone else. At least where I'm from, contracts like this wouldn't stand up in court. Only crazy wota tend to agree with contracts like that, and appealing to that kind of demographic... It can be lucrative, but it creates a lot of problems."

She would know, after all. Now it was just to see if Sera would bite...


Update 45
Spoiler: show
Quote:
Originally Posted by TheKnightsFury, post: 7089278, member: 101661
Meetan- You were much more familiar with Sera's situation than the acrobat would have expected. The unethical contract was quite similar to those that idols were forced to sign. You expressed your thoughts on the contract, adding in how someone willing to leak such information to a media outlet could surely make a nice bit of coin for their story. You do everything you can to make Sera feel like she has to make a play for your help and finally it works!

"You know, don't you?" Sera gave you a serious, yet hopeful look. "Yes I'm pregnant, its only early on but I'm certain of it. I managed to slip off to a doctor while we were performing in the Hamlet. I don't know what to do Alice, we need the money and our Pokemon if we're going to have any chance at a happy life. You really think that the contract wouldn't hold up in court? If we stole the money that was rightfully ours, do you think the Ring Leader would risk going to the authorities? I don't want to be running from the law, we won't be able to when I'm heavily pregnant and it would be even worse once I have the baby. I just don't know what to do!" Sera begins to sob, tears streaming down her face as she throws her arms around you. Sera had finally opened up to you, which was probably a good thing, it seemed she had been keeping all of this emotion bottled up inside. Perhaps that's why Hatenna had been trying to avoid her? Sera still hadn't confirmed who the father was either, perhaps he could be of help?


Reply 45
Spoiler: show
Quote:
Originally Posted by Meetan, post: 7090964, member: 57787
It was a relief to hear Sera confessing to everything. It was a lot easier than having to dance around the subject and walk on eggshells, so Alice nodded her head to confirm that she was indeed in the know. Her Pokemon looked up then, too, curious as to where this would lead. The performer's distress bothered them, particularly Mimi. The little mime's eyes also glazed over with tears, little body quivering, and Alice gave the Pokemon an apologetic look over Sera's shoulder. She was fine to let the woman cry, patting her back a few times soothingly, grip firm but comfortable. Alice wasn't going anywhere while she was needed here, but the fact that Trapinch's parents were moving further and further away with every second also weighed on the trainer's mind and heart...

"Stealing the money that should be yours after signing a contract might not work out. It's the Pokemon thing that I feel won't hold up so well, and if he's running a carnival of fear and intimidation it's never going to look good. Basic human rights and all that." Alice explained. "But I also know the Arcane Realm runs a bit more old school. He could end up dragged out of his trailer by the masses and their pitchforks or people could tell you to get over it..." She knew this possibly wasn't helping, and Eridian's scolding expression from across the way confirmed that, but Alice also wanted to be honest. "How many friends do you have here? And who's the father? I'll totally stand up for you, and I probably have enough connections and followers to make an impact in the long term, but at this immediate moment whoever you can rely on here is really important. Do you know if anyone else has had problems with the leader or how the place is run? If everyone bands together and revolts it'll make things a lot harder for him, full stop. The law usually has bigger things to worry about than some bully and people trying to live their lives." Or, so it was in this magical world. Justice usually won out here, but not always - it was why Alice was running every possibility and option through her mind as it came to her.


Update 46
Spoiler: show
Quote:
Originally Posted by TheKnightsFury, post: 7091916, member: 101661

Meetan- "You want to insight a revolt?" Sera responds to your most recent suggestion. "We're all pretty close to be honest, although Herakles is much closer to Jean Pierre than the rest of us. The strongman owes the ring master his life, saved him from the executioner's block when he was accused of a crime he didn't commit. It would be almost impossible to turn him against Jean Pierre. The harlequins will side with us those, especially since the father is among them." Wait, what?! One of the harlequins was the father?! There were four harlequins. You think back to the fallout after Raji's rampage, how many of the harlequins were present then? 1, 2, 3...... only 3! Eeny, Meeny, Miny, but no Mo! Sera can see you're struggling to make sense of it all. "Mo is the father. I know what you're thinking, but let me tell you, without all the makeup and baggy clothes, Mo is an absolute stud! Not to mention a genuine sweetheart." You notice a massive grin spread across Sera's face when she talks about Mo. "So with the harlequins on our side, we'd have a numbers advantage I guess, but I'd still be worried about us being out gunned. Herakles has some very powerful Pokemon, as does Jean Pierre. I'm willing to follow whatever plan you have Alice, I'm all out of options. We'll be spending the night at the Chariot Inn, perhaps that'll be our best opportunity to break away?"

All of the information you'd been scrambling for was finally out on the table. Sera was willing to follow whatever plan you could devise to help her an Mo break away from the troupe. Sera believes Mo's fellow harlequins would aid you in the endeavour, but would it be enough?


Reply 46
Spoiler: show
Quote:
Originally Posted by Meetan, post: 7092110, member: 57787


Alice nodded. A revolt would be the easiest way to go because they would have the support of sheer numbers, but as Sera went on, her explanation proved exactly why a revolt and the quantity on their side would mean that this was less simple than it could sound. "I have very powerful Pokemon, too, and I've fought and held my ground and won some big battles." She replied, but she also knew she had lost some, too. She might have even died after them if the ominous gaps in her memory were anything to go by: burned by ghosts after vengeance, shot to death by a gangster at Bedlam Ridge... Now wasn't the time to contemplate her mortality or dodgy memories, and besides, mulling over it just gave Alice a headache. "The more people who know, the harder it is to keep the secret but I think we're going to need them. Besides, if they want their freedom too it'd be easier to get everyone out at the same time. It'd be harder for them going forward if they're just left behind to suffer the fallout."

She looked over at her Pokemon. Eridian was helping to soothe the Mime Jr but they were both on board. Alice thought over her team at hand. Fiona the Trapinch wasn't going to be suited for a big blowout but she could certainly dig tunnels or bite off appendages if the need arose. Eridian, Farren, Blaze and Mimi were all more than capable in this kind of situation and Jasper too had proven himself on the battlefield and in emergencies. In fact, Jasper might be key. Better him than her Honedge, whose solution absolutely would have been cold, bloody murder. "Between my psychic and ghost Pokemon we could easily create chaos to get you out if need be and Eri and Blaze are absolute brute forces. What was your original plan? Wait until everyone was asleep and run? Do they ever have people looking out for that sort of thing? Jasper can probably steal the money no problem, but I want to hear about what you were intending to do. I need to know their Pokemon and usual styles as well so I have an idea what we're going up against."


Update 47
Spoiler: show
Quote:
Originally Posted by TheKnightsFury, post: 7092236, member: 101661

Meetan- You reassure Sera that you also have some very powerful Pokemon on hand, but not knowing what you're up against, you can't be certain they're strong enough. You'd met your match before and while it was unlikely a simple ring master would be able to overpower you, it wasn't impossible. You question Sera about her original plan and ask for a run down of the troupe's Pokemon.

"Once we got to the Inn I was going to wait for Mo and then we'd just have to head off on foot, maybe find a traveller who'd be willing to transport us. As I said before, we'd likely have to leave without our Pokemon and the extra money. You see, I don't know how he does it, but Jean Pierre has control of our Pokeballs. Of a night we have to recall our Pokemon and hand the balls over to him, but even during the day, its like we can only get so far from him before the balls refuse to move. I first discovered it almost a year ago, Bambi and I were exploring a forest while the others set up camp. Suddenly, Bambi was drawn back into his ball and try as I might, I couldn't move the ball any further. None of my Pokeballs would move. If I took them off I was free to move, but otherwise it was like we'd hit some mysterious barrier. I made my way back to camp and didn't say anything to anyone except Mo." This new piece of information was odd indeed. How was the Ring Master controlling the Pokeballs? Had he hacked them somehow? Or perhaps there was something else at work here?

"As for Pokemon on hand. Bouffalant belongs to Mo, while Eeny, Meeny, Miny own a Simisear, Simipour and Simisage respectively. Herakles has Camerupt and Copperajah, as well as a Machamp. Jean Pierre's Rapidash are nothing but transport Pokemon, but his other Pokemon are skilled and experienced. He takes great pride in his Pyroar, the beast is magnificent. Mr. Rime is Jean Pierre's right hand man, don't let its jolly nature fool you, its got a heart as cold as ice. They're the only two Pokemon I've seen Jean Pierre use, but I know he's got at least two others, I've seen their balls on his belt but he's never revealed them to any of us."


Reply 47
Spoiler: show
Quote:
Originally Posted by Meetan, post: 7094844, member: 57787
Alice hummed, interjecting with a word here and there just to let Sera know that she was actively listening and not just drifting off in thought. The Poke Ball thing was a problem, but that didn't mean said problem couldn't be solved. Jasper was going to be key here in stealing back the balls, but she also wanted to know if he or any of her other Pokemon could detect what was wrong with them. It was a shame that Mimi was so young and sweet. A dark part of her felt that inducing a psychotic break in this abuser would be a just punishment and quick solve to more than half of these problems. Nina might not agree, though.

"Mimi, come over here a sec." She summoned the Mime Jr and as she did she also released the Sableye. Eridian gave the ghost immediate stink eye for which he only recieved an eere, unmoing grin of gnashers in return. The dragon snorted and heavily swung his head away to give Jasper his cold shoulder and that was the end of that. "Sera, show me your Poke Balls. I want to see if these two can figure out what's wrong with them and let me know. Whatever it is-- if you suss it, don't break them yet. There might be some kind of alarm system and I don't want the boss to know we're onto him yet." At Jasper's questioning look, Alice added, "We're rescuing Sera and Mo and starting a revolt with the travelling circus."

Jasper smiled half an inch wider. He was clearly on board.

"As for the potential of battle..." Alice trailed off. "Blaze might be able to take on the Pyroar but it's hard to know. I'll obviously need to keep Eri from the Rime." Herakles' Pokemon were mostly slow, but Alice wouldn't be surprised if the Machamp was able to move incredibly quickly. Farren's typing wasn't going to be helpful at all here and Fiona was so young, those two would need to be kept from the battlefield. That left her only with the others for the moment, but maybe she could swap Farren out at the inn. She could think of a few Pokemon here who would do be better substitutes for the sleepy bagworm. "I'll figure it out when we get there, anyway. I'm going to have Jasper help us steal the balls if he can. Are you able to 'release' your own Pokemon? I have a bunch of Poke Balls that we could use and swap them all over if we can do that. At least then if he has trackers or something on the balls we could just scatter them to waste his time and get clear."


Update 48
Spoiler: show
Quote:
Originally Posted by TheKnightsFury, post: 7106084, member: 101661

Meetan- As you continue to gather information in hopes of overthrowing the Ring Leader, you bring Jasper out to work alongside Mimi. After a brief exchange with Eridian, Jasper is delighted to hear about your plan. You request the pair of Pokemon look over Sera's Pokeballs, hoping Jasper's eye for detail might pick up signs of tampering, while Mimi might be able to sense whether there is the work of another Psychic Pokemon causing the problem. Both Pokemon spend some time going over the balls, but neither of them come up with anything. Whatever had been done to these Pokeballs, it had been done so meticulously. It would require an expert hand to pull off something like this.

"Nope, we've tried to release our Pokemon before. Every time we attempt to do so, the balls automatically recall them, its like they've been coded to keep our Pokemon imprisoned." You had Sera her Pokeballs back. Looking up the road, you can see the Inn coming into view. "We're nearly at the Inn", Sera points out. "Once we get there, Jean-Pierre will have us recall our Pokemon and hand in our Pokeballs. Try not to let on that you know about the whole thing, okay? When we pull up, make yourself scarce, maybe head into the Inn and get a drink. I'll find you once I've talked to Mo and his brothers." Sera seemed more settled now that she knew you'd do everything you could to help her. That said, you could still see how nervous she was. Her entire future, her child's future, depended on you pulling off this revolt.

The caravan comes to a stop out the front of the inn. The large wooden building seemed to be quite busy, music and banter blending into a cacophony that poured from the establishment. "Go on, I'll see you soon", Sera motions for you to hop off as she prepares to recall Bambi and Hatenna.


SlashKub
Spoiler: show

Adventure Start
Spoiler: show
Quote:
Originally Posted by SlashKub, post: 7078081, member: 118571
Profile

Darik had been walking for awhile, but he finally found himself where he was wanting to get to, the famed Lake of the Moon. He'd been traveling another region during the sordid past of the Arcane Realm, and he'd heard terrible things about it, but it was apparently much better, if weirder, nowadays. He took in the sight of the lake in the mid-morning sun, and let out a nostalgic sigh. The water made him miss his teenage years abroad, even some of the worse bits. But right now was really no time for a trip down memory lane. He was here for more than just aquatic comfort.

He reached into his vest and pulled out a pair of PokeBalls. "Come on out, Timburr and Yamask!" he called out, tossing the balls. The two Pokemon emerged from their respective flashes of light. Yamask was pensive, but the Timburr could not mask his nervousness, subtly trying to hide his face behind his plank. Both Pokemon were quite young and inexperienced, neither having yet been dubbed with a name, and Darik was hoping this adventure would allow their inner lights to shine and reveal who they truly were inside.

"Now, you two, we're here to try to train you both in teamwork and battle skills. I believe in you two." He knelt by the duo, and rubbed the Ghost's mask and the Fighter's head lightly.

"Timmm," Timburr growled happily, lowering his piece of wood. "Yam!" Yamask chimed in.

Darik smiled at them. They'd do fine, he was sure of it. "Let's get down to business, now," he said, digging his Fishing Rod from his bag. "I'll try to reel something in, and I want you two to work together to take whatever it is down, all right?" They nodded in agreement.

He picked his place at the lakeside, took aim, and cast his line out.


Update 1
Spoiler: show
Quote:
Originally Posted by Maskerade, post: 7084088, member: 63055
Slash:
This is a new start for you; you've heard much about the Arcane Realm, not every tale a favourable one, but it seems the very region itself is prone to cycles of death an rebirth - this current incarnation, you realize, doesn't seem so bad. At the very least, the sight of the Lake of the Moon is certainly unique.

But you remember not to lose focus: you are first and foremost a Trainer, and that's what you're here to do: train. Calling upon two young companions ("young" being most definitely a figure of speech in Yamask's case) you prepare for a good old-fashioned grinding session by retrieving your trusty Fishing Rod and priming your partners to engage the first creature that pops up.

With impressive style for a casual, you cast your line as far as you can, and watch as the lure vanishes from sight into the depths of the Lake. But patience is a fisherman's greatest virtue, of course, and so you mentally prepare yourself to wait.

As it turns out, waiting isn't required here.

Mere seconds after the water settles, you feel a violent tug on the line; then, literally out of the blue, a gigantic Seaking leaps out of the water and, with a second overwhelming pull, yanks the entire Fishing Rod straight from your hands! The line breaks and your rod goes flying into the lake, before Seaking resurfaces and, clutching the wooden instrument in its jaws, drags it into the depths!

"That's, uh... equal parts unlikely and upsetting", says a voice behind you.

You turn around; a bearded man in his thirties, dressed in full fisherman gear, complete with a hat adorned with colorful hooks, contemplates the scenario with his arms crossed.

"Guess nobody warned you the fish here are a bit, err, temperamental. Unnaturally big, too, as you could tell." The man tries to smile, but gives up rather quickly, realizing losing your only Fishing Rod is no laughing matter. "I'm, uh... Just a guy who likes to fish. David, nice to meet ya."

He holds out his hand in a friendly greeting.

"Guess you're gonna need that rod back, right? Only way is to dive in. I guess I could help with that, if you want... although, I'm not sure you're good enough to face what's down there," he casually says while glancing at your small Yamask and TImburr.

An awkward silence sets in while David's eyes turn absent-mindedly to the Lake, before realizing what he just said.

"Oh! I-I meant no disrespect! It's just... Well, pretty big, angry fish down there, like I said. Think you, uh... think you could handle it?"


Reply 1
Spoiler: show
Quote:
Originally Posted by SlashKub, post: 7085897, member: 118571
Profile

It happened in a flash, nearly as soon as the line sunk. A giant Seaking erupted from the water, breaking his line and throwing his rod into the lake. Almost as if taunting him, the Seaking snapped up the rod, and dove, taking it down into the lake's depths. Timburr and Yamask were shocked by the spectacle as well, unable to react.

"That's, uh... equal parts unlikely and upsetting" Darik heard from behind him. He turned. A bearded angler stood behind him, arms crossed. "Guess nobody warned you the fish here are a bit, err, temperamental. Unnaturally big, too, as you could tell." A ghost of a smile briefly crosses his lips. "I'm, uh... Just a guy who likes to fish. David, nice to meet ya." He held out a hand in greeting.

"Guess you're gonna need that rod back, right? Only way is to dive in. I guess I could help with that, if you want... although, I'm not sure you're good enough to face what's down there," He eyed the duo Darik had brought along, noting their weakness. Timburr and Yamask looked down in shame.

Darik crossed his own arms sternly. "Well, I wasn't exactly looking for a big challenge," he confessed. "I was mostly looking to test these two's capacity for teamwork and get some training in. They're quite low in level. They've got the potential, but they're far from the dream team. For now," He knelt down and patted the pair lightly, reassuringly.

He sighed, rose, and swore. "But my rod's gone. Never been a fish I couldn't land before. One time, was a Sharpedo, 8 feet long, fought it for an hour before I reeled it in. Never expected a goldfish of all things to best me." He closed his eyes for a moment. "Well, I didn't come here for nothing. Name's Darik. And David, I will take you up on that offer. I've a score to settle now, and I know this pair is up to the challenge," He shook David the Fish Guy's outstretched hand.


Update 2
Spoiler: show
Quote:
Originally Posted by Maskerade, post: 7087578, member: 63055
Slash:
David's eyebrow raises the moment you mention that 8-feet-long Sharpedo catch.

"You're a fisherman alright! Oh, that reminds me of that one time when I reeled in that one Wailo... No, wait, there's no time for that," he says, shaking his head. Perhaps it's for the best - shows of one-upmanship between two fishermen are known to go on for a while, and you really do have to get back the matter about that Fishing Rod of yours…

"Look, here's the thing. I got a way to help you reach the bottom of the Lake of Moon, but I don't wanna be the one responsible for you never making it back out. Like I said, the fish down there are abnormally large, and many of them unusually violent for their species – trust me on that, if this was your run-of-the-mill fishing spot I wouldn’t be wasting my time here. So, here's the deal..."

David retrieves a Lure Ball from his utility belt and tosses it to the ground. An Octillery, considerably large by its species standards, stares at Yamask and Timburr nonchalantly before yawning lazily in apparent disinterest.

"You said you wanted to train, and I gotta gauge your strength before I decide to help you anyway; I'd say there's only one way we can settle this," he says with a grin. "Let's see how well your two friends can work together! Knock out my Octillery and I'll give you what you need to go after your Fishing Rod. How's that sound?"

Well Darik, are you on board?


Reply 2
Spoiler: show
Quote:
Originally Posted by SlashKub, post: 7088526, member: 118571
Profile



To secure this fish man's help, he'd have to fight his Octillery with this newbie team. Well, he'd started to talk about a Wailord, and had an Octillery, neither of which were fish, so maybe he wasn't quite a fish man, after all.

"Give me a moment," Darik said, closing his eyes briefly to think about how to move forward.

Darik's mind went to strategy. He'd have to do some thinking if he was going to overcome this challenge. His pair of Mightyena could easily make short work of this fight, but that would ruin the point, wouldn't it? He'd have to make all the use he could of the limited abilities his Pokemon had at their disposal right now.

An Octillery was definitely a challenge at normal size, let alone one so big. But that size might actually be able to be a benefit. As a species, they were instinctively driven to hide in tight spaces, being agoraphobic by nature. Larger tentacles also means more space between the suckers, so a harder time keeping a grip on small Pokemon. He really liked Octillery as a Pokemon, thankfully, so he'd put some real thought on how they'd fight. His Pokemon were smaller, but still not terribly quick, so one of Octillery's main weaknesses, its low mobility on land, was not as big a shortcoming in this situation. They had a small agility advantage, but that was a small grace here. He'd have to focus more on the numbers advantage he had.

"All right," he said, opening his eyes. "I'm ready. Are you two?" The Timburr and Yamask didn't look terribly confident, but they weren't about to disobey, and he could tell they trusted his leadership. That was good. They nodded in agreement.

He cracked his neck right, then left. "TImburr, start off with a Leer! Yamask, flank with Astonish! Then drift backwards as Timburr charges it from the other side with a Power-Up Punch, and throw an Energy Ball at the big octopus!"


Update 3
Spoiler: show
Quote:
Originally Posted by Maskerade, post: 7090040, member: 63055
Slash:
You came here to train, and despite the considerable setback of losing your only Fishing Rod, it seems you got a nice opportunity to practice after all.

The fisherman (who despite this title seems inclined to catch anything but) has sent out an impressive-looking Octillery, who looks decidedly unimpressed. It actually looks kind of Moody, now that you think about it.

David remains silent, with his arms crossed. It seems he's letting you have the first swing, which you gladly accept.

Timburr throws its most menacing stare at Octillery, hoping it'll have some sort of effect, although the octopus seems largely uninterested in the much smaller combatant – as well as in the fight in general. It isn't until your Yamask creeps up from the other side and sneakily lands a blow that the Water Pokemon finally begins to care - however, it's perhaps too late, as the Ghost is quick to follow up its stealthy strike with a point-blank Energy Ball that Octillery definitely doesn't enjoy!

It is then that David finally cracks a smile and punches the air, as if he’d been waiting for this opening the entire time.

"... Now! Wrap it!"

With a sudden boost of speed, no doubt from its rare Ability, Octillery suddenly turns to Timburr as it lunges for its Power-Up Punch and wraps a heavy tentacle around it, immobilizing the fighter! Then, it brings the trapped Timburr close to its mouth-cannon and stares at you defiantly, as if asking "do you feel lucky, punk?"

Well, do you?


Reply 3
Spoiler: show
Quote:
Originally Posted by SlashKub, post: 7091543, member: 118571
Profile

The battle started pretty quickly. Timburr and Yamask were more than happy to jump into action. Timburr offered a great distraction while rushed it with an astonishing charge. Then Yamask shot a ball of Grassy energy at the Jet Pokemon but Timburr's attempt at a punch was fruitless, as David had his Octillery grapple the small Fighter. It was clear this had been a plan of David the fishless guy's from the moment he issued the challenge.

It had been surprisingly speedy in doing so, however, and Darik realised this was had to be due to its ability, Moody. Every so often, in battle, it would sacrifice one aspect of its battling capabilities to massively increase another. It was lucky of him to get that speed increase at the right time, but, odds were, it had lost offensive presence or defensive bulk as a tradeoff.

Darik sighed. Going for the grapple was such a predictable move, seeming low-hanging fruit, but he had hoped David wouldn't have gone for the obvious grapple. An effective move? Certainly. But if he had expected Darik to not have seen it coming and planned counterplay to it, he'd been wrong.

"Yamask, go in with another Astonish! Timburr, Pound what little you can against your lumber piece to snag just a little wiggle room when the octopus gets rushed. Just a little will do, so Yamask can follow with a Protect next to you to thwart its grip. Timburr, Power-Up Punch him in the snoot as retaliation."

It wasn't guaranteed freedom from the grapple, but that speed boost of Octillery's was a curse as well as a gift, and telegraphed far too soon. Ability characteristics were exclusive, and the Moody nature of the this Octillery meant his grip was far looser than some of his species that were more skilled with their Suction Cups.That should clear it just enough.


Update 4
Spoiler: show
Quote:
Originally Posted by Maskerade, post: 7098074, member: 63055
Slash:
((Sorry if I misinterpreted your orders, took me a bit to get around the wording))

Moody is a powerful Ability, but it's also unpredictable. Not without its drawbacks, you reason that the increased speed must have come the cost of either strength or bulk, and therein might lie the opening you need to turn the situation around.

Your orders are methodical, sequential as if part of a finely tuned clockwork mechanism that can't be disrupted.

"Aren't you a tad bit overconfident?" casually asks David while Octillery, faster than before, shifts its gaze from the trapped Timburr to the rushing Yamask. "We've seen that trick before!"

A green, spherical shield envelops the octopus, stopping your ghost's Astonish dead in its tracks. Stunned, Yamask has no time to react as Octillery retaliates with a near point-blank Octazooka! The force of the blast sends Yamask flying back several feet, although fortunately it manages to retain consciousness.

Despite this setback, your instinct ultimately proves correct - the lack of superior suction cups, the distraction provided by Yamask and the constant struggle by Timburr cause the Wrap's gap to weaken just enough for the Fighting-Type to free itself and land a straight punch on David's powerhouse!

The force of the blow causes Octillery to release its grasp on Timburr completely; it falls to the ground, panting from the tremendous effort to break free, while Yamask begins to float in midair again, still rattled from the attack, with noticeably wobbly movements.

Your team seems worse for wear than David's single Pokemon. You know some new change must have already occurred in its attributes, swayed by its mood, but you can't quite tell what it was - the fact it wasn't particularly fazed by the punch but couldn't knock out Yamask with such a close range Octazooka suggests its defense remains solid but its power might have decreased...

Wrap, Octazooka and Protect - you have already seen three fourths of Octillery's arsenal. David seems to be waiting for you to make a new move, his style apparently based around counter-attacking rather than rushing head-on in preemptive offense...

What will you do now?


Reply 4
Spoiler: show
Quote:
Originally Posted by SlashKub, post: 7098941, member: 118571
Profile

Darik's tactic working as planned, even if the entire exchange didn't, and the duo's ability to pull it off seemed to ignite something new within both the Pokemon, some new confidence surging in both of them. Despite Yamask getting battered and Timburr having recently been a victim of the Octillery's tentacles, they both had a new twinkle in their eyes. an important belief in themselves that was a necessary piece of being a good combatant. But that was only half of it, Darik had to do his part as well, and he was running low on tricks with the more shallow movepools the pair currently had to offer.

What did he have going for him currently? The Octillery's innate ability was a glaring one, of course. That inky beam of his should have been more powerful than it ended up being, and Timburr's retaliatory strike seemed to likewise not have had much of an effect. They had a Snorunt back at the preserve, with the same ability trait, and she was notoriously difficult to work with, the sheer unreliability of the trait making it impossible to maintain a consistent fighting style. An all-out offensive could be crippled at a moment's notice, a defensive stance could find itself broken through by sheer chance.

He had it. It wasn't about tricks now. They say that the definition of insanity is trying the same thing over and over, expecting different results, but when random chance was a factor, sometimes that's the smartest, sanest thing to do. This Octillery was clearly trained defensively, reacting instead of acting, but that ability of his made it very likely he'd miss vital timing, or leave an opening slightly too wide, to be taken advantage of given time. Darik had to be rigid, consistent, and if his Pokemon could maintain it long enough, they'd be able to break through.

"Yamask, keep distance and throw out two Energy Balls. Timburr, keep forward and deal two Power-Up Punches. Y'all already know what to do if it tries to intercept you with its tentacles."


Update 5
Spoiler: show
Quote:
Originally Posted by Maskerade, post: 7110016, member: 63055
Slash:
You realize, in part due to personal experience, that Octillery's ability, while powerful, is unreliable in the long run. That is why at some point it might be best to keep attacking, hoping a chink will appear in the mollusk's defenses.

Yamask floats high up and fires off a green energy orb, but Octillery is ready to do what it does best.

"Counter with Octazooka! Snipe that Energy Ball off the air!"

The ink bomb is fired and collides with Yamask's attack in midair, exploding on contact. Timburr takes advantage of the distraction and rushes in with a Power-Up Punch, and you find it takes Octillery too long to react to its approach - the fist finds its mark, and this time the Water-type seems to feel it!

"Oh, it's getting sluggish..." David's reaction indicates he was just about expecting it. Doesn't seem too upset by it, either way...

Yamask seems to notice as well, and quickly fires off another Energy Ball. Octillery responds with another Octazooka, but again, its reaction time is slow, and by the time it has taken aim and fired, the green orb is already much too close! The two blasts clash mere inches away from Octillery's face, and ink is splattered everywhere, covering the Water-Type's eyes!

"Oh bummer..."

Timburr prepares to take another swing, but just as he's about to land a crushing punch... David recalls Octillery!

"Yeah, that wasn't gonna go anywhere for me. Oh, it was Surf, by the way. Its last move. I uh... Well I just bought this jacket the other day, and I didn't wanna get it all soaked if it summoned a wave from the lake. So, y'know... You win this one. Good job mate!"

*Yamask gains 4 Levels!*
*Timburr gains 4 Levels!*


The fisherman turns to the lake and points.

"You proved your point, you can take care of yourself. Guess it's about time you go get your fishing rod, right? Well, a promise is a promise."

Picking a Lure Ball, David tosses it to the ground. In a flash of silver light, a small spider takes form. Unsurprisingly by now, not a fish.

"This here is Dewpider. Great at making water bubbles for itself; but great at making air bubbles for me when I go deep-sea diving, too! So you can borrow it to get down into the depths of the Lake of Moon."

The Dewpider greets you with a warm smile before shooting a stream of small bubbles up into the air, showing off for a bit.

"Just remember - you're gonna be underwater in a lake of oversized Pokemon. It's their world, not yours. No matter how good you are, like you've shown me... You're always gonna be at a disadvantage down there. Pick your Pokemon, and pick your fights, very wisely."

He throws you a thumbs-up and a smile.

"Let me know when you're ready to dive in, alright? Take your time, then give me the go-ahead!"

*Declare up to six Pokemon to go underwater with you. Remember to stock up on items too, in case the going gets rough!*



__________________


I fill my lungs with everything
You want someone that I can't be
You say it's insanity, but
I say that's my life

Fizzy Bubbles

Last edited by Lil'twick; 07-01-2021 at 04:46 PM.
Lil'twick is offline   Reply With Quote
Old 04-27-2021, 01:44 AM   #5
Lil'twick
Insanity
 
Lil'twick's Avatar
 
Join Date: May 2013
Location: Fizzy Bubbles
Posts: 5,751
Send a message via Skype™ to Lil'twick
Adventure Records: Missingno. Master Edition

MM Part 1
Spoiler: show
Adventure Start
Spoiler: show
Quote:
Originally Posted by Missingno. Master, post: 6638334, member: 21823
The Arcane Realm. Once spoken of with an undertone of resentment by the Pokémon Trainers of Fizzytopia, but now, resurfaced anew, practically a different place, free of the arbitrary restrictions enforced by the old Elite Four now that the region itself was also free of said Elite Four. Undoubtedly, those Trainers who have long been adventuring in the region would appreciate this change, this new and improved Arcane Realm.

But not the couple entering the Forest of Wands. The drama and resentment inherent to the Arcane Realm's history was before their time.

They walked together, for lack of a better term- one of them, you see, lacked legs and feet, and was reliant on her kind's natural hovering capabilities to move about. But the Trainer whose hand she was holding most certainly could walk, as she was currently proving capable of doing. The one who was hovering was a Froslass, who answered to the name Laugh. And the Trainer whose hand she was holding was Terri Alph. Technically speaking, Laugh was Terri's Pokémon, but the way the two treated their relationship was decidedly not like the standard Trainer-Pokémon relationship. In the interest of not mincing words, they were in love.

"I've heard this place is supposed to be beautiful," Terri was saying to Laugh. "The oaks are supposedly the eternal forms of a princess and the commoner she loved."

"It certainly sounds beautiful," agreed Laugh. "Though I'm certain I'll love the place. After all, I... I know for a fact there'll be at least one beautiful sight there," she added, blushing slightly as she smiled at Terri.

Terri smiled back. "There certainly will be," she agreed. "In fact, I think I see her now." Following this, Terri leaned in, which was Laugh's cue to follow suit, and a quick kiss was exchanged, and as was usual, Laugh's Ice typing did nothing to spoil such moments for Terri. As a Froslass, Laugh was naturally cold, but only in terms of temperature. As far as her heart and soul went, there was definite warmth, a warmth Terri seemed quite capable of picking up on, a warmth that let them hold hands, exchange kisses, even hold each other, without Terri feeling the discomfort one would expect when one's girlfriend's species was said to originate as a possessed icicle. Thus, the couple remained hand in hand as they continued onward, intent on being the next couple to sit beneath the oaks, to gaze into the pond, and to just enjoy each other's company.


Update 1
Spoiler: show
Quote:
Originally Posted by Asteiri, post: 6664413, member: 88404
Missingno. Master
The forest of wands was certainly a curious place. Even those with barely a sense of magic could feel the alarming amount of energy storming through the trees and gnarling them in mangled and twisted form. The forest was somewhat alarming to those seeing it from afar, just a blackened mess of gnarled branches, twisting every which way and making what appeared to be a large, looming monster.

But, little of this was of concern to lovers. Despite the twisted forest, deep within it were two trees, twisted together as the forever preserved forms of a princess and her commoner lover. Two people who could never be properly together in life... but now eternally embracing one another in death. It was beautiful, and couples from all over the Pokemon world were compelled to visit the spot with their lover. This was no different in your case, although your loving circumstance may be slightly different from most. But, perhaps that's why you felt so compelled to enter this forest. You felt akin to the princess and the commoner, a love that was not understood by most but still as deep as anyone else's. It was like you and Laugh. A human and a Pokemon, but so deeply entwined to one another that your love was far deeper than most people could understand.

As you walked together, hand in hand, you pointed out various trees to Laugh. She seemed pleased by your observations, listening intently to everything you had to say. It was a passionate exchange, and you felt your heart brimming with happiness. You could barely contain your primal desire to sit under the trees with her, and your were determined to do so. You kept up your pace, knowing full well that you'd make it eventually... so long as there were no hiccups along the way.

As you continued walking, you could feel... something within the trees. Something watching you. But when you looked around... all you could see was the many gnarled trees and various stumps that populated the forest. Although you tried to shake off the feeling, you couldn't bare it, turning around and staring at a stump that was radiating some sort of energy. As you bent down, your hand slipping out of Laugh's hand, the stump suddenly lit up with two large red eyes.

"Tump!" It screeched, muttering something in an ancient language at you before you were slapped with a barrage of seeds. Your head slowly began to feel heavy, filled with worry as you watched a ghost rise out of the stump.


What do you do?


Reply 1
Spoiler: show
Quote:
Originally Posted by Missingno. Master, post: 6664421, member: 21823
The day was a happy one indeed, for both Terri and Laugh. The couple made their way through the forest, the Froslass listening intently to everything Terri was saying, the two of them having such a good time with each other. Neither one of them could wait until they got to the trees, and could sit beneath them...

And yet, as they forged ahead, something kept gnawing at Terri, and she couldn't work out what. Figuratively, of course- were something actually physically gnawing on her, figuring out the source ought to be absurdly easy. Something seemed to be watching them.

"Do you sense that, though?" Terri murmured.

"I do," confirmed Laugh. "But what is it?"

Terri looked around, her eyes falling upon a strange stump that was positively radiating energy of some sort. "Hm," she murmured. Laugh wasn't so sure this was a good idea, and on some level, neither did Terri. But, as has been the case so many times before, Terri's curiosity prevailed. She bent down to examine the stump closer... and a pair of red eyes lit up on the stump itself! And the next thing Terri knew, she was smacked in the head with a barrage of odd seeds. The seeds themselves didn't hurt too much, though Terri couldn't help but notice that her head was feeling a bit heavy now. Oh, Arceus, what were those seeds doing to her?! It dimly occurred to her that it wasn't like her to worry so easily, and yet, this realization only intensified said worry. As the ghostly figure rose up out of the stump, Terri's breathing quickened, to the point where she didn't even think about digging out her Pokédex. So many worrying thoughts ran through her mind, all of them uninvited and unwelcome, not that that mattered to them in the slightest. What did this Phantump do to her? What would it do to them now? What if her father was right all along about the outside world and about humanity? What if... what if Laugh left her?

Terri had let out a small, shuddering gasp at that last thought, and it was with no small amount of concern that Laugh was regarding her. Considering what she'd seen so far, and Terri's reaction, the Froslass realized this must be the work of a Worry Seed attack. Gently, Laugh took hold of Terri's hand, which prompted Terri to look at the Ice/Ghost-type. The look Laugh was giving was a reassuring one, which, while not enough to shake off the Worry Seed's effects, did at least keep the worst of Terri's nightmarish worries at bay.

With this established, Laugh turned to face the Phantump, floating protectively between it and her girlfriend. "Why have you done this to my beloved?" the Froslass asked, her tone non-confrontational. Indeed, Laugh was hoping this could be resolved without violence- something she and Terri tended to have in common, in fact. However, also like Terri, if a violent approach was inevitable, Laugh was not unprepared. If the Phantump's response was another sudden attack, Laugh was prepared to block it with Protect. And as far as fighting back went, Laugh was willing to let loose the frigid fury of her Ice Beam, or else channel her ghostly strength into a Shadow Ball. And all the while, Terri tried to calm herself down, tried to take comfort in Laugh's efforts to defend her. Maybe she'd even clear her mind enough to be able to actually think about the situation, if she was lucky.


Update 2
Spoiler: show
Quote:
Originally Posted by Asteiri, post: 6683914, member: 88404
Missingno. Master
"Tump!" It screeched out again, a shrill cry that made Laugh's ears burn from a mixture of the loud sound and of the immeasurable amounts of anger she felt seeing Terri be attacked by the small stump Pokemon. It seemed to feel little remorse for it's actions, turning back to Terri with a malicious intent in it's eyes. It seemed to look through Laugh, disregarding her presence as it focused on Terri. It ignored Laugh's question, aiming an Astonish at it's target only to be quickly intercepted by Laugh who absorbed the blow with a quick Protect.

Laugh was confused by the sudden actions of the Phantump, it seemed to attack them without warning. However, it seemed to hold little regard for the Froslass, instead seemingly angered at the presence of Terri for some reason. Laugh couldn't help but want to try to engage the creature further, but it seemed to grow even angrier upon having it's attack interrupted by the protect. It lunged forward, only to be met with a chilling blast of Ice from the mouth of the Froslass. As it reeled back from the blow, Laugh blasted it with a ball of Shadow. The Phantump gave a harrowing howl, it's body shaking from the blows it had experienced. It looked like it was on the verge of fainting.

"Phan... tump..." It growled out, eyes suddenly aflame with a fire that Laugh hadn't noticed before. Laugh eyed the Phantump closely before feeling a sharp pain across her entire body. She groaned out, feeling some of her life be drained by the small tree stump. "Tump..." It moaned out, it's Pain Split sharing Laugh's own energy with itself. The two Pokemon were on an even playing field again.

"Tuh tuh tuh..." It laughed out, approaching Laugh slowly before using a Feint Attack. It seemed that the creature seemed intent on fighting back.

What do you do?


Reply 2
Spoiler: show
Quote:
Originally Posted by Missingno. Master, post: 6684425, member: 21823
To Laugh's frustration, not only did Phantump seemingly have no intention of answering her question, it also seemingly had no intention of letting this matter go without a fight. Exactly what its problem was, Laugh couldn't say, but Phantump's beef seemed to be with Terri specifically.

This was not lost on Terri, who shivered in fear, the Worry Seed's effects still very much in play. She hated to just cower and do nothing, but the thought of doing anything filled her with so much unwarranted dread.

"Don't worry, my love," Laugh said to Terri. "It won't hurt you. I promise."

Terri nodded slowly, locking eyes with Laugh. But this eye contact was suddenly and forcibly broken by Phantump's growling, allowing Laugh to turn her attention back to the fight just in time- Phantump had now used Pain Split, evening out their health levels. Terri gave a shuddering gasp as she saw Laugh in pain like that.

"N-No!" Terri managed to exclaim, bravely managing to overcome her botanically magnified worries. "Don't you hurt her! It- it's me you have a problem with, right? Wh-what did I ever do to you?"

Laugh was not convinced that Terri's questions would get any more of an answer than her own, so the Froslass kept focused on the battle (though was certain to give Terri a grateful smile for her brave words). Another Protect against the Feint Attack, followed up with a Crunch and a close-range Frost Breath, that was what Laugh was thinking. Would it hurt? Most likely. But this Phantump had a problem with Terri, which meant Laugh had a problem with this Phantump. If it wanted to do things like this, fine. Laugh would show it exactly what happened to anyone who tried to mess with her beloved.


Update 3
Spoiler: show
Quote:
Originally Posted by Asteiri, post: 6722903, member: 88404
Missingno. Master

The creature shivered seeing the green flash of a shield just before it's Feint Attack landed on the Froslass. It gave an angered howl, wailing out at it's failed attempt to land an attack on the Froslass. Laugh was undeterred by it's wailing, seeing a perfect opportunity to close the gap between them and bite it with her powerful jaws. The creature gave a sharp cry before Laugh released her jaws and blasted it with a chilling Frost Breath.

"L-L-Leave this place." A scared voice murmured, seemingly coming out of the mouth of the Phantump. It sounded like a child, Laugh could almost picture the child that the ghost Pokemon sounded like. Hand to it's mouth, lip quivering as it tried to stand up to an adult. The Phantump shuddered as it's body started to give out from the damage it sustained. "L-Leave... Alph..." It murmured before falling to the ground, unable to fight any longer.

Laugh gained 2 Levels

The effects of the Worry Seed slowly started to fade, or at least you hoped they did. You couldn't help but feel a small twinge of concern with what the Phantump had said. It had been so vague, yet it seemed to be giving them some sort of warning to leave. You certainly did not want to leave, you wanted to walk the Grove with your love in hand --- eat the fruit from the trees and be bonded together properly. Yet it seemed that something really did not want you here. You glanced at the small unconcious body of the Phantump before looking back at Laugh. You felt somewhat sorry for the small ghost child, but you knew it was probably time to move on.


What do you do?


Reply 3
Spoiler: show
Quote:
Originally Posted by Missingno. Master, post: 6722922, member: 21823
Things worked just as Laugh had counted on. Protect offered a solid defense against Phantump's Feint Attack, and the combination of Crunch and Frost Breath were sufficient to knock out the Stump Pokémon, though not before it managed to stammer out a warning, to leave this this place.

With Phantump knocked out, Terri could breathe easy, feeling the Worry Seed's effects dissipating at last. Terri looked down at the unconscious Phantump. "It sounded scared, almost," she murmured. "Maybe it doesn't have a problem with me, but rather knows of something more frightening that does?" She shook her head. "But how could that be? What enemies could I have made in this region?" she wondered out loud.

Laugh floated over and took hold of Terri's hand. "Perhaps that's what it wants you to think," she suggested.

Terri tilted her head, considering this. "Yes..." she murmured. "Maybe this place is testing us, to see how much we really love each other. That Worry Seed had me unable to so much as think straight, and you stepped up and protected me from that Phantump," she said, turning to smile sweetly at Laugh.

Laugh returned the smile with one of her own. "And you faced those fears to try and make Phantump leave me alone," she responded. "I love you so much, Terri."

"I love you too, Laugh," Terri smiled. No further words were exchanged as the couple embraced, albeit partly due to the fact that their lips soon found themselves to be, ahem, otherwise occupied.

But they didn't let this last too long- they both knew they hadn't yet reached the place they sought, and so the public display of affection was kept relatively brief. As they broke apart, Terri turned back to the Phantump. "What is it?" Laugh asked.

"Phantump sounded so scared of us, regardless of what it did," Terri stated. "It doesn't seem right to just leave without doing something for it." With that, Terri reached for her messenger bag, and from within, produced a Sitrus Berry- the first of a set of five. She set the Sitrus Berry down next to the Phantump, then walked back over to Laugh. "Now let's keep going," she said. Laugh smiled, taking Terri's hand once more, and hand in hand, the lovers continue onward.


Laugh grew to level 47!

Laugh grew to level 48!


Update 4
Spoiler: show
Quote:
Originally Posted by Asteiri, post: 6735188, member: 88404
Missingno Master

The Phantump seemed to stir slightly feeling you place the berry near it's comatose body. However, you felt the need to move on. You wanted to get to the twisting oaks sooner rather than later, and the only way to do that was to keep up a solid pace while walking hand in hand with Laugh. As soon as you got out of sight the Phantump jerked upright, looking around frantically. It's mind was finally clear, free of the control that had been placed on it.

"T-tump..." It murmured, placing a hand to it's mouth as it glanced at the Sitrus Berry you had left it. It hurriedly (and hungrily) gorged itself on the berry. The weariness from it's bones dissipated, and it lifted itself from the forest floor. It looked around, curious as to where you had gone. It's eyes widened realizing that you had not heeded it's warning, deciding to continue on your trek anyways.

'N-no... but that's where...' The Phantump gulped, glancing towards the direction that you and Laugh had walked. It glanced around quickly, trying to weigh it's options. It could run as far away as possible, escaping from the scourge that was plaguing the Lover's Grove... or it could try to help you. The second option was never in it's mind, but it had noted your kindness. You did not have to provide it with a berry to heal it's wounds, yet you had. It wiped the remaining berry juice from it's mouth and nervously floated in the direction you had walked, hoping to catch you.

~~~

It felt like you had walked forever after leaving the Phantump. The path had been gradually growing wider as you walked, making you believe that you were soon to arrive at the twisted groves. You quickened your pace, ready to finally eat the fruit from the trees with your true love. You emerged in a clearing that was ex-

Wait a second.

You had heard about the beauty of this place... yet you were greeted by something that was far from what you'd call "beautiful". The trees near the grove were faded, the life seemingly completely drained from them. The grass around the two trees was dying, large patches missing and replaced with empty patches of dirt. A heavy air hung above you, oppressive and ominous. Not to mention a foul stench that also seemed to cling to the air.

'WHO DARES DISTURB OUR HOME?' A booming voice spoke. It sounded somewhat garbled, like it was having to speak through something. 'WHY HAVE YOU COME?'

You couldn't see where the voice was coming from... it seemed to be everywhere and no where, all at once.

'Wait!' The shrill voice of a child came from behind you, causing you to turn and be crashed into by the Phantump from earlier. 'I caught up with you b-but...' It grimaced, 't-they're here....'

A resounding laugh came from the slouching trees in front of you, causing all three of you to stand in an attack position.


What do you do?


Reply 4
Spoiler: show
Quote:
Originally Posted by Missingno. Master, post: 6735840, member: 21823
As Terri and Laugh proceeded onward, their path had been gradually widening, which both of them took as a sign that they were headed in the right direction. Neither one wanting to wait any longer than they needed to, and so they quickened their pace. Wider and wider the path became, until finally, they emerged in a clearing that was absolutely...

...dismal. What? Terri and Laugh looked around, unsure what to make of the sight that met them. This was the place, alright, but the trees were faded, all life drained from them, and even the surrounding grass was on its way out. The atmosphere was a heavy, oppressive one, and the place even smelled pretty bad.

"...This place," the Froslass murmured, sounding mortified. "Terri, I... I was expecting-"

Terri nodded. "So was I," she replied quietly. "What's happened here?"

WHO DARES DISTURB OUR HOME? WHY HAVE YOU COME?

Terri and Laugh moved just a bit closer together at this. The voice's source was impossible to pinpoint. Everywhere and nowhere simultaneously was the best they could describe it.

But then came a voice much easier to pinpoint- that of the Phantump. Indeed, the source of that voice collided with Terri as she turned around to look. And decidedly unlike their previous encounter, it became quite clear that this Phantump was not their enemy.

Terri and Laugh exchanged looks- this was why Phantump was trying to warn them to stay away. It wasn't some test of their love, it was because there was actual danger, further punctuated as a laugh came from the trees before them. Terri was scared, and it'd be foolish of her to try and deny it, but with no more Worry Seed plaguing her, she had to be brave for her beloved. Keeping hold on Laugh's hand in a comforting way, Terri cleared her throat and spoke up. "Would you please identify yourselves?" she asked, calmly yet firmly. "We had no intention of disturbing anyone's home- my girlfriend and I only hoped to enjoy this grove together that we've heard about." She and Laugh exchanged significant glances, however, and Laugh gave a brief nod- if the laughing trees, or anything within them, saw fit to attack, Laugh would attempt to Protect them all, before striking back with Blizzard.


Update 5
Spoiler: show
Quote:
Originally Posted by Asteiri, post: 6737761, member: 88404
Missingno. Master

'LOVE IS FAKE' A shrill voice echoed, it seemed to be coming from every direction. Every tree, every rock, every nook and cranny around you. 'THE GROVE LIES IN RUINS, TAINTED BY DARKNESS.' The voice continued speaking, it's booming grew deafening, causing the Phantump to quiver behind you as it boomed. 'NOTHING IS ETERNAL. EVERYTHING DISSIPATES.' A mad chorus of laughter followed the last line, punctuation the decay that the grove had fallen into. Was it a sign? A sign that love would never prosper? A sign that all things must come to an end, as did the grotto that surrounded you. Even the gnarled roots and branches of the eternal tree had began to wilt, decaying after what looked like centuries of neglect.

'THERE IS NOTHING HERE FOR YOU NOW. NOTHING BUT TARNISHED DREAMS AND FADED DESIRES.' The voice had begun to spout seemingly random ideas and verses, murmuring about things that you barely understood. The Phantump scanned the surrounding, realizing that the speaker had no intention of revealing themselves.

'E-enough of this g-game!' It called out, hands on Terri's shoulders as it continued to quiver and shake. It clearly wanted answers as much as you, but it was deeply afraid. 'P-People a-are afraid to c-come here because of y-you! We try t-to scare them a-away so that they don't h-have to face you!" It stuttered out, voice punctuated with the mannerisms of a child throwing a tantrum as it spoke. 'W-We've had enough M-Muk! I-It's time to give everyone else back t-the forest!'

The air grew heavy, a deafening silence resounded throughout the field before the chorus of laughter continued once again. Slowly large piles of sludge began to emerge from the wilted trees, they moved towards you, faces gradually contorting on their faces as they got closer. The beings were green, yellow around the mouth as they laughed at you tauntingly. The ground began to shake, causing the Phantump to grip onto you tightly as you all began to lose your footing. The ground cracked open near the gnarled lovers tree, revealing a large and revolting mess of greens, yellows, and pinks. The smell was horrendous, rotten and moldy like something that had soured long ago.

From the sludge rose a large figure, green like the others but much larger. It had a mess of colours amongst it's form, like that of an oil spill. It looked at you with it's posse of smaller sludge beings around it.

'THE HUMANS LEFT US HERE. THEY NEVER RETURNED FOR US.' The sludge being spat, voice echoing through all of it's smaller subordinates. 'LEFT US TO DIE. THIS PLACE BELONGS TO MUK NOW.' It screamed out, shrill cries echoing throughout the grove. Slowly it approached, slithering towards you, subordinates in tow. The Phantump quivered in fear, knowing there would be a fight on your hands.



What do you do?


Reply 5
Spoiler: show
Quote:
Originally Posted by Missingno. Master, post: 6737848, member: 21823
In response to Terri's words, a shrill voice echoed from seemingly every direction, declaring that love was fake. That the grove lied in ruins, tainted by darkness. That nothing was eternal, that everything dissipates. A dismal outlook, for certain- whoever, whatever this was, they clearly did not have the most positive of outlooks. But this grim outlook was not shared by Terri or Laugh. They looked into each other's eyes, and knew in that instant that love was not fake. They turned back to the trees, shaking their heads in disagreement as the voice stated there was nothing there for them now. Sure, the grove had obviously gone a very long time without being cared for. Sure, it looked bleak and dismal. But Terri was convinced that the voice was wrong.

And so, it seemed, was Phantump. Though it did so with voice shaking, it called out the voice for driving everyone away, stated that the Pokémon of the forest have had enough of this. And called it Muk, too- Terri knew that name. It was a Poison-type Pokémon. Having Keith Masters as a neighbor, naturally Terri knew quite a bit about Muk.

However, as the putrid sludge oozed out of the trees, Terri couldn't help but realize that it was green, rather than purple. Before she could get any ideas about Shiny Grimer, she saw that the beings formed by them... well, they looked different from Grimer and Muk beyond just the coloration. The Grimer had some yellow sludge, as well as teeth, while the Muk had yellow and pink sludge, teeth, and odd rocklike formations protruding from its body. Terri produced her Pokédex and consulted it.

"Grimer- Alola Form- the Sludge Pokémon. A Poison and Dark-type," droned the device. "Feeding exclusively on garbage caused a change in Grimer's form. Its teeth are hardened lumps of toxins." Then, Terri turned it on the multicolor Muk. "Muk- Alola Form- the Sludge Pokémon. A Poison and Dark-type, and the evolved form of Grimer. As it feeds on more trash, its coloration becomes increasingly vivid. Normally quiet and friendly, it will go on a destructive eating rampage if not fed garbage for a while."

Terri regarded the sentient sludge beings wordlessly as Muk stated that the humans had left them here to die. As they started oozing towards them, Laugh looked at Terri, and from what she saw, instantly knew that those words seem to have touched a nerve- a few tears were in Terri's eyes. The Froslass gently squeezed Terri's hand, which got a grateful smile out of her. Muk's apparent negative outlook on humankind, it hit too close to home for Terri's liking. Even if they had reason to be so unhappy, Terri still wanted to prove to them that they were wrong.

"Do we have to fight them?" Terri whispered to Laugh. "What if we can reason with them?"

"I'm not sure," Laugh whispered back. "If anyone could do it, it'd be you, but they seem intent on a fight."

"Well, so were Want and Zoom," Terri replied. "I've got to try. The way they were mistreated by humans... it's not right. They've got to see we're not all like that.

"Very well, but please be careful," pleaded Laugh. "At least be ready with some backup?"

Terri smiled, holding up a Premier Ball in her free hand. "You got it," she replied. With that, Terri and Laugh exchanged a quick kiss, and the Premier Ball opened up seemingly of its own accord, causing the Alolan Ninetales to appear in a flash of light. At once, Ava's appearance would herald a change in the weather, causing Snow and hail to fall upon the area without Warning. But, sensing her Trainer's intentions, Ava sat down rather than prepare herself for battle. Terri smiled and scratched behind the Ice/Fairy-type's ears, then stepped forward to address the Poison/Dark-types.

"I don't want to fight if we don't have to," Terri said to the sludgy beings. "It's terrible what humans have done to you, but not all humans are like that. For years I wasn't allowed to leave home because my family always thought the worst of humanity, but once I was able to travel on my own, I saw for myself that there's good ones as well! And that includes me, too," she added, reaching into her bag. When she pulled her hand back out, she was clutching a Berry Bag, the contents of which she proceeded to empty out on the ground before her- five Sitrus Berries, five Rawst Berries, a Rindo Berry, a Passho Berry, and three Qualot Berries. "These are for you," she said to the horrifying horde. "No tricks. All I ask is that you stop chasing people away, and give humans more of a chance. I know of one human in particular who would, if given the chance, gladly welcome the whole lot of you into his home, and I know he can't be the only one. Please, Muk, Grimer," pleaded Terri. "Love is not fake, and after what you've been through, you deserve to find this out for yourselves."

Ava paid close attention to how things were going- Terri was, as usual for her, trying to resolve things peacefully as long as that seemed like a viable option. But if this didn't work, the Alolan Ninetales had to be ready for battle, and she knew exactly why she'd been sent out- if there was any sign of trouble, she'd be ready to deploy the Aurora Veil. Likewise, Laugh would, under cover of the hail thanks to her Snow Cloak Ability, appear between Terri and the horde, and blast the sentient sludge puddles with a powerful Blizzard! But only, of course, if retaliation was necessary, and knowing Terri... this could go either way, and the Ice-types both knew it.


Update 6
Spoiler: show
Quote:
Originally Posted by Asteiri, post: 6752872, member: 88404
Missingno. Master

The Muk eyed you with an intensity that made your skin crawl... but perhaps the goosebumps you felt were from the awful scent that had filled their surroundings. The Phantump's eyes widened hearing you try to reason with the foul gang, many had tried in your stead but all had failed. The poison gang had continued to take over the arena, spreading their filth in such a manner that it had twisted the very landscape around you. The air was murky, blotting out the light that had once glittered through the messy and gnarled branches. Not to mention the polluted hellscape of the once Earth and fertile ground below you.

Seeing your offering of berries, the Muk simply scoffed. The forest around you was plentiful with berries, they could find those anywhere. It wasn't food that was a problem, it was territory. And Muk was very protective of it's territory. One Grimer in particular had seemed to listen to your entire speech, it's eyes widened in bewilderment. A home? For a monstrosity such as himself? It seemed far too good to be true, and the Muk seemed to feel the same way.


[COLOR=rgb(247, 218, 100)]'BOSS.'[/COLOR] Said one of the Grimer to it's much larger and more menacing companion. [COLOR=rgb(247, 218, 100)]'MAYBE WE SHOULD LISTEN TO THIS GIRL. I...'[/COLOR] It paused, placing it's large gooey hands together bashfully. [COLOR=rgb(247, 218, 100)]'I'D LOVE A HOME.'[/COLOR] It muttered, voice breaking upon picturing what such a home would look like. The Muk scoffed, turning to it's smaller companion.

'WHAT?!' It cried out in disbelief, looking at the Grimer. 'HUMANS ARE THE TRUE POISON OF THIS EARTH. HUMANS ARE THE DESTROYERS OF HABITATS, THE WRATH ON WILD POKEMON, AND THE DEFILERS OF LEGENDS.' It glared at it's subordinate, clearly displeased. 'YOU WANT TO DISGRACE YOUR FAMILY FOR THE FIRST HUMAN THAT BATS THEIR EYES AT YOU?' It scowled, looming over the Grimer. 'PATHETIC.' It cried out loudly, raising a tremendous sludge-filled hand and swatting away the Grimer. The Grimer slammed into the twisted lovers tree, knocked flat and melting into a tremendous green and yellow puddle.

Ava saw how south things had gotten so quickly. Wasting no time, she sprung into action. Her eyes flashed a deep blue as she deployed a Aurora Veil, protecting her and the rest of her teammates. Laugh sprung forward as well, leaping between Terri before the Muk swung his tremendous hand at her. The slap Knocked Laugh Off balance. Thankfully, the slap didn't hurt as much as it normally would due to the Aurora Veil. Laugh let out a low growl at the Muk and remaining Grimer, who all seemed far too afraid of what Muk was capable of to stand up to it. She opened her mouth wide, spraying them all with a Blizzard attack. The Grimer all cried out in response, but the Muk only grinned.

'SEE MY BROTHERS? THE NATURE OF HUMANS IS WAR.' It mustered the best coy smirk it could, looking at it's brothers. 'AND WE CERTAINLY KNOW HOW TO GIVE THEM A WAR.' The remaining Grimer charged ahead of the Muk, acting as a protective meat-shield for their larger companion. The entire line Hardened themselves, creating a literal wall of sludge between Laugh, Ava, Phantump, Terri, and the Muk.

'We're only attacking because you hurt Grimer!' Cried Phantump, it twisted it's body before completely vanishing. Causing visible confusion within both parties.


What do you do?


Reply 6
Spoiler: show
Quote:
Originally Posted by Missingno. Master, post: 6753075, member: 21823
The offered berries did little, if anything, to sway Muk. Food was never a problem for them, but then, Terri hadn't thought food was the problem. She had hoped that in doing this she might help them see that there were humans that'd be willing to give to them, rather than take from them. Help them, rather than hurt them. Unfortunately, Muk didn't seem to see it this way.

But one of the Grimer seemed to feel otherwise. Terri smiled as her words seemed to get through to one of the Alolan sludge puddles, moreso as said Grimer tried to talk a little sense into Muk. Unfortunately, Muk wasn't having any of this. The big blobby boss retorted to Grimer, and its words sent a chill down Terri's spine. "HUMANS ARE THE TRUE POISON OF THIS EARTH. DESTROYERS OF HABITATS. WRATH ON WILD POKéMON. DEFILERS OF LEGENDS." Those words, that attitude, it was one Terri was all too familiar with, and seeing the Grimer getting swatted aside struck more of a nerve than they even knew.

Laugh, however, knew. Since meeting Terri, since falling in love with her, the couple had come to learn all about each other, and this meant Laugh knew good and well why Muk's attitude would be so unpleasantly familiar to Terri. The Froslass, along with the Alolan Ninetales, sprang into action, the latter erecting an Aurora Veil. Laugh, however, unleashed a powerful Blizzard, not just at Muk, but also at the Grimer! In the heat of the moment, the Froslass had failed to realize that the Grimer hadn't deserved that attack, and even as Terri opened her mouth to say something, Laugh was already looking back at her, fearful that she might have screwed this up.

Indeed, such a fear seemed justified at the moment, for Muk was using the Blizzard to convince the other Grimer that the nature of humans is war. This spurred the Grimer into action, Hardening themselves into a wall of sludge to protect Muk from further attack.

"I'm sorry," Laugh said to Terri. "I only wanted to stop the Muk-"

"I know, Terri said soothingly. "I don't blame you, Laugh. But we don't have to attack them. That only proves Muk's point, and... and I don't..."

Laugh nodded understandingly, giving Terri a warm (figuratively), comforting embrace before she could become too overwhelmed by her thoughts. "I know you don't," she whispered as Terri hugged her back.

Once they broke apart, Terri stepped forward to address the wall of sludge. "I told you, I don't want to fight," she said. "Phantump is right- we only retaliated because Muk attacked one of you, because to these Pokémon, a fight was looking inevitable. But I know that's not the case." She took out a Poké Ball at this point and tossed it up, from which emerged Help the Comfey. "Help, make your way over to that tree," Terri instructed the Posy Picker Pokémon. "You'll find an Alolan Grimer there that took major damage- please do what you can for it."

"Absolutely," nodded Help. This scene, the foul stench, the disgusting atmosphere, it wasn't one that Help was particularly comfortable with, but she could overcome this discomfort- there was a Pokémon in need, and to a healing soul like a Comfey, that trumped everything. She had to, of course, make sure Muk didn't try and stop her, but she figured this was doable enough- if Muk posed a problem, she intended to use Acrobatics, not to attack, but to try and maneuver past it. And follow it up with a soothing Heal Bell upon reaching the Grimer in question.

"I won't attack if you won't," Terri continued speaking to the Poison/Dark-types. "I am not like that. My nature is not war. I stand by what I said- there are humans who would welcome and accept you. There is love to be found out there."

Laugh nodded. "There is,"" she agreed, floating to Terri's side and taking hold of her hand. "I'm very sorry I attacked you all like that, but it wasn't on Terri's orders. It was because I feared for her life when you swatted Grimer away- I feared she'd be next."

While this was going on, Terri wondered what Phantump was up to. Their arboreal ally appeared to have vanished into thin air after retorting to Muk's words. Terri figured this was the charging of a Phantom Force attack, but she hoped the Phantump didn't do anything that might escalate the situation unnecessarily. Even now she was convinced that this could be settled without a fight. If they could reach one of the Grimer with words alone, surely there was hope for the others. Maybe even the Muk as well.

One of Terri's Poké Balls wobbled violently. Terri gave a small, understanding smile, knowing immediately exactly which one this was. "Go ahead, then," she said, taking the ball out of her bag and enlarging it. "Have your say."

The ball's occupant took this as her cue to burst free from her spherical confines. The Furret looked over at the Muk and the wall of Grimer shielding it. "Y'know, believe it or not, I been where you guys have been," she said. "I hated humans. Still ain't sure about a lot of 'em, in fact, and I know for a fact there's shitty ones out there, from personal experience," she spat. "But that ain't all of 'em. Meeting Terri taught me that. You might not want to let yourselves be swayed by what she says, and believe me, I get that. Y'know what humans did to me? First off, one of those fuckwads who used to have me on his team let me go because he thought I was too damn weak to be any good. Then, more humans came along, took out the Rattata infestation I'd been relying on to survive in the wild. And then, more humans started trying to stop any humans from going anywhere near my territory because I'd gotten a reputation for attacking and trying to kill anything I could. Humans screwed me over at every turn... so you wanna know why I'm with her?" she asked, gesturing to Terri. "She convinced me to give humans one more chance. I wasn't sure about it, I'd been burned so much before... but I ain't regretted listening to her yet," she stated. "There fucking are good humans out there, dammit! And if you just stay here, never giving them a chance, you ain't never gonna see that for yourselves. And... and that ain't right. You deserve to see it for yourselves. And that includes you, too, big fella in the back," she added to the Muk specifically. She looked back at Terri, and they smiled at each other, before turning back to the Grimer and Muk. All they could do now was wait and see what would happen. Ava stood by- the Alolan Ninetales knew better than to launch an attack, but was intent on reapplying the Aurora Veil if it proved necessary, while Laugh was all set to try and Protect them all.


Update 7
Spoiler: show
Quote:
Originally Posted by Asteiri, post: 6758958, member: 88404
Missingno. Master

The Grimer seemed to shrink down slightly, their belief in their leader and the need for a barrier waning. Your Furret's words had made them contemplate why they were really fighting, the simple words of their leader that humans were terrible? They were certainly starting to doubt that he was even remotely steering them in an accurate direction. They murmured to one another, tossing glances in the direction of yourself and your Pokemon as well as back at their leader. The Muk seemed to be growing agitated. It was itching for fight, and not having one was clearly bothering it. It's multicolored skin flashed in irritation, yet it remained hidden behind it's metaphorical wall.

Meanwhile, as her name implied, Help literally swung into action. She used her circular body to swing herself in all sorts of directions, landing near the fallen Grimer and chiming a bell, causing the creature to rise.


[COLOR=rgb(247, 218, 100)]'T-THANK YOU.'[/COLOR] It murmured, clearly less aggressive and more shy than it's companions. It extended a hand to Help, clearly grateful for her going out of her way to revive it. It looked back at his companions, a frown crossing it's goopy face. [COLOR=rgb(247, 218, 100)]'MUK WON'T BACK DOWN WITHOUT A FIGHT. HE LOVES ATTACKING HUMANS.'[/COLOR] It sighed, looking back at it's companions. [COLOR=rgb(247, 218, 100)]'MY BROTHERS MEAN WELL... BUT THEY'RE TOO AFRAID TO CROSS MUK.'[/COLOR] It watched the group for a while, noticing a shadow moving with seemingly nothing attached to it.[COLOR=rgb(247, 218, 100)] 'DO YOU... SEE THAT?'[/COLOR] It asked, pointing towards the ground and drawing her attention to the small shadow. Help seemed slightly confused, the Grimer and Muk hadn't noticed it yet. It's patterns were irregular and it worked it's way to the backside of the Muk.

'TUMMMMP!' The cry of the Phantump rang out, ascending out of the ground like a phantom and forcing it's small body weight at the large Muk. The Muk hissed out in response, sinking back into the ground before turning around and grabbing the Phantump Screeching loudly in it's face.

'YOU DARE ATTACK ME?!' The Muk swung the Phantump around, tossing it's body towards your ground. Thinking quickly, Laugh set up the Protect, cushioning the blow of the Phantump. It bounced off the protect, landing on the cold grassy ground in front of your group. 'YOU DARE SIDE WITH HUMANS? AFTER WHAT THEY DID TO YOUR MOTHER?' Muk's words were not sympathetic, but rather mocking. The Phantump pulled itself up, staring at the Muk with distaste.

'They...' It groaned in pain, slowly floating back up. 'They caught her... it's not like she's dead.' The Phantump coughed, clearly close to fainting from the sheer force of the throw plus it's earlier battle with you. The Muk's smirk curled in distaste, looking at the small ghost.

'YOU REALLY BELIEVE THAT? YOU'RE MORE FOOLISH THAN I THOUGHT!' It screamed out the last words, swinging it's arm to deal the final blow. The Phantump reacted quickly, closing it's eyes as an invisible Bond was formed between itself and the Muk. The Muk smacked it with a large hand, Knocking it's block off. The Phantump flew backwards, vanishing before it's body was able to hit your protective shield. The Muk chuckled seeing it's body dissipate, it was ready to Fling one of it's companions at you but it suddenly began to spasm.

'W-WHAT?! WHAT IS THIS?' It cried out, screaming in horror as it felt it's health drain. 'NO! N-NO!' It cried out loudly, melting back into the ground. The Grimer turned in horror.

'MUK?!' They cried out, seeing that their companion was no more. They all looked at one another before quickly fleeing, running from the battle.

Ava gained 2 Levels
Laugh gained 2 Levels
Help gained 1 Level


Help and the previously fallen Grimer looked around, their faces dimming as they realized that they Phantump was truly gone. Grimer sighed, glancing at where the Muk had melted into the ground. 'IT NEEDED TO BE DONE... NOW HUMANS CAN VISIT AGAIN.' It frowned, clearly not believing the words it was speaking. 'I SHOULD LEAVE TOO. THIS AREA CAN FINALLY HEAL WITHOUT US AROUND.' It glanced at your team, clearly feeling guilty for polluting the area.


What do you do?


Reply 7
Spoiler: show
Quote:
Originally Posted by Missingno. Master, post: 6759388, member: 21823
Terri gave a small smile- her words, and especially Zoom's words, they seemed to be getting through to the Grimer at least. Muk, on the other hand, seemed to be growing more and more agitated with every second that the fight it sought wasn't breaking out. This worried Terri- she hoped she could somehow get through to Muk as well.

Help, meanwhile, was on the move! The sentient lei maneuvered her way past the Poison/Dark-types like an extremely floral ninja, making her way to the injured Grimer and rousing it with a Heal Bell. Grimer was grateful for this, showing right away that it was much moe shy than the others, and much less aggressive. It sttated that Muk wouldn't back down without a fight, and that its brothers were alright, but too afraid of getting on Muk's bad side. And considering the reason Help had to go and, well, help Grimer in the first place, she couldn't really blame them much. The Comfey sighed. "Terri won't give up on trying to stop this without a fight," she replied to Grimer. "Muk's distrust of humans- that sort of thing really strikes a nerve with her, more than most things do." Then, Grimer pointed out something on the ground- a strange shadow, seemingly attached to nothing, moving about on its own."Huh," murmured Help. "What is...?"

Phantump. It was Phantump. The spooky stump appeared from nowhere, executing Phantom Force, which... didn't do very much. Well, aside from pissing Muk off, anyway. The big bad blob grabbed Phantump, unleashing a Screech as he screamed in its face. Laugh hastened to set up a protect as Muk threw Phantump, but this didn't stop Muk from mocking the little ghost, reminding it of its mother's fate. Which, it turned out, was being caught, not dying. Not that Muk let that explanation slide- it slammed its large hand into Phantump, sending it flying, and... erasing it from existence?!

"Oh, no! Phantump!" Terri exclaimed. Despite the trouble Phantump had caused them earlier on, Terri more than understood why it was trying to keep them away, and had since grown to like the arboreal apparition. She had even been giving consideration to the notion of asking Phantump if it wanted to accompany her on her journey. Laugh took hold of one of Terri's trembling hands, in an attempt to comfort her. And Terri managed a weak yet sincere smile in response- said attempt went neither unnoticed nor unappreciated.

The moment, however, was abruptly interrupted by Muk's screams. Ava was ready to defend against whatever it was about to do, but found this unnecessary, for Muk's screams were of horror- its body was starting to melt into the ground, and not due to any deliberate maneuver on its part. "Wh- Destiny Bond," Terri gasped. "That's what Phantump did just before..."

"And since Phantump... well..." murmured Laugh, "Muk's also..."

The Froslass did not need to finish her statement. It was sinking in all around exactly what happened to a murderer when their victim's final act was to use Destiny Bond. And as they also learned then and there, four out of five Grimer agree that this was an excellent time to haul ass.

Help and the remaining Grimer looked around, saddened by Phantump's demise. Grimer, however, turned its attention to the spot where Muk disappeared, stating that it needed to be done, that Muk's death meant humans could come again. It then continued on, clearly feeling guilty, stating that it too should leave so the area could finally begin to heal.

Terri and Laugh exchanged looks, and then exchanged nods. The lovers knew good and well what needed done here, and with that established, Terri approached the oddly toothy regional variant. "Grimer," she said, rummaging through her bag with one hand as she spoke. "You said earlier that you'd love a home, didn't you? I meant what I said- there really are good humans out there, ones who would give loving homes to any kind of Pokémon, and I know one such human personally. He's an experienced Pokémon Trainer who'll welcome any kind of Pokémon, but he's got a real soft spot for Poison-types like you. If you don't know where you should go next... I could take you to him," she offered, finally drawing her hand back out of her bag, revealing the Poké Ball she was clutching, the second out of a set of five. And while this was going on, Help looked around the desolate area, and decided to try and give it a little... well, a little help. She focused hard, hoping to infuse the Terrain with lots of Grassy energy. It would have been considerably optimistic of her to assume that this would completely undo what Muk and the Grimer have done over Xerneas only knows how long, but she figured it was at least a good starting point.


Ava grew to level 8!

Ava grew to level 9!

Ava learned Baby-Doll Eyes!

Laugh grew to level 49!

Laugh grew to level 50!

Help grew to level 15!


Update 8
Spoiler: show
Quote:
Originally Posted by Asteiri, post: 6767915, member: 88404
Missingno. Master

[COLOR=rgb(247, 218, 100)]'R-REALLY?' [/COLOR]The Grimer lacked tear ducts to use to cry, but you could tell from the tremble in it's voice that it felt an overwhelming amount of emotions in this moment. It has always longed for a place to call home... but due to it's foul odor and it's meek tenancies it never thought that it would get one. It cupped it's hands together and looked up at you, clearly gracious of the offer. [COLOR=rgb(247, 218, 100)]'I'D LOVE TO MEET HIM.'[/COLOR] The Grimer continued, clearly excited to meet it's possible new trainer. It leaned upwards, body touching the Pokeball as it was slowly sucked inside. There was no struggle, simply a satisfying click as the ball locked, finally giving solace to the dark typed Grimer.

You captured a Level 12 Male Alolan Grimer! It knows EM Clear Smog!

Now that Grimer had been obtained... you had some things you needed to handle. For one, the pollution of this once sacred place for lovers was a pressing issue. You could almost hear the twisted tree --- the lovers tree --- screaming for your aid. Help got to work, attempting to use her Grassy Terrain to infuse the natural ground with a little bit more... nature. The desolate Earth lit up with a brilliant green hue, the glow softening gradually as bits of grass slowly sprouted back up. Your expression lit up, you were gradually restoring the Lovers Grove to it's former glory. However, you could see that the pond near the oaks had suffered as well. Remnants of the body of Muk lingered in the pool, colouring it various splashing of colour --- like an oil spill across the open water.

You sigh, knowing your work has only just begun. However, Laugh begins to hear something. She turns, noticing a Sawsbuck approaching you. The large deer looks around nervously, it turns, looking towards where the Muk once stood. It's eyes light up, wandering towards the clearing. It bows it's head in gratitude towards you and your Pokemon, knowing that you have taken care of the creature that was tainting their homeland once and for all. It looks in the direction it had come from, causing your eyes to drift that way as well. Various other Pokemon wander towards the Grove --- including a Sunkern and a Cherubi. The Sunkern looks at Help, nodding to her as it begins using a Grassy Terrain of it's own. The Cherubi follows suit, joining in on the Grassy Terrain.

Help takes the hint, using hers again as well. With you combined power, the Earth gradually brightens, growing fertile and lush with foliage once again. The Sawsbuck closes it's eyes happily, walking over to the Oak. All seems well, until the Sawsbuck looks into the pond.


'This won't do...' It murmurs, mostly to itself. 'Lovers need this pond for gazing... it's important to the grove.' It tuts, running it's hoof through it, but the grime continues to cloud the once beautiful pond.


You efforts have not been in vain, yet it seems there is still more you must do. What do you do?


Reply 8
Spoiler: show
Quote:
Originally Posted by Missingno. Master, post: 6768270, member: 21823
Though there were no tears to be seen, the Grimer's emotional tone of voice said it all to Terri, who smiled encouragingly in response. With no further encouraging needed, Grimer leaned in and tapped the ball gently with his sludgy form. It didn't even shake in Terri's hand before clicking shut.

"They're going to love each other," Terri murmured as she looked at the ball in her hand." Then, she turned to look around at the grove. It was sad to see a place so reputed for its beauty to be in such a desolate state. The young lady gave a small sigh at the sight. But then, her attention was drawn by none other than her own Comfey, and more to the point, what she was doing- namely, firing grassy energy into the ground. This was a new one on Terri, who consulted her Pokédex.

"Grassy Terrain," droned the device. "The Pokémon infuses verdant energy into the surrounding area, helping grass to grow."

"Wow," Terri murmured in a hushed voice. "Help, you learned Grassy Terrain? That's amazing!" Even as she spoke, Terri could see the move's effects taking root, bad pun fully intended. The barren ground lit up with green energy, and grass slowly but surely began to grow. It wasn't a lot, and it did nothing for the ailing pond, but it was a start.

But things weren't stopping there. Even this little bit of grass seemed to attract a few Pokémon. A Sawsbuck, nervous at first, turned grateful upon realizing that Muk was no more. More showed up as well, including a Sunkern and a Cherubi, both of whom used Grassy Terrain attacks of their own.

Terri looked at Help as this happened. "This could work," she murmured. "Help, use Grassy Terrain one more time," she urged the Fairy-type. Help nodded and... well, helped out, adding another Grassy Terrain attack to the mix. And three did what one alone could not- the grove grew lush with all manner of foliage once more, and the grove was indescribably beautiful.

...Almost.

As Sawsbuck was quick to point out, no amount of Grassy Terrain use could fix the pond. It looked like an oil spill, remnants of Muk's poisonous form tainting the water.

Terri, Laugh, Help, Zoom, and Ava all approached the poisoned pond. Although there was a certain kind of beauty one could argue to exist in the multicolored remains, it was nevertheless nowhere near as beautiful as Terri supposed the pond once was.

"...Well, shit," murmured Zoom," looking into the murky, oily pond. "Grassy Terrain ain't helping with that."

"It's such a shame," murmured Help. "Hm... What if I used Heal Bell?" she asked.

"I'm not sure if Heal Bell would work on a body of water as well as it would on a human or a Pokémon," Laugh remarked. "I suppose I could use Psychic to try and separate the water from the poison... but where would we put the poison?"

At this, Zoom looked up at Terri. "Heh. That's it!" she grinned.

"But it's like Laugh said, though," Terri pointed out. "There's nowhere to put the poison."

"Oh, ain't there?" smirked Zoom. "Think about it- you maybe know of anyone what that might not only be OK with eating pure poison and filth, but would actually enjoy it?"

"Wha-" began Terri. Then, her eyes lit up as she realized what her Furret was getting at, and she looked at the Poké Ball still in her hand. "I forgot- Grimer," she murmured.

"Of course!" said Ava. "Back when I was on Keith's team, Strychnine always loved eating the most disgusting things. Even if this Grimer is in its Alola Form, it should still have similar tastes to a Normal Form Muk."

"Well, it's worth a shot," smiled Terri, at which point she threw the ball. "Grimer, come on out!" she exclaimed.

In a flash of light, the Alolan Grimer reappeared, looking around at his surroundings. First in confusion, then in wonder, but then right back to confusion again. "...It's beautiful again," he murmured in wonder. "But... why are we here?" he asked. "I thought you were gonna take me to this Trainer you were talking about?"

"I will," nodded Terri. "But first, we want to fix what's been done to this place. As you can see, we've gotten a good start on that... but the pond still needs help. And we think you can help with that- if Laugh uses Psychic to separate all the poison from the water, and lifts it out of the pond, would you be willing to eat it?"

"...O-of course," Grimer nodded. "If... if I can really help to fix this, then absolutely."

That was all any of them needed to hear. Laugh turned to the pond and focused, trying to use Psychic, first to separate the poisonous filth from the water, and then to lift said filth out of the pond, and into Grimer's waiting mouth.


Update 9
Spoiler: show
Quote:
Originally Posted by Asteiri, post: 6779867, member: 88404
Missingno. Master

The Grimer you had befriended was ready to feast on the slime in order to salvage the once beautiful grove. The various Pokemon that had come to observe the grove watched anxiously as Laugh used her psychic powers to float the sludge into the gaping maw of your Grimer. He slurped it up without difficulty, and you and the group of Pokemon watched as the water gradually grew visible from beneath the sludge.

'It's working!' Exclaimed the Sawsbuck, watching intently as he gradually began to see more and more of his reflection within the pond. Your Grimer finally finished consuming the last of the multicoloured sludge, giving a loud belch as it finished consuming the remnants. It covered it's mouth in embarrassment, apologizing for it's rudeness and lowering it's head shyly. The Sawsbuck chuckled, bowing it's head towards you and Laugh. 'Thank you, Lovers.'He spoke in a calm, bellowed voice. A smile playing across his mouth. 'Allow me to present a gift to you.' He lowered his head again, antlers glowing as a pulse emitted from them, causing the leaves to regrow among the branches of the gnarled tree. With the leaves came the presence of the fruits once again, the fruits of love --- what you had come to find.

The Sawsbuck gave a small hoarse noise from it's mouth, turning towards the various Pokemon that had followed him into the grove.
'It's time to go.' He bellowed, causing the Pokemon to obey his wishes without question. However, the Cherubi from earlier darted through her friends, a nervous expression upon her face as she presented you with a small bundle of leaves. It was odd, almost like some sort of small satchel that was entirely constructed of leaves.

'I gotta go!'She quickly rushed off as fast as she had placed it into your hands. You turned it over, noticing messy scrawl written on it in Footprint Runes. Laugh, well versed in the language of Pokemon deciphered it. "THANK YOU FOR SAVING OUR HOME". You smiled at the gesture, opening up the package to reveal...

x1 Miracle Seed, x2 Mysterious Gummis, x1 Revival Herb, and x1 Big Mushroom (Worth $1000)

All that's left is to finally share the moment that you've been waiting for... what do you do?


Reply 9
Spoiler: show
Quote:
Originally Posted by Missingno. Master, post: 6779974, member: 21823
To Grimer, this was a big moment. A chance to not only help to finally undo what he and the others have done to this place over time, but do so in a way that made use of his unique palate. Sludgy tears came to his eyes, knowing that not only was he getting a new home, but also redemption. He opened his mouth, waiting patiently. And he wasn't left waiting for long- Laugh saw to that, using Psychic to take the sludge out of the water and send it directly into Grimer's mouth. A disgusting, toxic prospect to most, but to Grimer, a tasty, refreshing beverage.

Sawsbuck was quick to point out it was working, and Terri's Pokémon were quick to confirm this. "Heheh, knew this'd work!" grinned Zoom. She turned and looked at Terri, with a look of admiration the likes of which she once thought she'd never deem a human deserving of. Terri was happy to be doing this, to be not only helping out the residents of this land, but also to be helping out this Grimer. Happy that there was a way that Grimer could even help to undo some of this damage. She'd even tried getting through to that Muk, and had Phantump not made such a sacrifice, Zoom was prepared to bet Terri would have kept on trying no matter how pointless it might have seemed.

Ava likewise could admire Terri's good heart. Ever since she and Sunny left Keith's team and ended up with Terri, the Alolan Ninetales wasn't completely sold on the idea, having only gone along with it because she trusted in the judgment of the Normal Form Ninetales she'd come to regard as an older sister. And right now, Ava was more certain than ever that Sunny's instincts were right on the money.

Help watched all this unfold with a smile on her tiny face. The Comfey was naturally predisposed towards helping others, a trait she most assuredly shared with her Trainer, which in turn was a fact that always delighted her whenever she was reminded of it. She even had a healthy respect for Grimer, who was likewise all too willing to do his part in restoring this grove to its former glory.

Finally, Grimer slurped down the last of the sludge, giving a deep, rumbling belch. "O-oh. Excuse me," he murmured sheepishly, covering his mouth. "I'm sorry."

Terri gave a giggle at this, but at that moment, Sawsbuck thanked them by employing a miraculous power, causing the tree's leaves and fruits to grow back. Terri and Laugh smiled at Sawsbuck, as he told the others it was time to go. And go they went, with but one exception- the Cherubi from earlier. The Weezing-shaped sentient fruit nervously presented them with a tiny bundle of leaves, almost like a satchel of some sort. "Thank you!" Terri called after Cherubi as she rushed away.

"What have we here?" Laugh asked Terri, floating over to look at the package, and at the messy scrawl Terri had just uncovered on it. "Footprint runes, I think?" Laugh murmured. "Do you need translation?" she asked Terri.

Terri shook her head. "Thank you, but... It's been a long time, but I think I can still..." As she murmured, she peered intently at the footprint runes. "It says... 'Thank you... for saving... our... home'," she said finally, before turning to Laugh. "Did I get it right?" she asked.

Laugh nodded. "Word for word," she smiled.

Terri gave a small giggle. "I still got it," she said triumphantly. Only by this point did it occur to either of them to actually open the package, take note of the items within. An interesting assortment, to be sure, and Terri packed them all safely in her bag. Then, she turned to her Pokémon. "Thank you, guys," she smiled. "Zoom, you helped try and talk some sense into those other Grimer and that Muk. I was really touched by some of the things you said."

"Meant every damn word," smiled the Furret. "I ought to be thanking you- wouldn't have known any of that to be truth if it weren't for you."

Terri smiled at this, and pulled the Furret into a hug, during which no small amount of tears were shed by aforementioned Normal-type, before allowing her some rest in her Poké Ball. Then, she turned to her Comfey. "Help, thank you, too," she said. "You made it to Grimer and helped him out, and then you even learned Grassy Terrain, just to help make this place beautiful again." The Comfey had no words for this, and after they also hugged, Terri withdrew the Posy Picker Pokémon as well. "And Ava, thank you for helping defend us when Muk and the Grimer were going up against us," she added, hugging the beautiful Ice/Fairy-type, before withdrawing her as well. Then she turned to Grimer. "Grimer," she smiled. "All the damage Muk's been responsible for... we couldn't have completely undone it without you."

"I... th-thank you," smiled Grimer. "I'm so glad this place is beautiful again... and I'm really glad I was able to help it instead of hurting it for a change." He fidgeted in place, and Terri found it easy to guess why- he'd just seen Terri hug her other Pokémon, and part of him wanted a hug as well, but he also knew better than to expect it. Not without reason, of course, in all fairness, but the mere sight tugged at Terri's heart so much.

"...Oh, just once," Terri smiled. "Come here." To Grimer's utter disbelief, a human was hugging him. It was not the most pleasant sensation for Terri, but she was still OK when the hug was over, especially knowing how much Grimer must have needed that. "And don't worry," she said. "Your new Trainer will give you all the hugs you want. You'll really love it with him."

"Um... if you say so," Grimer murmured uncertainly. It really all did sound too good to be true to him, but Terri wasn't worried. Grimer would soon see. Holding out the Poké Ball, Terri withdrew Grimer.

And following that, only one Pokémon present was left outside of her ball, and all present were quite content with that fact. Terri turned to Laugh, her usual smile made less mysterious by the loving look in her eyes as she gazed upon the Froslass. "Y'know, I should be thanking you, too," said Terri. "You're a big part of the reason why this place is so beautiful once more."

"I like to think we did it together," Laugh smiled back, just as loving a look in her own eyes.

"I like that," said Terri. As she spoke, she offered her hand, and the Froslass took it. Terri gently led the way, walking over to the eternally entwined oaks, whereupon they both sat themselves down in the shade. A beautiful view overlooking the nearby pond, it truly was everything they'd anticipated when they set out to the Arcane Realm in the first place. Of course, the view only played a small role in why Terri was so happy right now, the rest of said role played by who was beside her at that moment. A point of view not only shared by Laugh, but also emphasized by both parties as they very quickly chose to turn their attention away from the view and towards each other. Closer they moved to each other, both physically and emotionally, as their lips met, and as for what that led to in the moments what immediately followed... they were quite grateful to have been left in privacy by the local Pokémon, to put it mildly.

Soon, they were both back to enjoying the view of the pond, relaxing in each other's arms, resting their heads on each other, Laugh eternally grateful that her Ghost typing did not wreck the moment with any inconvenient instances of incorporealness, both of them indescribably happy to be where they were with who they were there with.

"That was wonderful," Laugh said, quietly, lovingly. "Better than I could have hoped."

"I know what you mean," Terri agreed. "I love you, Laugh. I love you so much."

"I love you, too, Terri," Laugh responded. After the silence that followed, she spoke up again. "I never did tell you, did I? That I... wasn't always a Froslass? And I don't mean Snorunt, either."

"You never did, no," Terri responded, curiosity and interest in her voice as she said this.

"I was human once," sighed Laugh. "A young woman, not far from your age... I wandered, I got lost in the snow on Mt. Scuffle... I died almost exactly the same way as I first found you. When I came to, I was hovering above my old body, frozen and lifeless in the snow. Other Froslass found me, and we came to see each other as sisters... but what disturbed me... Terri, they too were humans once... but they embraced the worst traits of my kind. Freezing stranded people on their mountain, regarding them as little more than decorations... it disgusted me. It disgusts me still. And Terri... it scares me," she admitted quietly. "I never want to become that... I... I never want to hurt you..."

Terri held Laugh reassuringly throughout her speech. "You won't," she whispered soothingly. "What they became is not an eventuality. It is a choice. They made their choice, and you and only you made yours. The worst of a Pokémon's kind is not what every one of them are doomed to become- just look at Keith's Stunfisk."

"...what if I told you I sometimes wonder how you would look frozen in ice?" Laugh asked, sounding terrified of what Terri might say or do in response to this.

But Terri still smiled, still held Laugh close. "You said it yourself- it disgusts you," she said. "You might think about it, but deep in your heart, you know you would never act on it, and deep in my heart, I know that, too. Laugh... what you are doesn't matter. Your choices are what define who you are."

Laugh couldn't help but smile in response to this. "What I am truly doesn't matter to you?" she said. "You're happy being with a Froslass?"

"I might have caught you in a ball, but to me, you are not my Froslass," responded Terri. "You are my girlfriend. My lover. The first thing I see when I wake up, and the last before I go to sleep... I wouldn't have things any other way," she stated.

At this, Laugh held Terri even closer to her. "Nor would I," she said. "Terri... were I still human... would you marry me?"

Terri gave her mysterious smile. "Were you still human?" she responded. "You say that as though I wouldn't be willing to marry you as you are now."

"But surely it's impossible," murmured Laugh. "There are laws..."

"There is one law," stated Terri. "It allows for a relationship such as ours, but under specific conditions, conditions I'm happy to say we meet. You were once human, and can remember being so. And me... well... you know my story," she finished, mysterious smile back in place.

"...That's incredibly specific," murmured Laugh. "But then... you mean to say...?"

"...that yes, Laugh, I will marry you," smiled Terri.

Laugh couldn't respond to this, so choked up was the Froslass as snowflakes welled up in her eyes. The couple embraced and kissed once more, after which they simply sat there, nearly as entwined as the oaks, looking out over the pond. A beautiful moment that neither of them wanted to end.


Obtained the Miracle Seed!

Obtained 2 Mysterious Gummis!

Obtained the Revival Herb!

Obtained the Big Mushroom!



MM part 2
Spoiler: show

Adventure Start
Spoiler: show
Quote:
Originally Posted by Missingno. Master, post: 6811196, member: 21823
"Some state that these woods even spin like a wheel, and depending on where the wheel is travelers will experience either good luck or bad luck."

"Tox?"

Gavin gave a chuckle in response to his Shiny Dustox, lowering his Arcane Realm guidebook from which he'd been reading. "Well, I dunno if I believe it," he stated. "But sure as shit I ain't dismissing it outright, that'd just be stupid. Besides, rolling the dice like that... that's pretty much par for the course with Shiny hunting, wouldn't you say, Agate?" he added.

Agate gave a nod. "Tox Dustox," she agreed. Of course, it was that chance of bad luck the brown-winged Dustox was concerned about...

"Ahh, don't sweat it too much," Gavin said, as though in response to his Pokémon's unvoiced concerns. "Ain't much purpose in worrying about what ain't even happened yet." Even so, as he said this, the Orre-native Shiny hunter absentmindedly toyed with the Shiny Charm that hung around his neck, as he so often tended to in the pursuit of luck, be it with locating Shiny Pokémon or just in general. "I say we just keep moving and see what happens, and take things as they come, yeah?"

"Dustox!" agreed Agate. And with that agreed upon, Gavin Golurkson led the way forward into the Fortune's Woods. The allure of good fortune was something few could resist, least of all those whose ways of life hinged on seeking out the extreme rarities of the Pokémon world, and Gavin Golurkson was no exception.


Update 1
Spoiler: show
Quote:
Originally Posted by DannyDrawsaLot, post: 6911263, member: 112934
(All right, first ever update. I hope it isn't too trashy.)
You walk into the forest, fondling with your Shiny Charm from time to time, as you look around. The forest was known for whimsical fortunes. As you gaze at the trees you see multiple Pokemon scampering about, bushes shaking and leaves rustling. On a tree branch you see a larger-than-normal Noctowl staring you down, or maybe it was your Shiny Dustox it wanted to have a chat with.

You proceed through, as you keep an eye out for Shiny Pokemon, or any items. Agate kept to your side, maybe it was worried about the multiple Bird Pokemon in the trees, or maybe it worried that luck may not turn in your favor.

As you continue, you stop as you hear a loud rustling noise. Turning in that direction, you don't see anything, as Dustox's antennas perk up in response.

Then, a huge creature flew past, you hear a screech as it flew by, then Agate shouts "Dustoxxxxx!" as it is hit by the huge creature.
Worried, obviously, you look in the direction the creature flew, the bushes are broken and the trees were bent. This was no simple creature.
What do you do?


Reply 1
Spoiler: show
Quote:
Originally Posted by Missingno. Master, post: 6911308, member: 21823
Gavin looked around as he went through the forest. Numerous Pokémon caught his eye, but never for very long, with them being the normal coloration for their kind. The huge Noctowl got his attention, but moreso out of concern for Agate, for that bird was looking maybe a little hungry. Agate wasn't too worried, though- she simply glared right back at the Noctowl. It better damn well not be looking for an easy snack, because it sure wouldn't find it in her, not in the daughter of the Vampire of Cadaver Forest.

They continued, side by side, through the forest... and then they both heard a loud rustling noise. "What the fuck was that?" Gavin frowned as he and Agate both turned.

"Tox..." murmured Dustox.

And then, in a flash, a huge creature flew right past them. "GAH!" exclaimed Gavin. "Fucking shit, what the fuck just-"

"Tox Dustox!" Agate exclaimed in similar shock.

Gavin looked in the direction the creature flew. "...Holy shit," he murmured. "Agate, look at this!" He gestured in the direction the creature had gone, and the Shiny Dustox could see what her Trainer meant- it had left a trail of destruction in its wake, between broken bushes and bent trees. Gavin turned to the Bug/Poison-type. "What do you think?" he muttered. "Whatever that was could be in some serious shit if it's going off like that."

"Duuuus..." murmured Agate. Whatever that was, it's gotta be capable of some serious destruction... but then, in order to be causing such destruction, it could very well be that it was in pain, or in danger of some sort. At last, the Shiny Dustox nodded. She would accompany Gavin as he went off after that... whatever that was. Gavin nodded back, and sure enough, led the way, following the trail of destruction.


Update 2
Spoiler: show
Quote:
Originally Posted by DannyDrawsaLot, post: 6911342, member: 112934
Missingno. Master - You follow the path of destruction, stepping on sticks, and snapping them in your haste.
Agate follows behind you, more worried than ever. As you go deeper into the forest, things slowly become less whimsical and more mysterious. Perhaps luck was no longer in your favor? You continue through, following the trail of leaves and snapped twigs, as you are stared down by an abnormally huge amount of Morelull. Their ominous looks unnerve you, but you press on.
Pushing back some more underbrush and tree branches, you walk deeper and deeper, as you see blinking lights which seem to follow you. Agate is slightly fascinated, but mostly just creeped out. Maybe it wasn't a good idea to have a bug Pokemon out in the house of Bird Pokemon?
You seem to be getting closer and closer to the resting place of your ambusher. The twigs and leaves begin to grow in number, but so does your anxiety. The Morelull begin to drop in number, but then the spookiness began to rise in number.
Then, there is a rustle in the bushes. This one was quiet, and slow. Whatever was in those bushes was coming closer. The Morelull lights begin to blink more and more and intensify before it stops. A Shiinotic steps in your way, accompanied by two averagely bigger Morelull.
It begins to glow, and its face toughens up. It wanted a battle.

Shiinotic and a pair of Morelull want to battle!

What do you do?


Reply 2
Spoiler: show
Quote:
Originally Posted by Missingno. Master, post: 6911357, member: 21823
And off they went, twigs snapping beneath Gavin's boots as they went. Agate was slightly worried, but only slightly. I mean, yeah, a Bug-type where birds reside, not exactly the smartest thing, but Agate was truly her mother's daughter. Those who sought to prey on her generally didn't live long enough to regret their mistake. She was not some easy target. But even so, there was a sense of unease she couldn't shake off.

Deeper into the forest, the whimsical feel gave way to mystery. Gavin was a little unnerved, but Agate felt rather morbidly right at home. After all, Gavin had caught her in Cadaver Forest, which is where her mother had resided, draining the blood of most who were fool enough to venture inside.

Gavin could soon see a number of glowing mushrooms. But more interesting was the fact that said mushrooms were growing out of Pokémon. Intrigued, Gavin took out his P*DA, slid it open, and opened up the Strategy Memo.

"Morelull, the Illuminating Pokémon. Type: Grass and Fairy," droned the device. "Scatters flickering, glowing spores. Sleeps during the day, taking sustenance from tree roots."

"Well, these little guys are sure up and about, and sure as shit it ain't night yet," Gavin murmured as he continued onward. As he continued, he saw fewer and fewer Morelull, but this did nothing to set him at ease. And then, he heard a rustling in the bushes ahead. Quiet and slow- something was coming. Gavin tensed up... and then saw a pair of larger-than-average Morelull stepping out of the bushes, barring Gavin's way, and they were accompanying a larger Pokémon with one big umbrella-esque mushroom cap topping its head. P*DA still in hand, Gavin consulted it for information.

"Shiinotic, the Illuminating Pokémon. The evolved form of Morelull. Type: Grass and Fairy," droned the device. "Puts prey to sleep and siphons its vitality. Its forest home is treacherous to enter at night."

"I see, so it's a fight, then," Gavin stated. He reached for his belt, but a fluttering of brown wings caused him to stop- his Shiny Dustox had flown out in front of him. "Heh," grinned Gavin. "Agate, you up for this?"

"Dustox dus!" nodded the Poison Moth Pokémon.

"Then let's fucking go!" Gavin nodded back. "Agate, Gust attack, blow 'em back! Then pepper 'em with Poison Sting, and hit Shiinotic with Sludge Bomb!"


Update 3
Spoiler: show
Quote:
Originally Posted by DannyDrawsaLot, post: 6912110, member: 112934
[COLOR=rgb(46, 139, 87)]Missingno. Master - You valiantly take the challenge of the Shiinotic, quickly ordering Agate to Gust all three Pokemon. Agate quickly flaps her wings, causing a small gust to collect. The wind not only did damage, but you planned for it to blow them away. At first it seemed to, but it abruptly stopped working. You look at the feet of the three Pokemon, which were ingrained into the soil. Agate proceeds to launch poisonous stings at the three Pokemon, which by all did damage, but as many know, the Morelull family was known for defense. Finally Agate shoots of a Sludge Bomb, which was by far a tough hit on the Illuminating Pokemon.
The Morelull were the first to attack. The left one stared upwards, and suddenly, a shine of Moonlight appeared, which made all three Pokemon regain back any health they may have lost. The one to your right shot off a Sleepy Powder, then followed it with a Confuse Ray. The Confuse Ray prevailed over the Sleep Powder, causing Agate to be dazed with confusion. She flew from left to right, not able to orient herself. Shiitonic's hands extended, grabbing hold of Agate, Sapping her Strength. It then blasted her with a Ball of pure Energy.
It was clear that these Pokemon were no slouches in battle, and it was beginning to get dark. Shiinotic's Pokedex entry begins to ring in your mind, "Puts prey to sleep and siphons its vitality. Its forest home is treacherous to enter at night."
What do you do? [/COLOR]


Reply 3
Spoiler: show
Quote:
Originally Posted by Missingno. Master, post: 6912188, member: 21823
[COLOR=rgb(46, 139, 87)]Gavin gritted his teeth as the battle got underway. Agate was getting in some good hits, but after that, not only did the Morelull heal themselves with Moonlight, but now Agate was confused and weakened by the Confuse Ray and Strength Sap respectively! And to top it all off, it was getting dark out. The Strategy Memo entry echoed in Gavin's mind- forests where Shiinotic live are treacherous to enter at night, and night was coming fast. Moreover, any damage being done to these clowns was being further undone by their freaking Ingrain move, just rooting them right to the-

...well, son of a Barboach. Maybe this wasn't such a predicament after all.

Gavin held out the Net Ball. "Get back now, Agate!" he declared, withdrawing the Shiny Dustox before she could hurt herself in her confusion. Then, Gavin readied a Nest Ball and an Ultra Ball. "Wes, get out there!" he declared, sending out his Aipom. "Sand Attack, let's go!" he ordered. "Then climb on up here!"

"Aipom!" Wes chattered impishly, ready to hurl sand and dirt right into the eyes of the Grass/Fairy trio before him.

And Gavin wasn't finished there, now throwing the Ultra Ball. "Phenac! Shine for me!" he called, as indeed, in a flash of light and a swirl of stars, the silver Metagross materialized before him.

"ME TA," droned Phenac, sizing up the situation at hand with an unreadable expression, betraying no surprise whatsoever as Gavin climbed on top of the Steel/Psychic-type.

"As soon as Wes is on board as well, we make a break for it," Gavin muttered so only the steel Shiny could hear him. "Use Agility. Magnet Rise if you have to- just get us around the Morelull and Shiinotic. We're following that trail of destruction. They can't follow, they're stuck- they rooted their fool selves with Ingrain."

"ME TA GROSS," Phenac responded. As inscrutable as the Shiny Metagross so often was, Gavin was pretty damn sure that it had a perfect understanding of the situation. Metagross were damn smart, after all. He eyed the Aipom intently, thankful that the purple prankster primate was actually listening to him now- that Sand Attack obscuring their vision was gonna be crucial to the plan.
[/COLOR]


Update 4
Spoiler: show
Quote:
Originally Posted by DannyDrawsaLot, post: 6912212, member: 112934
[COLOR=rgb(46, 139, 87)]Missingno. Master - Quickly realizing this was a battle you couldn't win, you retreat Agate, then grab a pair of Pokeballs, releasing your Aipom and Shiny Metagross. Aipom proceeds to use Sand Attack, as Phenac prepares to lift you and Wes above the Shiinotic, who were rooted in place, and had sand in their eyes. This plan seemed to have worked, you quickly climbing on Phenac's back as Wes jumps on as well.

Heaving his mighty metallic feet, Phenac takes off. However, you did not take into account that Phenac would cause a minor rumble while taking off. Due to this, the sand you scattered in your opponents' eyes was shaken off.

Quickly, Shiinotic and both Morelull shoot out huge vines, grabbing you and Sapping your Strength all the while. As these Pokemon couldn't perform the task alone, Multiple Bird Pokemon come to help, you see multiple Murkrow, Pidgeotto, and the Noctowl you encountered earlier, all tugging at the vines. There was clearly something, or someone, they were trying to protect. With one last mighty heave, Phenac crashed to the earth, his attacking power severely lowered as well.

You are surrounded by multiple Bird Pokemon, all ready to pounce. As you gaze around them, saying your last prayers, you hear a loud cry.
"Trev! Nant Trevenant!!!!" you hear something cry loudly. All the Pokemon in the forest retreat, and the two Morelull, along with the Shiinotic, move to the side. A large ghost Pokemon with a tree-like body walks in. It had stark white bark, blood-red leaves, a light grey ghastly body, and one angry, purple, and strangely mysterious, eye.

Trevenant gazed at his forest home, and sees how it was destroyed by the bird which had flown through, but Trevenant mistook you as the culprit.
Its eye glows in fiery rage, and it extends its fist, quickly Grass Knotting Phenac to the ground to prevent possible escape.[/COLOR]
[COLOR=rgb(46, 139, 87)]Shiny Trevenant wants to battle!

What do you do?[/COLOR]


Reply 4
Spoiler: show
Quote:
Originally Posted by Missingno. Master, post: 6912230, member: 21823
[COLOR=rgb(46, 139, 87)]The plan seemed to be working out perfectly, with Sand Attack blinding the Illuminating Pokémon, but that was the extent of the plan's success. Phenac, you see, was quite heavy, and his attempts at aiding with the escape ended up shaking things up enough to help dislodge the sand from the enemies' eyes.

"Ah, shit," sighed Gavin.

Before either of them could react, three Strength Sap attacks were happening simultaneously, draining, Gavin, Phenac, and Wes, forcing the Shiny Metagross to the ground as numerous bird Pokémon flew in to help. "Oh, come the fuck on!" Gavin exploded, just before a loud cry sounded, causing the Pokémon to back off. Panting, Gavin turned to look at what was approaching, when his eyes widened, for what appeared to be a white tree with red leaves was lumbering their way. Gavin took his P*DA back out, and consulted the Strategy Memo, while also unclipping the Poké Radar from his belt as the Strategy Memo app spoke up.

"Trevenant, the Elder Tree Pokémon. The evolved form of Phantump. Type: Ghost and Grass," droned the device. "Offers great kindness to creatures dwelling in its forest. It attacks anyone who would harm its forest."

Meanwhile, Gavin slid open the Poké Radar. There were numerous dots on the screen, each corresponding to the location of a Pokémon, and right now, there were a buttload of green dots. But one dot, the one corresponding to the Trevenant's position, was a vibrant gold color. There was no doubt- this Trevenant was a Shiny.

The Elder Tree Pokémon was quick to act, using Grass Knot to hold Phenac in place to prevent their escape, but like hell was Gavin intent on escaping this! Though rather than battle Trevenant, his plan for the moment was to try and get through to it.

"Hey!" Gavin called to the Shiny Trevenant. "Big fella! Listen to me- we ain't the ones what did this to your forest, alright? You can ask your mushroom buddies here- we only started coming through after this happened. Hell, we been trying to chase down the fucker responsible for this in the first place, see what the hell's going on!" He tried to maintain eye contact with the Trevenant, tried to make it clear that he was being honest here. "Look, you want to find the one what done all this, yeah? That puts us on the same side. Let my Metagross go and we can go after it together, OK?" He hoped this would work. If it didn't, he'd have to fight the Trevenant, and while he was confident his Pokémon could do it, he had a feeling a more peaceful approach was the smarter idea if at all possible.[/COLOR]


Update 5
Spoiler: show
Quote:
Originally Posted by DannyDrawsaLot, post: 6912307, member: 112934
[COLOR=rgb(46, 139, 87)]Missingno. Master - You decide that fighting is not always the answer, as you instead decide to negotiate with the shiny Trevenant. After telling it about the fact that it was a nasty big Pokemon that had broken and desecrated Trevenant's home. Trevenant's resolve softened, as he communicated a message to Gavin's brain. We will find this creature, and punish him severely. And before it even crosses your mind, I will not permit you to catch me till we find the actual culprit.
You are surprised that Trevenant had read your mind. As you both turned to face the broken underbrush, you proceed into the forest. You continue to tread through the forest, Trevenant was sensing that the culprit was close. We are nearing our destination.
Then, right before you find the culprit, one of the bigger Morelull jumped in front of you both. It had a hope for companionship in its eyes.
It seems young Morelull would like to join your team. [/COLOR]
[COLOR=rgb(46, 139, 87)]You have a chance to catch a Level 17 Morelull! It has the EM Growth!

What do you do?[/COLOR]


Reply 5
Spoiler: show
Quote:
Originally Posted by Missingno. Master, post: 6912416, member: 21823
[COLOR=rgb(46, 139, 87)]Gavin held his breath. He'd said all he could say, and all he could do now was wait for Trevenant to decide what to do with this info. And then, he heard a voice in his head- Trevenant was communicating telepathically with him. It believed him, it agreed to team up with him... and it expressly forbade him from catching it until they actually found the culprit. Gavin gave a nervous chuckle at this one- clearly, Trevenant had also worked out the Shiny hunter's eventual intentions. Of course, between the Shiny Charm around his neck and the Poké Radar clipped to his belt, it wasn't exactly hard to tell what Gavin might have had in mind here. He nodded his agreement- this was important to Trevenant, and moreover, the way it had worded it implied Gavin might get a chance later on. He could wait. He was a Shiny hunter- patience was practically a requirement.

"Then hell yeah, let's get moving," Gavin agreed. Once Phenac was freed, Gavin climbed back on the Shiny Metagross, Wes chattering with interest as he continued to sit on his Trainer's shoulder. And they were off! And before long, Trevenant was already saying they were nearing their destination. "Alright," Gavin nodded. But before they could get much further, their path was barred. Not by an enemy, though- no, one of the large Morelull from before was standing before them, looking up at Gavin. The Shiny hunter gave a chuckle as Trevenant suggested that the Morelull join up with him. He wasn't so sure if this Morelull was the best fit for his team, but at the same time, he had a neighbor he had a feeling would gladly welcome it onto her team. "Heh, I like your spirit," he said to the Morelull. "I'll be honest, though, I think I know someone who'd be a better fit for you than I am. Nice girl, great with Pokémon. Weird, but in a good way. I can take you to her, if you like," he offered, producing a Poké Ball and holding it down to the Grass/Fairy-type.[/COLOR]

Gavin used Poké Ball!

(Poké Ball is #24 of 79)


Update 6
Spoiler: show
Quote:
Originally Posted by DannyDrawsaLot, post: 6912919, member: 112934
[COLOR=rgb(46, 139, 87)]Missingno. Master - You quickly tell Morelull that you are not exactly interested in catching her for yourself, but know a person who'd like to have her.
"More! Lull!" Morelull said, jumping up in excitement. You extend a Pokeball, which the Morelull entered happily.[/COLOR]
[COLOR=rgb(46, 139, 87)]You caught a lvl 17 Female Morelull. It has the ability Rain Dish as well as Egg Move Growth![/COLOR][COLOR=rgb(46, 139, 87)]
Let's continue. We cannot let this culprit go free.
You continue through the forest, then as you pass through a collection of underbrush, you come to a clearing. There, a Talonflame sat on the ground. In its feathers, there are multiple small twigs and leaves, which were slowly burning up. This was the culprit.
So it was you! You hear Trevenant shout. Well, he was talking to Talonflame, but you couldn't help from hearing. You will be severely punished in battle for destroying this forest.
The Talonflame quickly flew upwards, and was raring for battle.
Trevenant's left fist glowed purply-black, it was clearly charging a Shadow Claw attack. It stepped in front of you, then looked back at you. It is time for battle, mortal. You will not command me, but I will battle in tandem with you. Morelull zapped out of her Pokeball, as she jumped on to the field, she seemed to want to battle with you.
She looks back at you with expectation. Despite both Pokemon being in a disadvantage, they were both ready to fight. Trevenant looked at Morelull, then looked at you.
Time for battle.[/COLOR]
[COLOR=rgb(46, 139, 87)]Talonflame wants to battle!

What do you do?
[/COLOR]


Reply 6
Spoiler: show
Quote:
Originally Posted by Missingno. Master, post: 6913311, member: 21823
[COLOR=rgb(46, 139, 87)]Morelull happily jumped at Gavin's offer. Literally- she jumped up to meet the button of the Poké Ball, and Gavin caught the Morelull without trouble. "Heh, you'll like Terri," Gavin grinned. He turned around at Trevenant's words and nodded in agreement. "Damn right," he agreed. "Phenac, let's keep moving."

"ME TA," agreed Phenac, the Shiny Metagross continuing to amble forward beside Trevenant. And soon, they came to a clearing, containing the culprit. A large orange bird, with numerous twigs and leaves burning up within its feathers. Trevenant was quick to roar accusations at the incendiary avian, who responded by flying upwards, preparing for a fight. Gavin took his P*DA back out, and opened up the Strategy Memo once more to get a little info on their foe.

"Talonflame, the Scorching Pokémon. The evolved form of Fletchinder. Type: Fire and Flying," droned the device. "When pursuing prey, it flies at speeds exceeding 300 miles per hour. When it takes off, embers scatter from its wings."

"Yeesh, this'll be a tough one," Gavin remarked. "Don't sweat it, Trevenant, I got your back here- WHAT THE F-" he exclaimed, as the Poké Ball still on his belt burst open of its own accord, and Gavin's brand-new Morelull materialized. "What the... Morelull, you don't mean you wanna..." Gavin began. But Morelull's determined, expectant look couldn't possibly be misconstrued here. "...you gotta be shitting me," Gavin said flatly. "Against a Talonflame? That... no, yeah, though, I get it," he shrugged. "I get it. If someone was threatening Pyrite Town I'd wanna kick the shit outta them. "Alright, fine, but you're crazy if you think I'm letting the two of you go against this thing without backup," he stated. Then, he turned to the Normal-type still riding on his shoulder. "A'ight, Wes. Get in there," he grinned.

"Aipom!?" Wes responded in surprise.

Gavin gave a nod and a confident grin. "Hell, yeah. You got this, little guy. Now go be as much of an annoying neck pain to that bird as you used to be to me."

At this, Wes gave his usual impish grin. "Aipom!" he chattered, deftly jumping down, landing beside Morelull, while Gavin consulted his P*DA once more to check on Morelull's moves and Ability. He chuckled his satisfaction at his findings- Morelull didn't have much to work with just yet, but what she did have, Gavin felt he could work with.

"Heh, heh. Alright, yeah, I can work with this," he nodded, before turning his attention to the battle preparing to unfold. "OK! Wes, start with Rain Dance, then fuck its shit up with Water Pulse! Morelull, use Growth, and follow up with Astonish!"[/COLOR]


Update 7
Spoiler: show
Quote:
Originally Posted by DannyDrawsaLot, post: 6913972, member: 112934
[COLOR=rgb(46, 139, 87)]Missingno. Master- You happily accept Morelull's wish to battle, but you see that you and Trevenant are at a disadvantage, so you command Wes to enter the field. You quickly command Wes to perform a Rain Dance, which he performed vigorously, moving his tail from side to side, which makes a big storm cloud boil above you. The cloud thickens, then droplets of water begin to fall. Wes' dance had summoned rain successfully. Wes then swings his tail, shooting off a ball of water towards Talonflame, who nearly dodged it. The pulse of water had barely grazed it. Morelull herself was revitalized by the rain, as if she was a Rain Dish. She then stood in place, glowing, as her Attacking power pulsed in Growth. She then jumped at Talonflame, Astonishing it and dealing damage.
Talonflame flew upwards, collecting in flame as it charged towards you, specifically Trevenant. Trevenant was ready for it, as it clawed the air, multiple crescents flying at Talonflame, made of shadow. Talonflame was clearly damaged by this, and the hit was critical. Talonflame continued to fly at Trevenant, as it charged at Trevenant. Trevenant grunted, then gestured downwards, as a Slide of Rocks collapsed on Talonflame. Talonflame screeched, flying back, seeming more Agile. It then flew towards Wes, damaging it with some fancy Acrobatics.
Talonflame then flew back, landing, as it prepared to Roost. Trevenant roared angrily, Morelull glared at the intruding avian, Wes looked a tad injured.
What do you do?[/COLOR]


Reply 7
Spoiler: show
Quote:
Originally Posted by Missingno. Master, post: 6915193, member: 21823
[COLOR=rgb(46, 139, 87)]The battle was going pretty well, in Gavin's opinion. Sure, the Water Pulse wasn't as direct of a hit as it could have been, and Morelull's Astonish wasn't the strongest move out there, and Trevenant's Rock Slide was outright dodged, but the rain was going- this was gonna not only weaken Talonflame's Fire moves, but also help heal Morelull throughout the fight.

Presently, Talonflame landed, preparing to use Roost. Trevenant roared, Morelull glared, and Gavin... Gavin grinned. "Perfect," he muttered. "Morelull, use Flash!" he declared. "Wes, Agility!"

"Aipom!" chattered Wes, taking off almost as soon as Gavin gave the command. The time was now, while Talonflame was on the ground for Roost, and therefore not moving. Between Morelull's Flash potentially blinding it, and Wes's Agility letting it accelerate at great speeds, Gavin was hoping he'd get to pull this off before Talonflame had much time to react.

"Get right in there and grab hold of the Talonflame!" declared Gavin. "And give it the Fury Swipes!"

"ME TA..." droned Phenac, quietly observing the battle. If it could spot any issues with Gavin's strategy here, the Shiny Metagross declined to mention them. Which Gavin took to be a good sign- Phenac was generally the type to makes sure Gavin damn well knew when he was on the verge of fucking up.

Meanwhile, Wes gave an impish grin as he prepared to do as Gavin said. Well... most of what he said, anyway. Agility, sure. Grab hold of Talonflame? No problem. Fury Swipes... not so much. Wes had a different move in mind. One that didn't have the potential for so many hits in one go, but each hit did sport a bit more power than the average hit of Fury Swipes. Wes was about to demonstrate his newest move, a move Gavin wasn't even aware that he'd learned; the Double Hit. And if Gavin thought that was something, that wasn't even half the surprise Wes had in store...[/COLOR]


Update 8
Spoiler: show
Quote:
Originally Posted by DannyDrawsaLot, post: 6918929, member: 112934
[COLOR=rgb(46, 139, 87)]Missingno. Master[/COLOR] [COLOR=rgb(46, 139, 87)]- [/COLOR][COLOR=rgb(46, 139, 87)]You are definitely not planning to back out of this battle, and Talonflame isn't either. Giving out commands, your Pokemon proceed to carry them out. Trevenant, not under your control, collected dark energy then shot it off in a concentrated beam, or pulse. This struck the Talonflame head-on, and dealt lots of damage. Trevenant proceeded to use a Shadow Claw, which dealt a second critical hit on Talonflame. Talonflame didn't seemed the least fatigued, and proceeded to charge at Wes. This was some Brave Bird.
Morelull's mushrooms glowed brightly, caysing a huge flash, which temporarliy blinded both Wes and Talonflame, the former was smart enough to block the light near its ending, which led to this period of blindness to be reduced. Talonflame was blown viciously off-course, and ended up crashing into Trevenant.
Aipom jumped into the air. A mischievous Pokemon, isntead of following your orders (which were to perform some Agile movements then Swipe at Talonflame in Fury) Wes decided on a different course of action - the Double Hit. Double Hit was a fairly strong move - but Wes' pick of this move was likely due to the fact that Double Hit was a very important move the Aipom species.
Running through the trees, Wes soon came to the spot were Talonflame had crash-landed. By then, Talonflame had re-oriented itself, as well as gotten a free Roost. Wes sprung out of the tree, the hand on its tail glowing white as it struck the avian across the face. Then, Wes was enveloped by blue energy. You watch with a gaping mouth as Wes begins to evolve!
His one hair tuft sprouts into two thinner, but longer, ones. His fur becomes thicker, and he sprouts a second tail! The blue light begins to fade, and out comes an Ambipom! Wes then hits Talonflame a second time, this hit coming with much more force and energy than before. Talonflame cries out in pain, then a second screech sounds in the distance. A piece of the night swoops beside you, then a big, buff Honchkrow lands in the clearing. Talonflame quickly gets up, then the two turn the face you. Honchkrow quickly Quashes Wes, ensuring that any move he uses was sure to go last.
You decide to help this incendiary avian? You will both suffer the same fate![/COLOR]
[COLOR=rgb(46, 139, 87)]Honchkrow wants to help Talonflame to battle!

What do you do?[/COLOR]


Reply 8
Spoiler: show
Quote:
Originally Posted by Missingno. Master, post: 6918993, member: 21823
[COLOR=rgb(46, 139, 87)]Gavin grinned- he had faith in Wes, he knew he could get things done right in this battle. However, when Wes jumped onto Talonflame, he was not using Fury Swipes. "Wait, wha-" Gavin began, as it dawned on him that Wes was doing something decidedly different than what he was told. But rather than getting pissed about it, Gavin was coming to the realization that this was a very significant occurrence indeed. "Fucking shit, that ain't Fury Swipes- that's Double Hit!" he exclaimed. "When the fuck did Wes learn that?! And if that's really Double Hit... then that means...!"

"Aipom!" Wes chattered, seemingly in confirmation of this, before taking on a bright blue glow, confirming Gavin's suspicions. Wes grew taller, the singular tuft of fur sprouting from the top of his head splitting and getting longer. His tail split in two, the hands at the ends getting even bigger, and soon, landing the second blow of Double Hit was a brand-new ! Giving a triumphant laugh, Gavin took out his P*DA and, once again, went right into the Strategy Memo.

"Ambipom, the Long Tail Pokémon. The evolved form of Aipom. Type: Normal," droned the device. "Deftly shucks nuts with its twin tails. Rarely uses its actual hands."

"Oh, fuck, yeah!" Gavin exclaimed. "Wes, way to go!"

"Ambi! Ambipom!" chattered Wes happily.

"ME TA!" Phenac droned, seemingly in a congratulatory fashion.

But the celebratory mood was not to last- another bird came swooping in, clearly intent on helping Talonflame, and swiftly Quashing Wes's hopes of using his increased Speed to strike first. "Oh, the fuck you just didn't!" Gavin swore. "Friggin..." And he consulted his P*DA's Strategy Memo yet again.

"Honchkrow, the Big Boss Pokémon. The evolved form of Murkrow. Type: Dark and Flying," droned the device. "Merciless by nature, not forgiving failure from its underlings. Only gets involved in fights to land the finishing blow."

"Well, fuck," grumbled Gavin. "Now we got two birds to deal with. Gah... Alright, Wes, Morelull, we still got this," he stated. "Morelull, use Flash once more and blind 'em both! Then try holding them still with Mega Drain! Wes, try Water Pulse on Talonflame again, then fuck that Honchkrow's shit up with Zap Cannon!"

"Morelull!" Morelull responded, ready to go.

"Ambi!" grinned Wes, knowing that evolution had now made him something of a master Technician, which would of course translate to an even stronger Water Pulse than ever before.[/COLOR]


Update 9
Spoiler: show
Quote:
Originally Posted by DannyDrawsaLot, post: 6929597, member: 112934
[COLOR=rgb(46, 139, 87)]Missingno. Master - You are joyous as Wes had evolved, but your joy is cut short as a helper for your opponent arrives. Trevenant is further enraged, as it moved quickly towards the Honchkrow, its fist glowing orange. It then landed a punch across Honchkrow's beak, and its attack seemed to power-up. It did this a second time, before doing a second Shadow Claw. Morelull flashed her mushroom lights, then drained Honchkrow for a mega amount. It regained health, and more raindrops fell on the ground, making her regain even more health.
Wes shot off a second Water Pulse, which hit straight on, and dealt a hefty damage count. Wes then focused his mind, a big orb of electricity forming in front of him. After a few minutes, he shot it off, and it homed towards the Honchkrow, which dealt some serious damage. Honchkrow didn't seem too healthy anymore, so Talonflame got angrier.
Flying off towards Wes, it smacked Wes with some Steel Wings. It then flew towards Morelull, keeping the Steel Wings on, which dealt super-effective damge to Morelull. Honchkrow shot off a Dark Pulse, the black-purple beam striking Trevenant for super-effective damage. It then caused a mini-Heat Wave, which dealt super-effective damage on Morelull and Trevenant. Trevenant's hands were scorched, and it was seemingly coming down with a burn. Trevenant grunts, as burns are known to half the physical strength of Pokemon.[/COLOR]


Reply 9
Spoiler: show
Quote:
Originally Posted by Missingno. Master, post: 6929861, member: 21823
[COLOR=rgb(46, 139, 87)]The battle was not gonna be a simple one, not even with Wes having evolved. Trevenant was even angrier, and was attacking the newcomer Honchkrow. Morelull worked to battle Honchkrow as well, while Wes had attacks in mind for both targets. A nice, super effective, Technician-boosted, rain-boosted Water Pulse for Talonflame, which landed for amazing damage, and then a beautiful Zap Cannon that did a real number on Honchkrow.

Talonflame wasn't about to take this lying down, however, hitting both Wes and Morelull with Steel Wing, with the move being super effective on the latter. "Fuck!" Gavin swore, but Morelull wasn't out just yet. And then came the Heat Wave. The rain wasn't gonna let the Fire move be at full power, but Trevenant sustained a burn from it nevertheless. And considering that Trevenant were known for physical attacks, this was gonna hamper its chances in this fight unless something was done.

Fortunately, Gavin had just that something on hand. "Big fella- here!" he exclaimed, digging out a [/COLOR]Lum Berry[COLOR=rgb(46, 139, 87)] (the second out of a set of five) and tossing it to Trevenant. "Eat that, it'll help with the burn!" He turned back to the Pokémon under his command. "Alright, Morelull, use Growth, and just keep using it, keep powering up for now, a'ight?" he said. "Wes, focus on the Talonflame for now- Honchkrow ought to be good and paralyzed from that Zap Cannon, so we'll deal with it later."

"Ambi! Ambipom!" chattered Wes in agreement.

"Damn straight," grinned Gavin. "Now let's see how they like your Screech attack, and then go at Talonflame with Double Hit and Water Pulse!" Then, he patted the Shiny Metagross he was riding on. "And you, just be ready, just in case," he muttered. "I think we got this, but if they call in even more help, we might need you in on the action, so just be ready for that, yeah?"

"ME TA," agreed Phenac.[/COLOR]


Update 10
Spoiler: show
Quote:
Originally Posted by DannyDrawsaLot, post: 6935683, member: 112934
[COLOR=rgb(46, 139, 87)]Missingno. Master - You give Trevenant a Lum Berry to handle its burn. Trevenant looked it over for a second, perhaps he was checking if it was moldy? He then gobbled it up, crumbs spilling about. The burn marks on Trevenant's bark gradually disappeared, and Trevenant was ready for battle again. Honchkrow tried to flap its wings, but it was stunned by a small electric shock. Honchkrow was paralyzed! Talonflame saw this, and therefore got even angrier. Trevenant looked at the fact that you and him were gaining a slight advantage, so this gave him more pride. It caused Rocks to Slide down on the pair of avians, which made them screech in pain, the attack doing heavy damage, due to the super-effectiveness and the previous attack boosts he had gotten from the Power-up Punches.

Morelull stayed in place, using Growth, its mushrooms flashing, as it gained attacking power. Its eyes got more determined, despite being a small Pokemon, it was very trusting of you and its own abilities. It used this repeatedly as you asked. Wes Screeched at the pair, which made their ears pop, causing them to drop their Defenses. Wes then shot off a Water Pulse, it striking Talonflame head on. Talonflame grew weaker by the second, but was still raring for a fight. And fight, Wes did. Wes jumped towards Talonflame, using both tails to slap Talonflame across the face, landing a Double Hit, and the Screech performed previously made this relatively low power move do a heavy amount of damage.

Talonflame Roosted quickly, before Flame Charging at Trevenant. It flew through the air in the clearing at top speed, its previous Flame Charges causing it to gain speed. Trevenant took the attack head on, using the chance to get off a third Power-Up Punch at Talonflame. Its paralysis causing it to lose speed, Honchkrow attacked last, but as they say, he who laughs last laughs best. It shot off a Dark Pulse at Wes, which struck him hard. It then screeched, and then gave Trevenant a Mean Look. Multiple Murkrow appeared, and they all helped Honchkrow Beat Up Trevenant, to which they retreated later. Trevenant felt weak, looked weak, and was losing health fast.

These were the Woods of Fortune. At first, it seemed luck was on your side, catching yourself a Morelull and finding a fricking Shiny Trevenant. However, the pendulum seems to have swung the other direction. Will you continue the battle, or find a way out?[/COLOR]


Reply 10
Spoiler: show
Quote:
Originally Posted by Missingno. Master, post: 6947298, member: 21823
[COLOR=rgb(46, 139, 87)]For a moment, it seemed as though the battle was starting to go their way. Trevenant had recovered from the burn, Honchkrow was paralyzed, and the birds had taken a powerful Rock Slide. But Talonflame was able to Roost, and start making a comeback. Honchkrow couldn't move very fast, but was able to get a lot done, summoning its Murkrow underlings to pummel Trevenant in a Beat Up attack!

"Oh, the hell it didn't!" exclaimed Gavin. "Alright, that tears it- time to get dangerous!" He jumped down off his silvery Shiny ride. "Phenac, attack those birds!" he commanded.

"ME TA," droned Phenac flatly, with a glance at Gavin.

"Oh, fuck the type disadvantage- you don't see Morelull sweatin' it, do you?" Gavin retorted. "Besides, I ain't asking you to take 'em on yourself, I'm asking you to get in on this with the rest of us! Now, then! Phenac, get in the air with Magnet Rise, slow down Talonflame with your Scary Face, and let loose a Rock Slide upon them both! Wes, while Talonflame's distracted by Phenac, blast that bird with Zap Cannon, then bombard it with Water Pulse! Morelull, it's time! Use Mega Drain on Honchkrow, again and again!" Then, he turned to Trevenant, digging yet another berry out of his Berry Bag- this one was [/COLOR]the third out of a set of five Sitrus Berries[COLOR=rgb(46, 139, 87)]- and handing it over to the Shiny. "Here," he murmured, keeping a wary eye on Talonflame and Honchkrow all the while, lest they mistakenly think they could get away with anything sneaky. "And don't even worry- they ain't gonna have the upper hand for long if I got anything to say about it."

The Woods of Fortune. Luck could be on one's side in one moment, and then against them the very next. Gavin was certainly no stranger to the consequences of luck, both in his favor and against him. But then, that was the very nature of a Shiny hunter, wasn't it- to beat the odds. With his free hand, Gavin toyed with the Shiny Charm hung around his neck, as he so often tended to do when trying to turn bad luck around. As the mere presence of so many of his sparkly allies could attest to, he was no stranger to beating the odds, and if he had anything to say about it, this time would be no exception.[/COLOR]


Update 11
Spoiler: show
Quote:
Originally Posted by DannyDrawsaLot, post: 6959560, member: 112934
[COLOR=rgb(65, 168, 95)]Missingno. Master - A Sitrus Berry? Thank you child. Trevenant said, snatching it and gobbling it up, licking its lips while doing so. It wiped its mouth, then caused another Rock Slide, then rushing forward to give Talonflame a few Power-Up Punches to the head. Talonflame screeched in pain, giving Trevenant a Brave Bird strike, and then it began to Flame Charge at Wes. The Honchkrow at the side shot off a Hurricane, which shook the trees in the clearing, doing damage to everyone. It then blew a cold, chilling Icy Wind, and followed it by charging up a Sky Attack.

Phenac performed a Magnet Rise, following it with an unnerving look, then lastly, rocks circled around it, before directing them at both avian Pokemon. They seemed to not be keeping up much longer, even Honchkrow looked tired. Wes shot off a ball of electric energy at Talonflame, who swiftly dodged it, but couldn't escape the following Water Pulse. Its wings were scratched, feathers ruffled, mind troubled, body tired, and anger rising. It picked up speed against Wes, striking it and sending Wes flying, as it hit its back on a tree.

Morelull stood in place, draining energy from Honchkrow, who was just sitting there, charging up energy. Suddenly, it shot into the sky. A huge light blue bird figure shot at Phenac, smacking it down and thrusting you off. You fall to the floor, and Phenac crashes into the left side of the clearing. An entire tree tumbles to the ground, breaking in half.

Both sides looked very damaged and tired. What do you do?[/COLOR]


Reply 11
Spoiler: show
Quote:
Originally Posted by Missingno. Master, post: 6959635, member: 21823
[COLOR=rgb(65, 168, 95)]"You bet," Gavin nodded as Trevenant accepted the Sitrus Berry. Then, with Trevenant healing up through the Sitrus Berry's effects, the battle resumed! Trevenant unleashed a lovely onslaught of attacks, but Talonflame and Honchkrow were fighting back without mercy. One thing Gavin couldn't help but notice was how so many of the birds' attacks seemed to impact the trees. Honchkrow's Hurricane shook the trees. Talonflame rammed into Wes, sending the Ambipom flying into a tree. Honckrow's attack hit Phenac with so much force that it sent the Shiny Metagross hurtling into a tree, breaking it in half and collapsing it entirely.

"Ow, fuck!" Gavin swore as he unsteadily got back up. "Gah... Guys, we gotta finish this, and fast- those flying fucks are using the battle to do even more damage to the forest! That ain't right!"

"Ambi! Ambipom!" Wes chattered in agreement.

"ME TA GROSS," droned Phenac, clambering back to his feet.

Morelull, meanwhile, was watching this go on. Her attempts at draining Honchkrow had had minimal effectiveness at best, and she was well aware of her immense type disadvantage here. Still, though, she knew there was at least one option she had, though whether it would work on them both or not remained to be seen. But she had to try it. Gavin didn't even seem to know she had this move at her disposal. and vaguely she wondered whether this new Trainer he had in mind for her would have picked up on this quicker.

"The fu- Morelull, what are you doing?!" Gavin exclaimed.

"Mor! Mor! Mor!" grunted Morelull, hopping determinedly forward on her tiny rootlike feet. Then, with mushrooms shaking wildly and glowing brightly, Morelull made her move. "Moooooooor!" she exclaimed as clouds of glittery blue dust billowed out towards the belligerent birds.

"Wh- oh, shit, that's right- Sleep Powder!" Gavin murmured. He grinned widely at this realization. "Nice one, Morelull!" he exclaimed. "Phenac, Wes, we got it from here, yeah?"

"Ambi!"

"ME TA!"

"Alright, then, Phenac, give 'em a Rock Slide!" Gavin commanded. "Any of them get close to you, they're to be force-fed a Thunder Punch! Wes, focus on the Honchkrow, just to be safe- close in with Acrobatics and then land a point-blank Zap Cannon!" Gavin dearly hoped this would do it- the birds seemed intent, for whatever reason, on damaging the forest no matter what, even using the battle to cause further damage to their arboreal accommodations. And while this was not good for Trevenant's mood, Gavin just plain didn't like what they were doing to begin with. After all, Gavin was from Orre- a desert of a region where trees were few and far between. The value of a few trees was not something he was about to overlook, so if he could stop this destruction, he was more than willing to.[/COLOR]


Update 12
Spoiler: show
Quote:
Originally Posted by DannyDrawsaLot, post: 6959840, member: 112934
[COLOR=rgb(65, 168, 95)]Missingno Master - [/COLOR][COLOR=rgb(65, 168, 95)]It's time this battle ended, I'm tired of the damage to my forest. Trevenant yelled, and caused a Rock Slide on both foes, following it a Shadow Ball at Talonflame, then two huge Leaf Storms. These did hefty damage, and the Talonflame fell to the ground. It let out one last sigh of defeat, and it had fainted.

Now, Honchkrow was alone. The Honchkrow ate a Cheri berry in a nearby tree, healing it of its paralysis and giving it back its speed, so it swooped into the air, dodging the Sleep Powder and thinking of some Nasty Plots. It then Snarled, lowering the special attacking power of you and your Pokemon, and causing both a Heat Wave and an Icy Wind simultaneously. This led to serious damage to your grass types, moderate damage to Phenac, and simple damage to Wes. Honchkrow swooped above Phenac, readying a Dark Pulse, only to be struck by a Rock Slide followed by a Thunder Punch.
Wes jumped in the air, performing some fancy Acrobatics and following it with a Zap Cannon, which all dealt intense damage to Honchkrow. It crashed into a tree in the clearing, and fainted as well.

Trevenant shot off Grass Knots in the direction of both Pokemon, securing them as Trevenant thanked you. He then asked you to help regrow the clearing, and together with Morelull, both her and Trevenant jointly used Growth to refurbish the forest.

Now, human, thank you for helping defend my forest. I have now seen that not all humans are toxic to nature. Trevenant then gave a gesture you were free to catch it.

What do you do?[/COLOR]


Reply 12
Spoiler: show
Quote:
Originally Posted by Missingno. Master, post: 6959890, member: 21823
[COLOR=rgb(65, 168, 95)]Trevenant bellowed about having had enough of the damage to the forest, with Gavin nodding his agreement. The battle raged onward, starting to near its conclusion as Trevenant pummeled Talonflame with a barrage of powerful moves that finally knocked it out.

Honchkrow had no intention of going down so quietly, however. Swiping a Cheri Berry from a nearby tree cured its paralysis, enabling it to evade Morelull's Sleep Powder and start its attempt at making a comeback. Gavin swore in shock as Honchkrow let fly two very different kinds of wind at once in Heat Wave and Icy Wind. Morelull screamed in pain, and Phenac wasn't enjoying the Heat Wave much, either. Wes wasn't too significantly impacted by either move, but damage was done nevertheless. However, as Honckrow drew closer to Phenac, the Shiny Metagross seized its chance, unleashing Rock Slide and following up with Thunder Punch.

And now it was Wes's turn to act. Gavin grinned as the impish primate used Acrobatics to close in, and then let loose a forceful Zap Cannon at point-blank range. He winced as Honchkrow was flung into a tree, but sighed in relief as it too fainted.

With Trevenant having secured the offenders with Grass Knot, he turned to Gavin, thanking him and asking him to help regrow the clearing. "Uh... I mean, sure, I'd like to help, but dunno what I could- wait a sec," he added, upon spotting Morelull. "Morelull, do you think your Growth attack could do something for this place?" he asked.

"Mor! Morelull!" nodded Morelull. And together, the pair of Grass-types set to work. Gavin was amazed- he'd never actually seen Growth used like this before, and wondered if such an endeavor could maybe be employed in Orre to lessen the whole "barren wasteland" deal.

Once the damage had been repaired, Trevenant thanked Gavin again, stating that he now saw that not all humans were toxic to nature. Gavin grinned at this. "Glad I could help you realize that," he stated. "Some humans are shit, ain't denying that, but there's definitely good ones as well." And then came the gesture. Nothing was said as to what it meant or implied, but Gavin didn't need no stinking explanation, he knew damn well what that was about. "Heh," he smiled as he rummaged through his bag with his right hand, as his left closed around the Shiny Charm what hung around his neck. "I guess there's only one thing to say to that, now, isn't there?" With that, he produced a most fitting sphere from his bag- green and black in coloration, not unlike the general color scheme of a dark forest, with a band and button as red as its intended occupant's foliage. Gavin took a deep breath and exhaled, holding the Dusk Ball out before him, first one he'd ever used out of his set of five. And then his eyes flew back open, full of a wild excitement you generally only see from a Shiny hunter about to do what they do best.

"Trevenant!" Gavin declared. "You shine for me now!" And with that said, he brought his arm back, and heaved the sphere right at the Shiny tree. "Go, Dusk Ball!"[/COLOR]

*Gavin used Dusk Ball!*


Update 13
Spoiler: show
Quote:
Originally Posted by DannyDrawsaLot, post: 6959916, member: 112934
[COLOR=rgb(65, 168, 95)]Missingno Master - You produce a Dusk Ball, which Trevenant happily entered. The ball shook once, twice, thrice, and blink! The Pokemon was caught! The Dusk Ball immediately opened, the Trevenant quickly remarks that he wouldn't like to stay in his Pokeball. He tells you that you have successfully defended his forest.

An old Torterra trudged into the clearing. It was larger than normal. Small Pokemon relaxed on its shell, and it seemed fine with that.
"Tort, terra-tort." it remarked to Trevenant, who nodded, before turning to you.
Sorry, but I can't be captured, Torterra won't let me. I'm the defender of the forest, so Torterra won't let me. Trevenant snapped his fingers, and the Dusk Ball exploded.

Step forward, Torterra would like to thank you for defending his forest. Trevenant said to you.
Stepping forward, Torterra shakes itself, and a small Phantump floats off, holding a pile of items. It spills them on the floor, and you see multiple berries and other small objects. Torterra grunts, and Trevenant tells you you may only pick 4 different items. Also, he tells you that Phantump is supposed to be some sort of consolation prize, and you were free to catch it if you liked.[/COLOR]
You may pick 4 of these items.
  • x1 Leaf Stone
  • x1 Leek
  • x5 Custap Berries
  • x5 Nanab Berries
  • x3 Sitrus Berries
  • x3 Oran Berries
  • x1 Absorb Bulb
  • x1 Miracle Seed
  • X1 Big Root
[COLOR=rgb(65, 168, 95)]You may catch a Lv. 8 Male Phantump with the unnatural move Frenzy Plant. What do you do?[/COLOR]


Reply 13
Spoiler: show
Quote:
Originally Posted by Missingno. Master, post: 6960000, member: 21823
[COLOR=rgb(65, 168, 95)]Gavin grinned as the Dusk Ball made contact, and even moreso as Trevenant was pulled inside. The ball shook a few times, then fell shut, but before Gavin could commence celebration, his new Trevenant sent itself back out, expressing a desire to stay outside of his ball. "Fine by me," Gavin shrugged. "Shit, I was about to send you back out anyway, so that we could talk potential nicknames for you- what," he added flatly as a tremendous Torterra wandered into their midst.

Torterra had a few choice words for Trevenant. Gavin's first thought was that they were simply parting words, until Trevenant turned back to Gavin and stated that Torterra wasn't allowing the protector of the forest to be caught. Gavin's heart sank, to put it mildly, and seeing the Dusk Ball explode rendered him speechless for the moment. However, he took a deep breath, pulled himself together, and gave a nod, resigned to this fact. "Yeah, I guess if this is where you're needed, who am I to complain?" Gavin conceded.

That wasn't to say that Gavin was leaving empty handed- Torterra was very much intent on thanking him for his role in saving the forest. A Phantump floated forwards, tiny arms full of various items that it spread out on the ground. Trevenant told Gavin he was to only pick four out of what was offered. Gavin gave a small shrug of his shoulders, as though to convey that he was fine with that. He scooped up the Leaf Stone and the Leek, then pondered over the offered bundles of berries before accepting the Custap and Sitrus (though if the chuckle he gave was any indicator, the Nanab Berries seemed to bring back some kind of amusing memory for him).

Finally, Gavin was offered the Phantump itself as something of a consolation prize, but this time, Gavin shook his head. "Appreciate it," he said. "But nah- Phantump, I get the feeling your place is here in the forest."

With everything said and done, with Gavin sufficiently rewarded for his efforts (even if not quite in the way he'd had in mind), Gavin knew it was time to get going. He bid a warm, albeit somewhat profanity-laden, farewell to the Torterra, the Phantump, and the Shiny Trevenant. He had to get back to Sludge Wave Coast, he knew- Morelull was surely dying to meet her intended Trainer by now, and Gavin saw no point in keeping the Grass/Fairy-type waiting.

~~~~~

"A'ight, Morelull, get out here!" Gavin exclaimed, hurling the Poké Ball into the air. He was back at Sludge Wave coast, standing with Terri Alph in front of her small, ruin-like house, and it was there that the Morelull appeared in a flash of light, looking up curiously at Terri.

Terri smiled, kneeling down to get closer to Morelull's level. "Hi, Morelull," she said.

"...Hi," Morelull replied.

"My name's Terri," Terri continued. "Gavin says you'd fit right in with me and my Pokémon. "

"He did say that," agreed Morelull. "But I'm not completely sure how true that is."

"Well, in that case, you can get to know me and my other Pokémon," Terri offered. "See for yourself how true it is."

"Wh- you can understand me?" Morelull asked wonderingly.

"Yep," smiled Terri. "And not just you, either- I can understand what any Pokémon says. You know, the way your mushrooms glow is really pretty," she added.

"Oh- oh, thanks," Morelull replied, already feeling a bit more at ease.

"And Gavin was saying how you helped regrow destroyed parts of a forest, that's really nice," Terri added, standing back up as Morelull had hopped into her hand. "If you want, I can call you Increase," she offered. "Since Growth seems to be a specialty of yours."

"That... that actually sounds really nice," agreed Morelull. With that, Terri walked away, Increase still in her hand, the two of them continuing to talk as Gavin chuckled at how quickly the two ended up making friends.

~~~~~

Elsewhere, Keith Masters and Willa Carnet were making their way through the woods just south of Sludge Wave Coast, headed north at a good pace. The woods were thick with trees and not exactly well-suited for travel, but this by no means deterred the couple. If anything, all it meant was that they had to stick even closer together, a notion most welcome to them both.

However, they soon heard something that made them both pause. "Wha..." Keith murmured. "Willa, you hear that?"

Willa nodded. "Sounds like... a crying child?" she replied.

"So it wasn't just me, then," stated Keith. "Let's check it out."

"Indeed," Willa agreed, and so they changed course, heading for the source of the crying. It was a quiet sort of crying, as though the child was trying to not cry, and yet couldn't help it. The sound tore at both Trainers' hearts, and they hastened to seek out the source.

Soon, they came to a small clearing. Keith and Willa exchanged bewildered looks, for sitting on a fallen log, while it was the source of the crying, was most definitely not a human child. A small spirit, bearing a wooden stump of some sort on- or as- its head, which prompted Willa to take out her Pokédex.

"Phantump, the Stump Pokémon. A Ghost and Grass-type," droned the device. "Phantump are born of stumps possessed by the spirits of children who died in the forest. Medicine to cure any illness can be made by brewing its leaves."

As Keith and Willa slowly wandered into the clearing, the Phantump turned around and spotted them, tears having somewhat stained its stump. "H-hello?" Phantump sniveled, sounding very much like a small child. "D-do you know where my mom is?"

Once again, Keith and Willa exchanged bewildered looks, then turned back to the Phantump who was looking up at them expectantly. "Uh... would you please give us one second?" Keith asked in a kindly tone. Phantump nodded mutely, at which Keith and Willa backed up a little and turned around to talk amongst themselves.

"What do you make of this?" Willa whispered.

"Willa, I don't think he knows he's dead," Keith whispered back. "You heard the Pokédex- Phantump are born from the souls of children who died in the forest. He must have been waiting for his mother and she never showed... Come to think of it, remember the news last month, about that woman who was found dead just outside the south entrance of the woods? And her kid, whose body was found deep in the woods? My guess is they got separated, she got killed in that Primeape rampage before she could find her son, and he died of starvation waiting for her."

"My Arceus," Willa murmured, tears in her eyes. "Well... should we tell him?"

"I don't know how we break it to him, but I think it has to be done," Keith replied. "We can't just leave him to wait forever, that's just cruel."

Willa nodded in agreement, but as the couple turned back around, Phantump had floated closer to them. "I... I'm dead?" he murmured in shock. "M-Mommy's dead??"

"...well, so much for breaking the news gently," Keith sighed.

"I'm afraid that's what it seems like, little one," Willa said gently.

"No... N-no..." Phantump sniveled. "M-Mommy..." And as Phantump resumed sobbing, Willa did the only thing that made sense in that moment- strode forward and pulled the Phantump into a hug. Keith joined in on the hug as well, and together they did their best to comfort the grieving ghost, only letting go once Phantump had let go of Willa. "OK... I... I think I feel a little better now," he sniffed. "Th-thank you, nice people," he said. "Um... s-so, I'm a Phantump now?" he asked.

"Yeah, you are," Keith nodded. Willa proceeded to take a small mirror out of her bag, and held it up, allowing Phantump to see himself as he was now.

"Ooooh," Phantump murmured, seeing what he now looked like. "I... I always kinda wanted to be a Pokémon... Um... c-can I go with you?" he added, turning to Willa. "Y-you're really nice, like Mommy was. Y-you're both really nice, and... w-well, Mommy told me n-not to trust strangers, though..."

"Then we should introduce ourselves," Willa said softly. "My name is Willa Carnet."

"And I am Keith Masters," Keith added.

Phantump's eyes widened a bit. "O-oh, I think I heard of you two before!" he murmured. "M-Mommy sometimes said those two names- p-people who were helping fight Team Turnback!"

Willa looked surprised. "Your mother knew of Team Turnback?" she inquired.

"Y-yeah, but she never liked to talk about them. Th-they're bad people," Phantump shuddered. "Sh-she always talked about how she would do s-something to expose how bad they really are..." At this, Keith and Willa exchanged looks, each realizing the same thing- this Phantump's mother's death might not have been an accident. Once again, they turned to talk amongst themselves for a moment.

"...do any Team Turnback higher-ups have a Primea-" Keith began.

"It's their boss's signature Pokémon," Willa hissed.

They turned back to Phantump, who thankfully, this time, hadn't noticed their private conversation. Instead, he was curiously looking at his own stubby ghostly hands. "Wow... um... m-miss Willa?" he added, looking up.

"Yes?" Willa said softly.

"Um... I... I know I have a name, fr-from when I was alive," said Phantump. "But it's OK if you just call me Phantump. I... I think that'd sound c-cooler when you're giving me orders in battle," he said with a small smile.

Willa returned the smile. "If that's what you want, then certainly," she replied. She then produced an Ultra Ball from her bag. "Here you are, then," she added. "But once you've been caught, you don't have to stay inside if you don't want to."

"Th-thank you," smiled Phantump, pressing a stubby hand to the button. He was sucked into the sphere instantly, which rattled around in Willa's hand before falling still. And then it opened back up, and Phantump reappeared, hugging Willa almost before he'd fully rematerialized. Willa hugged the Phantump back, and elected to carry him the rest of the way back home.[/COLOR]



*Gavin obtained a Leaf Stone!*

*Gavin obtained a Leek!*

*Gavin obtained 5 Custap Berries!*

*Gavin obtained 3 Sitrus Berries!*



Adventure complete! Thanks, DDAL! It was a cool adventure, and while the ending was definitely not what I'm pretty sure either of us had in mind, I'm pretty content with what I'm able to do with what I got nonetheless. First off, with Morelull finally going to her intended Trainer, nicknaming her Increase. And second, claiming that Phantump, no nickname, and declaring his Ability to be Natural Cure. Ultra Ball is #10 out of 10, finishing off that set of Ultra Balls completely.

__________________


I fill my lungs with everything
You want someone that I can't be
You say it's insanity, but
I say that's my life

Fizzy Bubbles

Last edited by Lil'twick; 04-28-2021 at 12:23 PM.
Lil'twick is offline   Reply With Quote
Old 04-27-2021, 01:45 AM   #6
Lil'twick
Insanity
 
Lil'twick's Avatar
 
Join Date: May 2013
Location: Fizzy Bubbles
Posts: 5,751
Send a message via Skype™ to Lil'twick
Adventure Records: TheKnightsFury edition

TKF Part 1
Spoiler: show

Adventure Start
Spoiler: show
Quote:
Originally Posted by TheKnightsFury, post: 6638299, member: 101661
They'd been soaring over the Arcane Realm since daybreak. Thankfully their destination had always been visible, that was the advantage of mountains, they were never too hard to find. Artemis was enjoying stretching her wings on her first long journey, the Aerodactyl was used to patrolling around the valley but this was the first time Jayson had taken her on an adventure. She occasionally let out a terrifying screech at Pokemon and people below them, announcing her arrival to all in the Arcane Realm. Genghis was nestled in his arms, the young Larvitar was also on his first adventure. Jayson had brought a specialised team on this outing, all Rock type Pokemon. He'd become fond of the typing of late and had developed a nice little team that deserved some experience in the field. The Chalice of the Sun was a suitable destination, travelling down through the tunnels to the magma chamber would be an enjoyable experience.

Artemis landed at the entrance to the tunnels, at the base of the mountain. Jayson placed Genghis on the ground and released two more Pokemon from their Pokeballs. Ares the Aggron had recently evolved, the hulking horned Steel and Rock type looked eager to explore. The other Pokemon was much larger, Gjoll, Jayson's strange Onix that seemed to be made of Black Diamond. Jayson mounted the monolithic Onix and urging the rock snake forward into the tunnels. Ares followed closely with Genghis nipping at his heels, while Artemis trailed behind, opting to travel on all fours for now. There was no telling what the Chalice of the Sun had in store for them, but hopefully it wasn't as painful as Jayson's last venture into tunnels....


Update 1
Spoiler: show
Quote:
Originally Posted by Enigmatic Professor, post: 6651540, member: 106428
( OOC:, The knights Fury shall be my updatee for a while... and I hope you like this story line. I do not yet know of your previous history with all of your pokemon, but I can guess on a few. also I do not yet know if you can commune with your pokemon either in their language or telepathy or something along those lines, so please excuse me if I over looked that or not )

You entered the tunnel with Gjoll, the first thing you noticed was that while the cavern got darker the farther they went in, it also seemed to glow more. You took a look around from the back your black Onix, and you saw the source of the glow, lichen. But wait, no,..... there also appeared to be Morelull spread out within the mosses.
Content with the source of the lighting, you continue farther deeper into the cavern. Your Onix, making a grumble sliding noise as it slithered along.

The cavern then splits into three separate paths. Which one to choose, which one to choose.

As you stop your Onix and hop down to decide, your pokemon gather around you while you decide.
The smallest of your group, Genghis the Larvitar heats a sound coming from the far left cave. Curious, it sounds so curious to him. Genghis wondered what this sound could be, it almost sounded like another pokemon crying. Genghis looked up and over to You. However, you were conferencing with your other pokemon on what tunnel to choose. The little Larvitar thought that he would be back real quick, as the crying noise didn't sound far.
He turns and piddle paddles across the tunnel to the left cavern, then disappears down the dark tunnel.
However, Genghis's little escapade didn't go unnoticed. Ares turns to you and taps your shoulder to get your attention.
"What?" You ask, looking at the Aggron,
Ares makes a small motion with his hands as if he was holding something small, and points to his feet where Genghis was just a moment ago, then points down the left cavern to where he went.

Curious as to why Genghis would go off like that piqued your interest in the left cavern, you decide to travel on foot this time, with the other pokemon follow beside and behind you.

As you continue down the cavern, you hear a pokemon crying, You wonder if it is Genghis crying, but as you get closer you actually see a little Cubone rubbing its eyes, while Genghis comforts it by telling it a story of some sort.

You stop and look farther down where the cavern should lead, but you see a mountain of rocks blocking the way.

Should you try and get through the cavern that is blocked?
Should you take the Cubone back with you to the other caverns and try to find a way around it?

What will you do?






Reply 1
Spoiler: show
Quote:
Originally Posted by TheKnightsFury, post: 6651719, member: 101661
Jayson made his way through the tunnel, to his surprise visibility wasn't an issue courtesy of a mix of glowing lichen and morelull. Venturing further through the tunnels, they come to a stop as the path splits into three, leaving them with an always difficult decision to make. This often happened on adventures, multiple paths in front of you, each leading to somewhere and something, the choice was always a hard one. While Jayson deliberated with most of his team, Genghis picked up on the cries of a Pokemon, coming from one of the tunnels. Perhaps he heard it before everyone else because he was only really a baby himself? That didn't really matter as curiosity quickly took hold of the Larvitar and led him into pursuing the source of the cry. Thankfully Ares saw him slip away, otherwise they'd probably end up wasting time trying to locate the rogue rock type.

Following the Aggron's directions, it wasn't long before Jayson and the rest of his Pokemon picked up on the crying as well. Following the tunnel, they eventually reunited with Genghis, who seemed to have found a friend. A lone Cubone, crying without falter, despite Genghis's best efforts to calm it. Inspecting the tunnel ahead, it was clearly blocked, was this the reason for the Cubone's tears? Had it perhaps been cut off from its family? Or maybe it was caught in the cave in and injured. Jayson quickly recalled Artemis, the Aerodactyl was a scary sight to small Pokemon and likely wouldn't help quell the Cubone's cries. "Gjoll, Ares, get to work on clearing the tunnel ahead, with your strength and size that shouldn't be a problem." The two large Rock types nodded to their trainer before moving ahead to clear the path. Jayson hoped that it would help stop the Cubone's cries. Jayson dropped to a knee beside Genghis, the Larvitar was doing his best to calm the Cubone. "Good work Genghis, who is your little friend?" Jayson turned to the Cubone, "hey there little one, are you okay? If you are hurt you need to show me where so I can help you."


Update 2
Spoiler: show
Quote:
Originally Posted by Enigmatic Professor, post: 6652098, member: 106428
I am a nice guy, soon you'll find out why. But, I will have you working hard.


The Cubone you were trying to help took one look at you, yelped and dove behind some moss covered rocks. It seemed to have a fear of humans, or maybe, you thought you looked like someone it knew that it didn't like.
You aren't sure yet what the exact cause is, but you are certain that the little pokemon was hurt, as it was favoring its right leg, and almost not using its left if it could help it.
You rubbed your chin in confusion. It's obvious that this Cubone doesn't like or is terrified by you or humans, but its hurt and you feel the need to help it.
You got up off your knees and turned to your other pokemon working on clearing the tunnel blockage. Ares and Gjoll were nearly done, maybe another minute or two and you could get farther down this tunnel. Both of your pokemon were careful in clearing the rocks, as you didn't know if there was other pokemon on the other side of the collapsed part.

A sudden movement caught your eyes from above, a shadow of a... pokemon? It moved to fast for you to see what exactly it was. But.... you wondered if it was the Cubone's mother or father, or perhaps a sibling.
Looking around to see if you can climb up, you find several handholds in the wall, and you scale up them relatively quick. Peeking your head over the edge, you see that it is a small alcove, and there is a hole peeking outside, for sunlight is pouring through. How curious though, because the light pouring through the hole, should've light up the cavern below, even if only a little, but looking back down, you see no sunlight in the cavern, just moss glow.

You figured you may come back and explore this later because you thought the Cubone needs more help.
As you jump down, crouching to absorbing the impact. You don't notice that the hole sighs, and shivers. Dropping its illusion, the Zorua peers over the edge, watching its friend Cubone and you.

The tunnel was finally clear, Gjoll and Ares stepping back from the clearing they made. Good, you thought, Now you can find out where the Cubone wants to go here.
You turn to look at the pokemon in question and find it staring at you from its hiding spot, its eyes looking not as afraid as they were, in fact there looked to be a little wonder there.
You smile to yourself and look away to not scare the Cubone any more.
You try to think up of a way to help it, as it was hurt, somehow, and since you cannot get close enough to inspect it yourself you figure one of your pokemon may be able to do it.
Genghis was... close enough for the cubone so he may be able to help... but he couldn't carry the cubone if need be. Gjoll obviously has no arms, and is quite big, Ares,... wait, Ares might work. It seems that in a tunnel like this Aggron, could be found here.

"Hey Ares!" you called out to him, and he lumbered over to you. " I need you to help Genghis take care of this Cubone, I want to make sure it's not too hurt, but it won't let me near him, could you carry him and Genghis?"
Ares nodded and went over to both the little pokemon, picking them both up. The cubone freaked a little but soon calmed as it noticed that it could jump out at any time.

Now what?
What do you do?





Reply 2
Spoiler: show
Quote:
Originally Posted by TheKnightsFury, post: 6652340, member: 101661
Jayson was startled as the Cubone rushed away, he'd kind of expected it but still. On the plus side, its movement allowed him to assess it for injury and it quickly became apparent that the Cubone had injured its left leg somehow. Ares and Gjoll were making quick work of the blockage when sudden movement captured Jayson's attention, what was that? Climbing up to peer over a ledge, Jayson found himself staring outside? This couldn't be right, they were too far into the mountain already. Had they been walking in circles or something? By now he thought he would have been deep beneath the ground. The truth quickly becomes apparent however, as the illusion drops and the Zorua reveals itself. This little trickster fox was the cause of all of this wasn't it? It probably collapsed the tunnel, attacked the Cubone and Genghis had interrupted it before it could finish the job! Turning to his Pokemon, Ares and Gjoll had just finished clearing the tunnel and the Cubone seemed to appreciate that. Of course it appreciated it, it now had a way to escape its attacker! "Ares quick, pick up Genghis and the Cubone!"

The Aggron rushed over and scooped the two up, the Cubone wriggled for a bit but eventually started to relax. "Quickly everyone, down the tunnel! Gjoll screech at the Zorua to scare it away, it might try and attack Cubone again!" As Jayson began to rush down the now cleared tunnel, Jayson wondered why the Zorua would attack the Cubone. What was the trickster fox even doing here? From what he knew the species favoured forests and this was about as far from a forest as you could get. He also had to do something for the Cubone's injuries. Digging into his bag, Jayson retrieved a Sitrus Berry, which he hands to Genghis. "Try and get Cubone to eat this, it will make it feel better."


Update 3
Spoiler: show
Quote:
Originally Posted by Enigmatic Professor, post: 6652552, member: 106428

The Zorua jumped and avoided the blast from the screech, and as it jumped down from the ledge you noticed it had a pack on it, woven from grass. You thought how odd it was, but as soon as the pokemon landed, it took off back from where you had just come. Why was that?
Maybe you just scared it off, but you remained alert in case it was just another illusion. And if it was, it was a darn good illusion.
Meanwhile, the Cubone in Ares' arms ate the sitrus berry Ares handed it, But it started crying again. Why?
Was it still in pain... or something else?
These thoughts rolled over and over in your head as you and your pokemon ran down the corridor.

However, you were forced to stop again, as you came upon a split in the path, two options this time.
Down the left corridor, you heard the sounds of voices, maybe other trainers exploring the same caverns as you?
Down the right corridor, it seemed to give off heat, as if there was magma down that tunnel or a magma pool. You could carry the cubone in your arms and have Artemis fly you over the pool.

What should you do? Is it an illusion by the trickster fox? Or, are they both real paths? Only one way to find out unless you choose to backtrack.

Meanwhile, while you are at the next split, the Zorua ran back to the previous split and came out of the same left cavern you had entered, but instead of it choosing a path, it seemed to walk through a wall in between the middle and right cavern. Disappearing from anyone's sight.


Reply 3
Spoiler: show
Quote:
Originally Posted by TheKnightsFury, post: 6652807, member: 101661

The Zorua made a hasty retreat as soon as Gjoll screeched at it. "Ha" Jayson scoffed, the Zorua clearly was smart enough to know when it was outmatched. Genghis managed to get the Cubone to eat the Sitrus Berry, however the Cubone quickly started crying again. Did it not like the flavour of the berry? Or maybe he'd misread the situation with the Zorua and the fox was actually the Cubone's friend. If that was the case the Dark type would likely return and Jayson wouldn't be so hasty to just it. As they ran down the corridor it eventually split, leaving them with another decision to make. Two options, voices seemed to travel from one tunnel, while the other gave as heat. Heat like that generally had one source, magma....

Jayson was unsure on what path to take, but then suddenly he was struck by an idea! "We will use the Cubone's crying to our advantage", the trainer claimed as his Pokemon stared at him with curiosity. "Well it seems to cry more when something doesn't go the way it wants. So first we will start going down the left tunnel, just to see how it reacts. Then we will turn back and go down the right tunnel and see if it reacts better or worse! Which ever tunnel generates a better reaction from the Cubone is the one we will take. If we head down the left tunnel, you all need to be ready in case we meet some resistance." If they took the right tunnel, Jayson would recall everyone except Genghis and release Artemis once more to fly him, the Cubone and Genghis over any magma that blocked their way. His plan was fool proof or at least he hoped it was!


Update 4
Spoiler: show
Quote:
Originally Posted by Enigmatic Professor, post: 6654368, member: 106428
You started walking down the corridor with the trainer's voices, and as you walked farther into this cave, the cubone made no difference in his crying, in fact, he slowed down a little.

The trainers you heard the sound very close, as you walked closer you could hear snippets of the conversation the two? Maybe three where having.
" Why did you do that huh you numskull?!?! It was Her Cubone and Zorua that we need, and you collapsed the cavern on them." A woman's voice said, and soon there was a thwack and another voice, this one sounded like a male, said "Ouch, watch it you old hag, that hurt"

As soon as you turned around the corner you saw them, A woman in what looked to be like a ripped up dress, and a man in jeans and a t-shirt. Strange you thought because that dress looked to have claw marks and burns and other signs of a pokemon attack... what had happened to her?

The man's hair was blue and hers was magenta, and the two noticed you approaching them, they stopped talking and smiled at you, Blue hair looked at the cubone in Ares' arms with... excitement? but it quickly vanished. Magenta head, on the other hand, swooned at the sight of you, and in an overly dramatically high voice said:
" Oh HI there, fancy meeting another trainer like you so far down into the caverns like Us eh? My name's Mayvis and my partner here is Matthew, we got lost down here, as this is a dead end" Mayvis swept her hand behind her and showed the said blockage behind the two.

Something just wasn't right about them you thought, but as you do not see any pokemon out, nor know what they plan to do yet, you play along, waiting for a chance to attack, or leave.

What will you say? What will you do?

Meanwhile back in the magma-filled cavern, the zorua appeared at the end of the pass, on the hardened magma near the next cavern entrance and disappeared down the only corridor there.


Reply 4
Spoiler: show
Quote:
Originally Posted by TheKnightsFury, post: 6654532, member: 101661

It seemed his first choice was the right one, although the Cubone didn't stop crying. Overhearing the conversation, there was no doubt in Jayson's mind that these pair of strange looking people were Pokemon Thieves. He'd crossed paths with plenty of their kind before and they were all the same, scum of the earth. From their conversation Jayson gathered that the Cubone and Zorua were actually someone else's Pokemon and these two had collapsed a tunnel on them. As the female thief tried to talk to him, Jayson simply laughed.

"Don't try and use your silver tongue to get yourself out of this situation. Jayson motioned for Ares and Gjoll to stay behind him, they would block the pair's escape. Retrieving a Dusk Ball from his belt, Jayson released Fenrir from his ball. The Dusk Lycanroc stretched himself out, before growling at the pair of would be thieves. He could sense Jayson's growing rage and was more than happy to mirror it. Genghis jumped out of Ares' arms to stand beside the Lycanroc, eager to fight alongside him. "You'll tell me where to find the Cubone's trainer or Fenrir here will do more than tear up your clothes." There was a fair chance the pair had Pokemon of their own to defend themselves with, and part of him hoped that was the case. Once he got what he needed from these two, he'd have to locate the Zorua again. He'd been wrong to attack it and its trainer was probably missing it, he had to right his wrong.


Update 5
Spoiler: show
Quote:
Originally Posted by Enigmatic Professor, post: 6655925, member: 106428


Mayvis sighed very loudly. "Ughhh. As handsome as you are, you are very annoying. You could've just saved yourself all the trouble and ran away when you had the chance. NOW, prepare to be crushed like a bug."
Both Mayvis and Matthew drew pokeballs from who knows where and tossed them, The pokemon that came out did and yet didn't. The pokemon colors matched their respective hair colors.
Mayvis sent out a West sea Gastradon, while Matthew sent out a Swampert.

The Swampert had a mega stone on one of its horn/fins. And you saw the matching mega ring on Matthew's wrist.
"Mega Evolve!"

Of course, it was mega evolution.
You started formulating plans of what attacks to use when a shadowy movement caught your eye from above. You looked up, and sure enough, there was the Zorua you saw earlier, but now he came back with a woman.
This woman had midnight black hair with feathers woven into the braids and wore shorts and a tank top tee shirt. She looked to be about your height and was probably Native American. She had a Pokeball clutched in her hand, and in the blink of an eye she threw it down. This Pokemon that came out of it was an Alolan Meowth.
"Solembum use Pay Ball!" the woman called out.
Pay ball? That sounded like a combo move, maybe Shadow ball and Pay Day? Well whatever it was, it worked, the cavern exploded with dust, and in confusion, the woman jumped down and ran to you speaking a few short words.

" You, Follow me, Now."
Man did she sound pissed, but was it you, probably, but also it could be the freak show duo over there.
She started to run back the way you came, the Zorua following with the Alolan Meowth, the Cubone too.
Wait what!?!
During the confusion, the Cubone slipped out of Ares' arms and followed this woman who was supposedly their trainer.

What do you do? Do you stay and Fight? or do you follow this Woman?


Reply 5
Spoiler: show
Quote:
Originally Posted by TheKnightsFury, post: 6656291, member: 101661
Jayson gulped as Mayvis and Matthew sent out their Pokemon to match his. Except they didn't just match his they countered the hell out of them. Two Water and Ground types?! This was a complete stitch up! Things only got worse as Matthew reveal the ability to Mega Evolve his swampert, turning the already formidable swampert into a gym junkie Mega Swampert. At this point Jayson figured they'd maybe last a couple of seconds? He was certainly regretting choosing to bring only Rock types on this adventure.

Thankfully the battle was interrupted by a stranger, the Zorua had led the mysterious woman back here. She released an Alolan Meowth from a Pokeball, the feline was then ordered to use a strange combo move, but thankfully it provided enough cover for them to escape. The woman snapped at him, he didn't really think it was fair. Yeah he might have just picked a fight he couldn't handle, but he'd also helped her Pokemon. Speaking of which, the Cubone had broken free of Ares' grip and was now running after the woman. "Guess that leg is better huh?" Jayson smirked as he shot off in pursuit of the woman. "Fenrir block up the tunnel behind us with a Rock Tomb", it likely wouldn't keep the pair occupied for long but it would hopefully given him some time to find out what exactly was going on here. As he ran down the tunnel after the woman, he shouted out to her. "Who exactly are you? Also why are those thieves so eager to steal your Pokemon?"


Update 6
Spoiler: show
Quote:
Originally Posted by Enigmatic Professor, post: 6656402, member: 106428

The woman sent you a glare but spoke anyway.
"My name is Krelia, shortened. No one has been able to properly pronounce my full name. I am a sorceress, and they are eager to kidnap these two little ones to make me stop hiding what I am protecting."
As she ran, the zorua picked up the cubone and let him ride on his back as they ran. The Meowth, Solembum was nowhere to be seen, However, Krelia tucked a Pokeball back into her vest.

If the zorua and cubone where hers, why hadn't she recalled them? But then again, she didn't outright claim them as hers. As if reading your mind, or rather your face as you both run, She spoke again.
"Those are not my pokemon. They are babies who found me in this cave about a month ago, Both had been abandoned by their trainers. The Cubone because of his lame leg, and the Zorua because of his telepathy."

Krelia led you down back to the corridor where you started out and ran into the wall between the middle and right caverns. You slowed to a stop, Not entirely surprised, as after all this was a land of magick.
But now that you had some more room to fight in, you are faced with a hard choice. Should you battle the two thieves who are undoubtedly following you two? Or do you follow Krelia into the illusion?
As you stopped, the little zorua stopped with you, and for the first time since you saw him, the little pokemon looked at you with a very hardened stare.
"Well? Are you coming or not? Those two haven't figured out the illusions yet, and if we stand around longer, they soon will."
The Zorua, he spoke with a surprisingly musical telepathic voice.

Krelia stuck her head out from the wall and spoke too,
" We do not have much time, are you coming or not?"

What will you choose to do?



Reply 6
Spoiler: show
Quote:
Originally Posted by TheKnightsFury, post: 6657367, member: 101661

As they fled from the pair of thieves, their saviour Krelia offered a quick explanation of the situation. The Cubone and Zorua had both been abandoned. The Cubone's lame leg had apparently been the reason for its dismissal, which made Jayson quite angry. A Pokemon like that needed to be supported, there were ways around such an injury, he believed that anything could be overcome with the right type of training. Apparently the Zorua had been cast away due to its telepathic abilities, which confused him. Telepathic communication wasn't foreign to him, Valka and himself had developed Telepathic bonds with a number of their Pokemon. Perhaps the Zorua had been misusing its abilities? Using its telepathy to play nasty pranks on its trainer? A Zorua misbehaving certainly wouldn't surprise him. Krelia had led them back to a familiar part of the tunnel system, but instead of choosing to head down one of the tunnels, the strange woman ran flat strap through the wall between them!

"What the shuckle?!" Jayson slammed on the breaks. Was this another of the Zorua's illusions? It seemed so as the Dark typed fox began to commune with him telepathically, his voice strangely musical unlike Sigurd's who he was used to hearing.

"Of course I'm going through the wall. It doesn't take a genius to work out a team of Rock type Pokemon are going to get wrecked by a pair of Water/Grounds!" Jayson recalled Gjoll and Ares, their size would slow them down. Genghis climbed onto Fenrir's back, grasping onto the Dusk Lycanroc's white fur. Jayson gave his canine companion a reassuring nod, Fenrir would trust his judgement. Jayson dashed towards the wall, he was confident that the Zorua wasn't messing with him, even if it was still holding a grudge from when he'd tried to attack it before.


Update 7
Spoiler: show
Quote:
Originally Posted by Enigmatic Professor, post: 6658994, member: 106428

As you and your pokemon came through the wall, the rest of the illusion broke, the other caverns you had gone down were well, all a part of this big chamber. You could still see the rubble of the collapse from where you encountered the Cubone and Zorua, but it looked like it had glass walls around it.

But you can also see that the Magma pit and other cavern where Mayvis and Matthew were as well. The Rock Tomb your dusk Lyconroc used to trap them was almost all blasted away, and the duo were racing through out the maze of glass walls, which probably to them was cavern walls still.
The former cavern with heat coming out of it, was a magma pit alright, but as you looked on to it, you realized you could've never flown over it because there was a invisible glass barrier, and it would have been extremely hard to regain balance with out touching the lava pit.

But how did Krelia jump down from above? Your eye's travel back to where she was in the former dead end. Ah! There was a glass landing pad, or walkway over hanging the maze, in fact there was an over hang looking down into all the caverns. Another question popped into your mind, where had the zorua gone to go get her? Soon enough your answer became clear as you ran up a glass staircase with Krelia and the two pokemon following her. Up at the top of the staircase and maze was a true cavern entrance. This is where Krelia and the pokemon where heading.

Meanwhile, Mayvis and Matthew slowed down to a stop outside the main cavern where you ran into the wall.
You couldn't hear what they were saying, as they glass blocked most of the noise coming in and going out.
But you saw that they were starting to feel the cavern walls. The zorua was right, they will soon find out about this illusion maze.
You put on a burst of speed and got up to the top and ran into the cavern.

Inside, there was a HUGE as shuckle battlefield, and Krelia was racing over it to the other end.
" I Must Stop them here, please join me as I only brought two pokemon with me. After we defeat them I will explain why I had to stop them okay?" Krelia said, puffing as she got to the rectangle marked where trainers had to stand in a fight, at least for a battlefield like this.

Will you join her in the fight?
What will you do?


Reply 7
Spoiler: show
Quote:
Originally Posted by TheKnightsFury, post: 6659249, member: 101661

The true intricacy of the illusion was revealed to Jayson once they were inside the large arena. What was this doing below a mountain? It all seemed very odd, surely Krelia had not made this all herself? As they watched on anxiously, they saw the pair of crooks, Mavis and Matthew, finally realise that there were illusions at work here. The pair would soon be open them and Krelia knew as well as he that the only way they were going to stop them was with force. Jayson joined the stranger on the far side of the arena. Fenrir and Genghis prepared themselves, they knew this was going to be a tough fight for them. The young Larvitar climbed down from the Dusk Lycanroc's back, a small tremor of fear ran through the Rock type. Fenrir gives him a reassuring look, they were in this together.

"Fenrir set a Stealth Rock at the entrance and Snarl at the pair of Pokemon as they enter the arena. Genghis give them your best Leer to intimidate them." If they could unsettle the pair early, they might just stand a chance. If Krelia added two Pokemon of her own to the fight, the numbers advantage would also be their's. He felt like they would need the advantage, as the pair of Rock type's he was using would be completely outmatched. "If you can help weaken them in any way that would be appreciated", Jayson turned to Krelia, "if we can reduce their stats we can try and expose some weaknesses." Looking back to his Pokemon, Jayson issued a couple more orders. "Fenrir I want you to get an early Super Fang, in on the Mega Swampert. Genghis try to remain mobile, stick to targeting the Gastrodon with Dark Pulse and Earth Power." [color]


Update 8
Spoiler: show
Quote:
Originally Posted by Enigmatic Professor, post: 6660793, member: 106428

Krelia looked at you and nodded and somehow she pulled out another Pokeball and tossed both of them up into the air.
Solembum and a Delphox with black fur instead of red appeared on the battlefield.
A Fire-type!!! Seriously?
She looks at you and your face, then rolls her eyes. "You'll see." She says.

"Arya, Sunny day then follow it up with Will-o-wisp, then use Confide! Solembum Attract on the Gastradon, then follow it up with Charm, then with Taunt!"
Interesting moves, but they still need to land in order for it to work.

At the moment the commands were given, Mayvis and Matthew entered the cavern with their two pokemon, Mega Swampert, and Gastradon. Your pokemon jump into action and fire off the moves you told them to use, Krelia's were not far behind yours too.
The Stealth Rock hit them, as well as the Snarl and Leer the two moves blasted them back a little, but Mayvis and Matthew were quick to recover, shouting off moves. But, you couldn't hear what they were calling out their voices blending with each other, and hiding what they were saying. That didn't matter because it was clear what they used.
A giant Muddy Wave was racing towards all of your and Krelia's pokemon. The Sunny day Krelia set up a moment ago would weaken it a bit, but will that bit be enough? You weren't sure.

Just as the wave was nearly upon you, it seemed to hit a wall and part around Your pokemon. But what!?!
How? You and Krelia turn and look at each other with confused looks, as neither of you had used protection moves? You both look behind you to Zorua and Cubone, and both of the little pokemon seemed to be using Detect the fighting type protect move.
Wow.
"Hurry up, Cuie and I can't keep this up forever"
The Zorua looked at you, and there was a fierce look in its eyes like it hated these two goons.

Something clicked in your head, Krelia said they were abandoned from their trainers as babies because of their lameness and telepathy, but they still look to be young, not really grown much to be considered older, as they have only been here for a month, like Krelia. Mayvis and Matthew were the ones who had abandoned them. They were the original trainers for both the Cubone and Zorua.
Your blood boiled within you. And you turned back to the battlefield, determined to beat these two.

Fenrir, jumped into action, hitting Swampert with the Super Fang, while Genghis got a hit with Earth Power, the Dark Pulse had missed. Krelia's pokemons' moves landed, and you supposed that would help greatly, in the long run, should this match be drawn out.

What are your next moves?


Reply 8
Spoiler: show
Quote:
Originally Posted by TheKnightsFury, post: 6661863, member: 101661

The battle had begun and Jayson was already thankful for the assistance of Krelia's Pokemon, as well as the two abandoned younglings that he now realised once belonged to Matthew and Mayvis. They'd weakened the Mega Swampert and Gastrodon to some degree, but mostly from a strategical standpoint by lowering their stats and ability to deal damage. Jayson was thankful for the Sunny Day, he had no idea how it was working inside and underground, but it was the only thing stopping the abuse of Water moves to quickly annihilate his Rock type Pokemon. The two Water and Ground type Pokemon, Swampert and Gastrodon only had one weakness, one that would be hard to exploit. Genghis looked at him, the little Larvitar was eager to show off his hidden talent. "We have to be careful Genghis, you'll probably only get one shot and we have to make sure it counts, not to mention it will leave you taxed." Jayson looked at his opponents. The Swampert would be hard to contain, but the Gastrodon was certainly the more exposed of the pair. A plan came to mind. "Fenrir trap the Gastrodon in a Rock Tomb, Genghis once it is trapped hammer it with a Frenzy Plant!" The Larvitar smiled with delight, it was his time to show off. "Fenrir while Genghis recovers, do your best to Counter any attacks that comes his way. Krelia can you and your Pokemon try and keep the Swampert occupied? It would certainly be beneficial. Jayson gave a look to the Cubone and Zorua, the two young Pokemon sure were determined to be rid of their former trainers.


Update 9
Spoiler: show
Quote:
Originally Posted by Enigmatic Professor, post: 6662993, member: 106428

While you were busy with choosing your pokemons orders, the duo launched another attack at you and Krelia, It was another Muddy Water wave. Why they were doing that didn't make sense, However, it did wash away the Stealth Rock you set up, luckily your pokemon jumped out of the way and continued their assault on the Gastradon. Pinning it with the Rock Tomb and Frenzy Plant. It was super effective, however, it didn't finish off the Gastradon, though it looked severely weakened by the attack.
Mayvis screamed "NOOOOO!" she looked at you, and threw another Pokeball out, this time the pokemon took you by surprise, for it was a Spiritomb.
"Shadow Ball!" Mayvis screamed, pointing at you and your pokemon. The shadowy ball flew towards you and your pokemon, Counter couldn't save you from this move.

Just as it was gonna hit your Dusk Lyconroc and Larvitar, it was hit by another Shadow Ball, this one came from Krelia's Meowth. You hadn't heard her call out the move, but she was busy pulling a Z-ring on and locking a Grassium Z onto it. Her Meowth had a paw on the Delphox, but the other paw was pointed at the Spiritomb. Huh, it acted all on its own.

The Delphox of Krelia's was gathering sunlight in from its previous Sunny Day move, It looked like Krelia was going to Bloom Doom the Swampert of Matthew's. Good.
Solembum was using Helping Hand, to power up the Solar Beam that was going to be turned into Bloom Doom.

"Lets Go Areya, BLOOM DOOM!" Krelia finished the dance for using the Grassium Z and had a smile on her face, as Areya fired off the Z-Move.

A Direct Hit!!!! The Swampert stood no chance against that move and got fried on the spot. The swampert fell forward with a thud, unconscious.
Matthew glared at Krelia, withdrew Swampert, and sent out a Venamoth, Which used Powder upon leaving the Pokeball.

The battle was going well, one pokemon down, and it looked like only three more to go. You hoped at least.
Another grass type move or any other kind of move should finish off. You and Krelia had the upper hand for the moment. But for how long.

What are your next moves?


Reply 9
Spoiler: show
Quote:
Originally Posted by TheKnightsFury, post: 6663232, member: 101661

Their planned combo was pulled off, much to Jayson's delight, although the Gastrodon still seemed to be hanging on. Krelia had made quick work of the Mega Swampert however, abusing the intense sunlight to power a devastating Bloom Doom. It didn't surprise Jayson that Krelia possessed a Z Crystal, it wouldn't surprise him if she had multiple. The strange woman seemed to possess a great deal of strength and experience, she certainly wasn't someone Jayson would want to get on the bad side of. He'd been hoping that Matthew and Mayvis would only have one Pokemon each, but it didn't take long for Matthew to replace his fallen Swampert with a Venomoth. Jayson smiled, this would be much easier to handle.

"Krelia could you get Solembum to Taunt the Venomoth?" The last thing they needed was a bunch of poisoned Pokemon. "Fenrir finish the Gastrodon with a Sucker Punch then turn onto the Venomoth with a Stone Edge. Genghis I hope you enjoyed your time recovering because it is time to go back on the offensive. Make sure the Gastrodon is down for the count with an Earth Power, before helping target the Venomoth with an Ancient Power." It was a simple plan but they had to abuse their type advantage while they could. Once the Gastrodon was down, Mayvis would likely call on another unknown Pokemon, that could easily put them back on the ropes again. The quicker these two were disposed of, the better they all would be. Maybe then Jayson would get a full explanation about this whole situation.


Update 10
Spoiler: show
Quote:
Originally Posted by Enigmatic Professor, post: 6663441, member: 106428

Solembum, hearing you, rolled its eyes but Taunted the Venomoth regardless of what ever that cat thought.
"He does as he pleases normally, but in extreme emergencies like now, he will listen to others, if only for a while." Krelia spoke, as she pulled off the grassium-z tucking it in her hand bag, the was an audible clank and there was echo, as if that bag was lager on the inside than on the outside.

Your Dusk Lyconroc's Sucker Punch landed, as well as Genghis's Earth Power effectively finishing off the Gastradon, and striking the Venomoth.
However, the Venomoth recovered fast, dodging the Stone Edge, Matthew called out "Venoshock Now!" While Mayvis Spirittomb dealt with Areya and Solembum's combined attacks, Flicking in and out of it's Odd Keystone to avoid the Fire Blast and Pay Day, Krelia was ordering them to use.

On the other side of the arena, where no one could see them, Cubone and Zorua were creeping along a wall edge, shuffling closer and closer to their former owners. The Zorua was casting an illusion of them being stalactites that were everywhere, Effectively hiding the two from everyone's sight.

Suddenly, the Spiritomb switched targets, firing off three consecutive Shadow Balls at your pokemon, Two hitting Fenrir, one hitting Genghis. The blast from the sudden attack, surprised your pokemon, though it didn't hurt them too badly. The Venomoth, on the other hand, fired off a Bug Buzz at the Delphox and Meowth, hitting both as they both were standing close to each other.
Areya took neutral damage, thanks to her Fire typing, but Solembum took the brunt of the blow, staggering him off his feet a little.

Ouch. Hmm.
What are your next moves?


Reply 10
Spoiler: show
Quote:
Originally Posted by TheKnightsFury, post: 6665337, member: 101661

The Spiritomb presented them with an issue. The Ghost/Dark typing was renowned for its lack of weakness, it hadn't been until recently when Fairy types became recognised that the typing gained its first weakness. The only issue was that Fairy type moves were often few and far between, none of the Pokemon at his disposal had access to the type. Assessing the Spiritomb, Jayson watched as the spectre retreated into its stone to dodge the attacks coming from Krelia's Pokemon. It was then that he realised that the stone was a double edged sword. While it made the Spiritomb hard to hit, its connection to the stone could easily be exploited if one was clever enough.

"Fenrir, Rock Tomb the Venomoth to help pin it down, while Genghis Screeches at the Spiritomb." Jayson looked to Krelia, "let's trade dance partners, you take the Venomoth while we bury this Spiritomb." Jayson dug into his pocket, selecting his Groundium Z crystal and slotting it into his Z Gauntlet. He looked to Fenrir, the Dusk Lycanroc had practised this move many a time but this was the first time he'd be using it in battle. "Let's go Fenrir!" The Lycanroc begins stomping on the ground, working himself into a tantrum. Jayson begins to work his way through the dance, moving with swiftness and elegance as the crystal and Fenrir begin to glow, the power growing. Fenrir begins to charge forward, heading straight for the Spiritomb, or more preciously, the stone the Spiritomb is bound to. "TECTONIC RAGE! Bury that stone beneath the mountain, the Spiritomb along with it!" Jayson hoped that not only would this leave the Spiritomb out of contention, he hoped it would distract Matthew and Mayvis from the Cubone and Zorua who were edging their way towards them. Jayson sensed what they had in mind and he liked it.


Update 11
Spoiler: show
Quote:
Originally Posted by Enigmatic Professor, post: 6665586, member: 106428


"Sounds good to me Jayson," Krelia said with a small smile, Turning to her pokemon she called out
"Ice Beam, Flamethrower lets go now!"
Arya and Solembum fired off the flames and ice beams, targeting the Venomoth, who had nimbly avoided nearly all of the rocks from the Rock Tomb.
The Ice Beam of Solembums hit a wing, freezing part of it, causing it to drag its left wing down
"Again!" Krelia shouted, and this time, thanks to the drag, both moves landed a direct hit, Knocking it unconscious and down to the ground, freezing it into the ground where only a Pokeball's return beam could move it.
"YES, good job Arya and Solembum, now help Pin the Spiritomb so Jayson's pokemon can hit it!"

Upon that command, Arya took up a stance to fire off a Psywave to move the Spiritomb's rock, should it try to move, while Solembum prepared a Dark Pulse to aid that as well.
Meanwhile, Matthew rocked forward, looking dizzy, Mayvis had to distract herself from the battle to hold him up, giving you the opening you need.

The Contential Crush Stomping Tantrum was ready, and you released your move,
As your move went to crush the Spiritomb, Arya and Solembum fired their moves to pin the Keystone pokemon in place.

CRUNCH!!!!!!!!!!!!!

The pokemon didn't move under the stone, and soon the stone holding it down blew up, in the rubble, the Keystone didn't move, it appeared to have fainted.

"Why you mother Shuckle sucker- THWUMMPPPP
Whatever Mayvis was going to say got cut off as Cubone and Zorua landed on their heads, pushing them into the ground and knocking them out as their pokemon.

"Finally. Now I can take care of these two elsewhere,- Krelia walked over and picked up the Venomoths' and the Spiritomb's pokeballs, and recalled them inside. " I must take them away from the mountain via a portal, as I have enough ingredients to do so. Meanwhile, Zorua here will take you to where you need to be to see what I was protecting. I apologize for not being able to do it myself, but these goons need a memory to erase and I only know of one person strong enough to erase this much."
Krelia pulled several items out of her pouch purse, and began drawing symbols in the air, Seconds later a portal appeared, glowing blue pulsating light. She then hefted both Mayvis and Matthew on her shoulders and walked through her portal.
Her Delphox and Meowth followed soon after she went through and the portal vanished, leaving you alone in the Chamber with your pokemon and the two babies.

What are you going to do next?
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
Genghis grew three levels, while Fenrir gained two levels, from this battle


Reply 11
Spoiler: show
Quote:
Originally Posted by TheKnightsFury, post: 6665900, member: 101661

Cubone and Zorua pulled off their plan without a touch of elegance, knocking their previous trainers unconscious with two quick strikes. Jayson breathed a sigh of relief, while they had gotten on top of the battle, it was almost impossible to tell what other tricks the Matthew and Mayvis may have had up their sleeves. Krelia mentions something a portal and erasing the pairs memories, before quickly disappearing into said portal, leaving Jayson with the Zorua and Cubone. Genghis rushes towards the Cubone, somewhat concerned about the Cubone's wellbeing. Fenrir shook the dust from his fur before looking towards Jayson for further guidance, what exactly were they to do now? Krelia had said that they were protecting something and that the Zorua and Cubone would take them to see it?

"Hey Zorua", Jayson attempted to get the Dark types attention. "Are you able to take us to this thing Krelia was so keen to protect from your old trainers? It must be pretty interesting for her to go to so much effort to keep you safe. Are you and Cubone alright? Would Cubone like a lift? I know he struggles walking and I'm sure Fenrir wouldn't mind caring him around if it makes our journey a little easier." Genghis and Fenrir had both fought well. This had been Genghis's first real battle and he had held himself really well considering what they were up against. The Larvitar didn't seem too concerned about the brutal fight it had just been through, he'd already shrugged it off and moved on. If this battle was anything to go by, he'd be quite the handful with a bit more experience under his belt. For all he knew the Larvitar would get another shot at battle before long, there was no telling what they would run into when they followed the Zorua to the mysterious object/place/thing.


Update 12
Spoiler: show
Quote:
Originally Posted by Enigmatic Professor, post: 6666465, member: 106428

Zorua looked at you, and for a moment he just stared. Why was he doing that? Hmmph, only the Zorua knows. He got up and shook himself. Stretching while he spoke-
"Sure, but in order to do so, we must travel to the top of the mountain. It will be colder out there than in here. Obviously so. While we walk I will talk about what I know about it."

Cubone, on the other hand, shook his head and began walking towards the exit of the mountain behind.
Zorua looked up back at you and spoke directly to you. "Don't take it personally. He's mute. He prefers to get around on his on for the most part, and he likes to build things. Mayvis, who caught him here, broke all of his toys that he built himself and unique pieces of art. I lived with him before we were caught by those two. -
Zorua looked away towards Cubone who was leading the way while you all walked. -" He's strong in his own way, and he feels bad when people help him. He thinks he's taking advantage of them."

You walked forward to the cave exit, with Genghis at your right side, and Fenrir on your left. As you got outside, the temperature dropped dramatically, and you noted that it was darker outside, and snowing. Not good if you were to get separated from Zorua and Cubone. Though, as you looked around, it didn't seem too bad here, there wasn't much snow on the ground, just a light coating.

"It gets deeper and colder further up, do you have a coat you could use? You'll freeze the further you climb.
Its okay if you don't Krelia set up a base not too far from here, with supplies you could use. We will have to go there anyway because Cuie and I need our booties and gear." The Zorua spoke as he stopped next to you, Cubone, was looking down the mountain, a lost look on its face like it was remembering something. You wondered what it was, but should you ask about it?

"Well, let's get going." Zorua set off at an easy pace eastward on the path that you were standing on. To your right is were Zorua was heading, but to your left is where Cubone was looking down to.
Maybe that was a path down to the base of the mountain. A good thing to note if you needed to pick up and run back down in case of an avalanche.

What will you do next? Continue onward to see what you helped protect?




Reply 12
Spoiler: show
Quote:
Originally Posted by TheKnightsFury, post: 6667790, member: 101661

Following the Zorua and Cubone, Jayson soon found himself outside once more. However, this wasn't the same way they came in. They sent out to investigate the warm tunnels beneath the mountain, they hadn't planned on trekking to the mountains frozen peak. They weren't equipped for the current weather, the chilling cold would quickly consume them if they didn't find something warmer to wear. The Zorua explained that Krelia had a base not too far away, there would likely be something warmer there for them all to wear, because for some reason the Zorua and Cubone also needed clothes? This pair certainly were odd. A lame and mute Cubone and a telepathic Zorua? An odd couple to say the least. What had brought them together? They had no obvious ties to each other, something past have happened for them to become so close, almost like brothers.

Fenrir shook the snow from his fur, while Genghis continued to surge forward through the snow, care free as always. "Alright Zorua, you better lead us to this cabin before we freeze to death out here. Also can't I just fly us up the mountain? Artemis flew me all the way here, I'm sure she wouldn't mind dropping us off at our destination." Jayson was beginning to wonder whether the mysterious item Krelia was protecting was truly worth the struggle of finding. He had considered leaving but his curiosity was unwavering, he needed to know what it was. A little snow wasn't about to stop him.


Update 13
Spoiler: show
Quote:
Originally Posted by Enigmatic Professor, post: 6668359, member: 106428
Spoiler: show
[MEDIA=youtube]KmHgB03XgV0[/MEDIA]
View: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=KmHgB03XgV0

Some music to set the mood. ^.^

Now for the reply.


Zorua looked back at you while leading the way, and shook his head.
" No, you'd get shot down by the temple guardians, that is if you didn't freeze first. The higher you fly, the colder it gets. If we follow this pathway, we are less likely to freeze before we make it there. Unless you brought a Charizard with you?"
Zorua had a smug look about himself, the little shucker. Well, he had a point. You didn't bring Balerion with you, you had wanted to do this with a Rock-type primary team. Oh well.

You followed Zorua, and Cubone to a cave entrance after walking maybe fifty feet. Was this the base Krelia set up here? Apparently so, as both of the small pokemon walked inside the cave. You looked at Fenrir and Genghis. Both of you pokemon looked weary from the battle, and this cold was starting to get to them, yourself as well as a shiver shook you going down your spine. Damn was it cold out here.

You and your pokemon walked inside the cold looking cave, and as soon as you walked several feet inside, another illusion broke. What was it with illusions in this mountain? Who was making them, and that they were able to hold this long?
On the inside of this base, it was actually much warmer than it looked. Perhaps it was connected to a magma cavern. You let your eyes roam around the base, and noted how plain it was. Some chairs gathered around a table with maps all over it. Something that appeared to be a hot tube, built around a natural hot spring, and some bins.

Zorua and Cubone were at these bins and were pulling out small clothing articles for themselves and Genghis. Fenrir was sniffing around in the bins for booties his size and soon found some. He brought them to you so you could help him put them on.

Your eyes kept looking over at the table, as if something was calling out to you, so you walked over to the table. Spread out all over it were maps of the inside of the mountain. One of them depicted a temple located on the outside and the top of the peak. Scribbled along the side of this one were notes.
You leaned down to take a better look, the writing looked rushed and was smeared in places, making it hard to read, but what you could make out was this.
" inside.... ba... farthest.... left..... two.. th......."
What was this supposed to mean? Was this Krelia's writing? What was she up to?

You moved that map aside and looked at the next one. This one clearly showed a path marked down in a Huge room. Hmmm.....
You pocketed this map on an impulse, it may help you later on... perhaps inside this "temple"

"There are berries here for us to eat Jayson." Zorua's voice startled you out of the trance you were in.
Oh, Berries? Well, your pokemon could eat them and replenish their energy. Perhaps you could eat some too, and save some for later use.


You walked over to the bins, and after a bit of digging, found some winter gear big enough for yourself, and then you grabbed some berries, there were only Sitrus and Leppa berries, to munch on. After you gave some to Fenrir and Genghis. Cubone and Zorua were already munching on some berries.


Zorua, after eating his share of berries said
"Are you ready to head out again?"


Well, Are you?

You now have this in your bag. Temporary for now.
You have 6 Sitrus berries. Hold them for now.


Reply 13
Spoiler: show
Quote:
Originally Posted by TheKnightsFury, post: 6670227, member: 101661

The base was surprisingly warm, much to the delight of Jayson and his Pokemon. The Zorua and Cubone did their own thing for the most part, collecting their gear and putting it on. Jayson found it a bit weird for Pokemon to have clothing set aside, it was something he mostly associated with people. Fenrir found some boots, they would help keep his feet warm at least. Genghis kitted himself out as well, slipping into a little jacket and wrapping a scarf around his neck. Jayson thought the Larvitar looked ridiculous, but he seemed happy enough and the clothes would help him from freezing as they went higher up the mountain.

Some maps of the desk caught Jayson's attention, they always did. He always took the opportunity to look over a map, you never knew when they would come in handy. The first map that caught his eye depicted the temple, located at the peak of the mountain. They really had to go all the way to the top? This was certainly going to be taxing. There was some writing around the map as well, scribbled in a haste and almost impossible to decipher, but maybe it would make more sense later. Moving the map to the side, Jayson found another, he had a hunch this one was a map of the temple itself. He pocketed the map on instinct, he might need it later. Zorua directed him to some berries, some were consumed on the spot but he kept some Sitrus Berries for later, they might be useful. When the Zorua asked if he was ready to head out, he simply nodded. "Sure, lets get going."


Update 14
Spoiler: show
Quote:
Originally Posted by Enigmatic Professor, post: 6670609, member: 106428


"Good, then let's get going, and the peak isn't that far up the mountain. In fact, We will be there soon."


Zorua turned and walked outside, leading you and your pokemon, along with Cubone, up the mountainside.
The snow, while it was cold and a bit deep, it wasn't hard to track through the snow.
Could any pokemon be out here in this snowy peak? Maybe. Ice types, sure.

"The temple at the top houses a special pokemon that awakens from deep slumbers, for a short time, then it falls back into a coma sleep.
The people here worshiped this pokemon and built this temple to protect its sleeping chamber. For if this pokemon were to get captured or controlled, it would mean the end of the world. Well... not exactly.
But it would be bad enough if it happened."


Zorua spoke to you as you walked, telling you about the history of the temple.
Soon enough, even in the snowy dark, you could make out a large structure getting closer and closer.
This had to be the temple, as there wasn't much else out here.

"Now, you'll want to walk carefully and slowly here, the temple guardians are not only pokemon, but enchanted statues brought to life.
These would have shot you out of the sky if you rode on a pokemon and tried to fly up here."



So thats why you couldn't fly up here, even if it was quicker, you would have had a hard time trying to land, if you could at all.

You have reached the temple, what is your plan of action?



Reply 14
Spoiler: show
Quote:
Originally Posted by TheKnightsFury, post: 6671522, member: 101661

The trek up the mountain wasn't as rough as Jayson had expected. Sure it was cold but it was nothing he hadn't endured before. He'd endured the freezing cold of Scandia, this was almost like a spa compared to those frigid waters. The temple soon came into sight, it certainly was an impressive structure. The Zorua had given him a run down of the temple's purpose. Turns out it was built around a slumbering Pokemon of immense power, world destroying power. A legendary Pokemon for sure, he knew of plenty of legendary Pokemon that were strong enough to rock the world to its core. It made sense to protect a Pokemon like that from people who would want to abuse its power. Was there any real point in trying to get into the temple now that he knew this? Probably not, but getting a glimpse of the Pokemon would certainly be something to talk about.

Getting inside the temple seemed like it wasn't going to be too straight forward. According to Zorua, the temple guardians were animated Pokemon statues, certainly something he hadn't had to deal with before. They'd have to tread carefully and hope not to set the guardians off. He wondered what triggered them? Would they attack anyone? It seemed like the Zorua had been here before, perhaps they would recognise it and let them all through? He needed more information....

"Hey Zorua, should we be concerned with the statues attacking us? Also, what are the chances that there are traps waiting for us? This seems like the sort of place that would have traps." Jayson looked towards Fenrir. "Fenrir, keep alert, use Odor Sleuth to sniff out anything out of the ordinary and keep your ears on alert for any odd noises." They would proceed with caution, the last thing they needed was to get themselves in more trouble.


Update 15
Spoiler: show
Quote:
Originally Posted by Enigmatic Professor, post: 6673624, member: 106428


Before Zorua could answer your question, A portal opened up in front of you, with Krelia walking out of it.

"That won't be nessicairy, There are no traps on the outside of the temple, none that you could sniff out if there were. It would be more likely wards and spell traps."
She spoke with purpose, and with a finality that made it seem she had been here before, scouting out the for the same supposed traps.
She turned to Zorua and spoke to him. "Thank you for leading Jayson up here Zorua, "
Zorua nodded and shied back close to Cubone.

Krelia took a moment to stare at you. You could feel a power within her stare, you could feel as if she was much much older than she appeared. Her stare dug through your soul, making you think of memories, of all sorts. Good, bad, Happy, sad.
Whatever she was doing, well... it was scary, but it didn't hurt you.

She turned and looked away from you, breaking contact with your eyes, and the sudden flow of memories stopped as suddenly as they had been drawn forward.
"I must thank you for assisting me with dealing with Mayvis and Matthew, I have been having trouble with them for a long while, though it is not my job to protect this temple.
My friend, who is now back in her base that you two stopped in by, is the true guardians of this temple. The job was passed down from parent to child for millennia.
She left her post with me in charge, to go collect supplies and new technology so she is not so stranded in her post."

Krelia turned and looked at the temple. "I suppose that if you want, we can go meet the fabled pokemon of the temple. It is one of the few Jirachi left in this world.
However, it is nowhere near awakening its still 10 years off, But you may write a wish on its tags if you want.
Krelia looked back at you

"You are purer of heart than most who come here, not the purest, but we could trust you enough not to abuse the power of a wish that Jirachi could grant."

Cubone and Zorua looked back and forth between you and Krelia, watching you two like a tennis match.

"Another thing. While I am sure my friend will not mind watching over Zorua and Cubone, I am sure the two would like a chance to see the world. I ask you, Cubone and Zorua, Would you like to travel the world?"
Zorua and Cubone looked back and forth between each other...
Krelia looked at you again and asked softly
" I have bonded with both, but I am sure one would like to go with you, who would you chose?, I will take care of the other, But of course this means visits to keep these two in touch with each other. "

What are your responses?


Reply 15
Spoiler: show
Quote:
Originally Posted by TheKnightsFury, post: 6675313, member: 101661

Krelia soon appeared again, Jayson wondered how exactly she managed to create her portals. Magic for sure, but could something like that be taught and learnt? That didn't really matter right now, what mattered was the information Krelia was giving. The Pokemon within the temple was a Jirachi, a Pokemon Jayson had heard of but never actually seen. If he chose to venture into the temple, he'd be given the opportunity to write a wish on the legend's tag, an opportunity he surely couldn't pass up? As he was about to give his answer, the familiar buzz of his Pokegear drew Jayson's attention away.

Emergency, need you home immediately! Valka

"Ahh shit" Jayson mumbled, he had to get going. Before he could go however, it seemed he had a choice to make. He'd bonded with both the Zorua and Cubone, he couldn't take both with him, he'd have to chose between them. Zorua was a rare Pokemon and a telepathic one to boot? A Pokemon of its talents would certainly come in handy. However, he couldn't stop thinking about the Cubone. The poor thing was in need of some real support, Jayson knew with a little time and training, he could help it overcome its issues. Looking into the Ground type's eyes he could see the passion, the desire. His choice was made.

Jayson pulled out a Pokeball and offered it to the Cubone. "Want to come with me little fella?" Jayson turned to Krelia, "I think I can really help this Cubone out, thank you for the offer to go into the temple but it appears I am needed back home. Will I be right to fly off the mountain?"

(using 1 Pokeball to capture the Cubone!)


Update 16
Spoiler: show
Quote:
Originally Posted by Enigmatic Professor, post: 6680729, member: 106428

Krelia looked on at Cubone, who tentatively reached out and tapped the Pokeball, but before it pressed the button, he looked at his friend Zorua
Zorua looked back at him, tears in his eyes. "Don't you dare worry about me Cubone, I will travel with Krelia. And someday we will meet again
Zorua nuzzled his friend and walked over to Krelia, who was holding out a Pokeball as well.

Cubone looked up at you, and you could see something fierce in its eyes. While he was indeed sad, he was ready to leave this mountain behind, and see the world. He pressed the Pokeball button, and the ball opened up, shooting a red beam at him. Once he was wrapped up in the beam, it pulled him inside the ball and closed.
Rock
Rock
Rock
Click

The Pokeball sent up some stars to show that you now own Cubone.
Krelia looked at you as you spoke, tucking her Pokeball away.

"Well, leaving the temple should give you no problem, though just to be sure, I will wait here as you fly away.
Thank you Jayson, and may the Sun be with you."

You hopped up on Artemis's back and flew as fast as you could back home to Valka.
As you flew, growing smaller and smaller in the distance, Krelia smiled.

Someday we will meet again, that is for sure Jayson, she thought.
Krelia turned on her heel and opened up a portal, and with one last glance at you, she hopped in.
The portal fizzled out soon after Krelia stepped through.
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ ~~~~~~~~~~~

You get to keep the 6x Sitrus berries if you wish
The map is useless, but you may keep it.
Cubone's Stats
Male, Level 5
Ability: Lightning Rod
Ht: 1' 7"
WT: 6.5 kg
Relaxed Nature
Moves: Growl, Tail whip, Detect.

I hope you enjoyed your adventure TKF


Reply 16
Spoiler: show
Quote:
Originally Posted by TheKnightsFury, post: 6681205, member: 101661
Jayson watched anxiously as the Cubone was enveloped in the light of the Pokeball. He'd been through this many a time but no matter what, he still managed to get a spike in anxiety as he watch the ball rock back and forth. Eventually the ball came to stop and the tell tale click sounded the success of the capture. Jayson bent down and collected the ball, he had a lot of work to do with this Cubone. It would take a lot of time and training, but eventually it would overcome its burdens.

"I guess this is farewell then Krelia and Zorua, I might see you around, you have a habit of showing up when you're needed, its quite a talent." Without her help their was no way he would have overcome Matthew and Mayvis, he probably also would have continued to doubt Zorua's motives and potentially could have harmed the innocent Zorua. Jayson released Artemis from her Pokeball, the Aerodactyl dug her claws into the rocks, making sure to get a firm hold. Jayson climbed up onto her back and gave Krelia and Zorua a wave. He drew Fenrir and Genghis into their Pokeballs, they'd have to move with speed and they'd only be extra weight for Artemis to carry. With a nudge of his foot, the Aerodactyl spread her wings and with a few mighty flaps she was in the air. Jayson looked around to make sure none of the sentries were firing at them, breathing a sigh of relief when he realised they were in the clear. Artemis arced around the mountain, retracing the route they took on the way here, they had to get home.



TKF Part 2
Spoiler: show

Adventure Start
Spoiler: show
Quote:
Originally Posted by TheKnightsFury, post: 6731422, member: 101661

Xander watched as Froakie and Chimchar raced along the path ahead of him. The Water and Fire Starters had been getting along famously, despite their differences in personality. Froakie was a bit more independent than the young Chimchar and much more level headed. He'd noticed that Chimchar had become a lot more reasonable since the acrobatic amphibian joined them, which was a massive relief for Xander. They'd been travelling around for a little while now, but it was still early days in his adventure and they had a long way to go towards achieving what they set out to do. Froakie dashed along the side of the path, arms trailing behind while Chimchar chased in pursuit. Looking to slow the chimp's advance, Froakie began to haphazardly toss out globs of its frubbles, the foamy white substance would likely cause the Chimchar to slip over should it take a misplaced step. Xander simply laughed as the pair continued to play, it was the perfect time for it. The morning sun was shining brightly, they had no where to be, no one to see, they could just embrace the day as it came. Perhaps that would get a chance to do a bit of training later on, maybe even hunt down an opponent or two.

They'd made their way to the Arcane Realm after being told about it by another trainer. They said the Realm offered opportunities for spectacular adventures, however he wasn't exactly looking for something too out there right now. Right now he just wanted to get to know his Pokemon a little better, build a bond with them, help them to become stronger. What they would encounter on their travels was a mystery, but whatever it was they would take it head on! "Wait up Froakie and Chimchar", Xander shouted out as he broke into a sprint, almost slipping on some frubbles as he sought to catch up with the pair of playful Pokemon.


Update 1
Spoiler: show
Quote:
Originally Posted by Meetan, post: 6748869, member: 57787
TKF: Setting out on your journey along the Fool's Path, Froakie and Chimchar's antics bring slips, trips and laughter with every step. You're delighted that they get along so well in spite of their differences, especially knowing that Chimchar can be such a hothead and that Froakie has a natural advantage over him in typing and stealth. They're both much swifter than you, too, and you have to run to catch them up. However, you notice ahead that the two of them have come to a halt to stare at something, and soon you hear what: some girl, shrieking with frustration. You finally get to see what the fuss is all about, too, and find a teenager stomping about a glampsite and tearing through her things.

"Oh my god! Where is it?! What the hell happened to it?!" Her accent is clearly Kalosian, or Lumiosan to be exact, and she certainly looks the part. Her long, wavy pink hair is thick, glossy and well cared for and her clothes project style from top to toes. Everything she owns, including her tent, has a designer label attached to it and the fancy Vivillion perching atop it seems to shimmer as if its fur and wings were tended to by the finest groomer. "Oh my god! Rosetta, what-- what are you all staring at?!" It seemed she'd finally noticed that there was an audience, big pink eyes rounding on you, her pout tinged with fury. You get the sense that you're in for something. Sure, this isn't 'out there', but not exactly the adventure you had in mind. She looks ready to walk all over you - even Chimchar feels a little intimidated, albeit not by the lovely bug glistening in the sunlight.

"If you're going to stop and stare, you can at least help me! I had a bag of treasures with me, and something jumped Rosetta, and it's clearly taken it!" She stomped one of her boots on the grass, upset. "Rosetta thinks it's gone that way! Help me pack up and come with me, and help me take care of it!"

Chimchar and Froakie slowly turn their heads to look at each other, and then just as slowly tilt their heads to look up at you. I'd ask 'what do you do', but that implies you have a choice, and clearly you don't, so...


Reply 1
Spoiler: show
Quote:
Originally Posted by TheKnightsFury, post: 6749201, member: 101661

They'd been dashing along the Fool's Path when they happened to bump into a Kalosian Glamazon. Seriously, how did she manage to lug all this around? Xander got the feeling that she'd been raised with a silver spoon in her mouth, she likely wasn't the most experienced when it came to, 'roughing it'. Still, a stranger in distress was always a call he was taught to answer, his father had always drilled into him that it was his duty to help those in need. Froakie and Chimchar were a bit wary of the scene, like they could sense this glamorous pink haired beauty had a rage monster bubbling just below the surface.

He didn't even need to ask what was wrong before the girl kindly screamed it at him, was he really going to help her? She claimed someone or something had stolen some valuables from her. It took all of Xander's strength to choke back the chuckle that was welling up inside him. What did she expect really? She'd made herself the perfect target for theft, was she aware that just because this is called the Fool's Path, it didn't mean you were meant to 'Act a Fool'. Xander took a deep breath before introducing himself. "Nice to meet you too! My name is Xander, sure, I'll help you but why don't you help yourself and take a couple of deep breaths." Xander walked forward and picked something up, before holding it up, "where do you want this?" He then turned to Chimchar and Froakie. The pair wouldn't be much help packing up, but maybe they could get a head start on tracking the thief. "Chimchar, Froakie, head over in the direction the thief went and see if you can pick up its trail." The pair nodded before rushing off, eager to distance themselves from the fiery young woman.


Update 2
Spoiler: show
Quote:
Originally Posted by Meetan, post: 6749285, member: 57787
TKF: "I'm Adrienne, and I don't need you to be condescending." Adrienne said snippily. In spite of the impression she gave off, she clearly wasn't as stupid as she looked, glaring at you in merciful punishment of your behaviour. As for how entitled she was? Well... That probably wasn't far off the mark, judging by everything else. "That can go in the bag over there." She said, pointing to a waterproof wash bag: spotless white and patterned with the silhouettes of Herdier; more designer gear hailing this time from Galour. Her Vivillion descended from the tent to settle onto the grass, peering after Chimchar and Froakie while Adrienne worked on putting the tent away. Under her pretty cardigan and mani-pedi, Adrienne had a bit of strength and hard work in her at least. "You don't have to help if you don't want to, but I'd make it worth your while. I'm sure you've needed help before in your life and offered people less."

The two starter Pokemon ran off. Chimchar's nose was to the ground and Froakie's ninja senses were tingling. There was clearly something about and they were even headed the right direction, towards a line of bushes that separated one square of the Fool's plains from the other. The further out they got, the longer the grass became, and the harder it would be for you to see them - and yet, they get the sense that something is watching them.

What to do?


Reply 2
Spoiler: show
Quote:
Originally Posted by TheKnightsFury, post: 6749310, member: 101661

Adrienne huh? A fancy name for a fancy girl, Xander thought to himself. He didn’t feel like he’d been overly condescending but he wasn’t the best at considering how others would take his words. She was right however, no one got through life without a bit of help and he’d certainly needed it on a multitude of occasions. His father and grandfather had helped him immensely, in entirely different ways but he valued their assistance. He would help Adrienne, he didn’t even need the enticement of a reward, he’d do it because it was the right thing to do.

“Let’s just get your stuff packed up and belongings back. Then you can do whatever you see fit.” Xander continued to help her pack up her belongings, doing his best to keep Chimchar and Froakie within his sights. They were slowly disappearing into longer grass, he would have to head after them soon. He began to pack quicker....

Chimchar looked to Froakie, they both sensed it, they were being watched. Was it the thief? Either way, they had to keep their guard up. The pair go back to back as they scan their surroundings. Froakie pulls a hood of Frubbles up over its head, before forming a slim blade in its hand, ready to Cut down any would be attacker. His Frubbles shimmer and pale as his Protean ability shifts his type to Normal. Chimchar’s flame flickers as he gathers Embers in his mouth, ready to fire a warning shot should something surprise them.


Update 3
Spoiler: show
Quote:
Originally Posted by Meetan, post: 6749587, member: 57787
TKF:"You seem kind of moody. One of those kinds of teenagers, huh?" Adrienne remarked, and it was a wonder if she missed the irony, and also how old she was. She looked like she might be in her late teens, but it was really hard to tell when girls were made up and dressed to the nines like she was. She even smelled of mature, floral perfume and lotion. It was a wonder that bugs hadn't swarmed the place, but perhaps her Vivillion was keeping other invaders at bay now. "It's rare to see someone with a Froakie and a Chimchar, but you don't sound Kalosian to me. Where are you from?"

The two of you continue your conversation and endeavour, oblivious to the goings on of said Pokemon in the field. They're ready to rumble, prepping their attacks, Froakie damn near ready to stab a bish. Adrienne would be proud, no doubt, that she's hired such savage and smol guards. The grass begins to rustle some distance away, and the Pokemon's muscles are taut, the duo exchanging glances as if silently discussing tactics. Then, it begins.

The enemy rushes, faster than they could possibly anticipate. The ground between their feet lights up blue, and the smell of burning catches their nostrils. Whatever it was, was on fire, and it knocked the Froakie sideways as it barrelled into him. It hurt, but all things considered, did little more than singe his skin and knock his Frubbles aside - knife included, which was embedded into charred grass a little distance away. There's a patch of burnt grass where Chimchar missed by miles. On closer inspection, to the guards' shock and dismay, Froakie's Expert Belt had been swiped, too.

"Vivi! Vivi!" The Vivillion is swaying frantically in the air, attempting to get your attention. The ball of fire is headed your way, and Adrienne grimaces, bracing herself as she plucks a Net Ball from the clip on her handbag.
"It looks like it's coming back. I doubt it's anything else. Think you're up for this?"

Well, are you?


Reply 3
Spoiler: show
Quote:
Originally Posted by TheKnightsFury, post: 6749668, member: 101661

If Xander had been drinking a glass of water, he would have just spurted it halfway across Fizzytopia. She was calling him a moody teenager?! This girl had nerve, but Xander swallowed his pride for now. "I'm actually aiming to collect all Starter Pokemon, call it my dream I guess. I've moved around a lot to be honest, I was born in Kanto but I've lived in Johto, Hoenn and Sinnoh before we finally moved to Fizzytopia. Guess it means I kind of never got an accent?"

Chimchar and Froakie were on high alert when the smell of burning filled their nostrils. A quick exchange with their mysterious assailant had Froakie knocked to the ground and relieved of his Expert Belt. It was his most prised possession, a gift he was given by Xander when they first met. Anger grew within the normally level headed Froakie, he wanted revenge. The pair noticed the ball of fire was heading straight for Xander and the crazy pink haired woman. They'd need to move quickly if they were to get there in time. Chimchar Charged forward, covered in Flame, similar to their attacker. Froakie was Quick to get to his feet, ready to go on the Attack, as he raced forward. As the little frog drew level with his teammate, the pair exchanged a look. A Bubble from Froakie bolstered by Chimchar's Helping Hand would hopefully be enough to douse their flame wrapped attacker.

Xander shuddered slightly as he saw the ball of fire racing towards them. What had Chimchar and Froakie dragged them in to?!


Update 4
Spoiler: show
Quote:
Originally Posted by Meetan, post: 6749734, member: 57787
TKF: Thankfully for you, Adrienne missed the expression that you inevitably had shot her way. "Yes, that makes perfect sense. It's a shame you missed out on Kalos, it's very beautiful, but we also care a lot about appearances. It can be very difficult to fit in there." She explained airily. With you both now bracing for what's about to come, though, the banter was left in the dust of the plains. Chimchar and Froakie raced to reach you as quickly as they could, and thankfully although they were slower than their target, the bolstered Bubbles did their bit and doused the creature. It took a tumble, extinguished, and burst forth from the brush: a female Fennekin, looking quite unhappy to have lost the Expert Belt that was now lost to the grass as well. The mystery of the field is solved, high five for disappointment!

"A Fennekin! And a nasty little one, too!" She announced with a huff, "Where's my Buginium Z you little monster?! Where did you put it?!" The little magician simply batted her eyelashes, as if to picture innocence, staring at you with big and lovely eyes. Adrienne scowled. Chimchar and Froakie arrived, flanking the back, and the fire monkey had the Expert Belt in his hands. What a relief!

"Looks like it steals from everyone around here." Adrienne remarked. Fennekin smirked, responding with a spirited Howl and Whip of her Tails. It looks like she's not done yet, you two clearly have more gifts to give. What do you do?


Reply 4
Spoiler: show
Quote:
Originally Posted by TheKnightsFury, post: 6749754, member: 101661
What a sly little fox, Xander thought as Adrienne took a dig at his appearance.... Froakie and Chimchar came to their rescue in the nick of time, dousing the thief and revealing it before them. A Fennekin who seemed to have a knack for the magical arts. Chimchar had recovered Froakie's Expert Belt but they still needed to recover Adrienne's stolen item, which seemed to be a Buginium Z Crystal. A Kalosian with a Z Crystal? Likely a gift of her vast wealth, certainly bought rather than earned. The fiery fox wasn't shying away from the fight, perhaps it was best to wear it down before trying to determine its motive?

"Now need to get your Vivillion involved, we can handle this. Strange that a Fennekin would take to stealing from travellers though, maybe it has a good reason?" Regardless, if it was going to act aggressive, they would respond in kind. "Froakie start us off with a Bubble, then see if we can get a bit of luck with a Lick. Get in close and strike with a Power-up Punch. Then slam it with a Gunk Shot, really make it think about its actions." If all went well, he might just find himself in a position to add another Starter Pokemon to his team. Was it right to catch this Fennekin just because it was a starter Pokemon though? Sure it would put him one step closer to his dream, but he wasn't about to blindly try and catch a Pokemon he had no connection with?


Update 5
Spoiler: show
Quote:
Originally Posted by Meetan, post: 6749805, member: 57787
TKF: Adrienne didn't know whether to be insulted or not, but she felt it. It was only brief, however, before she was smirking at you and standing back with folded arms. "Then go right ahead." She said, as Rosetta came to roost on her bright pink top knot. It was a raspberry shade, several darker than the prismatic wings at Vivillion's sides. "Fight for your dream and all that."

The Fennekin howled again, through your orders, and didn't seem like it would fall for the same trick twice. The Bubbles were responded to with Embers, which popped them as they floated through the air, causing a small explosion from the special force. The little fox wasn't particularly happy with the splashes of water that reached her through the smoke, and as she shook her fur dry (not that it was particularly wet to start with), Froakie burst from the cover of the smoke. His tongue lashed out like a whip, disgusting the Fennekin whose face he smeared with saliva, and just as the enemy made to ignite itself, the Power-Up Punch connected. Fennekin was thrown back into the air, but clearly wasn't out for the count, spitting some more Embers at your Froakie for good measure. Thankfully the attack wasn't very effective, but it did enough damage that it was obvious the creature might have been some way ahead of Froakie in strength, and the Gunk Shot attack easily missed. Fennekin was on the grass again, looking entertained by the whole thing. It hadn't come here for a fight, but... If a fight is what you all want...

What do you do?


Reply 5
Spoiler: show
Quote:
Originally Posted by TheKnightsFury, post: 6750032, member: 101661

Xander was impressed by the Fennekin's performance in battle, maybe it was worth catching? For now they needed to regain the upper hand, they had a two on one advantage, they needed to exploit that. Despite its obvious confidence in battle, Xander observed that it seemed to have a limited repertoire of move. So far it had only used Howl, Tail Whip and Ember. It would likely know Scratch, but it likely didn't have too many other moves at its disposal. It was time to neuter its offensive options.

"Froakie, use Water Sport!" The Froakie's bubbles shimmered blue as his Protean, ability shifted his typing from Fighting back to his original Water type. It was a tricky but incredibly useful ability that they were just starting to get the hang of. "Chimchar use Thunder Punch, then see how what you can pull with one of your signature Assists! Froakie, follow up your Water Sport with an Aerial Ace!" He didn't want to stumble or make a mistake in front of Adrienne, he knew she would tear into him as soon as it happened. Maybe he needed to give her something to do so she wasn't just standing there like a lemon, observing his every move?

"Hey Adrienne", Xander looked back at the other trainer. "While I've got Fennekin busy, why don't you send Vivillion out to try and find its den or nest? If it doesn't have your Buginium Z on it, then the next place to look would be its home. Wouldn't hurt to get a head start on the search." Xander wasn't confident she'd listen to him, but if she wanted her precious item back she would learn to.


Update 6
Spoiler: show
Quote:
Originally Posted by Meetan, post: 6752209, member: 57787
TKF: You know that Adrienne is definitely scrutinising your every move and that it's important not to mess up. Still, you don't feel too pressured by it given your exchanges thus far. She's likely to criticise any opening you give, and it's not like she can do any better, or she wouldn't have whined at you in the first place. You were confident, too, that Fennekin didn't have much to use against you, so that helped.

Froakie splashed the field with his Water Sport, thereby making any future embers as weak as they probably should be against the poor thing. What you hadn't thought about, however, was that ordering a Thunder Punch to follow up from Chimchar was a rough mistake, and one that made Adrienne cringe and literally facepalm from the sidelines. Chimchar raced forward, the monkey's fist sparking and then fully lighting up with energy - only for some of that energy to catch the water and rush straight along to Froakie. The poor Pokemon cried out from the super effective, not-so-friendly strike, and neither Chimchar nor Fennekin were too happy, either. You got the intended target and more, it seemed, and when all was said and done, the Assist ended with Chimchar digging under the ground. How convenient, noone can see his embarrassed face down there!

"Yeah. Sounds good. We'll do that." And ooh, there it is. You might have had a point, but said lemon still couldn't get over that little oopsie. "Rosetta, you heard the kid. Go in the direction Fennekin came back from and see if you can find its den or at least the Buginium. Take this." She fastened a small pouch to one of the Vivillion's feet, and the creature took off into the air, pink scales sparkling in the spring sunlight as it left. Fennekin had shaken off the shock, but knew it was only a matter of time before the Chimchar emerged to strike her. Taking advantage of how worn down Froakie already was, the little fox rushed it, moving in to scratch at the newer starter. Froakie's beginning to look worse for wear, and the Fennekin doesn't stop clawing until Chimchar rises up to put a stop to her assault. Fennekin's beginning to tire, but Froakie's looking worse. Chimchar, as expected of the hothead, has a lot more in him, however.

What do you do?[/b]


Reply 6
Spoiler: show
Quote:
Originally Posted by TheKnightsFury, post: 6752473, member: 101661

Sure enough, the slip up finally came, but despite the unplanned damage to Froakie they managed to maintain their advantage. With the Fennekin now tiring and Adrienne's Vivillion off searching for the lost Z Crystal, Xander considered their options. They could go for a knock out blow, but it seemed a little rough. Perhaps they could restrain the Fennekin, if they kept it conscious they might be able to get some information out of it. "Chimchar, Taunt the Fennekin into attacking you!" Chimchar had the upper hand on Fennekin at this point and he hoped the Fennekin would act rashly in its tired state. Xander then looked to Froakie. The Water type was struggling more than he expected in this fight, but it wasn't about to give up. They exchanged a look, Froakie knew exactly what his trainer wanted from him. Trip the Fennekin with a Grass Knot when it rushed at Chimchar. Xander looked at the puddles of water laying around from Froakie's Water Sport. If they could manage to trip the Fennekin into one of the puddles, he'd order Froakie to freeze it in place with an Ice Beam. If worse came to worse, Chimchar would take the opportunity to land a Gunk Shot, it had missed previously but the Fennekin likely wouldn't have the time or energy to dodge this time.

Xander considered get a Pokeball out of his bag, but his hand stopped a few inches shy of his pack. It didn't feel right for him to try to capture this Fennekin, but maybe Adrienne would like the opportunity. "Hey Adrienne, why don't you capture this Fennekin? I know it stole from you, but maybe it just needs some love and care?"


Update 7
Spoiler: show
Quote:
Originally Posted by Meetan, post: 6757759, member: 57787
TKF: Even as you felt Adrienne's judgemental gaze upon you, you don't succumb to the pressure. In fact, the whole thing barely phases you. You deliver your orders both vocally and in silence, and you're confident in all of them, analysing the battlefield well. Chimchar proceeds to taunt the Fennekin, body language big as it probably shouted something about the fox's mum, and thankfully the baiting worked. The Fennekin had an air of superiority about it, but what had been simple theft and gaming had turned into this hell and she was angry about it. Fennekin steeled itself and rushed for the monkey, and that was when Froakie did his part - he wasn't down yet! The fiery fox's eyes were narrowed, seeing red, so naturally it didn't really think about the ground beyond the discomfort of the puddles it splashed through. Predictably, the Pokemon took an almost comical tumble.

"Then why don't you do it? I specialise in bug Pokemon." Adrienne said simply. That didn't mean she was unfeeling, however. Just as Fennekin was getting to its paws and shaking off the excess water from its fur, the ninja frog went in for an Ice Beam. His opponent tried to cover itself in flame, taking a few steps out of the puddle to boost her chances of success, but the fire was weakened by the environment and it just wasn't enough. The embers that had caught the flames were not only doused by the ice, but Fennekin was now frozen solid... But probably not for long. Chimchar held off on the Gunk Shot for now at Froakie's advice, not wanting to melt their brief advantage. "I have all of the Pokemon I need right now, anyway. But thank you for your generosity. You're already doing enough."

Ouch. A biting rejection. You have a few extra seconds to decide your next move, so what do you do?


Reply 7
Spoiler: show
Quote:
Originally Posted by TheKnightsFury, post: 6757777, member: 101661
Their plan had worked! The Grass Knot worked perfectly, tripping the feisty Fennekin into a puddle. Then, despite the Fennekin's best efforts Froakie followed up with an Ice Beam, freezing her in place. Temporarily at least. Xander then offered the opportunity to capture the Fennekin to Adrienne. Oh no, she was too good for the Fennekin! Apparently she was a Bug type specialist? Made sense, she'd been bugging him since they'd met! Xander made sure to keep that thought to himself, it would probably earn him a Double Slap! Still, he'd done the polite thing and she'd knocked it back, her loss. Her not wanting the Fennekin kind of made him want it more, so he could show her the potential that she'd passed on. He felt half bad making the catch with spite in mind, but truly, the Fennekin was a good fit for him and his team. The Kalosian Fire Starter would complete his Kalosian trio and it certainly had battle potential, staving off Froakie and Chimchar was no easy task! Xander pulled out a Luxury Ball, he figured the Fennekin would appreciate the finer style of Pokeball.

Chimchar stood ready, if the capture wasn't successful and the Fennekin freed itself from the ice, he was prepared to drop that Gunk Shot, into it. "Alright Fennekin, time for you to leave your life of thievery behind, because you'll be coming with us. Xander pulled the ball up to his ear, lifting his knee up before pitching the Luxury Ball towards the Fennekin like a baseball pitcher. Once they had the Fennekin they could have it lead them back to its den, who knew what sort of treasures it had stashed away in there!


Update 8
Spoiler: show
Quote:
Originally Posted by Meetan, post: 6758019, member: 57787
TKF: Your plan worked as intended, except for the part where Adrienne didn't want the Fennekin. Her specialism didn't seem to surprise you. In fact, like the clever clogs you are, you started punning your way to an early grave! Or you would if Adrienne or some other sadistic, world-affecting person caught you at it, but they didn't. Obviously. You'd just have to take the Fennekin and raise its toasty self to perfection, then rub the loss in her face later. Is that implying you'd want to meet her again? Oh my.

Meanwhile, the Fennekin had slowly melted the ice, enough that what remained of it she caused to shatter with fiery fangs and a sudden bucking movement. It smashed like glass, and she was off again, spring to the Chimchar like her life depended on it. The Pokemon made the stretch, beginning to scratch the monkey's eyes out with ferocity as of yet unseen; only for the Luxury Ball to save the Sinnohan battler. Only the best for your little thief!

One, twice, thrice... You were certain that she'd break free and that Chimchar – who was now nursing the bloody gashes on his face – would have to end this with a Gunk Shot. Finally, though, it fell still, and you realised you'd caught a level 14 Fennekin! A pokedex reading later on would reveal it also knew Psychic Terrain! What a gal. Froakie had gained four levels and Chimchar three for their suffering.

After your prize was claimed, you'd realise that Adrienne's Vivillion had returned, and the trainer had swallowed what remained of her camping gear into a specialist, secret base laptop. She was making tracks. “Rosetta's found the nest. You can come or not, whichever you prefer.” She sounded aloof, but she wouldn't extend the invitation if you weren't wanted. So, what will you do?


Reply 8
Spoiler: show
Quote:
Originally Posted by TheKnightsFury, post: 6758166, member: 101661
Despite the Fennekin breaking free and ferociously scratching Chimchar, the capture was a success! Xander collected the Luxury Ball, giving it a quick scan with his Pokedex to assess the Fennekin's stats and moves. "Not bad, not bad at all", Xander mused, he fixed the ball to his belt. With Adrienne's Vivillion returning with the nests location, there was no need to have the Fennekin lead them there. He would consider bringing her out once they were there, she might just have a couple of things hidden away that would be of use to them. Xander looked to Froakie and Chimchar. The pair were looking a little battered, but they were stronger from the fight. Once they'd recovered what they needed from the nest, he'd set them up to heal. As he looked at the two Pokemon, he noticed them start to glow. The pair looked to each other and grasped hands, the glowing stopped....

Xander caught a Fennekin!
Chimchar reached level 16! Froakie reached level 16!


"What was that guys?" Xander questioned, but the Froakie and Chimchar shrugged it off and pointed towards Adrienne who was rushing off in pursuit of her Vivillion. "Good point, lets get going!" Xander raced off after Adrienne, Froakie and Chimchar trailing behind him a bit now due to their exhaustion. "Hey Adrienne!" Xander shouted out, "since Fennekin is mine now, the contents of its nest technically belong to me as well. You can have your Buginium Z but everything else in there is mine!" He picked up the pace, not wanting to give the girl a chance to claim anything for herself.


Update 9
Spoiler: show
Quote:
Originally Posted by Meetan, post: 6758358, member: 57787
TKF: Adrienne glanced back, wondering what you were questioning. Chances were, she'd have had a word for your oblivious ass. Seriously, you'd been raised by a father like yours and had Pokemon in your arsenal but still didn't recognise an evolution when you saw one? As it was, you'd gotten exceedingly cocky as the day went on, and your companion wasn't appreciating your attitude.

“Do you really think so?” She challenged, and then suddenly raised her voice, “Rosetta, you know what to do!” Before you could react, the bug had whipped up a Tailwind, bursting into the distance with a sudden boost of speed. You could still see her: the sun casting off her shining pink wings ever so beautifully, as she suddenly dove into a collection of trees and bushes, only to emerge in a full charge. If you or your Pokemon got close, you'd notice the entire place was now covered in Electroweb; threatening to trap and shock whoever attempted to break through – and the Vivillion was guarding the perimeter. Did you really think you could have your cake and eat it too? Moron.

A smirk on her face, Adrienne overtook you just in time to get in your way, arms folded. For someone who you previously thought was useless, she's looking mighty confident. “If that's the way you want to play it, that's fine. We will battle. And then, once I have beaten you, I will give you an appropriate reward for your time – not that you deserve one. I think that you and Fennekin suit each other well, don't you, little thief?” She produced a Luxury Ball from her bag, the black and gold sphere contained in a seal-coated capsule, “Choose your Pokemon wisely, little thief. Not that your order will truly make a difference.”

You wanted a rival? Sounds like you've now made an enemy. What do you do?


Reply 9
Spoiler: show
Quote:
Originally Posted by TheKnightsFury, post: 6758450, member: 101661
Adrienne finally decided to show a bit of backbone, she was going to battle him? This would be fun. He already knew she was a Bug type specialist, he had just the Fire type for her. There was a fair chance she'd have a few Bugs with different secondary typings, Bug type's were adaptable like that, but he doubt they possessed the strength of the Pokemon he planned on battling with. However, he also had the Vivillion to worry about, the bastard bug had put Electrowebs up around the Fennekin's den! The contents were rightfully his and he had a plan to break through. "A battle? Sure, just let me check on my Pokemon", Xander turned to face Froakie and Chimchar, the pair were both too weak to battle a fresh Pokemon, but he had another job for them. He crouched and subtly knocked his newly caught Fennekin's Luxury ball loose from his belt. It rolled towards Froakie, who picked the ball up curiously, what did Xander have in mind? "Alright guys listen closely. I'm going to pull out all the stops here, that should keep Adrienne's attention on the battle. When you get the chance I want the pair of you to slip away, double back then flank around. Release Fennekin from her ball and fill her in on the situation. Chimchar, you might be able to Dig a tunnel through to the den to get around the Electrowebs, Fennekin will know exactly where to dig." Xander rose, turning to face Adrienne once more. "Sorry to keep you waiting, but they are both too tired to battle so I'll have to use someone else..."

Xander flicked a ball out in front of himself and it quickly burst open with a torrent of fire. A mighty roar followed as Charizard announced itself, flexing its muscles and flapping its wings. The Charizard glared back at Xander, Froakie and Chimchar. The smaller Pokemon glared right back, their relationship with the massive fire lizard wasn't great. It thought itself above them, it was, but it didn't have to act like it. The Charizard flicked its tail around to display a small piece of armour fixed around its tail, a stunning blue stone embedded in it. Xander had a feeling Adrienne would know what it was, but he wasn't about to rush into using it. "What do you think of my Charizard?" Xander questioned, hoping to get a bit of shock out of the Bug type specialist. "My Grandfather used to be a league champ, this Charizard is a direct descendant of his, hence the increased size and strength." Xander remained confident when addressing Adrienne, but he was slightly nervous about using Charizard. It was rather arrogant, it knew its lineage and wanted to surpass its ancestors. At times it thought it knew better than he did and would act on its own, but Xander had been slowly earning its respect and they'd gotten to the point where it would listen to him on most occasions. He was confident that as long as they kept the upper hand, Charizard would listen, but if they started feel behind things would likely go off track. "So, who are we going to be fighting?"


Update 10
Spoiler: show
Quote:
Originally Posted by Meetan, post: 6758453, member: 57787
TKF: Adrienne had challenged you to a battle, and it was one that you were looking forward to. You already knew what she specialised in, and her arrogance likely gave you an upper hand, not to mention that she'd only seen the scrappy younglings in your team. Between the capture, the treasure and this, you were all set to go. The little ones were too weak to fight Adrienne, but not to go hunting, and the trainer opposite you simply shrugged and muttered an impatient affirmative to your request. Fennekin was out of her ball, and while miffed, otherwise seemed to be all ears to her new comrades. Something, something team work and fair divide and communism. She should share her loot equally with the pack!

You flick Charizard's ball out onto the field with the air of someone with no frickle frackles to give, and the Pokemon bursts forth with pomp and fanfare. At least in its own head – its party members look disinterested, as does Adrienne, whose lips barely quirk for a moment before her unimpressed pink eyes fall back onto you. You wanted her to be shocked. She looked bored out of her bugged brain. “I really don't care who your grandfather was. Is that what you do when you battle? Throw out your charity dragon and his reputation, too? The little thief has a big, secondhand monster. How cute. And now you have a secondhand fox, too.”

You ask Adrienne what she's going to use, and from her set of Luxury Balls, she throws one that releases its Pokemon in a blast of navy light and yellow sparks. A Vikavolt zooms from the air and onto the field, and from the sky, Rosetta the Vivillion cheers on her flying friend. Vikavolt hovers in place, and Adrienne is ready to go.

“You can go first. Your Charizard seems very excited.”

Oh, look! She can be charitable, too! Best not let it go to waste.


Reply 10
Spoiler: show
Quote:
Originally Posted by TheKnightsFury, post: 6758706, member: 101661
"Vikavolt", Xander analysed their opponent, it was one they hadn't faced before. He pulled out his Pokedex to get a read on its stats, but they were a bit conflicting. "What? This doesn't make sense!" Xander grumbled, who'd done this research?! The Pokedex claimed that Vikavolt's best stat was Special Attack and it had low speed, yet the Pokedex descriptions made note of Vikavolt's powerful mandibles and high speed capabilities! Whoever was in charge of this dex entry need their position reviewed! Xander looked at Charizard. An Electric Pokemon changed things, Charizard wasn't the only one with a type advantage now. With Vikavolt's high special attack, super effective Electric attacks were going to sting. If they Mega Evolved now they would resist both of the Bug's STABs, Xander could sense this was what Charizard expected from him. "Alright then Charizard, let's do this!" Xander held up his wrist, his keystone glowing as he prepared to activate his Mega Evolution. The keystone began to resonate with Charizard's and as tendrils of energy began to leap between the two stones, Charizard became enveloped in a rainbow glow. "Let the strength of our bond unleash power unrivalled", Xander shouted, "Mega Evolve!"

Charizard let out a mighty roar as its body underwent intense changes. Its skin turns jet black, with royal blue highlights giving it a truly dignified look. Its horns sharpened and barbs sprouted from its shoulders as its wings became more draconian. Red flames turn blistering blue as fire gathers in his maw, cementing his fearsome appearance. Adrienne would face the full force of Mega Charizard X, the now Fire and Dragon type flashed its Tough Claws, at its opponent, it would feel their sting soon enough. Xander still marvelled at the Mega Evolution, it was such a drastic change. "Alright Charizard, how about we show them the power of Mega Evolution?" The Charizard growled, he agreed. "Alright open with a Heat Wave, then test our luck with an Ancient Power. If it tries to get in close, make it regret it with a Crossfire, otherwise trap it in a Fire Spin!"


Meanwhile, the Mega Evolution had given the trio of Froakie, Chimchar and Fennekin the perfect distraction to slip away. Froakie and Chimchar looked to Fennekin for advice, they'd just finish fighting her but now they were team mates, meaning that they trusted her to lead them in the right way. They had to be at their stealthy best, they couldn't let Adrienne or her Vivillion become aware of their secret mission.


Update 11
Spoiler: show
Quote:
Originally Posted by Meetan, post: 6758897, member: 57787
TKF: You hadn't ever faced a Vikavolt before, so you took out your Pokedex to help give you some information. To your irritation, it was all incredibly conflicting, and once you were in a better place you were absolutely going to file a complaint with whoever worked on this profile. Powerful mandibles? Sure, but which stats were top and which stats were trash? How was anybody supposed to min-max like this? What did they think this was, the real world?!

Whatever Vikavolt's strengths were, you had a strategy to severely ease the pain, and it was what Charizard expected of you. With the flare of animu protagonist, the Mega Ring reacted with the Stone embedded into Charizard's tail and he underwent a drastic transformation. Even Adrienne seemed intrigued by it, although she wasn't as 'shocked' as you kept hoping she would be. Did nothing impress this woman? Was she unable to feel? Should you maybe call Shane Dawson, because, oh my god.

It looked a lot more draconian now, your Charizard, and all of his soft creams and hot oranges were replaced by bruising blacks and blues. There was more fire, more toughness, and Charizard was raring to go. Charizard flaunted his Tough Claws, and you gave your orders, providing a distraction while the starter trio scampered away through the grass. Charizard inhaled, expelling a wave of heat. Adrienne was not shaken.

“Viki, protect yourself and focus. You know what to do.”

The bug began to zoom through the air, cutting straight through the fire move with a shield protecting its flight. You couldn't see its expression exactly, or figure it out, but there was something scarily focused about it. It weaved through your Ancient Power, the debris that hit it barely causing it any harm, and just as Charizard began to use Crossfire... It stopped to roar in anguish. For a moment, you're startled, and then you realise that Charizard has dropped to the ground... Utterly defeated.

In one shot, the power of your bond, of mega evolution, was decimated. Vikavolt released its guillotine, returning to hover by her trainer, and Adrienne looked at you with a subtle sort of smugness. You thought you had the advantage. You thought she was stupid. You went into this with all of the confidence of a champion's grandson, and now...

“Power unrivalled, you say?” Adrienne asked of you, as if she were expecting more. “Is that really it?”

… What do you do?


Reply 11
Spoiler: show
Quote:
Originally Posted by TheKnightsFury, post: 6758911, member: 101661

What an absolute hack! Adrienne had absolute no honour, using a move like Guillotine? Anyone could win like that! It was disrespectful and Xander was going to give her an earful for it. Not simply because he was disgusted by Adrienne's disrespect for battle, but because he was buying time for his gang of stealthy thieves to infiltrate the nest. He held up Charizard's ball and recalled it, this wouldn't be great for their bond, he would have lost a lot of Charizard's respect for this. "You silver spoon fed princess!" Xander let the rage embrace him, his eyes red with fury. "Never have I met a person more disrespectful than yourself. Guillotine?! Anyone can win a battle with a bit of luck and a guaranteed OHKO move, do you think that makes you a good battler? The answer is no, it makes you a hack! Honestly, ever since I came to you're aid you've been nothing but disrespectful and rude. Have I been perfect? No, but its a bit hard to be nice when you're being mocked at every turn. Karma will catch up with you and it will sting! You deserve much worse than your Z Crystal getting stolen and I'm certain you'll get what is coming to you if you continue to act like you do. You think your above everyone else, but really you're no better than a lowly Grubbin!" Xander took a deep breath, okay, he needed to cool it a bit. He looked around for a sign of Froakie, Chimchar on Fennekin, they had to be close to infiltrating the nest by now.....


Update 12
Spoiler: show
Quote:
Originally Posted by Meetan, post: 6759227, member: 57787
TKF: Adrienne snorted, rolling your eyes before you were even done with your speech. She was a dishonourable, spoiled hack and you made sure that she knew it! Her winning tactic had angered you enough to see red, and you knew that limitless bond with Charizard might suddenly have a hard line ruled through it because of her behaviour. Unbelievable!

“Silver spoon fed princess? Am I? Did it ever occur to you that Buginum Z was something that I earned fair and square? Do you think that these powerful Pokemon were just given to me? Hah. You're far from perfect. You're a child who thinks that he's a big man, who thinks that he knows everything. Perhaps I should have taken that Fennekin after all. At the very least, I could have found it a better trainer than the likes of you.”

Her lofty tone ends in venom, pink eyes skimming you over like you were worse than a lowly Grubin – like you were scum that weren't worth the sole of a murderer's shoes. “My 'lowly' Grubin grew into this, a powerful battler. I could think of worse comparisons. A true trainer is ready for whatever comes their way, including an arrogant little thief's super effective mega evolution. As if your tactics were any better, some brute force easy mode. Don't play like you're some knight to me, little boy. Karma has caught up to you, now, and it's going to do one worse. All of your own impatience and judgement will now lose you your bounty.” She tilted her head ever so slightly, beautiful pink waves falling to the side.

“I was going to give you a chance to battle me, for us to share the assumed treasures equally, along with whatever I was going to give you for your help today. But I see your presumptuous little behind doesn't deserve it.” Adrienne's voice was sheer cold. You thought she was nasty before? Now she's actively punishing you for your stereotypes, for your insolence, for your little tantrum to boot. It sounds like you, the grandson of a champion, were in fact in the presence of an elite trainer... So much for that silver spoon. “A boy who preaches about honour while sending his babies to raid. There's so much irony, you really will be a fun story for the message boards, won't you? We from Kalos love a good gossip, it's the same in Hoenn and Unova, too. I wonder how it is in Fizzytopia? Your grandfather would be so disappointed to hear about your reputation, if he's still kicking, that is...”

She's smirking. She doesn't care about your feelings anymore, if she ever did. You could try grovelling or apologising, but it might be too late. You could try distracting her with a new Pokemon to strike, but could you even do anything substantial if you tried? “Viki, help Rosetta take care of those children.” The older teenager ordered, her Vikavolt lifting from the ground to shoot off into the bushes behind you – where the Vivillion had suddenly taken some kind of nosedive. “Time to show their parent what consequences look like...”

What do you do?


Reply 12
Spoiler: show
Quote:
Originally Posted by TheKnightsFury, post: 6759300, member: 101661
As the verbal volley was returned, everything suddenly hit Xander like a Beedrill to the chest. He'd gone into this with the best intentions, but at some point he'd let the girl's personality morph him into a form of himself that he'd never seen before. Was this the power of the Fool's Path? Or perhaps he'd just been a fool completely on his own. Either way, he'd made so many assumptions about Adrienne, just because she'd been disrespectful to her, didn't mean he had the right to return serve. His father and grandfather wouldn't have been disappointed in him losing the battle, but he knew now they'd be really disappointed in the way he'd behaved. As much as it pained him, he had to swallow his pride and apologise. "Wait!" Xander shouted, "that's enough, you've won." Every word hurt as it came out, but he continued. "I've been rude and disrespectful, I apologise for my actions. I'm not normally like this, I think I just got a bit carried away. I guess sometimes I feel like I've got a point to prove, starting my adventure so long after my friends, I feel like I'm constantly lagging behind. I honestly just wanted to help you recover your Buginium Z, but at some point I lost sight of that and my goal became more greedy. I'll take my Pokemon and leave, but one day we'll battle again and when we do, I'll win!" Xander took a deep breath, once the words started pouring out he couldn't stop them.

He'd come to piece with the fact that Fennekin's horde would likely be lost to them, but he now had a new goal as well, get stronger and smash Adrienne into the ground when next they met.


Update 13
Spoiler: show
Quote:
Originally Posted by Meetan, post: 6759326, member: 57787
TKF: Fitting for a bug specialist, Adrienne's words suddenly enlighten you, but in a way that isn't pleasant. Ignorance is bliss, so they say, but perhaps this ignorance would have burned you in the end. To see the truth: that you had lost yourself to your anger and insecurity, it felt like a Beedrill had impaled you – and honestly, with how Adrienne's looking at you right now you honestly wonder for a moment if she might actually release one and take you out. Nobody would ever know...

“Those aren't excuses for acting like a piece of shit.” It's hard to say whether she forgives you or not, Adrienne hasn't confirmed that part yet. It also doesn't look like she's going to. “Come and get your Pokemon, then, and hope that something's left of them.” The words are spoken in a sigh. She wouldn't actually do that, would she? Surely not. It's hard to say, the image Adrienne projects clearly isn't the same as her true self. The sound of an explosion and Pokemon cries – that you recognise as your trio – fill the air, but thankfully, Adrienne had the mercy to put things to a halt.

“Viki! Rosetta! Heel!” She clapped her hands, now strolling into the gathering of bushes and trees, seemingly uncaring for dirt on her beautiful clothes or any marks or scratches on her pristine skin. The Vivillion emerged in the air once more, the Vikavolt returning to her trainer. If you were to follow her, you'd find that there really was a trove of treasure to be found – and your Pokemon. Froakie was hanging from String in a tree and both Chimchar and Fennekin had been knocked out. Whatever had blown the pair up, at least Froakie was alright, although a check on the Pokedex would oddly show three levels gained for their theft attempt.

Adrienne picked up her Buginium Z, glinting in light that broke through the trees. There were leftover food, some other items and discs that look like Technical Machines. As expected, the trainer takes first dibs, and then tosses a TM in your direction. Rage. She has a fucking sense of humour, this one. Think she can tutor Spite, too?

“Here. The rest is yours.” Adrienne decided, making a gesture to Viki, whose mandibles snip the poor Froakie loose. The bug even delicately helps the starter to the ground! Apparently the mean lesson is over with. “I look forward to you beating me in a battle one day, you know, if I ever get hold of one of those Dream Machines or become a psychic. Come on, girls.”

The Pokemon trill their goodbyes to you, and you are left in the dust of your failure: two fallen Pokemon, a bruised Froakie, TM Rage, a batch of Leftovers and several notes that add up to a hundred and fifty pokedollarydoos. Better luck next time, little thief, but at least this was better than nothing...?


Reply 13
Spoiler: show
Quote:
Originally Posted by TheKnightsFury, post: 6759361, member: 101661
Xander rushed to his Pokemon as Adrienne departed, how could he let this happen to them! He cradle Froakie in his arms as he recalled Chimchar and Fennekin. They were bruised and beaten, but by Arceus would they be eager for revenge. Adrienne would regret ever crossing him, treating him like dirt. He wouldn't be disrespectful when next they met, no he would pay her the respect a trainer of her calibre deserved and he'd give her a battle she'd truly remember. He pocketed the few items they'd been left and began his rush to the nearest town, his Pokemon needed medical attention.....

Chimchar reached lvl 19!
Froakie reached lvl 19!
Fennekin reached lvl 17!



TKF Part 3
Spoiler: show

Adventure Start
Spoiler: show
Quote:
Originally Posted by TheKnightsFury, post: 6759361, member: 101661
It had been some time since their dealings with Adrienne, yet the defeat still stung. After getting his Pokemon healed, Xander continued to travel through the Arcane Realm, training and battling with his Pokemon so they'd be more prepared the next time they crossed paths with the Bug Specialist. Now they found themselves in the Land of Cups, training in a meadow of beautiful flowers. There was a strong sense of magic in the air as Xander watched his Pokemon exchange blows.

Fennekin had grown a lot since its capture, as evident by the way it was handling itself against Chimchar and Froakie. It had faced the pair when they first met, but now with some training under its belt, it was much more capable of dealing with them. The tricky fox sends Chimchar tumbling backwards. The Fire type had tried getting in close, only to be met with a powerful Psybeam for his efforts. As the chimp finds its feet, it feels unsteady and begins to stumble around, clearly confused. Froakie keeps his distance, firing off a Bubble barrage that puts Fennekin on the retreat, doing her best to pop the Bubbles with Scratch. Froakie launches a Water Pulse amongst the Bubbles however and catches Fennekin by surprise. As she pops the Water Pulse she is washed backwards, a nasty hit indeed. Fennekin quickly finds her feet however, letting out a Howl as she begins to glow. The fox suddenly rises onto two feet, her body undergoing drastic change as her evolution begins. As the light continues to glow, the Fire types arms develop and its tail grows. Fennekin evolved into Braixen!

(Feeding 3 Rare Candies to Fennekin, boosting her to lvl 20 and evolving her into Braixen!)

The newly evolved Braixen pulls the stick from her tail, igniting the piece of wood before she begins to whirl it around. She generates a towering Fire Spin around Froakie, the Water type had nowhere to run. Still wielding her stick like a wand, Braixen fires off another Psybeam, striking Froakie with a powerful hit.

"That'll do Fen... Braxien!" Xander wasn't all too surprised she'd evolved, he'd come here, to the Meadow of Judgement, with the intent of evolving her. He had heard this place was full of mages and the newly evolved Braixen would likely appreciate so tutelage from those more experienced with magic. "Great work Froakie and Chimchar, you two can have a bit of a rest", Xander recalled the pair into their Pokeballs. "Alright Braixen, why don't we go see if we can find someone who can help you hone your new powers?" Braixen smiled as she looked over her new body, clearly impressed with the evolution.


Update 1
Spoiler: show
Quote:
Originally Posted by Meetan, post: 6759525, member: 57787
TKF: The Meadow of Judgement was an appropriate place for you to train for multiple reasons, when you think about it. You were ashamed of your own behaviour back on the day when you met Adrienne, in spite of the fact that her foul nature quite frankly had it coming. She had brought the worst out of you with ease, and although you had learned your lesson, taking some time out to make sure the lesson stuck was a good plan. Your family didn't reach greatness in a day, and neither would you!

Plus, the beautiful environment was teeming with magic. Sometimes you wondered if you could smell it or taste it, although it was probably just the flowers making you all high on life or something. It was a positive place to be mindful, and you found that although the Meadow of Judgement attracted all sorts, nobody caused trouble. That was all well and good, given Adrienne had troubled you enough that your soul might have aged ten years, but it meant everyone got on with their own thing. You clearly had, because Fennekin had finally evolved into Braixen! Wasn't that amazing?

You decided that you both needed to find someone to help unlock that magical power of yours, and off you went. It was late afternoon now, but the sun was still in the sky, and you had plenty of daylight and energy left in you. There were all sorts of people to ask. There was one guy who you'd seen hanging around even before you arrived who often kept to himself, and was doing so now, lazing under a tree with his Donphan. Others were scattered about training, but another figure stood out: a brunet who was a few years older than you at best; rocking an emo sweep that 2008 would be proud of, but who usually dressed in pastels and often had a grass Pokemon at his side. He seemed to get along with all of the Pokemon and trainers who passed through here, and tended to the many flowers that saved souls for the end of days. Sure, Braixen might have an advantage over his team in a battle, but you'd already been taught that advantages weren't everything. So, what do you do?


Reply 1
Spoiler: show
Quote:
Originally Posted by TheKnightsFury, post: 6759580, member: 101661
As Xander walked through the meadow, he couldn't help but notice another trainer, maybe a couple of years older than himself. He'd seen him around the meadow before, often in the company of some grass Pokemon. He couldn't have mistaken him either, that haircut was one of a kind! He was feeling a bit wary about approaching someone after what happened with Adrienne but he had to get over that. Maybe he just needed a different approach? The guy obviously liked Grass Pokemon, maybe he'd like to see some? Xander retrieved two Pokeballs from his belt and tossed them out, releasing two of his own Grass types. Grotle and Bayleef appeared on the lush green of the meadow, both happy to be out of their balls again. Grotle immediately cosies up to Bayleef, however the Johto Starter shies away. Grotle had taken a liking to Bayleef and not just because of her spicy scent. Bayleef however was far too bashful to embrace Grotle's affection, that wasn't to say she didn't like him. Both were shock to see that Fennekin had evolved, while the newly evolved Braixen was more than happy to show off her new look, spinning and prancing around.

Xander casually made his way over to the trainer, introducing himself as politely as humanly possible. "Hey there, my name is Xander", he had never felt like more of a dork, he might as well have written up some palm cards. "I've seen you around the meadow tending to the flowers, it looks like interesting work. My Pokemon and I have just been doing some training, my Braixen here just evolved and we were hoping to find someone that could maybe help her work on her magic skills, maybe learn a couple of new tricks?"


Update 2
Spoiler: show
Quote:
Originally Posted by Meetan, post: 6759589, member: 57787
TKF: The trainer's hair stands out to you more than anything else, although his fashion sense does the same. He has a love of pastels, matching his comfortable pink shirt with a pair of long, tan shorts that protect at least some of his legs from environmental scratches and catches. Ever since Adrienne, you've been keeping to yourself a lot more, but you know that the longer your withdrawal goes on the harder it'll be to overcome. This in mind, you approach the stranger, trying to rise over your apprehension. From cool badass to dumb dork in no time at all! Perhaps you should've swiped some flash cards or put on a name tag?

“Oh. Hey, I'm Billy. It's nice to meet you.” He offered his hand for you to shake, looking over at your grass Pokemon. It's clear that he approves of them, which isn't a surprise. One of the Pokemon he's often seen walking around with is a Meganium, and they seem close. Your Braixen earns a bigger smile, clearly entertained by her showy behaviour. It's not the dry, cold entertainment that Adrienne derived from you all, however – it's like seeing the happiness of your Pokemon brought light to his amber eyes, as if the Pokemon's joy was nourishing to the soul. Perhaps not everyone was rough around the edges after all.

“I could give you some help with that, but if you'd rather someone else, there are plenty of options.” Billy offered. “Your Braixen isn't long evolved, is she? What kind of level is her magic at now, and do you have anything specific that you want to achieve?” He's certainly asking the right kind of questions, which makes you think he has experience in such tutoring. Still, if you'd prefer to find someone who might be closer to Braixen's style (whatever that is!), Billy is willing to search. He's an open book, or so it seems! What do you do?


Reply 2
Spoiler: show
Quote:
Originally Posted by TheKnightsFury, post: 6759611, member: 101661
This was already going better than last time, although Xander hoped that pink wasn't just an unlucky colour for him. Adrienne was the definition of pink, now Billy had a pink shirt? Xander quickly pushed aside his conspiracy theories, he was being ridiculous. So far Billy was the complete opposite of Adrienne, kind and full of life, not some cold heartless biatch. He seemed more than happy to meet himself and his Pokemon. Even better, he seemed to know a thing or two about magic and was willing to assist Braixen or find someone that could. "Oh she literally just evolved", Xander laughed, "she's always been a bit of a trickster though, guess that comes with her Hidden Ability, Magician." She'd used the ability to swipe Froakie's precious Expert Belt when they first met. "She has the basic moves of a Pokemon at her level, Psybeam, Fire Spin and she can also set up a Psychic Terrain!" Their bond had grown since they'd first met, it was hard to believe he'd considered letting Adrienne catch her instead. "You seem to favour Grass types right?" Xander didn't like assuming after the last incident, but the evidence was clear this time. "Being a Fire type, Braixen would love a Grass type move or two to help deal with Water, Rock and Ground Pokemon." Xander knew how useful Grass coverage was on a Fire type, it essentially let them defend themselves against their greatest weaknesses. "I know Braixen can learn Solar Beam and Grass Knot via TM, but I was hoping with some tutelage she'd be able to learn something a bit more unexpected?"


Update 3
Spoiler: show
Quote:
Originally Posted by Meetan, post: 6759880, member: 57787
TKF: Talk about PTSD, not only were you struggling to interact with people, but the colour pink seemed to bring back all sorts of bad feelings. Did the meadow's pinker flowers upset you, too, or the Pokemon? It sounds like you need therapy. That aside, Billy was listening to you intently, nodding along, clearly interested in what you had to say. “Magician? She really does fit in well here.” Billy said at one point, but then you made your request known, and the other boy folded his arms and shifted his weight a little while he thought it over.

“Yeah, I do favour grass-type Pokemon. I actually have a Meganium, not a Grotle, though.” He added off-handedly. “I can definitely help with that, there are lots of grass-type moves that you wouldn't normally see on a Braixen but could come quite naturally to her with some work. Are you thinking more offensively or defensively? If she can set up a Psychic Terrain, setting up a Grass Type one is potentially possible, but it might come easier once she's more comfortable with handling the element. This kind of environment is perfect for that, deep in nature. Hopefully training here means she's more attuned. Just know it might be slightly harder for her to use unnatural magic outside of this place. The aether is thick here, it takes more effort elsewhere.”

He's let your party know the reality of the situation, but Billy still seems positive that he can help! Braixen isn't deterred, either. In fact, she seems more than ready to get stuck in and learn some moves that set her apart for the rest. So, if you've no second thoughts, are you ready to begin?


Reply 3
Spoiler: show
Quote:
Originally Posted by TheKnightsFury, post: 6760092, member: 101661
Billy gives them some options as he continues to assess Braixen's capabilities and determine what exactly they were wanting to get out of the training. He suggested perhaps Grassy Terrain, since Braixen already knew Psychic Terrain there would likely be some crossover. However as the words Grassy Terrain left the trainer's mouth, Bayleef perked up. The ground begins to glow as she activates her own Grassy Terrain, excited to show off her own skills. "Haha, seems Bayleef already has Grassy Terrain covered", Xander shrugs, "anyways, we were thinking maybe something more offensive than defensive or supportive." Grotle smiled as he watched the flowers glowing and the grass growing due to Bayleef's move, he could feel it strengthen him as well. Xander thought about the different Grass moves he knew about and tried to narrow down the ones that would be useful to Braixen. After narrowing down the options, one move came to mind, he just hoped that Billy would be able to help him out with it. "What about Energy Ball?" It seemed like the sort of move a mage would utilise and it wasn't overly powerful. Braixen smiled, she liked the idea! It was just a matter of whether or not Billy was capable of teaching her the move. Billy had also mentioned that he owned a Meganium, a Pokemon that he'd been wanting to see. He was unsure if he wanted Bayleef to evolve and she wasn't sure either. Xander hoped that getting to meet a Meganium would give both of them a bit more information to work with. "Hey Billy, I was wondering if we'd be able to meet your Meganium as well? Bayleef wants to get to know her evolved form and I'd like to see one as well." It was a fairly simple request compared to his request for training, so Xander was pretty certain Billy would be more than happy to show off his Pokemon.


Update 4
Spoiler: show
Quote:
Originally Posted by Meetan, post: 6760311, member: 57787
TKF: Billy grinned when your Bayleef showed off her own magical power, laughing, but not out of mockery. He just looked delighted by her enthusiasm. “She certainly does! Maybe one day she could teach Braixen her trick. It's a very beautiful terrain, too.” He complimented the Pokemon before returning his attention to you. Grotle seems happy to be in Bayleef's terrain, and surely that's making her happier to have impressed him? “Energy Ball is probably possible. But you should know that we can only really practice one element here. So she might have a harder time when the energy that she'd produce is different, for example if you were on the coast or in an area where ghosts tend to roam.” He explained, wanting you to be sure of your options. “I had the thought that Magical Leaf or Petal Dance might suit her well, even if one is a bit more difficult to master than the other. Both are powerful offensive moves, but I'll cater to whatever you'd prefer to do.”

You make a second request, and as predicted, this one is far easier to fulfill. “Oh, of course! Megara would love to meet you all.” Billy said. He produced a Poke Ball from his pockets, and you notice it has a sticker on that looks like a Meganium's necklace of flowers. He presses the button once to enlarge it, then again to release the Pokemon you'd hoped to see. She was a beautiful, well-cared for Meganium, her short fur pristine and the petals around her neck big and lush.

“Megaaa!” The female greets, and she nuzzles her trainer first before noticing the glowing grass beneath her. Big eyes peer up to the source, and she looks delighted to see a fellow of her species, extending a vine to wave at both Bayleef and Grotle.
“Megara, this is Xander and his Grotle and Bayleef. They both really wanted to meet a Meganium, so I hope you don't mind!”
The Pokemon shakes her head, seemingly as upbeat a person as her human. Not only that, but she extends her vines as if to shake your hand! How very polite! Hopefully you all have a good first impression!


Reply 4
Spoiler: show
Quote:
Originally Posted by TheKnightsFury, post: 6760318, member: 101661

Billy quickly explained that they'd likely run into some difficulty using Energy Ball elsewhere, but Xander remained intent. Even when Billy proposed Magical Leaf or Petal Dance, he didn't waver, Energy Ball just felt right. Braixen seemed to share this sentiment, nodding as Xander expressed his desire to give the Energy Ball a crack. "Magical Leaf and Petal Dance sound alright, but I think Braixen and myself would much rather take on the challenge of Energy Ball. Even if it means a bit of extra work later on, I'm confident Braixen has what it takes to master the move."

Bayleef and Grotle were excited to meet Megara, almost as much as Xander. The marvellous Meganium had an air of excellence about her, her sweet scent a contrast to Bayleef's spicy one. The petals around her neck were stunning and Bayleef was certainly impressed by them, maybe evolving wouldn't be so bad? Grotle turns to Bayleef, giving her a wink. Sure Meganium was pretty, but it had nothing on her! Bayleef, true to form, blushed and turned away. Why was Grotle so intent on embarrassing her? Megara outstretched a vine to shake Xander's hand, her politeness was almost as impressive as her beauty.

"So Billy, how do we go about this training? I have a feeling it isn't exactly going to be straight forward...." Magic was a tricky thing, as was teaching a Pokemon a move it couldn't normally learn. He was willing to put in the work, as was Braixen, but that didn't guarantee they would be successful. They'd chosen a harder option, against the advice of their instructor, if they failed it would be their own fault.


Update 5
Spoiler: show
Quote:
Originally Posted by Meetan, post: 6761121, member: 57787
TKF: In spite of Billy's suggestions, you were still set on Braixen learning Energy Ball, and she was in agreement with you. For some reason, it just felt like the right move to make, and nothing was going to stop you both from trying. Billy seems to hum as if he's uncertain about your choice, but he gives in anyway. “Okay, well, if you're sure.” He shrugged, and that was that.

All of you are impressed by Megara. She's beautiful and polite, a proper lady on four chunky legs, and the contrast of aroma between sweet and spicy just adds to the wonderful atmosphere of the meadow. Grotle might at times contest Bayleef's affections, but right now he's flirting, and she has no idea what to do about it! Why is he being like this?

“No, it won't be straightforward, but with learning odd moves it usually never is.” Billy pointed out reassuringly. “We should go somewhere a little quieter so that Braixen can focus. Like with most magic, mindfulness is a good place to start, and Energy Ball involves literally drawing power from nature. She's attuned with this area on some level but probably not with the grass elementals, so she needs a space that can help her do that. Bayleef's Grassy Terrain will come in handy, though, but as we train, she needs to be able to call on Nature's Power without that boost.” He continued. “Let's head this way.”

He heads further out. Of course there are people still visible, and in fact, there are plenty of people like the observing man from before who are keeping to themselves to relax or meditate. It's clearly a well practised strategy. “We can settle here. Remember that Braixen needs to focus, so if you think Grotle and Bayleef are going to be too much of a distraction, you should probably return them or send them off to play if you can trust them not to bother other people.”

What do you do?


Reply 5
Spoiler: show
Quote:
Originally Posted by TheKnightsFury, post: 6761273, member: 101661

Billy explained that if they were to have any hope of learning Energy Ball, they'd have to go somewhere more quiet. Braixen was a little sceptical when she heard she'd have to clear her mind. Xander was a bit concerned as well, he knew as well as Braixen did that she always had something on her mind, some plot or prank. If they wanted to nail this, she'd need to learn though. They walked through the meadow, looking for somewhere more peaceful. Eventually Billy found a spot he was happy with, so Bayleef set up another Grassy Terrain to help Braixen in her studies. Bayleef and Grotle would likely be unwanted distractions, but Xander didn't feel like dragging them back into their balls right now either. "Alright you two", Xander turned to Bayleef and Grotle, "go and play in the meadow, but keep out of trouble." Xander mostly looked at Grotle when he said the last part. The Grotle was normally trustworthy but around Bayleef he acted differently. If an opportunity to show off presented itself, he'd take it. As the two Grass types walked off through the flowers, Xander turned his attention to Braixen. They both sat down in the flowers and began to clear their minds. "Alright Braixen, let your mind empty", Xander spoke softly, "breathe in slowly, taking in the smell of the meadow, then exhale, letting all your thoughts leave as well." Jayson watched as Braixen attempted to empty her mind. He was certain Billy would give her more instructions once she achieved the required state.


Update 6
Spoiler: show
Quote:
Originally Posted by Meetan, post: 6761655, member: 57787
TKF: When Billy mentions that Braixen has to clear her mind, you already feel concerned. Tuning into her own psychic power has been relatively easy up until this point: she had a natural talent for it, and it was unlocking potential that was already there. This was opening a gateway that might otherwise require technology to open, but you hadn't expected to hit a road block the moment you started! Braixen's mind was always on the run! How were you going to fix that?! You've told Grotle and Bayleef to go and play, and to behave themselves, and so they go and do just that. Braixen's a little bit envious, honestly. While she's determined to knuckle down and do this, she'd also rather play, and like you, she is also wondering if Grotle might go out and cause trouble to show off and she doesn't really want to miss that.

Regardless, the vixen settles down in the Grassy Terrain. You softly give her some instructions, which she follows, inhaling and exhaling nice and slowly; eyes closed as she tried to take in the atmosphere of the environment. Her nose was already sensitive to all of the world's smells, and right now, she's detecting all of the different flowers and their aromas; the sounds of wild and captured Pokemon frolicking and working hard in the meadow just as she is. It's hard not to get distracted by her own trail of thoughts. If she suddenly drop kicked you or took you out with her stick, that'd be pretty damn funny and the others would laugh when they found out! But that's her mind wandering again. She sets her hands down among the grass, feeling the motions of the foliage and the earth beneath. There's so much going on, nature is so very complex... She can feel it all growing and changing around her, encouraged by her ally's Grassy Terrain. Yet, while Braixen feels all of this, all you and Billy are doing are watching. You have no idea if this is working or if she's just thinking about food or a nap.

"Braixen, once you're ready, stand up and we'll start the next step." Billy encouraged, his voice low and neutral like yours. After a bit more time, she does stand up, and you notice her breathing is more rhythmic and her expression focused. Beneath your feet, the glow of the assisting move fades. It's either go on without that boost, or hope that Megara assists. "Now, we're going to have Megara use Energy Ball. We'll use it once to show you what it looks like, and then we're going to use a weaker version on you, so you have a personal feeling for that natural energy. Is that okay with you?"

Megara's definitely stronger than your freshly evolved Braixen, but Billy seems to think this is a fine path to take. What do you do?


Reply 6
Spoiler: show
Quote:
Originally Posted by TheKnightsFury, post: 6761664, member: 101661

Xander waits patiently as Braixen clears her mind, also trying his best to keep an eye on Grotle and Bayleef racing off into the distance. He had a bad feeling they'd still manage to find trouble, even in a peaceful place like this. It took a bit of effort, but Braixen seemed to finally reach the desired state, or at least Billy thought so. As Braixen rises to her feet, she appears more poised, more in control of herself. Xander was already proud of her, even if she didn't master the training, she had shown herself capable of controlling her behaviour. Xander frowned as the Grassy Terrain faded, at least it had helped her calm her mind. Besides, with what Billy was suggesting next, maybe it was best not to have the Grassy Terrain. Billy suggested that Megara display an Energy Ball for Braixen to see, then fire another, weaker version of the move at Braixen so she could get a feel of the energy. If the Grassy Terrain was still in effect, the strength of the Grass attack would be strengthened. There was a distinct difference in strength and experience between Megara and Braixen. Even if she resisted the hit, Braixen still might not be able to handle the hit, especially if its boosted.

"Sounds good to us Billy", Xander looks to Braixen, he agrees with a firm nod as she tries to keep her mind clear. Xander spoke softly to the Braixen once more, trying to support her through the process. "Keep your breathing going Braixen, you're doing great. Watch Megara as she gathers the natural energy into one point. Then when she launches one at you, let the energy wash over you, really get a feel for it." There was only so much Xander could do, he just hoped he was helping not hindering!


Update 7
Spoiler: show
Quote:
Originally Posted by Meetan, post: 6761765, member: 57787
TKF: Billy smiled and nodded when you gave your permission, and he repeated your sentiment to the Braixen: she was doing a really good job and to keep it up! Braixen nodded, trying not to let the fuss carry her away. Keeping her brain empty was seriously difficult. How did Slowpoke live?! How did you live?! I mean--

“Braixen, try to reach out to Megara with your psychic powers. See if you can feel what she's doing, so you know what you need to try and aim for.” Billy suggested. The Braixen nodded, closing her eyes, her body beginning to radiate blue. It was a gentle glow, and Megara closed her eyes, reaching out a single vine to wrap around one of the witch's paws. There was something lovely about seeing the two of them there, attempting to forge some kind of bond. After a few seconds, Megara began to charge her attack. A light began to form at her open maw, building up in brightness and size until it was a rather threatening green sphere; sparking with energy drawn from nature itself. With a force that the tender creature didn't otherwise seem capable of, the Energy Ball was flung into the sky, and Braixen used a flurry of Embers to blow it up high above them all, the two of them eliminating the chance of the orb falling and causing damage to the meadow.

“Did that help any, Braixen?” Billy asked. She nodded curtly, glancing from Billy and back to the Meganium, the two of them exchanging serious expressions. They weren't mean, but they were definitely communicating something between them. “Then we'll do the next step when you're ready.”

Braixen nodded, giving her signal. “Alright. Be careful, Megara, remember you're bigger than her.”
“Megaanium!” The grassy dino replied, not needing the reminder. You could see Braixen change her stature, standing as if to brace herself for the oncoming blow. Once again, Megara charges her Energy Ball, although this one stopped at a smaller size. Less violent about her execution, the Energy Ball was spat towards Braixen, and the fox took the full brunt of the blow. It sent her off her paws and up into the air a foot or so before she landed hard on her back. Billy and Megara flinched, the pair of them so in sync they managed to mirror each other's apologetic expressions perfectly.

“We're sorry, Braixen! Are you alright?” Billy asked. The Braixen nodded, shaking herself off as gracefully as she could and standing up. Megara took a few steps closer, seemingly asking the same thing. Braixen looked embarrassed by the fuss, but mostly okay. But how about you? Do the both of you still want to go on?


Reply 7
Spoiler: show
Quote:
Originally Posted by TheKnightsFury, post: 6762842, member: 101661

It was certainly an interesting process. Xander didn't really know what to expect going into this specialised training, he never would have approached it like this. He was more direct, where this was a more holistic approach. They'd soon see if it was working, as Braixen dusts herself off, the last blow having knocked her well off her feet. Xander half expected to through in the towel now, her ego bruised after the blow, but the Braixen was showing more resilience than he expected. To heal off the damage she'd taken, the Braixen pulls the wand-like stick from her tail and casts a Wish for herself. It would take some time for it to come true, but it would heal away the damage she'd taken from the Energy Ball.

"Great stuff Braixen", Xander complemented, "but how did that feel? Did you get a good feel for the energy?" It was hard to tell, but Braixen seemed confident that she had a feel for move, at least well enough to continue. Xander turned to Billy and Megara, "don't look so worried Megara", Xander chuckled, "Braixen will be fine, you're doing a great job helping her. Billy, I think Braixen is okay to push on, maybe we avoid damage again, until the Wish comes through at least? What is the next step anyway? Does Braixen try and channel the energy herself now?" Xander looked around, he'd been paying so much attention to Braixen after she got hit that he'd completely lost sight of Grotle and Bayleef. The pair were off on their own now, if they got themselves into trouble they'd have to resolve it themselves!


Update 8
Spoiler: show
Quote:
Originally Posted by Meetan, post: 6762856, member: 57787
TKF: You had completely lost sight of Bayleef and Grotle, and if they got into trouble, they'd have to resolve it for themselves. Right now, Braixen was at the forefront of your mind, and wishing for healing and good luck filled her with determination! “Well, for one, if the stick helps her with manifesting the move, she is more than welcome to use it. I personally don't have experience with Braixen myself.” Billy said. “And we can avoid damage until the Wish comes through, but Megara does know Heal Pulse, and she'd be more than happy to use it to make you feel better, Braixen.”

“Megaa...” The dinosaur agreed solemnly, but Braixen merely said a few things, wearing a confident expression. It seemed like Meganium could keep her healing to herself! The fox was happy to go on as she was.
“Alright, well, if that's the case. One more demonstration and you can have a try, yeah?” The fox agreed with her tutor's stipulation, and with one more Energy Ball projected into the sky (and swiftly countered for nature preservation purposes), they were good to go. You were nervous and excited as Billy once again reminded Braixen to keep her focus. She was inspired by this point, however, and it wasn't difficult to do. She closed her eyes, took her deep breath, and began to swish her wand gently through the air. It was almost artistic, hypnotic, and soon she stopped: one fore paw over the other, the wand pointed skyward. Your eyes widened, and Billy looked intrigued, too.

It was happening! There was a spark of green at the end of the wand, Braixen could feel the magic flowing from the tips of her toes to her fingers, to her dependable wand. Slowly, light gathered from the sparks, maintaining form, only to fire off haphazardly. Megara panicked and covered Billy, the damage to her minimal, and you were just lucky that Braixen wasn't facing you. It had shorted out, but it was most certainly the beginnings of an Energy Ball!

The Pokemon seems let down, however. She'd gotten her hopes up. Do you want to carry on, try something else, or take a break?


Reply 8
Spoiler: show
Quote:
Originally Posted by TheKnightsFury, post: 6762902, member: 101661

Xander watched as Megara gave one final demonstration. Braixen seemed intent on nailing the move on her first attempt, the amount of focus she put into channelling the energy was visible. For a moment it seemed like she had the move with her grasp, energy gathering around the stick that allowed her to better channel her power. Unfortunately the Fire type lost control of the attack, sending sparks of energy flying off haphazardly. Thankfully no one was hurt, well, not physically. Braixen's pride was clearly wounded again, she'd tried so hard, but still failed. That's how she would have seen it, but not how Xander had. She'd come so close and it was only her first attempt! Xander had half a mind to console her and urge her to try again, but he sensed this wasn't the right way to approach this. He'd gotten to know Braixen now, he had a better feel for how her mind worked. If he got her to try again, she'd focus on the failed attempt and they'd likely see the same result. Maybe a break was what they needed? Maybe she needed time to relax and forget her failing, maybe they'd find something to motivate her towards success....

"Great attempt Braixen", Xander sad cheerfully, "you really tried hard then. Why don't we take a break for a bit before we try again?" Xander looked over to Billy. "How about we take a break Billy? We can see where Bayleef and Grotle ran off to and maybe have a bite to eat before we give it another shot." Xander had a feeling Billy would agree with his choice, he didn't seem like the pushy type. Xander looked in the direction he'd last seen Bayleef and Grotle, the pair couldn't have gotten too far away, surely!


Update 9
Spoiler: show
Quote:
Originally Posted by Meetan, post: 6763054, member: 57787
TKF: You and Braixen had very different views of the world. While she felt ashamed of her perceived failure, you were just amazed at how quickly she had progressed. In her first try, Braixen had clearly managed to connect with her environment and manifest its power. There was no shame in not being able to control what didn't come naturally to her, especially as a Pokemon who had barely evolved! Of course, Braixen had been repeatedly reminded that if she found the move difficult to master here, outside of an area boosted by grass and magic she might find it nigh impossible. That couldn't have been encouraging.

You decided that the best thing to do was to take a break, and whether or not Billy agreed with it, he didn't push his own thoughts. You figured that taking a breather and eating might improve Braixen's condition and prevent her from getting overwhelmed. Reuniting with her friends might also boost morale, so it's time to go and find Grotle and Bayleef! Announcing this to the group, Billy and Megara both decide that this is a good idea, and so you go off to search.

… Only, after some time, and some shouting, neither of your Pokemon come to you. You can't see them or hear them anywhere, and you're understandably beginning to worry. The Meadow wasn't all that huge. How far could they have gone?!

“I can't explain it, but I have a bad feeling.” Billy remarked, and as he cast his eyes over those around him that he can see, he's noticing body language that implies others might be feeling the same. In fact, when you really take notice, you can't find any signs of the usual wild Pokemon frolicking around, as if they have vanished as well. Braixen is tense. In perfect, pathetic fallacy, clouds were slowly rolling in; drowning out the sunlight that the soulful flowers and watchful witches so enjoyed.

“I don't think they just ran off. I feel like something happened. Like they were taken.” Billy told you, and Megara's hanging behind him anxiously, like she doesn't know what to do. You were about to answer him, only you saw something that made your jaw drop – along with everyone else who saw what you did. Billy turns. Like a tidal wave, the flowers were all beginning to wilt and the grass was starting to dry up. You were watching the Meadow die before your very eyes. Billy was right. Something was wrong.

What were you going to do?


Reply 9
Spoiler: show
Quote:
Originally Posted by TheKnightsFury, post: 6763416, member: 101661

They'd searched for Grotle and Bayleef to no avail, the two were nowhere to be seen. Xander was beginning to worry, but not as much as Billy was. It was as if he could sense the impending event. They watched in horror as a wave of despair swept across the meadow, the stunning flowers wilting one by one. The sun was hidden behind dark clouds, a sense of dread hung in the air. It was as if they'd been pulled into some alternate world, dragged from a world of life to a world of death. Braixen looked concerned, not as concerned as Billy and Megara though, who likely had a strong connection with the flowers due to all the work they'd put into caring for them. Xander was concerned about the flowers, but more concerned about his Pokemon. He hoped they were okay, that they were safe and unaffected by whatever was happening. He also hoped they had nothing to do with what had happened, he couldn't imagine how they could have caused this though.

"Billy is Megara okay?" Xander questioned, concerned that whatever was damaging the flowers might also have an effect on the Grass typed Meganium, and by extension, his two missing Grass types. "What could have caused this? We need to find Grotle and Bayleef now, I need to know if they are okay." Xander turned to Braixen now, hoping the Fire type could help them locate the pair. "Braixen, send a Fire Spin up into the air, hopefully Grotle and Bayleef will see it and come back."


Update 10
Spoiler: show
Quote:
Originally Posted by Meetan, post: 6764523, member: 57787
TKF: You tell Billy that you need to look for Grotle and Bayleef, neither of which are anywhere in sight. Even with Braixen's fire spin, the two Pokemon don't emerge. “Mega, meg~~” The grassy dinosaur replied to you solemnly, the antenna on her head twitching. She could detect something, but before you had a chance to ask what it was, there's the sound of screams in the distance and a single young trainer comes running over the hill towards you. Panic was written all over her face.

“Ellie! What's happening up there?!” Billy called out, and he begins to move closer as if to meet the other part way. She's definitely younger than you both, but tall for her age, curls bouncing and billowing wildly with every hasty slip and step through the long grass. Braixen doesn't look pleased. It's not that she doesn't trust this Ellie, but rather that she seems keen to the destruction going on up and out of sight.
“It's horrible! A bunch of Pokemon wandered off to search for something, so of course their trainers went with them, and now they're all destroying the meadow in a mania! Or attacking each other, it's complete chaos!” Ellie was practically sobbing, “The wild Pokemon, too-- the Flabebe, you should have seen them, the poor things...!”
“Hey, it's going to be okay--”
“Billy, there's going to be nothing left! We have to do something!” The girl finally breaks down, crying inconsolably. Braixen bares her teeth, growling, while Billy holds and tries to comfort his junior.

“If your Pokemon went off to play up that way, they could have been drawn in, too.” Billy warned. It went without saying, but your move tutoring was definitely on hold. “We can go and find them, and you can try to return them and if you want to, run. But if you want to stay, if you think you can help, it sounds like we're going to need it. I hate to say it, but we're not the best battlers in the world, even if I'm not too shabby. And it's the same for everyone else, too.”

The Meadow attracts all kinds, and apparently, that includes bad apples, too. Over the hill, through the flowers, anarchy ensues. Strengthened by the bond of nature, Meganium and Braixen can feel it in their very souls. Mandibuzz shriek as they circle the hysteria, keen eyes fixed on fearful prey that they intend to devour. Your Pokemon wait for you, somewhere, to rescue them from play gone wrong. Adrienne had shown you that a champion's blood means nothing. That doesn't make you a champion yourself.

But can you become one, here and now, for these people? For this magical place?

What will you do?


Reply 10
Spoiler: show
Quote:
Originally Posted by TheKnightsFury, post: 6764663, member: 101661

Still on the search for answers and his missing Grotle and Bayleef, Xander is shocked when a young girl comes racing towards them. It was kind of hard to make out what exactly was going on due to the panic in her voice, but it didn't sound good. Something about some trainers and Pokemon going off to find something and then going crazy and destroying the meadow? Xander couldn't even fathom what could possibly have that affect on people and Pokemon. He hoped that Grotle and Bayleef weren't apart of the group destroying the meadow, or being targeted by them. They needed to move quickly. Billy seemed to think he would run as soon as he recalled his Pokemon, he obviously didn't know Xander well enough. Sure, the last time he tried to help someone it didn't end well, but he'd come to realise that was probably just a one off. If everyone in the world was simply concerned with self preservation, the world would fall apart. Some people had to stand up and fight for others and he was one of them. He wasn't as connected to this place as Billy was, but he knew the lore. He knew the flowers here would play an important role at some point in the future, they would save thousands of lives. That meant that he had an opportunity to save thousands of lives by saving these flowers. Xander contemplated bringing Chimchar and Froakie out to help, but perhaps it would be better to wait until they knew exactly what was going on.

"Come on Billy, we can't waste any time", Xander began to run in the direction the girl came from, Braixen trailing behind him.


Update 11
Spoiler: show
Quote:
Originally Posted by Meetan, post: 6767371, member: 57787
TKF: It wasn't that Billy's first assumption was that you would immediately take off, but he was presenting the option to you. You were an outsider, and if Pokemon were losing their minds and taking it out on whatever they set eyes on, that wasn't a danger that most people wanted to entertain. You, however, were different. You knew that there were more souls than the mere living here, and that in the future, this meadow would send them all to the new world. Every flower respresented a chance to reborn, and you couldn't let that be destroyed. Billy smiled faintly at you, glad for your assistance.

“Get everything and everyone else out of here that you can.” Billy told the girl, gradually releasing her, “We'll go and do what we can up there.”
“Just be careful.” The tearful girl said, nodding, and Billy and Megara ran after you both.

What you both saw over the hill was, as the girl had worded it, complete chaos. It was frankly a warzone: wild and captured Pokemon alike, throwing themselves at each other with no mercy or hesitation. The grass was a state, some trees had even been taken down and the flowers didn't even need describing at this stage. They were a sad state compared to before, and things were only going to get worse the longer this went on. Worst of all, in the mayhem, you could see Grotle and Bayleef taking part. Love did not conquer all. They were attacking each other. Trainers were trying to return their Pokemon with mixed results, beams of red and other colours sometimes dodged or interrupted by something other than their target.

“We need to get the trainer's Pokemon to safety if we can't break the spell.” Billy said. Megara had already joined in the fray, using her vine whips to try and pull an angry Sandslash back before it could dive underground and escape its trainer once more – and further damage the meadow. “It looks like Pokemon that weren't lured in are resisting it, but I don't know where the source is. Maybe if we can stop it, we can stop all of this, too – or stop it from getting worse.”

What do you do?


Reply 11
Spoiler: show
Quote:
Originally Posted by TheKnightsFury, post: 6767912, member: 101661
Xander was shocked to see the carnage that was taking place, but nothing was more shocking than seeing Grotle and Bayleef attacking each other. He couldn't believe that anything was strong enough to make his own Pokemon attack each other like this, especially considering Grotle's feelings for Bayleef. Seeing the Sandslash also confirmed it wasn't just Grass type Pokemon that were being affected, Xander thought that might be the case considering what had happened to the flowers. He was unsure whether recalling his Pokemon would work, so he decided to take a couple of different approaches. Quickly releasing Froakie and Chimchar from their balls, Xander urges them to remain calm despite the situation at hand. He then retrieved Bayleef's Pokeball, he'd try and recall her first. She wasn't as strong of a battler as Grotle, she'd take the most damage if they weren't stopped. In case it didn't work, Froakie and Chimchar would do their best to restrain Grotle. "Chimchar Fake Out Grotle then lend Froakie a Helping Hand, so he can try and surround Grotle with a Rock Tomb." Xander hoped that if they could keep Grotle contained, he could try and get through to it.

Billy had mentioned something about breaking the spell that was affecting the meadow and Pokemon. It was true, they needed to break it, but they also needed to find its source. If the energy was spreading through the meadow, surely it was spreading from a source? Braixen had been working to sense the energy of the meadow earlier, perhaps if her and Megara worked together, they could find the source of this energy as well! "Hey Billy, maybe Braixen and Megara could work together to try and find the source of the corruption? Like they did earlier with the meadows energy?" Xander turned to Braixen, the Fire type was willing to give anything a shot.


Update 12
[spioler]
Quote:
Originally Posted by Meetan, post: 6780835, member: 57787
TKF: You know that finding a source is important, but you have to get your Pokemon into safety, otherwise Bayleef is going to get absolutely decimated out here. Plus, you're going to need to go into this next fight with all that you have, because if the puppeteer behind this whole thing is strong enough to overtake Grotle's feelings for the other grass-type then it must be serious business. Megara's using her Aromatherapy to let loose a soothing scent, but that doesn't seem to be doing anything for the Pokemon, at least, and it's hard for any human around to relax in this war zone. The floral dinosaur meets eyes with your Braixen, and the two of them put their heads and magic together to try and get a sense for the enemy. You have your other Pokemon for the immediate task at hand, and with Bayleef successfully retrieved, that gave you hope that Grotle wouldn't need to get hurt in order to be saved.

Chimchar fakes out the rampaging Grotle, forcing it to flinch and temporarily halt its tracks. The water ninja gives its team mate a helping hand with trapping Grotle in the Rock Tomb, and while the rocks are certainly bulky and confining, it's done nothing more than tick the other off. You can both hear and feel the force of your angry Pokemon, tackling the Tomb and trying to break through it with its Superpower. That Tomb was not going to stand for more than a few minutes if you were lucky, so you'd need a game plan in mind. Recall Grotle the first instance you get, battle it down or attempt a heart to heart? Think fast, because Grotle's seeing red, and once it liberates itself, it's going to see all of you, too.

What do you do?


Reply 12 and onwards
Spoiler: show
Spoiler: show
Quote:
Originally Posted by TheKnightsFury, post: 6780848, member: 101661

Xander allowed himself to take a quick sigh of relief. Bayleef was now safe in her ball, Braixen and Megara were attempting to locate the source of the chaos and Grotle was temporarily restrained. Temporarily was the issue however. Xander had a sinking feeling that the bulkier Grass starter would be harder to recall than Bayleef. Grotle was acting extremely aggressive, if they were going to get him back in his ball, they were going to need a bit of luck...

"Alright Froakie and Chimchar, time for the combo!" Xander was excited to finally get a chance to apply this, they'd practised it a couple of times and he didn't expect the first target to be one of his own Pokemon, but desperate times called for desperate measures. "Froakie, Water Pledge! Chimchar, Fire Pledge!" If everything went to plan, Froakie's Water Pledge would power up Chimchar's Fire Pledge, as well as create a glorious rainbow over the battlefield that would double the chance of them landing secondary effects! Froakie would then go in for a Lick, while Chimchar would go for a Thunder Punch, the goal being to paralyse Grotle so he could be easily recalled. Xander clutched the Grass types Pokeball, he just hoped he could get him into his ball before he did something he'd regret.

Xander turned to Braixen and Megara, the pair still working hard to try and locate the source of this disaster. "Do you think they can do it?" Xander asked Billy, the mage was oddly quiet. Maybe he was simply stunned by the events that were occurring, or perhaps he was deep in thought, try to think of a solution. No one knew the flowers better than Billy, if there was a way to save them, he'd know it.


Update 13
Spoiler: show
Quote:
Originally Posted by Meetan, post: 6780887, member: 57787
TKF: You had a sinking feeling that just because Bayleef had been simple to solve, Grotle wasn't going to be the same. What possibly gave that impression? Was it the growls and roars that pierced the rocks, and the sound of heavy attack power bashing the Tomb apart? To be fair, that would certainly do it. Grotle had broken out of his prison in no time at all, eyes burning with a thirst for revenge, and he was turning it upon his allies. You had the perfect move in mind to solve this problem, one that you had practiced a few times recently but had yet to execute.

You called on Froakie and Chimchar's cooperation, utilising their power and bonds to perform the impressive Pledge moves. There's a strong burst of fire that combines with Froakie's mastery of water, and as Grotle is drenched in the fearsome torrent, the two Pokemon go in to try and make your strategy come to fruition.

“It's beautiful...” Billy observed, only taking his eyes off the newborn rainbow when you prompt him. “Between the two of them, I think we can do it! Especially Braixen, something this nasty has to be giving off some really bad vibes, you know?” Glancing at the pair, they certainly don't look happy. Whether it's struggle, pain or disgust their faces are both expressing displeasure at whatever aura they're searching for. The water of the attacks clear, and Chimchar and Froakie get in close. Grotle has Withdrawn into his shell, but before the pair can pry him out, Seed Bombs are shot from the openings, forcing them to retreat. Grotle only then comes out, weary but undeterred, the trees on his back lighting up as he begins a Mega Drain of Froakie's strength. He already has a lot of power on Froakie, so such a move against it is going to be even more effective than it already was, cutting back the progress the duo had made with their Pledges.

“We can't keep this going much longer! We're going to have to follow what our Pokemon found and go look!” Billy insisted. The pressure is on. You need to get Grotle back, but the more time you waste here, the more waste that is lain to the meadow. What do you do?


Reply 13
Spoiler: show
Quote:
Originally Posted by TheKnightsFury, post: 6781495, member: 101661

Despite their best efforts to restrain Grotle, the Grass Starter refused to surrender. They'd nailed their combo but it wasn't enough, in his frenzied state, the Grotle was a force to be reckoned with. Braixen and Megara seemed to be onto something with their search for a source, they couldn't afford to waste much more time on Grotle. His Pokemon were putting their bodies on the line in order to bring the Grass type back onside, if they were willing to put it all on the line, maybe he had to be as well. "Billy, take Megara and Braixen and start heading towards the source, we'll be right behind you, I promise." Xander had faith in Braixen, she'd do what she had to do until he caught up with them. He hoped this wouldn't take too long, but with the current conditions it was far from easy to predict an outcome.

Xander gripped Grotle's Pokeball tighter as he began to rush towards the Grass type. He wouldn't give him the opportunity to avoid the recall, he'd get close enough that it would be impossible for the Grotle to avoid it. "Chimchar using Helping Hand, Froakie freeze Grotle's feet with Ice Beam!" Chimchar began to cheer Froakie on as the Kalosian Starter's bubbles begin to shimmer, his type changing due to his Protean ability. Xander hoped it would be enough to hold Grotle in place long enough. He couldn't help but notice Chimchar shooting him a look, as if to question exactly what he was doing. That's exactly what the look was, the Fire Starter was surprised by the sudden risky tactic. He'd do his best to protect his trainer, ready to shoot down any attacks launched by Grotle with an Ember.


Update 14
Spoiler: show
Quote:
Originally Posted by Meetan, post: 6781552, member: 57787
TKF: You sent Billy on ahead of you to the source, and while he certainly hesitated to carry on the mission without you, he did as asked. For whatever shortcomings they might have, he had mastery over his power and you trusted Braixen to be able to aid the wizard until you can catch up. You promised that you wouldn't take long, knowing that this mission was time sensitive and all. Once they were gone, making their way around the outside edge of the turmoil to the beginnings of the woodland, you focused on Grotle.

You made your orders, although your Pokemon didn't fully comprehend what they were doing. Grotle obviously wasn't going to listen to his recall, so you had to trap him and force him. Once again, a Helping Hand strengthened the partner in play, and Froakie aimed an Ice Beam at Grotle's feet. The other was slow enough to be trapped, but it didn't last. Grotle used his Earth Power to smash through the painful ice, and Chimchar's Ember did nothing to prevent it – heck, all it did was warm whichever elements it struck, the ensuing explosion ensuring that the ice had absolutely smashed. Before the dust had settled, Grotle was firing off Seed Bombs in all of your general direction, emerging from the fading screen of smoke with another rage of Superpower, charging towards you all. Remember, if Froakie takes too much damage from his grassy ally here, he definitely won't be able to help you further. So, what do you do?


Reply 14
Spoiler: show
Quote:
Originally Posted by TheKnightsFury, post: 6781858, member: 101661
(Feeding 4 Rare Candies to Grotle, boosting him to level 32 and making him capable of evolution. Do as you wish)

Grotle refused to back down, if he wasn't trying to beat them up, Xander would probably be proud of the strength he was displaying. Unfortunately that wasn't the case, Grotle was threatening to not only take down Chimchar and Froakie, but him as well. The Grass Starter was charging forward with a powerful Superpower, a powerful Fighting Attack. Froakie was currently Ice typed, a hit from Superpower would certainly be too much for him. He'd need Froakie for whatever was waiting for them once they rejoined Braixen and Billy, they had to be cautious. "Froakie, use Lick!" The frog croaked as his bubbles began to shimmer once more, changing him into a Ghost type. Not only would he now be immune to the damage from the Superpower, he'd hopefully be able to land some paralysis thanks to the Rainbow's effects. Meanwhile, Chimchar seemed to have a plan of his own. With Grotle charging so recklessly, he was an easy target for a Grass Knot. With his Pokemon still fighting to get through to their friend, Xander held his ground, he wasn't backing down. "Grotle listen to me!" Xander shouted at the top of his lungs, hoping that somehow the real Grotle would hear him. "You're hurting your friends, you need to snap out of this, we need you!" Xander held up the Pokeball, ready to recall him as soon as an opportunity presented itself. He kept his eyes locked on the Grass Starter, the shrubs on his back were beginning to glow. Was he preparing to attack again???


Update 15
Spoiler: show
Quote:
Originally Posted by Meetan, post: 6782054, member: 57787
TKF: You would've been proud of Grotle's strength if not for the fact you were the damn targets, and that this obviously wasn't born of his own mind. The Grotle you knew was lovely and would never thrash around like this, not of his own will. You were shouting at him to think of his friends and stop, but it seemed like your voice wasn't reaching him – or that he no longer cared for it. He simply ploughed through the ghostly Froakie, tripping up on the Grass Knot and temporarily stopping whatever attack was coming next. The Lick didn't seem to shake him, either – your luck here was very poor, and hopefully Billy wasn't in desperate trouble about now...

The grass type withdrew into shell, only so that he could more easily move and right himself, undeterred in his intentions of destroying you all. He begins to glow, first green, the foliage on his back showing some Growth. But then it is more than that – the light growing brighter, blindingly brighter, until it is enveloping him entirely. Your Grotle was evolving into Torterra, the shell on his back expanding into a full-fledged garden, his nose nearly like a beak. He's slower, but a lot more destructive. Talk about strength, he'd evolved literally just to ruin your lives. That's dedication if nothing else.

Torterra wastes no time, either. The Earth beneath you all begins to Shake, and you notice other people and Pokemon stumbling, the ground filling with cracks. This was the opposite of saving the garden! You can literally see the woody gears working in his slowed brain, plotting his next move. It's gonna be harder to evade a recall now, but far easier for him to fight it off. What do you do?!


Reply 15
Spoiler: show
Quote:
Originally Posted by TheKnightsFury, post: 6782064, member: 101661

Xander was shaken from his feet, not just from the Earthquake tearing through the ground, but with fear of his newly evolved Torterra. He was unsure whether Grotle had full control of his actions or not, but either way, Grotle was no more, long live Torterra! A terror he was, with the new power from his evolution and the boost from Growth, Xander wasn't sure whether Chimchar and Froakie were up to the task. He had to come up with something, they needed a way to get Torterra back in his ball. He racked his brain, Torterra...... there had to be something about Torterra.......

Bingo!

Torterra got much bulkier one evolution, he wouldn't be used to its new bulk and the blind spots that came with it. If Chimchar and Froakie could stay on Torterra's back, not only would they be unaffected by the Earthquake, but Torterra would have a real hard time getting them off. While Torterra was concentrated on getting the pair of its back, Xander would take advantage and recall him into his ball. "Chimchar Flame Charge onto Torterra's back, grab onto its tree! Froakie do the same but with Quick Attack!" The pair began to move in, Xander just hoped they'd be quick enough to avoid a direct hit from Torterra. "Chimchar once you're on, ignite the leaves with Ember while Froakie hacks at the tree with Aerial Ace." Xander hoped that keeping Froakie's type as one resistant to Torterra's STAB attacks would help the little frog hold on.


Update 16
Spoiler: show
Quote:
Originally Posted by Meetan, post: 6782074, member: 57787
TKF: Long live Torterra! At least, that's your positive thinking, because dwelling on how tragic this might actually be wasn't going to help you play champion right now. Torterra's unleashing his terrifying power upon the three of you, but you know that you can figure this one. There had to be something about him that you could use to your advantage, and two brilliant ideas come to mind, you genius you!

You order for the Pokemon to mount him, which is a lot less spicy than it sounds. Chimchar and Froakie both propel themselves onto the Torterra's back, and as predicted, the poor beast has no idea what to do about this. He tries to turn his little head to look, but he can't, all he can feel is the fact that he has a pair of parasites that are about to put him into a world of pain. His beautiful tree is catching alight and the Froakie is hacking at it, and Torterra roars in upset. Torterra begins to thrash and stomp in an attempt to shake them loose, but then fires two Leech Seeds to wrap around the duo and disable their movements; squeezing them tightly and sapping their strength. And then the woodland lights up, and Torterra further tries to steal from the Chimchar's health with a Mega Drain. It might not have been very effective, but that didn't mean it wasn't doing its job. Your two Pokemon are both beginning to look worn out and show the beating they've taken thus far. What do you do now?


Reply 16
Spoiler: show
Quote:
Originally Posted by TheKnightsFury, post: 6782099, member: 101661

Xander was beginning to feel like he couldn't catch a break. This was turning into a repeat of the prior incident, everything he did seemed to turn on him. Froakie and Chimchar were hanging on by a thread and Torterra wasn't showing an ounce of remorse for his actions. It was now or never, this was his last chance to get through to Torterra and get him back into his ball where he'd be no harm to anyone. "Chimchar break free with a Flame Wheel then land a direct hit with Gunk Shot! Froakie Cut yourself lose then Ice Beam!" It pained Xander to directly target his own Pokemon like this, but they were out of options. Xander walked towards Torterra one last time, hoping to finally get through to his Pokemon.

"Torterra you have to stop!" Xander let his heart pour out, "remember when we first met? In the desert? You were dying because you were allowing other Pokemon to feed from you without a care about your own health. You've got a good heart Torterra, this isn't you, you need to come back to us!" Xander held up the Grass type's ball and fired the red beam once last time. If he couldn't strike true and recall the Torterra now, there was nothing else he could really do. He wasn't just letting Froakie and Chimchar down, he wasn't just letting Braixen and Billy down either. He was letting down all the lives that would be saved by these flowers, thousands of lives. They had to catch up to Braixen and Billy so they could put a stop to this.


Update 17
Spoiler: show
Quote:
Originally Posted by Meetan, post: 6782104, member: 57787
TKF: You were beginning to falter in your resolve, hopelessness sneaking into your heart. It was like the battle with Adrienne all over again, everything turning on you, coming to bite you. But one didn't become a champion without enduring hardships, and the same went for your Pokemon. Thankfully they managed to break free of their bonds and get clear of the Torterra, who had no care for listening to you. If he wasn't so focused on draining the life out of his comrades, he might've tried to take yours instead.

Thankfully, without the speed or reaction time to evade it, Torterra went back into his ball without further trouble. You release a breath you didn't realise you were holding, and it was in that moment you could see the devastation that was going on. A lot of the other trainers had managed to recall their own Pokemon, and were instead fighting off the Mandibuzz and trying to capture or otherwise disarm the frenzied wildlings instead. There's no more time for you, you know that you have to go and catch up to Billy, Braixen and Megara so that's what you do. Chimchar and Froakie run ahead of you, following their senses to make sure you don't get lost along the way. Froakie and Chimchar have gained two levels each.

Oddly, you find Braixen alone, which at first makes you feel a little sick. Her expression is serious, and you wonder if she's waiting to turn on you as well. She isn't, she is instead a short distance from a clearing, and after a short conversation you go to where she directs that Billy and Megara are. You realise that the reason she hadn't gone in was to likely save herself, because the pastel boy is kneeling on the grass near his fainted Meganium and he's punching the grass so hard that his fists are bleeding. He looks to be in a trance, too, and the ones causing it are there before you: the mysterious guy from before, sans Donphan. Instead, the black-clad man had an intimidating Malamar towering at his side, the pair of them exuding menace. One of his eyes is covered by a black patch, but the other golden one is set on you with severity.

“So, you're the one who thinks he can save the Meadow? I'm not worried.” He said frankly. How did he know that? Or maybe it was just a safe assumption... “You can still run, if you want to. I won't chase after you, and it won't matter if you tell anyone. But if you stay and try to stop this, I'll make sure there's nothing left, just like with the rest of this place.”

This is your final chance. Save yourself, or risk everything to save it all. What do you do?


Reply 17
Spoiler: show
Quote:
Originally Posted by TheKnightsFury, post: 6782120, member: 101661

Xander was relieved when Froakie and Chimchar managed to free themselves and he finally managed to pull Torterra back into its ball. He placed it back onto his belt before charging off after Froakie and Chimchar who were tracking down Braixen and Billy. They soon found Braixen, who was alone and full of concern. The reason for her concern was soon clear as they caught up with Billy. The mage was on his knees alongside of an unconscious Megara, the Meganium had already been overwhelmed. It seemed the source of all this distraction was the man who they'd seen earlier with his Donphan, except now he was accompanied by a Malamar. Xander felt instantly unsettled by the Malamar's presence, he'd read all the dex entries on them, they were known for being evil.

"I'll never run", Xander shouted in reply, at this point he didn't really see running as an option. A champion couldn't run from danger. That didn't mean he had a plan. Torterra and Bayleef were out of the question, he had no way of knowing how they'd behave if he let them out of their balls. Froakie and Chimchar were exhausted, while Braixen wouldn't be able to compete with the Malamar. That left him with two options, one of which he really wasn't keen on using after last time. He looked at the mega stone on his bracer, he'd failed the last time he activated it. He hadn't called on Charizard since the unfortunate end against Adrienne and her Vikavolt, he wasn't sure whether the Charizard would trust him. Full of self doubt, Xander wasn't sure what to do. Seeing this Chimchar leaps to his trainer's side. Reaching up he grabs Charizard's ball and releases the dragon from within, making Xander's decision for him.

The mighty fire type lets out a terrifying bellow, before looking back over his shoulder at his trainer. He could see the doubt in his trainer's eyes. He'd had a lot of time to think after what had happened in their last battle. If they were going to have any chance of becoming champions, they had to start trusting each other. Charizard turned to face Xander, leaning in he rubbed his head against his trainer's chest. Xander was shocked by the display of affection, it was something he hadn't seen from the Charizard before. As their eyes met once more, there was no more doubt, only passionate fire. "Let's do this Charizard!" The mighty fire lizard threw his wings open, taking to the air as he let out a tremendous roar. "Froakie, Chimchar, Braixen, you need to stop Billy before he hurts himself. Braixen see if you can get through to him with your own Hypnosis while Froakie and Chimchar try and restrain him. Charizard stay mobile, blast Malamar with a Heat Wave, as you use the hot air to rise faster. Then keep it at a distance with Air Slash, keep on the move and do your best to avoid anything that comes your way.


Update 18
Spoiler: show
Quote:
Originally Posted by Meetan, post: 6782123, member: 57787
TKF: You have no idea what to do here. You're stumped. You know that you absolutely can't give up, that you're beyond the point of surrender, but how to fight? Most of your Pokemon were either too tired or simply couldn't match up to such a horrific opponent as a Malamar. They were evil and they were fucked up and quite frankly you'd rather deal with another five adventures straight of Adrienne tearing your psych apart than whatever games this Malamar was probably going to play. Billy was literally beating his hands to bloody pieces next to the body of his familiar. What kind of sketchy sadism was this?

You had a candidate in mind, one Pokemon who could definitely measure up here... But would he trust you? In hindsight, you should have had a heart to heart ages ago, to try and clear your thoughts and feelings about what happened with your new rival. Maybe Empy'd be a good shout. Nope, nevermind, Chimchar's chosen for you. Get good, champion boy. Luckily for you, Charizard can sense your emotions and knows that you need perfect duality here. God, so cheesy. Even the Kalosians are reeling right now you loser--

Back in the game, super epic. Your two more tired starters run to hold Billy's arms back, and he begins to struggle. It catches them off guard, but in reality it's nothing they can't handle, and Braixen tries to use her own Hypnosis to get through to Billy. You have no idea if it's working, but she's holding his attention and Billy's falling still, so she's clearly doing something right. That Malamar had likely really scrambled his meatball, and there was a lot that Braixen was trying to work through. At least he's getting free therapy. You might need that once this is over with.

It's important for Charizard to stay mobile, and it's soon obvious why. That Malamar is wiggling its limbs and bouncing around like a freak, and even though it took the Heat Wave it evaded the Air Slash like nobody's business. It puts up a Reflect and Light Screen, lowering the beast's effectiveness before the monster Plays Foul. Its fins strike at the Charizard hard, and he yowls in displeasure – but he's far from out. You two have got this if you remain in sync, or so you hope. What do you do?


Reply 18
Spoiler: show
Quote:
Originally Posted by TheKnightsFury, post: 6782350, member: 101661
It soon became apparent that the Malamar was indeed the threat they'd anticipated. It spent no time at all setting up a pair of screens, ensuring its defences were rock solid. It even managed to dodge the Air Slash with ease, something that Xander wasn't happy about as it allowed it to quickly close in on Charizard and land a Foul Play. Sure Malamar could levitate but Charizard was a true flyer, he needed to show that...

"Charizard push it back with a Brick Break," the attack would not only create a bit of distance but it would smash the screens the Malamar was relying on. "Keep circling it, don't stop moving. Spit a Toxic, at it then trap it in a Fire Spin!" Xander hoped that if they could slowly wear the evil squid down, they might just stand a chance. He looked down at his Mega Bracer, he had to make sure he activated it at the right time. He'd jumped the gun against Adrienne, a foolhardy action that quite possibly cost them the match. The stakes were higher than his pride this time, he was sure that when the opportunity presented itself he would see it and take it. He looked over to Froakie, Chimchar and Braixen who were slowly getting through to Billy. The mage at least wasn't hurting himself anymore. Xander hoped if they could snap him out of it, the mage might have some piece of knowledge from his battle that would aid them here. He glared across at the evil bastard who was doing all this, he had to have some sort of motive....

"Why did you do this?" Xander questioned rather aggressively. "Surely someone with your power would be better off using it for good? Why cause so much pain and destruction?"


[COLOR=rgb(184, 49, 47)]FREEZING THIS ADVENTURE [/COLOR]



TKF Part 4
Spoiler: show

Adventure Start
Spoiler: show
Quote:
Originally Posted by TheKnightsFury, post: 6890395, member: 101661

They'd spent a fair bit of time in the Arcane Realm. However everywhere they went, bad luck seemed to follow. Some would say that heading to Fortune's Woods when you've got a case of bad luck is about the stupidest thing you could do. Xander had sound reasoning though. There luck had been bad for quite a while, that meant it had to be close to turning, right? So, if there luck was turning, then maybe they'd finally have some good luck in Fortune's Woods? It was worth a shot anyway. He'd changed his team up a bit, accompanying him now were Bulbasaur and Totodile. The pair didn't exactly get along the best. Totodile was like a whirlwind, the Water type was running around haphazardly, snapping its jaws and flailing its arms. Bulbasaur was much more reserved, she preferred to conserve her energy for a time when she'd need it. The young Bulbasaur was focused, taking in her surroundings, feeling the strength in the earth and plants around her. Most of the Arcane Realm gave off an energy like this, but as they had neared the Fortune's Woods, the energy seemed to change slightly.

Xander stopped at the entrance to the forest, the trees seemed to call to him, like they wanted him to come in. He hesitated slightly, still a bit unsure if he was making the right decision. What if he was wrong about their luck changing? What if it only got worse within the woods? That likely wouldn't end well. If there was something he'd learnt from his time in the Arcane Realm, it was to be open minded, that and to be persistent. Thankfully, Totodile charged into the woods, taking the decision out of his hands. They had to go in....


Update 1
Spoiler: show
Quote:
Originally Posted by Maskerade, post: 6896135, member: 63055
Some argue that there is no such thing as “luck” in this world. Those people have never ventured into the Fortune Woods, or they would know better.

Whimsical and magical as the place felt, even by Arcane Realm standards, there was something more about this forest that made it fascinating, how someone’s fate seemed to bend and twirl at every turn of a single journey, as if a new divine coin was flipped with every step taken. Dangerous as that may sound, it also has an undeniable allure, especially for someone whose bad luck has seemed so immutable as of late.

Following in after your carefree Totodile, and with Bulbasaur accompanying you close behind, you venture deeper into the Fortune Woods. There’s an undeniable energy in the air, almost palpable but impossible to describe with words. You can’t even spot anything quite out of the ordinary at first, just the usual forest trails that seem to go on forever, merging with the vegetation up ahead, only to reveal themselves a bit more as you keep traversing them with no clear destination in mind. But a short while later, something unusual does catch your eye – a most brief, most mysterious flash of light up ahead!

Totodile sees it too and dashes ahead eagerly; what fascinating find awaits you all?! You follow suit, jump over a bush in your path and discover…

“Aw crap, it ran away.”

… A photographer. So much for the mysticism.

The man in front of you, roughly the same age by your estimate, is holding a fancy-looking camera strapped to his neck. He clearly came dressed for the job too, with a dark green camo outfit granting him a much more professional look than his thick glasses or messy, unkempt black hair would by themselves. Still, looks can be deceiving, as it seems this particular photographer isn’t having much luck at all.

“Oh. A Totodile! Hey buddy, can you, uh, stand still for just a second?”

Completely oblivious to your presence, the man kneels down and aims the lens at your Pokemon mere inches away from his face, no doubt believing the Water-Type to be a wild one. Totodile, in turn, stares back in confusion…

You know your partner better than anyone and how it may react to this stranger’s approach. Is it better to step in or do you let things flow?


Reply 1
Spoiler: show
Quote:
Originally Posted by TheKnightsFury, post: 6897365, member: 101661

A photographer? Better than a preppy Kalosian or a hell bent mage at least. It was hard to tell whether they were getting good luck or bad luck at this point, but Xander and Bulbasaur waited patiently to see whether the photographer was getting good luck or bad luck. If his luck was running bad, he'd probably catch a bite on his arm. If his luck was good? Well then he might just get his shot first! Totodile's bewilderment drops as the boy's finger presses down to take the photo. The Water type lunges forward, jaws open and ready to strike. Xander cringes, but lets out a sigh of relief as the Johto starter snaps his jaws shut just short of the camera's lens. That was one lucky kid! Totodile seems kind of flattered once he realises what is happening and even starts to pose. Bulbasaur feigns disinterest, however her eyes dart back and forth. She'd never admit to jealousy, she was too proud for that, but it was obvious that she didn't like Totodile getting all of the attention.

"At least one of us is having some luck", Xander chuckled, hoping to break the boy's fixation on Totodile. "Your lucky he didn't give you a handshake. For Totodile that's when he bites down on your hand and you have to shake him loose......" Totodile let out a chuckle, flapping his arms and feet around wildly. "Would you mind if I had a look at some of your photos? Have you seen anything interesting around here? My name is Xander by the way."


Update 2
Spoiler: show
Quote:
Originally Posted by Maskerade, post: 6898339, member: 63055
TheKnightFury: The man leaps back in fear as Totodile's jaws snap. Even from where you stand, you can see the photographer is left sweating bullets after the scare, much to the reptile's amusement. It's only after you speak up that your presence is finally acknowledged.

"O-oh! I hadn't noticed you there!" There's a mixture of surprise and relief in his voice. "This one yours? He's not exactly, uh... photogenic, if you don't mind me saying. Standing still's a big part of the process, y'know..."

You notice the man's not wearing any PokéBalls, something takes a whole different sets of spheres when venturing out into the wild... Is he expecting to ward off dangerous beasts with his camera or something? As if sensing your lingering doubts, the man grins and holds up his camera, shouting "Fatal Frame, baby!" in a reference that flies right over your head.

"Anyway, sure, you can take a look at my pics. Not my finest work, but I guarantee they usually turn out fine! But something always seems to happen that messes up my shots in this place - a sudden gust of wind, a Taillow flying right in front of the camera, some random noise scaring away what I'm trying to snap... it's unbelievable!"

He hands you the camera, and sure enough, looking through the digital display on the back, every single one of his photos is a mess one way or another, filled with motion blur or with absolutely nothing of interest in the frame. The only one that is somehow acceptable, ironically, is the last one he took when his hands were inches away from being bitten off.


"A fine mess, I know. There's just something about this place... like it doesn't want me here!" he sighs, taking back his precious camera. "Name's Cameron, by the way. Only reason I became a photographer, to be honest... Anyway - yeah, no, nothing interesting so far, and that's kinda the problem! I came after my dream, y'see, after a Pokemon so rare nobody's really ever seen it for certain - but if I get a picture of it, oooh boy, I'm set for life!"

He reaches into his backpack and proudly shows you his notebook, with a shoddily drawn Pokemon on it. The drawing is so bad, in fact, you can't even tell what species it's supposed to be until Cameron outright tells you.

"The Legendary Sawsbuck of Fortune's Woods! Ever heard of it? 'Course you haven't, you don't look like the kinda guy that wastes two seconds on silly myths. But thing is, this one ain't a myth, I'm sure of that!" he boldly declares, thumping on his chest with his hand to drive home the point. "Y'know how this place is supposed to be all about luck, and fate, and all that stuff? Turns out, there's a reason for that. This Sawsbuck is said to bless anyone who sees it with good luck for life. Hard to miss it too, if the stories are to be believed - this Sawsbuck's leaves never fall, never change, regardless of season - and they're all gold and silver, can you imagine that?!"

He glares at Bulbasaur, who does a poor effort of concealing her skepticism.

"But there's also a witch hiding somewhere in these woods, the "Bringer of Misfortune"; anyone who runs into her is cursed with perpetual bad luck, they say. And that's why your fate fluctuates so much inside this forest - the witch has been trying to hunt down Sawsbuck for centuries, and the closer she gets to him, the worse everyone's luck in the woods becomes. When Sawsbuck manages to lose his pursuer and gets to live some moments of peace and quiet, that's when everyone's luck peaks. Yeah, you can choose to believe it or not, but I don't really care either way . One decent shot of that golden and silver Sawsbuck, and I'm outta here! Thing is... my luck's been absolutely rotten until you showed up and I got no Pokemon to defend myself, sooo..."

You can tell where this is going a mile away.

"... Oh come on you could at least try to finish that sentence for me. No sense of humor... Look, here's the deal: help me track down that Sawsbuck, make sure I don't get eaten by a pack of Mightyena, and we share the profits. And trust me, profits will be insaaane dude. Here, an upfront incentive to help you decide."

He casually tosses a gray disk in your direction after retrieving it from his bag. Twirling it in your fingers, you realize it's a TM Flash.

"... yeah, no, that ain't an incentive, it's literally all I got to bribe you with; I'm flat broke. Only kept that thing around because it was thematically appropriate, but I ain't gonna exactly eat it, so... Well, whaddya say?"


Reply 2
Spoiler: show
Quote:
Originally Posted by TheKnightsFury, post: 6899604, member: 101661

Xander struggled to pay attention as Cameron overloaded him with the myth of the woods. He remembered the key points, Gold and Silver Leaf Sawsbuck = Good Luck, Evil Sawsbuck Hating Witch = Bad Luck. He wasn't exactly confident in the myth, Cameron came across as the sort of person who'd believe exactly what they are told. This was more than likely a wild Zangoose chase. Still, part of him wanted to see if it was actually real and he didn't have any other plans.

"Alright, we will help", Xander accepted the TM Flash as Totodile cheered, eager to get started. Bulbasaur wasn't exactly pleased, she seemed to think it was just a waste of time. Luckily Xander knew exactly how to win her over, putting the TM he'd just gained to good use.

Bulbasaur learnt TM Flash!

The Grass Starter flashed her bulb a couple of times, making sure not to do it too bright, no point blinding anyone yet. With Bulbasaur happy, they now had to think of a plan. After a moment pondering, Xander eventually settled on two plans of action. "Alright guys, let's see if we can get us something to start with. Totodile, put your nose to good use and see if you can pick up any scents. Bulbasaur see if you can't get an energy read. That Sawsbuck has to be giving off a tonne of energy. Cameron have you got anything to go off? We could check trees and see if there are any rubbings, I know Sawsbuck love rubbing their antlers on trees." This certainly wasn't going to be easy. They were starting with nothing but a rumour, they needed a lead....


Update 3
Spoiler: show
Quote:
Originally Posted by Maskerade, post: 6941449, member: 63055
TheKnightsFury: Totodile nods, ready to follow through with your plan. He has no idea what a Sawsbuck would smell like, but he imagines it smells like lunch. Which is why, after sniffing around the ground and the nearby tree trunks for a bit, he tilts his head, visibly puzzled before pointing to the distance. Clearly, he’s picked up a scent, but something tells you it’s not quite the odor he was expecting; still, one lead is better than none…

Bulbasaur, in turn, is stumped. She’s not even sure what “energy readings” mean, but it sounds like something a Psychic type should be able to do, not her. She would’ve shrugged if she had shoulders; this all sounds like nonsense to her, but at least she’s gotten a new move off of it, so she isn’t about to complain – she just doesn’t know how to help, either.

Cameron, seeing that Totodile seems to have gotten something, points excitedly at the little croc.

“Way to go dude! Can I call you Dundee? No?”

Shaking his head, Totodile marches ahead, leading the group deeper into the woods as he continues to track whatever faint scent has piqued his interest. For a while, nothing seems to happen – you certainly can’t smell anything – but then, you hear something.

“Barking?”

Cameron hears it too – a unison of barks and howls further up ahead leaves both of you, as well as Bulbasaur, feeling uneasy, but Totodile presses on, seemingly unfazed. Before long you reach a clearing, and sure enough, with their backs to you, two Mightyena prepare to surround an unconscious Pokemon. From where you stand it’s not completely clear, but it seems to be a small black creature they’re about to pounce on…

“Oh. Oh crap. Dude, let’s turn around, we don’t want none of that. I ain’t got any Pokemon on me, and yours are kinda… well… tiny.”

Bulbasaur throws Cameron a glare of disdain, but you wonder if she fundamentally disagrees with the photographer. Is this something you should get involved in? Clearly the Sawsbuck you’re after isn’t here, and two Mightyena working in tandem might be too much for you to overcome at this stage. So far, you remain unnoticed…

What will you do?


Reply 3
Spoiler: show
Quote:
Originally Posted by TheKnightsFury, post: 6946432, member: 101661

Xander felt like whacking Cameron up the side of the head. How dare he assume his Pokemon's strength! Sure Totodile and Bulbasaur weren't as big as those Mightyena, but they were well trained. Whatever the relentless Mightyena were attacking, it certainly wasn't the rare Sawsbuck they were hoping to find. It was much smaller and if they didn't act quick, it probably wouldn't be around for much longer. With the Mightyena facing away from them, they had the opportunity to attack the Mightyena without them knowing. Thankfully they had practised for such a situation, all they had to do was carry out the plan.

"Totodile, Bulbasaur, Ambush", Xander gave his orders quietly, they didn't want to blow their advantage. Totodile advanced with a Dragon Dance, increasing his attack and speed as he closed the gap. Bulbasaur extended her vines out to either side, grabbing onto a sturdy branch. She prepared to heave with all her might, sling shotting herself up into the air. Totodile prepared to attack the closest Mightyena with a Dragon Claw, knowing that Bulbasaur would attack the other from above with a Sludge Bomb.

Xander pushed Cameron off the path and into the trees. While Bulbasaur and Totodile distracted the Mightyena, they would try and get close enough to help the Pokemon the Mightyena were attacking. They needed to pull it out of the conflict and assess its injuries, Xander was confident he had something on hand to handle most situations, but hopefully things weren't too bad.


Update 4
Spoiler: show
Quote:
Originally Posted by Maskerade, post: 6948754, member: 63055
TheKnightsFury: “H-hey what the hell man?!”

Cameron almost trips as you drag him behind the foliage to watch the ensuing confrontation from a safe location. He is clearly incredulous that you choose anything other than just walking away.

“Those things can eat your Pokemon in two bites! Are you out of your mind?!”

Neither Totodile nor Bulbasaur seem to agree with Cameron’s assessment – the two prepare to strike preemptively, hoping it’ll give them the edge against their larger foes. A swirling blue aura of dragon energy bursts from below Totodile and envelops him with what sounds like a roar, while Bulbasaur prepares to catapult herself over the pair of hyenas using her Vine Whip as elastic bands.
And then, just like that, it begins.

Totodile lunges at the closer of the two enemies and strikes its hind leg with a powerful, energy-infused claw that sends the Mightyena tumbling to the ground with a sharp cry. Its companion looks to the side, alarmed, but before it can react, a violet orb explodes violently against the back of its neck, covering it in vile, acidic sludge, causing its legs to give in from the impact.

However, the pair is nimble, and before long the two wild dogs are back on their feet and growling ominously at your partners. In fact, the Mightyena struck by Totodile growls so intensely it becomes a damaging Snarl, such is the force of the sound being emitted. Totodile and Bulbasaur both feel the effects of the soundwave, and the lingering headache reduces their ability to concentrate on ranged attacks. At the same time, dark energy surrounds the other Mightyena’s fangs – you can tell that the second either of your partners moves in for another melee hit, they’ll be met with a swift, merciless Crunch.

What will you do?!


Reply 4
Spoiler: show
Quote:
Originally Posted by TheKnightsFury, post: 6952541, member: 101661

Despite Cameron's doubts, Bulbasaur and Totodile were holding there own, at least for now. The pair were out sized, but that didn't mean they were outmatched. They'd landed their planned combo, but now the Mightyena had their full attention on the pair. While Bulbasaur and Totodile had received a special attack drop from the Snarl, and now faced the prospect of a Crunch if they got too close. Xander didn't want to risk blowing his cover in the bushes, so instead of giving orders, he decided to trust in his Pokemon.

Bulbasaur quickly thought things through. If they went into melee range, that one Mightyena would come at them with a devastating crunch. Although, if they could interrupt it, then maybe they could overcome the Dark type. She took aim and fired a Seed Bomb, aiming for the Mightyena preparing the Crunch. She would then follow up with a Leech Seed, hoping to both restrict and drain her opponent. Meanwhile, Totodile was preparing to engage the other Mightyena with an Aqua Jet, which he'd follow with a Ice Fang, on the Mightyena's tail, hoping to keep out of reach from its jaws.

Xander watched with pride as his Pokemon took the battle into their own hands. He looked carefully for the Pokemon that the Mightyena had been attacking. Where was it? What was it? "Cameron can you spot that Pokemon the Mightyena were attacking?" Surely a photographer had good eyes, even a relatively average one like Cameron. They needed to get that Pokemon out of the way of the battle, it was likely already hurt enough without getting caught up in the battle.


Update 5
Spoiler: show
Quote:
Originally Posted by Maskerade, post: 6968995, member: 63055
TheKnightsFury: You trust your Pokemon to do the heavy lifting without either you or Cameron blowing your cover. It takes considerable trust, and an even stronger Bond, to pull off a two-on-two match without instructions, but you have the utmost confidence in your partners!

Totodile confidently lunges forward like a speeding bullet, surrounded by water, a fanged torpedo homing in on one of the Mightyena. As expected though, the other wild hound is prepared, and moves in to intercept Totodile with its vicious Crunch! The black canine jumps straight at the small croc, bare fangs enveloped in pure darkness... but fortunately, a barrage of exploding seeds pelts the Mightyena's side, interrupting its offense, and leaving the path clear for Totodile's Aqua Jet to make progress!

Mightyena falls to the ground, yelping in pain, and Bulbasaur looks to capitalize on the opening by firing off a Leech Seed! The magic seed flies through the air, but just as it is about to make contact, the hound incinerates it with a Fire Fang, reducing the seed to ash in a second... The beast regains its footing and, furiously, dashed straight toward Bulbasaur, flames still enveloping its spear-like teeth. It's coming in at alarmingly high speed too!

Totodile, meanwhile, finds its mark perfectly, crashing into the other Mightyena with great force. The enemy tumbles to the side, and the crocodile immediately follows up the attack with a vicious icy bite on Mightyena's tail! It freezes over quickly, the ice casing spreading to the creature's hind legs, rendering it immobile and helpless. It's at Totodile's mercy, but in sharp contrast, Bulbasaur is in grave danger, about to be devoured by the flaming fangs of the second foe!

What will your partners do now? Do you trust them to see it through to the end, or will you be forced to intervene directly?!


Reply 5
Spoiler: show
Quote:
Originally Posted by TheKnightsFury, post: 6969519, member: 101661
(Feeding 1 Rare Candy to my Totodile, boosting him to lvl 37 and evolving him into a Croconaw)

The battle continued and Bulbasaur and Totodile continued to wear their opponents down. While Totodile had a firm advantage over his opponent, Bulbasaur was found herself on the backfoot. Fiery Fangs were coming straight towards her, if she didn't act quickly, she'd be forced to take a powerful blow. Acting mostly out of reflex, she lets loose a blinding Flash from her bulb, hopefully catching the Mightyena by surprise. She would follow up with a Power Whip to smack the Mightyena away from herself before it could get any closer.

With his eyes firmly fixed on his opponent, Totodile grins as he prepares his next attack. As he dashes forwards, his body begins to glow. He grows larger with each step, his form changing and developing, he's evolving! As he settles in his new form, Croconaw brings his arm down towards the Mightyena's head, preparing to land a Brick Break. He'd quickly follow with an Aqua Tail, seeking to put the Dark type down for good!

A massive smile stretched across Xander's face as he watched Totodile evolve into a Croconaw. It took every ounce of self control he possessed to stop himself from shouting out in celebration. They'd celebrate soon enough, once these Mightyena were no longer a threat. He had figured Totodile was close to evolving for a while now, but was under the impression the Water type preferred being a Totodile. He wondered why the Johto Starter had chosen to evolve now, what had changed his mind?


Update 6
Spoiler: show
Quote:
Originally Posted by Maskerade, post: 6976579, member: 63055
TheKnightsFury: You opt to remain in hiding, letting your Pokemon to fend for themselves. Whether or not this backfires is about to be seen…

Totodile mostly ignores Bulbasaur’s predicament, trusting Bulbasaur can handle herself, and instead decides to obliterate the half-frozen Mightyena infront of him. It’s an open goal at this point, so he decides to make it overkill – releasing the restraints that had been binding him for a while now, he allows his body to transform and grow into a powerful Croconaw! The large water lizard grins and proceeds to destroy his helpless predator-turned-prey, smacking him across the head with a Brick Break so strong it instantly causes the wild dog to pass out from impact, with no need for any follow-up attack! *Croconaw gains 2 Levels!*

Bulbasaur, meanwhile, tries her best to keep her composure in the face of a massive hyena running straight at her with flames coming out of its mouth. She struggles to focus, attempting to use the new move she only just learned to blind the oncoming threat, but the enemy is moving way too fast and is already way too close! Her bulb begins to light up, but she instinctively closes her eyes once the flaming fangs are about to make contact… but then, nothing happens. No impact, no pain. She reopens her eyes one at a time, to find Mightyena sprawled on the ground mere inches away from her. It tripped! Talk about uncommonly bad luck… not that your partner is about to complain, as she extends her two vines high in the air and entwines her to make a single, large makeshift rope… then brings it crashing down at point blank, hitting the hound so hard it drives the enemy into the ground, cracks forming around the crater it causes! *Bulbasaur gains 2 Levels!*

“Holy crap dude!” shouts Cameron, no longer able to contain himself. “Your Pokemon are amazing! I… I guess I should’ve kept my mouth shut. But this is great! With you tagging along I’ll get that Sawsbuck photo for sure!”

Confidence renewed, the photographer leaps from behind the foliage and throws Croconaw and Bulbasaur a grinning thumbs-up. Then, he points ahead, urging you all to continue the search.

“No time to lose, these mutts delayed us way to much already! Come on, to glory!”

Commendable as his optimism may be (if not slightly annoying), he seems perhaps a bit overeager to venture even deeper into the forest. Who knows what other, possibly greater dangers you’ll run into? Is this wild goose chase worth it?...

Oblivious to your apprehension, Cameron marches onward, only to suddenly be hit atop the head by a falling Watmel Berry! Who knew those huge things grew up in trees? Talk about bad luck…

“Jeez! What the hell man? I coulda died!”

Amidst the commotion, you suddenly notice Bulbasaur make her way over to the fallen Pokemon the Mightyena were surrounding before you stepped in. The creature is weak, unable to regain its footing. On closer, more prolonged inspection, you realize it’s a black cat with red stripes…

What will you do?


Reply 6
Spoiler: show
Quote:
Originally Posted by TheKnightsFury, post: 6976818, member: 101661

They'd done it! They'd done it without his help, but a feeling a dread was tearing at Xander's stomach. That trip up, the Watmel Berry, the black cat...... It a forest known for incredible swings of good and bad luck, these signs were clear as day. This mission was cursed. Sure, at the moment his Pokemon and himself were looking pretty lucky, but Xander couldn't see that lasting long around Cameron. The amateur photographer wouldn't be too keen on him abandoning the mission, Xander knew him well enough already that nothing would stop him from foolishly chasing his rumour. No, if he wanted to get out of this, he'd have to convince Cameron that he was a liability. Xander collapsed to the ground, grasping at his leg. "I think something bit me!" He shouted, causing his Pokemon to rush to his side. "Don't worry, just play along", he whispered to his Pokemon. "Something in the bushes, I think it might have been poisonous! My head is spinning, does it feel cold out here to you? Cameron, don't you see? I've cursed us, my bad luck is cursing us. That Watmel Berry was probably my fault as well, I could have killed you! And do you see that over there?" Xander pointed at the Litten, "A black cat! Another omen of bad luck. You need to go on and find the Sawsbuck, my Pokemon will get me and that Litten to a Pokemon Centre, without all our bad luck bringing you down, I bet you will find it with ease!" Xander continued to breath rapidly, working himself up so Cameron would believe something was actually wrong with him.

If his plan worked, he would secure the injured Litten before releasing his Charizard and get it to fly him straight to the City of Pentacles. They'd surely have no trouble finding a Pokemon Centre there, by the looks of it the Litten was in need of serious medical attention, something he couldn't offer himself. He just hoped that Cameron would fall for the rouse, but if worse came to worse, he doubted the photographer would be able to stop him from leaving.

Croconaw reached lvl 39!
Bulbasaur reached lvl 23!


Update 7
Spoiler: show
Quote:
Originally Posted by Maskerade, post: 6978986, member: 63055
TheKnightsFury: A beffudled Cameron can only blink as you go on a sudden tirade about bad luck and omens and nearly killing him. Such a sudden change of heart had to be motivated by something, but before he can even argue back, you call upon a very dissuading-looking Charizard to carry you and Litten away; all the photographer can do is gulp and nod silently, he's not about to argue in the face of a dragon.

Before Charizard can retrieve Litten, however, a swirl of shadows envelops the cat, and it vanishes from sight. As if the Pokemon already belonged to someone… A mystery you might never uncover.

Dutifully following your instructions, Charizard picks you up (not too concerned with disappearing cats, clearly) and carries you away. The flight is mercifully short, thanks to the dragon’s powerful wings, and before long the City of Pentacles comes into view, an impressive sight from above.

The dragon lands gracefully, allowing you to dismount at the center of the city. Passersby throw you little more than a curious glance, as if people descending from the heavens riding fire-breathing monsters was something trivial around these parts. You look around, deciding where to go next, before some commotion up ahead catches your attention; it seems to come from the center of Hanged Man’s Plaza, where a group of merchants has gathered and seems to be loudly arguing with one another.

If you fancy seeing what that’s about, nothing stops you from approaching, but perhaps you have some other specific part of the City you’d prefer to visit instead…



Reply 7
Spoiler: show
Quote:
Originally Posted by TheKnightsFury, post: 6979035, member: 101661

The City of Pentacles. He'd stopped in here briefly during his travels through the Arcane Realm, but he hadn't spent much time looking around. Thankfully he did know there was a Pokemon Center nearby. While his Pokemon hadn't taken a tonne of damage, they would still benefit from a quick heal. Rushing through the sliding doors, Xander quickly handed his Pokeballs over to one of the nurses. After accepting them back, Xander made his way over to the PC. He liked to rotate his team regularly, making sure all of his Pokemon got a chance to adventure with him. He sent a couple of Pokemon back to his grandfather's while adding a couple of his newer Pokemon to his team. Collecting the Pokeballs, Xander released a pair of Pokemon.

"Tox tox city city", Toxtricity grinned as he strummed his chest organs, he was excited to be back in the field. While the Electric/Poison type strummed his chest, the other Pokemon Xander had released begun to strike the ground in rhythm with the Toxtricity. Grookey beat his stick on the floor, he looked up to Toxtricity, the pair had bonded while they were on Xander's grandfather's ranch. Toxtricity lent down, allowing Grookey to climb up onto his shoulder.

"Well it seems like you two get along quite well", Xander grinned, "How about we go have a look around the city? There was a bit of a commotion going on in the plaza, how about we go check that out?" Both Pokemon nodded, they were more than happy to go have a look around.


Update 8
Spoiler: show
Quote:
Originally Posted by Maskerade, post: 6979405, member: 63055
TheKnightsFury:
A change of team feels in order; Bulbasaur and Croconaw did that part admirably in the forest, but a new adventure calls for new adventurers – this time around the duo of musically inclined Pokemon, Toxtricity and Grookey.

The City of Pentacles has much to explore, a vastly different location from your previous one and, in theory, much more civilized. However, judging by the loud argument still going on in the Plaza, that might not be the case; the Mightyena from before made less noise than these merchants.

Not one to shy away from a potential problem – very much thriving off of them, like any Trainer worth their salt – you approach the group of five middle-aged men looking to understand what’s going on. For a while, they remain oblivious to your presence, continuing to argue amongst themselves with colorful language that cannot be replicated in the present narration.

“For the last time, it can’t have been anyone else!”
“You were the only one to touch the ledger yesterday!”
“Well you were the one who traced the damn route, they were following your instructions!”
“Really now? So where is it then? A caravan of that size doesn’t just vanish you idiot, how would I hide it?!”

It isn’t until Toxtricity hits a couple of high, metallic notes that the group seems to notice you’re there. The reception, however, is far from warm.

“The hell do you want?” growls one of the men, tall, burly and visibly irritated. “Listenin’ in is rude, so I suggest you scram, this ain’t none of your business.”

“Unless you want to help,” interjects one of the other participants nonchalantly, a leaner man with shoulder-length silver hair and a distinct air of superiority. “How good are you at finding missing things?”

“Gonna drag a stranger into this just like that? We don’t deal in toys, Wolfgang, it’s damn precious merchandise!”

“Which we seem to have lost, as you’ll recall,” retorts the silver-haired man in a sharp, dry tone. “It’s not like you’ll turn any more of a profit if you don’t enlist him. It takes a modicum of skill to raise a Toxtricity, and none of us five is a proper Trainer, we’re merchants. What do you say friend? Care to get your hands dirty for uncertain pay?”

He flicks his hair and smiles at you, clearly eager to see if his coin toss pays off. For someone who seems to deal in priceless goods, he’s clearly fond of gambling. Then again, he and the others might just be that desperate…


Reply 8
Spoiler: show
Quote:
Originally Posted by TheKnightsFury, post: 6979548, member: 101661

Xander and his Pokemon listened in on the squabble. From what he could tell, the argument was about who was at fault for a missing caravan? Despite being a group of men, the merchants were fighting like a group of teenage girls! It wasn't long before Xander's presence was noticed, with one of the merchants aggressively calling him out. Toxtricity was having none of it and immediately stepped it front of his trainer, glaring at the merchant. One of the other merchants was quick to drag Xander into the whole dilemma, suggesting that the group hire him to locate their misplaced goods.

"Wouldn't be the first time I've been asked to help find something", Xander replied. It was true, sometimes it felt like most of what he did was help someone find something. "That said, if I have to search the whole Arcane Realm for a missing caravan, I doubt I'll have much luck. You're likely on a clock, if someone stole it they'll want to get rid of it quick, the longer they hold onto it, the more likely it is that they get caught. I'll take on the job but I'm going to need information. I'll need a map with the route the caravan was taking, who was in charge of charting the route, who knew of the route and what the caravan was transporting." Toxtricity backed off a little, stepping back to stand by Xander's side. He crosses his arms to appear more intimidating, Grookey mimics the action, although it looks more cute than intimidating on him.......


Update 9
Spoiler: show
Quote:
Originally Posted by Maskerade, post: 6979877, member: 63055
TheKnightsFury:
You aren’t opposed to the offer itself, but you require more details before you carry out the task. A caravan doesn’t sound like something one would easily misplace, foul play sounding much more likely, but more information is in order if you are to know where to even start.

A smile and a nod later, the silver haired man referred to as Wolfgang explains – while the remaining four merchants glare at you with obvious apprehension, clearly opposed to recruiting a random stranger.

“It’s relatively easy, friend. The five of us are a guild, and each of us is tasked with different functions within our commercial activity. Case in point, I handled the route tracing for this particular delivery, all the way from the source to our stall.” you can see where this is going; something went wrong in Wolfgang’s planning. “The source is, as usual, the Desert of Stars in the Land of Cups. It’s a long way from the City of Pentacles, but this is the first time a delivery went… astray.”

“Convenient as hell for you though,” mumbles the largest merchant under his breath, but still loud enough to be audible.

“Oh? And why would that be, Emmett?” Wolfgang’s tone, composed so far, betrays his irritation this time.

“Don’t play saint. Everyone knows your wife sustained your life of luxury; ever since she dumped your ass for another man, you’ve had to live off of this business and that doesn’t cut it for your fancy tastes.” The disdain in Emmett’s voice is palpable. “The cargo on that shipment would make anyone filthy rich; even by your standards.”

Wolfgang’s expression hardens, and you see him clench his fist until the knuckles turn white. But just as you think he’s about to take a swing at Emmett, the silver-haired man exhales and continues talking directly to you.

“Last I heard of the caravan’s whereabouts, it was already in the outskirts of the city. It was planned to arrive today. So if it was hijacked, it cannot have gone far.” He bows rigidly and turns around, walking away towards the Pokemon Center you have just come out of. “If you’ll excuse me.”

The remaining four merchants immediately turn their backs on you as well and continue bickering amongst themselves, ignoring you completely.

If you feel you have enough information to go on, you can begin your search; if you’d like to know more, Wolfgang is probably the only one who can give you more details, if he’s even willing to talk after all that.

So what will you do?


Reply 9
Spoiler: show
Quote:
Originally Posted by TheKnightsFury, post: 6979935, member: 101661

It seemed the contents of the caravan were quite valuable, Xander was intrigued. What exactly had they been transporting from the Desert of Stars? The other merchants seemed to suspect Wolfgang, claiming that he desired the life of luxury he'd lost when his wife left him for someone else. Rough. The caravan was due in today and the last they'd heard it was in the outskirts of the city. Xander was somewhat familiar with the city and it certainly narrowed down the search location. Death's Yard was on the city's outskirts but he doubted that Wolfgang would plot a route through a massive graveyard. The other option was The Devil's Playground, the city's slums. It would make sense that if someone was going to steal a caravan full of valuables, they'd likely seek refuge in the slums. He needed more direction from Wolfgang, perhaps he would be more willing to share information away from the other merchants?

Toxtricity and Grookey followed closely as Xander rushed after the silver haired merchant. "Hey Wolfgang!" Xander shouted, hoping to get his attention before he reached the Pokemon Center. "I don't suppose you plotted that course through The Devil's Playground? Surely you've got some more information for me, something you wouldn't want the others to hear?" He needed more information. If he had to search through the entire playground, he'd be more likely to get stabbed before he could find the caravan. "They seem like a bunch of dicks, maybe we could come to some sort of agreement that could help you get back to where you want to be?" Xander hoped that proposition would catch the merchant's attention, a side deal could see them both profit handsomely after all.


Update 10
Spoiler: show
Quote:
Originally Posted by Maskerade, post: 6980779, member: 63055
TheKnightsFury:
Wolfgang stops a step away from the door once you call out to him. Without turning around, he motions for you to follow him inside.

“There,” he signals toward an empty table near the Center’s TM Shop, where he moves to take a seat. “If you’re so insistent to help.”

With Toxtricity and Grookey standing on either side of you, ensuring you can maintain some manner of privacy in your conversation, you listen to what Wolfgang has to say as he speaks in an intentionally low voice.

“You’re quite perceptive. And if I may be honest… I’m grateful you took an interest in this matter. Emmett wasn’t lying about everything – I am a man of certain… appetites, few of them cheap. I am also recently single and poorer than before, for the reasons he so eloquently mentioned. But I am also a professional, and regardless of whether you believe me, an honest man at heart.” His tone is serious, with a hint of sadness, in stark contrast to the air of superiority he displayed at the Plaza. “However, I wasn’t always honest. I’ve struck deals with unsavory people in the past, all of whom I cut ties with overtime. And therein may lie the problem.”

He pulls out a small card with his identification and professional address and hands it to you.

“I wouldn’t be foolish enough to send a caravan full of precious goods passing through the Playground, but yes, that is where I believe it might have ended up. Some of my previous… “associates” reside there, and my suspicion is one of them might have caught wind of this shipment and diverted it, claiming to be acting on my instructions.” He points to the card and silently clears his throat, consciously keeping his voice down. “If anyone did indeed divert the caravan under that false pretense, they might still be carrying one of my cards. They are meant to be simple business cards, but it’s not too far fetched to think it may have been interpreted as some sort of proof of employment. However they managed to do it, my suspicion stands – the caravan must be at the Devil’s Playground.”

Wolfgang gets back to his feet and holds out his hand for a handshake, pulling you closer as you return the gesture and whispering discreetly.

“Find that shipment and you get to keep a share. We’ll say it was lost in the theft. Be careful out there, it’s an unpleasant neighbourhood.”

Well… What now?


Reply 10
Spoiler: show
Quote:
Originally Posted by TheKnightsFury, post: 6980905, member: 101661

Xander knew their was more to Wolfgang. The merchant pulled him to a quiet part of the Pokemon Center and explained to him the situation. It seemed that in the past he'd been involved in some rather shady business dealings and that those dealings were likely responsible for the current situation. Part of his dealings involved a business card of sorts, the thief was likely in possession of one such card. Xander relieved Wolfgang of the card he'd shown him, it might come in handy. The card might help up a few doors in the Devil's Playground, maybe open up a lead or two. Wolfgang was happy to accept the under the table deal as well. He'd receive a bigger reward for his efforts and they'd tell the other merchants the goods were lost. Two winners and a handful of losers.

"We can handle ourselves, we'll find the goods and let you know when we've got them, I don't suppose there is an easy way for me to contact you?" Xander begun to ruffle through his bag, which was surprisingly deep despite its small appearance. He eventually emerged with a black hoodie and a blue flat brim cap. He pulled the jumper on and placed the hat on his head before pulling the hood up over it. "Toxtricity, Grookey, when we get to the Devil's Playground, we're going to need to find a club or bar, I think that'll be the best place to start. We can ask around and see whether anyone has been flashing one of Wolfgang's card around." It was a pretty basic plan, but they had to start somewhere.


Update 11
Spoiler: show
Quote:
Originally Posted by Maskerade, post: 6986627, member: 63055
TheKnightsFury:
"I would much prefer we only talked again once this matter is... settled. Too much communication in between can be hazardous."

Wolfgang nonchalantly waves at you before shifting his attention to the Nurse Joy at the counter. You can tell his feigning disinterest not to draw too much attention, so it's perhaps best you don't bust his act. Equipped as best you can to blend in where you're about to go, you set off towards the Devil's Playground, holding on to the merchant's card just in case it might open some metaphorical (or literal) doors.

It doesn't take you long to find the place. You don't even have to ask around much - you basically just need to walk towards the place everyone else is walking away from. The Devil's Playground really seems to be all it's hyped up to be, from the dark murky and frankly filthy streets to the loud music coming from the bars that line both sides of those streets. Toxtricity fits right in, for obvious reasons - after all, he looks, as kids like to say, "really metal". The cacophony of terrible "music" seems to be his kind of jam too, and all in all, he's a happy Pokemon. Grookey... well, he kinda stands out like a sore thumb, with his cutesy look and pure green fur. You're not sure he digs the musical styles here as much as his Electric companion, but maybe it's just the lack of drums.

The first person you run into is a man in his thirties leaning against a brick wall just next to the backdoor of one of the "fine establishments", glass bottle in one hand a cigarette in the other. His apparent predilection for spiked shoulder pads and leather jackets would earn him an honorary Team Yell membership card in Galar for sure.

The man doesn't seem to have noticed you yet. The choice here might feel arbitrary, but it's one you'll have to make nonetheless. Will you approach this man, and if so, what will you ask him? Or do you prefer to try your luck in one of the bars and maybe go for a drink while you're at it?


Reply 11
Spoiler: show
Quote:
Originally Posted by TheKnightsFury, post: 6997584, member: 101661

Grookey was feeling a bit out of place, he was too cute! He didn't mean to look cute, it was kind of unavoidable. Looking to make himself seem a bit edgier, he licks his paws and rubs the top of his head, roughing up his hair. Next he decided to dig through Xander's bag. He pulled out a dark object, after a little manoeuvring, the item extended, revealing itself to be a Dark Lance. Much better, thought Grookey, no one would dare call him cute now! Xander shook his head, confused by the Galarian starter's antics, but Toxtricity seemed to approve, giving his little pal a fist bump. So far they hadn't run into any trouble, but they hadn't gotten any leads either. There was a bar on the opposite side of the street, a man had parked himself in the alley next to it. He seemed like the sort of person you'd expect to find around here, but at least he was by himself. It would probably be easier for him to get information out of someone without the thumping bass of club music. It was worth a shot.

"Sup man, you got a sec?" Xander uttered as he crossed the street. Toxtricity followed with a strum of his chest organs, making sure they got the man's attention. Xander kept his hands in his pockets and his shoulder back, making sure to abuse his broad shoulders as much as he could. While he wasn't the bulkiest, he was tall for his age and strong to boot, surely he wouldn't be taken for a push over?


Update 12
Spoiler: show
Quote:
Originally Posted by Maskerade, post: 6998280, member: 63055
TheKnightsFury:
Accompanied by your two very edgy-looking partners, you approach the lone man on the alleyway intent on getting some information out of him. Beats wandering aimlessly into every unsavory-looking bar…

The man takes a while to notice your presence, even when you’re standing directly in front of him. His eyes seem glazed over and he has a rather stupid smirk on his face; slowly you see his pupils narrow as he regains focus, but through blurred speech you can hardly make out and some pretty awkward gestures for a man so scarily dressed, he points at you theatrically while accidentally dropping his bottle.

“Our eyes met! That means we have to battle!”

You can quite quickly tell the man’s higher than Move Tutor prices, made all the more evident by how he fumbles the subsequent PokeBall throw, clumsily dropping it at his feet and causing a large Exploud to materialize, inadvertently squishing his Trainer against the wall as he appears.

The Pokemon’s eye roll makes it obvious he’s gotten used to it by now, but unfortunately, rather than decline the battle, Exploud seems ready to go at it alone, expecting no coherent commands from his Trainer but not willing to give up the fight either. He does look like a bully, no questions asked, as he cracks his knuckles while eyeing your small Grookey with a malicious grin.

The street is narrow and won’t allow for much maneuvering, but it doesn’t seem like you’re talking your way out of this one… now what?


Reply 12
Spoiler: show
Quote:
Originally Posted by TheKnightsFury, post: 6998436, member: 101661

"Wow that guy is absolutely tanked", Xander sighed, he wasn't going to be useful at all. Some how he managed to mumble out a challenge and release a rather aggressive looking Exploud. The Normal Type seemed to be used to his trainer's antics, meaning he was probably used to battling without the orders of his trainer. Xander knew very little about Exploud, but he knew that it was possible for them to have the Soundproof ability. Despite the eagerness of Toxtricity, he would be at a massive disadvantage if his Sound moves were negated. The Exploud seemed to have its eyes on Grookey anyway, likely thinking the little simian would be an easy opponent. Grookey was thinking otherwise!

The Galar Starter leaps off of Toxtricity's shoulder, puffing out his chest to size up to his much larger opponent. Tapping his stick on the ground, he sends a Grassy Surge through the ground. "Challenge accepted", grins Xander, although he wasn't exactly sure how this battle would go. "Grookey, open with a Leech Seed, then set up a Sunny Day to give us a strengthened Growth!" The combo would help set them up nicely, but Xander knew they'd need to be prepared for the Exploud's likely aggressive response. He looked around for anything Grookey would be able to use to his advantage, he was smaller and would be more mobile in the small alley if they played it right.

Toxtricity began to strum his chest in a rhythmic fashion, working up a battle tune. Hopefully it would spur Grookey on, he'd need to fight his hardest to overcome a powerful opponent like this Exploud.


Update 13
Spoiler: show
Quote:
Originally Posted by Maskerade, post: 6998626, member: 63055
TheKnightsFury:
Challenge accepted indeed! Grookey does his best to look menacing, but you can tell the heavy Dark Lance he’s still holding is proving a little troublesome to wield. Undeterred, the monkey covers the concrete floor with a lush green carpet, then shoots forth a barrage of seeds, looking to trap the much larger foe… but they are met with a single bite of flaming teeth, disintegrating in midair under the intense heat of Exploud’s Fire Fang… The move might yet prove useful, but not as long as Exploud has his guard up!

Toxtricity strums his strings, creating a makeshift war tune on the spot; it seems to pump up Grookey despite the initial failure and, while struggling not to topple over due to the spear’s weight, the monkey lets out a sharp cry which causes the skies above to clear. Sunlight permeates the narrow alleyway and, while not particularly intense due to the tall buildings on both sides, you can definitely tell the difference. Bolstered by the sunlight and Toxtricity’s music, Grookey grows in height to almost match Exploud’s, no longer struggling to hold the Dark Lance in the off hand while tightly clutching his favourite drum stick at the same time.

Grinning at the sight of Grookey’s increased size and, hopefully, increased challenge, Exploud fight sback with a second Fire Fang, equally boosted by the stronger sunlight, viciously biting your partner for considerable damage but fortunately not leaving behind any lasting burns… Grookey seems to regain a bit of energy from the favourable terrain in the end, but the attack definitely left a big mark.

Your human opponent is still struggling to get back to his feet, pathetically hugging the wall as his legs shake beneath him. If anything, you have the advantage of a functional partnership, but Exploud really isn’t playing around here…

What now?


Reply 13
Spoiler: show
Quote:
Originally Posted by TheKnightsFury, post: 6998935, member: 101661

Things had gone pretty much as Xander had expected. The Exploud was acting of its own accord, his trainer's only purpose seemed to be releasing him from his ball. A waste really. Although their Leech Seed had been stopped by the Normal type's Fiery Fangs, they managed to set up the sun and boost Grookey's attack stats. Even though the sun would be beneficial for the Exploud's Fire type moves, it was even more beneficial for Grookey, as the Exploud would soon find out. "Alright Grookey, Solar Blade!"

Grookey grinned with delight as he dropped the dark lance and grasped his stick with both hands. He began to charge the solar energy through the end of the stick, the bright sunlight allowing him to gather the energy much faster. "Attack relentlessly, then follow up with a Drain Punch, before making sure it feels the hurt with an Assurance. Toxtricity picked up the beat of his tune, spurring on Grookey even more. "Dude are you seriously going to slump there and let your Pokemon fight by itself?" Xander questioned his opponent, somewhat displeased. How was he meant to get information out of someone who couldn't even order their Pokemon? Perhaps in such an inebriated state, he'd be more forth coming with information. The validity of the information would certainly be questionable though and it was all of little concern right now, because there was no way he'd talk before the battle was over. "Get him Grookey!" Xander urged, they needed to bring the Exploud down quickly.


Update 14
Spoiler: show
Quote:
Originally Posted by Maskerade, post: 6999237, member: 63055
TheKnightsFury:
You knew you were taking a risk when you cleared the skies, a risk that became palpable as soon as Grookey was hit with a boosted Fire Fang, but it was all leading up to this moment. Fighting through the pain, he grabs his trusty stick like the hilt of a sword with both hands and gathers solar energy at the tip – in a matter of seconds a ray of concentrated sunlight bursts forth, taking the shape of an oversized glowing blade, and after a single swing, Exploud is propelled backwards into its Trainer. Once again the poor fellow is squished against the brick wall of the nearby building and slumps to the ground pathetically.

Unrelenting, Grookey follows up by leaping towards the downed Exploud with a closed fist, but the beast is resilient and fights back – with your partner still in midair and closing in fast, Exploud unleashes a devastating Boomburst that repels the Grass-Type with such force he ends up crashing into you. Not only that, the soundwave is so destructive and widespread that the glass windows of every bar in the vicinity shatter loudly into a million pieces!

“The f*** was that?!"
“Those assholes are wreckin’ the place!”

What follows is quite literally a blur. Complaints rain down from all sides as hordes of angry customers leave the surrounding establishments to see what on earth is going on; a blunt hit to the back of your head later, everything becomes blurry, and you pass out.

-----

You wake up with a terrible headache to find yourself in a small room filled to the ceiling with glass bottles on both sides. It takes you a while to remember what happened, but once you do, you quickly deduce you’ve been locked up in the storage room of one of the local bars. You’re quick to notice Toxtricity and Grookey are no longer with you – in fact, your whole belt is missing, along with all of your PokeBalls as well as your Bag!

You hear voices coming from outside the room, but they’re faint – whoever’s nearby probably isn’t too close to the door.

How will you handle this situation?

*Grookey gained 2 Levels!*


Reply 14
Spoiler: show
Quote:
Originally Posted by TheKnightsFury, post: 6999830, member: 101661
Grookey gained 2 levels

Things had gone from good to bad to worse...... One minute Grookey was finally starting to dominate the Exploud, the next the Normal Type had shattered the windows of the club and chaos had followed. A surprising blow to the back of the head was the last thing he remembered. Xander looked around, he was either in a store room in the bar or a really shit bottle museum. Xander began to panic, realising that his Pokemon and his bag were gone, those bastard! It wasn't even his fault the club had got damaged, it was the fucking drunk's fault! He had to come up with a plan, he couldn't just sit here and wait for someone to come to him. This was going to be played on his terms.

Xander grabbed a bottle and hurled it at the door, smashing it. Splinters of glass splashed across the floor. He grabbed another in preparation. "You motherfuckers!" Xander shouted at the top of his lungs. "Let me out of here now! How dare you take my Pokemon, give them back now and let me the fuck out of here you wankers!" This was ridiculous, who knocks out a kid, takes his stuff and locks him in a storeroom?! Once he got his Pokemon back, these morons were going to pay. He'd destroy the whole club, down to the foundations, that would show them..... "Hurry up bitches! I've got plenty more bottles to smash!" He hurled another bottle at the door, tik tok motherfuckers!


Update 15
Spoiler: show
Quote:
Originally Posted by DannyDrawsaLot, post: 7017551, member: 112934
Since Mask has departed from FB, I'll be picking up TKF.

TheKnightsFury: After realizing your Pokemon and bag were gone, you pound on the door with the bottles around you, smashing them will spilling swears left and right at whoever could've been at the other side of the door. Your head still aches at the blow, but it wasn't too bad. You were in the bar's storeroom, that was for sure, but how would you get out? Maybe through the windows? Looking up, you see a window, it was cracked, but not broken. The Exploud's blast hadn't affected the storeroom's window. Crates were stacked about, one in a tall stack close to the window. Beams of light shot from the opening, so there was definitely more to it.

As you are contemplating your escape, you hear a knock on the door. Dashing towards it, you look into the peep-hole, seeing a short steward on the other side. He was holding some sort of basket in his left hand, and there was a shiny object in his right. There was a green Pokemon beside him, clearly his partner. The steward, dropping the basket, held up the shiny object. It was a key! He quietly unlocked the door, and rushed inside, along with the basket, and his Pokemon, which was a Lotad.

He quickly locked the door, then handed you the basket. Swishing the cloth atop it aside, you find a Pokeball inside, and a bunch of berries.
"You've gotta be quiet, okay? The bartenders will kill me if they know I'm here. I was only able to save your Grookey." he said, pointing towards the Pokeball sitting at the bottom of the basket.

"You might want to feed your Grookey too, they did some, uh, terrible things to him to force him into his Pokeball." the steward whispered. "The name's Jeffrey."


Reply 15
Spoiler: show
Quote:
Originally Posted by TheKnightsFury, post: 7017813, member: 101661

Xander's rage settles slightly and he begins to take in his surroundings. There had to be another way out of this storeroom. A beam of light slipped between a tower of stacked crates, a window! From what he could tell, the window was cracked, but not broken. If he could move some of the crates and use others as a makeshift staircase, he might be able to scramble out. But what about his Pokemon? Suddenly there was a knock on the door, Xander watched through the peep-hole as an older man retrieved a key, unlocking the door. Xander resisted the urge to barge past him, something told him this guy was here to help.

The steward urged him to be quiet and quickly revealed Grookey, who had been forced into his ball. Xander resisted the urge to erupt once more when the steward spoke of terrible things, someone was going to pay dearly. Xander quickly released Grookey from his ball. "Are you okay little buddy? They didn't hurt you too much? Help yourself to these berries, then we've got to go find Toxtricity." Xander turned away from the Galarian starter for a moment and focused on Jeffrey. "My name is Xander, why are you helping me? None of this is my fault, it was that drunk who smashed the windows, not us. Thanks for bringing my Grookey, do you know where my Toxtricity and the rest of my stuff is? Won't you get in trouble for helping me? I'm assuming you're not going to let me just walk out the door....."


Update 16
Spoiler: show
Quote:
Originally Posted by DannyDrawsaLot, post: 7018052, member: 112934
TheKnightsFury - "I'm helping you because I'm not pig-headed like those ones. I understand what happened, but I was afraid of speaking up, as its not exactly very fun trying to convince an angry mob of partially drunk people. Also, if you just blatantly walk out the door, Xander, they'll tie you up, and probably force you to drink Rattata poison. And they'll just shoot me, so I advise we plan our next moves." Jeffrey pulled out a piece of paper from his apron pocket, then spread it out on the floor. The paper was dirty, stains everywhere, and the corners were yellowing. Clearly this piece of paper was old."

"This is the layout plan of the bar. It shows the air vent systems, all the windows and doors, and everything you'll need to escape." Jeffrey then focused his look on a large rectangle on one corner of the paper, as his hand slid towards it. "That's where your stuff is being held. Your Toxtricity fought back against them, so they chained him up. They stole stuff from your bag, but I was able to convince them to leave it alone, so they just took 4 of your Sitrus Berries and your Revive. I saw them bargaining over them, so you're most likely not getting those back." Jeffrey then pointed to the window you had seen before.

"Lotad here knows Grass Knot, so he can make some vines for us to climb on if we can't move those crates. Once we get to the window, we'll need to crawl through, then we can head through the air vents. The room up there is under lock and key, and I have the only key, so it should be empty. Once we get into the air vent, we can crawl through them and rescue your Toxtricity. Be prepared for a tight squeeze though."


Reply 16
Spoiler: show
Quote:
Originally Posted by TheKnightsFury, post: 7018285, member: 101661

It seemed Jeffrey was just a good bloke, which seemed to be a rarity around here. Had they really chained up Toxtricity?! Was this a rare occurrence for this lot, or did they do this sort of thing all the time? Xander looked over the map, making note of some of the more important details. Jeffrey's plan was to move through the vents, which didn't exactly sound comfortable. "Hmmm", Xander pondered, "the vents sound like the best course of action, but I'm not sure if both of us should go in. The way I'm thinking is that at the moment, they have no idea you've helped me, so there is no point in you putting yourself at more risk. What if you took Grookey's empty Pokeball back to where you found it, locked the door and just kept everyone busy? That way there is nothing tying you to me." Xander wasn't sure if Jeffrey would agree to his plan, but it made more sense to him. Two of them crawling around in the vents was going to make more noise and if something went wrong, they had no way of getting out.

Regardless of what option they went with, they'd need to move the crates. "Grookey, give me a hand will you?" Xander begun to move the crates with Grookey's help, making sure to do so quietly. He started stacking them so he could use them as a sort of makeshift staircase. He figured Jeffrey would probably give him a hand with the crates, once he decided whether he wanted to go with his plan or Xander's.


Update 17
Spoiler: show
Quote:
Originally Posted by DannyDrawsaLot, post: 7019017, member: 112934
TheKnightsFury - Xander, while agreeing with the plan, thought up a new one. Jeffrey listened, and then thought about it for a moment. He wasn't sure that it was a good idea, but Xander seemed like a good enough trainer to defend himself if he was caught. "Okay, I'm fine with that." Jeffrey said as he grabbed a red marker from his pocket. He ironed the map out, then used the red marker to draw a dark line through the vent systems. "This is the path you should travel across. Once you reach there, be deathly quiet. Take this key-" Jeffrey said as he held out a rusty brass key towards Xander. "-to unlock Toxtricity's chains, then you can take your bag, and deal with them." Jeffrey got up and helped push the crates into the right position. He was pushing them before he heard a key turning in the lock!

"Get behind the crates, quick!" He whispered as he shot for the door. Another steward opened the door, and he was accompanied by a Rockruff with blue fur instead of the regular pale brown. "Oh, its you, James." Jeffrey muttered as he re-locked the door. "You can come out, Xander." Jeffrey said. "This is James. He's my friend, and he won't expose us. James, can you help us move these crates?" Jeffrey asked as he briefed James on their plan.

"I can help you with that." James said as he pulled out a flashlight. "I thought you'd need this." he said, dropping the flash light on the floor.


Reply 17
Spoiler: show
Quote:
Originally Posted by TheKnightsFury, post: 7019276, member: 101661

Xander was pleased when Jeffrey agreed to his revised plan. The steward used a red marker to draw the path he'd need to take through the vents and handed Xander a key he'd need to undo the chains on Toxtricity. Things were going well and they were slowly clearing the crates, but then they were forced to stop when someone else opened the door. Jeffrey briefed a sigh of relief when he realised it was just another steward, but Xander wasn't pleased. The more people involved, the hard this was going to be. James was accompanied by a shiny Rockruff, quite a rare Pokemon for a simple steward. Xander came out from behind the crates when Jeffrey gave him the all clear. James dropped a flashlight on the floor, a bit rude, could he not just hand it to him? Xander was cautious of the newcomer. One person coming to help him was lucky, two was too good to be true....

Xander kept talking as he arced around, positioning himself between James and the door. Grookey sat on his shoulder, the Galarian Starter's eyes firmly fixed on the Rockruff. "So you were in on this plan James? I suppose you've got a reason for helping me as well? It's brave of you to stick your neck out for a stranger, wouldn't expect that from many people in these parts." He needed to get a move on, time was of the essence, but his gut was telling him that something was off.


Update 18
Spoiler: show
Quote:
Originally Posted by DannyDrawsaLot, post: 7019509, member: 112934
TheKnightsFury - After hearing out Jeffrey about James, you get a bad feeling. Asking James why he was helping you, James gave a smirk back. "Good question, Xander." he said as he inched towards the door. "He's helping you because we're friends." Jeffrey said, not seeing James' movements, as he was facing the crates with full attention. You are about to alert Jeffrey when James unlocks the door! A pair of drunk clubbers barge in, as James' Rockruff runs away from him! "Rockruff, what're you-" James shouts towards him, as the Rockruff snaps back, baring his fangs while growling at a low tone. The two drunkards both had half-empty bottles of beer in their hands, it was obvious they wanted to hurt you with them.

"Bad guys never win, James." Jeffrey said as he quickly called a command to Lotad. "Lotad, quick, Hydro Pump on them, then follow it with an Ice Beam! Freeze them to give us some time!" Lotad spun around, blasting the stream of water at them, pushing them back, then he did the same with the cold stream of ice towards the group, freezing them in place! "Xander, quick, into the vents! I think we both have to go now."

Jeffrey quickly climbed the stack he had created, with Lotad and Rockruff on his tail. "Follow me!" Jeffrey stopped midway up to the window. "Maybe we should just go out the front door instead. They already know I'm helping you, so whats the point of trying to go around them? Lets just blast through."

Jeffrey then grabbed another Pokeball on his belt, this time releasing a Kecleon. "Kecleon, you think you can go unlock Toxtricity from his chains?" Jeffrey asked the Color Swap Pokemon, who nodded. "Xander, hand over the key."


Reply 18
Spoiler: show
Quote:
Originally Posted by TheKnightsFury, post: 7019876, member: 101661

The plan had changed again. As Xander had suspected, James was far from trustworthy and the scummy steward had rushed to the door before Xander managed to flank him. Two drunkards rushed into the storeroom, ready to cause havoc. Thankfully Jeffrey is quick to the draw, his Lotad comboing a Hydro Pump into an Ice Beam to freeze the three in place. "Grookey make sure they stay in place, plant a Leech Seed on each of them." Xander let Grookey get to work, the Leech Seed vines would help keep them in place even if the ice started to break and the energy drain would hopefully leave them fatigued. They were about to start climbing up to the vents when Jeffrey had a change of heart.

"You're right Jeffrey", Xander commented, "they've got to know that we've busted out now." Jeffrey released a Kecleon, intending for the Color Swap Pokemon to travel through the vents and free Toxtricity. Xander handed the reptilian the key. "Good idea with Kecleon, if we can draw everyone out the front, it should have a clear path to Toxtricity and my gear. We've just got to keep them busy until Kecleon can bring the cavalry. I'm surprised Rockruff betrayed its owner, they're meant to be incredibly loyal. My father has a Dusk Lycanroc and I'd never question its loyalty. It seems to know you though, maybe it would be better in your care?" Xander was sure they'd be in for a fight as soon as they left the storeroom. They couldn't afford to fight in here, they needed to get outside. "Grookey, you ready to go? If anyone comes at us you need to Screech, at them to give us an opening, Knock Off any weapons you see, we don't want anyone getting hurt. Let's go!"


Update 19
Spoiler: show
Quote:
Originally Posted by DannyDrawsaLot, post: 7020260, member: 112934
TheKnightsFury - After planting a Leech Seed to help tie the frozen foes up, you question why Rockruff would betray its owner, as the species was revered for its loyalty. Jeffrey smiled at the small blue canine Pokemon. "Rockruff may be loyal, but he still has his head on straight. He knows good from bad." Commanding your Grookey to stay watchful and attack anyone spotted, you both proceed out the door, to find a crowd of about 10 people. They were all crowded around a table, shouting and aggressively pointing towards it. No one had noticed you guys, yet. Still, you all stay deathly quiet, slowly trying to sneak around them to head for the exit so you could leave. Right before you can open the door, James' shoulder brushed against a wineglass sitting on a box, making it titter then fall crashing to the ground. The noise could barely be heard over the yelling, so none of them noticed. You both let out a sigh of relief, only for Rockruff to let out a loud yip of excitement.

That got their attention. All of them turned their heads simultaneously, all facing you. 4 of them took out baseball bats, 2 brought out guns, but Rockruff was quick, summoning up a Rock Throw, then directing the sharp stones at their hands, knocking the guns out of them, sending the guns across the floor, directly beside you both. The last 4 brought out Pokeballs and released the Pokemon inside them, one had a Charizard, one had a Galarian Linoone, the third had a Crobat, and the last had a Morgrem. The four Pokemon gazed at your three in disgust, and the trainers smirked, as you were outnumbered.

Or so they thought!

You hear rumbling coming from above, then both Kecleon and Toxtricity dropped in from an air vent directly above the pool table they were sitting at! Kecleon acted quickly, releasing a Shock Wave on them while jumping out, Toxtricity close behind. The two Pokemon landed beside you both, ready for a battle.


Reply 19
Spoiler: show
Quote:
Originally Posted by TheKnightsFury, post: 7020727, member: 101661

They'd exited the frypan and entered the fryer! Xander expected to come up against a few people, but not this many! He froze as two of the clubbers pulled guns, but quickly breathed a sigh of relief as Rockruff knocked the guns from their hands. They were still outnumbered though, two of the clubbers were wielding baseball bats, while four of them revealed Pokemon. A Charizard, a Crobat, a Galarian Linoone and a Morgrem. He knew Charizards in and out and he'd dealt with Crobats, but the Galarian Linoone and Morgrem were foreign to him. Regardless, this was too much for Grookey, Lotad and Rockruff to handle.

Thankfully assistance was close by and Toxtricity and Kecleon revealed themselves. Xander was glad to see the punky electric type, he knew they at least might stand a chance now. "Toxtricity! You're okay! Don't suppose you got my bag and stuff? Do us a favour and pin everyone down with an Electroweb? Then show them a Noble Roar! Grookey let loose your Grassy Surge, then get a bit of Growth before hitting Linoone and Morgrem with Razor Leaf!" Xander looked around, if those clubbers came at him with a bat, he'd need something to defend himself with. He wasn't comfortable wielding a gun, but he knew his way around a sword thanks to his father. He just needed something to swing! After what he'd seen in the storeroom, Xander figured Jeffrey would be more than capable of holding his own in this fight.


Update 20
Spoiler: show
Quote:
Originally Posted by DannyDrawsaLot, post: 7021360, member: 112934
[COLOR=rgb(255, 250, 205)]TheKnightsFury - After assessing the situation, you had chosen a good course of action. You command Toxtricity to Electroweb your opponents, which it tried to do, only for Charizard to burn the web with a fiery Flamethrower. Toxtricity then let out a Noble Roar, making its foes slightly insecure and lowering their attack power. Grookey slammed his stick into the ground, spreading a Grassy Terrain across the floor. Grookey then used Growth to boost his attacking power. He swished his small stick, summoning razor-sharp leaves that sliced their way for Linoone and Morgrem, only for them to be burnt up by another Flamethrower from Charizard.

"Lotad, Hydro Pump!" Jeffrey commanded as the small Water Weed Pokemon blasted a high-pressure stream of water directly at Charizard, which did some damage to the reptilian dragon Pokemon. Rockruff ran across the room, onto the table and jumped, its tail shimmering as it smacked the Crobat directly on the head, which disoriented it for a moment, allowing Rockruff to use it as a stepping stone to escape.

"Charizard, Dragon Claw, then Fire Blast!" the largest clubber yelled, as Charizard dashed forward, clawing the air, sending an energy slice directly for Toxtricity! Charizard then blasted a huge ball of fire, headed directly for Grookey. Both these attacks hit their mark, dealing heavy damage to your Pokemon! Crobat flew directly towards Lotad, using Wing Attack to strike the small Pokemon. Linoone stood there, getting all Worked Up! Morgrem rushed forward at Grookey, who was still licking his wounds, and took the chance to stab Grookey with a False Surrender![/COLOR]


Reply 20
Spoiler: show
Quote:
Originally Posted by TheKnightsFury, post: 7022702, member: 101661

The start was a mixed bag. While They'd managed to lower their opponents attack stats, it did little to blunt the blow they dealt out in return. Charizard was proving the main issue, the Fire Starter shutting down a number of their attacks with its fiery breath. In the club, one of Charizard's biggest assets was removed, its flight. Crobat was smaller and more agile, but a big bulky Pokemon like Charizard needed room to use its flight to the intended extent. If Toxtricity could keep it pinned it close quarters, he'd stand a better chance. "Toxtricity, charge into Charizard with a Nuzzle! Then feel the beat and give it a Rock Blast! Grookey, beat Morgrem away with an Iron Tail, then Drain Punch on Linoone."

Xander looked over at Jeffrey, "can't let that Crobat keep going for Lotad. Keep Rockruff on top of it. Also, I don't suppose Kecleon grabbed my bag? This is already a shamozzle, I don't want to through any more Pokemon into the mix, but if we need to make a break for it, I can't afford to leave my bag behind." Xander prayed to Arceus that the stealthy reptilian had managed to swipe his bag, not only were his Pokemon in there, but all of his precious items as well. He'd stand and fight for as long as he could, but if things started to get out of hand, they were out numbered and couldn't afford to be beaten. They just really needed to keep Charizard in check....


Update 21
Spoiler: show
Quote:
Originally Posted by DannyDrawsaLot, post: 7024726, member: 112934
TheKnightsFury - “Ah yes, he did swipe your bag.” Jeffrey said, as Kecleon gave you a thumbs up and smile as he handed you your bag. Toxtricity rushed forward and gave the Charizard a Nuzzle, paralyzing it and leaving it crippled for the time being, or at least slowed. Toxtricity then tapped its right foot on the ground, like a metronome, allowing it to blast rocks at the Charizard, but it wasn’t perfectly on time only blasting three rocks, which Charizard broke sequentially with its jaws. Grookey rushed at the Morgrem, and spun around, its tail solidifying into iron, and smacked Morgrem across the face, and using the momentum from its first attack to rebound and punch Linoone in the face, draining energy from it for itself.

Rockruff gave a nod to Lotad, who gave a nod back, and Jeffrey looked at them both, confused. Rockruff jumped onto Lotad’s back, only for Lotad to be covered in a blue light! The blue light enveloped the small Pokemon, and it began to grow in size, only for the light to envelop Rockruff as well! When the light dimmed, it revealed something amazing! They had both evolved! The new Midday Lycanroc jumped off Lombre’s head lily-pad, rushing in for an Accelerock headfirst at Charizard, then jumped off Charizard’s face in a similar maneuver to Grookey and latched itself atop Crobat! Crobat flew around, trying to get the lupine Pokemon off of its body, but it was futile, as Lycanroc had its teeth on its wing with a tight Crunch. Lombre blasted another Hydro Pump at Charizard, this one hitting harder than the previous.


Reply 21
Spoiler: show
Quote:
Originally Posted by TheKnightsFury, post: 7025102, member: 101661

Charizard was paralysed but it seemed to not care too much about the quad effective Rock Blast that Toxtricity had smacked it with. Grookey had seen a bit more success as well, pushing the Morgrem back and draining a good amount of health back from the Linoone thanks to its own quad weakness. Things got even better when Lotad and Rockruff underwent a strangely synchronised evolution. Xander almost couldn't believe it, but he had to as the two newly evolved Pokemon proved themselves to be even more potent than before. The battle had certainly swung back into their favour, but there was no telling when things could swing back the other way. They needed to take advantage of this now.

Xander accepted the bag back from Jeffrey and immediately began to search through it. Not for another Pokemon, but for a couple of potential solutions to their problem. "Hey Jeffrey?" Xander questioned, "how attached are you to this place?" Xander locked eyes on what he was searching for, his Z Crystals. "Couple of options here. I could turn this place into a crater, freeze it into a giant ice cube, blow it apart with flowers, its your call." Xander was happy to turn this place into a bloody crater after all they'd put him and his Pokemon through. "Keep on the front foot boys! Toxtricity put your tunes to good use! Snarl, then hit our opponents with a Hyper Voice! Grookey go for an Acrobatics on Morgrem and transition it into another Iron Tail!


Update 22
Spoiler: show
Quote:
Originally Posted by DannyDrawsaLot, post: 7027327, member: 112934
TheKnightsFury - "Attached? Not really, I can get a new job, it's not that hard. Feel free to blow the heck out of this place" Jeffrey replied as you found your Z-Crystals at the bottom of the bag, glittering in the dim light. Jeffrey shuffled around in his pocket, then brought out a stone of his own. It was a deep blue, with many bright minerals sprinkled in it, making it seem like it had bubbles trapped inside. It was a Water Stone!

"Thought we'd kick things up a notch." Jeffrey chuckled, as he tossed the stone to Lombre, who caught it in his left hand, allowing it to evolve, into a Ludicolo! The newly-evolved carefree Pokemon adjusted its lily-pad sombrero, giving a demeaning smirk to its opponents. "Ludicolo, Hydro Pump on that Charizard! Lycanroc, Rock Slide on Crobat!"

Grookey was first, performing some Acrobatics on Morgrem, then performing a combo similar to the previous one, slamming Morgrem across the face, but couldn't get away in time, giving Morgrem a chance to Leech some Life from Grookey! Toxtricity went in for a Snarl, knocking Morgrem away from Grookey, then let out his Hyper Voice, dealing even more damage to all four Pokemon. Lycanroc, still attached to Crobat, used the chance to bring down a Rock Slide on the Bat Pokemon, before letting go and going in for an Accelerock at Charizard, who smacked him back with a Power-Up Punch! Ludicolo blasted off a Hydro Pump at Charizard, giving Lycanroc cover to escape.


Reply 22
Spoiler: show
Quote:
Originally Posted by TheKnightsFury, post: 7029418, member: 101661

As Xander decided on a way to bring this hell hole tumbling down, Jeffrey further added to the craziness of the situation. The old timer pulled out a Water Stone and used it to evolve his newly evolved Lombre into a Ludicolo! Grookey jumped around, battering Morgrem with a couple of blows before the Dark/Fairy type regained some health with a Leech Life. Toxtricity pushed the dark type back with a Snarl before shaking all of their opponents with a powerful Hyper Voice. Lycanroc brought down boulders upon the Crobat, before quickly rushing Charizard with an Accelerock. Charizard fired back quickly with a Power-Up Punch, but was quickly quenched as Ludicolo pumped another torrent of water into it.

It was clear that they had the upper hand now, but that just meant it was better to put an end to this now. Xander picked out his Grassium Z Crystal. Grookey deserved some vengeance after what they'd done to him. He'd almost decided on Groundium Z, but a Tectonic Rage might destroy more than just one building. Meanwhile, a Bloom Doom would bust up the place and still leave it looking better than it did before hand......

"Get ready to make a break for it Jeffrey. Toxtricity, throw our opponents off with a Screech, Grookey time to put our practice to good use, let's BLOOM DOOM!" Xander clicked the Z Crystal into the band on his wrist. Grookey began to gather energy like he would for a Solar Blade, but instead the power began to increase tremendously as Xander began to step through the fluid like motions of the Z pose. Xander was prepared to make a break for it should the opportunity present itself, hoping the post Z Move chaos would provide them the cover they'd need.


Update 23
Spoiler: show
Quote:
Originally Posted by DannyDrawsaLot, post: 7032625, member: 112934
TheKnightsFury: "Ludicolo, Lycanroc, let's get ready to split." Jeffrey said as the Lycanroc rushed to quickly get in another Accelerock at Charizard, before retreating to Jeffrey's side. Ludicolo shot off a final Hydro Pump at Charizard, then turned around and waddled behind Jeffrey, so as to not get caught in the blast of the powerful Z-Move. Charizard fired a Flamethrower at Grookey, but the small Chimp Pokemon was too quick and dodged the attack. Toxtricity let out a Screech, which disoriented the enemies, which gave Grookey a chance to release a riotous Bloom Doom.

Performing the Z motions in sync with your Pokemon, Grookey gathered Z-Power, then did a slashing motion with his stick, which caused green light to shine down on him. Then, flowers spread across the entire room, before a large flower bloomed, releasing a beam of intense sunlight and plant energy underneath the group of enemy Pokemon. It was extremely powerful and burst through the roof, giving you both a chance to escape.

"Time to make ourselves scarce." Jeffrey said, as his Pokemon and you complied, running away from the plant covered rubble that was the bar. You stopped to catch your breath in front of a shop, and Jeffrey held his hand out towards you. In his hand, there was a wad of 800 Pokedollars.

"Just ana apology for what those guys did." Jeffrey said, pointing back at the rubble. "Well, I better get going. See ya around, I guess." Jeffrey waved goodbye, then turned and left.

Toxtricity gained 1 level!
Grookey gained 1 level!


Reply 23
Spoiler: show
Quote:
Originally Posted by TheKnightsFury, post: 7033360, member: 101661
The bar erupted in a fabulous explosion of colour. They rushed out as fast as they could, Pokemon following closely behind. Xander was filled with delight as he turned around to assess his masterpiece. "It certainly brightens up this hell hole, don't you think?" Jeffrey was filled with urgency, he wanted to get away from here as fast as he could, a wise move. He palmed Xander some cash, a gesture he appreciated but he honestly felt like he should have been rewarding Jeffrey for saving him. If the man hadn't come to his aid, there was no telling what those arseholes would have done to him and his Pokemon. "Best wishes Jeffrey, look after those Pokemon of yours." Xander then turned and ran in the opposite direction to Jeffrey, there was no point in them both going the same way after all. Xander ducked down and alleyway, before zigzagging back onto a street before turning himself up another alleyway.

Finally he stopped to catch his breath. He knew he had to take a moment to collect his thoughts. He was meant to be out here looking for Wolfgang's contact but so far his efforts had been fruitless. He wasn't going to get anywhere if he kept running around blind. He needed some local knowledge, but for that, he'd need to earn someone's trust. Jeffrey might have been able to help him out, but in the chaos he'd forgotten to ask. Maybe if they could find someone in need of help, they could earn some trust that way? Xander selected a ball from his bag and with a flick of his wrist, brought out his Rookidee. The little bird fluttered onto Xander's shoulder. Peering at Toxtricity and Grookey, the Flying type began to chirp, demanding information. A short conversation took place between the three, ending with Rookidee staring accusingly at Xander. "Yes okay, I'm sorry I should have brought you out but the room was already crowded as is. You're out now so why don't you get to work? Scout the area and see if you can't find anyone in need of a bit of help, we need an opportunity here." Rookidee chirped before taking off, quickly rising up above the buildings. "Alright boys, keep your eyes open, Grookey watch our flanks in case someone tries to come at us from behind. Toxtricity, keep an eye out for any trouble.

Xander received $800


Update 24
Spoiler: show
Quote:
Originally Posted by DannyDrawsaLot, post: 7035756, member: 112934
TheKnightsFury - Saying goodbye to Jeffrey, you continue on your primary objective, to find Wolfgang's contact. Dashing into an alleyway, you send out your Rookidee, and after a quick explanation, Rookidee takes to the sky to help. You tell your other Pokemon to watch your back, just in case anyone tried to jump you. Rookidee flew around, searching for anyone in need, but there didn't seem to be any one. Everyone was just going about with their lives, selling goods, walking around, the like. Then, Rookide spotted someone! It was a young teen, who was running a vegetable shop. He was trying to lift some crates, but he couldn't because he was not strong enough.

Rookidee flew down and filled you in. Sprinting over there, you meet him and introduce yourself. He says his name is Kojo, and that he was handling the shop while his mother was out. He explained that he needed to get those crates under the shade, but he just couldn't lift them, and it'd be nice if he could get some help.


Reply 24
Spoiler: show
Quote:
Originally Posted by TheKnightsFury, post: 7036984, member: 101661

Rookidee's scouting mission was swift. Surprisingly everyone seemed to be going about their business pleasantly, something Xander hadn't expect to experience given the Devil's Playground's reputation. He had expected the streets to be lined with thugs and criminals, not merchants. Rookidee returned and led them to a small vegetable shop. The shop was currently under the care of a young boy named Kojo, while his mother was out. The boy was struggling with his duties though, he was unable to move some heavy crates of vegetables into the shade. It would only take a moment for Xander to help the boy, but he wasn't exactly sure the boy would be able to help him in return. These seemed like good people, not the type of shady character that Wolfgang said he used to deal with. That said, Xander figured he'd help out. "Hi Kojo, I'm Xander. We'll hope you move those crates, shouldn't take us more than a few moments. Toxtricity give us a hand won't you?" While Toxtricity moved towards the crate, Xander pulled out the slick silver business card Wolfgang had given him. "Kojo I don't suppose you've every seen one of these around have you? I'm looking for a friend of mine who went missing, they would have been carrying one just like it." Xander knew it was a long shot, but maybe if Kojo didn't know, his mother might? Xander made his way over to help Toxtricity with the crates, giving Kojo some time to think. Meanwhile, Grookey and Rookidee poked around the shop, keeping an eye out for anything out of the ordinary.


Update 25
Spoiler: show
Quote:
Originally Posted by Sneasel12, post: 7057296, member: 3180
TheKnightsFury - Happy to help out in an attempt to get a lead on Wolfgang's contact, you and Toxtricity begin moving crates about after showing off the silvered business card to Kojo. As Rookidee and Grookey poke around the shop, it becomes obvious that the crates are nothing shy of weighty, enough so that it requires both yourself and Toxtricity to move a single one at a time. Luckily there aren't too many of the boxes, and the shop is small enough that getting them where they need to go doesn't take overly long.

As you go to begin setting down the final crate, a soft melody rings through the shop, and you look up to see Toxtricity's eyes become heavy, the Pokemon dropping the crate with a clatter. Before you can take control of the situation, a sharp pain strikes the back of your skull and everything flashes white.

Regaining conciousness in a darkened room lit only by a few candles spread about across a multitude of surfaces, you spot your Pokemon all sleeping soundly in a heap against a far wall, and your own hands and legs are bound as you sit on the floor. Kojo and a puffed up Wigglytuff stand against the wall to the opposite side of your team, and the faint glow of sunlight can be seen peeking through a shroud covering the door behind you.

"Come now, there's no need to be uncivil." A smooth voice rings through the room as a man in studded leather, adorned with a small assortment of knives emerges from a room on the side opposite the entrance. "Untie our guest," a small wave to Kojo causes the young man to snap to attention, cutting through your bindings to allow you to move, "any friend of Wolfgang's is a friend of ours."

Taking a seat aside a small, round table towards the back of the room, the man makes another quick gesture, prompting Kojo to drag over a second chair. "Come, sit, and tell me what it is that has brought you here."


Reply 25
Spoiler: show
Quote:
Originally Posted by TheKnightsFury, post: 7057373, member: 101661

Xander was surprised by the weight of the boxes, but after a bit of heavy lifting, the job was just about done. As they were setting down the final crate, a soft melody begins to ring through the shop. Toxtricity quickly succumbs to the soothing song, his eyes growing heavy before he passes out. "What the fu....."

As Xander regains consciousness, he instinctively goes to rub the back of his head, only to find that his hands and feet are bound. Really, another fucking blindside? He was going to have to go to a hospital after this, being knocked out twice in one day surely wasn't good for the old noggin. At least these idiots have the brains to bind him instead of leaving him to roam free. Looking around the room, Xander quickly spotted his Pokemon. They seemed unharmed, they were just sleeping. The reason for their slumber was soon obvious, an inflated Wigglytuff stood next to Kojo. Another man soon joined them, adorned in studded leather and a collection of knives. What was he? Some sort of butcher? He instructed the young boy to undo his binds. Xander glared at the young boy, he didn't appreciate being blindsided while trying to help.

"I wouldn't call myself a friend of Wolfgang's, we just share a common interest", Xander spoke firmly as he took up the seat offered to him. "You see Wolfgang and a few of his duller associates recently misplaced some merchandise. Wolfgang sent me to hopefully retrieve the lost goods, or at least discover where they'd wandered off to. You seem like the type of man who knows what's going down in his neck of the woods, so what can you tell me?"


Update 26
Spoiler: show
Quote:
Originally Posted by Sneasel12, post: 7058149, member: 3180
TheKnightsFury - As you glare at Kojo, the boy's face pales, clearly not exactly comfortable with the position he's found himself in. As you take your seat to speak to the leather clad man, Kojo and his accompanying Wigglytuff move towards the back room, leaving you alone with the man who is clearly running the show around here.

The man frowns at your statement that you're not necessarily a friend of Wolfgang's, a statement he likely wasn't expecting from someone holding onto a copy of the shimmering silver business card you currently have in your possession. The rest of your statement does turn his frown into much more of a smirk, however, at the bit of praise you offer in your final question.

"Well, I do try to keep my head above water, which can certainly a bit of a challenge when everyone in town is intent on seeing that you drown," he chuckles at the thought, "but misplaced merchandise is something of a sensitive matter..."

The man muses for a moment, before setting a singular Premier Ball on the table. "I could let you in on what information I do have, but it would require a bit of, shall we say, insurance, on your part." Tapping the ball on the table, a small black and white rodent appears, with large black star markings over each eye. "This little guy is an expert in sniffing out items, particularly those of interest to my organization."

The black and white Zigzagoon proceeds to sniff about the table, before staring up in your direction. "All I need from you is to escort him to the vicinity of some local guards," the smirk proceeds to disappear from his face once more as it becomes entirely deadpan, "and keep said guards busy for a moment as he does his job."

Twirling the silvered card in his fingers in order to reveal that it had been pilfered from your possession during your time out of sorts, he proceeds to slide it across the table back to you. "I trust anyone that Wolfgang was willing to assign to such an important task should be able to handle something this easy, correct? And of course your reward of information shall await you once you return."


Reply 26
Spoiler: show
Quote:
Originally Posted by TheKnightsFury, post: 7058228, member: 101661

The man certainly was a tough nut to crack. It was hard to get a proper read on him, making Xander really uneasy. He wasn't about to put his trust in anybody, he didn't trust Wolfgang, let alone this bloke. Everyone around here had motives, a secret agenda and this bloke was no different. He required an exchange of sorts. If Xander wanted information about the missing goods, he'd need to assist the man in return. The man's task seemed simple enough. Escort his Zigzagoon, a Galarian Zigzagoon at that, to some local guards. Xander would then have to keep the guards distracted while Zigzagoon worked its magic, likely stealing something of great value to the man. The task seemed simple enough, but Xander had a feeling it would prove more difficult than first thought. If this heist was so simple, why hadn't the man pulled it off himself? Regardless of difficulty, Xander had no choice, he needed the information and this was the only way to get it.

Xander accepted the card back, "I'll do the job, seems simple enough as long as your Zigzagoon is as good as you say. But if I'm to trust you, perhaps I should know your name?" Xander stood and looked over to his Pokemon. They'd slept long enough, it was time for them to wake up and get to work. "I suppose you have a direction for us to head in as well? A common hang out or post for these guards you want us to distract? A bit of guidance will get the job done faster, no point in us running around in circles after all.


Update 27
Spoiler: show
Quote:
Originally Posted by Sneasel12, post: 7063399, member: 3180
TheKnightsFury - Deciding that this man, much like Wolfgang who sent you his way, is not to be trusted, you nonetheless opt to take on his gig in exchange for the information you require, at least as long as this Zigzagoon is as good as he claims, anyway. Requesting the man's name causes his eyebrow to raise, watching you as you go to wake your Pokemon, who easily stir from their slumber at this point.

"Sorry, lad, but we don't deal in names 'round these parts. Dangerous enough you know my face at this point, after all." Chuckling, he digs a small map of the town out from the satchel kept on his side, sprawling it out in from of him before sliding it across the table to where you were just sitting. "But perhaps if old Wolfgang's feeling friendly enough to give out his own these days you might be able to fish mine from him with a firm enough request..." Once again his face turns near to stone as he makes this realization.

Shrugging it off, he takes one of his assorted knives from his back, shooing the Zigzagoon away from the map for the moment with his left hand before pointing said knife with his right to an alleyway on the paper. "This here is where you are now. Just outside the heart of the Devil's Playground." Tracing the knife along a circular series of small alleys, he continues. "Now this place is a bit too well known for startup pickpockets and various break-ins to be worth keeping a guard post nearby. Instead they parole along this path in groups of three, the formation is typically enough to keep most stray hands from their pockets." Glancing over at the Zigzagoon now on the floor, he reaches down with the same hand that had just shooed it off the table and pets it along the head. "Though if that's not enough the tough customer Pokemon they carry tend to dissuade anyone who would be stupid enough to try otherwise."

Tucking the knife away, he picks up the Zigzagoon and places it on the table, scratching behind his ears, a sly smirk reaching from ear to ear. "That's where you come in."


Reply 27
Spoiler: show
Quote:
Originally Posted by TheKnightsFury, post: 7064306, member: 101661
The man refusing to offer his name was of some concern to Xander. Apart from showing an obvious lack of trust, it meant that if things went to plan and he fulfilled his end of the agreement, the man could simply disappear, leaving Xander with no way to track him. The man dug out a small map, sliding it across the table to Xander. He pointed out where they currently were on the map, right near the heart of Devil's Playground. From there he points out an area known for pickpocketing, where guards often paroled in tight formations to ward off straying hands. They wouldn't exactly be good at their jobs if they fell victim to the crimes they were trying to prevent. It seemed the guards were quite well armed as well, possessing tough Pokemon capable of warding off the few who would consider stealing from them.

"So instead of breaking into one the the guards compounds, you want to hit them on parole? I play the misdirect, drawing their attention and the attention of the powerful Pokemon they are likely packing, while Zigzagoon does what it does best? Once Zigzagoon has what your after, are we to head straight back here or do you have another location in mind?" Xander wanted to make sure that their was no miscommunication between them. Toxtricity was visibly excited, his chest organs trembling as he was eager to fight again. Grookey was less confident, but took solace in knowing Toxtricity would be there for support. Rookidee was busy looking over the map, being sure to take note of alleys they could flee down should things take a turn for the worse.


Update 28
Spoiler: show
Quote:
Originally Posted by Sneasel12, post: 7064841, member: 3180
TheKnightsFury - Watching as your Pokemon prepare for the mission the man had just given you, your final question gets something of a rise out of him at last, his stoic yet sly facade breaking into a hysterical laugh that turns nearly to a wheeze as a tear forms in his eye, the sudden burst of emotion startling the Zigzagoon a bit and causing the small Pokemon to jump and run about the room. Taking a moment to wipe it away and recollect himself, he does his best to resume his stoicism, "I'm sorry, but you sure are something else, aren't you?"

Gesturing about the room he explains, "This building is about as bare bones as bare bones comes, you see. With but one entrance in the front and an escape route in the back, it means that even if you're chased here there's minimal risk to myself." He continues, pointing towards the back room, "To further matters, my associate specializes in debilitating foes, allowing for a near guaranteed way out of the situation for all involved."

Taking a deep breath inward as he catches himself from another outburst, he finishes his statement, "What, did you think this shambled shack was my main hideout? Of course I want you to come back here!"

At this moment, the Wigglytuff peeks its head out of the back room, making sure that everything is okay, only to slowly back away as it notices the man is simply finally showing his true colors.

Finally calming down properly, he snaps at the table, causing the excited Zigzagoon to jump back up, sitting patiently for further word from its owner. "Look, I don't expect anyone who just wanders into the Playground to understand the workings around here, but asking too many questions is like to do you more harm than good around here." Shooing your Rookidee away from the map, the man rolls up the paper and tucks it away. "So to answer your question, yes, you go do what trainers do best, and if you do your job well and find your way back here in a timely manner we both make off with a profit from this joint venture."


Reply 28
Spoiler: show
Quote:
Originally Posted by TheKnightsFury, post: 7064926, member: 101661

What the fuck was that? Xander was shocked by the man's emotionally charged outburst, although he did his best to hide his shock. He was about sick of details at this point anyway, it was time to get down to business. Rookidee was shooed away from the map, the young bird fluttered around to land on Xander's shoulder. "We'll be back shortly", Xander left it short and sweet, turning he made his way out of the building, looking back for a moment to make sure that Zigzagoon was following him. As they made there way out of the shop, Xander looked up and down the street, just to get his bearings. "I think its this way, right Rookidee?" The bird gave a reassuring chirp, if Xander wasn't sure on the direction, he'd be relying on the Flying type. "Alright gang, keep tight. Grookey, on my backpack, make sure no one gets close to it, give them a good whack with your stick should they feel like getting too close." They were heading into an area full of thieves and pickpockets, just because they were planning a heist of their own, didn't mean they couldn't fall victim themselves." Toxtricity stick close to my side, Rookidee circle overhead, alert us as soon as you lay eyes on some guards. Let's get a move on, no point in wasting more time.

Xander started down the path, his Pokemon falling into formation. He tried not to think too far ahead. He needed to deal with what was in front of him and deal with his fears of a double cross later.


Update 29
Spoiler: show
Quote:
Originally Posted by Sneasel12, post: 7071255, member: 3180
TheKnightsFury - Leaving the building, it's up to Rookidee to make sure you're staying on route. And the bird is more than capable of doing just that, weaving you along through the crowds with ease, a few stray hands making their way toward your pack only to find themselves on the short end of Grookey's stick, short yelps alerting you to the primate's good work. After a minute, Rookidee takes you on a small detour as you dip through a short alley and out onto a much larger street. The curving of the street from the map is incredibly easy to recognize from the map, and if the man's intel is to be believed the guards should be patrolling through any time now.

Looking around, it seems like you may have lost sight of the Zigzagoon, at least until the small creature darts out from behind some pottery to both zig and zag between your legs, looking up at you for guidance before realizing it's on the job and ducking back behind a booth.

"Hey, isn't that Ralph's?" A voice whispers nearby, before immediately being cut off by another merchant.

"Quiet!" the second voice hisses, "You know better than to get involved in his affairs."

"True, true," the first merchant whispers back, not yet noticing you're actually within earshot, "after all he has to keep his people's pockets lined pretty well to have not been caught with that bounty on his head."

The second merchant nods before noting you've not moved along, Rookidee still flitting about above waiting for the guards. As if to pretend he hadn't potentially just offended your would-be boss, he proceeds to shuffle some stock in his stall around just to appear busy.

A few minutes later of Rookidee hopping about and the bird chirps before hopping back to you, the guards walking around a corner down the way in a group of three, just as the man had explained. Toxtricity snaps to attention at the sight of them, waiting for some instruction.


Reply 29
Spoiler: show
Quote:
Originally Posted by TheKnightsFury, post: 7071890, member: 101661

They'd found their way to the right street thanks to Rookidee, Xander was sure of it, it curved exactly like it did on the map. It surely wouldn't take long for them to bump into the guards, then all they had to do was keep them busy while Zigzagoon did its work. However, it seemed Zigzagoon had a reputation. Xander overheard the not so quiet whispers of a couple of street merchants. It turned out the man he was helping was called Ralph, it also turned out he had a massive bounty on his head! A million thoughts flooded Xander's mind. Should he follow through with his mission and help Ralph in order to get the intel he needed? Or was he better off pulling a double cross and helping to claim the bounty on Ralph's head? He looked to his Pokemon, although they had no idea what was running through his head. He really didn't trust Ralph, even if he had intel on the stolen merchandise, who knows what else Xander would have to go through to get it. Maybe he was better off cutting his losses and going for the prize dangling in front of him......

"Toxtricity quick, trap Zigzagoon in an Electroweb! Then pick it up and keep it paralyzed with a Nuzzle. Grookey, Rookidee make sure it doesn't get away! You there! Guards! Over here, I've got something for you!" Xander was sick of this shit hole. All the backstabbing and secret skwovet, Xander had had enough of it. It was time for him to get what he was owed for the torment he'd already endured. Was he reacting irrationally? Probably. But he'd been knocked out twice today, concussion was a good a reason as any to make bad decisions!


Update 30
Spoiler: show
Quote:
Originally Posted by Sneasel12, post: 7074205, member: 3180
TheKnightsFury - With things getting more complicated by the minute and the newfound knowledge, or rather confirmation of the idea that your would-be boss, this man supposedly named Ralph, had a massive bounty on his head, a difficult choice had to be made as the guards rounded the corner. To stick with this man and discover what may have happened to Wolfgang's goods, even if it meant he might further string you along, or to cash in and get out, an easy way out of this situation appearing before you as the Zigzagoon's eyes stare out from behind a couple crates, waiting for you to distract the oncoming guards.

Opting to get what was coming to you for the hell you had already endured so far on this day, a swift shout of orders sees Toxtricity into action, a net of electricity shooting out from the lanky creature's palms and wrapping around the crates, trapping the Zigzagoon within. Noticing your shouting, the guards come running, shoving a few merchants and likely pickpockets out of the way as Toxtricity picks up the small creature, rubbing its skin along its fur to induce paralysis and causing the Zigzagoon to stare at you, likely confused as to how this is helping the mission in any way.

"What seems to be the problem here?" The foremost guard prompts you, a large, burly man with a captain's insignia pinned to his chest. Meanwhile, the two remaining guards loose a couple Pokemon into the street, a Meganium and a Drifblim, which promptly begin using Vine Whip and Psychic to clear the area of debris and create a cordon to prevent any other people from interfering.


Reply 30
Spoiler: show
Quote:
Originally Posted by TheKnightsFury, post: 7074762, member: 101661

Zigzagoon had no fucking clue what was going on, making him slightly more clueless than Xander at the moment. Had he made the right decision? He probably wouldn't know until it all came to a head, but he felt a little bit better about being back on the right side of the law at least. Toxtricity had netted the Galarian variant and paralysed it, there was no escape for the slippery thief. The commotion was more than enough to draw the attention of the guards, one of which seemed to be a captain. The man began to question him as his subordinates began to clear the area with the help of a Meganium and a Drifblim. Now Xander had to think. If he gave the captain the full story, he might not trust Xander enough. If he lied, the captain would likely see right through him. Perhaps he could just tell a version of the truth that painted him in a better light?

"I was carrying out a job for some merchants from the city centre. While working a lead, I was incapacitated by a kid and his Wigglytuff. When I woke, a man threatened my life and that of my Pokemon if I didn't help him steal something from you. That man is none other than Ralph, a man I believe you've been looking for? This Zigzagoon is his, it should serve as proof, a couple of street vendors just confirmed it. I know the Ralph's compound and his exit strategy, if we work quickly we might be able to take him down. All I ask is for my share in the bounty, and if you could spare a medic to give myself and my Pokemon a look over I'd appreciate it, it's been a tough day." Xander wasn't sure if the captain would go for it or not. Grookey and Rookidee were looking at him, still unsure what exactly there trainer was trying to achieve.


Update 31
Spoiler: show
Quote:
Originally Posted by Sneasel12, post: 7078584, member: 3180
TheKnightsFury - Opting to cement your position in betraying Ralph by giving the captain a side of the story that paints you a bit more white in this shades of grey situation, you begin telling your tale as the other officers clear the area. The captain seems over all sympathetic to your plight, though he does raise an eyebrow at the mention of your life being threatened if you didn't complete the job for the man. He takes a moment to examine the Zigzagoon as you continue, the small thief managing to become free of paralysis only long enough to happily lick the captain on the cheek.

"Seems to be a bit on the friendly side to belong to such a notorious thug," the captain muses, "But it does match the description of a few known thefts that can be linked to Ralph." Eyeing over the work of the other officers, he addresses your concerns, "Of course we can get a medic for you and your Pokemon, though we'll have to take you a bit closer to town center to keep you safe given your testimony will be important in this case. Now, where is this base? We need a plan to hit this scourge where it hurts before he can react."

The captain's words are overshadowed pretty quickly by the echoing of your own, "All I ask is for my share in the bounty. All I ask is for my share in the bounty." A flapping of wings reveals a Chatot perched upon a rooftop, which promptly proceeds to take flight down the alley you had entered the area from, making its way towards the hideout.

"Scratch that! We're out of time, lead the way!" The captain snaps, rushing towards the alleyway.


Reply 31
Spoiler: show
Quote:
Originally Posted by TheKnightsFury, post: 7078960, member: 101661

Xander was relieved that the captain seemed to believe the slightly altered narrative that he'd crafted. There were a few moments where he feared the captain would call Tauros shit, but thankfully it seemed he'd done enough to throw Ralph in the deep end. The captain was about to send him off to the town center to get treated, when their conversation was rudely interrupted by a Chatot.

"All I ask is for my share of the bounty"

The Chatot cried, almost mockingly. "Fuck", Xander spat, realising in an instant that it seems he wasn't the only one that was distrustful. The bird obviously worked for Ralph, it was already flying back towards his hideout. They had to be quick! What was it that Ralph had said about his hideout again?

"This building is about as bare bones as bare bones comes, you see. With but one entrance in the front and an escape route in the back, it means that even if you're chased here there's minimal risk to myself."

Right! One way in, one way out! "Captain I know Ralph's hideout, you should send your officers around the back with my Pokemon. Rookidee, take Grookey and lead the officers around the back of the hideout. If you can locate the exit, try bust the lock with a Smart Strike, Grookey plant a Leech Seed to try and seal the exit." That was the back covered, but then they'd have to deal with the entrance and Wigglytuff. "Sir, Ralph has a kid with a Wigglytuff working for him, they'll try and incapacitate us as soon as we enter. I'll have Toxtricity strum up a Metal Sound, which should hopefully dampen the effects of the Wigglytuff's singing." Xander was doing his best to keep up with the captain, who he hoped would have no issues with his plan. There was no time for them to argue. Xander was the one who knew Ralph's operation, their best bet was to follow his plan.


Update 32
Spoiler: show
Quote:
Originally Posted by Sneasel12, post: 7079068, member: 3180
TheKnightsFury - Chasing after the Captain and the chattering Chatot, Ralph's words ring through your ears, reminding you of the stated setup of his hideout. Shouting out to the Captain just ahead to inform him of the state of the building, a plan is made. Hearing your idea, the Captain stops momentarily, shouting back at the other officers quickly, "Malone, keep these people out, we don't want anyone interfering, and send for a wagon for backup, and a medic while you're at it! Walters, ship out, and follow the boy's plan!"

Saluting, the man owning the Meganium continues holding off the crowd while the other guard recalls his Drifblim and gives chase. Now leading the Captain and the second guard, you round out of the alleyway and back into the street towards the hideout, just shortly away. The Captain proceeds to barrel past you at full sprint, shoving a couple people out of the way in his reckless pursuit. "Make way! Make way! Official police business!" echoing through the streets before you manage to arrive just outside the building.

The Captain, as well as his remaining officer begin to head around the back, the Captain loosing a Delphox out into the area, which proceeds to shoot a Mystical Fire into the air, signaling your location for backup. "We're short handed here! Walters and I will take the back, just try to hold them here if they make a run this way!"

The guards, as well as Rookidee and Grookey disappear around the back of the building, leaving yourself and Toxtricity to watch the entrance, all seeming quiet for a bit as some ruckus and shouting can be heard down the back of the building.

"All I ask is for my share of the bounty."

The very same words that got you into this mess chant out in a sing-song manner, Kojo emerging from the building with the Chatot perched upon his shoulder, his Wigglytuff striding along his side. Luckily, Toxtricity is prepared, and as the balloon begins to sing, a Metal Sound screeches through the streets, interrupting the softer sound.

Disgruntled, Kojo stares at you and your Pokemon, fixing his gloves as he takes another couple steps forward. "Tsk, tsk, tsk. It's such a shame, really. You should have seen the look on the boss' face when Chatot here came back. Disappointed, but not surprised." Looking around, he notes you're the only one out front. "What's this? Your officer friends seem to have left a weak point in their barricade of the building. And it's right up front." The Wigglytuff puffs itself up menacingly, knowing all too well that its trainer is looking to pick a fight.


Reply 32
Spoiler: show
Quote:
Originally Posted by TheKnightsFury, post: 7079076, member: 101661

For the most part they'd followed Xander's plan. The major difference was that Xander had been left to guard the front by himself, while Rookidee and Grookey had accompanied the captain and one of the officers around the back. He wasn't surprised when Kojo emerged from the building, Wigglytuff on hand and singing as predicted. Thankfully Toxtricity was quick to drown the soft notes out. Kojo was a welcome sight, one that he preferred to a vengeful, pissed off Ralph. Wigglytuff inflated itself, preparing for battle, but Xander was confident he could knock the wind out of it. Chatot was on sight as well, and while Toxtricity had a type advantage over both, fighting on two fronts was always difficult. He'd have to even the playing field. Xander selected a Friend Ball from his belt. As soon as its released, Dreepy floats around to cling to the top of Xander's head. "No Dreepy, not on me, go cling to Toxtricity", the little dragon let out a shrill cry, releasing his hold as he drifts over to Toxtricity, gripping onto his right horn. Toxtricity handed the net containing Zigzagoon back to Xander, he'd need both hands to fight.

"Alright Toxtricity, kick us into Overdrive!" Toxtricity prepared to kick off the fight with its signature tune. "Dreepy boost Toxtricity with your Helping Hand, then spray our opponents with Swift. Toxtricity, soften Wigglytuff up with an Acid Spray, then douse it in Toxic sludge while Dreepy restricts Chatot with Thunder Wave." Xander wasn't sure how strong of a battler Kojo was, but the kid sure had some balls, he wasn't about to underestimate him. He just hoped that Ralph wasn't proving to big of a handful for the others....


Update 33
Spoiler: show
Quote:
Originally Posted by Sneasel12, post: 7080202, member: 3180
TheKnightsFury - Deciding that even though Toxtricity has a clear type advantage, as well as a species advantage against these two sound based foes, it's in your best interest not to fight on two fronts, you release your Dreepy onto the field, the small Dragon happily attaching itself to Toxtricity as per your order. As you issue commands to your Pokemon, your foes take up a similar position, Wigglytuff running out in front of the building to face you as Chatot swoops down and lands on the balloon Pokemon's head.

Oddly, Kojo doesn't even speak a word to his team, not that it seems to matter to them at all, as the Chatot begins to Role Play, emulating the Punk Rock abilities of your Toxtricity. Realizing the fight is on, Dreepy promptly executes your plan, giving Toxtricity a Helping Hand a happy applause cheering up the rocker and boosting the power of his Overdrive as he strums at his stomach organs for a moment. The resulting sound is clearly devastating to the opposing force, even with the newfound ability Chatot has picked up. Scowling, the Wigglytuff traces a couple lines through the air, before a shimmering pane of Light Screen takes form in front of the duo.

The trouble doesn't end there, as the Chatot puts its new ability to good use, a quick Chatter directed at Dreepy doing a solid bit of damage to the Dragon as well as leaving it confused. Confused just enough that he can't immediately recall what it was he was supposed to be doing. Taking aim at the Wigglytuff, Toxtricity unleashes a torrent of Acid Spray, the waters hampered a bit by the Light Screen but still striking a solid blow and lowering the balloon's Special Defense. The drop is clearly not appreciated, as Wigglytuff's Competitive nature kicks in, massively boosting its Special Attack. The balloon huffs for a moment, before inflating itself as it proceeds to Stockpile energy, raising its Defense and Special Defense a bit in the process.

Opting to add insult to injury, the Chatot begins an intricate Feather Dance, bits of down floating across the yard to surround Toxtricity, greatly lowering his Attack. This doesn't seem to bother him too much for the moment, though, as he lobs a Toxic glob at the Wigglytuff, causing an angry stare back as it becomes poisoned. The sudden use of status seems to help Dreepy remember what to do for the moment, and the small dragon looses a Thunder Wave, proceeding to paralyze the Chatot handily. Wigglytuff is having absolutely none of it, though, and makes a small, chiming sound, the resulting Heal Bell relieving both foes of their status.

What's worse, the chime seems to have had an additional unexpected effect, the Zigzagoon in your arms now freed of its paralysis, wiggling about happily to express this. At least the net from the Electro Web is preventing it from moving around too much.


Reply 33
Spoiler: show
Quote:
Originally Posted by TheKnightsFury, post: 7080562, member: 101661
It was looking like this would be quite the competitive battle, especially considering Xander had forgotten about Wigglytuff's Competitive ability...... Dreepy had been confused by the Chatot's signature Chatter, made all the more powerful by the thieving bird copying Toxtricity's Punk Rock ability! Even the status he'd inflicted had proved useless, Wigglytuff clearing it in an instant. Anger by the action, Toxtricity immediately began to Taunt the puff ball. All in all, Kojo was actually proving to be a worthy adversary, an adept trainer. That said, why was he working for Ralph? The crook was going down, whether he liked it or not. Kojo didn't have to go down with him, as far as Xander knew, the authorities only wanted the big fish, not this small fry. "Dude why are you still helping Ralph?" Xander questioned, "the bloke is going down, they've probably already got him. Why don't you make a break for it? I'm not going to stop you. Go on the road, enjoy the free life of a Pokemon Trainer instead of turning into some two-bit thug like Ralph. Just think about it man, would Ralph be doing what you're doing now if the roles were reversed?"

Xander wasn't sure whether he'd get through to Kojo, but he couldn't feel like the boy had his exeggcute in the wrong basket. "Toxtricity, Charge up, if they come at us, lance Chatot with Thunderbolt. Dreepy can you here me? Just try and focus and snap out of it, spread out a Double Team, if you can little fella."


Update 34
Spoiler: show
Quote:
Originally Posted by Sneasel12, post: 7081515, member: 3180
TheKnightsFury - Upset by the actions of the fight so far, Toxtricity proceeds to Taunt the Wigglytuff, an effective action that should help prevent further stalling for a time. After the balloon is enraged, it stares at Kojo expectantly as you attempt to plead with the boy, insisting that Ralph is going down and that the boy need not suffer the same fate if he only would stop defending the man, granting plenty of time for Toxtricity to Charge up in the event of a refusal.

Nodding his head towards the back alley, where sounds of combat continue loudly even now, the boy shrugs off your pleas, "Oh, come now. The officers around here are less than incompetent. After all, how would the boss have come to be in such a good position around here if he was so easy to catch in the first place?" A whizzing bolt of electricity shoots down the alleyway and into the street nearby, startling what few merchants remained after your battle with Kojo had started, and serving to interrupt the boy. "Now, I'm not saying I won't likely be locked up here. But it comes with the territory, and the boss isn't one to see his men put away for long. I'll be out before the next moon." His uncaring expression shifts for a moment, "But you, on the other hand. Well, let's just say the boss doesn't appreciate turncoats."

On cue and once more without orders, the boy's Pokemon act swiftly, Wigglytuff unleashing a blast of Psychic energy that kicks up a massive amount of dust as it rips through the street and strikes at Toxtricity, all the while the Chatot beginning to glow brightly. Retaliating as ordered, Toxtricity strikes true with a Thunderbolt on the bird, the extra surge from the Charge providing enough of a boost to make the dampening Light Screen not mean much. Unfortunately, Dreepy, attempting to concentrate on your words, still doesn't seem overly capable of doing much at the moment.

Inflating for a moment, the Wigglytuff exhales a massive Blizzard, the cold wind, ice, and snow showering the street and causing the previously startled merchants to go into full blown panic, running down whatever exits they can find to get away from the ongoing scrap. The blow to your team is increasingly problematic, neither one liking the sheer freezing cold of the wind by any degree. To make matters worse, Chatot stops glowing and takes flight, a bright energy erupting around the bird like flames as it charges into Dreepy with a powerful Sky Attack before looping back around to its perch atop the balloon.

The sudden damage reminds the small dragon of the predicament you are in, clearing himself of confusion and proceeding to shift in place to create after images with Double Team, helping to hopefully avoid further damage, unclinging from Toxtricity's head and floating about the street to help prevent knowledge of his true location. The ploy works out pretty well, as a Shadow Ball from the Wigglytuff whizzes through one of the images, exploding into a wall just down the street. Things aren't looking to great for this fight with Toxtricity a bit knackered by the heavy blows and Dreepy even worse off than its ally, and the issue only becomes more problematic as the Chatot folds its wings in atop Wigglytuff's head, proceeding to Roost and recover from the hefty blows.


Reply 34
Spoiler: show
Quote:
Originally Posted by TheKnightsFury, post: 7082031, member: 101661

There was no getting through to Kojo, the kid really seemed to be under Ralph's thumb. Sure a kid in these parts likely didn't have much going for him, a life of crime was probably expected of him. Although it didn't sit well with Xander, he knew there would be no turning Kojo off this path. The boy would suffer the same fate as his boss, providing the law enforcement around here wasn't as bad as Kojo was claiming. The battle was not going in their favour. Dreepy is shocked out of confusion by a powerful Sky Attack from Chatot, the bird returns to roost atop Wigglytuff, the balloon was proving to be a handful, firing off powerful attacks thanks to Xander stupidly activating its Competitive spirit. Thankfully once Dreepy regained his senses, he spread out in a Double Team, giving them a little bit of wiggly room. Chatot was recovering atop Wigglytuff, but perhaps that was a mistake as well. If the pair were together, that gave them one target instead of two......

"Toxtricity, Volt Tackle! Dreepy, lend a Helping Hand!" Hopefully it would catch the two off guard, giving them a chance to follow up. "Dreepy keep Wigglytuff busy, Thunder Wave it, then hit it with a Confuse Ray!" With Wigglytuff busy, Toxtricity could try and put an end to Chatot. "Quick Combo Toxtricity, smash Chatot with a Rock Blast, then finish it with Thunderbolt!" They needed to reclaim dominance in the battle and the only way they'd manage that is by swinging the numbers into their favour.


Update 35
Spoiler: show
Quote:
Originally Posted by Sneasel12, post: 7083727, member: 3180
TheKnightsFury - With Kojo's stall tactics on full display, it's obvious that a breakthrough of this wall is needed if you're going to get through this doorway to take down Ralph. With an additional applause of a Helping Hand from Dreepy, Toxtricity charges in full tilt with a Volt Tackle, the sudden charge startling the Wigglytuff and Chatot enough that they temporarily drop all of their tactics, the Chatot taking to the skies to avoid the blow while the balloon is sent careening backwards a ways by the attack. Toxtricity isn't overly appreciative of the recoil, but it's well worth it for the shape it puts the Wigglytuff in.

Responding to the sudden assault as it gets back on its feet, Wigglytuff looses three spiraling orbs of energy, the Tri Attack striking into Toxtricity, the sudden surge of energy leaving a nice burn on his arm as the attack fades off. Chatot, on the other hand, goes for an Ominous Wind, the ghostly energies pushing their way down the street, wiping over Dreepy and the afterimages of Double Team, causing a fair bit of pain for the small dragon, though not enough to take it out of this fight still.

Now your plan comes to full action, a Thunder Wave from Dreepy wrapping itself around the Wigglytuff to paralyze it, a status that immediately comes in handy as the balloon attempts to charge forward, only to be completely locked up as its muscles twitch and cause it to end its assault early. This leaves Toxtricity with a clean opening on the Chatot above, stone after stone of Rock Blast shooting through the air, only one of the five rocks actually missing their mark, whizzing by to strike into the second floor window of the building Kojo is defending. Driven far to the ground by the blows, the Chatot swoops down, dipping a wing into the earth and kicking it up to perform a Mud-Slap, the mud slapping Toxtricity in the face to lower the Accuracy of the beast for the future, as well as being a nice bit of damage all things considered.

Further disabling the Wigglytuff, a Confuse Ray from Dreepy properly puts the balloon into bad shape, now barely able to stand and completely unable to recall what it was doing. A Thunderbolt from Toxtricity crackles through the air, striking into the bird on the other end well and true. This proves too much for the Chatot, which proceeds to crumple to the ground, unconscious, before being promptly recalled by Kojo. But this moment isn't all good news, as Grookey comes running back through the alleyway, carrying Rookidee in its arms. Both of your returning Pokemon are still conscious for the moment, but a large burn on Rookidee and a fair bit of scrapes and bruises on Grookey tells a tale of a battle they weren't capable of winning without tactical orders from their trainer.

Toxtricity gained 1 level.
Grookey gained 1 level.
Rookidee gained 1 level.
Dreepy gained 3 levels.


Watching as your Pokemon returns to you, Kojo speaks up once more. "Reinforcements? Not a terrible idea. I do have a little gift the boss gave me some time ago, more than capable of dealing with this lot."

Suddenly, a bright flash appears behind Dreepy, the Teleport coming from a Gardevoir with sparkling light blue hair, the very Pokemon producing a small orb of pitch black energy before loosing the Shadow Ball into Dreepy's back, sending the small dragon careening through the air to land at your feet, unconscious.


Reply 35
Spoiler: show
Quote:
Originally Posted by TheKnightsFury, post: 7083832, member: 101661

Chatot was put to rest and Wigglytuff was in quite a bind, Xander was starting to feel confident again. It quickly passed though as Grookey came running around the building, an unconscious Rookidee in his arms. Kojo had called the pair reinforcements, but not in there current state. Xander recalled both Pokemon into their balls, they'd done enough already. The young boy had reinforcements at his disposal though, in a blink a Gardevoir revealed itself, striking down Dreepy with a powerful Shadow Ball. The dart collapses, Xander's brow furrows, angered by the blind side. He recalled Dreepy as well, three of his Pokemon were now unusable and Toxtricity was flagging. He could see Xander was starting to worry though and once again decided to act on his own. He Taunted, the Gardevoir, knowing full well the bag of tricks a Psychic type possessed. Xander took a moment to think. Surely the captain's reinforcements were close to arriving. That said, they had to hold their own until reinforcements arrived. There was but one option.

"Let's go Blastoise!" Xander shouts as he tosses out another ball, revealing the powerful Kanto Starter. Blastoise cocks his cannons, a grin stretching from ear to ear. Xander looked to his Mega Bracelet, knowing the option was there if he wanted to take it. He'd hold off for now, there was no telling what else could throw itself into the mix. "Life Dew Blastoise, then go after Gardevoir, keep it on its toes with a Sludge Bomb, then lance it with a Flash Cannon!" Xander hoped the Life Dew would give Toxtricity the boost it needed to finish his fight with Wigglytuff. Get in there and Drain Punch, Wigglytuff Toxtricity, then bathe it in a Sludge Wave!"

Toxtricity reached lvl 36
Dreepy reached lvl 5
Rookidee reached lvl 22
Grookey reached lvl 26


Update 36
Spoiler: show
Quote:
Originally Posted by Sneasel12, post: 7091527, member: 3180
TheKnightsFury - With Grookey and Rookidee returning to your side, you opt to give them the rest they deserve as opposed to forcing them to press on. The decision doesn't even present itself for your Dreepy, though, as the Gardevoir knocks it out before you, reducing your team of viable Pokemon against this fight further. With Toxtricity in rough shape, it's clear that the monster will require backup, which your Blastoise is sent out to provide. As Toxtricity begins to Taunt the Gardevoir to prevent the bag of tricks it has up its sleeve, the clever creature seems to have known this trick was up yours, as a Magic Coat surrounds the humanoid Pokemon. The Taunt bounces off the coating, and you can almost hear the words "I'm rubber and you're glue" in the air as Toxtricity becomes enraged.

At this moment, your Blastoise takes to the field and cocks its cannons, before dousing the area in a Life Dew, providing much needed healing for Toxtricity. Healing that is only further amped as the Electric Pokemon rushes at the Wigglytuff, delivering a Drain Punch into the balloon. Gardevoir reacts to this with a chiming sound, a familiar Heal Bell ringing through the area and curing Wigglytuff of its paralysis, though not its confusion, which it struggles with for a moment before slapping itself in the face with its ears. Blastoise turns its cannons on the Gardevoir, and a Sludge Bomb volley explodes around the Fairy for some hefty damage, though unfortunately no poison seems to have come from it.

Toxtricity looks to put some extra hurt on the reeling Wigglytuff, but the balloon seems to have gotten over its confusion for now. And that's all it needs to start glowing a bright white with energy. There's almost no time to react to the coming Self-Destruct, at least, for everyone other than Gardevoir, whose Telepathy gives more than enough forewarning to duck behind some crates, tossing Kojo behind a wall with telekinetic force to get the trainer out of harm's way as well. The resulting explosion is devastating, sending Toxtricity and Blastoise skidding backwards as well as ripping up a fair chunk of the street, the balloon collapsing to the ground, unconscious. Toxtricity and Blastoise are both incredibly unappreciative of the damage, with Toxtricity now looking a bit worse off than prior to the healing received and Blastoise already developing some nasty scrapes from the debris. At least now the fight is two on one, to which Blastoise quickly capitalizes with a Flash Cannon, dealing a bit more damage to the Gardevoir, though the graceful creature shrugs it off well enough. With battling sounds dying down from the alley, it's clear the fighting there is starting to wear down as well.

Toxtricity gained 1 level.
Grookey gained 1 level.
Rookidee gained 1 level.


Not liking the two versus one situation, Kojo shoots you a quick glare, to which Gardevoir promptly responds with a Psychic wave, tossing Toxtricity aside and leaving the beast in the same unconscious state as your Dreepy. "It's like you don't even want to get to the boss." The boy chides.


Reply 36
Spoiler: show
Quote:
Originally Posted by TheKnightsFury, post: 7091544, member: 101661

Blastoise and Toxtricity were working well together. The Life Dew was just what Toxtricity needed, the boost of vitality helping to keep him in the fight. Unfortunately their taunting tactics had backfired, thankfully though it didn't interfere with their plans. Toxtricity replenished himself some more by smacking Wigglytuff with a Drain Punch, while Blastoise bombarded Gardevoir with Sludge. The taunt backfire proved costly though. Gardevoir let out a Heal Bell, relieving Wigglytuff of its paralysis and allowing it the opportunity to Self Destruct. Xander was almost as surprised by the careless tactic as Blastoise and Toxtricity were, the pair taking a heavy hit from the explosion. On the plus side, Wigglytuff was down for the count.

Not liking the numbers advantage turning back to Xander's favour, Kojo looked to Gardevoir, who quickly finished Toxtricity with a Psychic blast. Xander snarled, the bastard Psychic type was starting to get on his nerves, as was Kojo, the boy sneaking in a sly remark. It took every ounce of self control he had not to Mega Evolve then and there. The only thing that stopped him was Kojo's confidence in Ralph being able to handle the cops. "It's like you want me to bash your head in", Xander snapped back, his temper had reached its peak. He recalled Toxtricity into its Friend Ball. "Blastoise, Rapid Spin into a Hydro Pump!" The Shellfish Pokemon pulled itself into its shell, preparing to spin. The combo would allow Blastoise to increase its speed, making it much harder for Gardevoir to avoid him. "Follow up with another Sludge Bomb!"

Toxtricity reached lvl 37
Grookey reached lvl 23
Rookidee reached lvl 27


Update 37
Spoiler: show
Quote:
Originally Posted by Sneasel12, post: 7097575, member: 3180
TheKnightsFury - With Kojo and his blue haired Gardevoir both proving to be nuisances of the highest degree, it takes a bit of willpower to avoid snapping back at him or Mega Evolving you Blastoise, instead opting to close in in such a way that it'll be hard for the annoying Psychic type to avoid your attacks. A quick Rapid Spin sees Blastoise close the gap with ease inside his shell, slamming into the Gardevoir and putting him in good position for some follow up attacks. It's clear the Gardevoir is about as fed up with this fight as you are, though, as it raises both hands above its head in preparation for a massive attack.

Then, out of the corner of your eye, a grey blur darts through the street, a sharp stabbing motion finding its way into the Gardevoir's side. The Fake Out does its job, effectively flinching the Psychic type, a small feline Pokemon with long claws made of steel and fur atop its head hardened into a natural helmet doing a quick flip off of your foe and landing atop Blastoise's still spinning shell, out of the way of the wide area covered by the Hydro Pump that erupts from the shell, the deluge blasting the Gardevoir into the building's wall as well as forcing Kojo to take cover behind a crate.

The source of the new combatant can be seen heading down the street, the same guard you left behind earlier, now accompanied by three others as well as a woman that appears to be the medic requested by the captain. Pointing to the back alley and the flare still circling above it, the man makes a swift motion, the three other guards rushing down the alley in obedience, leaving just this guard and the nurse as your backup.

"Excellent work Perrserker, now finish it!" The guard shouts, the feline happily obliging, producing a Steel Gem from its beard which promptly shatters as a massive amounts of energy surge from around the cat's body, a Steel Beam erupting from the Pokemon that looks capable of taking down the building itself. The Gardevoir takes the brunt of the blow, slumping to its knees for a moment from the absolutely incredible amount of damage before slowly attempting to stand, panic in its eyes as it looks around for its trainer, bursting into a sprint towards Kojo in an attempt to escape.

"It... it's still conscious? HOW?!" The guardsman shouts in frustration, clearly never having had to have dealt with a foe of this caliber. Luckily, Blastoise is still in motion, as his cannons emerge from his body and loose a volley of Sludge Bomb around the attempted escapees. The concussive blasts land between Pokemon and trainer, sending Gardevoir and Kojo through the air in opposite directions, Gardevoir landing in the street, now properly unconscious, while Kojo slams against the nearby wall before collapsing to the floor in a heap.

Blastoise gained 1 level.

The medic immediately rushes across the street, grabbing the ball out of Kojo's tight grasp and recalling the Gardevoir before examining the boy, "He'll be okay... but he hit his head pretty hard. He might have a concussion."

The guardsman laughs back for a moment, "I'm sure he'll shake it off, a young buck like him," and then turns to you. "Good work holding your ground here. Now let's get that bastard Ralph."


Reply 37
Spoiler: show
Quote:
Originally Posted by TheKnightsFury, post: 7098419, member: 101661
Just when it looked like Gardevoir was gearing up for a finishing blow, the cavalry arrived. In the chaos it took Xander a moment to identify their saviour, but as his muddled mind began to process, he realised it was a Perrserker. The steel cat was impressive, Faking out the Psychic type, giving them an opening. A Hydro Pump and a Steel Beam weren't enough to put the Gardevoir down, but thankfully Sludge Bomb finished the job. Kojo was knocked out in the chaos, but thankfully he wasn't too hurt. As much as Xander now hated the boy, he now had quite a few experiences with head knocks and knew how they boy would likely be feeling once he came to......

One of the guardsman snapped him back onto task, Ralph still needed to be brought to justice. After what Kojo had thrown at him, Xander wasn't about to underestimate Ralph. That said, his Pokemon were in rather bad condition. Rookidee was sporting a burn, Dreepy and Toxtricity were unconscious. Blastoise and Grookey were his best options. Xander released the Grass Starter from his Friend Ball, before promptly ordering Blastoise to heal them all with a Life Dew. "I don't know if that Life Dew will be enough", Xander commented to the medic, "that kid managed to knock out two of my Pokemon and another is badly burned, can you offer any assistance?" Xander waited for the medic's reply. He looked up above the building, where Delphox's signal flare still twisted in the air. Was Ralph actually fighting around the back of the building, or was he just keeping the commander busy while Kojo softened up Xander and his Pokemon. He had a feeling the crook would reveal himself soon. Xander also remember he still had Ralph's Zigzagoon in his possession, perhaps he could offload it to on of the guardsman now?

Blastoise reached lvl 50!


Update 38
Spoiler: show
Quote:
Originally Posted by Sneasel12, post: 7098545, member: 3180
TheKnightsFury - Opting to stay outside for a moment in preparation to confront Ralph if he still remains inside, your release Grookey from his Friend Ball once more as Blastoise releases a Life Dew over the area, effectively pepping itself and Grookey back up a bit. Noting that it might not be enough to get you up and running, you ask the medic for any assistance she can provide as well.

"Oh, of course, of course!" The medic jumps to her feet for a moment after examining Kojo, releasing a Blissey from a Friend Ball of its own. The Blissey rushes over to your team, covering your team in a Life Dew of its own without even needing prompting as it notices the still somewhat sorry state of your squad. At least now they look pretty well off and ready for combat again. The woman, setting Kojo carefully on the ground and elevating his head, walks over to you. "Alright, let's have a look at you as well," presenting a first aid kit from her pack she begins prodding along your arms and back before a sharp poke to the back of your head elicits a fair bit of pain. "Yikes. And I thought the kid took a nasty blow."

Digging into the first aid kit she produces a Nevermeltice and hands it to you, "Keep that on for a while to keep the swelling down," she chimes nicely, as if you were a child even younger than the one now laying on the ground out cold, before realizing you are in fact not that young and snapping at you for a moment, "And go sit down! You've already done more than enough!"

The sudden shout elicits a laugh from the guard still remaining with you, who attempts to take the Zigzagoon from you only for the Pokemon to bark out a quick yip and jump from his arms and run back to you, clearly concerned for your well being. But before any rest can be had the commotion out back comes to a full stop, only for a loud crash to be heard inside, followed by quick shouting.

"You're under arrest you son of a-"

And then silence.

Moments later, the guard captain emerges through the curtain covering the front entrance, looks around at the state of things calmly, and promptly loses it, ripping the curtain clean off the doorway. "Dammit!" Taking a moment to compose himself, he sighs dejectedly and walks back into the building, signaling for the lot of you to follow. "A whole slew of lackeys to keep us busy and the boss is nowhere to be seen."

Inside the guards that went around back are ransacking the room, with a fair bit of commotion from the back room signaling similar discourse. The entire place is quickly becoming a mess as items are ripped from the walls and out of drawers and strewn about the room as they are discarded by guards finding them useless. But two things near the table catch your attention, thanks to the Zigzagoon running over to the before yipping at you. The map Ralph showed you earlier, rolled up neatly and tied with lace, as well as a familiar looking Premier Ball. Or at least, what's left of it, mere shards of metal smashed to pieces and strewn around the table, the sad source of Zigzagoon's attention to the items.


Reply 38
Spoiler: show
Quote:
Originally Posted by TheKnightsFury, post: 7098945, member: 101661

Xander was pleased as the medic quickly jumped to his aid. Her Blissey's Life Dew supplements Blastoise's, helping to restore his team. The medic then made her way over to give him a once over. Her poking and prodding was rather painless, until she poked at the back of his head. "Fuck", Xander spat, two blows to the back of the head would do that! She handed Xander a Nevermeltice, which he happily accepted and held to the back of his head. She also requested that he go sit down, but that certainly wasn't going to happen. Speaking of things that weren't happening, Zigzagoon refused to go with the guardsman. The little thief seemed intent on staying with Xander. Such a response puzzled the young trainer. Why would it want to stay with him? He'd blindsided it and used it against its master, it owed him no allegiance.....

Everything happened so quickly. They watched with eyes fixed on the front entrance, only for the captain to rip through the curtain empty handed. It seemed Ralph had managed to slip away. How had he managed such a feat? He'd told Xander that there was only one way in and one way out of the building, but perhaps he had a secret getaway passage? Xander made his way inside. The guards were tearing the place apart for any sign of Ralph. Zigzagoon quickly brought his attention to two items. The map that Ralph had shown him, as well as Zigzagoon's Premier Ball which was now smashed to pieces. That was certainly one way to release a Pokemon. Did Ralph blame Zigzagoon for the raid? Perhaps he didn't overly care about the little thief? Motive aside, Zigzagoon looked devastated. Xander crouched down to comfort the distraught Pokemon.

"Hey there little one", Xander reached out to pet the Zigzagoon. "That was certainly a hectic hour hey?" Xander chuckled, trying to mask his disappointment, he was really hoping to bring Ralph to justice. "He was a bad guy and bad guys do bad things for bad reasons. I'm not saying I always do the right thing, but I like to think I normally have a good reason. It's my fault he left you, so why don't you come with me? I know it might be a bit awkward at first, but I think you'd really get along with my Pokemon and myself, what do you think?" Xander pulled a Luxury Ball out of his bag and presented it to the Zigzagoon. "Also I doubt Ralph will be coming back here any time soon and you know this place better than most. Any idea where he might have stuff stashed?" Xander figured if the little thief was as good as Ralph said, he'd either know where Ralph stashed stuff or would be capable of finding it. Xander also unrolled the map, it was strange how it had just been left out. Perhaps there was something that he missed there?


Update 39
Spoiler: show
Quote:
Originally Posted by Sneasel12, post: 7099016, member: 3180
TheKnightsFury - Heading into the building after discovering that the captain had come up empty handed, your attention is drawn to two items amongst the clutter thanks to the Zigzagoon running up to them under the table. The sad face of the Pokemon examining the crushed shards of what used to be its home is devastating, enough so to draw your attention purely to it for a moment, offering it a home among your team as you produce a Luxury Ball for the Galarian variant of the species. The Zigzagoon stares at the ball you hold in your hand for a time, and back to the crushed shards of the Premier Ball it was last in, before your question of where Ralph might have stashed any goodies breaks it from its distraught state, proceeding to sniff around the area instead.

Picking up and unfurling the map while the Zigzagoon searched, it becomes obvious why this was left out in the open, a message scrawled on the back of the parchment intended for you...

I'm not angry. I'm just disappointed.

A man shows up at my doorstep holding a silver card meaning he's been marked to be taken off the board by another major player, and I offer him a job instead of leaving his corpse in the sewers as professional courtesy would dictate. You would think that would be grounds for doing as asked, but apparently not?

But I suppose it doesn't matter. Your little betrayal led the guards right where I wanted them in full force, and I still got the keys I wanted off the captain in the process. He really should be more careful who he shoves in the street.

It is something of a shame to have to lose the Zigzagoon I sent with you, as he did have quite a bit of promise, but I can't have any machines scanning the little rascal and providing the force with my identification. Do with him what you will, I suppose. It's a lot harder to spring a Pokemon from custody than it is the cronies that held you at my doors, after all. Especially as I imagine it will take some time to change the locks.

Oh, and I know I had told you only one entrance and one exit. But alas, a good player keeps cards up his sleeve... or below the table.


Upon getting to this part of the letter, the Zigzagoon notes a small button built into the leg of the table, giving it a light jab. This causes the dresser along the wall to slide away, revealing a hole with a ladder straight down into the sewer system below the city. Yipping happily, the Zigzagoon then runs into the back room to continue its search.

"Dammit!" the Captain shouts out once more upon noticing this new escape route. "These sewers stretch all over the city! That bastard could be anywhere by now, and one of his filthy cutpurses took my keys clean off me when we were rushing in!" Rubbing his hand along the back of his neck, he sighs, kicking the wall in frustration, "He could have hit any storeroom in the city by now with enough preparation."

The letter doesn't end there, though.

P.S.: Just so there's no hard feelings, I'll still give you the information you came here for. Our mutual friend has been running a scam as old as time itself. He has his own men steal the goods and hide them away, then claims insurance from the merchants that were selling to him for the failed delivery.

Have your new guard friends check the warehouse on the west side. On fourth by the city entrance. They'll find all they need to put old Wolfgang away.

- "Ralph"


Returning from the back room after happily completing its search of the area, the Zigzagoon stops to look down the hole to the sewers before returning to your side, staring at the map in your hand and the crushed Premier Ball shards on the ground once more. The Pokemon then happily elicits a small bark of excitement to get your attention, jabbing its paw into the Luxury Ball you had offered it. The orb opens, sucking the Zigzagoon in with a flash of light, before shaking only for a moment and letting out a small click.

You have captured a level 8 male Galarian Zigzagoon! It knows Egg Move Knock Off!

It would seem your job here is just about done. With the medic having ordered rest and your throbbing head agreeing with the idea, the only question now is whether to let the guards know of the intel on Wolfgang, or to let them continue trying to chase Ralph down his getaway tunnel.


Reply 39
Spoiler: show
Quote:
Originally Posted by TheKnightsFury, post: 7099450, member: 101661

Xander unfurled the map to find a rather long note scrawled on it by Ralph. Did he really have that much time up his bloody sleeve? Xander read through the note, which was filled with interesting pieces of information. Turns out Ralph had gotten exactly what he wanted, with one of his goons managing to relieve the captain of his keys during the chaos. What Ralph was planning to do with them was unknown, but Xander knew it likely wouldn't be be. He could easily use the keys to release his goons as quick as they were locked up. It also seemed that Wolfgang had marked him to be silenced, permanently. Xander was shocked by this revelation, he knew the merchant was slimy, but he never expected this! Whether he blamed Wolfgang for bringing Xander into his life or that he just felt like eliminating another player from the board, Ralph had also provided information to help bring the merchant to justice. It wasn't the fish they were after, but perhaps it would help appease the now raging guard captain?

Zigzagoon returned from its search and after a moment of thought, it happily taps the ball, drawing itself inside. The ball shakes for a moment before coming to a rest with a resounding click. The capture was successful!

Xander caught Zigzagoon! Declaring his ability to be Quick Feet!

"Excuse me captain, I think I might have some information that will help", Xander presented the map to the captain, "Wolfgang was the one that sent me into the Playground to start with. If what Ralph is said is true, then there is a tonne of merchandise and all the evidence you need in that warehouse to take Wolfgang down. I know it's not Ralph, but at least its something? Also I was wondering if you could afford someone to escort me to a Pokemon Centre? All the adrenaline is starting to where off and I'm not feeling the best.


Update 40
Spoiler: show
Quote:
Originally Posted by Sneasel12, post: 7114379, member: 3180
TheKnightsFury - With Zigzagoon now safe and sound in your possession, it's clearly time for a bit of rest from this day which has proven nothing shy of hectic. Motioning to the clearly agitated guard captain, you present the man with the map, pointing out the note that Ralph had left for you peruse. The man carefully reads over the note, muttering under his breath the whole time, irritation only growing as it was made painfully clear that everyone here had been played like nothing short of fools by the con man that called this place a base of operations.

"Well, it's the kingpin I've been trying to nail to the wall, but we can't look the other way on this. There's no telling how much money this Wolfgang has taken out of the city's pockets with this scheme." Rolling up the map, he signals loudly to his men, "Alright boys, we're done here! Wrap it up for further inspection later, we've got another job on our hands."

The remaining guards promptly cease sifting through the various items in the back room, as well as through the few pieces of furniture in the room here, saluting the captain before making their way out front to await further orders.

Rifling through his pockets, the captain produces a small pouch and hands it to you. "It's not much, but a bust is a bust and that boy you held off was at least worth something. Take this $500 and TM Safeguard for the help, and hold on to that Nevermeltice as thanks for the tip." Remembering you had requested help getting back, he motions to the nurse still taking care of the young boy in the corner and releases a Machamp from an Ultra Ball on his belt. "Rosie over here will take good care of you. Good luck out there, kid."

With that, the man heads outside, and some short shouting later the entire group of guardsmen begins running off. The Machamp then heads over to the nurse and the unconscious Kojo, picking up the young man gently while carefully supporting his head and neck.

"Well then, let's get you both back to the Pokemon Center for a checkup of yourselves and your Pokemon, yes?" Rosie puts on her happier face, motioning towards the street. "The captain already has your statement so once you're all rested up you're free to go, and this one can be safely locked up for the trouble after I've got him back in good health."

This marks the end of your Arcane Realm adventure, thanks once again for letting me update you, TKF! I hope you enjoyed it as much as I did.


Reply 40
Spoiler: show
Quote:
Originally Posted by TheKnightsFury, post: 7114383, member: 101661

Xander was a little disappointed that they hadn't managed to bag Ralph. Well, a little disappointed might have been an understatement. After all he'd endured today, taking down that prick might have made it worth it. Instead he had to settle for second best, the cops would hopefully take down Wolfgang, the bastard who'd marked Xander for death. While a heavy concussion was a much better result than death, Xander knew he'd need a bit of time to rest and recover. He accepted the small reward from the captain, pocketing it before making his way over to the medic. The captain's Machamp picked up the unconscious Kojo like he was weightless, the hulking Fighting type's care and tenderness was surprising.

Xander followed Rosie through the streets, eventually reaching the Pokemon Centre. Once there he passed his Pokemon off to one nurse before another took him into another room to examine him. Mild concussion, he'd have to spend a couple of days in the Pokemon Centre, just in case his symptoms worsened. Two days had passed and Xander was about ready to die from boredom. Other than talking to other trainers that came into the Pokemon Centre, there wasn't a lot for him to do. He took the time to plan out some future adventures, he'd spend a bit longer looking around the Arcane Realm, but then he'd head back to the Arboreal Cradle. Finally on the third day, the nurse gave him the all clear to go. Bag pack, supplies replenished and Pokemon completely healed, he was ready for more adventuring, hopefully minus the head knocks.

Claiming the $500, TM Safeguard and Nevermeltice.

Thanks for picking me up and giving me a great adventure Sniz!

__________________


I fill my lungs with everything
You want someone that I can't be
You say it's insanity, but
I say that's my life

Fizzy Bubbles

Last edited by Lil'twick; 04-28-2021 at 12:31 PM.
Lil'twick is offline   Reply With Quote
Old 04-28-2021, 12:17 PM   #7
Lil'twick
Insanity
 
Lil'twick's Avatar
 
Join Date: May 2013
Location: Fizzy Bubbles
Posts: 5,751
Send a message via Skype™ to Lil'twick
Adventure Records: Other People

Big5
Spoiler: show

Adventure Start
Spoiler: show
Quote:
Originally Posted by Biggggg5, post: 6686278, member: 65679
"I cant believe we are almost done," Big says out loud, mostly to himself, but also to his closest companion he has walking with him, his charmeleon Hotstuff. "Yeah, I hear ya boss," The fire pokemon replies in his own tongue. "I'm not sure what you think we are gonna find here though. This place feels too peaceful." Big shrugs. "I dunno. Something about 'Judgement' seems to be calling to me for one of our last companions." He replies. "Besides, I hear that they attracted to sweet smelling things and this is one of the sweetest smelling places we've visited in Fizzytopia." The Charmeleon raises his tail above his head so it does not catch the patch of flowers they pass through. "It certainly smells better than the rocket lab we went to." The fire type sighs. "You haven't steered us wrong yet right?" He gives his trainer a cheeky grin. Big rolls his eyes back but grins as well. "Except for the one time we went back in time only to get jolted back to the present." "Well, I guess we can chalk that one up to not your fault." Hotstuff chuckles. Big nods back. "Alright, well..." He looks around the meadow. "I don't see anything yet. You'd think in a meadow it would be easier to spot the things you are looking for," He pulls out a ball with red cybernetic markings all along the outside. "Either way it will be good training for our newest member I think." He says and they continue on their search.


Update 1
Spoiler: show
Quote:
Originally Posted by Enigmatic Professor, post: 6687977, member: 106428

You and your Charmeleon came to the Meadow of Judgement to look for something, Perhaps a new adventure, perhaps just to train a member that was recently added to your team. Either way, you were here, and you could feel the thrum of an old power. An Ancient power.
Elsewhere in the world, this power was only thought to be a myth, a fake. Something that fools the mind and the eyes.

But what most do not know that it isn't fake. It is very much real and very much powerful. But, you do not know that yet. You only know that you could feel something in the air. Something in the ground. And it vitalized you, made you more energetic and happy.

The more you walked into the meadow, the more pokemon you saw roaming around, and also, a few other people showed up.
These people did and yet didn't look like they were trainers.

Some had pokeball's on their belts, others had a pokemon following behind or beside them.
Perhaps you could ask for a sparring partner?

But before you could ask someone, something was shouted at you

"Rigescnt indutae duobus vestrum!"
And you were suddenly stuck in place. You could hear and still see, but you could not speak or move.

What, or Who did that!!?
"Why would you do that Elione?!? Regelo."

And with that word, you were freed and able to speak and move.
"I am sincerely sorry about that, My PUPIL here has no manners."
A woman voice spoke, and she had grey-streaked hair, Following alongside her was a younger looking teenager.

The teen mumbled something under his breath which you could not hear.
What will you say?



Emilia
Spoiler: show

Adventure Start
Spoiler: show
Quote:
Originally Posted by Emilia, post: 6975722, member: 58022


Let's set the mood, shall we~?

An owl hoots in the woods, otherwise silent. The mist is barely visible under the pale glow of the moonlight, which would make it difficult to navigate. Surely no one would be out in the woods at this time of night? The bewitching hour, a time of curses and monsters. “Boreas, are you hungry my little boy? Hmm, I’m not entirely sure I packed enough food for this trip, but it wouldn’t be too hard to find some food in this forest if we needed to. Here, this should keep your occupied for a while.” A woman had stopped to pull out a candy from her purse and feed it to the hungry Snom on her shoulder. It was a chocolate covered in rock candy that looked like a blood red crystal, clearly meant to be sucked on for a while before getting to a warm and gooey chocolate center. Boreas happily began to suck on the candy, squeaking in delight. Two other Pokemon floated off behind the woman, an Inkay and a Phantump, both cautiously observing their surroundings. The Inkay seemed a little more interested in actually looking for stuff, occasionally shining her lights in a log or under a tree root, but the Phantump, seemed a bit more diligent. The woman hadn’t really asked either of them to do this, but they settled naturally into it. Maybe they were looking out for Boreas?

The woman took a deep breath of the forest air. It was cool, crisp, clean, and quite refreshing. But it also had an unmistakable feel of magic. Like a view of a foggy lake just as the sun rises up. This place would be perfect for a pleasant little nocturnal adventure. This place was called the Fortune’s Woods, and if anyone felt confident in her fortune, it was this woman. “Come now, let’s see what wonders and whimsy we can find here! At the precarious, spinning edge of madness!” The woman chuckled as she continued walking through the forest. This was definitely the right place for someone like her to adventure. Daphne, the Phantump, didn’t seem particularly pleased at her trainer’s flight of fancy, but Boreas and Scylla were on board. Who knows what food, or treasure, could be found in a place like this?


Update 1
Spoiler: show
Quote:
Originally Posted by Meetan, post: 6975990, member: 57787
Emi: You've come to the Forest of Wands for an adventure, and one can see why. The foliage seems to stretch on forever, towering towards the sky and winding endless, carving out paths that twist and turn like the rumoured clockwork properties of Fortune's Woods. Perhaps that quality is just pretense, though, because it's easy to see how one could get lost or lose track of trouble here. The colours of the flowers, leaves and and the like are fantastical! It's all quite a beauty to behold, and while your Pokemon are obviously on guard duty for your new Snom, it's just as probable that they're admiring the scenery like you are.

You're searching for wonders and whimsy, and it doesn't take you long to find both. The natural dark of the forest,broken only by beams of daylight permeating the trees, is suddenly broken as light feeds in from a path ahead. You stop, entranced as little fireflies seem to gather together in droves, merging together to create balls of light. If you were to touch them, they were certainly leave a nasty burn, showing that they were actually fire balls in all the colours of the rainbow! How beautiful! In the second fork of your road, there might not be signs of magic, but you can hear the laughter of children playing and shouting joyfully together. It's pleasant to the ears and warming to the sun, especially as honestly... Most children aren't laughing and talking merrily for long before it dissolves into bickering or something of the sort. Besides, who knew that there was a human settlement so far into the forest? Or maybe they're a group of adventuring trainers far younger than yourself, taking a break from their exploration to let off some steam? Maybe they would even know about the pretty lights, and other things about these gambling, rambling roads?

What do you do, and where will you all go on this fine, wonderful day?



Kadota
Spoiler: show

Adventure Start
Spoiler: show
Quote:
Originally Posted by Kadota, post: 6981828, member: 117020
[COLOR=rgb(65, 168, 95)]Somewhere in the Forest of Wands...[/COLOR]
[COLOR=rgb(65, 168, 95)]
As Danika wandered along the path, her nose scrunched up with disdain. She reached into her pocket to pull out a map with a crinkle, head tilted. "I think we might be lost," she sighed to her Galarian Ponyta, Lily. Lily snorted and gently headbutted her hip in reply. Danika patted her head, tucking away the map and looking up at the trees. "Where are we?"

Obviously there were in a forest. A big one. With lots and lots of trees. Danika grumbled. "Well... no point in dwelling on. Not gonna get anywhere if I'm not willing to take some risks, yeah?" Lily whickered happily before jumping forward. "Wait, Lily!" Danika laughed, chasing after her. "You know, I'm glad I got stuck with you. Imagine if I had a Granbull like dad! Ugh, no thank you." Looking down at the ground as she walked between the trees, she hummed to herself. "At least it's really pretty here, wherever here is."

After a little while longer, Lily neighed and motioned her head to what looked like a path of sorts. Well, more like well-trodden ground. Danika's eyes lit up. "Nice going, girl! Let's stay on this, then." Following Lily onto the path, she adjusted her pack on her shoulders. "I wonder if we'll run into other people? Or Pokemon. I think an Eevee would be nice, wouldn't you? Then we can have a friend for you to play with! Plus then we can make one big cuddle pile and snuggle up nice and warm," she hummed wistfully. Lily grunted a bit at the comment, eliciting a giggle from Danika. "Oh shush. It'll be fun, you'll see!" [/COLOR]

[spoiler=Current Inventory]
x1 Backpack
x1 Pokedex
x1 Mega Ring
x1 Z-Ring
x1 Dynamax Band
x1 Fishing Rod
x1 Berry Bag
x1 Pokeblock Case
x5 Pokeballs
x5 Rare Candies
x1 TM Return or Frustration
$3000 Pokedollars
Quote:
Originally Posted by Kadota, post: 6981828, member: 117020
Update 1
Spoiler: show
Quote:
Originally Posted by Zorchic, post: 6985099, member: 114808
Kadota - (You didn't specify a sub-location [you're supposed to quote the location that you choose to RP in], so I'm going to place you in Fortune's Woods, which sounds the most like the place you described.)

Looking for adventure, you and your Galarian Ponyta saunter along a path in the woods, when you stop, checking your map. You're lost! You take in the forest around you. What a big place! The trees shimmer with sparkly energy, and a mist blows through the area. But you look on, confused. What is this place? Probably would have been a good idea to do some research before rushing into adventure...

The trees tower over your head, and you look around, deciding not to stay put. You're glad your partner is a pretty Unique Horn Pokémon instead of a scary Granbull like your dad's. You continue to wander along, looking for a way to go.

After a while, Lily spots a beaten path! You look on in delight and follow her onto the path. You and your Galarian Ponyta start walking along it, thinking about who you'll meet on this trip. A helpful group of people? A rowdy pack of Pokémon? At the mention of a playful Eevee in your speculation, Lily gives a small grunt, causing you to giggle and encourage her to go on.

Suddenly, the bushes around you rustle. A small, human-like figure with a leaf on its head dashes out and looks both ways, as if it were a person about to cross a street. It's a
Nuzleaf! It spots you and your Ponyta, and eyes Lily warily, before gaining a golden glow in its eyes. A multicolored beam of Extrasensory origins shoots out from the Nuzleaf's long, pointy nose, and explodes in the dirt at your feet! Startled, Lily jumps back, nearly bumping into you, and you stumble briefly. The tuft of mane on her left foot is glowing with a faint golden light, but the light disappears quickly. Before you know it, however, the Pokémon speeds away, leaving as fast as it came.

What now? Do you follow the mysterious Nuzleaf who pulled a hit-and-run on you? Or do you go another way? In short, what do you do?


(Also, you're supposed to choose either TM Return or TM Frustration. You can't have both! ;))


Reply 1
Spoiler: show
Quote:
Originally Posted by Kadota, post: 7069006, member: 117020
[COLOR=rgb(65, 168, 95)]Danika squeaked in surprise, eyes wide. She gently patted Lily's muzzle, making shushing noises to calm her. "What was all that about...?" She questioned out loud. Was it trying to attack them or something else? In the end, curiosity ruled out fear, and she carefully began to walk forward.

"Little Nuzleaf, where'd you go...?" She muttered under her breath. "I promise I won't hurt you. Maybe even give you a snack?"

She looked over at Lily. "Maybe they'll be a friend. Wouldn't that be nice? Ooh, and after that we can... something. But we're not gonna just sit here, that's for sure. So let's do this!"

Feeling a bit more confident as she talked to herself and Lily, she pushed further into the forest while beginning to hum. It was a simple tune, but she was hoping the Nuzleaf would like it and come out. "La la la... little Nuzleaf, be our friend, doesn't that sound nice?"[/COLOR][COLOR=rgb(0, 168, 133)] [/COLOR]



ShadowDRGN
Spoiler: show
Adventure Start
Spoiler: show
Quote:
Originally Posted by ShadowDRGN, post: 6745351, member: 56660


The sun beat down cruelly on Jason as he entered his fourth day of walking the long road to Mistralton City. He had started this journey with at least a bit of excitement of getting out to see the world, but this endless cycle of sauntering along in the wilderness has sapped all that energy away and replaced it with sore feet and being covered in grime. He supposed that's what the whole situation leading up to this moment boiled down to, though. A huge dose of shitty reality.

Boss walked alongside him, definitely not faring any better than his Trainer. The white parts of his fur are all yellow and dark with dirt and scuffs from fighting off a couple Wild Pokemon the other day. He let out an audible grumble as he felt his paws burning with each step, and Jason responded with an equally-winded sigh.

"There's no way in hell it takes this long to get to Mistaltron," he said, remembering the many times when he and his parents drove for only a few hours to ferry his dad to the airport for business trips.

Jason lifted his head from staring down at the sun-baked road and gazed off at the horizon, where he saw the multitude of cup-shaped mountains surrounding him, each striking him as unfamiliar. This only served to irritate him more, and another sigh slowly drained his lungs, "which one of these is Twist Mountain, anyways? They all look the damn same..."

Jason could definitely feel himself getting more agitated by the minute. The Trainer stopped walking, his blistered feet crying out from inside his worn-out skater shoes. Underneath his baggy black pants, he could feel his leg simmering like it was in an oven, and his exposed arms cook like they were on a skillet. He reached up a hand to grab at the brim of his itchy baseball cap, using his checkerboard wristband to wipe his brow. His backpack clung to his sweat-soaked tee uncomfortably, weighing down his already-tired shoulders.

He could barely take it. His other hand crawled up to ruffle through his bleach-blonde hair, and he felt even his hair gel melting into the sweat. He felt absolutely swamped. Even the most demanding days of cruising the back streets couldn't touch this oppressive feeling of exhaustion, trapped somewhere without any amenities. And worst of all, he knew in the back of his mind that it wasn't the only place he could be right now. This was all by his own choice.

Suddenly, he felt a shaking, angry feeling coursing through his fingers, demanding to be released. Without really thinking about it, he whipped his cap straight into the ground and yelled loudly, "goddammit!"

Boss had sensed Jason was getting frustrated, but even this caused him to stop in his tracks and double-back towards his companion while he collapsed onto the ground.

"We're lost. We're one-hundred percent, completely goddamn lost," Jason said hopelessly to Boss, "I'm sorry, man. I dragged you into this 'cause I snitched instead of just shutting up," he confesses, "we could still be in Driftveil if I didn't paint a huge-ass target on our heads..."

Boss just put a paw on Jason's knee and shook his head sternly. He glanced over towards Jason's hat and walked over to grab it, With a few smacks he dusted it off and then offered it back to him, a look in his eyes that said "keep it together, man".

"Thanks, Boss... I probably shouldn't be doing crap like that. Need this to keep the sun outta my eyes," he said as he took the hat and secured it back on his head. He took a deep breath. Losing his cool wouldn't get him out of this situation, only action would.

"C'mon, let's see if we can't find someplace that'll give us directions," he went to give his Pokemon a reassuring fist-bump, and Pancham obliged with a smirk.

Standing back up, Jason scanned the horizon again, and this time his eyes fell on something just over the crest of the hills. A big lake that sparkled like stars under the heavy sunlight. It was certainly unusual and eye-catching, as Jason had never heard of any lakes like this around Driftveil. That perplexed feeling soon gave way to excitement, though, as Jason realized what such a big lake like that meant: a much-needed retreat from the sun, and people.

"Alright! That's what I'm talkin' about!" Jason yelled out. Boss blinked in confusion and quickly hopped up on Jason's pack to see what he was looking at. He and Jason shared a mutual look of agreement between them, and the Trainer felt the faintest bit renewed at the sight, enough for him to ignore the aching and sweat and grime for a little while longer. His feet started to carry him along the winding path to the lake, Pancham riding on his back the whole way with wide grins plastered on both their faces.


Update 1
Spoiler: show
Quote:
Originally Posted by TheKnightsFury, post: 6746028, member: 101661
ShadowDRGN- Lost and lacking a map, you find yourself stumbling around in the middle of nowhere. At this point you were as red as a Tamato Berry and in desperate need of directions. Thankfully a glimmer in the distance gives you hope as your eyes fall on a marvellous lake not too far away. Not only could you cool your sun roasted skin, but a lake like that would certainly attract other people, people who might be able to give you directions. You make a beeline for the lake, Boss stands tall on your backpack, if not for your cap you'd probably have drool on your head. It seemed the poor little Pancham was thirsty. As soon as you get close to the lake, the young Fighting type leaps over your head, landing with a thud before sprinting towards the water's edge. You watch as Boss buries his head in the water, cooling himself and gulping down water at the same time. Wow, he really was desperate for a drink. You cup your hands and have a drink yourself, before sitting back and taking in the beauty of the lake. Groves of trees are dotted around the lake, they'd likely be full of berries if Boss found himself hungry now that he'd satisfied his thirst. You look up the bank, squinting you manage to make out a bit of a commotion further up.

Curiosity drives you, forcing you to walk closer to get a better look. Boss takes a moment to realise your gone before he rushes to your side. It looked like an old man, swinging..... what was that? A fishing rod? He wasn't casting it though, he was swinging it aggressively, like he was trying to hit something. You start to walk a little faster. Soon you begin to hear his shouts, "leave it alone you pests! I'll crack you open and eat you for supper!" You were about 20 yards away now and could clearly see the scene playing out before you. The old fisherman was swinging his rod with vicious intent, trying to strike away a pair of orange Pokemon that were snapping at another, different orange Pokemon with their powerful claws. The other Pokemon was clearly overwhelmed and in a bad state, its fur tattered and face bruised.

Bui Bui

The Pokemon cried with each strike it took, while its attackers seem unharmed as the fisherman's rod strikes their hardened carapaces. Could you just stand by and watch? Or would you rush to the Pokemon's aid?


Reply 1
Spoiler: show
Quote:
Originally Posted by ShadowDRGN, post: 6746129, member: 56660


Jason took to the lake's edge about as quickly as his Starter, helping himself to another handful of water to drench his head after taking a much-needed drink. It felt like heaven. He chuckled when Boss dove his head in, and reached over to give the Pokemon a small pat on the head when he came sauntering back, dirt dripping off of his matted fur.

"Whew, made it!" Jason shouted out windedly. He stretched his arms to the sky and plopped down on his backside so he'd be off his feet for a few minutes. He stared out at the lake as he caught his breath, and was simply taken aback by just how far out the water stretched, "damn, it's even bigger up-close. Hope we don't have to walk too far to find somebody," he commented, twisting his line of sight every-which-way to see what was around them. He expected maybe a house or something to be set up along the banks. After all, lots of people would kill to have such a nice spot to swim right out their window.

Instead, what he got was the distant movements of a commotion up ahead. Jason figured that something was better than nothing, though, and slowly shambled to his feet to start up the slope, squinting more as he tried to avoid the glare of the sun overhead.

He watched the scene playing out in front of him with visceral interest. He'd seen fisherman down by the warehouse docks all the time, but pretty much all of them were passive folks... kinda boring, really. But this was a whole 'nother story. This old man had bravado! Fire!

"Woah..." Jason said under his breath. He stared directly at the two Pokemon snapping their pincers at the other, weasel-y like Pokemon. They looked pretty strong, and Jason found himself grinning at the idea of having something that could take hits and dish out pain... besides Boss, of course.

He glanced back at the Pancham behind him, "think you got the energy in ya' for a fight?" he asked, his voice brimming with newfound energy.

Boss grinned widely and nodded back. He hopped out in front of Jason, one paw balled up into a fist as he smacked it against his curled palm and wrung them together. Jason followed, and swung his duffel bag in front of him from behind his back. He plucked out a Pokeball and stuffed it into his pocket for later, before he raised his hands to his mouth and called out to the man, "yo! Old dude! Need some help with those Pokemon?"


Update 2
Spoiler: show
Quote:
Originally Posted by TheKnightsFury, post: 6746225, member: 101661
ShadowDRGN- Having stumbled on a rather disturbing scene, you interrupt the fiery old fisherman's assault, surprising him when you ask whether he requires assistance. He turns to face you, fishing rod still half cocked over his shoulder. Sweat runs down his wrinkly brow, streaming down his ghostly white moustache before dripping onto his pit stained shirt. "What does it look like kid?", he grumbles, his chest heaves heavily as he tries to catch his breath. "Ye got a Pokemon, why don't ye put a stop to these Corphish? That Buizel ain't got much fight left in him."

The Corphish continued their assault on the bruised and battered Buizel. They clamp down their claws with Vice-like Grip, the Buizel can do nothing but take the beating, it was in no condition to fight back. Boss smacked a fist into his palm, those Corphish were acting tough now when they were bullying an overwhelmed opponent, but he would give them a taste of real toughness. Meanwhile, you retrieve a Pokeball from your bag, those Corphish looked pretty strong and you could always use another strong Pokemon. Should the opportunity arise, you'd try for the capture.

"I was on my way back home", the old fisherman huffs. "Saw the Buizel just laying there, didn't look like it was in too good a nick. Then outta nowhere those two appeared and started attacking it. Getting close to a full moon again I guess, the Pokemon around here don't act too kindly when the full moon gets close." Full moon or not, it seemed a little unfair for the two Corphish to target the Buizel, especially if it was already weakened. Perhaps they had a motive? You can't be sure but maybe it was worth considering why they had chosen to target the Buizel.


Reply 2
Spoiler: show
Quote:
Originally Posted by ShadowDRGN, post: 6749604, member: 56660


"You got it!" Jason said back to the old fisherman, listening a bit to his story as he formulated a course of action. Jason's track record for clean fighting might not be the best, but he definitely felt like he drew the line at a blatant curb-stomp, motive or not. Even if it meant he had to go at this two-on-one, he knew he had to do something to separate the Corphish from their target.

"Boss! Rough 'em up!" the Trainer shouted as he pointed decisively at the Corphish that was holding down the Buizel. Boss smirked and stepped forwards, trying to get the attention of their foes with a holler, one that just screams "Why don't you pick on someone your own size?"... of course, the four of them were pretty much all the same size, but's it's was the thought that counts.

Jason called out to his Pokemon, his voice fired-up for this face-off, "let's go for a Leer and soften 'em up, then we'll push 'em off that other Pokemon with a Tackle!" he orders. He turned to the fisherman right after and ran up close to him so he wouldn't have to shout, "yo, you got any Pokemon with you? I don't mind taking care of these guys, but some backup would be cool," he asked, trying his hardest to be polite.

The Pancham happily obliged, making sure his target was looking at him before he grinned menacingly and stared it straight in the eyes. He gave it barely a second to process the look before he rushed forwards, head hunched down and in a brawling position as he threw his shoulder as hard as he could against the Pokemon's claws.


Update 3
Spoiler: show
Quote:
Originally Posted by TheKnightsFury, post: 6752038, member: 101661
ShadowDRGN- You urge Boss to intervene, the Pancham is more than happy to oblige. First point of call, softening the hardened defences of the Corphish. He leers at his opponents, putting a bit of hesitation in their actions and decreasing their defence. He then rushes forward, dropping his shoulder as he attempts to Tackle the crustaceans away from the Buizel. Success! Boss sends one of the Corphish tumbling a few metres, while the other lets go of the Buizel and instead turns its attention to Boss. Free from the grasp of its merciless attackers, the Buizel attempts to regain its feet but struggles to do so. The water weasel remains hunched over, it tries to take a couple of steps but stumbles, it appears to be too weak to walk.

As Boss glares at the Corphish as they prepare to rally, you inquire as to whether your fisherman friend has any Pokemon with him. "If I had any Pokemon with me, don't you think I'd be using them instead of my rod to drive these critters off?" The reply was blunt but far from surprising. It seemed Boss would be alone in this fight. The persistent pair of Corphish snap their claws open and launch a barrage of Bubbles at Boss. The Pancham braces for the hit, standing strong as the bubbles burst on impact. It seems the Corphish are still confident they can come out on top. At least now they seem more concerned with Boss than the Buizel, perhaps giving you an opportunity to get the badly beaten Pokemon out of harms way?


Reply 3
Spoiler: show
Quote:
Originally Posted by ShadowDRGN, post: 6752619, member: 56660


Jason grins widely as he sees the results of his orders play out in front of him, "awesome! Nice hit, man!" he pumps his fist and calls out to him, before turning back to the old man, "than just leave it to me and Boss!" he replies. As he does so, however, he hears his Pancham grunting as he puts his arms in front of his face, trying not to get stung by the impact of the bursting bubbles, and he quickly turns his attention back to the battle.

"You alright?" he calls. Boss shakes himself dry and gives a thumbs-up as his fierce gaze returns and locks onto the Corphish in front of him. The Trainer scratches his chin as he surveys the situation. Looks like Buizel's even more roughed-up than he thought. Poor little dude...

Without a moment's hesitation, Jason yells out to Boss and eyes Buizel intently, "Boss! Let's try out that new idea we had! Leer the second one and then hit 'em with an Arm Thrust, then Tackle the first one again! Make sure they can't get to Buizel!" he steps forwards, passing by the old man and quickly approaching the hurt Pokemon to pick it up and take it out of the pair's reach.

Boss takes a deep breath and clenches its teeth. He digs his paws into the ground and pulls his arms back, gazing straight at the other Corphish. A small smile appears on Boss's face right before he flings his body forwards and throws a rapid series of strikes with his palms open, hoping to break right through that shell's defenses. As soon as his assault is over, he swivels around and charges at the first Corphish he attacked, making sure as little time as possible was spared to allow either of them to pass.


Update 4
Spoiler: show
Quote:
Originally Posted by TheKnightsFury, post: 6752645, member: 101661
ShadowDRGN- Boss leaps to action as you pick up the Buizel, cradling the badly beaten Pokemon in your arms. Boss lowers the Corphish's defence further with another Leer before lunging at one with quick thrusting blows. He quickly pushes it back towards the water's edge, the Water type was starting to look weathered. When the other Corphish rushes Boss with a Vice Grip, the Pancham tackles it to the ground, he clearly has the upper hand at this point. He looks back to you, unsure if you want him to finish this fight or not. Before you can give him orders however, a jet of water strikes him from behind, knocking him away from the Corphish. Looking out into the lake, you spot a Crawdaunt bobbing in the water. It calls out to the Corphish who promptly retreat into the water, was the Crawdaunt their boss? Either way, the battle was over, Boss has likely saved the Buizel's life.

Boss gained 2 levels!

"Well done lad, but I'm afraid that Buizel isn't out of the woods yet. If we can get it back to my cabin my wife might be able to help it, but we'll have to hurry." The Buizel wasn't light, but you could probably carry it, providing it wasn't too far. Boss looks at you with concern, he knows the Pokemon isn't doing too well. "Follow me, this way!" The old fisherman beckons for you to follow as he heads for the trees, moving with surprising swiftness for someone of his age. Hopefully he was right and his wife could help the Buizel, otherwise there was no way of knowing whether it would recover or not.


Reply 4
Spoiler: show
Quote:
Originally Posted by ShadowDRGN, post: 6753460, member: 56660


"Holy crap, you're a heavy dude!" Jason exclaims as he hefts the Pokemon into his arms and quickly backs away. He keeps his eyes focused on the battle, watching eagerly as Boss expertly knocks away the two Corphish with his hard-hitting moves. All that's left is to land a decisive blow, then he can go in for his first capture!

He grabs the Poke Ball he prepared in his pocket and begins to call out to Boss, "nice stuff! Let's-" he's cut off suddenly by the stream of water hits the back of the Pokemon's head, making it tumble away from his opponents. The Trainer gasps and runs up to Pancham, kneeling down to make sure he wasn't hurt too badly by that attack.

Boss appears a bit disoriented from getting knocked-over, and spends a moment stumbling to his feet before he instantly flings up his fists, ready to brawl whoever came in with that cheap shot. A moment later, he realizes that the Corphish have retreated, and he looks over to Jason with a disappointed look on his face.

"Sorry, man. Looks like they booked it," Jason says sympathetically, before he directs his gaze to the Buizel in his arms, "but hey! Thanks to you, we got them away from this little dude, so it's still a win, ain't it?"

Pancham returns a small, victorious smirk before the old man gets their attention and explains that they need to hurry, whereupon he looks at Jason decisively and starts running after the man. The Trainer nods back and rises to his feet, turning to follow with a brisk jog while he held the heavy Pokemon in his arms carefully, "I'm coming!" he calls after him. Luckily, Jason's no stranger to delivering things, so whatever distance he needs to cover help save this Buizel, he's willing to do it twice over!

He glances back down at the Buizel as he runs and says under his breath, "don't worry, little dude. You're gonna be feeling like new in no time."


Update 5
Spoiler: show
Quote:
Originally Posted by TheKnightsFury, post: 6753477, member: 101661
ShadowDRGN- You dodge and weave your way through the trees, following the lead of the old fisherman as Boss remains hot on your heels. It isn't long before you spot a sizeable log cabin up ahead, smoke billows out the chimney, at least that likely meant the man's wife was home. The fisherman bursts through the door, spooking his wife as he tosses his rod up against the wall. You follow him into the home, your chest heavy after such the frenzied rush through the forest.

"Quick Darla, grab the first aid kit, this Buizel needs your help", the fisherman urges his wife to act quickly, the grey haired old woman moves as quick as she can to the kitchen, where she retrieves a small bag full of medical supplies.

"What have you found this time Greg?" She questions, still try to get a read on the situation. "Bring it into the spare bedroom, I'll do my best to help it, but it doesn't look good." You follow the woman into a small bedroom, where she urges you to place the Buizel on the small, single bed. You gently place the Buizel down before stepping back and allowing the woman to get to work. "What happened to it, you didn't do this did you kid?" She opens the bag and pulls out a potion, which she begins to spray on the Buizel's wounds.

"It wasn't him", Greg groans, "it was some bastard Corphish, you know what some of those Pokemon are like around the Full Moon." The woman continues to work, now pulling out some bandages which she begins to wind around the Buizel's bruised limbs.

"I think Buizel is going to be alright, but it needs to rest and get some food as well." Darla looks you over, she hadn't really gotten a chance to take you in yet. "Kid there is a Sitrus berry tree not far to the north of the cabin, why don't you go grab a couple of berries for Buizel, your Pancham could probably use one as well." There wasn't much you could do right now, but if the berries would help Buizel recover, maybe it was worth the effort?


Reply 5
Spoiler: show
Quote:
Originally Posted by ShadowDRGN, post: 6754099, member: 56660


Jason lets out a relieved sigh as he sees that cabin come into view behind the trees, and steps up the pace for that last little stretch until he's in the door, looking behind him to make sure Boss was keeping up.

The man's wife sees a rather street-looking kid wearing a sweat-soaked tee and baggy pants rush into the house behind the fisherman. He barely takes any time to look around at the inside of the house before he hurries into the bedroom upon her direction. With his arms stiff and feeling like they were carrying a pile of rocks, he carefully manuvers his body to set the Buizel onto the bed and promptly drops into a cross-legged position on the floor to catch his breath. Boss saunters up behind him and gives him some encouraging pats on the back before he joins him on the floor.

"Hey! I wouldn't beat-up a Pokemon that bad," he protests windedly, nodding as the fisherman chimes in to vouch for him, "and what's up with the Full Moon? Are the Pokemon around here part-Lycanroc or something?" he asks a bit snarkily.

After taking a bit of time to rest, he stands up and takes a look at Buizel. A huge sense of relief washes over him as it looks like he's going to be alright, and his breathing finally starts to return to normal. Boss climbs up onto the corner of the bed to look, too, and Jason looks over to return the back pat with a bit of a playful roughness, "heh, see? We both did good, didn't we?" Boss nods in response and proudly grins back.

Jason sticks his hands in his sagging pockets and looks to Darla as she speaks of the Sitrus Berry tree, "oh? Sure, me and Boss can go grab some" he looks to Boss and the two share a nod before he looks back at her, "and uhh, sorry about barging in, ma'am," he says, gesturing to Buizel, "this dude was getting ganged-up on majorly by those Corphish. Reminded me of a bunch of dirty cowards I used to know."


Update 6
Spoiler: show
Quote:
Originally Posted by TheKnightsFury, post: 6754114, member: 101661
ShadowDRGN- You head out of the cabin in search of the Sitrus Berry tree. Thankfully with the directions you were given and Boss's nose, it takes you no time at all to locate the fruit laden tree. Boss quickly climbs up and jumps from branch to branch, dropping down Sitrus Berries for you to catch. By the time Boss hops out of the tree, you've got five Sitrus berries, two for the Buizel and three for yourself to hang onto. Boss is munching on a berry as he follows you back to the cabin, at least he'd have a full belly, as well as a full bar of health. When you enter the cabin, Greg approaches you with a cup of what appears to be tea.

"Cheri Berry tea, it'll help loosen up your muscles, trust me, it helps." He then sits in a nearby lounge chair, before directing you to one. His wife emerges from the bedroom, collecting two of the Sitrus berries from you before heading back in to feed them to the Buizel. She soon reemerges and takes a seat next to her husband.

"That Buizel owes you a great deal of thanks kid, you probably saved its life. I owe you an apology, I shouldn't of accused you of hurting it." Darla adjusts herself before accepting a cup of tea from her husband. "As for the Full Moon, no one knows exactly. As the Full Moon gets closer, the worst kind of Pokemon show up. They tend to be hyper aggressive and target the more placid Pokemon, like the Buizel." Almost at the mention of its name, you hear a thump from the bedroom and all of you quickly rush in.

The Buizel is back on its tough feet, moving fairly freely but it wasn't fully recovered, not yet. You notice a fire burning in its eyes, it was clear it wanted revenge. Boss rushes in to block the Buizel, barring its passage with out stretched arms.

"Pan Pancham cham", Boss cautions, likely telling the Buizel it needed to rest.

"Bui Bui Bui Buizel!" The Buizel shouts in reply, raising a fist in front of its face. Boss shrugs and steps aside, whatever it said must have been compelling.

"Seems to me like the Buizel wants vengeance, it'll probably just end up getting beaten again", Greg assesses. "What if you helped it train kid? Your Pancham could probably use some training as well. There is this old guy, a retiree from the Alolan region who has cabin a little ways back in the forest, pretty sure he used to be some sort of master of something or other. He might be willing to teach you a thing or two, he'd probably enjoy the change in pace."


Reply 6
Spoiler: show
Quote:
Originally Posted by ShadowDRGN, post: 6757277, member: 56660


Jason takes the time to take in the scenery and catch his breath while they hike up to the berry tree. Now that Buizel isn't in danger, more pressing thoughts end up in his mind. Just where exactly is this place? The more he walks around and stares out at the cup-shaped mountains, the more he feels like a foreigner. But... he's still in Unova, isn't he? He couldn't just walk right out of the Region in a matter of days, could he?

His thoughts are inturrupted when something round and firm smacks the top of his head, jolting him out of his ruminations. Jason groans and rubs the top of his head, and then bends down to pick up the Sitrus Berry when it rolls to his feet. Glancing up, he sees Boss snickering and reaching for another ripe berry, "hey!" Jason calls out, "what was that for?"

The Pancham just stares back and throws another berry as Jason is standing up. His Trainer sees the streak of yellow flying towards him and responds by reaching out to catch it before it strikes him in the head again. Boss grins wider when he sees that his Trainer wasn't just spacing out quietly, and then aims up high to toss one more, forcing Jason to run around on the grass to nab it like a baseball catcher trying to position themselves under a pop fly.

Realizing what he was doing, Jason chuckles and sets his bag down along with the three collected berries, "you're gonna hafta do better than that!" he challenges the Pokemon, who eagerly obliges as they collect more berries. They only manage to find two more that are ripe enough to eat; the rest simply splatter unceremoniously on the ground. Once they're done, Jason stows the berries in his lunchbox.

An hour or so later, the two open the door again and announce their return to the old couple. Jason hesitantly accepts the tea, not really used to any hot drinks other than the occasional hit of coffee in the early morning. The spicy flavor seems to resonate with him, though, and he quickly sips it down while he listens to his questions from earlier finally receive an answer.

"Nah, there's no need to apologize. It's my fault for myself look so tough and scary," he admits, before he sets the cup of tea on the table, "so the Pokemon around here get stronger when the Full Moon shows up... sounds like something from a video game, honestly. But I guess if it means that they get tougher, it might be a good way to get str-" Jason jumps in his seat when he hears the thump and goes with them to investigate when he sees Buizel trying to make his way out of the room.

"H-hey! You only started getting better, man," Jason cautions in support of Boss, stepping forwards as he nods to Greg, "I get that you want to get even with them... trust me, there's plenty of people I want to get even with, too, but you gotta take your time. Rushing in alone and with nobody to help you isn't badass, it's just dumb!"

The Trainer kneels down, getting as close to eye-level with the Buizel as he can, "that old dude says there's a place around here where all three of us can get stronger," he motions between the Buizel, Boss and himself, before he brings out the Pokeball in his pocket and presents it to the orange Pokemon, "whaddya say, wanna try to teach those asshats a lesson together?"


Update 7
Spoiler: show
Quote:
Originally Posted by TheKnightsFury, post: 6757503, member: 101661
ShadowDRGN- You warn the Buizel that rushing in alone and blind was more dumb that tough, a fair point. You get down on the Water type's level, looking it dead in the eyes. They were burning with passion and rage, you could see the potential in the Buizel, but it needed training if it was to reach that potential, the type of training a trainer like you could provide. You pull an empty Pokeball from your pocket and present it to the Buizel, but it immediately breaks eye contact, turning its head and crossing its arms.

"Don't be disheartened lad", Greg encourages you, "I think capturing this Buizel is a wise decision, but maybe it wants to bond with you a bit more first?" The old fisherman made a good point, perhaps the Buizel wanted to get to know you a bit more before it allowed you to capture it? The training would present a perfect opportunity to bond with it as well. When you float the idea of doing some training together, you get the attention of the Buizel once more, it was certainly up for that! Boss steps in, giving the Buizel a fist bump, he was looking forward to doing some training as well.

The Buizel will now travel with you. It is a Male, lvl 10 Buizel with the ability Swift Swim. It also knows the Egg Move Helping Hand.

Darla then approaches you, an old map in her hand. She presents you with the map, opening it you read the title running across the top of it, 'The Arcane Realm.' Where the hell was the Arcane Realm?! "This is where we are here, near the Lake of the Moon, in the Land of Cups", she points to a spot near a massive lake on one side of the map. "The man your looking for lives here, about an hours walk and if you skirt along the edge of the lake you shouldn't get too lost", Darla points to another spot, north of your current location. She was right, it seemed if you followed the lake, you would get to where you needed to go. "Keep the map, you probably need it more than we do."

You received a map of the Arcane Realm!


Reply 7
Spoiler: show
Quote:
Originally Posted by ShadowDRGN, post: 6758840, member: 56660


Jason smiles when he sees Boss give the Buizel a fitting gesture of agreement, "alright! Let's go see what this master dude can teach us!" he says, rather hyped up for the idea of learning for once. His mind is already drawing all sorts of pictures in his head of who this guy is and what he's a master of. Maybe he's one with the sword, or an ace Pokemon Trainer, or even a former boxing champ! Boss can definitely sense where his Trainer's head is at, and he turns around with a smirk and an encouraging nod. Looks like he's also pretty amped.

Jason stands up and places the Pokeball back in his bag, stretching his legs a bit as he turns to head out the door, before he notices Darla approaching him with with something. He curiously glances down at the paper to see what it was, before the unusual and unfamiliar chart surprises him enough to the point where he double-takes. What the hell!?

"Oh... uh... thanks, ma'am," he stammers and takes the map in his hands, continuing to stare down at it in shock. So his gut ended up being right all along: He isn't in Unova anymore. Part of him wants to ask how he got here, but before he can speak, his instincts tell him that he probably won't get a solid answer from this couple. He just re-folds the map once he's seen where he has to go and places it in his bag, before turning to the duo of Pokemon next to him, "let's get going. If this dude's house is just an hour away, then we'll have someplace to stay the night instead of camping out," he explains, mostly to Buizel as Boss is already in-agreement that spending another night on the cold, hard ground is out.

As he reaches the doorway to the cabin, he turns to the old couple and nods curtly to signal his goodbye, "thanks for the tea and helping out Buizel. If I come around here again, mind if I drop by for a bit?" he asks. He feels as though a question like that coming from a guy like him is a little undeserved, but even so. If this truly is a faraway land he finds himself in, he should try and make friends... ones he can trust, at least.


Update 8
Spoiler: show
Quote:
Originally Posted by TheKnightsFury, post: 6758939, member: 101661
ShadowDRGN- Collecting the map and saying well to your knew friends, you exit the dwelling and head off in the direction you'd been pointed. The Arcane Realm huh? You had no idea how you could have gone from the Unova region to some unknown realm, maybe your questions would be properly answered at some point but right now you had another task to worry about. It was starting to get dark and if you didn't get to the master's house by nightfall, you'd be forced to camp outside. It would be much better spending the night inside, especially if there were aggressive Water Pokemon getting around.....

You follow the lake for the most part, although you turn to the map when you feel like you're getting close. You were, Boss and the Buizel come to a stop, their more sensitive ears picking up a sound up ahead. They rush forward, surely you were getting sick of running at this point? You pursue anyway and soon hear the same chopping noise as they do, repetitive and rhythmic. You emerge into a clearing with a large cabin on the far side and a large Machamp in the middle, repetitively punching a large log that it has driven into the ground. It alternated its punches, taking turns striking with each of its four arms. Each punch hit the same spot with practised precision. Finally the log gives in an topples with a sickly crack. A hearty laugh fills the clearing, not from the Machamp, but from its trainer. "Well done Machamp, but I think we have some guests so that's enough training for today." You hadn't noticed the bulky elder at first, your eyes were too focused on his Machamp. "Alola traveller!" he greets you with cheer, "what brings you out here at this time of evening?"


Reply 8
Spoiler: show
Quote:
Originally Posted by ShadowDRGN, post: 6759496, member: 56660


As he's fishing out the map again, Jason stumbles upon an orange gem hiding in one of the pockets of his duffle bag. After a moment of confusion, he remembers buying it from a store near the Pokemon World Tournament that was carrying all sorts of Trainer gear. He's not normally one for jewelry, but the fact that it supposedly strengthens Fighting Type moves caught his attention, and he ended up throwing a pair into his shopping cart.

He thinks for a moment as he holds it up to the sun, and then he nods and turns to Pancham, "yo! Catch!" he tosses it to Boss, who perks up and nabs the stone out of the air, "next time we use your Arm Thrust, that thing'll give it some extra punch, I think. Should deal with that Crawdunt no problem!" he explains. Pancham grins mischievously at the idea of knocking out a Pokemon like that with one suped-up blow.

Jason turns his attention back to the map and unfolds it, checking it to confirm his heading, "looks like we're still good. How you feeling, Buizel? Ready for a kick-ass warmu-" he glances over to their travel companion, only to see both him and his Pokemon staring off into the forest and eventually rushing into the bushes, "huh? Hey, wait up!" he calls after them, swinging his bag back over his shoulder as he chases them down, where he sees the Machamp making lumber with it's rapid punches in the clearing.

"W-woah!" The Trainer jumps back a bit, earnestly surprised to see such a large and powerful Pokemon before him. He turns to Buizel and Boss worriedly, hoping it's not Wild before the man's laugh catches his attention. He wheels around to spot the source of the voice, and looks fairly relieved upon seeing the bulky man, "oh, uh... Alola! Some old dudes told me about you. Darla and Greg sound familiar to ya?" he asks, "they said that if we wanted to get stronger, we should come see you," he gestures between the three of them before putting his hands back in his pockets.

"This Buizel wants to get even with some punk Corphish and their boss for roughing him up, and I'm gonna be helping him out," Jason explains, "so... think you could give us some lessons? I can pay if you charge any fees or something," he says pretty straightforwardly.


Update 9
Spoiler: show
Quote:
Originally Posted by TheKnightsFury, post: 6759574, member: 101661
ShadowDRGN- You return a greeting to the kindly elder gentleman, name dropping Greg and Darla so you didn't seem like some random stranger who just happened to stumble upon his house. You give him a quick run down on your situation, explaining that the elderly couple had advised you to seek him out, in hopes that some training would help the Buizel get its revenge. The old man strokes his old, grey moustache as he takes in your story, before strangely slapping both hands on his bulging belly and chuckling hardily. "It's true that I used to help kids like you train, been a while though. If you want me to come out of retirement, I'm afraid I'm going to have to see what you've got first." The old master gestures to the split log that his Machamp had just broken. "Have Buizel and Pancham take a crack at that log, one attack each should be enough for me to see what I need, even with these old eyes." He continues to chuckle, he certainly was easily amused, mostly by himself. "Oh how rude of me, I forgot to introduce myself! My name is Maleko, but most people just call me Master Mal. I used to be a Kahuna in the Alola Region but that was a while ago now." Until now you hadn't even noticed the black Z Power Ring wrapped around his left wrist. A orange-brown Z Crystal is embedded in the socket. Mal seems to notice you staring at the Z Ring and flashes it up in front of his face. "Ever seen one of these kiddo? I used to hand these out to young trainers like yourself, some were even lucky enough to earn a Fightinium Z Crystal from me like this one here." He taps the Z Crystal, causing it to flash a few times. "Z Crystals let you use Z Moves, a special move that really shows the bond you share with your Pokemon. Arceus, I'm rambling again aren't I, all this can wait for later. We're losing daylight, get over there and strike that log!"

Pancham and Buizel snap up straight as Mal suddenly raises his voice, it carried so much authority! The two were ready to show their strength, how should they go about it?


Reply 9
Spoiler: show
Quote:
Originally Posted by ShadowDRGN, post: 6760175, member: 56660


Jason's eyes flash in recognition at the Z Ring, and he gives the old master a nod, "I've watched a few movies where someone used one of those things. They let you perform some pretty crazy moves, huh?" he asks with a twinge of interest in his voice. It's clear by the way he's twitching his foot and fidgeting his arms in his pockets that he's trying to respectfully suppress his impatience with the man's rambling, until the master raises his voice and his Pokemon snap to attention.

"You got it, man!" he says in response and approaches the log, eyeing it inquisitively. So, he just has to split some plain old lumber? Shouldn't be too hard. He nods to Boss decisively, "alright, let's see what that gem can do! Give it an Arm Thrust, full-throttle!" he orders. He turns to Buizel with a bit less assurance. He's only ever had Boss to command, and having only just met this little guy, he doesn't quite know what he's capable of. After a moment of wracking his brain, an idea comes to him, "you can use Water moves, can't you? Why not try to shoot straight through that log with a Water Gun?" he suggests.

Boss grins and steps towards the log, tossing the Fighting Gem in his palm as he warms up for his attack. He sizes up the wood as he drops into a brawler's stance, and his paw tightens around the crystal, applying more and more pressure until it starts to crack. He pulls his arms back and lunges at the target to strike, and at the last moment he crushes the gem into dust, causing a burst of Fighting power to come rushing through body as he sends of flurry of palm strikes into the log!

Jason sends a shout of encouragement as he watches the attack with awe. Even from here, he can feel those powered-up strikes vibrating the air, each one resounding with Boss's determination to prove his strength. Once Boss is done, he looks to Buizel with a grin, "give it your best shot! We'll win this dude over for sure with moves like this!"


Update 10
Spoiler: show
Quote:
Originally Posted by TheKnightsFury, post: 6760314, member: 101661

ShadowDRGN- Not wanting to waste any time, you order Boss and the Buisel to attack the already broken log. Boss ramps up the power immediately, crushing the Fighting Gem you'd just given him to give himself a massive power boost. The Pancham leaps into action, taking a fighting stance before repetitively striking the log with an Arm Thrust, not to dissimilar to the Machamp had, albeit on a much smaller and cuter scale. The wood groans against the little Fighting types powerful strikes, splinters fly through the air as Mal watches on, stroking his moustache repetitively. As Boss comes to a stop and steps aside, Buizel steps up to the plate. It appears to have some level of respect for you, as it seems intent on following your instruction. It fires a powerful Water Gun, splitting the already weakened log in two. The Buizel turns and gives Boss another fist bump, the pair certainly were working well together. This was also the first time you'd seen the Buizel's potential, it hadn't gotten a chance when you'd first encountered it.

"Well would you look at that", cheers Mal as he gives his belly another slap. "Looks like you boys might just have what it takes. Why don't you recall your Pokemon into their balls so they can get a bit of rest? It'll be a big day of training tomorrow, so we'll get some dinner into you then its time to hit the hay!" Master Mal holds up an Ultra Ball, recalling his Machamp into it. He then opens the door to his house and waits politely for you to enter. It seems you, Boss and the Buizel were officially his students!


Reply 10
Spoiler: show
Quote:
Originally Posted by ShadowDRGN, post: 6761325, member: 56660


Jason lets out an impressed whistle upon seeing Buizel finish the job by slicing straight through the wood with a shot of pressurized water, "awesome stuff, guys!" he says to the both of them as he kneels down and extends a fist to each of them. He looks to Buizel thoughtfully as he does so, and conveys his recognition of the Water Pokemon's respect with a simple nod, "and thanks for hearing me out, man."

Boss gives another fist bump to his Trainer, and opens his paw to let the dust from the crushed gem blow out into the wind. Jason regards it curiously after putting his hands back in his pockets, "damn, guess they really are a one-use thing, huh? We should save the second one for when we face down that Crawdaunt," he advises. Boss nods understandingly a moment before his ears twitch, and he turns around to look at Master Mal while he heartily approves of their display.

"Told ya that we got it!" Jason smirks as he rises to his feet, pretty happy that he managed to convince the Master of their potential. He plucks Boss's Basic Ball off the strap of his bag and extends it towards the Pancham to recall him in a beam of light. He clips the ball back on and then faces Buizel with a bit of a puzzled look on his face, "shit, right... uh... hey, Master?" he tries to get attention of the Mal and gestures towards the remaining Pokemon, "Buizel still needs to make up his mind about having me as his Trainer, so he doesn't have a ball. Is it cool if he hangs around outside of one while we're staying with you?" he asks as he starts to head towards the cabin, his stomach already jumping at the opportunity to dig into the first real meal he's had since he left Driftveil.


Update 11
Spoiler: show
Quote:
Originally Posted by TheKnightsFury, post: 6763930, member: 101661

ShadowDRGN- As you recall Boss and head inside, you apologise to Mal, explaining that Buizel wasn't exactly your Pokemon yet. You intended to rectify that at some point, but for now the Buizel wasn't ready to call you its trainer. Mal chuckled, he certainly did that a lot.... "It's alright kid, I totally get that. I met Machamp when I was a kid, it was only a Machop back then though. Before I could catch it, it demanded I beat it in a fight! All the bruises were worth it, not sure about the broken rib though!" He began chuckling even louder as he follows you inside. Their is a fire cracking in the hearth, and he quickly presents you with a bowl of soup for dinner before directing you to a spare bedroom. "Don't stay up too late, training will start at the crack of dawn!"

The door closes behind you, leaving you to inspect the relatively barren room. A small wardrobe, a pair single beds and a window with curtains drawn. Buizel looks at you, giving you a reassuring nod before leaping onto one of the beds. It had probably never been in a bed before today and now it had been in two! It certainly seemed to enjoy the comfort, because as soon as it weaved its way under the blankets, the Water type was asleep! It was probably a sign that you should get to sleep as well, it seemed Boss and Buizel wouldn't be the only ones training tomorrow.....

......
You wake up suddenly as the door almost seems to break from its hinges. "Time to wake up kid, training starts in two minutes!", barely any light seeps through the window. Buizel leaps out of bed, fire and determination still burning in its eyes. It likely wasn't wise to keep Master Mal waiting, if you were late he'd probably find a way to make the training even harder!


Reply 11
Spoiler: show
Quote:
Originally Posted by ShadowDRGN, post: 6764664, member: 56660


Jason nods in appreciation for letting Buizel stay out for now, and he heads inside wordlessly with Mal and Buizel at his back. He only has a few moments to take in the place before he finds the bowl of soup thrust before him, "oh... uh, thanks," he says as he takes it and starts to eat. His stomach is certainly satisfied with anything filling, but his taste buds find themselves jealous of the ripe and juicy berries that both Boss and Buizel ate earlier today.

He continues to sip at the brew as he's brought into the bedroom. It's certainly... a lot different to his room back home. Being able to see the walls instead of a mesh of band posters pinned over-top is the biggest thing that strikes him, as is a floor that's actually traversable by human feet. He checks the room again for a TV or something hiding in the corners, but a sense of mild disappointment washes over him at the revelation of just how spartan these accommodations are. Guess I'll just have to deal... he thinks as he tilts the nearly-empty bowl over and drinks down the last of the soup, placing it by his bag.

There's a weighty thud as Jason sets his duffel bag on the floor by the wardrobe. He briefly considers placing his clothes inside as he's changing into a fresher set of threads while Buizel isn't looking, but he ultimately thinks against it. He doesn't know how long he's going to be training here, after all. As long as he has a way to do laundry, his bag should suffice for holding his things.

As he's placing his used clothes in a separate compartment from the rest, he catches a glimpse of his skateboard at the very bottom of his bag, under all his other supplies. A bit of melancholy creeps over Jason's face as he stares at it more and runs his fingers over the scratched-up underside of the deck. It was the very last thing he packed, but with how little opportunities he's had to ride it, it looks like it got shoved under everything else over time. From how old and rural this place is, it doesn't seem like he'll get the opportunity to ride it for a while yet, either.

A sigh escapes Jason as he falls backwards onto the bed, head resting on his crossed forearms. He pulls out his phone and holds it lazily above his head to check the power. Even if he had to be up early, a little bit of time to game wouldn't hurt... except his battery is already on its last legs, and he didn't have any more juice in his spare charging packs. He grumbles and sets it back in his pocket, before glancing over at Buizel sleeping soundly, "well, guess he enjoys it, at least," he whispers to himself. He thinks about how new and comfy a bed must be a Pokemon that's only ever lived in the wild, and finds himself with a bit more appreciation for having one to sleep in again after such a tiring journey.

Jason's thoughts drift towards his hometown as he pulls the plain covers over his chest. Mental replays of the night where everything between him and Marcus changed invade his dreams, and once again, he finds himself staring out over Driftveil and proclaiming that one day he'll come back to settle things... except this time Buizel is at his side...

.........SLAM!

"Shit!" Jason loudly exclaims as he jumps up in his bed at the frighteningly sudden sound. He's almost in a cold sweat, and he rubs what little sleep remains in him out of his eyes as he listens to the Master's wake-up call.

"Y-yeah! Just a sec!" he calls out as he slides over to sit on the bedside, catching his breath. He watches Buizel scramble out the door as fast as he can, and elects to not dawdle, as well. He grabs Boss's Pokeball off his bag strap and hurriedly puts on his shoes before running out the door to catch up before two minutes are up.

Once he's outside, he quickly takes his place beside Buizel and looks to the Master expectantly, waiting with hands in his pockets more out of habit than anything. Despite his sudden awakening, he feels a buzz of excitement running through him. Maybe the Master lives in a bit of a disappointingly plain cabin, and maybe he's not entirely what the Trainer expected, but he still seems like a cool guy, and Jason's still eager to see what expertise he has to offer.

"So, what's our first lesson gonna be, Master?"


Update 12
Spoiler: show
Quote:
Originally Posted by TheKnightsFury, post: 6764717, member: 101661

ShadowDRGN- Rudely awakened, you drag yourselves out onto the front porch, Buizel alongside you. Almost in unison the pair of you rub the sleep from your eyes and let out a yawn, this was going to be a long day. It was still fairly dark out, the ground was wet with morning dew. Bird Pokemon were beginning to awaken, their song-like cries emanating from the forest. Master Mal stands in the middle of the clearing, two steel buckets in his hands. His Machamp stands behind him, four smaller buckets in its grasp. The duo toss the buckets towards you, they clang and crash across the ground in front of you. What were you meant to do with these?

"We need some water from the lake", Mal states bluntly. "The three of you need to retrieve two buckets each. Once you get back we'll discuss your training." Buizel looks a little apprehensive about going back to the lake but at least he wouldn't be alone this time. "Oh one more thing, the
full moon is tonight, so be careful down at the lake. I wouldn't spend too long filling up, get in and get out before you get spotted." There it was, more talk about the full moon and aggressive Pokemon. Why on earth would the full moon cause Water Pokemon to act so aggressive? This place was called the Arcane Realm, maybe it had something to do with magic? Either way, it was probably best to avoid direct conflict until you finished your training under Master Mal.


Reply 12
Spoiler: show
Quote:
Originally Posted by ShadowDRGN, post: 6765747, member: 56660


Jason's lethargy is quickly broken when he hears the harsh sound of metal clattering at his feet. His eyes open wide, and he quickly squats down to grab at the buckets, taking two pairs to cover for Boss until he's sent out. He and the Buizel exchange a little glance of disappointment at the mention that this isn't even part of his training. This is just the Master offloading errands onto them. Great...

"Alright, guess we'll go do that," Jason says, trying to hold back a sigh. It's still fairly obvious that his excitement levels just took a major hit, but he'll live. Although his eyes do sharpen slightly at the mention of the Full Moon once again... 'before I get spotted'? By what, a Wild Pokemon? Or... is he referring to something else? Jason wracks his brain a bit, but he can't seem to understand it. Magic isn't really a topic he's put a lot of thought into, or believed in, for that matter. Some Pokemon might have strange powers, but the moon? No way. Then again... the way he just wandered into this vast, foreign land just by getting lost for a few days doesn't really sound like anything other than magic, either.

His train of thought is quickly set to another track when he sees Buizel starting to trudge down towards the lake without him, "oh, hey! Wait up, man!" he calls after it and runs, making the buckets he's holding clang together with each hurried step. Once he's caught up, he asks the Buizel to stop for a moment as he puts one pair of buckets down and pulls out a Pokeball from his pocket: Boss's Pokeball.

He unlatches it, causing a beam of energy to crackle out in front of him for a few moments. Boss emerges with a stretch and a yawn, and Jason leans down to pat the Pokemon on the head, "yo! Sleep alright, Boss?" he asks, and the Pancham gives a thumbs-up before curiously eyeing the buckets Jason and Buizel were holding. The Trainer follows Boss' gaze and nods towards them, "The Master asked us to grab some water from the lake before our training began. I don't think I could carry four full buckets at once, though. I know it's a bit of a bummer, but can I count on you to help?"

Boss listens to Jason's explanation, his face forming a little frown as he shares the sentiment. Ultimately, however, he nods and waders over to pick up the pails that Jason set down. Hoisting them over his shoulders, he gives Jason a "let's go!" gesture and begins to head down the path, letting Buizel take the lead since it likely knew the lake area much better than they did. Jason's smile returns, and he puts Boss' ball away before he follows after them. With everyone working together, maybe this won't be as much of a chore, after all.


Update 13
Spoiler: show
Quote:
Originally Posted by TheKnightsFury, post: 6768632, member: 101661

ShadowDRGN- Releasing Boss from his ball, the Pancham picks up the two remaining buckets and heads towards the lake with Buizel and yourself. Sure this wasn't the training yet, but maybe it could be considered a warm up? Not that you could consider it warm, this early in the morning it was still quite cold and the dew soaked grass didn't exactly help. You trudge through the forest, the buckets were light right now but you have a feeling the walk back is going to be much harder. Boss and the Buizel seem to be getting a long quite well, the pair having a nice chat as they walk side by side. Buizel seems to be opening up to Boss, maybe it would start doing the same with you as well?

It isn't long before you spot the lake, the early morning sunlight reflects beautifully off the crystal clear surface. It's almost hard to imagine the turmoil that could be happening beneath the surface. If the Full Moon really was causing some of the Water Pokemon to act aggressively, there would likely be a load of angry Pokemon out there. Buizel seems a bit wary about approaching the water's edge, but Boss seems to reassure him and the pair quickly fill up their buckets. You kneel down and do the same, rising back to your feet you groan as feel the weight of the full buckets. They had to weigh at least 15kg each, although Boss' and Buizel's smaller buckets would likely weigh about half that. You're about to turn and head back towards Mal's when you spot some water churning about 30 metres out. Whatever it is, it doesn't seem to be aware of your presence yet, but if you hung around for too long you would likely catch its eye. Mal had cautioned you against engaging with anything, your job was to retrieve the water but maybe you could do a bit of training of your own?


Reply 13
Spoiler: show
Quote:
Originally Posted by ShadowDRGN, post: 6773788, member: 56660


Jason takes the time to familiarize himself with the scenery while they walk. Finally, a day where they don't have to worry about how far they've traveled or having shelter from the elements, or anything like that. It's his first time really out in the wilderness like this, too. In school, there would be the occasional field trip to somewhere like a national park or even to different Regions, but he'd always been forced to sit out due to his unruly behavoir. Now that he has some time to think about it, it's a little refreshing to be out here, away from the sprawl of buildings and roads, breathing fresh forest air.

Jason spaces out on the trip down, silently watching Boss interact with Buizel until he snaps out of it at the sight of the lake ahead of them. He kneels down at the edge of the water and dunks the bucket inside to fill it to the brim. As he rises to his feet with a groan, he can already tell that the trek back is going to be a chore. The wire-thin handles of the bucket are already digging into his fingers... it almost feels like they'd slice through his hand if he isn't careful. What does he need all this water for, anyways?

He glances over to check on the rest of the team and catches Buizel leaning over the water's edge, bucket beside him. He's scooping up water in his cupped paws and then pouring it into the bucket, filling it by barely an inch or two with each motion. Jason raises an eyebrow, before he remembers that the little guy is unfamiliar with human-made things. Setting down his pails, he kneels down in front of the orange Pokemon and takes the small bucket in his hands, "here. This is way faster, trust me," he says, dunking it in the water for a few seconds until it's full. He hands it back to Buizel and grins, "see? Way faster," he says before rising to his feet and grabbing his share of water.

Once everyone is ready to leave, Jason takes one last look at the lake before he intends to turn back, when he sees the churning water off in the distance. He squints and peers out towards the phenomena, trying to get a good look at whatever is out there, but it doesn't seem to be coming from something on the surface, "huh..." he grunts. Boss turns back to Jason as they're heading back up to Mal's and tilts his head. He follows the Trainer's gaze and spots the churning, too, and glances back to him fiercely, setting down the buckets to put his fists in front of him. Seems Boss certainly wants to sneak in some training.

Jason looks to Boss and shakes his head, "sorry, man. Trust me, I'd love to, but this is basically a delivery job, and you know the rules," he says. Boss just sighs and rolls his eyes, his body language practically reciting the rest, don't be late, don't damage the goods, and don't mess with cops, in this case, aggressive Water Pokemon being the cops. Jason sighs back and approaches the little Pancham, giving him a pat on the head, "hey. Don't worry, we'll get time to knock some heads together, but I'd rather not risk the Master finding out. He said he'd train us for a while, so why risk blowing that chance on just one fight?"

Boss thinks it over, and then reluctantly nods and catches up to Buizel to walk alongside him. Jason grins and picks up his buckets again, turning his back to the water as he follows behind the two Pokemon as they start their return to Mal's cabin.


Update 14
Spoiler: show
Quote:
Originally Posted by TheKnightsFury, post: 6777095, member: 101661

ShadowDRGN- After assisting Buizel in the use of the bucket, you decide it is best to avoid whatever is going on out in the water. Master Mal had advised you to avoid conflict until you'd completed your training, it was probably best to heed his warning. With that in mind, you grabbed your buckets and begin the journey back to Mal's. Boss and Buizel push themselves to keep pace with you, but after a while your shoulders begin to groan. As you get closer and closer to Mal's the buckets seem to get heavier and heavier. They're not actually getting heavier of course, its just your muscles wearing out. Buizel and Boss are looking worn as well, their faces showing pained expressions. By the time you step back into the clearing surrounding Mal's house, your muscles are crying out for relief. Mal is sitting on the porch, sipping at a cup of hot coffee when you and your Pokemon place the buckets of water at the base of the steps.

"How are your arms feeling?" Mal questions, although your sure he knows the answer. "Well now that your warm up is done, how about we get you started on your training?" As he says that, the front door swings open and Machamp emerges from inside, holding some large wooden bowls in its hands. He makes his way down the steps and places the three bowls side by side on the grass. Next he retrieves a couple of the buckets and fills the bowls, you get a feeling like you won't be drinking from them however. "Next step in your training, slap the water", Boss and Buizel give each other a look, was this guy serious? If Mal wasn't, Machamp certainly was. The four armed Fighting type drops to his knees in front of the bowls and groans as he waits for you to get into position. Mal on the other hand, remains seated. For a master trainer, he really wasn't doing a lot at the moment.


Reply 14
Spoiler: show
Quote:
Originally Posted by ShadowDRGN, post: 6787550, member: 56660


A strained groan escapes Jason as he thunks down the buckets upon returning to Mal's cabin. He quickly drops down onto the grass in a cross-legged sit to rest his body. He cups his hands and takes a small sip of water from one of the buckets to refresh himself as he watches Machamp set up the bowls. Boss does the same, the dark fur on his paws matting as he dips them in.

It was an arduous trip, but at least the Master is going to start training them now, by the looks of it. As he's waiting and nodding along, Jason wonders what kind of training it will be. Maybe he'll bring out some dummies and they'll all practice some chops and kicks like in those martial arts movies, or learn how to do throws and grapples... Machamp looks pretty specc'd out for that kinda thing, after all. Or maybe Mar will even let him in on a bit of how those Z-Crystals work. A secret technique or two to use against his enemies would be pretty awesome.

All his daydreaming is crushed underfoot as the bowls are set down and Mar reveals their first lesson. Jason's eyebrow twitches incredulously, "wait, slap the water? What, like a bongo or something?" he asks as he slides up to one of the bowls and tries to emulate Machamp's position. He looks to Pancham, but his Pokemon just shrugs with the same puzzlement as him. Jason sighs back in response and looks back to Mar. He really can't get a read on this guy. Is he just toying with the three of them, or is this some kind of genuine attempt at teaching them? Well, maybe it's like in the movies, where the mentor disguises their training under regular chores... or in this case really weird ones.

Jason eyes Machamp and slowly moves his hand up cautiously, with fingers laid-out flat and close. With a big breath, he waits a second before flinging his hand down at the bowl of water in front of him. Seems he's electing go first and see what happens, before the two Pokemon accompanying him to get to try.


Update 15
Spoiler: show
Quote:
Originally Posted by TheKnightsFury, post: 6789150, member: 101661

ShadowDRGN- Unsure about Mal's intentions, you take the lead, dropping to your knees you prepare to strike the water. You're open palm slams down on the water, splashing some over your pants but other than that, nothing special. You look to Mal, wondering if you're meant to do something else now. "Good, keep going, all of you." Mal remains seated, he words cold and with no room for misinterpretation. You were to continue until you were told to stop. As you strike the water a second time, you hear a splash to either side of you as Boss and Buizel start to follow you lead. After the first ten strikes, the action begins to get repetitive, after the first hundred, you're palms are beginning to sting....

Sweat runs down your brow, soaking your shirt so that it matches your water soaked pants. You'd been there on your knees for most of the morning, striking the water without pause. Boss and Buizel were wearing out as well, their chest heaving. As far as you knew, you'd hit no special milestone but Mal rises from his chair and calls for you to stop. Boss and Buizel sigh with relief, both falling headfirst into their bowls as they slurp up some of the remaining water. "Excellent work, I can't remember the last time I had trainees that didn't whine and ask when they could stop. How are your bodies feeling? Fatigued?" Boss and Buizel reply with a nod and a groan. "Excellent, that means its time for a power up! When you're fatigued like this, it is the perfect opportunity to battle. Jason you told me that Buizel isn't officially your Pokemon yet, perhaps now is a good time for you to show it why you'd make a good trainer. The battle shall be Boss verse Buizel, but you'll both be trying to achieve something during this battle. Remember how I said it's time for a power up? Well you're going to try and use Power-Up Punch! When you're up against the ropes, a boost is just what you need. Machamp will demonstrate for you. Machamp, Power-Up Punch!" The mighty fighting type gathers energy in two of its fists, before slamming them into the ground. Somehow he manages to use some of the energy from the attack to increase his own attack stat. "Don't expect it to work perfectly the first time, you'll have to stick to it and preserver, just like you did with the water."

Buizel is already up on his feet, curling his paws into fists as he prepares for the fight. Boss had to fight well and you had to be on your game, if Buizel sensed you weren't up to the task of being his trainer, he'd likely depart.


Reply 15
Spoiler: show
Quote:
Originally Posted by ShadowDRGN, post: 6796061, member: 56660


Jason's mouth and muscles groan in unison as he goes through the motions of slapping the water several hundreds of times throughout the rest of the morning. To keep himself from succumbing to the mindlessness, partway through he gets the idea to start slapping in a subtle rhythm, entertaining himself with the idea of keeping beat to the tune of his favorite songs. Even that can't stop his muscles from starting to give out, and by the time Mal tells him to stop, he can feel every inch of his arms burning sharply from fatigue.

"Ugh, jeez... it's like the hazing I got from the guys all over again," he groans under his breath. Thinking about it, this was pretty similar. Back when he first joined Marcus' crew, all the rest of the gang members made him do all sorts of useless tasks for their amusement. Delivering packages to addresses that didn't exist, having to carry stupidly heavy or delicate loads that didn't even need to be delivered. Flinging him into cop-infested parts of the city whenever they were too afraid of getting caught. All of that lasted for a few months until Marcus started getting involved and gave him some actual, important deliveries to get them off his back. That's when he showed what he was made of, and when he finally earned all of their respect and acceptance it was like...

Jason sighs at the memories and shakes his head, why am I thinking about them like that? None of them, not even Marcus, cared about me. I was just another guy they could sucker into doing things for! He takes a breath and concentrates on the present, but... this old dude. Am I really gonna take the same shit from him? Even if he's teaching me stuff, it feels like he's just running me around in circles before he does it.

His thoughts are interrupted by Mar's next order, however, and Boss quickly leaps into position opposite to Buizel. Jason takes a moment to clear his head of his doubts for now as he shakes his throbbing palms off and places them in his pockets. He steps behind Boss on this pseudo-battlefield and watches Mal as he explains, and then Machamp as he demonstrates with a powerful smash of his fist against the ground. Jason feels the shake of impact rattle through his body, even from afar, and his eyes light up in interest, "woah... cool!" he awes, before nodding and turning to the two Pokemon, "alright, guys! Let's try and learn this Power-Up Punch for ourselves, yeah?"

Boss nods and grins, paws up and ready to brawl. Jason returns the gesture confidently, "let's go! Get in close and Power-Up Punch, Boss!" Within just a moment, he seems to have his answer to his previous thoughts, even if this old man is just running me around, I'm not gonna give in. I'm here with Boss and Buizel to get stronger. I'll take any stupid thing he throws at us and use it to get better and better, until we're strong enough to leave here and beat down those Corphish!


Update 16
Spoiler: show
Quote:
Originally Posted by TheKnightsFury, post: 6810581, member: 101661

ShadowDRGN- The battle was on and Boss was raring to go. This was about more than learning a new move, this was also about proving to Buizel that you have what it takes to be its trainer. Both Boss and Buizel seem to be going for the same tactic, with both aiming to nail Power-Up Punch out of the gate! The pair rush towards each other, gathering strength into their right paws. You watch the pair carefully, Buizel seems to be gathering a lot more energy, while Boss seemed to be more concentrated on landing the attack itself. As the two come together, Boss nails Buizel in the chest with his Power-Up Punch, unfortunately while the attack connects it seems as though he didn't receive the boost! Buizel is thrown off by the blow, he'd been more focused on gathering the energy for the attack. He swings his punch as he is knocked backwards, he misses but some of the energy he had gathered for the attack remains with him, increasing his attack! Two attempts of the same move, two very different results. Buizel looks a bit disgruntled, he doesn't like that Boss managed to land the first hit. The Water type leaps into the air, its tail spinning like a propeller as it lets out a powerful Sonic Boom. Boss is knocked backwards by the attack and Buizel presses the advantage. It follows up with a Water Gun, slamming the Pancham in the chest with a powerful stream of water. While one of the purposes of this battle was to master Power-Up Punch, it was important not to focus solely on that. This was the first time you'd actually seen Buizel battle, it wasn't in a position to fight when you'd originally encountered it. It seemed to be fighting with purpose, it wasn't just going to roll over and concede. Boss had a real fight on his paws...


Reply 16
Spoiler: show
Quote:
Originally Posted by ShadowDRGN, post: 6812298, member: 56660


Jason watches with a current of excitement running through him as the two Pokemon gather up energy for their first use of this new technique. The dueling Pokemon clash, and he lets out a woop as Boss manages to inch in the first blow, but a moment later his eyes go wide as he notices that the energy he was gathering dissipated in order to strike earlier, while Buizel was able to nail the effect even when he couldn't land it onto Boss.

"Woah... He's a fast learner. Alright, le-" Jason goes to command Boss again, before he's cut off by Buziel jumping into the air and nailing his Pancham with the sharp force of a Sonic Boom rippling through the air. As he watches Buizel purposefully continues the pressure with a pinpoint Water Gun, he realizes that he focused too much on emphasizing that they learn Power-Up Punch that he forgot to think about what would happen after the first exchange, while Buizel is fighting steps ahead not just to learn, but to win.

Boss stumbles up to his feet and spits into the grass, glancing back fiercely at Buizel. That second blow caused him to lose the leaf he'd been chewing on all morning to make himself look tough, and the wound to his image further intensifies the sparks flying between the two Pokemon. He glances back to Jason and makes a gesture of knocking his paw against his skull, "get your head in the game, man!" he seems to say, chiding his Trainer a bit.

Jason takes a deep breath and nods to him, "right!" He looks out over the field ahead of him and strategizes. Those two attacks from Buizel didn't utilize the attack boost from Power-Up Punch, but Boss isn't the best against special attacks, either. If Buizel goes for a Move that takes advantage of the boost, he'll be in serious trouble, though. He'll need to quickly find a combination that will help him keep up with the damage he's taken now, and the damage Buizel will inflict in his next volley... Ah! I got it!

"Boss! Soften Buizel up with a Leer, then try your Power-Up Punch again! Don't worry about landing it, just try to get the boost, then you can blow him away with Arm Thrust!" Jason commands. Hopefully, the combination of decreasing Buizel's defense and increasing Boss' attack will result in an overwhelming series of strikes!

Boss smirks and nods, turning back to his opponent with a sharp glare in his eye that says, you're in for it, now... He tightens up his stance and holds paws up to his face as he concentrates power into one of his arms. With a deep breath, he suddenly rushes towards his opponent to give him a left hook, with the intent to launch a flurry of open-handed strikes with his right as soon as he has an opening!


Update 17
Spoiler: show
Quote:
Originally Posted by TheKnightsFury, post: 6813108, member: 101661

ShadowDRGN- Buizel was clearly playing to win and you and Boss would have to be on your game if you were to have any chance of coming out on top. Boss was outmatched when it came to ranged combat, but if Buizel insisted on fighting at range, at least it couldn't use the boost it acquired. You shout your commands to the Pancham, hoping the combination would help you regain the upper hand. The Fighting type Leers at his opponent, the sudden serious look throws Buizel off, the Pancham had never looked at him like that! Although his defence is lowered, his resolve isn't. Buizel shoots forward with blistering speed, striking Boss with a powerful Quick Attack, the momentum more than enough to knock the Pancham from his feet.

Boss flips back onto his feet, clenching his fist he begins to gather strength for another Power-Up Punch. Seeing this, Buizel decides to match up once again and begins to do the same. Both Pokemon rush towards each other, fists cocked back and ready to fire. As they close they through their fists together, Power-Up Punch meets Power-Up Punch as each looks to show dominance over the other. Sparks of energy fly out, both Pokemon feel stronger as their attack increases. Boss however, is the only one with a follow up plan. With the Power-Up Punches cancelling each other out, Boss transitions into an Arm Thrust, slamming his open palm into Buizel's chest repetitively. The Water type is forced backwards, each hit knocks air from his lungs, his lowered defence and Pancham's boost making the attack hurt even more. As Boss finishes his attack, the pair look evenly matched in terms of health and fatigue, however Boss seems the more confident of the pair as he beckons Buizel to come at him again.


Reply 17
Spoiler: show
Quote:
Originally Posted by ShadowDRGN, post: 6815051, member: 56660


"Nice one, man!" Jason calls out in triumph and pumps his fist as he sees his play work out just as intended. He looks over the battlefield again and does another assessment, his head now keenly focused on nailing these next few moves. He definitely doesn't want to faint his opponent, not in a friendly spar like this, but he can't just go too soft on Buizel when they're so evenly matched, either. If he does that, then Buizel could easily snatch the advantage again by going for a power play...

The Trainer starts sweating a bit as his brain tries to process everything quickly enough to not give Buizel an opening. It's rare that Jason gets into a state like this, as he usually just jumps into fights without much of a game plan beyond hitting hard and fast, but he recognizes that this isn't just a random fight. It's a test. It's not just Buizel testing him for his clout as a Trainer, either, but Mal evaluating his worthiness as a student too. Hopefully this is the kind of test he can ace, if he puts his mind and spirit into it!

Jason takes a deep breath and clenches his fists together. He stares at the back of Boss' head and Buizel's fierce expression from across the battlefield as he thinks of what to say. Finally, a plan manages to formulate inside his head, and a moment later he steels his expression and commands Boss with a roar of confidence in his voice, "alright, Boss! Here goes! Use Work Up, then get in close and slam him with a Power Trip to put all those boosts to use! And if you think he can take another hit, make sure to nail him with a Power-Up Punch right after!"

This is it, hopefully his winning command. For a few moments, he considers having him use Power Trip last, but this is still a friendly spar, after all. Too much power behind both those attacks and he'd risk roughing Buizel up too much, he figures. This should get the point across just fine.

Boss' ears twitch when he hears the words Power Trip, and he sports a toothy grin, stoked to show off his special talent. He hunches down into brawling position once again, and this time prepares for the next round of blows by inhaling deeply, before he lets out a rousing growl and curls his biceps, raising his physical and special power. Once he's mentally and physically primed, he quickly launches into his attack. He dashes forwards and pulls back his arm for a punch. The moment he launches his fist towards his opponent, a black aura flares up and coats his arm in dark energy, all fueled by the three boosts he acquired in this fight! He also balls up his other paw, ready to uppercut Buizel should he need to dish out another blow to win the fight.


Update 18
Spoiler: show
Quote:
Originally Posted by TheKnightsFury, post: 6815146, member: 101661

ShadowDRGN- The playing field might be levelled now but Boss had all the momentum. Such was the difference when it came to battling with a trainer at your back. It wasn't just you battling, it was both of you. Two sets of eyes looking for weaknesses, two minds devising a plan and two hearts beating for victory. That's what Buizel would get if it chose to join you, that was the point Boss was trying to get across. So the little Pancham Works himself Up into a frenzy, boosting his strength even further than what could be achieved with a Power-Up Punch. Buizel looks to knock Boss out of his cocky state of mind and whips his tail around with such speed that it creates another Sonic Boom. Even though it wouldn't benefit from the boosts, it allowed him to deal consistent damage. Boss is smacked in the chest by the attack, which knocks a bit of the air from his lungs. It hurt, but it wasn't going to stop him, he wasn't going to lose this.

He advanced with no small amount of confidence, the boosts he'd stack up throughout the battle were now rushing straight to his head. Like he'd just taken a shot of adrenaline and testosterone, Boss throws himself at Buizel. He was on a proper Power Trip, smacking Buizel around like nothing. Buizel does his best to lower the damage, pulling his arms up to block his head. Boss spins, landing a powerful kick into the Water type's stomach which sends it skidding back. As Buizel comes to a stop, the pair rest just a few metres apart, both were looking tired. Between the training they'd been through all morning and the rigorous battle, they were spent. It was time for this to end. One more move each, the move they were trying to master. Both begin to gather the energy in their fists, managing to do so much quicker than before. They rush each other, but just like the last exchange, fist clashes with fist, Power-Up Punch meets Power-Up Punch. What follows is astonishing, both gather the energy in their other fists, pull back and then punch again. Once, twice, thrice, its an endless barrage. With each strike their strength grows, neither wants to be the first to give in!

"Enough!" Mal shouts and the two pull their last punches. Both Pokemon slump onto their butts, they were well and truly exhausted. "I'm happy to say that both have nailed the execution of Power-Up Punch, its safe to say they've both learnt the move. They've shown a lot of heart as well, I guess now it is just up to Buizel to decide whether it wants to keep working with you. What do you think Buizel?" Despite being absolutely exhausted, Buizel pulls itself back up onto its feet and slowly approaches you. The Sea Weasel looks you dead in the eyes. A firm nod is all you need and that is what you get, Buizel wants you as its trainer!

You may now capture Buizel!

Boss and Buizel gained 3 levels from the battle!

Boss and Buizel learnt Power-Up Punch!


Reply 18
Spoiler: show
Quote:
Originally Posted by ShadowDRGN, post: 6821950, member: 56660
"Duuuude," Jason awes at the display of sheer tenacity from both Boss and Buizel, his eyes glowing brightly as he watches the Pokemon parry the other's Power-Up Punch with one of their own. After about 2 or 3 punches, he can start to feel the air itself shaking past him as they lug more and more strength into each swing of their fists.

His mind is racing with excitement, wondering who will choke first and get hit by a devastating last blow from the other. It's like watching the last few minutes of sporting game, or a Trainer and their Pokemon's final round in a tournament, and he can feel his heart beating out of his chest, just like it did all those times he was at home, face squished up against the TV and watching breathlessly to see who would win! Without thinking, he starts chanting out at his Pokemon encouragingly, raising his fists in the air and shaking them rhythmically, "go, Boss, go!"

A jolt of surprise soon travels its way up his spine when Mal calls out from his porch, and Jason sheepishly turns around to rub the back of his head with a blush, knowing he got a bit too into it just moments before, "uuuh, yeah! Good training guys! You were awesome Boss!" he grins as he approaches the two exhausted Pokemon, first extending a hand down at Boss to help him back up. He turns to do the same for Buizel, only for the little guy to get up on his own and approach the Trainer, his gaze telling Jason all he needs to know about where his heart lies.

He gazes back for a quietly few moments. He's a mixture of stoked and surprised. He knew that Buizel wouldn't have come all this way if joining Jason wasn't something on his mind, but to see the fella so resolutely accept his offer, after such a close battle, it really rocks his heart. The Trainer's grin goes wider and prouder, and he extends a fist towards Buizel, "you were awesome, too, man! You'll kick some real ass on our team, yeah?"

The Buizel stares at Jason's fist curiously, before the Trainer chuckles, "just press your fist to mine! It's how we say 'yeah!' back home!" the sea weasel looks to Boss, who straightens out his fur and nods approvingly at Buizel. With a bit of reluctance, he balls his paw up into a fist and bumps it against Jason. Right as their fists touch, a burst of energy explodes out and flings the Trainer back a foot or two, causing Jason to yell out in shock as he tumbles onto the grass and onto his backside, "woah!"

Buizel looks to his fist in surprise, and notices that it's still crackling with built-up Attack energy. He blinks and then rushes over to Jason, wanting to help him up but reluctant to touch him again. Boss sighs and walks up to his Trainer's other side slowly. He gets Buizel's attention and then takes a deep breath, puffing out his chest. When he exhales, all the built-up boosts he gave himself during the fight dissipate, and he instructs the Water-type on how to do the same as he extends a paw towards Jason and grins, this time being the one to help him up.

"Whew. Guess that goes to show how much power you guys were slugging around in that fight," Jason just laughs it off as he wipes the grass off his butt, and leans down to pat both Pokemon on the heads. He whips his duffel bag around and opens it up, and after a bit of digging he pulls out a Pokeball. He shows it to Buizel and smiles, "if you want to hang around outside of your ball, just shake a few times and I'll let you out. This is just so I'll officially be your Trainer, and in case we ever need to get you to safety during a battle. Sound good?"

Buizel looks to the Pokeball curiously, and after listening to Jason's explanation he steels his expression and nods. He's ready for this! Jason nods back as he finally lowers the ball and boops the Pokemon gently on the snout with it. The device activates and pops open, beckoning Buizel inside with a red light and a high-pitched humming sound. It clicks shut a moment after, registering the catch!

Jason tosses the Pokeball up in the air and rises from his squat, catching it in his other palm and grinning widely. He looks down to Boss, who seems to be sporting the same delighted expression, and Jason beams. "our second Pokemon! Now we won't be fighting alone in this place!" he and the Pancham both glance at the ball, pondering, "hmmm, what should his nickname be... Oh! How about Twist, cause of his tails? How does Twist sound, Buizel?"

The Pokeball slowly shakes in approval, and Jason smiles wider, "welcome to the gang, Twist! Now, let's go see what the Master says!" he holds Twist's Pokeball out in front of him and releases the Buizel, before the three of them turn expectantly to Master Mal looking thoroughly accomplished, if a little tuckered out.


Update 19
Spoiler: show
Quote:
Originally Posted by TheKnightsFury, post: 6825979, member: 101661
ShadowDRGN- Having finalised the catch and christened Buizel with his nickname, Twist, you make your way over to Mal, still brushing some of the grass off of you. Boss and Twist had shown they'd mastered Power-Up Punch, but was that all the training Mal really had for you?

"Well done all three of you", Mal praises the efforts of you and your Pokemon. "I think your just about ready to face your opponents, but if you're going to get your revenge, you'll have to be at full strength. Machamp, how about you take Boss and Twist into the forest and gather some berries for lunch, I need to have a bit of a talk with Jason." Machamp nods and beckons for Boss and Twist to follow. The pair give you a look, just to make sure its alright, but their bellies get the best of them and they quickly dash off after the Machamp, eager to eat. "You haven't been a trainer for all that long, have you kid?" Although Mal had asked the question, it was clearly rhetorical. "I see a lot of potential in you, you care for your Pokemon and are willing to push yourself to see them improve. I had no doubt Buizel would join you, you share a similar fighting spirit, as you do with your Pancham. Back in the Alola region, part of my role was determining whether a young trainer was receiving this gift. This is my last one, I've been saving it for someone like yourself." Mal pulls out a bright white ring, with a sparkling orange crystal fixed in it. "This is a Z Ring, once they were restricted to Alola but they're becoming much more common now. That crystal there is a Fightinium Z Crystal, there are many different Z Crystals but this one allows you to transform any Fighting type move into a devastating Z Move. That move is called All-Out Pummelling. Z Moves shouldn't be used lightly, they are incredibly powerful but can only be used once a battle, so pick your moments carefully." Mal helps slide the Z Ring onto your left arm, a perfect fit! "One last thing, in order to activate the Z Crystal, you'll need to do a dance. Watch carefully, then give it a go, don't worry about the move activating, that's why I sent your Pokemon off."

You watch as Mal takes a wide stance. He raises his fists in front of his face, crossing his wrists with the back of his left arm facing towards you. Taking a deep breath, he swings his arms around in wide arcs, dropping his fists to his hips before thrusting his fists back and forth with a few quick jabs. Finally he swings hard with his left arm, letting out his breath as he puts all his power into the punch. "There, simple enough right? Give it a go, you'll know you've got it when that crystal starts to glow."

Jason received a Z Ring and a Fightinium Z Crystal!


Reply 19
Spoiler: show
Quote:
Originally Posted by ShadowDRGN, post: 6873908, member: 56660


Jason's eyes go wide, reflecting the sparkle of the Z Crystal being presented before him, "woah... that's awesome, man!" he grins, listening to Mal's explanation with great interest. Quite frankly, he's absolutely stoked that he managed to impress the master enough to earn something so special from him.

He eagerly holds his arm still just long enough for the Z Ring to slide on, before he raises the artifact to his wrist with a wide grin on his face. Though white wasn't particularly his color, He still thinks it gives him a powerful look as a Trainer worthy of carrying it! "Coooooool," he says, continuing to admire it. Just once a battle, huh? Then I'll have to make sure it's the knock-out Move I need to finish fights!

His enthusiasm wanes slightly, however, when he realizes he'll have to... dance? He watches Mal's movements with an awkward smile pasted onto his face, Wow... am I gonna have to look like I'm starring in a workout tape every time I want to use this thing? On second thought... Maybe I'll only use it when I need to, he thinks to himself, glancing back down to the ring and its single, sparkling stone.

Upon hearing the suggestion that he give it a try, Jason scratches the back of his head and slowly drops down into a squat like Mal just did. It should be fine, right? After all, Mal seems to be taking it seriously, so even if he looks ridiculous the first time... well, even if he looks ridiculous every time, the Master won't judge.

He takes a deep breath, puffing out his cheeks slightly and closing his eyes. He crosses his fists in front of his face, before slowly shifting them down to his hips. His chest puffs out, and he opens his eyes, looking fierce as he starts jabbing the air in front of him. Unlike the straightforwards strikes that Mal uses, Jason's arms seem to bend and flex as his elbows rise in imitation of a boxer's stance.

As Jason winds up for the hook to end things off, a glow catches his eye, and he glances over to his wrist to find the crystal glowing brightly, just as Mal said! His grin returns, and he throws his fist forwards, ending the dance with fighting form! Damn... that felt pretty good.

"Thanks, Master Mal," Jason says as he drops the stance and wipes some sweat off his brow, "I'll make sure to use it carefully," he adds in with a respectful, if unrefined, bow.

After the demonstration, the Trainer stretches and walks over to the steps of the porch, plopping himself down. He looks over the woods, waiting for Machamp and his two Pokemon to come back with food. All this walking and hauling and training's got Jason hungry as a Snorelax, too. Plus, he can't wait to tell the both of them about the new Power he's acquired!


Update 20
Spoiler: show
Quote:
Originally Posted by TheKnightsFury, post: 6885879, member: 101661

ShadowDRGN- You do pretty much the same routine that Mal does, although you add a bit of your own flair to it. Thankfully it has the same result and the Fightinium Z Crystal lights up. Such power had to be used at the right time, a miss timed attack would be a tremendous waste of energy and likely leave its user open to a counter attack. Eager to show your new power to Boss and Twist, you await their return from the woods. You don't have to wait long, the pair soon emerge alongside Machamp, their arms cradling a haul of berries. The pair marvel as you show off the sparkling Z Crystal, both of them eager to give the Z Move a go. Unfortunately they'd have to wait, you weren't about to waste their strength now. You and Mal sit quietly while the Pokemon fill their bellies with berries, replenishing the energy that they'd spent during their training. You consume a few berries as well, you don't get the same benefit as the Pokemon but they fill your stomach and make you feel a little less exhausted.

"So with the Full Moon tonight, you shouldn't have any problem tracking down those Corphish," Mal explains, "be careful though, as you probably know by now, the Full Moon sends the Lake's Pokemon into a frenzy. They'll be relentless, so you're going to have to be on your game. We've still got a couple of hours before sundown, perhaps a nap would serve you well?" You follow Mal around the side of the cabin, a hammock is slung between two trees. "I'll wake you up when the sun is starting to set, rest up and prepare yourself." Mal leaves you, heading into the cabin. Boss and Twist slump down against the tree, eager for a quick nap. The hammock swings back and forth invitingly in the soft breeze, calling you towards it.


Reply 20
Spoiler: show
Quote:
Originally Posted by ShadowDRGN, post: 6893769, member: 56660


Jason grins widely upon the return of his companions, and he takes no time at all to start showing off. He recites the dance to them, displaying his technique while also teaching them that the Z-Ring will glow when it's ready to unleash its move. Twist is absolutely enraptured by it, and cheers excitedly at Jason's moves, while Boss is... decidedly more embarrassed by the sight of it, thinking pretty much the same things as Jason was at Mal's display.

"Yeah, yeah. I know it looks kinda silly, but trust me, it's gonna be awesome!" Jason tries to appeal to Boss after he notices the Pokemon's cringing face. The Pancham just sighs and rolls a couple of berries across the grass towards his Trainer. Seems he won't be convinced of that until he actually sees it in action.

Jason chuckles and leans down to scoop them up. He has been feeling pretty hungry ever since they got back from their water-gathering hike, after all. As he digs into them, he finds them not particularly tasty, but filling nonetheless. Though, he does feel himself get a craving for a proper Pecha Berry pie after experiencing them raw for the first time.

A yawn escapes him after he finishes the last one, and he looks out over the deck as the morning slowly turns to afternoon. He's almost never tired during the day, but this training has really did a number on him and his Pokemon. He eagerly follows Master Mal around the side of the cabin, only to find himself face-to-face with another unfamiliar concept to him: A hammock.

"Uhhh... Is that gonna hold up if I get in?" Jason points to it worriedly, looking back to Mal. After a few moments of silence as Mal turns to walk away, he sighs and goes over to it while Boss and Twist find themselves a nice tree in the shade to rest under. He inspects the hammock carefully, tugging at the cloth holding it between the trees before he cautiously tries to sit down in the very middle. He seems pretty unnerved by the way it sways and bows under his weight, but as he goes slowly and starts to lay down, his uneasiness slowly melts away, "woahhh..." It feels a lot more comfortable than a bed, and even its gentle swaying ends up feeling relaxing, especially with the breeze and the shade keeping him cool. He might want to get one of these instead of using the tent his parents bought him all the time.

"Man. A lot of stuff's happened already," Jason starts to muse to himself as he lays back, staring up at the leaves as they blow in the breeze, "where am I gonna go after this? I mean, there's a lot of stuff around the lake, but this map I got shows so much more, too. There's even a big city," he says, his mind tiredly wandering as he nestles his body into a more comfortable position, "well, I really can't go back to Driftveil. Not yet. Marcus and the guys are probably still looking for me... I really hope that coming here got them off my ass," he wonders, still having no idea about how he got to the Arcane Realms in the first place.

He hears a snoring sound coming from somewhere, and he looks over to see Boss already out, his gut producing a deep rumbling as he breathes calmly in his sleep, "heh... forgot you were a snorer..." Jason chuckles, his body forcing him to yawn again, "yeah, I get the picture. Nap time..." he says as he closes his eyes and starts to drift off. He'll need all the sleep he can get, because once he's back up again, he and his team are going to leap straight into getting their revenge.


Update 21
Spoiler: show
Quote:
Originally Posted by TheKnightsFury, post: 6893914, member: 101661

ShadowDRGN- After eventually settling in the hammock, you don't have much trouble getting to sleep. Your body was calling out for it and the gentle rocking of the hammock made it all but impossible to prevent. You awaken after a few hours, your surroundings now darkened, but not too much. At first you think its just the dim glow from one of the cabin's windows, but looking up you soon realise why your surroundings are so well lit despite it being night. The full moon floats high in the sky, the bright white figure was at its peak tonight. While the ability to see was certainly a bonus, you had to remember that the full moon also meant the local Water Pokemon would be enraged. Boss wakes up slowly, but Twist is already up, the Buizel is busy stretching, preparing for his shot at revenge. As you walk back around the front of the cabin, Mal is waiting on the porch. He doesn't say anything, he has already said all he needs to. He simply gives you a reassuring nod before you head off through the forest, making your way back to the edge of the lake.

The trek back through the forest is quick and you soon find yourself back at the edge of the lake. You hear a tremendous roar in the distance, its source currently unknown. It likely to pose a threat, or an immediate one at least. You seem unsure about which direction to head, but Twist seems to know where he is going. The Buizel was obviously familiar with the lake and knew where his adversaries could be located. You follow closely, making sure to not let him get too far ahead. You spot a few Pokemon in the lake from a distance, but you can't get a good enough look to properly identify them. It looks like an absolute frenzy out there though. The energy within the lake is so intense that waves are actually crashing against the shore!

Twist comes to a stop, spotting his adversaries up ahead. The two Corphish are trampling and tearing apart some abandoned nests by the lakeside, overseeing them is a Crawdaunt, whose eyes glow a deep red. Neither it or the Corphish have spotted you yet, giving you a moment to come up with a plan, if you think quickly.


Reply 21
Spoiler: show
Quote:
Originally Posted by ShadowDRGN, post: 6908389, member: 56660
Jason yawns as he slowly climbs out of the hammock, nearly flipping himself over as he forgets that his comfortable bed is suspended in midair. He shouts briefly, but loudly as he stumbles across the grass, the noise rousing Boss from his slumber and causing him to rub his eyes and glare at Jason with an annoyed look: What are you yelling for?

"Shit," Jason sighs as he regains his balance and looks back to the hammock as it rocks and twists wildly between the trees. He jogs back over to fix it and grab his duffel bag when he feels Boss' gaze fixating on him. He turns to the little Pancham and grins sheepishly, "heh, sorry. Just some trouble getting out of that thing," he replies, causing his partner to simply groan and hop onto his feet. Despite his rude awakening, Boss looks rested and ready to go... he's just more worried that Jason's head isn't in the game yet.

Jason takes a look around at their surroundings, unsure of just how long they've slept. The sky is dark... but their surroundings aren't. It's a bit puzzling to him until he gets out from the shade of the trees and sees the moon hanging above them, white as marble and round as a billiard ball, "whoa..." Jason marvels at it, "is this what the moon's like out in the countryside? I can even see the milky way!" he grins, pointing to the cloudy band of stars encircling Mal's cabin like a halo.

Before he can get too absorbed in stargazing, however, he feels two sharp punches against his legs, causing him to recoil and snap his gaze back down towards the ground. Twist and Boss are both standing beside them, each of them digging a fist into his leg as they stare directly into his eyes fiercely. He can tell both of them are raring to go, and that they're especially relying on their Trainer to be focused on the task at hand instead of goofing off.

Jason gives a pained chuckle and holds his hands up in surrender, "ow... sorry, sorry! I get the message, guys!" he says, "I'm ready to go! When we see those Corphish, I'm gonna give it my all just like you guys will!" he nods to each of them, easing their concerns as they grin back and begin circling the cabin as Jason follows behind. Jason gives a nod back to Mal as they pass him, one filled with gratitude for all he's done for them over the last day, and they continue on walking, the three of them focused on reaching the lakeside and hunting for their targets as soon as possible.

As they make their short trek down to the lake, Jason takes the time to dig through his bag and prepare as many items as he can fit into his pockets. Potions are his main concern, to make sure they don't get into another situation like when he first found Twist. He isn't particularly invested in catching bullies like those Corphish, but just in case he grabs himself a Moon Ball, too. He also grabs a Liechi Berry from his lunchbox and a Fighting Gem from another pocket before he zips his bag back up and slings it over his shoulder.

"Hey! Boss, Twist!" he calls, causing both of them to stop and look back curiously, "catch!" Jason grins and tosses the two items to each of his companions. Twist grabs the shining orange gem with both arms, while Boss holds up a paw and expertly snags the berry out of the air, "those should help power up both of your attacks. I'll tell you when to pop them," Jason advises, before he starts picking up the pace and getting ahead of them.

"C'mon, let's get a mo-" he gets cut off as the distant roar nearly makes his soul jump out of his body, and he looks ahead of them just as the lake comes into view, rippling and swarming with dark shadows, "d-damn. Guess they weren't kidding about the Pokemon getting aggressive. Let's get in and get out before anyone besides those Corphish start picking a fight," Boss looks a bit unnerved by the screech as well, but Twist simply nods and gets ahead of Jason again, gesturing for them to follow as he leads the way. He already knows where these thugs would be getting their kicks on a night like this.

It doesn't take much scouring to find them ashore and tearing up a nest, much to the group's disdain. Jason's face contorts at the sight, and his focused expression turns to one of anger as he watches the crab Pokemon bash and rip apart the nest with their claws, "seriously... even Marcus wouldn't go mailbox smashing, and this is way worse," he whispers, spitting onto the ground as they keep their distance. Boss agrees, while Twist wonders for a second what a mailbox or a Marcus is before he nods too.

Jason squats down, "alright. Here's the plan," he says to his team, "you two split up and get close to their ringleader. Boss comes in from the side, and Twist comes in from behind. Boss, get his attention with a Leer, and while it's distracted, Twist will go in and nail it with a Power-Up Punch using that crystal, then Boss joins in with a Karate Chop. Sound good?" he asks.

Boss and Twist both nod and pump their fists approvingly, each one gripping tight to their items. Jason grins widely and nods back, before standing up again and pointing to the Crawdaunt, "then let's do this!"


Update 22
Spoiler: show
Quote:
Originally Posted by TheKnightsFury, post: 6911080, member: 101661
ShadowDRGN- It was time for redemption. You set down a plan and Boss and Twist are quick to the task. The Buizel takes a wide berth, slinking into the treeline in order to stay unnoticed, while Boss rushes to confront the trio from the side before they can spot him. The young Fighting type is successful as he remains unnoticed until he leaps atop the log next to the nest the fiendish shellfish were destroying. He leers down at them, lowering their defence and giving Twist the opening he needs. The Buizel puts his newly learnt technique to good use, gathering power in his paws. The gem he was gifted with disintegrates in his tightening grasp, granting his attack even more power. The Crawdaunt is caught completely by surprise as Twist leaps on its back, quickly slugging him with a Power-Up Punch! The Super Effective hit is a great start and it leaves the Buizel with an attack boost to start the fight with. While the Corphish are left shocked, Boss leaps through the air and follows Twist's attack with a super effective move of his own. The Karate Chop lets out a resounding crack as Boss's powerful forearm collides with the Crawdaunt's tough carapace.

Although Twist and Boss had gotten off to a cracking start, their opponents weren't about to turn tail an run. Their eyes burning with an intense energy, the Corphish seek to push the pair away from their leader. One surges forward in a jet of water, knocking Boss a few metres away. The Pancham quickly regains his feet and squares up against the Corphish. The other Corphish lunges at Twist with a claw, catching his tail in a Vice Grip! With a flick of his claw, the Corphish sends the Buizel flying into the water where he lands with a splash. Twist is alright, but it likely isn't wise to spend too long in the water, the last thing you wanted to do was draw in more rampaging Water Pokemon! With its minions keeping your Pokemon occupied, the Crawdaunt prepares itself for combat, working itself into a frenzy with Dragon Dance! It then continues to Hone its Claws on the surrounding rocks, with the amount of attack boosts it is acquiring, taking a direct hit from this thing could prove costly!


Reply 22
Spoiler: show
Quote:
Originally Posted by ShadowDRGN, post: 6934504, member: 56660
Jason watches his Pokemon approach and begin the fight from the safety of the bushes, not only to make sure he's not in the sights of the rampaging Pokemon, but to give him as good a view of the lake as possible, too. Their only goal tonight is to get even with the Corphish and get out of here, not to try and brawl any Pokemon that makes their way to shore. Hopefully, having his team try and focus the Crawdaunt turns out to be the best choice, as he can only imagine that seeing their big leader go down will put a huge dent in Corphish's morale.

First things first, the opening moves! Boss hops onto the log and calls out the Crawdaunt, no doubt getting his shell softened up for Twist with his trademark Leer. Next comes the sucker-punch, with Twist launching himself out of hiding to smash his fist into Crawdaunt with a resounding crack! Jason grins devilishly as he sees his plan taking shape, and that smile only grows wider as he watches Boss follow-up with a smash of his arm straight to the Dark-type's shell, all to the surprise of their opponents! This is exactly what he was envisioning! A few more hits like that, and Crawdaunt will be eating dirt before he can even throw an attack!

He watches his opponents for their reactions, knowing that even with a surprise attack like this, thuggish Pokemon like that won't just let Boss and Twist walk all over them. The three of them will have to be careful and think on their feet in order to come out on top.

That thought is proven just a few seconds later, as both Corphish snap out of their shock and quickly run into the fray to take the heat off of their leader. Jason knows that Boss is hardy enough to not let that Aqua Jet hurt him too much, and he smiles proudly when he sees the Pancham hop to his feet and put his fists back up to deal with the Pokemon that knocked him away, but that expression soon changes to concern when Twist lets out a pained cry just before he's tossed into the water, sending out a splash that is far too loud for Jason's liking.

"Shit! Twist, use Quick Attack to get out of there!" he calls out towards the shore, trying his best to think through the situation as quickly as he can, "hit the Corphish that threw you with it and go for a Growl on Crawdaunt, then get ready to dodge whatever they throw at you! Finish it up by shooting off a Swift to hit both of them!" he says. He's already discovered from their duel that Twist isn't the best at taking physical attacks, so his first priority should be to try and reduce the chances of him having to take a big blow.

He turns his attention to Boss and takes a deep breath. His orders should be easier to come up with, but at the same time, he doesn't want to underestimate his foes... "Boss! Work Up to get those muscles ready and Tackle right into Corphish to get it out of the way! If you can get back in Crawdaunt's face, make sure he eats your best Arm Thrust, but if one of the small fry gets stops you, hit 'em with it instead!" he calls out to his Pancham, feeling confident in Boss' ability to carry it out.

Crawdaunt won't be an easy opponent to take out, especially as it hones its body for combat, but its the ringleader of this little gang, and the leader has to take responsibility for the actions of their lackeys, especially when they're this despicable, "make 'em pay, you two!"


Update 23
Spoiler: show
Quote:
Originally Posted by TheKnightsFury, post: 6946499, member: 101661

ShadowDRGN- Twist's battle for redemption was underway and at the moment it was fair to say you possessed a slight lead. However, you couldn't doubt your opponents ability, especially considering the boosts the Crawdaunt had just acquired. With Twist currently in the water, you quickly order him to get back on dry land. The Buizel swims quickly back to sure, gathering speed as he closes in. He slams straight into the Corphish that had tossed him there, knocking it on its side, leaving it temporarily immobile. This gives the Buizel an opportunity to target the Crawdaunt once more, and he quickly growls at the crustacean, reducing the attack boost it had given itself. While Twist gets to work, Boss works himself up, the adrenaline rush giving himself an attack and special attack boost. He puts it to good use, tackling the Corphish that is blocking him from attacking the Crawdaunt. The Corphish hardens itself carapace moments before the impact, allowing it to much better handle the blow. It holds its own, intent on preventing Boss from getting close to the Crawdaunt.

Both Corphish go on the offensive. Claws glistening with a metallic sheen, they lash out viciously. Twist and Boss bob and weave, doing their best to avoid taking a direct hit. At this point the Crawdaunt seems happy to sit back and watch its minions do all the work. Growing tired of dodging, Boss fights back, lashing out with repetitive arm thrusts! He gets inside the Corphish's guard and begins to directly strike the Water type's face. It isn't long before the Corphish is overwhelmed by the combo of boosted hits and it slumps to the ground, unconscious. The numbers were now even. As Twist prepares to fight back, he ends up taking a Metal Claw to the chest. While he resists the attack, the Corphish seems to benefit, gaining an attack boost. Jumping into the air, Twist spins his tail, sending a shower of swift stars towards the Corphish and Crawdaunt. The pair are struck by the move, the Corphish shows signs of weakening but the Crawdaunt stands strong, shrugging off the blow like it is nothing. With one of Corphish down, Crawdaunt decides it is time to fight. It rushes Boss, catching the Pancham by surprise. A swift strike from its Razor sharp claw sends Boss flying, a truly powerful hit consider the Crawdaunt's Adaptability. Boss crashes to the ground, he is slow to rise, that blow clearly hurt. While you had managed to even out the numbers, the Crawdaunt was clearly a threat.


Reply 23
Spoiler: show
Quote:
Originally Posted by ShadowDRGN, post: 6983943, member: 56660


Jason's expression is one of prideful glee as he watches Boss and Twist fight. Even though both Corphish were doing their all to keep him from taking the fight to their leader, Jason's Pokemon were handling them expertly. Dodging, punishing and executing their Moves at just the right time. With co-ordination like this, there's no way these thugs will be the ones left standing tonight!

The buzz of excitement reaches a small climax when Jason sees Boss pummel one of the Corphish into submission with his Arm Thrust, his numerous attack boosts showing exactly why Boss wasn't a Pokemon to take lightly, "awesome work, guys!" Jason shouts as he starts to emerge from the bushes, feeling a little safer to come closer now that the playing field is even, though he makes care to try and put his Pokemon between him and the enemies, knowing full-well how underhanded Dark-types can be even without the full moon making them go berserk.

Boss catches his breath after that third attack, the pressure now off him as Twist sweeps over both enemies with his Normal-type Moves. Hearing Jason's encouragement, he looks over and flashes him a thumbs-up, but unfortunately that very moment is the same one where Crawdaunt rushes in and strikes, sending the Pancham tumbling across the grass!

"Boss!" Jason shouts as he watches the exchange, his nose scrunched-up as he cringes from seeing the weight of the hit. Twist also flinches at the sight, not expecting the Cawdaunt to change its mind about fighting so quickly. Jason doesn't hesitate, and he takes off towards the Pancham as he stumbles to his feet, one of his paws nursing a rather nasty cut on his side, "shit dude, are you okay?" Jason asks as he kneels beside Boss and digs into his bag for a Super Potion.

Boss gives a shaky nod and grunts raspily as he tries to gain back the air that was just knocked out of his lungs. His grip on his item loosens from the pain, and after a moment his Liechi Berry falls to the ground, rolling across the grass until it taps against Jason's foot and stops. The Trainer looks down and sees the berry, and something clicks, "oh, that's right! Boss, I have an idea, but let's get you patched-up first!" he says as he lifts the Pancham's arm and applies a Super Potion to the cut to speed up the healing process, causing Boss to let out a sigh of relief.

"Alright. I was gonna have you use that Liechi Berry, but I think that special Move the Master taught us would be a better bet," Jason says, tapping a finger to his new Z-ring "you ready to try it?"

Boss nods and grins eagerly in response. Of course he's ready to hit back against Crawdaunt with a beatdown!

"Then let's go!" Jason shouts, making sure his voice carries to Buizel as well, "Twist, it's your turn to get even with those thugs! Hit Corphish with an Iron Tail to soften it up, and it should be weak enough for a Sonic Boom to do the trick! Once you see my ring light up, give Boss a Helping Hand with his Move and we'll make this Cawdaunt eat dirt!" as he gives out his commands, he takes up the same tense stance that he practiced this morning, "Boss, use Taunt on Crawdaunt so he can't boost himself more, and change your Circle Throw into an All-Out Pummelling on my signal! Make it hurt, you two!" his voice strains a bit as he belts out orders, but he refuses to give his vocal chords a rest. He'll need to coordinate all of these moves as quickly as possible in order to exact their vengeance.


Update 24
Spoiler: show
Quote:
Originally Posted by TheKnightsFury, post: 6997601, member: 101661

ShadowDRGN- It was down to 2v2, but Crawdaunt was on the offensive after boosting itself. Boss was looking a touch worse for wear, but you quickly apply a Super Potion, alleviating most of his pain. It was time for a change of plan. With its boosts, it was too risky to try and take it slow and outplay the Crawdaunt. One direct hit from it at this point could be enough to knock Boss or Twist out! Master Mal had taught you everything you needed to know in order to end this, you just had to make sure you lined up the hit right.....

While you prepare Boss, Twist works to clear the remaining Corphish. Coating his tails with steel energy, he swings them around like an iron bludgeon, crunching into the crustacean's hardened carapace. While it struggle to recover from the blow, the Buizel puts the bully to bed, a reverberating Sonic Boom sends it crashing into the water. With no sign of it reemerging, Twist grins before focusing on his partner. Boss taunts the Crawdaunt, what would it do now without its minions?! The Pancham successfully enrages the Crawdaunt but unfortunately this results in the Pokemon rushing towards him with a powerful Crabhammer cocked and ready to strike! It was now or never.....

Twist claps wildly, urging his partner on as he contributes as much strength as his body will allow. You and Boss drop into position, remember your training and the unique twist you'd put on the Master's technique. The crystal on your wrist glows with remarkable energy, which soon begins to gather around Boss. He can feel the amazing strength rushing through his body, like nothing he'd every experienced before. He rushed forward to meet the Crawdaunt, eager to test his might. Boss's fist collides with the Crawdaunt's Crabhammer. The attacks seemed matched. Boss lets slip a sneaky grin, this was only the start. He thrusts forward with his left paw, striking the Crawdaunt and forcing it backwards. A furious onslaught of fists follows, the blows a blur as Crawdaunt is driven back further and further. A final uppercut sends the bully boss soaring through the air. It crashes into the lake and like the Corphish before it, shows no sign of resurfacing. Boss exhales heavily before toppling backwards from exhaustion. Twist quickly dashes over to catch him, thankful for his friend's help in giving him vengeance.

Boss gains 4 levels! Twist gains 4 levels!

As you look around the battlefield, you notice the conflict has revealed some treasures that were previously concealed beneath the surface. A big pearl, surely worth at least $1000 and a heart shaped scale that was likely worth a pretty penny to the right person. You even spot a pair of Black Glasses that someone must have unknowingly left behind.



MedMana
Spoiler: show

Adventure Start
Spoiler: show

Considering the choice of terminology involved in the local names in this region, was it of any surprise that Chroma would crop up in these lands eventually? Between the Arcane Realm, the Forest of Wands, the Magician's Hamlet, and the Heirophant's Crypt, as well as the tarot theme that permeated even the areas without callouts to the mystic arts in their names, it ultimately proved too difficult for the young woman to resist paying the realm a visit.

Just getting to the place had been a tiresome journey, so heading right into the woods as soon as she arrived seemed like a poor decision. Thankfully, this was sort of occasion the Forest of Wands was prepared for- between Legere the abra's extrasensory perception and a plain old map she had picked up along the way, it wasn't very hard for her to find the Chariot Inn in the slightest! Sure, the name sounded like it would've been a better fit in the Kingdom of Swords than the Forest of Wands, but that was a minor detail compared to escaping having to set up the tent in the dark again.

Of course, inns like these are prone to picking more than their fair share of oddball travelers, especially when they serve as a resting stop to and from a places such as the Hermit's Mire and Fortune's Woods. Would her stay be a vibrantly colorful one this evening, or had she perhaps arrived when it had more blandly mundane patrons? At this point, only time would tell.


Update 1
Spoiler: show

Quote:
Originally Posted by Asteiri, post: 6683914, member: 88404
Mana Opal
The darkness had just begun to creep through the trees of the forest as you entered the Chariot Inn, finding the place wasn't as hard as one may assume --- especially with the help of a psychic companion. As you entered the Inn, you noticed all sorts of people around the entranceway. Travelers, soldiers, even a bard or two. You couldn't help but feel a sense of wonder from being within such a bustling location.

"Oi!" A cheerful voice called out to you, causing you to turn your head towards the main counter of the building. A thin woman stands behind the counter, a large warm smile plastered upon her face. "Are you looking for a room?" She asks as you slowly approach the counter. "Not to worry! We always have lots of vacancy here at the Chariot Inn!" The line sounds rehearsed, a somewhat forced line that drags across the woman's lips like she's been forced to say it numerous times. She hands you a room key, it's wooden and very worn down. The card attached to the key reads "VII". You begin to walk away before the woman quickly grabs your attention again.

"Oh! Youngin'! Please don't enter the forest again at night... there should be no reason to leave the Inn once the darkness creeps in. Bad things befall those foolish enough to do so." Her face is grim as she speaks, but it suddenly perks up when she says her next line. "Enjoy your stay!" Again, rehearsed and somewhat robotic. You couldn't quite shake the feeling that there was something... off about the attendant.

You shrugged, taking the key and looking around. You had the option to try and strike up a conversation with the grizzled soldier that was hunched over a table, or the meek looking bard that stood by the fireplace. Or you could just head up to your room...


What do you do?


Reply 1
Spoiler: show

Quote:
Originally Posted by Mana Opal, post: 6695313, member: 86271
The Chariot Inn certainly lived up to its reputation as one of the most popular resting points in the area- it was pretty full of people even this early into the night! Of course, the air of the place was way different from that which typically surrounded urban hotels; how often do the travelers provide the live music themselves at such stuffy establishments? That alone made quite the difference, yet alone the rest of it!

What was the same, on the other hand, was the oddly stiff receptionist. There was little need to be so uptight this far out from polite society, yet that's precisely how this lady acted. Was it perhaps some sort of trick? She was too chatty to be a zorua in disguise, too old for gothorita to bother with her, and (presumably) too feminine in form for a salazzle's pheromones to have any effect, so those potential threats were ruled out. If her demeanor was the result of some sort of possession or external control, then the offending entity must be pretty clever- issuing a warning against doing something frequently made foolhardy people do that thing, after all.

Of course, there was also the simple possibility that this chick was just weird.

"Right, got it," Chroma declared as the attendant fished up her warning. "I'll keep that in mind!" She left the weirdo to her work and looked at the key card in her possession. "Wait a moment... VII's the number pertaining to the Chariot Arcana! Please tell me this is actually my room number and not just the inn's emblem. Anyway..." She sighed and tucked the key into her pocket, and looked around the hall. "There'd be no point in coming here if I didn't chat with some people." She decided to start with the bard by the mantle- they didn't look particularly busy at the moment.

Update 2
Spoiler: show

Quote:
Originally Posted by Asteiri, post: 6722903, member: 88404
Mana Opal
The receptionist gave somewhat of a cold laugh. It was a quick burst followed by her returning to her stone-faced self and looking back at you.

"It's Room Seven. We usually put guests elsewhere, but we're rather full. I hope you enjoy your stay." Again, cold, dry, and rehearsed. There was nothing warm about that receptionist, and you still couldn't shake that feeling that something was really off about her. You wondered what she meant by 'usually put guests elsewhere', it seemed like a really odd thing to say to a guest staying in that room. You brushed it off as simply being perturbed by the odd behavior you had already experienced from this woman and perhaps reading too much into a simple oddity she had uttered. You shrugged it off, wandering towards a meek looking bard that stood by the fireplace.

From afar, you had only realized they were a bard due to the harp that hung from their hip. But up close you realized your inital guess was right on the money. You saw a young woman, she was wearing tilted hat with many feathers resting in it's side was resting atop her head, flattening some of the puffy curls of gold that were atop her head. She was looking around nervously, seemingly afraid that something would jump out at her. As you approached and began a greeting you barely opened your mouth before she jumped back in fear.

"AH!" She yelled out before looking at you, eying you over and giving a deep sigh. "I-I'm... terribly sorry." She murmured. "I'm a little on edge..." She sighed, clutching the harp that had hung from her hip.

Something seems to be troubling this bard... what do you do?

Dragons
Spoiler: show

Adventure Start
Spoiler: show

Quote:
Originally Posted by sixdragons_in_atrenchcoat, post: 6943156, member: 114256
(XVII. Desert of Stars - A small, arid desert at the northern tip of the Land of Cups, the Desert of Stars is named for the various meteorites found within this region. While more a dry, mountainous desert than a sandy one, sandstorms are still a common occurance here. Though, despite these conditions, explorers and treasure hunters flock to this region for the meteorites found here, and the rare Pokemon attracted to them. Some have even stated they’ve had some otherworldly experiences here.)
Gible burbled happily and chewed on the end of Dracen's ponytail. Dracen smiled and sat down on a rock. "Mind walking for a bit, bud? I'm beat." Gible chirruped and wriggled out of the backpack, landing on his belly. He stood and stretched, before bending down again and eating a rock. Dracen laughed. "Hungry? Here, I think I've got..." He pulled his pack off and rummaged through it. "Ah, there it is." He tore open a package of Pokémon Food and tossed a handful to Gible, who immediately fell upon it. Dracen set down the Pokémon Food and grabbed a box of crackers. Chewing one thoughtfully, he said, "What kind of Pokémon do you think we'll meet here, bud? I think we'll see other Gible like you, and some big tough Gabites too. Maybe we'll meet a Garchomp, if we're lucky!" He smiled and looked up at the stony hill. "We've still got a long way to climb... But it will be worth it, won't it! We're going to get to the Desert of Stars, and train together and get stronger!" Dracen stood and stretched, popping another cracker into his mouth. "Are you excited, Gible?" Gible looked up from the package of Pokémon Food, having finished his serving and ransacked the package for more. "No, Gible! We have to ration that!" Dracen tugged the bag of food away from the Pokémon. He chuckled. "Well, we might have to go back to town sooner rather than later. Oh, but I can't get mad at you!" He kneeled down and stroked Gible's head. Gible squeaked happily and hopped onto Dracen's shoulder, hugging him tightly. "Awww," Dracen held the Pokémon close for a bit, then let him down. "Let's finish climbing, eh? Dad said the desert was just over this hill... " He zipped up his pack and swung it onto his back. "C'mon, Gible! Adventure awaits!"


Update 1
Spoiler: show

Quote:
Originally Posted by DannyDrawsaLot, post: 6943192, member: 112934
[COLOR=rgb(147, 101, 184)]sixdragons_in_atrenchcoat - [/COLOR][COLOR=rgb(147, 101, 184)]You and Gible chow down to get ready for your adventure. You recall your father telling you that the desert was just above the hill. As you walk up the hill, you reach the top. Standing before you is a huge rocky desert, and your view is obscured slightly by the sand swirling around, but you can see dark spots speckled in the desert. Maybe they were meteorites, maybe they were just normal old rocks. You proceed down the hill, and see the entrance to the desert. You want to enter, but you turn around and see a small town, which was near the desert. Gible is by your side the entire time, chewing on a small stone.
There were lights coming from the town, and multiple stalls, which seemed to be shops. Your attire didn't seem very ready for desert adventure, and it seems like in the town they sold such items. As you contemplated this, you see a man walk past you. The man turned around and spoke to you.
"Oh, sorry. I believe I bumped into you." he said as you took in his attire. He wore a white lab coat, with a baggy shirt underneath. He also wore white ankle-length trousers, and he wore black framed glasses, and one eye was cracked. A small Pokemon was on his shoulder, it was a Ralts.
"Here let me make it up to you." He said as he tossed a Passho Berry to Gible, which it chomped up happily.
"Are you going to the Desert of Stars too? You better get some nice desert clothes." He said, gesturing towards a bundle of clothes under his left arm, as he walked off into the desert.
You turn back towards the small town. It seems more inviting by the second.
What do you do?[/COLOR]


Reply 1
Spoiler: show

Quote:
Originally Posted by sixdragons_in_atrenchcoat, post: 6943200, member: 114256
"What an odd man." Dracen muttered to Gible as they walked into the small town. "I wonder if he's a professor?" Gible licked at the remnants of the Passho Berry, burbling. Dracen wiped the sand out of his hair and face and looked around at the buildings. "Hmm." He paused. "That one, then. It must be a shop of some kind." He pointed out a building to Gible, who was chasing down a tumbleweed. Dracen laughed. "Alright then, stay safe. I'll be back in just a mo'." He strolled over to the shop and opened the door, tapping his boots clear of dirt as he did. Gible watched the tumbleweed bounce away, growling. Too slow, this time. He turned and trotted across the dusty earth to the shop Dracen had entered, up the steps and through the door as well.


Update 2
Spoiler: show

Quote:
Originally Posted by DannyDrawsaLot, post: 6959560, member: 112934
sixdragons_in_atrenchcoat - "I am a professor!" The man yelled behind you, flicking a card towards you. It read, "Prof. Reinbacker." You enter a shop, which was for desert items. There were many things on display. Desert goggles, canteens, water skins, backpacks, and other related objects are all in your line of sight as you look around in the shop. You see shiny stones, lined up at the bottom of the display cases, which Gible proceeded to gnaw on.

You sit at a table, then a lady sat there with you. She was in her late twenties, and was wearing a ranger outfit, complete with an orange vest and boots. She had a Steenee sitting beside her, which was releasing a Sweet Scent into the air. Gible sniffed the air, smiling, which made the Steenee giggle.

"Are you going to the Desert of the Stars too? What's your name? Age? Where did ya come from? Is that Gible your starter Pokemon? Who'll be your desert guide? My name is Christine, by the way." She said.

Steenee seemed to already be in an engaging conversation with Gible, who was also engaged in it. The Steenee had light purple head leaves, and yellow skin. It sparkled in the light, it was clearly a shiny. Christine fumbled through her bag, bringing out a Sitrus Berry and offering it to Gible, who chomped it up happily.

Christine noticed you staring at her Steenee. "Ah, she's a Shiny. I got her from a lucky egg hatch." Christine enlightened.


Reply 2
Spoiler: show

Quote:
Originally Posted by sixdragons_in_atrenchcoat, post: 6959714, member: 114256
Dracen looked over the card, then pocketed it. "Alright then," he said to himself.
The pair entered the shop, and to their delight it was full of useful items! Gible scampered around the shop eagerly, looking at everything. A woman and her Shiny Steenee approached Dracen and began to ask him a barrage of questions. Dracen tried to answer them all, startled. "Yes, we are heading into the Desert of Stars! I'm Dracen. ...Is that important? I'm from Hammerlocke - you wouldn't have heard of it. Yeah, Gible and I have been together since the beginning. ...Desert guide? Nice to meet you, Christine!" Gible and Steenee seemed to be having their own conversation, just as fast-paced as the humans'. Dracen cleared his throat after a bit of small talk. "Er, we're here to buy supplies for travel. We need Pokémon Food and heavy clothing for the sandstorms."


Update 3
Spoiler: show

Quote:
Originally Posted by DannyDrawsaLot, post: 6959840, member: 112934
sixdragons_in_atrenchcoat -
"Hello Dracen! Hammerlocke, where is that, Sinnoh? That Gible is your starter? Yeah, you need a guide before you enter the desert."

After talking with Christine, you tell her about your need of desert clothes and Pokemon food.
"I've got an extra set of clothes!" Christine said as she brought out a heap of cloth from her duffel bag. You examine it. Would this do? You eventually take it, put in in your pack, and then you left the store.

"Hey, do you know a guide?" You hear a voice behind you. It was Christine.
"I know a guide that lives around here. Should I call him for you?"

She flings out her Rotom Phone and called him. He picks up the phone and they talk for about 36.472 seconds, before she cuts it and he comes back from inside the desert. It was the professor you saw before.

"Professor Reinbacker!" Christine said, as she gave him a hug.
"Yes, Christine, its me. You called me. What do you need?" Reinbacker asked. He looked impatient, and his Ralts was just in a happy conversation with Steenee and Gible.

"Can you be this boy's desert guide?" Christine asked, gesturing towards you.
"Hey, it's you! Desert guide? Ah, that's fine." Reinbacker said, as he gave you a thumbs up.
"But you'll have to excuse my wife here, she's very, um, ecstatic, to say the least." he said, embarrassed by a tad.

Will you look for another desert guide or take up on his offer? Or more importantly, do you eat a meal first?

What do you do?



Naru
Spoiler: show

Adventure Start
Spoiler: show

Quote:
Originally Posted by Asteiri, post: 6639643, member: 88404
A shady slum in a shady city, nothing Isaac hadn't seen before. As he walked through the slums, he couldn't help but glance over the people laying in alleyways --- slumped over and quivering in the crisp light of the day. He had heard of these slums, he knew full well about the wells of addiction that lay before him... but he couldn't help but be drawn to that kind of thing. There was a void in his soul, a void that he hadn't felt in a long time. Like an itch that you couldn't quite scratch, the feeling kept returning... and he couldn't help but crave some sort of fulfillment.

He hands shook with anticipation at seeing the grimy alleys. He hadn't felt this kind of need since before his overdose, the need to escape, to forget everyone and everything --- simply becoming overtaken by the blissful highs that would blanket him. He could almost hear Kyle's voice condemning him for being so easily tempted. Not that that mattered anymore... Not that anything really mattered anymore.

He glanced at some of patrons of addiction laid out before him, sprung out and draped over thin blankets. He remembered what that was like, he remembered how hard it was to fight that kind of thing, how hard he had to fight to overtake his addiction. He sighed deeply, contemplating if coming here was actually a good idea --- especially in his current state. He rubbed his face anxiously, putting a hand on his hip and staring down at the Leafeon that had stopped in front of him. Her brown eyes had pleading look in them, a looked that was of sheer concern for her master. There was a clear fear there, a fear of returning to how things had been... a fear of returning to her life on the street.

And for once... Isaac wasn't concerned about what Vinny thought. He needed this for him. It didn't matter what anyone else thought of him at this point, the world was shit anyways. He nervously brought a cigarette to his lips and glanced down at Vinny once again.

Sorry Vin. Rang through his head. But he could never apologize enough to his beloved Leafeon if he decided to go through with this.


Update 1
Spoiler: show
Quote:
Originally Posted by Liltwick, post: 6690237, member: 83117
Astre-

At this point, there was still a chance to turn back. Though, how could you? You needed this more than anything. All the guilt and remorse would soon melt away into sweet bliss. Sure, it was selfish, and after it was done you hoped you'd be forgiven. But, for now, this was all you needed. You took a drag of your cigarette as you continued to walk through this playground, feeling memories of your time on the street tug at your mind.

Your heart was broken into pieces, the love of your life only came back to use you. Sure, there was still Vinny, and you hoped that you would be able to atone to her after you were done here, but besides that you were basically a dead man walking back to destruction. The sweet whisper of temptation clouded your mind. The cigarette on your lips wouldn't be enough at this rate. After all, if it was you wouldn't even be here.

You take a step forward, despite your Leafeon's pleas. Those who lined the street only lived to feel the only way they knew how. Money was nothing to them but a means to an end. A means to an end... Kyle could've fulfilled that role. But he abandoned you, again, and again, and again. Even now you felt you were hearing him. Telling you to stop. Yet he wasn't there. It was the part of you that didn't want to go back to this life. There was still the option.

While contemplating your next action, you felt someone brush against you. A small, hooded figure with no discernible details. They just kept walking, but you could hear a small giggle as they did. Checking your pockets, you could feel the rest of your cigarettes gone. By the time you notice, they break out into sprint while giggling even louder. Pickpockets were common, but there was something off about it. There felt a slight urge to follow it for some reason.

What do you do?


Reply 1
Spoiler: show

Quote:
Originally Posted by Asteiri, post: 6752881, member: 88404
There is no other way.

Isaac felt the mantra play inside inside his head. A defense of his own actions? Perhaps. But his mind was reeling, and he needed the one thing that would make him feel numb... the thing that would take all his worries and woes away. He was caught up in a rush, a rush of emotions that made his head hurt.

Heartbreak? Yeah, of course it was common. But he just kept letting it happen to him. It was always the same with Kyle. I want you, but only when I want you. It could never be on Isaac's own terms, it always had to be what other people wanted and for the first time in a long time, Isaac felt like he was finally controlling that. He could feel the stern gaze of Vinny's brown eyes on the back of his neck, he glanced backwards, producing her bright red Cherish Ball and pulling her inside. She didn't need to see him like this, hell, he didn't want to see himself when the bliss finally hit him. It would be like a wave washing over him, a wave of utter nothingness.

And he welcomed it.

Isaac was so caught up in thinking about things that had yet to happen that he hardly noticed the small figure slink beside him. He paid them no mind, taking another sharp draw from his cigarette before flicking the ashes to the ground. He could practically feel Vinny straining against her Pokeball in his pocket, but it felt... lighter somehow. The figure, now a feet feet ahead of him let out a giggle.

Something was wrong.

Isaac placed a hand on his pockets suddenly, realizing that something might be amiss. He felt the familiar Pokeballs, six in total, his own lighter and... he patted his pocket in a panic. His cigarettes were gone.

"H-hey!" He shouted. He needed those, they were the only thing keeping this nagging itch away. The only thing keeping him grounded to sobriety. "Give those back!" He yelled out, causing the figure to break into a sprint while cackling manically. Isaac's face twisted into a scowl, he took a giant puff from his cigarette before breaking into a sprint, following after the hooded figure.


Update 2
Spoiler: show

Quote:
Originally Posted by Liltwick, post: 6762390, member: 83117
Silverstream-

You decide to give chase to the hooded figure. You follow them through a few back alleys, but notice its getting darker and darker. It soon feels you're being dragged along, as the figure stops every so often to make sure you're still giving chase. And if you look tired out... You get taunted until you resume the chase. The alleyways at this point more felt like a labyrinth than an actual city. Sure, the City of Pentacles was one of the largest in Fizzytopia, but this just felt... Unnatural for slums. Guess why it's called the Devil's Playground.

Soon the figure stops in front of a door and goes inside of it. Seems that they were leading you here for some reason. You see your pack of cigarettes carefully placed in front of the door. It's quite old, made of oak and three metal bars seemed to serve as a window. The smell of plants hits you hard, the aroma seeming to waft from the opening in the door. Taking a step back, you see a small sign above the door. "The Little Imp."

This place seemed to be some type of bar or tavern. Slums had those dives, the seedy places that served swill and had a "secret menu" that was usually everything on the black market besides an actual drink. Escorts and Drugs were usually the common two secret menus, and you could tell that this was a place that served both. Though, it seemed that whoever ran this place wanted you to come here. And based on that smell, you could tell this place had what you wanted.

What do you do?

Naru 2
Spoiler: show

Adventure Start
Spoiler: show

Quote:
Originally Posted by Asteiri, post: 6987610, member: 88404
Ahri's tail drooped sadly as it brushed the grass where her and her master walked. Once upon a time, the Espeon had dreams of walking through this forest with her beloved Flareon mate, Ahi. But now, this would never come to be. She knew she needed to be strong for her surviving son, but her heart ached with every moment she was forced to fake a smile in front of her son. Eyes focused on the ground as she walked, she wondered why exactly her trainer had decided to come to this area of all places.

Isaac, too, was familiar with heartache. Ahri had never met Kyle, and perhaps that was for the better. Right now he was the strong one, shouldering on for both him and his heartbroken Espeon. He could feel her frustration as they walked through the grove in silence, blue eyes fixated on the ground in frustration as she angrily brushed her paws through the grass. Isaac himself had to wonder what had drawn him here, out of all the areas situated within the Arcane Realm... why did he want to travel here so badly.

"Let go."

The words escaped Isaac's lips without him even realizing, causing Ahri's head to slowly look up, tilting once it fixated on her trainer. Isaac paused his stride, looking down at the graceful Espeon. She sat on her haunches, brow furrowed and lip slightly twisted and gnarled in confusion.


"We're going to the grove to let go. Forget the heartache and start anew." Isaac said, attempting to make his voice sound more confident than he felt. Ahri seemed confused even still, why wouldn't she be? What could her master possibly have to let go of. "Ahri," He began, sitting in the grass with his Espeon. "I was in love, once." He spoke softly, looking up at the tall canopy of trees above them. Ahri blinked, moving closer to her trainer and allowing him to scratch behind her ears. "His name was Kyle, and he left me too." He paused, "It was my own fault though. I wasn't a good man back then." His mind screamed at him that he still wasn't a good man now, but he bit his tongue. Isaac continued scratching her behind the ears. "Ahi, however, wasn't your fault." He began, knowing that the Espeon had been carrying an intense burden. He slowly put his hands on his knees, raising himself back up to his feet and looking towards the distance. He knew that those twisted oaks were somewhere near them, and he had to find them. "So... why don't we go to these oaks. We can smash those stupid berries on the ground, destroy our past loves and start fresh." Ahri's face twisted into a mischievous smile, much like her young self. Isaac couldn't help but grin seeing it. "Atta' girl." He murmured as the two continued their walk through the grove.


Update 1
Spoiler: show

Quote:
Originally Posted by Liltwick, post: 6991140, member: 83117
Naru-

You and your Espeon walk through the Lover's Grove. A place where usually young couples come to look for a happy future together. You could see multitudes of these couples as you walked through the oak trees. Yet you weren't here for love. You were here to lament, and Ahri was as well. Both of you lost someone you loved dearly, and losing them still hurt to this day.

You knew you drove Kyle away. He had a brief glimmer of hope when Kyle came back into your life, but he just used you just as you used him. It was only a night, but it was just long enough to cement you were never getting him back. You also knew that Ahri was never getting Ahi back. That her lover suddenly disappeared along with his trainer. She was being strong for her kids, but you could tell she was hurting as well.

But this wasn't just a trip to mop around, it was also a trip to let go. This place served as a crossroads for all kinds of love, and you were looking for the path that lead you to leave your love behind. It wasn't going to be easy. The scars Kyle left on you would last forever.

As you continue through the forest, you start to notice small pools of water littering the oak trees. You could see couples peering into them and laugh as they talked to their heart's content. These pools seemed to reflect what the saw in their love. There was a magic to it, but that sort of divination could lead to disastrous results.

"Isaac."

You heard your name, a voice calling to you.

"Come closer Isaac."

It couldn't be... No... That was certainly Kyle's voice. But what was he doing here? He had someone else that he was happy with. Someone else that would actually give him the love you couldn't. You look at Ahri, and see that she seems to be going through a similar thing.

Then, from the corner of the eye, you see one of the ponds ripple. It seemed to be calling you.

"Isaac please, save me."

The voice was more desperate, and you see a small twinkle from the pool.

What do you do?


darknessdawn
Spoiler: show

Adventure Start
Spoiler: show

Quote:
Originally Posted by darknessdawn, post: 6836457, member: 112699
Shadow calmly looked about, his typical playful grin growing as he schemed. A whine from the shy Zorua in his arms drew his attention. His eyes gazed over his beloved companion as she shifted, wanting his attention. She always wanted attention, to be honest, but she wanted it more than usual now. Shadow looked back up to take in the world he was in: The Arcane Realm. He could tell the place was one he could REALLY have some hectic fun in.
Assuming he found anybody else that is.
He turned his attention back to little Mischief, and scratched her belly a bit, which caused her to steadily relax. She loved attention and pampering, and Shadow was happy to supply such.
He held the little female up and stared into her blue, blue eyes, the same color as his own. They were so similar, yet so different.
He returned his attention to the mystical world surrounding them. His mischievous smirk returned, as he gently stroked Mischief's head. His focus locked on the road ahead, and he started walking without any specific destination. He was a wanderer, he had been for the longest time. He wasn't sure when his wanderlust had first begun, but he knew he'd had Mischief the whole time.
He watched everything as he walked, keenly observing the road and anything else around him. Excitement built in the young troublemaker, as he told Mischief "This place looks fun, doesn't it? Let's have a look around and see what we'll find!"


Update 1
Spoiler: show

Quote:
Originally Posted by Liltwick, post: 6853502, member: 83117
This road symbolized the beginning of a journey. The start of something new and also the growth that would be had while taking this journey. It was rumored that an adventure always happened for those who walked it. You and your Zorua were no different, looking for something new. Something fun.

Unfortunately, that didn't look like it was going to happen. The road stretched out as far as the eye could see. Grassy plains to the sides, clear sky above. And the road itself? Barren. Your hope for something was greeted with nothing. After all, a journey didn't start until the first step was taken.

Heading down the road, the scenery didn't seem to change. The Arcane Realm was an incredibly vast land, after all. With just how many branches of this road, it would take months, even years, to travel all of them. Of course, the true end of the road would bring a traveler to the world tree. The heart of this place. Its said that the Fool's Path acts as the roots for the tree, and each branch is a new root taking place.

After a while, you start seeing signs of civilization. People passing by you, but very clear looking past you. It was as if you didn't even exist. Each person you passed seemed all so different. All of them were on different walks of life, but all shared the same road. Yet, at the saem time, it felt like you weren't part of that road.

Eventually, there is someone who notices you. A young woman, carryign a bushel of bread on her hip. She takes a look at you, and reaches down towards her basket. She stops, though, after looking at your eyes. Her face twists, and she runs.

"Beware the eyes of blue," you hear. Looking around you find a small, old woman sitting. She doesn't even look up at you.

"Seems you've arrived... Trickster," she pauses for a bit, before delivering the last word heavily.


Reply 1
Spoiler: show

Quote:
Originally Posted by darknessdawn, post: 6853518, member: 112699
Shadow had been increasingly perplexed by the strange situation... And increasingly irritated at being utterly ignored. When the girl ran he held out a hand as if to stop her, then sighed and lowered it. The older woman's words, seemingly meant harshly, didn't faze the young Trainer at all. Although it did leave him confused. Especially the ambiguity of the statement.
He and Mischief had both looked at her when she'd spoken. "'Beware the eyes of blue'?" He and Mischief looked at each other before Shadow continued. "Which of us do ya mean? Me, or Mischief? And what exactly is going on here? Actually, how about a better question? Who are you, and what do you want? ... Okay, that's two questions, but you get what I mean, I'm sure."
He mentally prepared for a battle if necessary, although he knew better than to start fights. Last thing he wanted was his closest friend and constant companion getting hurt for his own foolishness. Mischief, for her part, braced herself. Shadow had helped her, protected her from a cruel world, and she'd give herself up to protect him. If she could speak, she'd say she may be a coward, but she's a LOYAL coward. Loyalty was the one thing that could force her outside her comfort zone without someone else's involvement.
All the while, Shadow's eyes scanned the old woman and the surrounding area. If he got himself into trouble, well, he needed a quick escape route. Problem was, this was a road, and thus few hiding places were within reach. As he awaited the old woman's response, he scratched Mischief's head, instantly soothing the jittery Zorua.

Update 2
Spoiler: show

Quote:
Originally Posted by Liltwick, post: 6853644, member: 83117
The old woman chuckled at your confusion before givign her response to you.

"They call me Edith, Hermit of the Woods," she introduces herself to you. Taking a closer look, you realized her skin looked more like saggy tree bark, and her eyes had a strange cloudiness to them.

"I've been alive for over five hundred years boy, acting as a prophet. The World Tree gives me visions, and through those visions I tell the realm its future," she told you before giving a hearty laugh.

"Sweet child, seems you're the poor soul who my recent vision was about. The eyes of blue, both trainer and Pokemon, would bring such mischief to the land that it would cause the moon's shadow to darken the land. Or was it the moon would shower the land? Something like that. Bah I'm old. Don't live past three hundred kid after that your bones turn into pudding," she started going on, her words not really making much sense at all.

"But to answer your question, the people here simply don't want that prophecy to come true," she said before she started to hum. You could feel the wind starting to swirl around you and her, and for a second it looked like the road below pulsed.

"Oh, well that's rare," she stated after a moment. "Seems there is a way to prevent this. Travel to the Lake of the Moon and enter the temple. You should find something that'll prevent this Trickster. Your skills will be necessary to get through the temple. Lucky for you a new moon is in three days. If you run all the way there you'll make it in time."

With that, the old woman snapped her fingers, and after a flash of light she was gone. Seems that was the adventure you were looking for. Too bad there didn't seem to be people willing to help you.

What do you do?


Reply 2
Spoiler: show

Quote:
Originally Posted by darknessdawn, post: 6856217, member: 112699
Shadow blinks at the explanation. A moment later he nods, a fire in his eyes that few ever saw. "I'm on it." He started running at top speed to the Lake of the Moon. He had to stop this. He was a troublemaker, yes, but he had a good nature. It was one thing to pull a prank. It was another thing altogether to let a calamity happen. He placed Mischief in his bag so he didn't have to worry about carrying her.
The pup poked her head out to watch. She made a small yip. Shadow rolled his eyes. "Yeah, I know, I asked for adventure. I literally asked for it, and boy did I get it. Be careful what you wish for and all that. Come on Mischief. Let's DO this! Let's stop... Whichever disaster was going to happen!" He pushed himself to go even faster.



Zain
Spoiler: show

Adventure Start
Spoiler: show
Quote:
Originally Posted by Zain, post: 6980227, member: 116953
Two there were, and two it had been, for almost as long as they could remember. This was a particularly odd duo indeed---one stood on two legs, dressed in simple traveling attire. His frayed traveling cloak and scuffed boots barely stirred the dust as they plodded along. The other, a four-legged beast in shaggy white hair soundlessly moved along beside him, long, graceful strides treading the well-worn path. An azure gem adorned it's forehead---a long horn on the left side of it's face arched toward the sky. Their relationship was not that of a trainer and his servant, per se, but rather as partners sharing a common goal. As such, there was no need for the beast to remain inside its Poke ball. Zain brushed his long black hair to breathe in a fresh, liberating breath of hair, a beatific grin on his face. The energy coursing through this land was almost tangible in the air. Zain had read stories of this land---who hadn't? He'd dreamed of visiting one day---and when he'd been giving the chance to travel there and be one of the first to uncover the mysteries of this changed, reawakened land. He'd traveled there will all haste, and had just begun to trek south towards the heartland of the realm. He'd had a hard time believing that he'd be able to visit this new land, untouched by humanity---to push the knowledge of our kind and to discover every secret the world had to offer. Yes, he thought. This is the frontier of our discovery. He stroked Lucifer on his back as he reflected on their goals---that faithful Pokemon had brought him so much. As they came over a rise he saw the Land of Cups laid out before him---the mountains, lakes, and arid frontier before him. He instinctively pulled a notebook, which he had already filled with sketches of locations and Pokemon out of a satchel and began to sketch his surroundings, deep in awe and thought---but as he did so Lucifer let out, a low, long howl---a distressed, sorrowful lament...

Update 1
Spoiler: show

Quote:
Originally Posted by Meetan, post: 6980719, member: 57787
Zain: Like many people in Fizzytopia and beyond, you had heard the stories of the Land of Cups. The arid desert didn't look like much to behold, but fairy tales and horror stories originated here, along with tales of adventure and conspiracy theories linked to the meteorites that are scattered throughout the starlit land. You've had plenty of time to think of what you would do when you got here, but now that you have, you can take in the fresh air and all of the scenery with it. As boring as the desert looks (and who knows, looks can be deceiving...), the rolling hills and mountain ranges beyond are like jewels to the eye. Truly, it's amazing how much the ecosystem varies here, and it's a jewel to behold.

You sit down to put it all into your notebook so that you have it all forever: an insight to your fresh, first impression that you can treasure for years to come. Of course, you aren't alone, your trusted guardian sitting at your side and drinking in the view as well. Of course, you're no stranger to the dark type's deep potential, of how it was he came to save you twice in your life, and it looks like his sense of the supernatural is warning you again. A sorrowful lament makes you jump and pulls your attention up from the page, and at first your gaze looks to the Pokemon in surprise and confusion. Sure enough, you can tell that something's off, and then you realise that the pounding of relentless thunder is beating your ears, like a nearing march. The sky is clear, but it doesn't take long to realise the source.

A whole herd of Rhyhorn and Rhydon – or perhaps even a multitude of them – are stampeding across the desert. That's pretty cool to see, and you're at a safe distance, which means they're probably no threat to you. Probably. But it's curious timing, that's for sure. You could follow them if your feet are fast enough, or if you have the patience to track the countless hoof holes they'll be leaving behind, and maybe try to catch one of the easier pickings. Or you could go and investigate what managed to spook the resident Rhys of the eastern desert. Of course, you're part way through a pretty piece of artwork, and one that would be a real gem to keep, so maybe you should finish it first? Those Rhyhorn wouldn't be hard to track, even if their trigger might already be moving on. What do you do?

Reply 1
Spoiler: show

Quote:
Originally Posted by Zain, post: 6980784, member: 116953
"Curious," Zain muttered under his breath as he observed the gray-colored, frantic Pokemon traversing the desert at a ludicrous speed. That definitely seemed discordant with the quiet, placid nature of the desert. Shame---the artwork would have to wait. He hastily leafed through his notebook, coming to a stop at the end cover, where his Pokedex had been sewn into the leather backing. "It would take quite a fearsome Pokemon to scare of such a herd of Rhys---Pokedex, analyze and give me a list of the natural predators of the Rhyhorn and Rhydon." Zain jogs down to the tracks the Pokemon, still thundering through the desert---left, drawing a hasty outline in his notebook and picking up the pace, gesturing for Lucifer to follow with a few subtle gestures. The two of them hastily followed the Rhyhorn tracks through the dusty desert, thoughts racing all the while. Zain seemed inexorably drawn to investigate whatever preternatural force had spooked these Pokemon. This is my moment to make a new unearth new, ground-breaking secrets---the moment I've been waiting to seize for as long as I can remember, Zain speculated. Maybe he could find answers to the queries that had followed him here---perhaps even his faithful guardian Lucifer could find a lead---after all, he had seemed to have a sense for certain atypical phenomenon. He was still learning more about his companion's potential all the time---and the magical energy the seemed to permeate the air here had seemed to make him react strongly. Letting out a whoop of joy at the thrill of potential discovery, Zain considered how he had always followed and been fueled by the need to slake his thirst for knowledge. This time is no exception, He smiled as he and Lucifer, who's excitement Zain could sense in his mind, raced off into the desert. Well, Zain thought. So the rumors of a land rife with intrigue and magic are true--- I've just barely arrived and something interesting is about to happen. It would seem I'm receiving a taste of excitement and action much sooner than expected.

Update 2
Spoiler: show

Quote:
Originally Posted by Meetan, post: 6989462, member: 57787
Zain: You decide that your art work would have to wait, what with the urgency of the situation. It must take something damn impressive to spook a herd from the Rhy family, and you ask your trusty Pokedex just what kind of natural predators there are that could do such a thing.

The Rhyhorn family does not have many natural predators. Dexter begins authoritively, the words spoken clearly and in a digitised but crisp voice, With many holding the Lightningrod ability, the Rhyhorn family are not only immune to electrical attacks but actively draw them away from allies, and the strong hides of their evolved forms make them resistant to fire-type moves. Furthermore, Rhydon are capable of surfing through water, in spite of their weakness to their typing. Although some of the young in their family are more easily spooked, the Rhy family are powerful, and can cause a lot of damage when thrown into a rage or stampede.

Well, that was that then. They could have been scared by anything out of the corner of their eye, or you could have been walking towards some sort of horrendous monstrosity, given how few things could naturally prove a threat to a horde of these beasts. It's on the way said monstrosity that you and Lucifer spot what looks to be a woman crumpled on the ground, her clothes torn covered in both dirt and fresh blood – a lot of it. She's sobbing, and the closer you get the more that you can see that she looks like she's been dragged through a hedge maze, backwards. At the sound of your footsteps, she tearfully looks up. At first, it's in fear, but then she seems utterly relieved.

“Oh, thank god... A trainer...” Although, when the woman sees Lucifer properly, her expression falters. It seems like she's unsure what to think of the Absol and what its omen represents, but she has no choice but to appeal to you anyway. “Please, sir-- you have to help me! I come from a small village out west of here, we're like an outpost, really-- a group of people from my village and some travellers, they were out on a trek, and they've been kidnapped! By monsters, they were absolute monsters, please! You have to go, or they're all going to die! If nobody helps them, they're all going to die! Please, you and your Pokemon, they have to do something! Someone has to do something...”

The woman breaks down again, curling into herself in floods of tears. It looks like you've discovered something, that's for damn sure. A literal monster, a boogeyman, some heinous human being? Well, you're either going to find out, or you're going to walk your smart arse some other direction. What do you do?

Reply 2
Spoiler: show

Quote:
Originally Posted by Zain, post: 6989996, member: 116953
Zain's thought process flitted from curiosity to suspicion to a profound Holy shit, what the hell happened here? He's overwhelmed by the woman's explanation at first before calming himself."Oh crap. um...I don't have much in the way of medical supplies, but I can do what I can. Surely what you talked about weren't monsters, per see...? What or who the hell did this?" Zain asked, kneeling to inspect the woman and putting a hand on her shoulder. "Holy shit, calm down. I'll do what I can, but I'll need a more detailed explanation to go off of. What do you need and where is your outpost?" Zain's curiosity had faded completely, replaced with anger and shock. He couldn't leave these people. "Err...that's gotta hurt like a bastard. I can't just leave someone bleeding out in the middle of the desert...and for all I know this may well be a trap. Can you guide me to the village?" Zain is aware that someone that desperate is probably not lying to him, but he is still wary. This is the safest way for him to both help the woman (with her predicament and to make sure she doesn't die), and watch her to ensure she isn't deceiving him(though of course, he does not tell her that). Zain observes Lucifer, who looks on with a pensive and sorrowful expression. Is this what you were trying to warn me about, friend? "If what you said is true we need to hurry. What's your name?" Zain says. Now Zain is no moral paragon, but his thoughts are racing with both anger that someone would do this to ordinary people. Well, I'm definitely on to something. I just came here to explore, and now i'm on the fringe of something likely bigger than I am...am I sure I can help these people, or am I just lying to her? Will I fail? But I can't just condemn these innocent people... He takes a breath, steels himself and gestures to the woman and holds out a hand for her. "C'mon. Don't worry, I'm sure it will be okay."

Update 3
Spoiler: show

Quote:
Originally Posted by Liltwick, post: 7080964, member: 83117
Zain-

The woman reaches towards your hand and uses your weight to pull herself up. She lost her balance at first, stumbling a little and causing a little bit of blood to drip from her flowing robes. Once she was up and standing, she was clearly a head taller than you were. Her skin was a nice mocha tone, with ebony colored lips and an overall freckled visage. She wore an orange cap with naturally curly hair tucked underneath.

"Oh thank you again. Please, I worry dearly that everyone... Everyone will perish before we're able to make it back. My mother has given me the name Amara, after the constellation hanging over head when I was born. Kind sir, may I get your name as well?" she asked, still looking a bit bewildered by what she had seen. You comply, sensing that it was a common courtesy among her people.

"Now... we should be going..." she looked up skywards. You could see her wince as she looked up, and a sharp twitch coming from her abdomen. The wound was a deep cut, one that looked like it came from a bladed weapon. "Towards Polaris."

She then pointed north. A brilliant, shining star lit up the sky like a shining beacon. The northern star has been used since ancient times to guide those who were lost. It was key in many civilizations, especially for nomadic and seafaring cultures.

"The monsters headed there... Towards the site of a new meteor that fell just a fortnight past. My tribe, we are called the Starseers. We help guide travelers across the desert. There should be an Archaeological dig site on the way there... We could use the help..." she stated, clutching her with her right hand. The wound was starting to clot, but it was obvious she desperately needed medical attention. Lucifer walked forwards before looking back at you. Danger was ahead.

What do you do?

Reply 3
Spoiler: show

Quote:
Originally Posted by Zain, post: 7081223, member: 116953
[COLOR=rgb(221, 160, 221)]Zain pulled the woman up, digesting her seemingly bizarre statements...yet, she certainly didn't seem to be lying and he was aware all sorts dwelled in these fruitful, raw lands. As he drifted off into his own speculations and looked on at the northern star, Lucifer gave him a glare to keep him grounded. He didn't seem to be warning danger, but nor did he state that the sky was blue or grass green. He didn't need to, that was a given.[/COLOR]

He turned back to the woman. "My name is Zain...and I'm not certain the title "sir" is befitting..." He said, then inspecting her wounds. "So,,,someone or something saw fit to attack your tribe? And if so...how is said meteor involved? These wounds look deep..." He states, pulling a small roll of bandages out of his belt and a little disinfectant. "This is all I've got...but it'll hold until we can get you something better, I hope..."

[COLOR=rgb(221, 160, 221)]After administering basic first aid Zain gestures towards the dusty expanse and brilliant star hanging in the northern heavens. "If it is truly as you say...we must make haste. After you."[/COLOR]

Update 4
Spoiler: show

Quote:
Originally Posted by Liltwick, post: 7081345, member: 83117
Zain-

Amara grabs the small handful of bandages you give her, and looks at the wound. It wouldn't be enough to keep the wound together, but the gesture was certainly enough. She did place a few on her wound in spots that would help with the bleeding, but it was an obvious half-hazard attempt. When you tell her to go ahead, she gives you a confused looked as she starts to lead the way.

You head out for a few miles before you get to a rocky outcropping, where Amara stops. Below is a sort of ravine with various colored gems littering the walls. At this time of night, they all shown like the stars above, creating an optical illusion of space being deep within the ground.

"We need to find a different route..." she mutters before clutching her abdomen. A small amount of blood escapes the wound and ends up falling into the ravine. When that happens, she lets out a small gasp and tries to clean up the blood that spilled to the floor.

Looking around, you notice a bridge leading to the other side. Looking across the ravine, it seemed to be stretching for miles. There didn't seem to be an "alternate" route so to speak. Lucifer though, seemed to be on edge. For what exact reason you couldn't tell, but there was certainly an off feeling about this place.

Amara gets up and looks towards the bridge. There was fear in her eyes, and she was looking at you with a sense of urgency.

"We need to hurry and get out of here now. If not... Then we might not be able to leave this place," she said, limping her way over to the bridge as fast she could.

You then feel a rumbling sensation under your feet. It felt as if something was digging through the ground and heading straight towards you. You rush towards the bridge, trying to get away from it. But it only got louder, and louder, and louder. It felt as if the earth was going to break away and you were going to fall into the ravine. You then ear a loud boom as a dark figure pops in front of Amara. At this point she was in front of the bridge.

You could see what it was, a Gabite. It was breathing heavily towards her, seemingly attracted by the scent of blood. It was poised, ready to attack her and drag her under.

What do you do?


Reply 4
Spoiler: show

Quote:
Originally Posted by Zain, post: 7082521, member: 116953
Zain gazed out over the ravine, the walls lined with gems that gleamed in the evening light. Lucifer twitched and sniffed at the air...a sure sign [COLOR=rgb(221, 160, 221)]something [/COLOR]wasn't quite safe, be it the precarious bridge or the small dragon-type Pokemon lumbering towards them. "...there doesn't seem to be a different route at the moment..." He said, backing away from the Gabite.

"...oh dear. and the Gabite is the reason we should get out of this place, I presume?" He added, still slowly backpedaling away.

He exchanged a glance with Lucifer, looking at him then flicking his eyes towards the approaching Pokemon. He nodded in understanding and interposed himself in between them and the Gabite, assuming a battle position. Zain then flicked his finger across his throat and Lucifer's eyes flashed with resolve. [Throat Chop]


[COLOR=rgb(221, 160, 221)]The Pokemon dashed forward, leaping gracefully. Lucifer's horn was poised to slash near the Gabite's elongated, needle-like body underneath the head.[/COLOR]

Update 5
Spoiler: show

Quote:
Originally Posted by Liltwick, post: 7084686, member: 83117
Zain-

(OOC: As a heads up Pokemon on average can use two attacks per round in a battle! You can have your Pokemon use three attacks once per battle as well.)

Seeing the immediate threat of the Gabite, you command your Absol to go for the throat, quite literally. Channeling malicious intend into his horn, Lucifer leaps forwards towards the small dragonoid. The Gabite quickly takes notice of the Absol headed towards it, but isn't able to react in time as it gets hit in the throat by Lucifer's horn. The Gabite coughs as it kneels on the groud, reeling from the attack and trying to gasp for some air.

Amara takes notice of this, and run towards you. A few blood splatters form along the way, but the Gabite is too enraged by the Absol to give chase. After all, he did prevent the Cave Pokemon from getting its prey. And if there's anything a dragon is disdainful towards, its those who prevent them from collecting what's rightfully theirs.

At this point, the Gabite retaliates. Channeling draconic power into its claws, the Gabite swipes in two rapid hits towards Lucifer. The Dual Chop knocks the Absol back, but the Disaster Pokemon is able to quickly land on it feet. The Gabite then keeps up the offensive, and goes for a Take Down. Using its body, the blue dragon slams into your Absol. Using its weight, the Gabite is able to pin down the dark-type, causing limited mobility for the Absol.

"You need to be more offensive... The Gabites around here can be very vicious if they manage to smell blood," Amara remarks, clutching her wound. It seemed like her condition was worsening, so it was best to hurry.


Reply 5
Spoiler: show

Quote:
Originally Posted by Zain, post: 7085697, member: 116953
[COLOR=rgb(221, 160, 221)]Zain watched as his companion staggered and was pinned to the ground by the vicious dragon-type Pokemon. He winced at the audible impact and turned to Amara, nodding in understanding. [/COLOR]

"Just stay back. Don't strain yourself..." Zain murmured, then quickly ordered Lucifer to attack the still slightly winded Gabite with a series of simple hand-signals. He'd developed them out of the necessity of the element of surprise in battle, noting that in the space of yelling out the command often gave an opponent time to counter. [GROWL, FUTURE SIGHT]

[COLOR=rgb(221, 160, 221)]Lucifer gazed back at his attacker, unleashing a savage, unsettling growl that put the Gabite of guard, then managing to deftly weasel out of its grasp and channeling a burst of psychic energy that would take effect in the near future.[/COLOR]


Update 6
Spoiler: show
Quote:
Originally Posted by Liltwick, post: 7086576, member: 83117
Zain-

Giving your orders, Lucifer tries his best to execute them while being pinned down by the Gabite. He let's out a loud growl directly in the Gabite's face, but the dragon-type is unfazed despite the attack drop. The Gabite, knowing it can't meet the verbal assault in kind, instead raises its claw. It channels draconic power into it, and the claw starts glowing a vibrant blue. Lucifer uses his litheness to roll out of the way, having just enough room to get unpinned by the Gabite.

The dragon type then slams its Dragon Claw attack into the ground, not realizing that its mark had already gotten away. At this point the Gabite was pissed off, and realized a head on assault wouldn't necessarily work. After all, if the Absol was able to escape its pin, then it would probably be able to dodge a full on physical assault. It waits, wanting to know what the next attack would be. The two stared each other down before Lucifer made the next move.

Channeling psychic energy, the Absol looked skyward. Using its connection with foretelling disaster, the dark-type gains a insight into the future. Foreseeing the Gabite getting hit with a powerful psychic blast from the sky, Lucifer determines that would be the future events. The Future Sight was set in place, and it would strike soon.

Gabite, realizing the Absol was acting like a sitting duck, determined that it utilize this to unleash a powerful attack. The Gabite looks towards the ground, and starts to dig. Using its claws and mouth, the Gabite swiftly digs underneath the surface. It was lurking, waiting for the best opportunity to strike. You couldn't tell where it was, or when it was going to strike, but it was going to be soon.

What do you do?

Reply 6
Spoiler: show

]
Quote:
Originally Posted by Zain, post: 7090071, member: 116953
Zain observed as the Gabite burrowed under the ground. "It's quite tenacious," he muttered. He'd have to make a spur of the moment decision, let alone one made from a precarious position.

"I'm fairly certain it'll come up at any sign of movement or vibration..." He continued, standing his ground and holding a hand in front of Amara lest she provoke the Gabite. If that's the case...I'll have to improvise. He carefully picked up a stone the size of a fruit that laid on the ground, then tossing it at the ground, the stone clacking against the bridge.

"Lucifer, start with a Quick Attack and please do follow up with a Throat Chop if it comes up." He ordered, steeling his resolve as Lucifer nodded, the disciplined Pokemon staunchly holding his position.

Update 7
Spoiler: show

Quote:
Originally Posted by Liltwick, post: 7093180, member: 83117
Zain-

You give your orders to Lucifer, making sure that he was primed and ready from when the Gabite would strike. You could feel the earth tremble beneath your feet as it was churned by the land shark. They were known for two things: how quickly they were able to dig through the ground and how much they loved gems. Nothing here really shone as brightly as a gem, but the taste of blood seemed to trigger the Gabite as much as gemstones normally would.

A loud cracking noise could be heard as the Gabite burst through the ground directly underneath Lucifer. Foreseeing this, and with a little help from your orders, he channeled as a burst of speed into his hind legs and used his Quick Attack to getaway. The Gabite was caught off guard by the Absol dodging, but in the end, it didn't matter. The Gabite stabs the ground with both of its claws, preparing a powerful move. From its maw comes a fiery blue wyrm, channeling its draconic rage. This looked to be its desperation attack, and it landed perfectly. Lucifer cries out in pain as he's wreathed in the flames.

But, by some stroke of luck, Lucifer was left standing. His fur was singed, and he was barely holding on. You could hear his labored breaths, staring the Gabite straight in the eye. Once more, he coats his horn in dark energy and lunged forwards. The horn connects with the Gabite, but it is not enough to fell your foe. The Gabite is knocked back by the attack and starts circling the area. It seemed poised to finish at any second. Yet there was a glimmer in the sky. The Future Sight. It would strike within a moment's notice... All you had to do was stall long enough for it to go off.

What do you do?


Reply 7
Spoiler: show

Quote:
Originally Posted by Zain, post: 7103092, member: 116953
Zain watched as the Gabite burst through the stone beneath them, tossing stones and other debris into the air as it lunged towards Lucifer in a vicious attack; The dragon type Pokemon seemed driven into a wild frenzy, unabated by the quick attack and wreathing the Absol in draconic flames with a powerful attack.

He winced as the Pokemon cried out in pain, burnt and bruised by the onslaught. He had made an oversight, and Lucifer had been the one to pay the price for his mistake - he wanted to get down on his knees and offer an apology for the companion, but he couldn't at the moment. The Gabite began circling them, in a manner similar to a vulture, waiting for its prey to expire, poised to strike with those razor sharp claws, the growling noises it made mingling with Lucifer's shuddering breaths.

Taking a split second weigh the variables, glimmering future sight included, Zain flicked his hands forward, using the same simple hand signals as before. (Razor Wind followed by Quick Attack)


Update 8
Spoiler: show

Quote:
Originally Posted by Liltwick, post: 7113909, member: 83117
Zain-

With your orders given once more, Lucifer beings to charge up energy within his horn. The winds around him began to channel and increase in velocity until a mini whirlwind was coating his horn. Your dragon-typed foe watched curiously, almost as if it was pondering what the move was. Your Absol then let our a small cry and swung his horn towards the Gabite. Multiple razor-sharp wind blades crashed into the Gabite. Though, the Dragon seemed unfazed by the attack.

The Gabite then rushes forward, claws once again coated in draconic energy. Slashing at Lucifer, the Absol yelps as he's sent backward. He was barely holding on at this point, while the Gabite seemed as strong as ever. At least, until you closely look at its face. You notice it clutching its teeth, the high powered moves straining it. But, it continues its onslaught.

One more Dragon Claw, that's all it would take to finish Lucifer. If it hit, it was all over and you'd be shark food. Though, that wouldn't come. The dragon rushes forwards, but it won't connect with its mark. Lucifer pushes himself beyond his limits and quickly uses a burst of speed to dodge the attack. He then almost seems to teleport behind the Gabite and pushes the opposing Pokemon directly under the Future Sight. A large burst of psychic energy crashed down into the dragon, smiting it in a brilliant flash of purple. Once it fades, the Gabite lays there, KO'd. Lucifer has gained 3 levels of overcoming this ordeal!

Amara then looks at you, her face filled with disbelief.

"You managed to save me once more, I thank you. We must hurry, the moon will soon be in full view," she states, pointing towards the sky. You notice a seemingly blood-red light shining behind a giant cloud cover.

"We should reach the camp in half an hour, but we must be wary," she states, clutching her wound. It seems like it'd be best to have something to watch your back. Lucifer could do it if you could heal him up, but besides that, there didn't seem like many other options besides running for it.

What do you do?
__________________


I fill my lungs with everything
You want someone that I can't be
You say it's insanity, but
I say that's my life

Fizzy Bubbles

Last edited by Lil'twick; 04-28-2021 at 08:27 PM.
Lil'twick is offline   Reply With Quote
Old 04-28-2021, 12:18 PM   #8
Lil'twick
Insanity
 
Lil'twick's Avatar
 
Join Date: May 2013
Location: Fizzy Bubbles
Posts: 5,751
Send a message via Skype™ to Lil'twick
King Ghidorah!
Spoiler: show

Adventure Start
Spoiler: show


Quote:
Originally Posted by King Ghidorah!, post: 6640545, member: 105075
Hugo wouldn’t really consider himself “poor” and he only sometimes felt “damned”, but it was hard not to gravitate toward the High Priestess’s Cathedral. It loomed imposingly from its hill, almost in opposition to the castle. The castle may be home to the king, but the cathedral was home of the people.

Religion always fascinated Hugo. He never really considered himself a religious person, but he definitely understood its purpose. It gave people hope. It gave people reason to feel like all of this mattered, that all of their toil and pain would one day lead to a greater reward. It gave people meaning.

And for those at the top, it provided a means of social control. Follow these rules! Do this or the gods will punish you! Perhaps he was a pessimist or a nihilist, but this is the side of religion Hugo tended see most often, and it disgusted him and kept him away.

Like most deities, the High Priestess was highly venerated for her grace and generosity, and she had developed an impassioned group of followers as a result. He was skeptical as usual. Yet something seemed different. As Hugo approached the massive doors of the church, something seemed to be calling to him. He put his hand to the door handle and stopped and looked up. The walls were massive, the spire reaching high into the clouds.

“What is it about this place?”

He was filled with sudden rush of hope and mystery. He immediately tried to stifle those emotions. He sighed heavily, opened the door, and entered.


Update 1
Spoiler: show

Quote:
Originally Posted by Maskerade, post: 6646266, member: 63055
King Ghidorah:

Your relationship with religion was a double-edged sword. You saw its purpose and the hope it gave to so many in need... but your eyes were also not blind to the exploitable nature of this hope. And yet, despite your conflicting thoughts on the matter, you could not stay away from the High Priestess's Cathedral, drawn to it by some strange, intangible feeling...

They say the Church's doors are always open. This, of course, is entirely metaphorical - as you quickly find out, the massive wooden doors of the Cathedral are very much closed, and it takes considerable force to push them open and step inside. Once you do, however, you find yourself overwhelmed by the strangest sensation.

Music fills your ears and your soul - note after note delivered by a perfectly synchronized choir of female voices. The melody itself is foreign to you, but the way it resonates across the entire church produces an almost hypnotic effect; you feel all worries and concerns begin to vanish from your mind, your heart feels light and full at the same time. It's beautiful.

The song had caught you so off guard that it took you a moment to properly see the Cathedral's inside. The church itself is immense, with rows upon rows of wooden benches stretching along the full length of the ceremonial hall, and a sumptuous altar at the very end, lined on each side by giant mahogany statues of Dialga and Palkia, adorned with golden paint. So much for those vows of poverty.

There is no priest that you can see behind the altar, but to the right and left of it, lined directly in front of the statues, are several nuns in white robes, covered from head to feet, showing only their raised hands in adoration as they sing. They are the heavenly, bewitching choir...

This seems to be a solemn moment. Will you set out to explore the Cathedral in greater detail, or stay a while longer until the nuns finish their ritual?


Reply 1
Spoiler: show
Quote:
Originally Posted by King Ghidorah!, post: 6648995, member: 105075
”I…uh….”


Hugo’s words escaped him. He was caught somewhere between extreme fury and complete confusion. The faceless, apparition-like appearance of the nuns certainly caught him off guard, and his brain hadn’t yet caught up with his mouth. But unable to read their expressions or even recognize that they were human made them difficult to converse with. It was like talking to the furniture.


“..What? Confess?...No I--…what exactly is going on here?”


He was beginning to get his words back. Clumsily, but still.


“I’ve got nothing to confess, but I’d like an explanation. I was watching you. Watching the singing. But what’s going on with…her….?”


He pointed to the silent nun. He assumed it was a her. Without any sort of actual distinguishable characteristics, he couldn’t confirm. Hell, he couldn’t even confirm that these were even people.


“She wasn’t singing. She wasn’t participating in the worship. What’s worse, it looked like she didn’t want to be here. And then Dingus and Dongus here scooped her up and carried her away.”


He was getting cocky. Instinctively, he clutched one of the Pokeballs hanging from his belt again. It gave him confidence.


“What exactly is going on back here? And who are you?”


While the “you” was intended for all of them, it was pretty clear he was directing his questions toward the sitting nun.


“You do realize it’s illegal to hold someone against their will, right? If that’s what’s happening here, I certainly am not going to tolerate it. I’ve seen enough corruption by you church types in m day.”


Update 2
Spoiler: show
Quote:
Originally Posted by Maskerade, post: 6649410, member: 63055
King Ghidorah:

You decide - although, is this really your own volition? - to stay and listen to the choir a bit longer. For some reason, the singing prayer resonates with you, even though you can't actually understand anything that is being sung. You find yourself simply sitting down and absorbing the whole atmosphere, even though you hadn't exactly come here to offer prayers of your own.

The nuns resemble wingless angels, dressed in their spotless white robes. They sing in perfect unison, a picture of absolute synchronicity that has likely been rehearsed a million times over. After all, what else is fitting for a God if not complete perfection? And that is why... something catches your eye as you let the chants fill your ears. A glimpse of imperfection, a minuscule blemish on the otherwise irreprehensible choir of heavenly voices.

One of the nuns is completely motionless, and completely silent.

It is almost impossible to spot her in the sea of white that surrounds the altar, but sure enough, there she is. While the other nuns keep their hands raised and sway their bodies gently to the rhythm of the chants, that one is absolutely static, like a lifeless statue of white marble. But when the singing finally stops and the ceremony ends, you realize you weren't the only one to notice her - the two nuns adjacent to her grab the silent one by each of her arms and hurriedly walk away, disappearing through a small wooden door behind the altar.

What was that all about? But should you even get involved with the affairs of the Church?...


Reply 2
Spoiler: show
Quote:
Originally Posted by King Ghidorah!, post: 6650602, member: 105075
The silent nun’s demeanor, along with the way she was hurriedly rushed off, was very distressing to Hugo. Something clearly was off. Maybe she was new and didn’t know the cadence or the words of the ceremony? That was unlikely, however, given the response of the other nuns. It seemed as if she was surely headed for admonishment and punishment.


The spell of the choir was beginning to wear off, at least for now. All of the skeptical questions Hugo had about religion came rushing back to him. History was chock full of stories where religious “missionaries” invaded foreign lands and forcibly instituted the wills of their various gods on the natives. Someone being coerced into a religion was hardly a novel idea. Was that what was happening here? Could it be that the silent nun was being forced to be here against her will? Was her lack of participation not a sign of ignorance, but rather defiance? It was all starting to add up, and Hugo’s rage was building. For years, he himself had been forced to hear his own religion’s teachings of kindness and purity, meanwhile the clerics espousing these messages were themselves conducting wicked and abhorrent behavior, often at the expense of the most innocent of their parishioners. The abuse and the hypocrisy disgusted and infuriated Hugo, and it appeared he was witnessing something similar before his own eyes.


He rose from the pew and began stomping toward the altar. He no longer tried to hide his presence, but rather welcomed any challenges from those present. Storming past the idols of Dialga and Palkia, they suddenly did not seem so magnificent, but rather symbolized greed and falsehood. The solid marble seemed to tremble beneath Hugo’s angry feet. He reached the small door and violently sent it swinging back on its hinges as he flung it open. Without even giving time to see who or what was in front of him, he greeted his opponents with an echoing


“HELLOOOOOOOOO LADIES!”


Update 3
Spoiler: show
Quote:
Originally Posted by Maskerade, post: 6651071, member: 63055
King Ghidorah:

The Church's hypocrisy triggers an unquenchable fury within you that drives to storm off after the nuns, ready to enact whatever revenge you can, despite in essence knowing nothing of the actual crime. Your steps echo like thunder across the Cathedral, as if you had suddenly transformed into your own Rhyperior. With no reserves whatsoever, you force open the small wooden door behind the altar and burst inside, channeling your inner Old Spice Essence Guy as you do.

The room you enter is minuscule and completely barren, except for a small painting on the far wall depicting the Creation Trio and their Master, along with two burning candles on the floor which fill the division with a faint orange glow.

Four figures clad in white turn to you - the silent one, the two holding her, and a fourth one sitting down on the floor in front of them. You cannot possibly tell if they look shocked, or disgusted, or even mildly surprised - the robes, pure as snow and adorned with delicate golden embroidery, cover their faces entirely, as well as every other part of their bodies. If the cloth had not been neatly tailored to fit each person impeccably, they may as well have been ghosts in blankets.

"How may we help you, child?"

The question, asked in an eerily soothing and peaceful tone, comes from the sitting nun. You get a distinctly different vibe from her... something you can't quite identify, some intangible power the others simply do not radiate.

"Have you come to confess?"


Reply 3
Spoiler: show
Quote:
Originally Posted by King Ghidorah!, post: 6651218, member: 105075
”I…uh….”


Hugo’s words escaped him. He was caught somewhere between extreme fury and complete confusion. The faceless, apparition-like appearance of the nuns certainly caught him off guard, and his brain hadn’t yet caught up with his mouth. But unable to read their expressions or even recognize that they were human made them difficult to converse with. It was like talking to the furniture.


“..What? Confess?...No I--…what exactly is going on here?”


He was beginning to get his words back. Clumsily, but still.


“I’ve got nothing to confess, but I’d like an explanation. I was watching you. Watching the singing. But what’s going on with…her….?”


He pointed to the silent nun. He assumed it was a her. Without any sort of actual distinguishable characteristics, he couldn’t confirm. Hell, he couldn’t even confirm that these were even people.


“She wasn’t singing. She wasn’t participating in the worship. What’s worse, it looked like she didn’t want to be here. And then Dingus and Dongus here scooped her up and carried her away.”


He was getting cocky. Instinctively, he clutched one of the Pokeballs hanging from his belt again. It gave him confidence.


“What exactly is going on back here? And who are you?”


While the “you” was intended for all of them, it was pretty clear he was directing his questions toward the sitting nun.


“You do realize it’s illegal to hold someone against their will, right? If that’s what’s happening here, I certainly am not going to tolerate it. I’ve seen enough corruption by you church types in m day.”


Update 4
Spoiler: show
Quote:
Originally Posted by Maskerade, post: 6651267, member: 63055
King Ghidorah:

The sitting nun's head tilts slightly once you reach for your PokéBall.

"You assume a lot, child - including that brute force would do you any good in here. We should talk."

With a gentle wave of hand, the sitting nun dismisses the other three. The two holding the silent nun hesitate briefly, but soon bow and carry the one you believe to be a helpless victim back out of the room. You know you could have stopped them as they walked past you, but something compels you to stand still...

Once they exit, the only remaining nun rises to her feet and walks closer to you. A gentle scent of lavender fills your nostrils as she approaches. She takes the hand you had resting on your belt and calmly moves it away from the PokéBall; you can't tell what her touch feels like, as her own hand is wrapped in the tunic's cloth, whose sleeves extended well beyond the length of her arms.

"You... mean well, do you not? But you should be careful with your accusations, child." There is no tone of admonishment in her words, but rather one of cautious advice. "Your righteous impulses are misplaced inside this holy Cathedral. Seek to understand before you can judge."

She turns her back to you and faces the small painting of the Creation Trio, offering a quick silent prayer before continuing.

"I am Mother Superior of the High Priestess's Cathedral. But to you, who do not share in our beliefs... You may simply call me Madeleine." The nun sighs and lowers her head slightly; her composure is beginning to waver. "I allowed the silent one to live among us, but the others do not know of this. If they did, they would never accept it - the silent one does not embrace our faith either, much like you; I merely... extended the kindness of providing shelter where none could be found. But that kindness of mine is also a sin, and this problem is my responsibility alone to handle, as Mother Superior."

She walks over to the door and opens it, inviting you to leave.

"Look no further into this matter; it does not concern you. Arceus be with you."


Reply 4
Spoiler: show
Quote:
Originally Posted by King Ghidorah!, post: 6651680, member: 105075
”Wait.”

Hugo didn’t know what to think. Perhaps he had overreacted and leapt before he looked. Rushing to conclusions was one of his greatest talents. And yet, despite what the HNIC – head nun in charge – had explained, something still seemed amiss. If she was the boss, what did it matter if others disagreed? Couldn’t she prevent any retaliation against the silent nun from the others?

“I apologize if I’ve offended you, but much like I would assume you would find in your teachings, I try to defend the weak and downtrodden. So you’ll have to excuse my behavior.

But I’m still not satisfied. Please, Madeline, explain to me who this person needs refuge from, and why it is so problematic that you have taken them in. Even if this person is a non-believer, what kind of church turns away somebody in need and would punish the person helping? It’s not adding up.

And look. If this person needs help, perhaps I can assist you. It sounds like you’ve got a lot to lose here. But me? What do I have to lose? Getting excommunicated from a church that I’m not a part of?

If you’re telling me the truth about this situation I don’t see why you wouldn’t let me help you. It seems to me that you are confident that you can handle it all on your own. Perhaps maybe even a little…prideful? And you wouldn’t want to be acting out of pride, would you? Seems to be something a church would look down on.”


Update 5
Spoiler: show
Quote:
Originally Posted by Maskerade, post: 6652933, member: 63055
King Ghidorah:

The Mother Superior listens to you in silence and shakes her head.

"You mistake our religious beliefs with the purpose of this Cathedral and the women who reside here," Madeleine explains, closing the door again once she realizes you have no intention of leaving the room. "The High Priestess's Cathedral's role in society is twofold: we pray continuously to Arceus for the preservation of this world, which It could end on a whim; and we house millennia-old knowledge in our archives, precious texts of unspeakable value, which we are tasked with maintaining dutifully lest these paper treasures become lost."

Madeleine places a hand on your shoulder, attempting to sound reassuring.

"The silent one is my cross to bear, because he can neither pray nor write - he is not even a woman, as our Order has mandated for centuries. He serves neither of the Cathedral's purposes, and his continued permanence here might be seen as an insult to Arceus. It is believed that, if the nuns of this Cathedral were to ever stop praying, Arceus would destroy the world; that is a chance we are not willing to take..." The Mother Superior takes a deep breath, struggling to appear calm as she pours her heart out to you. "My role is merely that of a supervisor; I hold no authority over my sisters, for we are all equal to the eyes of Arceus. My transgression would not be forgiven if they found out... He came to me one day, famished, alone and persecuted. I could not turn a blind eye. But a "nun" who does not offer prayer, who does not know how to preserve a scroll... My sisters will argue, and perhaps rightly so, that I endanger the whole world by simply allowing him to stay. And yet..."

Madeleine pauses and looks at you. At least, that's you think she's doing, since her face is completely covered by the white veil.

"By now my sisters have probably confined him to the solitude of the Room of Penance until time comes for the next prayer... I see no solution. If I order him to stay, I am corrupting the very purpose of this Cathedral, whereas if I send him away, I am failing my own faith. What would you do in my stead?"


Reply 5
Spoiler: show
Quote:
Originally Posted by King Ghidorah!, post: 6652973, member: 105075
“Typical,” Hugo said with disdain. “No offense intended, sister, but this encapsulates my struggle with faith. They preach kindness, protecting the meek and downtrodden. But when push comes to shove and it comes time to actually help someone in need, not only will they refuse and claim protocol, but they punish anyone who tries.”


He couldn’t tell if he was offending her. In fact, it was extremely bizarre that he was having such a significant conversation with a faceless person. But the vestments come in handy. Hugo had no idea a man was hiding underneath them. Then again…what else might they be hiding here?


“I appreciate what you’ve tried to do in helping this person, but was it really smart to thrust him into such a situation where he would so obviously stand out? This is such a massive building, you mean to tell me there are no secret rooms or catacombs or anything where you could have stashed this person? I suppose it’s best not to dwell on what could have or should have been though, what’s done is done.


Surely there is somewhere else that this person could be sent for help, is there not? And why exactly was he in such a dire state? Either way, there is only so much longer that this charade can continue, and the longer it builds, the worse this will become.


If you want, I can help you, but we will need to devise a plan to get this person to somewhere safe. Take me to the confinement chamber and we can devise a plan on the way.”


Update 6
Spoiler: show
Quote:
Originally Posted by Maskerade, post: 6653082, member: 63055
King Ghidorah:

Madeleine shakes her head again as you admonish both her religion and her actions. Perhaps she would have appreciated some more compassion in your words, but you know she can't fault you for being honest.

"You assume a lot indeed... But very well, I will lead you to the Room of Penance. Your help is appreciated... despite your bluntness. I ask only that you remain discreet for now - until we have figured out a solution, I would prefer not to have this secret revealed. Not just for my sake, but also his."

The Mother Superior exits the room, motioning for you to follow. You traverse the Church at a quick pace, earning the covered stares of many of the nuns you pass by on the way. You notice none bow to Madeleine, which falls in line with what she said earlier - despite being the supervisor of the Cathedral's activities, she is fundamentally no different from all the others. The women of this Church bow only to their Gods.

Madeleine leads you across the nave and through a large gate on the western wing, leading to the adjacent cloister - a covered stone walkway surrounding a beautiful garden down below. You proceed down the hallway until she stops near a rusty, heavy-looking iron door and retrieves a key from the confines of her robe.

"The Room of Penance is inside. But contrary to what you said, it is no chamber of confinement - merely an isolated place of worship where a nun can pray in absolute silence, rather than chant alongside her sisters. It is a place of reflexion on past sins, so we can walk back out cleansed and focused on our holy tasks," Madeleine attempts to clarify. "Of course, in this case, it is... unlikely that our silent friend entered the room of his own volition."

She opens the door with no small amount of effort, rusty hinges screeching as they're forced to turn. The room behind it is much more spacious than you might have expected - larger than most living quarters you've seen before - but is completely empty, with not even a window to provide light. Clearly, once the iron door is closed, the Room of Penance must fall completely dark and silent... Madeleine referred to it as a place of reflexion, but it definitely gives off a vibe of solitary confinement.

The light that passes through the open door allows you to spot the silent nun, crouched in the corner of the room, shoulders jerking up and down as if he's crying, although he makes no sound at all... You begin to approach him, but after a few steps you collide with something invisible which halts your progress. No matter how hard you try, some sort of shield or barrier is preventing you from getting any closer, while the nun continues to cry in silence...

"As I said, you make a lot of assumptions. I never told you the silent one was a person. Do you begin to understand now?..."


Reply 6
Spoiler: show
Quote:
Originally Posted by King Ghidorah!, post: 6653335, member: 105075
”Look, I’m here to help yo—”

Hugo was interrupted as he bounced off the invisible field with a loud THUD.

“OW! WHAT THE HELL! I mean uh…wow! That really hurt!” he said rubbing his head injury. They were still in a church after all.

What was going on here? It’s was one thing to not be able to speak, but to make no noise at all while crying? That didn’t seem to make any sense. And what exactly did he just run into? It was almost as if it was some kind of invisible…wall…

Then he heard Madeline’s cryptic explanation. She wasn’t hiding a man after all. She was hiding a Pokemon. Hugo looked back at Madeline who was barely visible in the darkness of the chamber. Even so, it was still like trying to gauge the reaction of a lampshade, her face still completely obscured.

“I see now what you mean about assuming,” he said to the nun, “but our friend here, we need him to cooperate if we’re going to help him.”

He turned his attention to the “nun” is disguise.

“Hello there. I uh… my name… is Hugo. I know that you aren’t what you’re pretending to be, but I’m not here to punish you. I want to help you.”

Hugo reached out knocked on the invisible barrier, giving the distinct sound of a fist on glass.

“I know you’re afraid, but this wall that you’ve built..”

Hugo was aware of the poetic and literal connotations of that last statement,

“..but this wall that you’ve built will need to come down. Let’s work this out.”


Update 7
Spoiler: show
Quote:
Originally Posted by Maskerade, post: 6653450, member: 63055
King Ghidorah:

You seem to finally realize what is really going on. This silent nun is not even human to begin with - it mus be a Pokemon, and one with strange powers at that. You soon come to terms with the fact that you're only going to get close to the sobbing creature if he lets you, and as a result, all you can do is try to reason with him and convince him to dissolve the barrier.

For a moment, nothing happens, but just when you're about to give up hope, you notice the nun has stopped moving altogether. It seems to have stopped crying... and when you reach for the invisible glass again, your hand touches nothing. The barrier is gone...

You take this as a sign to approach and try to work things out, so you begin walking up to the nun. However, the closer you get, the more you notice a heavy pink mist begin to flood the area. In a matter of seconds, the whole Room of Penance is filled with a thick Misty Terrain, but you continue undeterred. You drop to one knee and touch the silent nun's shoulder... only to see the white robes fall to the floor, empty, the creature nowhere in sight. A Substitute?...

"He fled... somehow, he got away. But he left the garments behind... Heavens, this is a disaster!"

Madeleine walks back out of the room, and seems to catch a glimpse of the runaway nun. However, her tone is less than pleased when she tells you where he has fled to.

"Hugo, he..." her voice is shaky, scared, nothing like the soothing tone she used when the two of you first met. "He fled into the Archives. If he's found... if he damages the scrolls..."

The Mother Superior takes a deep breath and turns her back to you, before walking down the rest of the walkway on her own, leaving you with one final, determined remark.

"I appreciate your help. But non-believers are not permitted to enter the Holy Archives of the High Priestess's Cathedral, let alone lay eyes on the documents housed within, under any circumstance. It would be the gravest of sins... I will pursue him on my own. It's my duty to fix this."

With that, she hastily walks away after the runaway nun, disappearing behind a small, unassuming door at the far end of the corridor. You're left alone to ponder on these developments, and it seems you now have a difficult decision to make...


Reply 7
Spoiler: show
Quote:
Originally Posted by King Ghidorah!, post: 6653481, member: 105075
What to do, what to do. Hugo’s mind races searching for a solution. He knows that Madeline is in over her head…then again, so was Hugo…but he felt that if he could help, he should. The nuns, however, did not seem to take kindly to outsiders. Without Madeline’s supervision, there would be little preventing them from accosting him. Likely without mercy.

Then he saw the abandoned vestments on the floor. Hugo sighed heavily. There was no real choice and he knew it. He pulled the garments over his face and body. It fit slightly too small, but it would work. He turned and put his hand to the door to leave, but paused. Perhaps now was the time to call in backup.

Hugo reached beneath the heavy white robe and pulled out a Pokeball, releasing the creature into the room. The air of the chamber spiked with sudden chill and Hugo felt an urge of uneasiness wash over him. His chosen partner floated in front of him silently, investigating the room with its despondent blood red eyes. It was Yamask.

“Yamask, I—” said Hugo, but upon noticing him Yamask sharply recoiled, his eyes showing uncertainty and fear. Hugo could see the sparks building in its outstretched palms; it was preparing for Shock Wave.

“WAIT! WAIT! DON’T! IT’S ME! IT’S HUGO! LOOK!”

Yamask stopped and eyed the white figure suspiciously. Hugo pulled the heavy white veil from his face The sparks from Yamask’s hands dissipated.

“I know, I look ridiculous, but trust me, I’m not doing this because of the fashion. I need your help. I need you follow me and watch my back. Stay in the shadows. If something seems off, step in. Got it?”

The Spirit Pokemon remained motionless. “Okay, great,” said Hugo. He opened the not-so-subtle door and headed out, Yamask in tow.


Update 8
Spoiler: show
Quote:
Originally Posted by Maskerade, post: 6654721, member: 63055
King Ghidorah:

Despite Madeleine's warnings, you decide to go through with this. Once she leaves you behind in the Room of Penance, you quickly devise a way to chase the silent nun and the Mother Superior into the Holy Archives, where entry is strictly forbidden to outsiders. To that extent, you decide to don the robes left behind by the mysterious creature you're after, effectively disguising yourself as one of the High Priestess's Cathedral's nuns - so accurately, in fact, that even your own companion Yamask has trouble recognizing you at first.

The veil gives you some confidence, but you are about to enter forbidden grounds. If your cover is blown, it won't just be your problem - you'll also jeopardize Madeleine's position as well as the safety of the one she allowed inside the Cathedral. Is this really the right course of action? Should you just do as the Mother Superior says and let her handle this?

Your phantom partner vanishes from sight, but you know he's near, moving around in the shadows like a silent, invisible guardian. But You don't know the sacred powers at work inside this Cathedral - is a ghost powerful wnogh to protect you from holy wrath? As you ponder on these matters, you move down the walkway as naturally as you can, although thankfully you do not run into any other nuns. After a while, you reach the door Madeleine walked into, at the far end of the corridor. A heavy-looking door, albeit made of wood, with delicate carvings of the Creation Trio on the surface, withstanding the test of time admirably. Above the door is a sign, a stone tablet that reads "Cherish and Protect the Memories of this World".

You place your hand on the handle, but it won't budge. Naturally, if the Holy Archives spread beyond this door, it is only natural it would be locked. Obviously Madeleine has a key, as Mother Superior of the Cathedral, but you do not. Somehow, the one you're chasing made it inside, but you seem to be stumped. How will you get inside without alerting others to the fact you're breaking into possibly the most sacred room in the Arcane Realm?


Reply 8
Spoiler: show
Quote:
Originally Posted by King Ghidorah!, post: 6655118, member: 105075
Hugo yanked on the handle of the large door to try and force it open, but to no avail. It would not budge, and the longer he continued this performance the more obvious it would become that he was not who he was pretending to be.


Hugo examined the inscription on the door. “Cherish and Protect the Memories of this World.” Kind of an ominous message. Cherish and protect the memories of this world. Protect them against what? And why are we protecting the memories? What’s so problematic about the present or the future? The lore of the creation trio seemed like they very keen to destroy the world at a whim. Hugo found this very disconcerting.


Nevertheless, the door refused to give and Hugo did not want to continue to draw attention to himself. He couldn’t see Yamask, the Spirit Pokemon having done exactly what Hugo had asked by blending into the shadows. But Hugo knew he was nearby somewhere.


“We need to get in here,” Hugo said under his breath, in a barely audible whisper. “I can’t get it to open. It must be locked…or something must be keeping it shut. The longer we wait, the more likely it is that we get caught. I need your help, Yamask.”


Hugo again pulled on the door handle. It wouldn’t move.


“Yamask,” said Hugo beneath the heavy veil, “wherever you are, I want you to use Psychic. Try and disassemble the lock and pull the door open. If that’s not what’s keeping this closed then….then maybe you can overpower whatever is.”


Update 9
Spoiler: show
Quote:
Originally Posted by Maskerade, post: 6657051, member: 63055
King Ghidorah:

Yamask does not make a sound, but you know the phantom is at work. Silently, he phases through the wall and rematerializes on the other side; soon, you hear the faint sound of metal sliding on metal, and the door opens. As it turns out, the lock was a simple one, a large rusty iron hook attached to an equally rusty hoop, and all it took was a gentle Psychic push to lift the former, separating the two.

*Yamask gained 2 Levels!*

Cautiously, you make your way inside. Beyond the door is a long, linear corridor, much darker and less spacious than the walkway that led you here, with candles burning along both walls. You close the door again behind you, to make sure you aren’t followed. As you keep walking, each step echoes loudly across the otherwise silent tunnel, despite your best efforts not to make too much noise; the corridor seems to go on for quite a while, until eventually you reach an opening on the far wall. What lies beyond is simply astounding.

Bookshelves upon bookshelves of priceless, no doubt unique scrolls from ages long past are spread across a gigantic hall; in between these shelves are pedestals, upon which relics of incalculable worth rest, surrounded by simple glass cases. You begin to understand the meaning of the sign you read earlier: The Holy Archives do indeed serve to “cherish and protect the memories of this world”.

Or rather… something else seems to be tasked with actually protecting these memories. A low-pitched growl resonates across the main hall of the Holy Archives, coming from the very center of the room. Snoring?…

You walk through the maze of bookshelves and pedestals towards the middle, in search of the source of the noise… only to discover that the growling turns to a loud, terrifying roar once you finally reach the center of the hall! Iridescent blue-green scales and white feathers fill your field of view, as a massive Drampa awakens from what seems to have been a short-lived slumber. This is no doubt the guardian of the Archives, and despite your disguise, he grows violent at the foreign scent you emanate – either that or the creature, raised by holy nuns, can somehow sense your true intentions. Either way, he knows you’re trespassing, and lunges at you without further provocation!

Quick, what do you do?!


Reply 9
Spoiler: show
Quote:
Originally Posted by King Ghidorah!, post: 6657707, member: 105075
Panicked, Hugo stumbled backward and tripped over his own feet, falling to the ground as the Drampa surged toward him. He saw his somewhat brief, somewhat unfulfilling life flash before his eyes. This is how you die? In a cave in a church? Wearing a nun costume? They probably won’t even report you dead. They’ll cover it up. That is…if they find you at all. The Drampa may see that that doesn’t happen. And you don’t even have a chance to send out another Pokemon since you fell on your ass. And what will happen to them? Are you not only responsible for your own death but for the death of all your partners? What a travesty. Way to go, moron.

Wait, snap out of it. Quick. You’re not dead yet, but you’re about to be. Do something! Anything! There has to be someone who can he—

“YAMASK!” Hugo shouted to his Pokemon. Yamask was special to Hugo. He had been abandoned by it’s previous trainer when Hugo took him in. Hugo was well-versed in the mythos that surrounded Yamask and their origin, and it greatly affected Hugo. Ever since, he and Yamask shared an odd but special bond and he knew he could count on the Spirit Pokemon. He couldn’t remember where he last saw the Yamask, but he knew he was lurking in the darkness somewhere. Close by, Hugo hoped.

“YAMASK! HELP! PLEASE! USE PROTECT! PLEASE!” He was literally pleading for his life. “PLEASE HELP! STUN THE DRAMPA WITH ZEN HEADBUTT! HIT IT WITH SHOCK WAVE!”

Time was up. Hugo braced himself and tried to quickly make his peace with the Universe.


Update 10
Spoiler: show
Quote:
Originally Posted by Maskerade, post: 6658100, member: 63055
King Ghidorah:

In the face of impending death, you end up doing the only thing you can realistically do - fight back in any way you can before you're eaten alive.

Yamask, mercifully, is quick to comply with your instructions. A split-second before Drampa's open maw envelops your head, an emerald shield is raised between you and the dragon, causing the beast to slam against the magic wall and stumble back, clearly stunned. Through the corner of your eye you see a violet bullet pass you by, as the ghost rams its whole energy-covered body into the much larger enemy's, capitalizing on the surprise factor. Drampa doesn't fall, but instead uses Yamask's own strategy when the spirit releases a lightning bolt at it, raising a Protect of its own. The Shock Wave is reflected and flies erratically across the hall, striking one of the pedestals and completely destroying the priceless incense burner that rested upon it...

*Yamask gained 1 Level!*

Drampa's expression changes immediately from angry eater of trespassers to desolate, helpless pet who failed the task it was assigned to by its master. It seems to lose interest in you completely and instead moves over to the ruined incense burner, trying to clumsily put it back together with massive winged arms that were obviously not designed for such a task. Even if they were, you can easily tell the relic can't be restored.

Yamask looks at you expectantly. The beast is distracted, a vulnerable target; should you continue the assault before it changes its mind again, or will you take a different approach?


Reply 10
Spoiler: show
Quote:
Originally Posted by King Ghidorah!, post: 6659192, member: 105075
Hugo’s heart kind of sank a little when he saw the futile attempts the Drampa was making to restore the incense burner. It was just doing it’s job after all.

“Ah, damn,” Hugo said to Yamask. “Didn’t mean to do that. Do you think we should help?”

Yamask are known for having been human in a past life, so Hugo thought perhaps Yamask could offer some human insight or compassion. The Ghost Pokemon stared coldly at Hugo for a few moments, then shrugged his spectral shoulders. Neglecting to make a crucial decision, could there be anything more human?

“Thanks…really appreciate the support,” Hugo responded sarcastically. “But you know…maybe if we do something, the Drampa might want to help us in return, you know? Like a “I-scratch-your-back-you-scratch-mine-but-also-don’t-eat-me” type of situation. That could work, right?”

More shrugging from Yamask.

“Great, glad you’re in agreement.”

Hugo slowly inched closer to the Drampa. Yamask floated nearby, fully expecting to have to leap into action again due to Hugo’s recklessness. This wasn’t exactly new behavior after all. Hugo cleared his throat.

“Look, uh…Drampa…I’m really sorry. I didn’t mean for that to break. I just…you were going to kill me and all. I don’t mean to harm you…or anything in here. I’m just…Madeline brought me here.”

Maybe if he mentioned her, it would help. Probably not.

“You know Madeline, right? That’s why I’m dressed this way. Well, see, I’m trying to help her. She’s got this friend here who really needs some help..so I’m like…I’m helping both of them. And now I want to help you! Maybe if I…you know…maybe we can do something about the incense burner. I don’t want you to get in trouble. Maybe I can help you out? Oh, I’m Hugo, by the way.”

Hugo looked to Yamask for reassurance. Yet he received Only shrugging.


Update 11
Spoiler: show
Quote:
Originally Posted by Maskerade, post: 6676811, member: 63055
King Ghidorah:

Drampa's teary eyes shift from the shattered incense burner to you, all signs of aggression gone, replaced by guilt. At the mention of Madeleine's name, however, he seems to cheer up a little, and his gaze shifts to a small, golden door on the wall behind him. You realize then, as you'd already suspected, that Drampa serves as guardian, preventing trespassers from going past the main hall into whatever lies beyond the golden door. But if that was the case, and the fake nun had indeed passed before, how had she managed to bypass the dragon? And why was Drampa asleep when you arrived, if Madeleine had only just passed through in her pursuit of the silent nun?

Drampa lowers its head, revealing a strange key dangling from a piece of rope tied to his neck which, in your panic, you had not noticed earlier. But when you hold out your hand to grab it, the dragon suddenly lifts its head again, and the key becomes out of reach. Then, with one of its wings, it pushes the broken incense burner toward you, and looks at you expectantly.

Yamask, meanwhile, stares at the scene with apparent indifference, before casually hovering over to the golden door. It seems to think the key is completely unnecessary; after all, you did manage to break into the archives with the ghost's help, why would this be any different? But as the phantom approaches, light bursts through the door's keyhole, engulfing Yamask in a blinding flash. When you open your eyes again, Yamask is standing right next to you once more, as if time had been pushed back once it attempted to phase through the door. There is some strange magic protecting the door, and clearly resorting to same tactic as earlier will yield no results.

It seems you have no choice but to get the key from Drampa; however, the deal remains. There is something you'll have to do for the dragon before it relinquishes what you need.


Reply 11
Spoiler: show
Quote:
Originally Posted by King Ghidorah!, post: 6676872, member: 105075
“Uh huh…okay…so you want…you want me to repair the incense burner, right? And you’re not going to give me the key until I fix this? This priceless artifact that seems to be damaged well beyond repair. You want me to put it back together,” Hugo announced. He knew that’s exactly what the Drampa wanted him to do. But maybe saying it aloud would make it easier? Like the lightbulb would go off? Doubtful.

Meanwhile, Yamask’s apathetic attitude had turned instead to one of frustration. Hugo watched as the Spirit Pokemon made repeated but futile attempts to phase through the golden door. Yet, each time he found himself back at square one, next to Hugo. After the fifth try, Hugo could see Yamask was getting angry and was prepping for a Shock Wave to try and blast the door down.

“Okay, okay, that’s enough!” Hugo finally intervened. “The last thing we need is to destroy anything else and get our giant friend here in even more trouble, right? We’re going to need to get the key and a deal is a deal. Why don’t you help me try to put this thing back together instead?”

Yamask conceded and agreed with Hugo to instead try and funnel his frustration into fixing the incense burner. It was heavy and metal and in several pieces. Yamask examined each piece of relic closely, finding where exactly it had been broken. Once he was satisfied, Yamask cloaked himself in an aura of pink Psychic energy, slowly pulling each portion into the air and piecing it together like an awkward jigsaw puzzle. A few maneuvers later, Yamask had the burner reassembled, looking almost as good as new. He pulled back on the psychic energy however, and it began to fall apart again, with Yamask catching it just before it clattered to the ground. He held it together again and looked to Hugo. He had done his part, now Hugo had to figure out to make it stick.

“So uh…have any tape? Or maybe some crazy glue?” Hugo asked the Drampa. The dragon raised a feathery eyebrow at Hugo’s suggestion and turned to Yamask with a look that read “Really? This guy?” Yamask shrugged, holding the incense burner in place.

“Okay, so I’ll take that as a no. Uh…hmm...looks like we may need to weld it together. Perhaps a blowtorch?”

Drampa shook it’s head, clearly getting frustrated with this line of questioning.

“No? That’s okay. I brought my own.”

Hugo pulled a Pokeball from his waist and released Salandit. The Toxic Lizard hissed happily, a small amount of purple gas being expelled from his muzzle.

“Salandit, I’m glad you’re here. See Yamask there? See what he’s holding?” He gestured to Yamask. “Well, it’s broken and we need your help. I need you to use Ember along the cracks and weld it back together. Do you think you can do that?”


Update 12
Spoiler: show
Quote:
Originally Posted by Maskerade, post: 6677329, member: 63055
King Ghidorah:

Reassembling a fragile incense burner that is probably worth a fortune is no easy task for a common man. But it becomes considerably more trivial with psychic powers at one's disposal, doesn't it? Yamask seems to think so too, as he effortlessly grabs all the pieces and joins them together, haphazardly at first and then, realizing how to solve the impromptu puzzle, correctly at last. But something else is lacking - a means to weld everything together.

Drampa raises one of its massive yellow eyebrows at your subsequent plan, which seems to be setting fire to the priceless relic you're trying to fix. But it did ask for your help, and it seems to have been taught humility by the nuns, so it says nothing and does not interfere. Good boy. Or girl. Plot-wise it doesn't matter.

You call upon your relatively young Salandit to finish the job, but the salamander stares at you with just as much apprehension as Drampa. Still, it does seem to be the only option available; Salandit raises her body temperature until flames escape its nostrils, and lets loose a stream of small Embers that heat up the metal until it turns red. After a few more attempts, the pieces seem to have been welded together, such that they no longer fall apart on their own. When the incense burner cools off, it'll be good as new!

Drampa stares silently at the artifact, evaluating the handiwork. You do the same, and clearly, the two of you are thinking the same: was it already that asymmetrical?... Drampa shrugs, hoping nobody will notice the tilted handle. Who knows, maybe it was always like that - art, right?

*Yamask gains 2 Levels!*
*Salandit gains 2 Levels!*

The dragon lowers its head again, this time letting you take the key. It feels heavy in your hand - its weight and color make you wonder if it's made of solid gold. And it if is... does that mean the door is too? Because it's one thing for a door to be painted golden, and another to be made of actual gold. Monetarily speaking, at least. But since you can't quite take the door with you and cash it in on the PokéBank, you decide there's little point in dwelling on it.

Drampa backs away, grateful for your help. You can now explore the main hall of the Archives at your leisure, or head straight for the door that Yamask couldn't breach.


Reply 12
Spoiler: show
Quote:
Originally Posted by King Ghidorah!, post: 6678610, member: 105075
“Thank you, ma’am,” Hugo says to Salandit in appreciation before recalling her to her Pokeball.

The incense burner wasn’t a masterpiece, but given the sheer number of relics in the chamber, Hugo believed…or hoped, anyway…that any slight changes would go unnoticed. At the same time, what did it matter? He got the key. At this point, Drampa would take the heat. Hugo didn’t necessarily want that to happen, but he did the best he could.

The key was heavy and solid. It appeared as if it was made entirely out of gold, much like the door that it unlocked. Hugo understood the church was ancient, but how exactly any religious institution was able to amass such sheer wealth to have entire doors made of gold caused Hugo a good bit of distress. So much for charity.

Hugo lifted the heavy key to the lock, ready to open…but paused. Certainly he needed to find Madeline and the Silent Nun, but at the same time, how many people have ever or will ever be in this room? “The door is made of gold,” he thought to himself, “all of these other objects…all of these precious archives…what secrets do they hold? And even more importantly, how much are they worth?”

Hugo noticed Yamask floating through the hall, examining the various artifacts and scrolls. “You’re curious, too?” He asked the Spirit Pokemon. Yamask responded with a cold gaze. Though this was pretty much how Yamask responded to everything, Hugo had learned over time what the different looks meant.

“Perhaps we can take just a few minutes to look around…”


Update 13
Spoiler: show
Quote:
Originally Posted by Asteiri, post: 6752872, member: 88404
King Ghidorah

((Sorry if this is a little off, I got the details from Mask and read through your posts to try and get a feel for everything))

Priceless artifacts in a room that few had seen? Consider your curiosity throughly piqued. You just really hoped that you didn't accidentally break anything else in this expansive Hall of Archives. Yamask's cold stare didn't deter you from looking around, although you were almost 99.9% sure that that particular cold glare meant that it was as gung ho as you were to explore the ancient archives.

You walked away from the Drampa, looking around for anything that seemed to jump out at you in such a way that made your eyes glimmer. Yamask floated beside you, it was silent but it's prying eyes seemed to be searching for anything interesting within the archives. Finally your eyes came to rest on something: a scroll. The scroll itself was extremely plain in nature, just an old rolled up scrap of paper. Yet it was presented it such a way that caused your eyes to be drawn to it. It was placed on an elegantly decorated altar, made of gold --- causing you to again ponder how rich this church truly was. Such a plain scroll was surely not deserving of such a fancy stand, but here it was. Maybe it wasn't as plain as you thought...

An array of thoughts swept through your mind, thinking about all the secrets this scroll must hold. Maybe it holds some ancient secrets that have been hidden away for millenia? Or even secret Pokemon moves that have since been lost to the ages? The possibilities were endless! And you were sure one peek wouldn't hurt...

What do you do?


Reply 13
Spoiler: show
Quote:
Originally Posted by King Ghidorah!, post: 6754571, member: 105075
Hugo knew he probably should be wasting time. The Silent Nun was in trouble and every second that passed could be another moment of suffering that it would endure. But even so, perhaps there was something in here that would contextualize this place…or better yet…would assist Hugo in his mission. Sure, that works. That’s what he convinced himself of at least.

Hugo was drawn to the scroll, but he couldn’t pinpoint exactly why. Was it the lavish, ornate stand on which it was placed? Perhaps, but there was so much outlandishness in this entire building that it didn’t really stand out that much by comparison. No, it was something else. Something pulling Hugo toward it.

And Yamask too. The Spirit floated above the scroll, examining it with its blood red eye.

“Right?” Hugo asked to his spectral companion. “I’m not sure what it is about this thing…”

He reached for it, but then pulled away. “You know, we really shouldn’t. We don’t have much time, and besides, pretty much everything else we’ve touched in here has broken. Do we really need to go down that path again? This could be extremely precious. Extremely valuable. And if we destroyed it, then what? We need to find the nun.”

Just as he was about to leave, however, he reconsidered. Damn curiosity. “But then again…maybe if we’re reeeeaaally careful, and put it right back, it should be fine, right? Should we really withhold this from ourselves? It’s practically begging to be read. What harm can it do, right?”

Against his better instinct, Hugo lifted the scroll from the platform.


Update 14
Spoiler: show
Quote:
Originally Posted by Asteiri, post: 6758958, member: 88404
King Ghidorah

One peek. Surely that couldn't hurt, right? You lifted the scroll from it's platform an-

Oh my god.

The scroll turned to dust in your hand. You glanced around in horror, hoping that no one had seen you do that. Your Yamask's cold expression remained, not reacting to what had just happened. You hurriedly uncupped your hand, allowing the tan coloured flakes of dust that had formerly been a scroll to fall back onto the podium. You scooped all the flakes into a pile, trying your best to insist that you had simply found that pile on that lavish podium. However, you knew that wasn't exactly believable. You were about to walk away, until you noticed a faint glimmer from within the pile. Curiosity slapped you across the face once again, you reached into the pile and produced a shimmering Heart Shaped Scale. Your eyes wandered for a few moments until you noticed a golden plaque below the podium.

'Protective Scroll of Ancient Scale'

You sighed in relief, realizing that you had not destroyed a priceless artifact... you had merely destroyed the casing it was kept in. You glanced at the scale in your hand... surely no one would notice if you took it, right? You knew that these artifacts were indeed priceless and that they had presumably been down here for years and years --- not to mention that you knew you had a mission to attend to, yet, you had to admit that you certainly knew the rarity of these scales. What use was it down here? Sitting on a lavish podium in archives where no one would use it.

What do you do?


Reply 14
Spoiler: show
Quote:
Originally Posted by King Ghidorah!, post: 6760105, member: 105075
”Oh no, oh fuck, oh no, oh fuck.” The scroll disintegrated in Hugo’s hand like a victim of Thanos. But after the initial panic had set in, the glimmering of the heart shaped scale captivated Hugo. Regular Heart Scales were known for their versatility and magical properties, so this one…this one had to really be special to be in a place like this. Hugo noticed Yamask eyeing him suspiciously nearby.

“What?” Hugo asked accusingly. “I’m just looking at it. Get off my back.” Yamask floated closer and closer to Hugo before finally stopping only a few inches away. Yamask’s breath was icy cold, causing the hair on Hugo’s arm to stand on end. Slowly, the Ghost type reached down and plucked the scale from Hugo’s palms.

“Hey HEY! What are you doing?! You need to be careful!”

Without giving Hugo a second glance, Yamask wrapped the scale in some sort of spectral burial garments and gently placed the scale in the backside of its “face” mask that it carried with it.

“Do you…do you really think we should be doing this? I mean…what if we get caught?”

Yamask glared at Hugo. He wasn’t going to give it up. Did he know something about this scale? About what it was worth?

“Okay, okay. Fine. We’ll keep it. I was going to take it anyway. But I didn’t realize you were such a klepto—”

Enraged, Yamask pulled the scale out and held it in the air with Psychic, daring Hugo to say another word.

“OKAY, OKAY! I’m sorry! Don’t. Just don’t.”

Slowly, Yamask put the scale back in his mask, eyeing Hugo the whole time.

“Alright, let’s get out of here. We have to go find the nun. We’ve wasted enough time.”


Update 15
Spoiler: show
Quote:
Originally Posted by Asteiri, post: 6767915, member: 88404
King Ghidorah

With the scale (hopefully) safe in Yamask's possession, you approach the large golden door. You wonder how much money this cathedral really has... first this enormous door made of gold, followed by this heavy key made of gold, and then that large scale that your Yamask totally pickpocketed. No point continuing to dwell on that fact though, knowing that you needed to find the Nun and the Mother Superior. You moved your hand to your pocket, taking out the golden key that you were given earlier by the large Drampa. You push it into the keyhole, turning it before giving the door a forceful push. Not only was it lavish, but also highly impractical. It was heavy enough that you could feel the force in your shoulders as you forced it open.

After straining yourself against the door, you walk inside the darkened space, looking around. You notice that it lead into an expansive corridor, starting off narrow and growing wider as it continued. You began to walk, following the path set out before you. It was dark, the only illumination you could truly see was from dusty lamps that were laid out against the walls. As you continue down the path, you wondered where Madeline and the silent nun had ended up. It was clear that this door had remained sealed, yet this was the only place they could have gone. You looked at your feet, noticing how dusty the floor was. It was rising as you walked, causing your nose to itch. You covered it instinctively... but it was too late.

Ah... ah... choo!

You sneezed loudly, more dust flying around you from the force of your sneeze. You wipe your nose, trying to clear any excess dust from your sinuses.


'Gesundheit!' A voice called. You instinctively wanted to say thank you, but you suddenly froze. You were supposed to be alone down here... other than the Silent Nun (who, as the name implied... was silent) and Madeline. But that voice certainly was not Madeline's. You took a few more steps forward, continuing to look around as you tried to find the speaker. What you had not noticed, due to the darkness of the room, was the small rock-like object on the floor that you had just passed. As you continued down, energy gathered in the rock and a purple smog rose from it. A Nasty Plot played in it's mind as the ghost materialized, watching you and your Yamask continue down the hall. It swung a Feint Attack at your Yamask, causing it to turn instinctively and be faced with the creature behind you.


What do you do?


Reply 15
Spoiler: show
Quote:
Originally Posted by King Ghidorah!, post: 6770706, member: 105075
Hugo watched in horror as the mysterious, ghostly being materialized, growing larger by the second and seemingly dwarfing Yamask. He had recalled reading about these things, known as Spiritomb, in the past. They were one of the few Pokemon Hugo could think of whose origin matched the same level dread as Yamask. They were known to be the bounding and imprisonment of 108 souls. Clearly these 108 souls had done something worthy of such a horrible punishment, so there was no telling what the Spiritomb had in mind for Hugo.

But first, the Spiritomb would have to get through Yamask. The Spirit Pokemon spun upon being blindsided, coming face-to-face with his assailant. Yet despite being clearly undersized, Yamask didn’t show fear. Instead, Hugo could see the rage building within his eyes.

“Yamask!” called Hugo. “You ne—” but Yamask suddenly lifted his hands and Hugo found himself unable to speak. He screamed and called, but try as he might, no sound would come out. Clearly Yamask had taken great offense to the Spiritomb’s attack and he was going to handle this situation on his own.

But not quite like this.

Hugo looked on in awe as Yamask bathed itself in blinding, ethereal light. He couldn’t quite make out what was happening, but was able to see Yamask’s body lengthening, its head becoming wider and rounder. Still clutching the scale in one hand. After the light had faded, there was no Yamask. In his place was a large, solid golden sarcophagus, hovering inches from the ground. Four spectral arms shout out of the sides. Near the top, Hugo could see the same unmistakable blood-red eyes of his Yamask peering from an opening near the top. Below was a horrifying snarl of jagged teeth. The monster tucked the scale deep within its golden armor.




Yamask was no more. Long live Cofagrigus.

Within seconds, Cofagrigus threw itself into battle with the Spiritomb. Within its four palms, Cofagrigus formed four eerie blue flames, launching them at Spiritomb with a blistering Will-o-Wisp. Almost immediately after, his red eyes rolled back in his head, turning blinding white. Hugo had recognized this as Cofagrigus attempts to Disable the Spiritomb’s attack. And while not trying to lose the upper hand, Cofagrigus created a strong blast of Ominous Wind which it sent surging toward the mischievous Spiritomb, looking to put a quick end to this.


Update 16
Spoiler: show
Quote:
Originally Posted by Asteiri, post: 6779867, member: 88404
King Ghidorah

Yamask's transformation was breathtaking... but also horrific. The once small creature had been replaced with a hulking sarcophagus, a horrible toothy grin plastered across it's once expressionless face and piercing red eyes basically looking through the amalgamation of souls that stood in it's wake. Yet, the Spiritomb seemed undisturbed.

Cofagrigus sprang into action quickly, summoning blue flames in it's four hands which it blasted at the Spiritomb, inflicting it with a lasting burn that caused it to wince slightly. However, Spiritomb was ready to strike back, it went for another Nasty Plot but was quick to be slapped down by the unseen force of Disable that Cofagrigus had sent it's way. Spiritomb cried out in anger at this dastardly ploy, sinking into the ground and slamming into Cofagrigus with a Shadow Sneak. It jumped backwards after striking, twisting and swirling angrily as it kept it's eyes on Cofagrigus.

Hit by the super-effective attack seemed to do little beyond add to the sarcophagus's anger. It flung forward, lowering itself onto it's four arms as it did a mad crawl... dash... thing... towards Spiritomb, slapping it where it hurt with an Ominous Wind. Spiritomb groaned loudly as it felt the force of the hit... but it too was not yet done with Cofagrigus.

The Spiritomb had observed the power of Cofagrigus and devised a Foul Play to use it against the creature, sending it reeling back from the force of the hit. The two Pokemon stared at each other as they stood, waiting for the other to make another move.

Meanwhile, you simply stood, watching in horror as the two horrific ghost types battled it out. Although you had a mouth, you could not scream, and you simply moved it wordlessly --- hoping your thoughts would somehow reach Cofagrigus. What do you do?


Reply 16
Spoiler: show
Quote:
Originally Posted by King Ghidorah!, post: 6788223, member: 105075
The irony of the situation was not lost on Hugo. He had gotten into this situation of trying to save the Silent Nun, protecting those who did not have a voice of their own…and left unable to make a sound at the mummified hands of his own chilling Pokemon. But watching Cofagrigus battle against the Spiritomb, Hugo realized that ultimately this may have been for the best. Cofagrigus understood something about the Spiritomb that Hugo never could. Despite their attempts to extinguish each other permanently, they were in fact very similar. Cofagrigus would know where and when to strike probably better than Hugo ever could. Hugo sighed a noiseless sigh and resigned himself to spectator.

The rage radiated palpably from Cofagrigus. While he had delivered a few key blows, Spiritomb had hit him hard as well. The Coffin Pokemon let out vengeful cry, the horrifying, earsplitting noise piercing through the corridor. Hugo covered his ears immediately and tried to block out the disturbing noise, which sounded to Hugo like the sound of many people screaming in agony. He hoped he never had to hear anything like that again.

Cofagrigus launched itself, solid gold sarcophagus and all, directly at Spiritomb, hoping to catch it off guard with Astonish. He took advantage of being in close range, reaching his spectral hands toward Spiritomb to try and send it surging with Shock Wave. Then, before he could see if it worked, he flung himself backward into the darkness. Cofagrigus raised its four hands toward the sky, his blood red eyes rolling back in his head. He slowly levitated higher toward the ceiling, and began to…speak. The voice sounded human, and it wasn’t speaking English or any other language Hugo had ever heard before. Hugo shuddered at the horrifying sight, realizing Cofagrigus was speaking in tongues, the demonic words flowing from Cofagrigus like a river. It took Hugo a moment, but eventually he understood what was happening. Cofagrigus was summoning a Hex on Spirtomb. Because Spiritomb was burned by the Will-O-Wisp, the Hex would have twice the power that it normally would.

Would it work?


Update 17
Spoiler: show
Quote:
Originally Posted by Asteiri, post: 6810908, member: 88404
King Ghidorah

The ghost types were locked in a battle that you could never hope to comprehend. The two would stare each other down, before emitting horrific noises that sounded neither human, nor quite that of Pokemon. Cofagrigus struck first, fueled entirely by his rage at the foul amalgamation of spirits. That strike that it had landed had done enough damage, far too much for Cofagrigus to take sitting down. The astonish landed, but it didn't quite astonish the Spiritomb in the way the Cofagrigus had hoped. The creature simply began whirring, it's purple haze swirling as it glared menacingly at the hulking golden coffin.

Cofagrigus, still fueled by it's anger --- let loose, it's hands throwing shock waves at the ghost type that it was facing. The Spiritomb gave a small hiss, seemingly growing smaller with every chip of it's health taken away at the hands of the large coffin. It's crazed gaze landed directly on Cofagrigus, it grew larger for a moment, before blasting a black Smokescreen over the hallway. You struggled to see through the haze, as did your Cofagrigus. With the smoke in place, the creature began chanting in some sort of unknown language, which your Cofagrigus followed suit. The Spiritomb released an Imprisionment onto your Cofagrigus, causing it's movepool to become bogged down. However, it still managed to unleash it's powerful Hex --- causing massive damage to the spirit Pokemon.

The creature howled, bringing with it an Ominous Wind. The winds whipped Cofagrigus, and it watched as the Spiritomb grew ever larger --- seemingly made stronger by the attack.

What do you do?


Reply 17
Spoiler: show
Quote:
Originally Posted by King Ghidorah!, post: 6788223, member: 105075
Watching his partner suffer, Hugo instinctively tried to call out, but still no voice came. Instead he got a mouth full of smokescreen causing him to convulse into a series of strange, silent coughs. How was this even possible?

The Smokescreen’s haze was thick, but the Spirtomb’s Omnious Wind inadvertently cleared some of it away, at least providing Hugo with some visibility and, hopefully for Cofagrigus, too.

The Spiritomb whirled furiously, growing larger with wrath. Cofagrigus showed no signs of intimidation, however, though Hugo could sense that it was starting to wear out. Having previously been a person, however, Cofagrigus still retained that human pride and was going to see this one to the end, dead or alive. Could it die again? This was too much for Hugo to consider.

The attack had worked, at least to an extent, and since Cofagrigus’ arsenal had been cut down by the Imprison, it decided to go for another Hex. Again, palms raised to the sky, eyes rolled back, the coffin hovered above the ground, the chilling, demonic chant pouring out and filling the corridor. But then there were…two Cofagrigus? Was Hugo seeing things? Perhaps it was the smoke. No there are definitely…three? Four? Ten?! The doppelgangers surrounded Spiritomb and begun spinning wildly in a circle, chanting in unison like some sort of ministry of darkness.

It was Double Team.

Hugo marveled at the mirror images, moving and speaking in perfect synchronicity. At this point there was no way to tell which was the real Cofagrigus and which were the fakes. Once they came to a stop, the center of their golden caskets began to emit green sparks. They continued to intensify into a dynamic Energy Ball. The Cofagrigus crew let out a horrible shriek before firing off the attack, as Hugo helplessly watched on from the sidelines.


Update 18
Spoiler: show
Quote:
Originally Posted by Asteiri, post: 6980074, member: 88404
King Ghidorah

The Spirtomb looked around, growing increasingly frustrated as it watched Cofagrigus multiply. A scowl (or at least, an imitation of one) grew upon the ghostly haze's face. A distaste that seemed to spread through it's entire being as it shook with anger and enlarged it's swirling mass once again. Being struck with an Energy Ball by one of the many Cofagrigus clones only seemed to make it grow angrier, it met Cofagrigus's angry howl with one of it's own. It's eyes narrowed as it moved forward aggressively, slapping Cofagrigus with a Foul Play. It seemed to get lucky among the clones, nailing yours without much difficulty. However, as the clones gradually began to close the gap, the Spiritomb seemed to grow ever more frustrated.

An angry howl escaped it's furled mouth, inflating more in size until it finally...

Pop!

The noise was odd, certainly, almost like a balloon hitting a sharp object and forcibly deflating. You turned your head and watched the creature's mass slowly dissipate, leaving a Memento of it's former self in the form of a small rock like object, which the deflated mass slowly funneled into. Cofagrigus shuddered feeling the memento pass through it's body, turning to you and releasing your mouth from it's prison.

Cofagrigus gained 2 levels!

You glanced at the small rock on the ground, knowing that you needed to catch up to the Mime as soon as possible... but you wondered if you would be able to catch the strange ghostly being in this state...

What do you do?



DannyDrawsaLot
Spoiler: show

Adventure Start
Spoiler: show
Quote:
Originally Posted by DannyDrawsaLot, post: 6857594, member: 112934
Quote:
Originally Posted by Liltwick
XVII. Desert of Stars - A small, arid desert at the northern tip of the Land of Cups, the Desert of Stars is named for the various meteorites found within this region. While more a dry, mountainous desert than a sandy one, sandstorms are still a common occurance here. Though, despite these conditions, explorers and treasure hunters flock to this region for the meteorites found here, and the rare Pokemon attracted to them. Some have even stated they’ve had some otherworldly experiences here.
Danny walked down the lane, clutching the backpack slung along one of his shoulders, a beat in his step and a tune he was singing, knocking his feet to the beat, as he was leaving his home. He walked with his Slowpoke Poker, who continued with his dopey rendition of Danny's song, to which Danny chuckled heartily.
"Come on Poker, we're going to the Desert of Stars!" Danny said excitedly as he glanced at the map in his bag.
"It should just be a few miles away!" Danny said, as he rummaged through his bag, looking for his Desert Glasses. He couldn't find it.
"Oh no! Where are my Desert Glasses? Poker, did you eat them?" Danny asked, annoyed. Poker just stared at him.
"Well, maybe they give free ones at the desert or something?" he said.
He kept walking, then he started thinking of home. He took the framed picture he had of his family in his bag, sitting on a boulder by the side of the path.
I wonder how they are doing? he thought, as a tear dropped on the glass frame, magnifying his face on the picture frame. Remember what Mom said: Be strong! He wiped the tears from his eyes, as Poker tried to use both his front feet to wipe Danny's tears.
"Thanks Poker." Danny said. He stuffed the picture in his backpack, standing up from the mossy boulder.
He looked at his watch, he needed to get into the desert by dark. So he picked up Poker and started sprinting, not wanting to linger waiting for Poker.
By 7pm, he made it to the desert. The mountains were stunning, the stars peppered the sky; Maybe that's why it's called Desert of the Stars, Danny thought.
At this time, there were no vendors or anything around. That meant no Desert Glasses.
He let impulse and curiosity take over him.
He was going in blind.


Update 1
Spoiler: show
Quote:
Originally Posted by Enigmatic Professor, post: 6908188, member: 106428
CrazyCreeperKid:
As you decided to start to wander in the desert blind and woefully unprepared, you heard some person shouting at you, not angrily but definitely trying to grab your attention.
"WHY ARE YOU GOING IN THERE???? ITS TOO COLD THIS TIME OF NIGHT AND YOU DON'T LOOK DRESSED FOR THIS!!!"

A woman caught up to you huffing and puffing... after she caught her breath, she put on a smile and started over
"My Apologies young sir, but you cant go into the desert dressed like this and with out anyone else with you. You'll get lost very easily and you'll probably freeze tonight and burn up tomorrow, because even though this isn't a normal desert doesn't mean that you wont suffer the same fate of that if you went into a regular desert.
With a small nod off her head she pointed to the area she came from you soon noticed there were lights in the distance.

" First up why dont you come with me and I can get you prepared for exploration, and if you would prefer to wait a bit I can be your guide for the desert and take you to some of the meteorites.
At the very least come inside and get some food, gear, water and a filling meal please?"

"My name's Amilia by the way, whats yours?" Amilia offered out her hand to shake yours, and what she had said had some truth to it... Other Worldly experiences were rumored to happen to travelers in this Desert.
You could use a guide and a extra person to help get by in this place that you know nothing of outside of the rumors and brochures, and what the reviews were left on websites...
What will you do?


Reply 1
Spoiler: show
Quote:
Originally Posted by DannyDrawsaLot, post: 6908227, member: 112934
Danny was luckily stopped from utter death by who seemed to be a local, who was offering to prepare him for exploration, and guide him through. She said it was too cold at this time of night, which was weird to him, because deserts were supposed to be hot. In all of Danny's intellect, somehow temperature slipped his mind. But he couldn't just follow some random lady. He looked at the Slowpoke on his shoulder, who seemed to have taken liking into the girl. Then again, she was offering to guide him through the desert.....

Danny contemplated this for a few minutes, before coming up with a decision.

"Sure, I could use a guide. Or at least someone to tell my story if I don't make it out alive." he said morbidly, then saw that she wanted to know his name.
"Oh, and the name's Danny." he said as he shook her hand. As he followed her to the place, he thought he might as well chit-chat.

"So, what kinds of Pokemon can be found in the desert? Ground-types? Rock-types? I expect all sorts. Also, why's it called the Desert of the Stars? Is it because of the meteorites? Oooh, where did the meteors come from? And why did they land in the desert? Also, I've been wondering...." he continued to bombard her with questions, thinking, If she's going to be my guide, she should know this stuff, right?

Amilia looked ready to answer his questions, her facial expression saying, "Ask away!"


Update 2
Spoiler: show
Quote:
Originally Posted by Enigmatic Professor, post: 6909040, member: 106428
CrazyCreeperKid:
Amilia was indeed bombarded by your seemingly endless stew of questions but she didn't mind. After all this is what she was supposed to do.

"You can see a mixture of almost all types of pokemon in this desert, not just ground and rock types. I've heard there's an oasis or three in there which house a few water types but I dont think you'll see Ice types and Water types, at least those that need the cold and the lakes / streams / oceans to survive and the liking.

"There are plenty of caves out there which could hold Ice types but so far in my tour groups I haven't come across any.
It is called the Desert of the Stars because there use to be several native tribes that lived out in the desert, mapping the Stars... Though suddenly they vanished.

"Natives outside the desert tribes say that they went back home. To the Stars.

"Though I dont know how accurate it is, we dont really have anything else to explain it and go off of yet if at all. "

As you two walked together you came closer and closer to a city of sorts.... More like a large town actually if you thought about it.

"I was supposed to have one other person as a tourist... So like if you know... If you wouldnt mind waiting till the morning I'll take the both of you out to the Desert and show you the Metorite field" Amilia took you to a hotel that appareantly she stayed at.

"This is my brothers Hotel, and he allows me to take some rooms when I get tourists to guide. You can have this room " Amilia handed you a key to room 215 and pointed to the elevator which showed a directory and map of the hotel.

" I have to go back to my place down the street to grab my gear and get stuff ready for you then I'll be back to take you and my other Client to a resturant. Dont worry about paying for it, its on me. "


What will you do, do you want to go in the morning with her and another person? Or would you want to still leave after you get some food in?


Reply 2
Spoiler: show
Quote:
Originally Posted by DannyDrawsaLot, post: 6909529, member: 112934
Amilia had answered all of Danny's questions, and had piqued his interest even more. An oasis? We need to visit there. "They went back home? To the "Stars"?" Danny said as he looked up towards the black night sky, which was sprinkled with stars like sesame seeds on a Miltank burger. Then, Amilia proposed that Danny should wait till morning so she could take him and another mystery client.

Danny didn't like this idea at first, but once Amilia mentioned "restaurant", Danny's hunger-crazed mind forced him into agreement.

"Yeah, I'll wait for you." Danny said, collecting the key which was engraved with the number '215'. Danny walked into the elevator, pressing the button as he waved goodbye to Amilia.

"215, that's Sneasel, right?" Danny said to himself, checking the Pokedex. Indeed, number 215 was Sneasel. Danny looked at the map above him.
"Room 215 is on the fourth floor." Danny said as he pressed the button which read '4', as the elevator doors closed.

After a few minutes of depressing music, Danny arrived at his destination. He stepped out of the elevator, walking down the long hallway. The air was cold, like most hotels. He kept an eye on the room doors, while in all taking in the building.

He read out loud, "209, 210, 211, 212, 213, 214, 215! There it is!" Danny said, as he slit the key into the keyhole, before turning it and unlocking the door. Danny walked into the dark room, flicking the light switch, which leaked light into the entire room.

Fairly small, there was a queen-sized bed, along with a dresser, soft pillows, the usual hotel room things. Danny put his bag on the bed, releasing all his Pokemon from their Pokeballs. Clockwork perched on his head, like usual, Litwick stood atop the dresser, and Alakazam went to a corner, likely to meditate, or whatever Alakazam do. Danny himself sat on the bed, scrambling through the bag to find two framed photos. One was a photo of his family, while the other was a photo with his friends. He placed both on the dresser, before lying back on the frame of the bed.

Grabbing the remote, Danny put on the small TV, then began to surf for something to watch.


Update 3
Spoiler: show
Quote:
Originally Posted by Enigmatic Professor, post: 6909984, member: 106428
CrazyCreeperKid:



After about thirty mins of you watching something on TV, you heard a knocing at your door and Amilia's voice called out to you.

"Danny, we are ready for dinner, are you?"

We?... Oh she possibly means her other Client who you were going to meet.
You decided to bring along your pokemon as most if not all resturants catered to pokemon for free so long as they didnt destroy the place or cause the other customers any problems.

Once you stepped out the door of the Sneasle suite you were introduced to Amilias second client.

A smaller teenage lady with black hair clutched her bag and very noticeably hid behind Amilia...
The bag she held was a duffle bag and it seemed to shiver a bit although that could have been your imagination and it could have been her.

"This is Thymest, Thymest this is Danny, the two of you will be my charges for this adventure so I want you too to at least be able to communicate with each other. "

With no audible reply from Thymest aside from a nod Amilia turned and smiled, leading the both of you out of the hotel and towards tmthe resturant she picked out.

The resturant wasn't something special to look at but the smells coming from inside certainly made your mouth water.

"Order what ever you want on the menu " Amilia commented as the three of you were sat at a nice cozy table

"I have a long history with the owner of this resturant and I'm allowed to get meals for free so long as I bring revenue to this place. Lots of explorers come back here After wards because they loved the food. And the prices aren't that bad either "

What will you order and how will you approach talking to Thymest?


Reply 3
Spoiler: show
Quote:
Originally Posted by DannyDrawsaLot, post: 6914125, member: 112934
Amilia had arrived soon after, with her other client, shy girl named Thymest. Thymest held on to her duffel bag, which shook slightly. Did her bag just, move? Danny thought. Maybe I should just ask, Danny thought.

"Hey, did your bag, move?" Danny said absentmindedly. Luckily, no one heard him.

He retreated all his Pokemon, except Poker, who went onto his shoulder. Danny stared at Thymest, before following Amilia to the restaurant. Danny watched Poker vacantly stare at things around him.

Then, they arrived at the restaurant. The restaurant didn't seem too enticing from the visual looks, but the smell wafting in the air made Danny's mouth water. Him and Thymest sat at a table, Amilia saying that whatever they ordered was free!

Danny turned to the waiter, then gave his order.

"Um, I'd like a Large Miltank burger, with a Moomoo milkshake, 15 Blaziken nuggets, and a berry salad. Oh, and no Leppa berries please, I'm allergic." Danny said, as Poker yawned loudly and obnoxiously.

"Oh, and one bowl of the finest Pokemon food, along with a pair of Pink Poke Puffs." Danny finished. The waiter nodded, writing down everything.
"And for the lady?" The waiter asked. Thymest murmured something to the waiter, and the waiter went off into the hot, steamy kitchens.

"So, Thymest, what brings you to the Desert of Stars, and who was your first Pokemon?" Danny asked. Amilia had said they should make small talk, so Danny couldn't think of anything, so he had come up with this.


Update 4
Spoiler: show
Quote:
Originally Posted by Enigmatic Professor, post: 6932283, member: 106428
DannyDrawsaLot :


The waiter took your order as well as Thymest's and Amilia's.

"my first pokemon I received was Elgyem.... I came to the Desert of the stars because i want to grow stronger... and the lore and stories told here make me wonder if I could meet a legendary pokemon, or... Figure out the mystery of the Annazzasi's"
Thymest was quiet at first, but the more you talked with her and the more she talked, the more confident she became and therefore spoke normally.

In the short span of ten minuets Thymest and you swapped stories of myths and legends you both had heard, and how you came to meet your Starters, and while you two were starting to click really well, Amilia had to intersect you two to gently remind you your food had been served and would go cold if you didn't eat it.

" Once you two finish eating I plan on taking you two to get outfitted with sizes of clothing perfect for the Desert... I have four pairs of each size, and backpacks prepared with your basic needs fulfilled such as food water and tents with sleeping bags. Both of you will need to carry your bags because I will have two of my own and will be unable to carry yours should you get tired. We have several base encampments set up throughout the desert and I plan on taking you both through it at first, then loop back around back here. "

"If we don't have complications, I expect us to take no more than three days.
We will meet up with other groups and we will be camping in one big settlement but for the most part it will be the three of us and our pokemon okay? "


After you were all finished eating, Amilia took you two back to the hotel, where she had you both try on clothing she had until you both were fitted perfectly. Then she sent you off to your rooms but not before she gave you the time to be up and ready by.

"We set out at 9 am so make sure to do everything you need to do before we set off alright?"
What will you do next?


Reply 4
Spoiler: show
Quote:
Originally Posted by DannyDrawsaLot, post: 6934951, member: 112934
Luckily, Thymest had easily opened up to Danny, and had told him many things.
"Ooh, an Elygem? That's one of my favorite Pokemon!" Danny said. "Legendary Pokemon? The Annazzasi?" Danny asked absentmindedly. Amilia soon came in, telling Danny they had to fit for desert clothes, and a get a desert backpack.
"I feel, odd." Danny said as he was wearing the baggy dressing. "This doesn't exactly fit me." He told Amilia, who had just laughed in return, which made Danny feel slightly embarrassed. Pinky chewed on the baggy dress, which worried Danny. It's probably super-expensive.
"By 9 AM? Sure, I'll be outside by then." Danny said.
He said goodbye to both, and then retired to his room. He released his Pokemon once more, and then lied down on his bed. He threw the duffel bag on the bed, and pulled out the sweet smelling Incense that Keith had given him. He sniffed the smoke coming from it. Smells like the sea, and rushing waves.
Danny thought. Pinky crawled over, taking a sniff for himself. It's nose crinkled slightly, which made Danny chuckle happily.
"Might as well have a nap." Danny said. He grabbed the pictures he had framed. There were three. One was a picture of his family, in which they were on a boat. The second was a picture of him and his girlfriend, Brianna, at their base. The last was a picture of him and his two friends from childhood, who he hadn't seen in a while. He thought of home for a moment, which made him feel homesick. Tears threatened to cloud his eyes, which he fought away.
"Best to just take a nap." Danny said, as he lay back against the soft pillow. He soon dozed off, the three photos clutched to his chest, near to his heart.


Update 5
Spoiler: show
Quote:
Originally Posted by Enigmatic Professor, post: 6945867, member: 106428
DannyDrawsaLot,


First thing right at 9am sharp you heard a few knocks at your door.

"Rise and Shine buster, your tour starts today. Come meet us down in the lobby"
Amilia's voice sounded through the door and you heard her walk away from your door.

Better get going and meet them before they leave you, though you doubted they would leave without you.

Gathering your things and your gear you went down stairs to meet up with Thymest and Amilia.
Thymest was more relaxed around you it seemed and she carried herself with an air of purpose and excitement.

Today certainly was a exciting day, and after getting you and Thymest breakfast and your packed (surprisingly hefty but not impossible to carry ) bags she loaded you two up into a truck and drove to the desert.

What you were going to encounter here and see here was completely a mystery. Who knows. Perhaps you would travel this desert and see nothing or meet nothing.

Well... The meteorites counted as something but, you certainly hoped something exciting would happen.
Looking over at Thymest, you noted she kept shuffling and pulling cards from a deck you noticed she carried around. She would take a card, look at it, make some facial expression related to her thoughts and reshuffle the deck and pull out another card.

With these cards you could see artwork on them, but it wasn't pokemon related... Maybe they were Tarot cards of sorts? Or if they weren't perhaps she was substituting them for tarot cards because that was supposedly possible.

Will you speak to Thymest once again or will you do something else?


Reply 5
Spoiler: show
Quote:
Originally Posted by DannyDrawsaLot, post: 6959848, member: 112934
"Wait for me!" Danny chuckled as he ran after them down the hotel stairs. They went out for a sweet breakfast consisting of pancakes and sugary syrup with a bottle of Moomoo Milk, and then put their bags in the trunk of a truck. Danny sat in the back of the truck and looked out the window, gazing at the sand dunes and rocky outcrops. Thymest was fiddling with some sort of cards, but Danny thought it was best not to question, so he continued to look out the window.

He then started to question Amilia, showing his inquisitive side even more. Amilia was focused on the road, her hands on the steering wheel, and her eyes straight ahead. Thymest just sat there, shuffling through her deck.

"Are we there yet? When will we get off? Can we stop at a meteorite? Are there any oases in this desert? Are we staying here for the entire day? Will we be allowed to catch Pokemon? What happens if the truck is attacked? Or what happens if we get lost? Do you have a map or compass? Or a phone? My phone isn't working. Are there any legendaries here? Or, mythicals? Have any previous explorers died in this desert? Or, are there people who go missing here?"

Amilia stayed focused on the road, but she still seemed ready to answer nonetheless. Thymest was interested in Danny's questions, specifically the ones about getting lost in the desert. Danny was interested in these questions as well, and looked out at the hot sun, then looked back at the entrance to the desert. He started to feel that maybe, just maybe, they should turn around.


Update 6
Spoiler: show
Quote:
Originally Posted by Enigmatic Professor, post: 6969225, member: 106428
Danny Draws A lot:

You had this overall fear trying to settle in you, that you should turn around and not come back. Something just seemed to set you off about this place but you couldn't point out what.
Slowly Amilia answered your questions one by one as best as she could.

"No we aren't there yet, I'll let you know when you can get out, The meteorites are deeper in the desert but due to this area being a protected area we will hike in on foot after I park the truck at my usual spot.

We have enough food prepped in all our bags to last each of us three days out here. There are stories about a child that wound up transforming into a Dijn that loosely relates to Jirachi, but to my knowledge, there aren't any legendaries or mythicals.
Lost explorers yes, Deaths, no. Phone service sucks out here. Again in each of our packs is a GPS system with a set of instructions should I be separated from the two of you.
The catching of pokemon rule is kind of iffy here since it's hard to come across pokemon in big groups out here."

About two hours later Amilia brought the truck to a stop outside a cliff wall, where the path from town into the desert stopped.
"Alright we treck in and you two are to follow my orders to the T, do you understand? Not only are there pokemon but there have been rumors of bandits out in the desert but so far neither I nor other tour guides have come across them. Safety is the Utmost important thing here. There are animals that if they bite or sting you, you could be in serious pain and may have to lose a limb if the antidote isn't picked correctly."

After getting a nod from both of you she turned and started marching into the desert with the two of you.


Reply 6
Spoiler: show
Quote:
Originally Posted by DannyDrawsaLot, post: 6995836, member: 112934
"Jirachi?" Danny asked, basically ignoring anything else Amilia said, other than the GPS part. Amilia then told them that they were bandits out here, un-encountered bandits, dangerous bandits, who were clearly bloodthirsty.

But that was just the tip of the Bergmite.

"Pokemon that sting? Bite? Like a Drapion? Or Silicobra? Will there be members of the Sandaconda family in this desert? I've always wanted to catch one, you know." Danny remarked. "I doubt any poison would require amputation, but you are the tour guide so...."

Danny nodded quickly, then turned and followed her into the desert, his already-sweaty sneakers collecting sand particles.


Update 7
Spoiler: show
Quote:
Originally Posted by Enigmatic Professor, post: 7037120, member: 106428
DannyDrawsaLot,

Amilia didn’t really confirm nor deny your comments about the pokemon that could sting or bite, she also didn’t answer you on the topic of Jirachi, She just pushed forward into the desert with you and Thyme following close behind.


You really didn’t see anything except cacti, and tumbleweed bushes. And it was quiet, aside from your footsteps and breathing, there wasn’t any sound. Well, that changed very fast because apparently you had stepped on a Heliolisk’s Tail and it screeched very loudly, scaring all of you and then taking off the moment your foot lifted from its tail.

“Watch your back, because we don’t want him coming back with some friends attacking us later.” Amilia out a hand over her heart while she spoke and after she regained her composure she continued forward.

During the commotion and as you trekked onwards both you and Amila failed to notice Thyme’s disappearance from your sides, Amilia only noticed when she turned to look back at you and then realized that Thyme wasn’t next to you. This wasn’t more than fifteen mins after the Heliolisk scare...


“ Where did she go, nononononononono- Amilai rushed back to the spot where the Heliolisk jumped up and put a hand up to stop you where you stood while she looked at the tracks. From what you could see it was almost as if she literally vanished on the spot… Or teleported away?


Wait, her partner was an Elygem wasn’t it? They could teleport, right? So where would they go?

Amila had the same thought process, “ The Truck!”

The two of you ran back to the truck which was only ten mins away from where you guys stood, well, Amilia ran and you struggled to keep up, mainly because it was obvious Amilia ran in the desert often and had enough endurance to propel herself forward a lot more than you did.


Amila got to the truck first and cried out, when you got there you saw why.

The Truck looked like a battle scene… of a one-sided fight, there was pretty much no hope to get it up and running anytime soon, if it were somehow possible considering it resembled a crumpled tin ball.

This isn’t why Amilia cried out though, it was because there was blood on the truck and the ground. There was no body so you could only believe that Thyme was alive but injured in some form, or that she was attacking her attackers as they captured her. She could have very well teleported here on accident and got caught up in a truck scavenge that went wrong.


Amilia paced a few times cursing and muttering under her breath before looking at you, “ Do you have any pokemon that you could ride on the back of? I have a Gogoat, but in case we too are ambushed or attacked I want to make sure you have a way of getting the hell out of here like a Crobat outta Hel. Because I will be sending you back to town to gather reinforcements the moment we are attacked.”


Well, the question stands, do you have a way of getting back? Or do you have a compromise?



DannyDrawsaLot – Second Adventure
Spoiler: show

Adventure Start
Spoiler: show
Quote:
Originally Posted by DannyDrawsaLot, post: 7082323, member: 112934
Quote:
Originally Posted by Liltwick
[font="Times New Roman"]X. Fortune’s Woods - A place in the forest where the magical energy is at its most potent, forming a sort of myst that permeates the air. Everything from the trees to the wildlife here seem a bit out of this world, and it’s hard to predict what exactly will happen here. Some state that these woods even spin like a wheel, and depending on where the wheel is travelers will experience either good luck or bad luck. Whatever it is, this portion of the forest is filled with fun and whimsy.
"Fortune’s Woods, huh?” Ritchie said, the grit of the exploring spirit of Hoenn showing in his voice. He gazed at the map in his hands, his Noctowl, Gazza, looking the map down from Ritchie's shoulder. Rolling the crinkled parchment up and sliding it into a pocket on his backpack, he looked ahead at the forest before them. It was lush, green as any other forest, but why this one, you may be asking? Why, this one was fabled to have magical luck inducing powers. Not necessarily good luck, but luck all the same. Which wasn't too bad of a deal, really, but it still meant Ritchie could possibly not return from this trip.

"As if that's a problem." Ritchie thought out loud, as if he was reading our minds. Maybe he was? Nevermind. The Pawniard by his side grunted in disapproval, Stryke was not a fan of going to a forest where bad luck was an option. Good luck was all he wanted to hear.

"Pawn, Pawn pawn." He muttered under his breath as he lengthened the blade on his right hand, ready to defend his trainer and his Pokemon. "Yeah, sure, you'll be a such a huge help, Stryke." Ritchie said half-sarcastically, and laughed shortly after. Shayd, on the other hand, was loving every second of this adventure so far, and it hadn't even begun! Perhaps her Dark type was giving her some sort of future vision? But that would mean a bad future would be ahead of them....

"Welp, too late! We're already inside!" Ritchie said, grabbing Stryke by his left arm (his blade was luckily retracted) and ran into the underbrush, scattering leaves as he rushed inside.


Update 1
Spoiler: show
Quote:
Originally Posted by Maskerade, post: 7084088, member: 63055
DannyDrawsaLot:
A forest where anyone's luck can change at any given time... The idea itself sounds absurd, as does, one could argue, the very notion of someone, or something, controlling said luck from afar, like an invisible puppeteer. And yet, the stories about Fortune's Woods were so widespread, you can't help but wonder if there isn't some truth to them...

Accompanied by your partners outside of their Balls, you venture out into the lush green landscape up ahead. For someone who specialized on Bird Pokemon, it takes a special kind of bravery to set foot in this kind of wilderness – flying from above will only reveal foliage to your winged companions, but fortunately you aren’t exclusively a Bird Keeper, judging by the presence of a menacing little Pawniard at your side.

As you go along, you can’t help but think that what these Woods lack in any conventional waypoints or other means of man-made guidance, they certainly make up for in natural beauty, but still...

Which way were you going again?

Your Noctowl is the first one to notice, and it calls your attention to the alarming fact: you already passed the oddly-shaped tree to your right twice now. Worse still, a thick blanket of mist is creeping up all around you; not the usual, dull-colored grey fog you'd perhaps expect, but one with a curious light-pink hue... Either way, it obscures your path, further compounding your predicament.

Somewhere up ahead, you hear a very distinct howl, bone-chilling and much too close for comfort. You can't tell if the cry is a warning or a call for help, but do you even want to risk finding out? Maybe you'll take some other, safer approach to finding your way instead…


Reply 1
Spoiler: show
Quote:
Originally Posted by DannyDrawsaLot, post: 7084513, member: 112934
"Alright, so we'll just get past this next tree, hopefully there's a clearing." Ritchie said. He hated the amount of trees just everywhere, his birds did too, but Stryke was okay for sure, he could just cut down anything in his way. "Wait a second..." Ritchie turned around and looked behind him. "Haven't we passed that weird twisty tree like twice by now?" Gazza was already staring the tree down, and nodded. "Didn't the brochure say.." Ritchie trailed off, the exact excerpt loud in his mind. Some say the forest spins like a wheel.

"Well, that wasn't an expression." Ritchie grunted heavily, and then things only got weirder, as a thick mist set in, soon blanketing Ritchie's surroundings. But this mist was pink? "Huh?" Ritchie asked. "Shouldn't the fog be grey and-" Ritchie was cut off by a loud, shrill howl, the noise shaking him to his very core, rattling his bones. "What was that?" Ritchie gasped, and his eyes darted around, given the intensity of the noise, the noise was dangerously close.

"Oh fuck. Well, we've got work to do guys." Ritchie remarked, and turned to Gazza. "Gazza, you, fly up, and see if you can find a passageway or path we can follow that isn't a dumb circle." Gazza spread his wings and prepared to fly upwards. "Shayd, you stay down here and start up a Gust and try and get rid of this blinding mist." Shayd, who was dozing off, woke up sharply and prepared the winds. "Lastly, you, Stryke, head in the direction of that noise and come back and tell me what made it, and if it's hurt."
Update 2
Spoiler: show
Quote:
Originally Posted by Maskerade, post: 7084606, member: 63055
DannyDrawsaLot:

Whatever's going here, there's no doubt it's unnatural. Forests don't just transform into mazes as you traverse them, and regular old fog most definitely isn't supposed to be pink. Ironically, the most "normal" thing in this whole scenario is the ominous howling in the distance, which doesn't feel that out of place, all things considered.

Fortunately, you believe yourself to be well-equipped to handle this predicament. Gazza dutifully takes to the skies, trying its best not to get stuck in any branches on the way up, and soon vanishes behind the treetops. Meanwhile, Shayd lazily gets to work as well, taking its sweet time do so, but before long, its wing flaps generate a mild gust that causes the dense mist to disperse...

... for half a minute.

Before long, no matter how intensely Shayd keeps flapping, more mist just seems to pile up around you, like tidal waves of cotton candy, which definitely sounds much more pleasant than it actually is. Either Gust isn't the right move to clear up fog, or this strange substance just isn't susceptible to being blown away so easily...

Braving the mist, Stryke rushes ahead straight towards the origin of the howling. Just like you did Gazza, you quickly lose sight of your Pawniard. But whereas Noctowl returns soon afterwards, Stryke doesn't come back out, no matter how long you wait. The howling has since stopped, but this unsettling silence isn't much better... is your Pokemon alright?

Gazza, having just returned from its surveillance flight, shakes off the leaves stuck in its feathers, then motions with its head repeatedly, telling you it found a viable path through the fog if you head south. Problem is... Stryke went north.

What now?!


Reply 2
Spoiler: show
Quote:
Originally Posted by DannyDrawsaLot, post: 7084632, member: 112934
"Great, Gazza! Sight it out!" Ritchie cheered as Gazza flew upwards. "I don't have forever, Shayd." Ritchie snapped, as Shayd got ready and started up the Gust, which was working! "Great! Now we can s- uh, what the heck?" Ritchie asked out loud, and watched the mist Shayd had just worked to dissipate set in once more, seemingly thicker, now it looked like cotton candy, smelt like it too. As pink set into his eyes, Ritchie needed to think quickly, but wait.... where was Stryke?

"Stryke! Stryke?.... Where are ya buddy?" Ritchie yelled out, shattering the rather, serene, silence, his voice piercing the air and echoing through out the forest. There was no answer back, neither an incoming short figure, a sign that Stryke was coming back. "Where was he? He should be back by now." Ritchie thought, but he was interrupted by the rustling of leaves as Gazza returned from the sky. "What did you find buddy?" Ritchie asked his Noctowl, who turned his flexible head southwards, bobbing it back and forth, showing that yes, there was a path that wasn't fucked up, and it was that way.

....but Stryke went in the other direction.

"Change of plans, guys." Ritchie said to the two birds. "We're heading in that direction-", Ritchie pointed at the direction Stryke went, "and we are finding out why Stryke hasn't returned, what was making that noise, and bringing Stryke back with us. Got it?" The two birds nodded.

"But first." Ritchie turned to Shayd. "Shayd, use Dark Pulse. That should clear the gas if its magical in any way, since it would be a dark aura, opposed to this sweet and nice one."

Shayd nodded, and prepared the attack, already filled with bad, vile thoughts on what she'd do to whatever is holding Stryke back.

"Let's head out."


Update 3
Spoiler: show
Quote:
Originally Posted by Maskerade, post: 7087578, member: 63055
DannyDrawsaLot:
Despite now knowing there is a viable path through the pink mist, you refuse to leave anyone behind - what kind of Trainer would, anyway?!

But in order for you to find Stryke, you need to find a way through this strange veil. Guessing it must be of some sort of magical origin, you decide to counter with the exact opposite - evil energy. Shayd gets to work, firing off blast after blast of Dark Pulses.

It seems to work! At least to some extent. The dark power pushes the pink mist back just long enough for you to see the way ahead for a few steps, before the substance surrounds you and blocks your path again. This goes on for quite a while, Shayd pushing itself to the limit with Pulse after Pulse, and it's only thanks to its tremendous effort that you're able to make any progress.

*Shayd gained 2 Levels!*

After a while, you reach a clearing where the mist is thinner. And sure enough, you also finally track down Stryke! The Pawniard has its back to you and its blades extended; it's staring at something across the clearing, body tensed up...

*Awooooooo!*

The bone-chilling howl echoes across the forest once more, this time much closer than before. In fact, you can spot the origin with your own eyes: across the clearing from Stryke's position is a lone Mightyena, baring its fangs.

The beast, despite its ferocious appearance, seems to not have hurt Stryke yet in the time it took you to catch up. In fact, it seems they haven't started fighting at all, but merely sizing each other up. The hound is clearly restless, but it hasn't pounced yet, despite your Pawniard being much smaller...

What will you do?


Reply 3
Spoiler: show
Quote:
Originally Posted by DannyDrawsaLot, post: 7084632, member: 112934
Ritchie's plan had worked, luckily. "Yeah! That's the stuff Shayd!' Ritchie cheered on his Pokemon, as she shot repeated dark pulses, the dark energy pushing back the thick pink mist for just long enough so Ritchie could move a bit, as the mist set back in, only for it to be hit by another dark pulse, so yes, this system was working.

After some walking, they reached a clearing, an opening in the thick forest where the mist was much thinner than everywhere else, perhaps this was a sign of some sort? Nonetheless, they had found Stryke! Rushing towards him, Ritchie asked Stryke multiple questions, exasperated. "Stryke, buddy! Are you okay?" Ritchie trailed off. Something was off. Stryke was tensed, blades out, legs spread, in a battle-ready stance, his eyes fixed ahead.

Ritchie began to follow his gaze, but it was an exercise in futility - whatever Stryke was staring out let out another deep, bone chilling howl, this time, the howl was close this time around. Turning, Ritchie spotted the origin of the howl. Across, at the other side of the clearing, was a lone Mightyena, its fangs bared, it giving off a low growl.

The Mightyena hadn't pounced on Stryke yet, despite being much bigger than Stryke was, perhaps it was a nice Pokemon, maybe Ritchie could try befriending it? Ritchie took a step forward, only for Gazza to put a wing in front of him, stopping him and cawed, telling him to look closer.

And look closer Ritchie did, seeing that no, this Mightyena was not friendly, or afraid. It was simply sizing up Stryke, waiting to pounce. "Well, lets not give it the chance to." Ritchie thought aloud, then turned to Gazza. "If that Mightyena tries anything, be ready to blast it back with a Heat Wave."


Update 4
Spoiler: show
Quote:
Originally Posted by Maskerade, post: 7098074, member: 63055
DannyDrawsaLot:
Despite its hesitation to strike, there is no way you'll lower your guard in the face of a wild Mightyena baring its fangs at one of your closest companions. The beast growls ominously at Stryke, who in turn stands at attention with its blades extended. Embers start to escape Gazza's feathers. All in all, it's a tense moment that seems to go on forever...

Then, suddenly, another loud noise echoes through the clearing - another howl, for certain, but this one is filled with a deep tone of anguish that even you, a human, can easily sense. The wild Mightyena's ears perk up and it turns its back to you with a quick jump. Concerned, it dashes deep into the mist, vanishing from sight, and it rushes off toward the source of the noise.

Then, after a brief moment, everything goes quiet. The pink mist clears up slightly despite not clearing completely, at least where you're standing. As it does, you notice several bones scattered across the forest ground, all quite small and chewed clean - probably leftovers from that Mightyena's last meal. But there are way too many of them...

*"Too much death."*

A voice echoes in your head. Booming, powerful. Looking around, you simply can't tell where it is coming from. And judging by your Pokemon’s lack of reaction, you’re the only one who heard it.

*"There is imbalance. They kill too much. Will you be my Champion?"*

Then, silence once more. You feel as if the voice is waiting for an answer.

With so little to go on, what will you say?


Reply 4
Spoiler: show
Quote:
Originally Posted by DannyDrawsaLot, post: 7098174, member: 112934
"The tension in the clearing was so thick you could cut it with a knife." Ritchie thought to herself. "Maybe it was the mist that was thick?" She thought again, and she began to think about other things that were "thick", her train of thought was ready to leave the station, only for it to be stopped by another howl. This time, it was painful and full of anguish. It didn't sound good, and Mightyena seemed to notice it as well, and dashed around, and ran off into the mist.

"Well, he's gone." Ritchie chuckled, but her happiness froze as she heard a voice. "T̶̛̙͈̯̎̈̾̈̋̎͝o̸̠͔̤̍͂̏͛̇̑̈ö̸̢̜̞̖̪̩͔͔̥͉́̈̔̅͂̔̚͘ ͓ ̷̡̦̠͙͓̯̘̻͉̯̠̗͙̪̲̃̓͌́̄̍̀̃̏̉͑̏͘̕m̵̰͔͚̹̲̺̟̔̿͜u̶̧̢̫̭͖̕ ͙͕̱̹͎͈̫͍͍ͅc̵̲̖̝͉̮͐͛̾̅̓̔̉͂̚h̶̟͍̤̅͐̾̀̄̋̋͊̑͑̒͐̊͘ͅ ̡̠ ̴̧̛̬͈̮̥͈́̄̈́̓̆̐̒͋̌͒͌̎͠d̸̡̬͕͍͎̘͓̣̱̔̿͋͋́͑̃͋͊͆̀̓͘͘ẻ̷̈ ̺͖͕̗̝͖͇̦͍̏̏̈́ą̸̡̳̰̥͈̹̣̑̒̄t̴̳͕̠͇͔̮̽h̷̖̪̹̥̯̅̊͐̍̋̆̄͑̚ ̡̗̟̙." it was cold, booming and powerful. Didn't sound good at all. "Did any of you guys hear that?" Ritchie asked out to her Pokemon, all of them shaking their heads. "Then where did it-" Ritchie was cut off, as she listened deeply, and heard the voice again. "T̵̡̡͓͍̖͔̹̯̎̓͗̌̓́̊̈́̔͆͝ͅͅh̷̡͔̥́̀̑͊͌̚̕ͅȩ̸̢̫̪̘͎͎͇̿ͅͅ ̧̲͙̩͈r̸̛̝̪̬̣̼̝̜ͅe̴̹̜̘͍̙͕̜͉͈̼̻̋͂͊̍͛̈́̌̐͒̕̕͘ͅ ̴͕̜̓̿̂͌̆͋͐̓̀̓̃̌̑̒͘i̴͙̦͊̍̆̆̓͗̅̄̏̄̅̿͘͠s̵̛̮̭̓̿͛ͅ ̵̢̛̟͉̜̖̆̆̊̉̓̉̆̆͆͠͝͠͝ĩ̸̪̦̪̬̠̹̥̈́̔̅͆̀͛̅́̀͜m̸̊̌̑̐̓̇̕͝ ̺͛̇̃͆ḅ̴̟͚͓̭͍̙͙̘̺͕̠̬͊̀a̸̡͔̺͙̰̰̗͚͆̿̀̽̒͗̈́̑͌̚̕ͅl̶̠͉͕̀ ̢͎͚̖̗̱̟͇͍̣͙̣ä̷̭̝̮̤͇̥̯́̾̊̅̏̈́̂̔̾̚͝͠͝n̸̢̢̡͉͔̑͐̓͆͌̂̒̉͠ ̣͙̻͔̬̺ç̷̢̢̙̼̗͉͐̓̆͑̈́͂͋̋͌̈́͘͜͝ę̴͚̫͎̝̮̳̱͗ͅͅ.̸̲͒̽ ̩͖̠̹ ̵̢̨͓̯̰̠̳̮̺̱̘̣̠̩̠̔͌̔T̵͕̺̪̬̭̋͊̑̀͗̋̓̇̊̚̚͝h̴̛̾̎̋̈̔̽̐̌͝ ̱̫͆ę̷̗̤̥̙̯͈͕̤̖̭͂͆̅̊̑̾̄͆͑͌̓̇͠y̷̡̟̮̮͚̹̬̳͛̾̃͊̆̓̒̂͆̊̈́ ̤̲͕͇̪̥͕ ̸̡̬͖͖͑̎͑̈̾͂̓̌͒̂͝͝k̷̰̖̮̤͖̣͍͙̥͔̮̦͍̿͑̐͆̾̾̄̉̃̉̿̐͂͜i̷͐͘ ̢̛̙̪͍̝̩̎͊͂̇͜l̸̢̛̛̥̗͙̟͇͉̲̪̬̙̺̘̘̔̓́̀̒̾̇̈́̇̎̕͠͝ͅl̵̇̅̐̄ ͉͎͇͕͕̖̺̠̳̤͆̿͋̿͒̌̄͝ ̵͕̫̫̱̙͔͚̠͓̦̽͝ţ̶͉͉͎͎̯̗͍̫̫̰̭̈͒̈̌͊͋͜ͅo̶̡͓̮͍̠͂̏̔́͋̕͝o ̸̺̜̮̦̦̤̬̣͙̦̤̻͊̾͂͂̋̈́͜ͅ ̷̨̨̟̞̺͇̦͚͍͓̤̞̬̣͌̃͒͑̍̌̍̋͗̔̈́́̚͝m̵̢̛̟̹̘̖̺͍̼̟̀̿̀̐̐̂̅̇̕ ̨͓̙̮u̷̢̧̡̝͎̙͈̖̥̜͙̰͙̬̽̈̋̇̓̈́͊͒̉̕̕͝c̶̖̠̟̠͉̮̲͆̆͝h̸̾͛̎͋ ̣̘̜͍̩͙̰͖̭͉͇͎̳͊̽͊͆̀́͑.̸̞̥̦̲͙̭̳̻̥͊̇̔͋̈͒̓̍̇̍̍ ̵͚̅͌͂̋̓͊͋͊̈́͂͐͠ͅW̸̧͍̙͙̩̜̐̀̂̉͛̊̊͌̈́̇̓͘ị̵͉̻̳̳͚͈̘̆̌̆ͅ l̷̛͍͛̀̀̔̕͘l̴̨̧̹̳̦̤̖͕̀̈̇̅͗̏͗̍͒̒͂ ̸̻̥̀͋̃͗́́̈́̀͘y̸̦̙̹̓̔͑̄͝ơ̸͔͚̜̼̏̔̓̆̿̈́̀̏̈͆ư̷̡̩̓̂̉̂́̊ ̳͙̥̻̖̻͈̩͙ͅ ̷̻̝̥̓̓̅̔͑̾̎̆͘b̵͔̮̰͙̘͛̓̍̓̀͌̿̔̿̍̃̀͒ȅ̷̤̓͐̉͊͂̀͒́̇͛̈́͠͝ ̡̼̹̻̹͔̖̪̰ͅ ̵͖͌ṃ̷̧̻̯̳̼͇̩̤́̂͐̈́̊͒̚̚y̷̝̣̭̓̇̚ ̷̠͚̺̳̳͔̳͚͙̗̞̖̩̿͂̀͆͒̇̾̈́̀̀̀̃̀̽C̸̮̻̯͖̩̥̮̦̀̋͛̂̉͗̏̊̚h̴̐ ̨̳͓̮̜̦̣̠͚͍̥͖̅̀a̷̱̥͙͖̒̿̊̈́͊͋̎̍͊̓̾̑m̵̧̛̪̺͉͌̽̍̀̀̔͊́̌̔̕ ̹̘͉͕͓̣̬̻p̵̢̡̨͔͚̝̳̟͎̙̌̃i̸͓͇̬̞̼̙̥͌̏̓͂̾͊̇͋̑̀̌̐͠͝͝o̶̎͘ ̹͍͔͔̹̞̦̩̳̔̃͋͠n̵͈̠͚̲͔͉̺̟̉?̸͍͉̱̗͎̎͒͗̐͐̉̂͋̒͒̆̇̕͝͝ ͍" then dead silence. "Uhm, I heard it again. Did you hear it this time?" the Pokemon shook their heads again, Gazza face taking on an expression of concern. Was something wrong?

"Sure!" Ritchie called out to the voice, and only just noticed the bone's scattered across the floor of the clearing, as the pink mist cleared up, bringing most of the things the clearing contained into visibility. They were fresh and still wet, wet with blood. They must've been what was left of Mightyena's last meal.


Update 5
Spoiler: show
Quote:
Originally Posted by Maskerade, post: 7110016, member: 63055
DannyDrawsaLot:
The formless voice calls to you, asking that you be its Champion against what it has deemed to be excessive death in the Fortune's Woods. Without a good reason to turn it down, you accept its request.

There is no response, but the pink mist that has dispersed suddenly coalesces in a spiral, gathering all in a single spot ahead of you. Then it vanishes again, leaving behind a pink metal slab...

*You obtained 1x Fairy Plate!*

Stryke goes first, giving chase to the Mightyena now that the fog has cleared. You and Gazza follow, deep into the forest, wondering who it was that might have summoned you to its cause...

The path may now be clearer without the mist, but the amount of trees and low bushes all around make it harder to traverse the deeper part of the woods. Stryke is just up ahead, thankfully keeping a pace you can follow, but you are all soon forced to stop again, because...

*Awooooooooooo!*

The same howl from before...

However, this time, it's more than an empty threat. Quick as a bolt of black lightning, the Mightyena from before leaps from behind a bush and bites Stryke on the arm with a nasty Fire Fang! Then, just as quickly as it had appeared, it vanishes behind a nearby tree...

With the terrain favoring the native wild Mightyena, the Pokemon seems to have grown much bolder than back at the open clearing. Stryke hold its arm in visible pain. You are at an obvious disadvantage, and the enemy is lurking somewhere nearby, hidden from sight, ready to pounce at any moment once more!

What will you do now?



Maskerade
Spoiler: show

Adventure Start
Spoiler: show
Quote:
Originally Posted by Maskerade, post: 6646154, member: 63055
Quote:
Originally Posted by Liltwick
THE ARCANE REALM


"The moment man devoured the fruit of knowledge, he sealed his fate... Entrusting his future to the cards, man clings to a dim hope. Yes, the Arcana is the means by which all is revealed..." Nyx Avatar (Persona 3)

Once a simple place where new trainers were sent to learn the basics of adventuring, with the vast changes to Fizzytopia the Arcane Realm seemed to have faded from existence. Though gone, it was never forgotten by the bitter trainers who were forced into spending what felt like years in that simplistic place. A place where no growth was truly given, and only stagnation existed. Yet, when the realm disappeared, all were freed from their restraints and truly allowed to begin anew.

Now, it seems that the Arcane Realm has resurfaced in Fizzytopia. Showing up where the old Arcane Realm use to be, this new one is vastly different then the one that the denizens of Fizzytopia are use to. Now truly a place of magic and mystery, it says the very land itself is influenced by the “cards”/ What these cards are, and what they refer to nobody particularly knows. The only thing that is certain, though, is that this Arcane Realm is teeming with life, and has infinite possibilities for adventure.

The Kingdom of Swords


Encompassing the entirety of the Arcane Realm, the Kingdom of Swords rules over those who make their residence in this mystical place. Though, the main part of the Kingdom is the castle of its ruler, and the small castle town and vast plains that surround it. It is also rumored an ancient tomb of the emperor that founded the Kingdom, which use to be a vast empire, is hidden deep within the castle. (Please respond in RoyalBlue)


II. High Priestess’s Cathedral - A large, gothic cathedral sitting atop a hill overlooking the Hamlet, it was said this place was built by a holy maiden with her bare hands to offer a place of refuge and respite for the poor and damned. Her charity and kindness has created a devout sect of nuns to her teachings, who look after and take care of her cathedral. Pilgrims from all over visit this place, looking for the sacred knowledge hidden in the texts and relics within the Cathedral.

This is… adequate.

Althea ran a hand through her silver hair as she stopped to contemplate the Cathedral from a distance. A Trainer of her caliber felt much more inclined to visit the Emperor's Castle, naturally, but she took pride in being objective and not wasting her time wandering aimlessly.

There are few people I loathe more than those who dedicate their worthless lives to following religious persuasions, but I'm not here for these nuns' charity. They have priceless texts in there that I must read. Ancient knowledge which will guide me on my next hunt.

They called Althea Lynn, among many other names, "The Huntress". She had made a career - and a very profitable one at that - out of hunting down and defeating Legendary Pokemon all over the world... but these mythical beasts were often almost impossible to track down.

Finding them is often a bigger nuisance than actually fighting them. It's been months since I managed to pinpoint the location of a single one.

She knew that the hunt was about more than just the actual battle, but the downtime annoyed her. She deeply believed herself to be the best Trainer in the world, but how could she remain so if she never put her skills to the test? Not that other people were an option - human Trainers were meaningless trash compared to the wondrous beasts she hunted. They were as easy to find as Wurmple, but also just as easy to squash, so she didn't even bother.

"Enough wasting time. We've come this far; let's get in there and find those texts, whatever it takes."

She hastened her pace. Behind her, following silently and obediently, was the harbinger of disaster: Althea's Absol, X - FORTUNE, who found the Arcane Realm and its ties to Destiny ironically appealing for a woman of Althea's beliefs. Not that the Lady in White would ever stop to smell the roses along the way...​


Update 1
Spoiler: show
Quote:
Originally Posted by Liltwick, post: 6690237, user: 83117
Mask-

There was only one reason you were here, to gleam knowledge from the texts within this cathedral. You cared not for the nuns' charity, just for what they kept watch over. This cathedral was nothing more than a well of knowledge for you. The history within was priceless, after all, to find the beasts you desire to hunt. Nothing else quite gave that thrill for you after all. Regular trainers were nothing but bothersome insects, and just as easily crushed. Your talent would only dull on them, after all.

You enter the cathedral, your Absol in tow. Named after the tenth Major Arcana, you saw her as a harbinger of destruction. Though the wheel was more than favorable luck, it was cycles of good and bad. The time between targets proved that, so hopefully lady luck would smile down on you here. If not, that would just be how it was fated to be, after all.

As you pass through the doors, you can notice a certain... chill... in the air. The place seemed barren, with only a few patrons sitting at the benches in prayer. The place was certainly ornate, with various idols on stands and a large, stained glass depiction of the High Priestess on the far wall, filling the entire room with colored light. At the stand underneath was an older nun, giving a small sermon to those who were praying before her. She takes notice of you, but pays no head as she continued to deliver her words.

Scanning the walls, you don't find anything texts at all. It was all paintings and relics. There was a confessional, but there would really be no point in confessing your sins in a place like this. There was knowledge here, just not so readily available for the public eye. Seemed the only options were to inspect things further, or wait for the nun to finish her sermon.

What do you do?



Maskerade – Second Adventure
Spoiler: show

Adventure Start
Spoiler: show
Quote:
Originally Posted by Maskerade, post: 6896379, member: 63055
Quote:
Originally Posted by Liltwick
[font="Times New Roman"]
The Kingdom of Swords


Encompassing the entirety of the Arcane Realm, the Kingdom of Swords rules over those who make their residence in this mystical place. Though, the main part of the Kingdom is the castle of its ruler, and the small castle town and vast plains that surround it. It is also rumored an ancient tomb of the emperor that founded the Kingdom, which use to be a vast empire, is hidden deep within the castle. (Please respond in RoyalBlue)

0. Fool’s Path - The main road through out the Arcane Realm, it symbolizes the beginning of a journey and has many branching paths that are meant to symbolize life’s many paths. Many new trainers have tread this road, looking to see what adventure would unfold for them.
"Okay listen, for the last time, this is our food!"

This was getting ridiculous. They had been chased for almost two hours all the way back from Empress's Garden over a sandwich!

Geez, who knew something that burly could move so fast?!

Ark and Chimchar were on the run, practically racing along Fool's Path, with a Munchlax of all things in hot pursuit. Chimchar was clearly in favor of stopping and engaging the famished bear, but Ark wasn't so sure he wanted to go that way. For one, beating up a poor hungry wild Munchlax in an area full of passersby might give the wrong idea; on the other hand, imagine if they lost? What would that do to Chimchar's already-shaky confidence?

But it's our last sandwich!

Several ideas crossed his mind as he kept running. Maybe Zorua could use Illusion and pretend to be a roast chicken to distract Munchlax, but that would probably get him eaten; not that the black fox would ever go with the plan to begin with. He could split the sandwich in two, but that probably wouldn't be enough to sate the Big Eater's appetite, nor would the other half be enough to feed both Ark and Chimchar. He could rush into a neaby PokeMart to look more food, even though he was broke, but how wise was it to guide a Munchlax straight into a convenience store? Chimchar's alternative was starting to look more and more inevitable.

Ugh... so be it.

Abruptly, he stopped. Chimchar almost didn't notice it, and Munchlax certainly didn't expect it. Then, Ark held out the sandwich in his right hand, fearlessly and perhaps a bit too dramatically.

"Enough's enough. You want this? Come and get it!"

The bear tilted his head, then grinned happily and ran towards Ark as the tone of challenge in the boy's voice flew right over his head.

"Chimchar, at the ready!"

Like a duel of cowboys, everything stood still for a moment. Then, just as Chimchar was about to engage the bear... a PokéBall from Ark's belt snapped open, and Turtwig emerged. With a happy leap, the Grass-Type grabbed the sandwich from Ark's hand, and swallowed it whole.

"Wh-WHAA?!"

Chimchar and Munchlax quietly stared at Turtwig with dead-eyed expressions, while the turtle happily chewed away. Ark stood there, mouth agape, wondering how Turtwig could be so naďve....

"Well... uh, that... settles it?" he hesitated to say. But since Munchlax seemed to just stand there, looking awfully disappointed rather than turning feral, the impending crisis did seem to be averted. "We should... probably find a way to stock up on supplies! If we had any money, anyway. So, uh, Munchlax, you're happy to tag along if you want! I need to look for a quick-paying job to keep all of you fed..."

In the end, he couldn't bring himself to just shoo the bear away. Say what you will, Munchlax was incredibly persistent; he probably deserved something for his troubles, even if had tormented Ark for the better part of two hours. And so, the quest began to find profitable adventure along the Fool's Path...


Update 1
Spoiler: show
Quote:
Originally Posted by TheKnightsFury, post: 6897360, member: 101661
Maskerade- After a short food related dilemma, you come to the realisation that you're going to need funds to support the needs of your growing squad. It didn't help that a couple of the Pokemon in your company were absolute gluttons, none more so than the Munchlax that had pursued you for a sandwich. Money or food would solve the issue although both would be great as well! Hopefully the Fool's Path would throw you a bone, as it so often did to weary travellers. You and your Pokemon continue along the well worn road, however Munchlax doesn't take its eyes off its feet. The hungry little bear kicks a pebble along as he goes, such a sullen sod! Suddenly the Normal type's interest perks and its head lifts, nose cocked high. Whatever it smelt was missed by you, although that was hardly surprising. There wasn't many who could compete with the sense of smell of a hungry Munchlax after all.

The running begins again, although this time you find yourself pursuing Munchlax rather than being pursued by it. You sprint for a few hundred metres before you spot your destination, a farmhouse just off the road. Munchlax quickly exhibits its complete lack of boundaries and rushes to the windowsill, where a Bluk Berry pie has been left to cool. The pie sits there innocently, unaware of the danger that it is in. Its aroma is intoxicating, its power over the bear is unnatural. By the time you even get close, Munchlax is all but hovering off the ground. Without an ounce of remorse, he sweeps the pie off the windowsill and promptly buries his face in it. The deed is done in an instant. Munchlax turns around to face you, his tongue still working to clean the scraps of pie from around his mouth.

You can't see anyone around, but clearly someone is here because someone had to make the pie. You could exploit their absence and make a run for it, or you could have a look around and try and find someone to apologise to....


Reply 1
Spoiler: show
Quote:
Originally Posted by Maskerade, post: 6898358, member: 63055
"Oooh no no no no..."

Seriously, how did that big oaf move so damn fast?! Even Chimchar couldn't have reached the pie that quickly. The ape was also staring at Munchlax in complete disbelief; had he found... the secret to Ultra Instinct?

"Chimchar?" whispered Ark. "Number one, no, he didn't use any secret manga techniques, if that's what your thinking." It was. "Number two: if anyone asks, we don't know that idiot. Got it?"

The chimp nodded, completely on board with the plan. The bear was way more trouble than he was worth; if it were up to him, they never would've invited him along! But he knew Ark, the big softy, and he couldn't really blame him. Deep down, the boy knew if he befriended Munchlax, there was a small chance he could one day end up with a huge, mighty Snorlax. But was it really worth all the trouble? Not to mention the maintenance costs of something so huge and voracious! Ark probably wasn't thinking things through... but they'd cross that bridge when they got there. Right now, fleeing the crime scene was the priority.

Maybe I could ask Zorua to stand on that windowsill and pretend to be the pie... Although I'd probably get a Dark Pulse to the place for even suggesting it. Nah, better to scram before anyone pins this on us.

"Okay, ready? Run!!"

Ark and Chimchar dashed away as fast as they could, leaving behind a very dumbfounded-looking Munchlax still licking his lips. The pair could run impressively fast by anyone's standards, and in a matter of minutes, they were far away from that place.

"Woo! We did it. We're gettin' faster, don'tcha think?!" He gasped for air but kept smiling, knowing Chimchar was having fun despite it all. But then... "Wait. Chimchar? I did recall Turtwig earlier, didn't I?..."

The dread in his voice was justified once he reached for the turtle's PokeBall and found it empty. That's right... he never did call Turtwig back, the quiet Grass-Type had been walking along with them up until Munchlax stole the pie!

"Oh no... we gotta go back. Back to the crime scene..."

Chimchar hung his head. Why couldn't Turtwig just keep up the pace? Sure, okay, he was a turtle, but details aside, it's not like he was putting in the effort to begin with! Reluctantly, he nodded, and the duo sullenly made their way back to Munchlax, the missing pie, and sure enough, as they approached as silently as they could... there was Turtwig, clumsily trying to climb atop the sill to see if there was by any chance a second pie he could maybe take a bit of.

"Hush now Chimchar, come on, maybe we can get close enough to recall Turtwig back into his ball and make a run for it again afterwards..."


Update 2
Spoiler: show
Quote:
Originally Posted by TheKnightsFury, post: 6901776, member: 101661
Maskerade- Deciding to go for a good old 'Dine and Dash', you turn and sprint down the road, hoping to distance yourself from the scene of the crime. You've made a rookie's mistake however, everyone knows that if you're going to pull a Dine and Dash, everyone has to dash! Unfortunately Turtwig has opted to remain behind with Munchlax, hoping to find more delicious treats within the homestead. You race back, eyes locked on the Grass Starter as he relentlessly tries to scramble up through the window. Ball raised, you're about to recall him when Munchlax decides to give him a little boost. The recall fails as the Normal type pushes Turtwig up onto the windowsill. You quickly lose sight of the enterprising Pokemon, but it isn't long before someone else sets eyes on him. A scream followed by a bout of shouting. "Get outta here you darn varmint! Mace there's a critter in ere again!" The call for help stirs movement from the barn opposite the homestead, as a burly old man in overalls charges towards the home.

Turtwig comes skidding out the front door just before the man reaches it, the Grass type wheels towards you, fear in his eyes. It is soon obvious why, as an old woman in a polka-dot dress lurches out of the house, fiercely wielding a straw broom. "Ginger honey, what's goin on ere?" The man questions, still unable to put the pieces together.

"That darn Turtwig ate the pie I had coolin on the sill!" Ginger replies, brandishing her broom in Turtwig's direction. "Look's to me like it belongs to that kid." The pair now have eyes on you and clearly blame Turtwig for eating the pie. You could try and push the blame onto Munchlax and go on your way but it might be difficult to convince them since Turtwig was the one caught trespassing.


Reply 2
Spoiler: show
Quote:
Originally Posted by Maskerade, post: 6941452, member: 63055
Ark winced. Not just because Munchlax caused him to miss Turtwig, not just because he’d failed spectacularly and gotten caught, but also, and primarily, because the old man now staring him down was called Mace.

Let’s hope it’s an actual name and not a moniker…

Chimchar had by then turned his back around and started whistling, the traitorous little devil, while Turtwig tiled his head innocently while still perched up on the sill, watching events unfold with half-hearted curiosity. What he really wanted to know was if a second pie existed after all. Munchlax, in turn, stared at his feet, like an elephant in a porcelain shop hoping to go unnoticed.

“I… I… you see…”

His father had always told him to “take it like a man” and never put the blame on someone else. However, like all fatherly sermons, that rule applied when Ark was actually to blame, which definitely wasn’t the case here. But deep down, he still felt wrong about just tossing Munchlax under the proverbial bus – it was in the bear’s nature to compulsively seek food, wasn’t it? It’d be like scolding a Dedenne every time it Nuzzled his Trainer…

…. Argh, fine, dammit!

“I’m so sorry! You see, I’m a homeless orphan, these Pokemon are my only company and we were starving!” he pleaded, laying it on thick. “Last we ate was half a loaf of bread on Tuesday, mister, and my Pokemon can barely walk from hunger” he concluded, emphatically stressing the last part, hoping any of them would get the message.

Chimchar fell to the side, pretending to faint, clearly overdoing it. Turtwig looked around wondering who of them had eaten that bread last Tuesday because he didn’t remember getting any bread. Munchlax’s stomach growled loudly, but it was clearly involuntary, if masterfully timed; it probably did that all the time.

Ark tried his best to look desperate, quickly throwing Munchlax a glare that screamed “you owe me for this”, but he was 100% certain it flew right over the bear’s head. The all was now on Mace and Ginger’s court…


Update 3
Spoiler: show
Quote:
Originally Posted by TheKnightsFury, post: 6946499, member: 101661
Maskerade- You decide to risk it all on a gambit, rather than telling the truth and hoping the couple would understand. You plead your case and Chimchar throws in some overdone theatrics, possibly blowing the lie altogether.

"Homeless are ye? Well that just won't do at all", Ginger's demeanour had changed almost instantly. She'd switched from a grumpy old hag to a worried mother in almost an instant. "If y'all are hungry then we will happily see you fed, maybe as a reward for helpin with our problem."

"hmmmmm", Mace pondered, "Ginger I thinks you might be on to somethin there. You see youngen, we're having a bit of a problem with our Cornn Berry crop. Some wild Pokemon keep cuttin done the crop, we've not seen nothin like it before. If you could fix our little problem, we could fill your bellies and give you a bitta grub for the road. What do y'all think?"

It was a generous offer. Not only were they willing to forget the little issue with the pie, they were willing to give you even more food! All you had to do was work out what was destroying the Cornn Berry crop and find a way to stop it from happening. Do that and you'd have enough food to feed your team for a week! Or maybe a day if that Munchlax was intent on hanging around. Speaking of the Munchlax, both it and Turtwig were drooling at the thought of more delicious food, even Chimchar looked at you with a hungry look in his eyes, his stomach grumbling softly.


Reply 3
Spoiler: show
Quote:
Originally Posted by Maskerade, post: 6948752, member: 63055
Ark smiled on the inside. A small part of him felt bad about lying to the couple, but the rest of him was actually pretty proud that the lie stuck. Even if a certain someone’s theatrics could have messed up the whole thing.

There was, however, a counter-offer. What kind of people bargain with a homeless kid instead of just giving him a free pass? Neither Mace nor Ginger seemed exactly malnourished, so why were they waiting for a 10-year-old “orphan” to show up and solve their problems?

Eh, I’m overthinking this. Even if they’re not exactly decent, we did steal their food. Besides, I left home to come on an adventure, to become the strongest in the world! Dell wouldn’t pass up this opportunity, so neither will I.

Sensing his Trainer’s decision, Chimchar couldn’t hold back a smile. Finally, some excitement! He’d been honing his skills just for this chance, his punches were faster and stronger than any Saitama or Star Platinum!

“Thank you for the opportunity, Miss” Ark said as his gaze shifted from Ginger to Munchlax. “We would all be delighted to help.”
The bear tilted his head, looking somewhat confused, but Ark was certain Munchlax understood what he meant perfectly this time. Turtwig did, too, and merrily jumped off the balcony to join his Trainer – this could be fun, their first proper mission! Life was really all about the simple stuff for the Grass turtle.

Ark adjusted his backpack, pretending it was almost too heavy for him from the overwhelming hunger – might as well milk it for all it was worth – and finally prepared to get down to business.

“What can you tell me about these wild Pokemon, and where can I find them? I expect I can drive them away… however I want to?”
Chimchar wasn’t the only one itching for a fight, after all.


Update 4
Spoiler: show
Quote:
Originally Posted by TheKnightsFury, post: 6950004, member: 101661
Maskerade- You accept the offer of employment. You didn't really have anything better to do and the couple were offering to reward you for your services. With 'all' of you helping, it probably wouldn't even take that long either. You proceed to question Mace, if you were going to solve his problem for him, you needed details! Munchlax almost considers slinking away, but a stern look from Chimchar keeps him around, he wasn't getting out of this that easily.

"Hold your Mudsdales youngin, I'll get to fillin ya in. Follow me will ya?" Mace turns and walks towards the nearest paddock. You follow since it was likely the only way you'd get any information. Turtwig trots along beside you, while Chimchar brings up the rear, making sure to stay behind Munchlax in case the little bear decides to make a run for it. Mace swings open a gate and waits for you to catch up. "Head straight on through here and y'all see what I've been talkin bout. Half the crop cut down by some Bug by my reckonin. Not even eaten the berries, just leaving em squished in the dirt. Don't knows where they be comin from, that's your job, just don't trash any more of ma crop!" Mace leaves you there, heading back into the barn to continue his work.

You and your Pokemon weave through the crop, after a while the tall stems of the Cornn berries give way to an open clearing, although not intentionally. Broken stalks litter the clearing, the ground is almost purple from all of the Cornn berries that have been carelessly burst. No wonder Mace was concerned, this was a lot of wasted profit! You pick up one of the broken stems to inspect it. While the stem itself was broken and twisted, the base seems to have been cleanly cut. Such a clean cut would normally be attributed to a tool, but Mace had sworn this was the work of Pokemon. How would you proceed from here?


Reply 4
Spoiler: show
Quote:
Originally Posted by Maskerade, post: 6976580, member: 63055
“This is incredible…”

Ark stood in the middle of the clearing, half-incredulous. This wasn’t a trivial nuisance – crop devastation of this magnitude, especially for a couple who relied on it to make a living, could be catastrophic in the long run. Despite his initial weariness, Ark couldn’t help but feel bad for the couple. If they didn’t have any battle-ready Pokemon of their own, it was unlikely they’d be able to stand up to whatever did this. He wasn’t sure even he could.

“These weren’t broken or pulled. They were sliced clean off…” What could have caused this? He was savvy enough to think of a few Pokemon equipped to do this kind of damage, but none of the possible suspects felt like something he wanted to have to face.

But I already committed, dammit… Oh well, we can do this!

Chimchar was getting pumped, anxious to meet the culprit – whatever it was, it had to be pretty strong to do something like this. But Ark had different plans.

“We stand out too much like this. Other than this clearing we’re surrounded by tall berry crops, who knows what’s hiding there… Sorry bud, you and Turtwig are gonna have to retreat for now.”

Chimchar’s expression went from shock to sadness to a definitely jealous glare aimed at Munchlax - who, as a wild Pokemon, got to stay outside. Turtwig, meanwhile, yawned in approval; a nap in his Ball didn’t sound so bad. In the blink of an eye, the two vanished inside their PokeBalls, leaving behind only Ark and Munchlax.

“So… what am I gonna do with you? You brought us into this mess so it’s only fair you help us get out of it.” Despite his clueless look, Ark could tell Munchlax wasn’t actually that oblivious – in fact, something told him the bear was smarter than he was letting on. Gluttony and laziness didn’t necessarily mean stupidity, after all.

He handed Munchlax the severed stalk, then pointed at the surrounding crops.

“Only way we’re getting out of this is if we find the Pokemon responsible. Only way I’m ever getting you anything to eat again, too. So better start cooperating – try to find out who we’re looking for with your Odor Sleuth, will you?”

The Munchlax tilted his head, but clearly, there was no point in pretending he didn’t get it. If Ark wouldn’t feed him anymore, that’d be nothing short of catastrophic. Beaten, the bear complied, and began trying to catch any lingering scents in the critical piece of evidence…


Update 5
Spoiler: show
Quote:
Originally Posted by TheKnightsFury, post: 6976965, member: 101661
Maskerade- You quickly realise why the couple are so worried, the amount of produce they had lost already was ridiculous. If it was to continue unchecked, they'd probably end up losing their entire crop. No crop meant no money, no money meant no farm. You recall your Pokemon, wary of having them out when you're uncertain what exactly you are dealing with. Munchlax could help with this situation, he'd gotten you into it anyway. After giving the bear a bit of a verbal spray, it reluctantly begins to sniff the severed stalk. He was used to sniffing out food, not Pokemon. He figured if he smelled something that wasn't food, it was probably what they were after. There was one really strong scent, he could smell it everywhere. It wasn't the Cornn Berries, it was something else.

You follow Munchlax as he walks around the destroyed crop. If he started leading you around it circles, he'd likely regret it. Although the Normal type eventually picks up on a trail and heads into the crop that is still intact. You're careful not to damage any of the berries as you make your way through the crop, although you have to remind the little bear multiple times to be careful. It isn't long before you can hear something nearby, a constant, almost rhythmic clashing sound. As you push your way through the Cornn Berries, you step into another clearing in the crop, although these berries are freshly cut. The Pokemon responsible are still present as well, a pair of Scyther are duelling each other in the middle of the clearing, while another stands on the far side, observing the conflict. You haven't been spotted yet, you'd found the culprit, but could you solve the situation?



Reply 5
Spoiler: show
Quote:
Originally Posted by Maskerade, post: 6979408, member: 63055
((God damn it TKF, tossing previous Memakyu stuff my way to test my resolve :p))

They’re amazing…

Ark had suspected it might be the case: Scyther. The coolest Bug Pokemon on Earth, but at the same time, they could behead him, so his excitement was readily tempered. Three of them no less… They were the ones responsible for the destruction of Mace’s crops.

“Well done Munchlax,” he muttered under his breath while remaining concealed behind the Cornn Berry stalks. “Let’s watch them for a while.”

Two of the insects seemed to be engaged in combat, either territorial dispute or a training session. The fact that a third one was simply watching indicated the latter, or he was acting as a judge of some sort. Ark might be young, but he had good instincts – something told him the crop destruction was more an unintended consequence than the end goal for these warriors. As if their combat was all that mattered, regardless of the environmental destruction it caused. Were they even aware they were ruining a human’s livelihood? Did they even care?

Munchlax stared at Ark, genuinely curious as to what he’d do next. Three Scyther seemed like overwhelming odds, even if he called Chimchar and Turtwig back out. He sure as hell didn’t plan on getting involed in any fighting anyway. But Ark, it seemed, had other thoughts.

“Here, hold on to this,” he whispered, handing the bear a Smoke Ball from his Bag. “I’ll try to reason with them, they… they might not be hostile. If they look like they’re gonna gut me, I need you to toss this thing as hard as you can to the ground and we’ll make a run for it. It’s… it’s a lot of trust I’m placing on you here, you get that right? I would prefer to walk out of this alive…”

He couldn’t think of any other option that didn’t involve outright engaging the creatures in combat. If there was only one of them, sure, he’d take it on, Chimchar would relish the opportunity. But three, with his current team, would be suicide. Not that this alternative felt any less like it.

I’ll go out there and try to ask them to stop, take their fight elsewhere. If they don’t listen we’ll run back to the old couple, tell ‘em who’s responsible and let the Police handle it.


Update 6
Spoiler: show
Quote:
Originally Posted by TheKnightsFury, post: 6979542, member: 101661
Maskerade- Three Scyther were too big of a challenge for your developing team. The duel bugs were impressive and you find yourself mesmerised for a moment. Once you manage to break your concentration away from the impressive dance of blades, you start to think up a strategy. You couldn't go charging into a fight, you'd lose that. You needed to try and explain to the Scyther that they were damaging the crops, surely they wouldn't be doing it on purpose? They probably didn't realise that they were doing something wrong, but that didn't mean they'd see reason and continue their duelling elsewhere. You hand Munchlax a Smoke Ball, if worse came to worse and the Scyther decided to attack you, he was to throw the ball to give you a chance to get away. Munchlax nods and grins when you give him the instruction, it doesn't exactly fill you with confidence. With the bear's track record, he was probably more likely to eat the Smoke Ball than throw it......

You step into the clearing, pausing to see if it gets a reaction from the Scyther. The Scyther don't even seem to notice you're there. You move closer, moving slowly, trying not to provoke a hasty reaction. When you get close enough, you begin to talk. Speaking confidently, you try to explain to the Scyther that they are destroying the crops and that they needed to move elsewhere. They don't react. The pair of duel Scyther whizz past you, but neither even looks at you. Even the third Scyther refuses to take its eyes of the fight, which was clearly far more important than anything you have to say. There was no getting through to them.

Having failed to even get a reaction out of the Scyther, you make your way back through the crop towards the homestead. Mace spots you as you emerge from the field. "That was quick youngen, did you get them varmints already?"


Reply 6
Spoiler: show
Quote:
Originally Posted by Maskerade, post: 6979879, member: 63055
He wasn’t sure whether to consider this a defeat or a sort of victory, considering he was still alive and with all his limbs attached. Perhaps a victory as a human being, but a definite failure as a Trainer. Either way, there was Mace to confront him with the outcome.

“I… Well, I found the culprits,” said Ark stuttering somewhat, struggling to find words that wouldn’t paint him as a complete failure. “Scyther. Three of them, engaged in battle. I tried to reason with them but it was as if I was invisible.”

I tried to reason with them? What kind of idiot says that?!

“I mean, I… tried to get them to leave. But they didn’t even acknowledge my presence at all, like they were in some sort of battle trance… Look, for what it’s worth, I don’t think they meant to destroy your crops. If we could find a way to snap them out of it…”

The more he talked, the more he realized he wasn’t sure Mace could be trusted with all this info. Not because he was a bad man, but because a farmer’s instinct with any plague is to eradicate it, and Ark was pretty sure he didn’t want to harm those Scyther. There was always the option of interrupting their fight by force, maybe give them a more enticing target than one another, but wouldn’t that only make the property damage even worse?...

“Has anything like this happened before? Any idea what could be happening to them?”


Update 7
Spoiler: show
Quote:
Originally Posted by TheKnightsFury, post: 6980384, member: 101661
Maskerade- "Scythers ya say?" Mace doesn't seemed as surprised as he is confused. "Plenty of them round deez parts but they tend ta stick to their sparrin grounds in the forest. Sometin musta forced them out, I spose the only way ta get rida them would be ta get rida whatever forced them out. Probably worser since its their matin season and all." So, it seemed that the Scyther normally stick to their sparring grounds in the nearby forest, but something must have forced them out. Scyther were normally pretty territorial and fearless, whatever had the strength to push them from their home must have been powerful......

You get the feeling you're being watched. As the hairs on the back of your neck rise, you spin around in an attempt to spot your admirer. The crop rustles as something rushes back in. Watching the Cornn berries sway, you can see whatever it was is making a beeline for the forest on the far side of the property. Was it connected to whatever forced out the Scyther? "Youngin I don't spose you could go check out the forest? If you coulds find a way to get them Scyther home, it fix all ma problems." You'd discovered what was destroying the crops, but were you really required to get rid of them? Mace expected you to search the forest and clear out whatever was strong enough to force out the Scyther, were you really up to that task? You could disappear into the forest and never see the farmers again, no harm, no foul, right?


Reply 7
Spoiler: show
Quote:
Originally Posted by Maskerade, post: 6980777, member: 63055
This is getting interesting...

Ark was relieved to see Mace wasn’t obsessed with exterminating the plague, and was instead rather accustomed to living somewhat close to the Scyther – it was an odd change in behavior that drove them here, the source of which resided in the nearby forest. Or… did it?
A shiver down his spine told him he was being watched. He wasn’t fast enough to spot the culprit, but he did manage to catch a glimpse of the path it took as it fled back into the forest.

“You know what? At this point, I was gonna look into this even if you didn’t ask.”

It was true – the fact he wasn’t going to have to fight off an entire colony was a relief, even if the one behind it all was as strong as it seemed to be. It changed from a terrifying perspective into a genuinely exciting one!

“Munchlax,” he called out, catching the bear’s attention just as he was attempting to walk away unnoticed. “You saw that too right? Whatever was spying on us went that way,” he pointed. Munchlax nodded, already knowing what was coming next.

“It must have left some scent behind as it brushed the berry stalks, unless that thing’s made of metal… Let’s see if we get lucky twice, can you catch its scent with Odor Sleuth?”

He waved at Mace, assuring the man he’d get the job done. Perhaps he was being overly optimistic, but he was beginning to find a certain appreciation for the rough-around-the-edges farmer – at the very least he was more level-headed then he’d taken him for initially. And he was providing him with an interesting adventure, all things considered!

And I do owe him for that pie, there’s that too…


Update 8
Spoiler: show
Quote:
Originally Posted by TheKnightsFury, post: 6981257, member: 101661
Maskerade- You were glad that Mace didn't seem to want to exterminate the Scyther and you were interested in finding out what was causing the trouble anyway. You even had a lead! You had to be quick though, you didn't want whatever it was to get away. "Go gettem lad, just look after ye self, don't know whats might be lurkin out dere." Mace wishes you well, returning to his work.

You and Munchlax rush to the edge of the crop, with the scent so fresh, Munchlax has no trouble picking it up. You and the bear barrel through the Cornn berries, hoping that you were gaining ground on whatever it was that was watching you. Munchlax chest is heaving, he wasn't used to so much running. The little bear wished his feet could move as fast as his mouth, if that was the case he'd be as fast as a lightning bolt! You stumble into the original clearing made by the Scyther, about half way across the clearing you spot your quarry.

From appearance, it's safe to assume that it is another Bug type, but it doesn't look like any you've come across before. It's only small, the navy blue colour was similar to that of the Cornn berries. The bug was moving quickly and seemed intent on reaching the forest, if it made it there, you'd have a much harder time tracking it down. Munchlax certainly wasn't running anything down, you need speed. If you missed this opportunity, you'd potentially miss your chance at finding out what had forced the Scyther from their home.


Reply 8
Spoiler: show
Quote:
Originally Posted by Maskerade, post: 6986592, member: 63055
Ark didn't exactly consider himself an entitled know-it-all, but somehow, the sight of a Bug Pokemon he had never laid eyes on before made him feel insulted. How could that be? He'd spent just about all of his childhood before setting off on his journey studying Pokemon! How had he, in ten years of life, never seen or heard of that blue worm?

Unless it's from that other region. I never read any books about it... The same region Leon comes from.

Conjectures aside, the problem here was clear - if he failed to catch up to that bug, he'd never get any answers. Even if that Pokemon was unrelated to this whole mess, which Ark felt very unlikely, he still had to know why it was eavesdropping on him and Mace. Something told him that Pokemon was the answer to several questions, but the biggest question now was how would he close the distance between them and prevent its escape?!

It's way too far across the clearing for me to toss a Ball and catch it, not to mention it's not even weakened. Munchlax is running on fumes and, well, he's a Munchlax. Chimchar's my fastest Pokemon, but even he might not be quick enough to close this gap before we lose sight of him in the fields again...

Chimchar felt like the obvious answer, nimble and skilled on his feet. But he needed something more foolproof - odds were Chimchar would move in with a punch that would knock the insect out cold or worse, robbing them of any answers. But maybe... maybe he didn't need to outspeed that Pokemon at all!

"It's a gamble, but here goes. Turtwig, you're up!"

The mild-mannered turtle emerged from his Ball once more and looked around the clearing with a satisfied expression. What a pleasant place.

"We can't let that Bug Pokemon escape! Bind it with your Leech Seed, if it misses trap it in a Sand Tomb! We absolutely can't let it flee!"


Update 9
Spoiler: show
Quote:
Originally Posted by TheKnightsFury, post: 6997601, member: 101661
Maskerade- The spying insect was almost out of range, if you didn't act quickly you would surely miss your chance. Speed was of the essence, but perhaps speed wasn't everything? Munchlax wasn't about to run down the Pokemon, but perhaps one of your other Pokemon could pin it in place long enough for you to get close? Taking a gamble, you release Turtwig from his Pokeball. The pleasant turtle is happy to be called upon and senses the urgency in your voice. Quickly taking aim, the Turtwig fires a swift volley of Leech Seeds across the crop clearing, hoping one will strike close enough to entangle the Bug.

The first seed strikes to far to the right, the second is too far behind. The third is way of course, caught by a sudden breeze. The fourth however, lands directly in front of the fleeing Bug and quickly sprouts, catching the spy in slender vines. It struggles and wiggles, doing its best to break free. You continue to rush towards the Pokemon, who begins to gnaw through the vines. Seeing this, Turtwig digs its feet into the ground. The ground beneath the bug begins to sink and turn, as Turtwig successful traps it in a Sand Tomb. The struggling bug sees you getting closer and reacts accordingly. It spits out a Sticky Web, surrounding itself in a nest of the sticky silk. A temporary barrier, enough to hold you back while it figures a way out of this trap. Munchlax topples backwards, chest heaving heavily, cardio was not his thing! You had the little spy right where you wanted him, what now?


Reply 9
Spoiler: show
Quote:
Originally Posted by Maskerade, post: 6998283, member: 63055
Contrary to his creeping pessimism, his plan had worked. Turtwig proved himself surprisingly reliable and tenacious, much to Ark’s delight, and now they had the little suspect right where they wanted him. No amount of Sticky Web would help his situation, not when he could easily have Chimchar burn the whole dome away in seconds.

But if recent events had taught Ark anything, it was that looks could be deceiving. Mace had turned out to be a surprisingly nice guy, even when one pie short, and more merciful towards the Scyther than a man his size and that desperate would have led the boy to expect. And so, even though all evidence was pointing towards the mysterious spy, Ark would still like to understand its side of the story. Not that he could speak its language, of course, but he did pride himself on being a rather good judge of character for his age.

The boy and Munchlax ran over to the trapped bug; Ark dropped to one knee while the bear almost dropped altogether.

“Hey. I’m sorry I had to do this… but you owe us some answers. I can’t really understand you, but something tells me you have something to do with how the local Scyther are behaving…”

How did he expect the insect to reply? He had no way of conversing with it, and if it really was as tricky as it seemed it could always attempt to lie, but… it still deserved a chance, right?

“Is this your doing? If so, you’re causing a lot of harm to the humans who live here. If there’s a reason why you’re doing this, maybe… maybe I can help you with what you need some other way? Some way that doesn’t involve razing crops and the destroying farmers’ livelhoods?...”

He slowly reached out an outstretched hand towards the web, trying to show the Pokemon he meant no harm.

“I wanna help you, if you need help at all. But if you don’t… I’m really going to have to ask you to make things right, little guy.”


Update 10
Spoiler: show
Quote:
Originally Posted by TheKnightsFury, post: 6998444, member: 101661
Maskerade- You had the little spy right where you wanted it. There was nowhere for it to run now. You could burn away the Sticky Web without too much effort, but perhaps there was a better way to get information out of the insect? If today's experiences had taught you anything, it was not to make assumptions. For all you knew, the strange bug was an innocent bystander caught up in the whole situation. Hopefully the interrogation would help clear that up. You notice that the bug seems very erratic, its eyes darting around, analysing everything. You begin to question the bug and as you do, its attention becomes fixed solely on you. It seems to understand everything you say, but its reply is unfortunately difficult to interpret.

The Pokemon shakes its head, "blip blip blip, bug, blip blip bug, bug blip blip, bug blip bug bug"

It seemed like nonsense, even your Pokemon aren't sure what it is saying. Weren't Pokemon meant to be able to understand each other. The Pokemon seems upset that you don't understand what it is trying to say. It repeats...

"blip blip blip, bug, blip blip bug, bug blip blip, bug blip bug bug!"

At this point the bug is starting to look a little restless. Its starting to shake back and forth, struggling to contain its frustration as energy begins to form around it. Surely there must be some trick to understanding it. Whatever it was, you'd have to work it out quick, before the Bug gets too upset!


Reply 10
Spoiler: show
Quote:
Originally Posted by Maskerade, post: 6998625, member: 63055
Much to Ark’s surprise, the bug began to frantically try and communicate back. But despite his best efforts, everything sounded like gibberish to him, a senseless amalgamation of “blips” and “bugs” that for whatever reason the Pokemon kept repeating over and over amidst its mounting frustration.

“I… I’m so sorry, I can’t understand what…”

Next to him, Munchlax tilted his head, equally confused. By all means Pokemon were supposed to understand one another, even among different species. So why couldn’t he?

Because it’s trying to talk to me, not Munchlax. It’s not speaking its usual language, it’s trying to adapt it to mine… but still?...

Suddenly, Munchlax bent over and began to scribble on the dirt with its claw. Just as puzzled as Ark was, but surprisingly determined to make sense of it, the bear scratched the floor in time with each of the bug’s cries, but clearly he wasn’t making much progress. A vertical scratch for each “blip”, a horizontal one for each “bug”… It made no sense. Not from where Munchlax stood.

“Wait. Munchlax, try that again, but… but with dots and lines!”

Completely lost but thankfully compliant, the bear did as asked.

… - ..- -.. -.—

The pattern repeated itself as the trapped Pokemon was practically screaming off the top of his tiny lungs by now. Ark had seen this before, and it made sense – a human language that didn’t use human words. If he was right about his guess, then the insect had to be absolutely brilliant!

“Munchlax, this is what people call Morse Code, I think. My grandfather told me stories about how they used it to communicate between ships or something like that!”

Pulling out his phone, thanking Arceus technology had come as far as it had, a quick search revealed he was, indeed, almost definitely correct.

STUDY

“You… you were studying them? The Scyther?” Ark sat down on the ground with his legs crossed, trying to keep eye contact at the bug’s level to calm it down. “Are you controlling them somehow? Y’know, there are other ways to do field research. Ways that don’t involve destroying the actual field.”

Much to Munchlax’s surprise, Ark turned to Turtwig and asked him to stand down.

“I don’t think we need to keep it trapped anymore buddy. Maybe call off the seeds and the sand tomb… We’re only scaring it.”

He could be wrong. The bug could take the opportunity to make a whole in the web dome and flee. But treating it like a cornered prey didn’t do much to endear the Pokemon to him, and he genuinely wanted to solve things peacefully…


Update 11
Spoiler: show
Quote:
Originally Posted by TheKnightsFury, post: 6998959, member: 101661
Maskerade- With the surprising assistance of Munchlax, you manage to unscramble the bug's code. It seems to calm down once you do, like pleased that its message was understood. However, it continues to shake its head, were you still misinterpreting its intentions? Regardless, you feel like your starting to develop a bit of a bond with the spy and keeping it trapped would only impact your ability to build on that bond, there needed to be trust. Turtwig is quick to follow your orders, the Grass Starter stops the swirling Sand Tomb and the Leech Seed quickly shrivels and dies. The bug looks relieved to be released from the attacks, but doesn't seem eager to flee just yet. Instead its eyes begin to glow with a faint energy. There is a slight delay, but you soon feel a sharp pain in your temples, causing you to grab the sides of your head.....

Your surroundings warp for a moment and you find yourself standing in the forest. In front of you is a large golden dome, lights flicker across the surface periodically, it certainly was a strange sight. Bugs like the one you've encountered enter and exit the structure, was it some sort of nest? Looking around for more information, you notice the ground is glowing with a faint purple hue, the source of the energy appears to be the dome.

The psychic feed soon passes and your surroundings return to normal. In the few seconds that have passed, the bug has attempted to make a break for it and has almost wiggled free of the Sticky Web it had placed around itself. It seems to be quite driven to return to its nest.


Reply 11
Spoiler: show
Quote:
Originally Posted by Maskerade, post: 6999235, member: 63055
The vision was puzzling to say the least. A large golden dome with flickering lights, filling the nearby forest area with energy not unlike a massive Psychic Terrain of sorts. What was this Pokemon trying to show him? If its intention was to flee, why would it so blatantly show him its nest?

Does it want us to follow him?

Despite the insect’s best efforts to seemingly explain itself, Ark was still left with more questions than answers. Not only that, he was walking on thin ice here, the Bug’s trust being clearly difficult to earn and maintain.

“You want to get back home, don’t you? I won’t stop you. But listen…” Ark wasn’t about to sell this Pokemon’s intelligence short; might as well be completely upfront, lest he hurt its feelings. “You’ve shown me what it looks like, you know it’s just a matter of time until I find it in the forest. We’re close enough that Munchlax already has your scent marked down, too. So if you want me to follow you, I will, but even if you try to flee, you know I’m gonna track you down. I’m getting to the bottom of this no matter what.”

Ark only had one last question before he allowed Blipbug to break out of the web dome.

“… The source of energy that was controlling those Scyther into a battle frenzy isn’t you, it’s your nest, isn’t it? You know that when the time comes, I’ll have to put a stop to it somehow. I’d rather not have you as an enemy when that happens…”

With that, Ark rose back to its feet and crossed his arms, as if to show the insect he had no intention of trying to stop its escape, although he very much intended to give chase afterwards. Now to see where that led him...[/i]


Update 12
Spoiler: show
Quote:
Originally Posted by TheKnightsFury, post: 6999854, member: 101661
Maskerade- While you had no intention on stopping the Bug, you had every intention of following it back to its nest. From what you saw in the visions, the nest was certainly a source of power, worth investigating for sure. If the nest was the reason the Scyther were behaving strangely, then you needed to do something about it. Your relationship with the Bug is strenuous to say the least and it seems to fray as you express your desire to locate the nest.

Blip bug blip blip, blip, blip bug, blip blip blip bug, blip!

Even without the translation, it was clear that the Bug didn't want you following it. The question was why? It seemed like was just starting to warm up to you, now it was back to being defensive?

Before you can question further, something fires at you from above. The Psybeams strike the ground next to you and your Pokemon, they were clearly warning shots. The Bug shudders, it seems to be afraid as well. Looking up, you spot two red bugs hovering in the air, they weren't exactly large, but something was telling you that they weren't exactly weak either. It seems you have a choice, flee or fight. These bugs surely had to be connected to the one you'd been interrogating, but if so, why was it so afraid of them? Questions needed answers, but were you capable of getting them? The bugs swoop in, preparing to commence their assault. Turtwig readies himself, Munchlax groans, surely he'd already done enough to make up for eating that pie?


Maskerade – Third Adventure
Spoiler: show

Adventure Start
put stuff here


Faiyaa
Spoiler: show

Adventure Start
Spoiler: show
Quote:
Originally Posted by Faiyaa, post: 6679324, member: 2711
It started off just like any other journey for the veteran Pokemon trainer. Whenever the existence of a new land was made known, the adventurous spirit in Gary couldn’t resist seeing it with his own two eyes. Like its name suggested, the Arcane Realm was a region that was ancient and hidden, shrouded in mystery, with a sort of mystical and magical story behind it. It was almost as if the realm had been actually hidden by magic for all these years only to reappear now for some unknown reason. While he had experienced some peculiar supernatural phenomenon over the years through his travels, Gary possessed a scientific brain and was skeptical of everything he saw and heard.


As he looked at a roughly sketched map of the region, there was one destination that immediately called out to him; the submerged temple ruins off the coast of the Island of Temperance. He had little to no interest in the tourist attractions on land, but underwater archeological expeditions were a big part of his life’s research of underwater ecosystems. Whether he would be able to find any treasure hidden in the ruins would merely be icing on the cake; Gary simply just wanted to see what was down that and what kind of life had adapted to the man-made conditions.


Gary had arrived at the City of Pentacles, but he didn’t plan on staying long. The sights and sounds were surely worth a look, but Gary was focused on his mission at hand and made his way towards the port. His first task was to reach the Island of Temperance, where he would then look for directions to guide him toward the ruins. Looking around at the port, Gary searched for a ferry that could take him to his destination. If that wasn’t possible, then he would just have to Surf over there with his Pokemon. He made sure he brought his diving wetsuit along with him and wouldn’t let anything stop him from finding his way.


Update 1
Spoiler: show
Quote:
Originally Posted by TheKnightsFury, post: 6679336, member: 101661
Faiyaa- Having heard tale of sunken ruins, you can't resist travelling to the Arcane Realm. The City of Pentacles was far from your scene, but if it lead you to where you wanted to go then it was worth enduring. You had to work out how exactly you could get to the Island of Temperance, you could use your own Pokemon if you had to but a guide would make the journey a whole lot smoother. As you reach the port, there are plenty of people and plenty of ships, you just had to find the right one. Cruise ship probably wouldn't be right, nor would the fishing vessel. You spot a large yacht, loaded with traps and cages, as well as a large trawling net. For a vessel that was meant to be a joyride for the rich, this yacht seemed to have been modified for a specific purpose. Then something draws your eye, a young woman with honey blonde hair, waving a sign in front of the yacht. She sports a one piece swim suit, mostly dark blue with some light pink accents, she also seems to be kicking up a bit of a stink.

"Stop trawling around the ruins!" The woman shouts, drawing the attention of the nearby crowd. "They're destroying the reef, destroying the ecosystem!" The crowd watches for a moment before moving on, they didn't really seem to care. "Bloody tourists, you're as bad as they are!" As you get closer, you notice a uniformed officer approaching her.

"Mam you've been told before, continue to do this and you'll be thrown in jail", the officer seems to have crossed paths with her before. "Move along, I don't want to be the one to take you in."

She throws the sign to the ground and storms off, heading towards a small catamaran tied up to the dock. She leaps aboard and begins to prepare the vessel for departure. She was passionate and seemed to know about the ruins, perhaps she was exactly who you were looking for?


Reply 1
Spoiler: show
Quote:
Originally Posted by Faiyaa, post: 6681967, member: 2711
Gary had been walking up and down the piers of the Pentacle City harbor looking for a suitable vessel to take him to his destination when he came across a small demonstration. A young woman seemed to be protesting to a crowd of onlookers about tourism destroying the reef around the ruins. He couldn’t help but feel a little guilty for he too had come here somewhat as a tourist, but the heart of his intentions aligned more with hers. It was at that time that an officer approached her and threatened her to disperse that she finally gave up her protest and stormed off.


While not wanting to come off as a stalker, Gary couldn’t help but notice the woman board a small catamaran and prepare to disembark. Now wasn’t the time to be shy; this could be his best opportunity to set sail for the ruins. “Umm, excuse me,” he called out as he approached the ship. “Hi, I saw your protest just now. My name is Gary and I’m a marine Pokemon biologist. I came here to do an ecological survey of the ruins and the surrounding area and was wondering if I could tag along with you to the reef.”


Gary stood there with an anxious smile and scratched his head, unsure if the young woman would receive his intentions in a positive manner. Even still, if worst came to worst, he was ready to just dive into the seas by himself and ferry across the bay on the back of his own Pokemon. He just hoped it didn’t have to come to that.


Update 2
Spoiler: show
Quote:
Originally Posted by TheKnightsFury, post: 6681980, member: 101661
Faiyaa- Going out on a limb, you approach the woman's vessel and introduce yourself. She remains silent as you do so, but you can't help but notice her eyes scanning you. You had good intentions, you just have to hope that she sees that. "A scientist you say? Can't say I've had the best experience with your kind in the past. My name is Marian." She continues to prepare her vessel for departure, fixing ropes and checking the sails. "Many come to the reef, expressing a desire to help, but not once have I met someone with pure intentions. It's all about personal gain, you come in, get what you want, then leave. They might make a discovery, then when others find out they come here in droves, tearing through the reef like a school of starving Carvanha. Are you any different Gary? I'd like to know, but your words mean little. You have Pokemon with you yes? I'd like to meet one. Pokemon have pure hearts, I'll be able to tell what type of person you are just by looking into your Pokemon's eyes." It was an odd request, could she really judge you as a person just by looking at one of your Pokemon? At this point it looked like this was the only way you were going to hitch a ride.

Waves begin to lap at the catamaran's hulls, looking around you soon spot the source of the waves, the yacht loaded with traps is leaving port, its destination unknown. "Bastard, you see Gary, that there is a perfect example of what I am saying. A crazed young scientist with money to burn, intent on chasing a myth and showing no compassion for the reef as he does so. It's people like that who make me think that people don't deserve Pokemon."


Reply 2
Spoiler: show
Quote:
Originally Posted by Faiyaa, post: 6683082, member: 2711
Gary listened as Marian introduced herself and began describing her past experiences of other scientists who claimed to have similar motives as Gary. He could see that she was right to think that way after how some of his contemporaries acted, and would have to somehow convince her that he was different. After expressing her desire to gauge if Gary’s intentions were pure through the eyes of one of his Pokemon, Gary smiled and nodded, agreeing that this would be the best way.


“It’s sad what you described, but unfortunately that’s the world we live in. You won’t find my name in any scientific journals or on big discoveries though; I don’t do this for the fame. Why don’t you see for yourself? I hatched this little one at the Springtime Isles a year or so ago, so she is pretty special.” With a gentle smile, Gary reached down to his belt and pulled out a Luxury Ball. Holding it out, the ball popped open and in a bright flash of light revealed a squishy, green, jellybean-looking creature who Gary caught in his arms. He didn’t seem bothered by the slimy texture of her blob-like body in the slightest.


“Pyuuu,” Pickle cooed as the shiny Pyukumuku looked up at Marian. Gary couldn’t help grin, but Pickle was still like a baby to him. However, as all of this was going on, a large boat pulled by, its wake causing Marian’s catamaran to rock back and forth. It was loaded with traps, yet another reminder to the woman’s apprehension of outsiders. Gary sighed, knowing this wouldn’t help his cause any. “My dream is to observe underwater ecosystems and leave them preserved in their natural state, so we can learn more about how they grow and adapt to the world around them. If we hurry, maybe I can help you stop others from disturbing the natural order!”


Update 3
Spoiler: show
Quote:
Originally Posted by TheKnightsFury, post: 6683189, member: 101661
Faiyaa- After reassuring Marian that you seek only knowledge and not fame, you select one of your Pokemon for her to inspect. You settle on Pickle, releasing the shiny Pyukumuku from its Luxury Ball. Holding the squishy Alolan native in your arms, you give Marian a quick introduction before she reaches out to grab her. You hand the green bundle of squish over, some people would be reluctant to handle a Pyukumuku but you see no reluctance in Marian at all. You watch anxiously as she lifts the Water type up to eye level. She suddenly begins to hum a hauntingly beautiful tune and you feel your body relax. Pickle seems to relax as well, slumping in Marian's hand as she continues to hum. Eventually she comes to a stop and gives her verdict.

"Your Pokemon has a lot of love for you Gary, she's a little cutie as well", she gives Pickle a little tickle, causing the Pyukumuku to giggle and let its innards slip out a little. "You can come with me to the ruins, I'll give you a personal tour and then bring you back here, no one knows the ruins better than myself. I could probably use some extra assistance removing his traps before any Pokemon fall prey to them, but its best not to take him head on, he has plenty of resources at his disposal after all." Marian hands back Pickle as you step onto the catamaran. She unties the rope holding it to the dock before lowering the sail and steering it out onto the open water.

The catamaran glides slowly over the water, although the steady pace gives you plenty of time to take in your surroundings. You pass a small pod of Wailmer, one is inquisitive enough to come up close, bumping the catamaran. You quickly grab hold of something, although it didn't mean to the Wailmer almost knocked you off. It isn't long before you spot the island in the distance, some of the temple is still visible above the water, but not much. Marian brings the vessel to a halt a couple of hundred metres away from the island, lowering the sail and dropping an anchor. "We aren't far off the reef now, so it's time for us to get in the water. Since you were planning on coming out here anyway, I'm assuming you have dive gear?" Marian pulls out a pair of white flippers and a small breathing apparatus. It looks like it's time for a swim.


Reply 3
Spoiler: show
Quote:
Originally Posted by Faiyaa, post: 6683275, member: 2711
Although he didn’t need to be proven of her intent, Gary smiled and was impressed as Marian handled Pickle without any qualms of the sea cucumber’s mucus-like body. Pickle seemed pretty content as well, as she was handed back to Gary and the two of them boarded Marian’s catamaran. It was time to set sail for the reef and the ruins where Gary could finally accomplish his goal as well as help out with removing and traps along the way.


As the catamaran skimmed across the water, Gary eagerly took in his surroundings. He was practically glowing, as he was happiest out in open water. Something about the salt in the air and a cool breeze at his back made him feel like he was right in his element. Gary had experience on sailboats before as well, so he took no time at all getting his sea legs. It was as good of a time as ever too, as a playful Wailmer swam over and nudged the vessel, causing it to rock. Gary laughed and waved at it, thinking about his own pudgy whale, Mist.


After a short while, the Island of Temperance gradually became visible in the distance, as did part of the remains of the now underwater temple, poking through the surface of the sea. Not wanting to get too close, Marian pulls in the sail and drops anchor. As Marian prepares herself for a dive, she asks Gary if he has the proper equipment. With a grin, he replied, “I never leave home without it,” as he laughed to himself at the irony of his statement considering his home was on a mountain. Always prepared for an aquatic expedition, Gary stripped off his hoodie revealing a dry-fit diving top and a pair of swim trunks underneath. He opened up his back and swapped out his hoodie for his own pair of flippers and a similar breathing apparatus. After returning Pickle to her Luxury Ball, Gary wrapped a pair of goggles around his forehead, ready to go. “After you!” he called out.


Update 4
Spoiler: show
Quote:
Originally Posted by TheKnightsFury, post: 6683330, member: 101661
Faiyaa- Always prepared for a dip, you quickly strip down to your swim gear and retrieve your flippers and breathing apparatus from your bag. Marian dives into the water first, she quickly does a lap around the catamaran, she was surprisingly graceful in the water. She seemed to move almost effortlessly, but it was likely just due to growing up by the water and her flippers. You dive into the water, thankfully it is nice and warm. After giving you a bit of time to get used to the water, Marian calls you over, it was time to dive. You pull your goggles down over your face, following Marian as she dives under the water.....

At first you see nothing but an empty sea bed, but emptiness soon gives way to coral as you begin to swim over the reef. It was like an underwater rainbow, a vast array of coral of all different shapes and sizes. You spot multiple Pokemon hiding among the coral, some more shy than others. Scores of Corsola, a school of timid Finneon, a pair of male and female Frillish among other things. With so much going on it was hard to determine where to focus, but Marian soon spots something that requires her attention. She surges through the water, her flippers pushing her through the water with startling speed. You pursue her, doing your best to keep up. Where was she going? You look around, you can't see anything that would have alarmed her, but she certainly seemed to be heading towards something. You eventually see what she is heading towards, a Popplio! The young sea lion seems to be in distress, as you get closer you notice some sort of trap is clamped down on its tail. Marian latches onto the chain that secures the trap into the reef. She pulls with all her might but it doesn't budge. You assist her but the chain isn't coming lose. Marian points towards the surface and swims up, you follow.

Marian removes the breathing apparatus from her mouth as you surface, "I've got bolt cutters on the catamaran, you try and calm the Popplio while I go get them, we have to help it." She doesn't give you an opportunity to answer, she simply turns and swims towards the vessel which you can just manage to see in the distance. The Popplio needed your help, but how would you help it?


Reply 4
Spoiler: show
Quote:
Originally Posted by Faiyaa, post: 6685147, member: 2711
Gary took no time at all following Marian into the water, eagerly slipping into the warm sea and quickly dipping his head underwater to get his hair wet and his body acclimated. Much like Marian, who seemed perfectly at home as she swam a lap around her boat, Gary felt natural as he waded in the water, almost more comfortable than he did on land. Marian saw that he was ready to go and dove first, so Gary followed suit.


It didn’t take Gary to see all kinds of stuff that caught his attention once he was underwater. A healthy and vibrant reef of coral stretched across the seabed. There he spotted a number of Corsola happily going about their business, and Gary swam down for a closer inspection. He pulled out a small waterproof digital camera and began snapping some pictures, so he could make notes and more detailed observations later. Spinning around, he gazed upon a school of Finneon and a male and female pair of Frillish. He again took some pictures for posterity, and then contemplated adding to his personal collection of water Pokemon, not having the chance to study a Finneon up close and personal yet, and additionally he’d like to get a male Frillish to pair with his own female one, Peach. But deep down he knew that splitting up this pair would be cruel, and as he looked over, Gary spotted Marian signaling him over. She looked pretty serious as she sped off.


Leaving his treasure trove of research subjects behind, Gary followed Marian in pursuit. It wasn’t long until he was able to take notice of what had caught her attention. There was a poor young Popplio caught in one of the very traps they had set out to destroy. Gary’s eyes went wide and sped over to Marian and the sea lion, trying his best to free the creature to no avail. Marian signaled to return to the surface, which he promptly did so they could form a plan. Marian said she would return to her ship to retrieve a pair of bolt cutters and that Gary should remain with the Popplio, trying to calm it down. Gary quickly nodded and dove back under to where the trapped critter was. He knew time was of the essence, as mammals such as Popplio couldn’t stay underwater forever. This trap must have been sprung recently, but who knew how much time it had left before drowning. Something had to be done, so Gary quickly thought of a plan.


Pulling out a Luxury Ball, Gary released his Lanturn named Apollo into the surrounding water. Apollo looked around inquisitively and happily called out to his trainer. “Hey Apollo, no time to waste,” Gary answered, his voice somewhat muffled with the re-breather in his mouth. “Slowly and gently create some Bubbles so this little one can breathe! If it gets too riled up, try to calm it down with a light display of Eerie Impulses, and if that doesn’t work, maybe a soothing melody of your Heal Bell will do the trick!”


Update 5
Spoiler: show
Quote:
Originally Posted by TheKnightsFury, post: 6685524, member: 101661
Faiyaa- With Marian swimming back to the catamaran, you're left in charge of calming the still trapped Popplio. You figured a mammal like Popplio would need oxygen soon, or else it would likely drown. You dive back down under the water, releasing your Lanturn from its Luxury Ball. Apollo is quickly filled in on the situation at hand, he seems glad that you chose him to assist you. The first point of action was getting the Popplio some air, Bubbles would be the perfect solution for that. Considering Popplio's natural love for bubbles, you hope that it'll know what to do with them, even though it is in distress. Apollo blows some nice big bubbles towards the Popplio. The first few it pops in distress, unsure of what is going on. Apollo keeps trying and eventually the Popplio catches on. It catches a bubble on its nose and inhales the air, doing so a number of times. With the Popplio now having enough air, at least for a while, Apollo was now going to attempt to calm it. The Lanturn flashes his lights in a strange display, catching the Popplio's attention. The Popplio slowly starts to calm, even more so when Apollo begins to chime with a Heal Bell.

With the Popplio now calm, it would be a lot easier to free it once Marian returned with the bolt cutters. Once free from the trap, you could attempt to heal its wounds. You pause as you hear a melody playing over Apollo's Heal Bell, then something rushes past you sending you tumbling backwards through the water. The Primarina smashes through the chain before circling back around to scoop up the Popplio, its tail still stuck in the jaws of the trap. You lock eyes with the Primarina for a brief moment, it's long blonde hair marked it as a Shiny Pokemon. With a flourish of its powerful tail the Primarina whisks the injured Popplio away. Would it be able to take care of the Popplio on its own? Would you pursue the Primarina on your own or wait for Marian and risk losing it?


Reply 5
Spoiler: show
Quote:
Originally Posted by Faiyaa, post: 6685734, member: 2711
Gary watched intently with baited breath as Apollo tried his best to resuscitate the Popplio and calm it down while they waited for Marian to return and free it from its predicament. He was finally able to smile and relax slightly as the plan seemed to be working, listening to Apollo’s melodic Heal Bell. However, an eerie operetta seemed to echo in from the distance, almost in response to the Lanturn’s tune. Gary turned around to face the direction of where it came as he felt a rush of water and a blur of long golden hair coming his way.


Was it Marian? No, couldn’t be. The figure darted in so fast the only thought that crossed Gary’s mind was the image of a mermaid. Fortunately Gary held on tight to his breathing apparatus as the figure zoomed by, nearly knocking the air out of him as the current sent him swirling backward. Gary quickly tried to regain his bearings as he righted himself in the water and was astonished to see a fully grown Primarina smash through the chain holding down Popplio like it was a twig. On top of that, this one’s flowing golden locks were not normal either; this one was clearly shiny.


Gary had little time to reflect and observe in awe, as the Primarina scooped up the still-trapped Popplio in its mouth and began swimming off at a high speed. Popplio might not be immobile anymore, but it was still in a life threatening trap and would need to be freed with the proper tools. Marian still had yet to return though, and Gary didn’t want to lose sight of the Primarina. He quickly took off through the water in pursuit of it. “Apollo!” he called out, “Wait here for Marian to return so you can show her the way! Keep a Spotlight on us so you know the way to go!”


Update 6
Spoiler: show
Quote:
Originally Posted by TheKnightsFury, post: 6686119, member: 101661
Faiyaa- You couldn't afford to wait for Marian, if you lost the Primarina, the Popplio could lose its life. Instead you instruct Apollo to stay behind, the Lanturn would serve as a beacon for Marian while keeping a Spotlight on you, hopefully making it easier for you to track it. You swim forward as fast as you can, you've no hope of matching the speed of the Primarina but you could at least follow its wake. It seems to be heading in a straight line, as if it has an intended destination. You're chest is beginning to ache as you swimming through the reef, doing your best to avoid running into any coral. You notice Apollo's light is beginning to fade, you've travelled quite a distance from him already. It is then that you spot something up ahead, some sort of stone structure. It takes a moment before you realise, it is the submerged portion of the ruins! The worn stone structure still seemed to be relatively stable, you can just make out the faint melody of the Primarina coming from inside. All signs pointed to the Primarina heading inside, but as you get close, two figures swim into few, blocking the entrance. The two Clawitzer brandish their oversized, cannon-like claws, it seems they don't want you to enter.

With no change in Apollo's Spotlight, you can only assume that Marian hasn't returned. What could be taking her so long? Perhaps she'd gotten lost? Gotten trapped herself? Or maybe she was struggling to find her bolt cutters? Either way, it seems like you're alone for now and if you want to get to the Primarina and injured Popplio, you will have to go through the Clawitzers.


Reply 6
Spoiler: show
Quote:
Originally Posted by Faiyaa, post: 6976328, member: 2711
It's been a minute lol.

[COLOR=rgb(247, 218, 100)]With Apollo agreeing to remain behind and guide Marian to his location, Gary sped off after the shiny Primarina and the wounded Popplio as fast as he could swim. Clearly Gary was no match to keep up with the marine creatures in their natural environment, but he pushed himself as hard as he could out of fear of losing them and he could feel his chest tighten from the strain. Fortunately he did not have to swim too much farther as he saw them approach the underwater portion of the ruins and was able to slow down a little in order for his lungs to catch up with the rest of his body. The bad news? There were a pair of armored shellfish sitting at the entryway, as if they were guarding it.

Gary was familiar with the cannoned crustaceans; they were known as Clawitzer and as Gary hoped to evolve his own Clauncher into one someday, he knew well that their massive claws were not just for show. The two guardians seemed well intent on not letting Gary through, at least not without a fight first. He reached down to his Pokeball clip and pulled out a familiar Luxury Ball along with a Dive Ball. The Pokemon Gary had brought along on this expedition weren’t the most experienced in combat, but he knew he could count on them when the time was right, and right now was no exception.

“C’mon out, Pickle, Triton!” Gary held out the two balls and they popped open, revealing in a bright flash of sparkles a pair of diminutive shiny Pokemon. First was Pickle, the green and yellow Pyukumuku who fluttered down to the stone steps in front of the Clawitzers. Next up was a tiny blue and orange Wishiwashi, the miniature minnow fighting back tears as he put up a brave face in front of his foes. It was entirely possible that Gary’s feeble-looking Pokemon could have lured the Clawitzers into a false sense of security, but he didn’t intend on relying on such a tactic in this fight. He truly believed in their capabilities in the fight to come. “Let’s do this, guys! Show them what you’re made of!”

Pickle puffed out a small bubble of innards that formed a fist shape, punching the water before her and cried out, “Pyuu!” Triton echoed her cry with a “Shiii!” of his own, and as he did the water suddenly became a little darker while the current swirled around the area. From all directions tiny little sardines swarmed the shiny Wishiwashi, their Schooling clustering together and forming a massive bait ball. The school of fish continued to take shape, turning into that of an underwater behemoth; suddenly the Clawitzers were the ones who were outnumbered in this contest. “Alright, Triton, let’s start this off by trapping them in place with your Whirlpool! It doesn’t need to hold for particularly long; just long enough for Pickle to douse both Clawitzers with her Gastro Acid!” Gary knew that if he wanted to win, the first step would be to neutralize those giant cannons. “Pickle I want you to then follow it up by creating a Light Screen to protect both you and Triton! Triton, use Aqua Ring to constantly keep your health replenished!”[/COLOR]


Update 7
Spoiler: show
Quote:
Originally Posted by TheKnightsFury, post: 6976965, member: 101661

Sandaa- You had to get past the Clawitzer, but the pair of powerful crustaceans seemed intent on barring your progress. You call on two of your Pokemon to help you in the endeavour and while they weren't the most experienced or intimidating, you knew they'd give you their all. Pickle and Triton share a short stare with the unwavering Clawitzer, even as Triton calls upon a school of Wishiwashi to assist him, the guards remaining undeterred. You knew Clawitzer well, you knew most Water types well. Clawitzer were mostly dependant on their cannon like claws for battle, their Mega Launcher ability making them capable of firing off some incredibly powerful attacks. Hence neutralising their abilities was a wise course of action. Triton stirs the water around the pair, momentarily trapping them in the powerful currents of a whirlpool. Pickle uses the opportunity to disperse her Gastro Acid, which quickly spreads with the aid of the Whirlpool. Although they likely don't realise it, the Clawitzer have lost the boost they'd expect to have from their ability.

It doesn't stop the pair from attacking though. Releasing a burst of water from their claws, the Clawitzer surge forward, breaking out of the Whirlpool. They take aim and fire in unison, one firing a Dragon Pulse while the other fires a Dark Pulse. Triton and Pickle are forced to endure the attacks, but the Pyukumuku quickly throws up a Light Screen afterwards, hoping to lessen the blow next time. Triton prepares for more damage by setting up an Aqua Ring, the healing water would certainly be beneficial should the battle be drawn out. The Clawitzer still seem determined to force you away. Moving rapidly they spread out with a Double Team, creating a crowd of Clawitzer for you to deal with. Your Pokemon had taken more damage but had set themselves up well, now you just had to find a way to break through.....


Reply 7
Spoiler: show
Quote:
Originally Posted by Faiyaa, post: 6979129, member: 2711
[COLOR=rgb(247, 218, 100)]Gary smiled as his initial strategy was pulled off to perfection by Pickle and Triton. Sure, they had taken more damage than they had dealt, but with Triton’s set up Pickle was able to significantly hamper the sheer power of the Clawitzers’ ranged attacks to a more manageable level. However, even though their opponents were now on a more even playing field, the pair of cannoned crustaceans were not to be underestimated. Determined to not allow Gary or his Pokemon passage, the pair of Clawitzers formed a wall of Double Team afterimages.

“Alright, Triton,” Gary called out as he addressed the schooling shiny Wishiwashi, “Let’s start this round off by lowering their guard with a Tearful Look! Once they aren’t suspecting any aggression, disperse into the water and sneak up on their real form with a Feint Attack!” Gary then turned to Pickle, who was patiently awaiting her orders. “Pickle, I want you to Taunt your opponents into attacking you, but before they get a chance I want you to begin Biding your time!”

Knowing that both of his Pokemon weren’t the most offensively adept in combat, Gary would have to employ the traits that made them unique in this battle. Triton’s unique skill set was his diminutive nature and the opportunity exploit the gap between his petit stature and the strength in the numbers of his comrades. Pickle on the other hand possessed almost zero offensive capabilities, but employed an uncanny ability to soak up an absurd amount of punishment and reflect it back onto her opponents. He would have to play this battle out methodically, but hopefully not too much time would be wasted before anything bad happened to the injured Popplio.[/COLOR]


Update 8
Spoiler: show
Quote:
Originally Posted by TheKnightsFury, post: 6979542, member: 101661

Sandaa- While you'd done well to weaken the Clawitzers advantages over you, the pair had left you with a new problem. Spread out with a Double Team, it would be much harder to get a hit on them and your options were already limited. The technique wasn't enough to unsettle you though and a plan quickly comes to mind. You instruct Triton to lead off with a Tearful Look, a move that would be more suited to an unschooled Wishiwashi, rather that the intimidating mass of fish that Triton currently was. Nonetheless, the technique causes the Clawitzer to hesitate slightly, lowering their will to attack. Pickle goes an entirely different direction. The Pyukumuku pushes out her stomach, flipping the pair of crustaceans the bird! The taunting action aggravates the pair and they ready their cannons, taking aim at the little sea pickle.....

Triton disappears, the swarm of Wishiwashi break up and spread out. You knew exactly what was happening, it was your plan after all, but the Clawitzer wouldn't see the attack coming. Pickle clenches, setting up an aura around herself as she prepares to Bide through the incoming attacks. A pair of Aura Spheres burst from the Clawitzers' cannons, streaming through the water towards their target. Pickle braces for the attack, it wasn't easy but she endured it, the aura around her growing significantly as it absorbed the power of the attacks. While the Clawitzer were busy attacking, Triton has gotten into position. Reforming, the Shiny Schooled Wishiwashi attacks from the shadows with a Feint Attack! He saw through the clones and drove himself into the two real Clawitzer. The clones disperse as he hits his mark, dealing a nice hit to the guards in the process. Unfortunately their revenge is swift as they pepper the school of fish with Sludge Bombs! The poison spreads through the school, leaving Triton poisoned!


Reply 8
Spoiler: show
Quote:
Originally Posted by Faiyaa, post: 6980912, member: 2711
[COLOR=rgb(247, 218, 100)]While Triton and Pickle continued to more or less be the underdogs, or underfish, in this battle that they were literally outgunned, they had been executing Gary’s strategies to perfection which helped level the playing field in a significant manner. The strategy to continuously bait their opponents and trap them into following their pace rather than the other way around had proven effective, and Gary was eager to maintain their course of action. “Great work so far, guys,” he called out to his two Pokemon.

Gary’s Pokemon were not unscathed, however; Pickle had absorbed quite a bit of damage while she continued to Bide her time, while Triton and his massive school of fish had been infected with Poison. Gary had to think carefully about what to do next, but he knew that if he and his Pokemon played their cards right that they could continue to turn the tides in their favor.

“Alright, Pickle,” he began instructing the sea cucumber, who remained dormant, “Keep Biding your time, but once you’re ready, prepare to unleash hell on those Clawitzers!” Gary then turned his attention to Triton. “Triton, trap the Clawitzers inside a Whirlpool once again to ensure Pickle’s attack connects! After that I want you to smack one of them hard with a U-Turn and then use the momentum to quickly return to Pickle’s side before they can retaliate. Pickle, use that window of opportunity to cure Triton of his poisoning with a Purify and heal off some of the damage you sustained as well!”[/COLOR]


Update 9
Spoiler: show
Quote:
Originally Posted by TheKnightsFury, post: 6981257, member: 101661
Faiyaa- This would take timing. Pickle was a ticking time bomb, if she could tank one more barrage of attacks, she'd be able to fire off a tremendous amount of energy. Sure enough the Clawitzer target her once more, taking aim they fire a pair of Dragon Pulses. Pickle braces for impact, this was going to hurt. The Dragon Pulses, converge hammering the little green Pyukumuku, but the Clawitzer fail to realise they've made a tremendous mistake. Triton whips up another Whirlpool, catching the pair of them and holding them in place. Meanwhile, the energy surrounding Pickle has begun to condense, a large orb forming at her mouth. Wielding power she never thought she would hold, she takes aim and unleashes a beam of startling power. The bright white beam tears through the water, enveloping the two Clawitzer. Triton U-turns back to Pickle's side and the pair watch as the Clawitzer sink down towards the seafloor, unconscious. Despite all odds, the pair had managed to overcome their opponents. There was only one issue, Triton was still poisoned. Not for long though! As the Wishiwashi relinquishes his schooled form, Pickle floats over to him. Attaching herself to the Wishiwashi, Pickle drains the poison from his system, using it to heal herself of the damage the Clawitzer had inflicted.

Triton gained 3 levels
Pickle gained 3 levels


The path into the temple was now clear, you had a way to get to the Primarina and Popplio now. That said, where was Marian? You notice a glow behind you, spinning around, you see Apollo is swimming towards you, alone. The Lanturn must have searched for Marian and decided to return to you when he couldn't find you.[


Reply 9
Spoiler: show
Quote:
Originally Posted by Faiyaa, post: 7016810, member: 2711
[COLOR=rgb(247, 218, 100)]Gary watched with anticipation as Pickle pulled off the strategy to perfection. The Pyukumuku continued to absorb the Clawitzers’ Dragon Pulse attacks and once she was ready, unleashed hell upon the crustaceans with the help of Triton’s Whirlpools holding them in place. The retaliatory damage was more than the Clawitzers could handle, and the pair of the quietly slumped to the bottom of the ocean floor, unconscious. “Great job, guys! I’m proud of you both!” Gary cheered with excitement, happy to witness both of their debut battles as victories. As Pickle cured Triton of his poison, her Purify recovering back some of her lost health in the process, Gary returned the Pyukumuku and Wishiwashi back to their Pokeballs. “I think the two of you deserve a little rest.”

As he did so, Gary noticed an increasingly bright light approaching him. It was none other than Apollo, but the Lanturn was alone. “Couldn’t find Marina, huh?” he asked, rubbing the Lanturn on the top of the head. “I hope she’s alright, but we don’t have much time left to keep waiting for her. Let’s hurry up and save this Popplio and then get back to Marina as soon as possible. Come on, follow me.” Gary peered into the ruins. It was dark, but having a living flashlight at his side would help make it easier to find his way. Gary also knew better than to go alone in a potentially dangerous underwater area, so he relied on Apollo to have his back.[/COLOR]


Update 10
Spoiler: show
Quote:
Originally Posted by TheKnightsFury, post: 7017824, member: 101661

Faiyaa- Recalling Triton and Pickle into their balls, you decide there was no point in waiting around for Marina. That Popplio need attention, you couldn't delay. Apollo sticks close to you, illuminating the path ahead as you swim into the temple. Despite being submerged, the temple seemed to be in fantastic condition. You'd expect it to be deteriorated from the saltwater, but it seemed oddly preserved. You're thankful that the path doesn't seem to through any curve balls at you. No split hallways, no reason to make a decision to go left or right. You notice Apollo pause as you pass by a motif carved into the wall. Curiosity takes hold and you give it a once over. It seemed to depict a human, or was it a Pokemon? Some of the figures were definitely people, some were definitely Pokemon, yet others seemed to be a strange mix? You'd already wasted enough time. You continue through the hallway, but after a while you notice that a current has started to pull on you. It gets stronger as you continue and by the time you find the source, it is already too late.....

The source of the current is something strange. It seems like an odd mix of a whirlpool and a portal? Apollo and yourself do your best to avoid getting drawn in, but despite your best efforts, you find yourself inching closer and closer to the whirling portal. Suddenly you're pulled in. The sensation can only be described as being put through a washing machine. Your senses are scrambled and by the time you come to, you find yourself in a chamber. Apollo sits in a pool of water next to you, the room is well lit, but not from the Lanturn. Mystical lights glitter across the ceiling. In the far corner of the chamber you spot the Primarina, cradling the Popplio in its arms. The Shiny Pokemon growls at you, it doesn't seem pleased to see you at all.


Reply 10
Spoiler: show
Quote:
Originally Posted by Faiyaa, post: 7019977, member: 2711
[COLOR=rgb(247, 218, 100)]With time being of the essence, Gary pressed onward with Apollo into the underwater ruins. However, calling it a ruins might not have been entirely accurate as the submerged structure seemed to be in pristine condition. None of the stone that comprised the walls and pillars of the building seemed to be in any kid of disarray or decay, and there wasn’t a speck of algae growing on a thing in sight. Perplexed by everything that he was taking in, Gary followed behind Apollo’s guiding light as the Lanturn swam forward into the temple. Navigating the building seemed pretty straightforward as there were no twists or turns that might cause the two of them to get lost.

It wasn’t until Gary and Apollo were midway through the temple that they stopped for a short break at an unusual mural. It depicted some creature that was not quite human but also not quite a Pokemon; somewhere in between. With limited knowledge of this area’s local folklore and mythology, Gary’s curiosity took over and it was time to resume their quest to locate and rescue the injured Popplio. However, the further they pressed on, the stronger an underwater current pulled them in. Gary was a bit worried that it could get dangerous if they remained down here for too long, but unpredictably the current increased in strength a lot faster than expected and soon enough the trainer and his Lanturn were pulled into a swirling vortex. Gary tried to fight it the best he could, as expected when one was being pulled into an unforeseen wormhole, but his efforts were futile.

When Gary came to, he was in some strange room that had air in it, allowing him to remove his underwater breathing apparatus and fill his lungs. In a pool of water nearby was Apollo, while on the opposite side of the room was the shiny Primarina who was holding her pup very protectively. It was clearly upset by Gary’s presence, so he dropped his posture submissively to try and show that he wasn’t a threat. “I’m not here to hurt you,” he called out, “I just want to help your baby. It’s seriously injured!” Gary then looked over at Apollo. “It might not be much, but maybe a soothing Heal Bell will show them our intentions.”[/COLOR]


Update 11
Spoiler: show
Quote:
Originally Posted by TheKnightsFury, post: 7034355, member: 101661
Faiyaa- You'd managed to find the Primarina and the Popplio, now you just had to convince the protective Pokemon to let you close enough to help heal the Popplio's wounds. Turning to Apollo, you ask the Lanturn to start the healing off with a Heal Bell. The fish shakes its antenna back and forth, letting out a ringing chime that is soon followed by a faint rainbow glow. The Popplio begins to relax, the Heal Bell seems to be calming it. You take that as your cue to approach. You move slowly, trying not to provoke a sudden reaction from the Primarina, it is then that you're smacked with a surprise.

"It's okay Gary, I trust you, I know you're only here to help."

Did that Primarina just speak?! Suddenly the Primarina begins to twist and change, becoming smaller and more slender. The changes continue, only now they become more unbelievable as the Primarina slowly morphs into a human! Not just any human though, it was Marina?! While you stand there stunned, Marina breaks the silence. "Sorry if I shocked you, I'll explain later, just tell me you have something on you that can help this Popplio." Marina holds the young Water type carefully. As you get closer, you notice the trap has left a series of rather nasty cuts around the Popplio's tail. It would take some serious efforts to heal the wounds and it needed to be done sooner rather than later. The Popplio looks at you with its big bright eyes. They were filled with pain and just a little bit of hope......


Reply 11
Spoiler: show
Quote:
Originally Posted by Faiyaa, post: 7037355, member: 2711
Gary relaxed a little as the Popplio and shiny Primarina seemed to have calmed down a bit thanks to Apollo’s Heal Bell. However, a chill went down his spine as the Primarina began to speak to him. No matter how many times Gary had come into contact with things that went beyond his perception of rational science, it was always jarring to him whenever he encountered them face to face. As his brain began to process this new development, he recognized the voice right away as the puzzle pieces started to fall into place. “Marina?” he answered softly.

Still agape in amazement, Gary watched as the shiny Primarina’s form shifted from Pokemon to the acquaintance he had arrived at the ruins with. There was little time for explanations however, as their attention shifted back to the wounded Popplio. It might have been freed of the trap, but the cuts on its body were deep and it was losing blood at a rapid rate. They would have to act fast.

Gary still wasn’t sure where exactly they were, so getting the Popplio to a Pokemon Center was likely out of the question. He would have to bring the medic to the Popplio, and he couldn’t think of a better candidate than his Alomomola. “C’mon out Sensei, we need your help and fast!” Gary tossed the Alomomola’s ball, revealing the pink fish that was built for situations like these. “Sensei, bear with it for a bit, but use Pain Split to ease the Popplio’s ailments! Pull up an Aqua Ring to restore your health and then use Pain Split some more if you have to!” Gary then turned his attention to his Lanturn. “Apollo, it might not do much, but try to keep the Popplio Soaked in water and give it a Helping Hand to keep its energy up!”


Update 12
Spoiler: show
Quote:
Originally Posted by TheKnightsFury, post: 7037393, member: 101661

Faiyaa- You push Marina's startling reveal to the back of your mind for a moment and instead focus all of your energy on healing the Popplio. You release your Alomomola into the water alongside Apollo. Sensei was the best bet you had on hand for healing the pup's wounds. You urge Marina to bring the young Pokemon closer, allowing Sensei to begin healing it. A bond forms between the pair as Sensei splits his own health with the injured sea lion. You watch as the wounds slowly begin to heal over, but you also notice that Sensei is feeling the pain. Thankfully he can set up an Aqua Ring for himself, slowly healing off some of the damage he inflicts on himself. Apollo offers a helping hand to the Popplio, providing it with some extra energy and keeping it soaked to support the healing of the wounds. The Popplio's condition was improving, but it would take a bit of time. Marina sets the Pokemon down before approaching you, she can see you're full of questions and does her best to answer them.

"I guess you're wondering how I can turn into a Pokemon? You're not clever not to wonder. Truth is my people have always been able to, although there are very few of us who can still undergo a complete transformation and we're spread across the globe. Some call us Selkies, but we're known by other names as well. When we reach a certain age, we undergo a ritual that reveals our true form. In ancient times, all of my people could undergo a full transformation like myself, but over the centuries our bloodline has been watered down. Some of my people's descendants can undergo incomplete transformations, taking on certain qualities of a Pokemon, such as gills, a tail or claws. Most just tend to have a strong connection to the sea and to Pokemon. It wouldn't shock me if you had some Selkie blood in you Gary, your connection to the sea and Pokemon is hard to deny. Thank you for healing Popplio", Marina suddenly turns away from you, "this is all my fault though, if it wasn't for me, she would never have been hurt in the first place."


Reply 12
Spoiler: show
Quote:
Originally Posted by Faiyaa, post: 7037407, member: 2711
As Sensei the Alomomola and Apollo the Lanturn worked together to relieve the wounded Popplio of its ailments, the process was slow, but it seemed to be working. Needing time to let the wounds gradually heal, Marina set the injured sea lion pup down and turned her attention back to Gary. With some time to spare, she began to talk about her past and who she and people who share her bloodline really are.

Gary stood there quietly and listened intently to everything Marina had to say. It seemed like a farfetched fairytale, stories about people known as ‘Selkies’ who could change all or parts of their bodies into that of Pokemon. It was a fantastic story, one that someone like Gary would normally chalk up as a legend or myth; but the proof was right before his eyes. There was no denying it now, so Gary focused in on the details, trying to wrap his logic and science-bound mind around it. Gary recalled an adventure from his younger days; he had been captured among a group of people who had been experimented on and spliced with Pokemon DNA and forced to battle each other. But this was different; this form of transformation seemed natural and organic. There didn’t seem to be any artificial experimentation going on here.

Marina then explained the connection between Selkies and the sea, and suggested that Gary’s affinity for marine life might be the result of some Selkie genetic material in his own bloodline. The logical part of Gary’s brain immediately cast doubt on something he couldn’t tangibly prove, but the seed of curiosity had been planted. Maybe he would have to run some tests later. In any case, the sound of reason rung louder in his mind, as he was just a man from a small rural town in the mountains of Johto.

Gary snapped out of his thoughts as Marina thanked him for the help and claimed blame for the Popplio’s injury. He smiled and shook his head, “It was only natural to help. Is there anything else I can do?”


Update 13
Spoiler: show
Quote:
Originally Posted by TheKnightsFury, post: 7039746, member: 101661
Faiyaa- After processing what Marina had said, you ask if there was anything else you could do to help. Marina seemed distressed about something and was blaming herself for the Popplio's injuries, but why?

"I need help, yes", Marina continue to pace back and forth. "You see Gary, not everyone has a good heart like yourself. Most people are oblivious to the presence of my people, but some believe in our existence. Some even have the wealth and desire to see our kind brought into the light, at any cost. Remember that young scientist I mentioned? That one with the yacht full of traps? I trusted him once. He came here only the trail of my people and for a time I believed he had good intentions. I assisted him with his research, thankfully I didn't reveal my powers to him. When I found out that he planned to trawl and trap around the reef, I destroyed as much of his research as I could. Unfortunately it wasn't enough to throw him off the trail. He is the one that set the trap that hurt Popplio and countless other local Pokemon." Marina clenches her fists, "Gary I need you to help me take him down. We need to clear out all of his traps and then stop him from setting any more, even better would be if we could stop him from searching all together." It seemed Marina and the local Pokemon were under threat from this reckless young researcher.

You look over to Sensei and the Popplio. The young pup was looking much better. It was starting to move around on its own, the scarring from the wound was barely visible now. It flops over to you, a glimmer of thankfulness in its eyes. If there were other Pokemon out there suffering like it was, surely it was your duty to help?


Reply 13
Spoiler: show
Quote:
Originally Posted by Faiyaa, post: 7056669, member: 2711
Gary listened intently as Marina explained the source of Popplio’s injury. The scientist with the yacht full of traps and tools that she had mentioned before seemed to be the culprit, intent on tracking down and capturing her kind. Gary didn’t need to hear any more; his mind was made up. The purpose of science was meant to study and understand how the world worked so that they as humans could live within it without disrupting it. This was different, this was just destruction and subjugation for selfish gain. A pool of anger welled up within him as he thought about how someone could be so thoughtless to destroy the ecosystem and the creatures that live within it just to answer personal curiosity. “Say no more, count me in,” he responded as he looked down at the Popplio.

The small sea lion had wobbled over to his side in order to reassure him that its injuries seemed to have mostly mended. Gary’s intensity cooled off a bit as the small creature melted his heart and a smile crept onto his face as he reached down to give it a gentle pat. “Don’t worry about a thing, I’ll see to it that no more traps can injure you or any other creature around this reef.” Gary then looked over at Sensei and Apollo and smiled before returning them to their Pokeballs. “Great work guys, Popplio is still standing thanks to the two of you.” He then turned to face Marina. “So, what do we need to do?”


Update 14
Spoiler: show
Quote:
Originally Posted by TheKnightsFury, post: 7056676, member: 101661
Faiyaa- Upon hearing of the young scientists ambitions, you feel compelled to help in anyway you can. You manage to quell the rage brewing inside of you for now, although it was likely just a ticking time bomb, how would you react when you came face to face with the reckless fool? You agree to help Marianna before returning Sensei and Apollo to their balls. They'd done an excellent job and Popplio really seemed to appreciate it.

Sensei and Apollo gained 1 level!

"Alright Gary, this is my plan. We need to locate and destroy as many of the traps as we can. That's only a temporary fix of course, because any traps we destroy, Cedric can just replace. We need to stop him, I've had plenty of time to think about how to do so. Intimidate him, although I'm afraid he will be hard to scare. We could destroy his ship but I'm afraid he'd just purchase another, money is not an issue for him. Recently I've read some old tomes that make mention of a special seaweed that is meant to grow around here. When dried and ground into a powder, it can apparently be used to leave someone open to suggestion. I've searched and failed to locate the weed so far, but I'm confident that the tomes are true. Regardless, destroying the traps is our first task, so how about we get a move on?" Mariana turns towards Popplio, "Popplio, you stay here until I get back, got it?"

Pop! Pop pop lio!

The young pup barks back at her quite defiantly. It seems it doesn't want to sit around doing nothing. "I don't care how much you want to help Popplio, you've only just recovered from your injuries. You're staying here and that's final." Mariana speaks with surprising harshness, but its likely just driven by her emotions. Popplio cowers back, following Marianna's instruction. "Alright Gary, we should probably split up to cover more ground. Most of the traps should have been placed around the temple. Hang a right when we exit, I'll head left and we'll do a full sweep. Keep an eye out for that special seaweed, its gold with purple rings, should stick out like a sore thumb. Got it?" With a have of her hand, Marianna generates a swirling whirlpool, similar to the one that had dragged you into this room. You watch as she again transforms, this time turning from her human form to her Primarina form. It was just as weird as the first time......


Reply 14
Spoiler: show
Quote:
Originally Posted by Faiyaa, post: 7056689, member: 2711
After Gary accepted the mission, Marina continued on to describe what they were up against. The scientist, named Cedric, would be hard to stop or even slow down due to the fact that money was no object to him. It would be easy for him to replace or repair any damage they caused to his traps or equipment, so in order to scare him off, they would need to resort to other tactics. As a man of science, Gary knew that it would be hard to faze him with something superstitious, but maybe it could be possible after all, considering the fact that Cedric came here while chasing a myth. Marina described a special kind of seaweed that grew in the area that possessed hallucinogenic properties when ground up into a powder. Gary was already intrigued, eager to learn more about the biology of this plant, but he needed to remain focused on the bigger picture.

The young Popplio seemed eager to lend its assistance as well, but Marina was stern in maintaining that it remain here, where it was safe from danger. Gary couldn’t help but empathize with it, but he agreed that it was probably for the best. It would be hard to accomplish the task at hand while also trying to protect it from danger. As Marina reverted back into her Pokemon form, Gary was a bit more observant and less in shock as he watched her. She created another whirlpool vortex to return them to the world he was most familiar with. He popped the breathing apparatus back into his mouth and prepared himself to be submerged underwater once again. Armed with instructions from Marina to hang a right and look for a gold plant with purple rings on it, Gary followed the shiny Primarina and prepared to set forth on his task.


Update 15
Spoiler: show
Quote:
Originally Posted by TheKnightsFury, post: 7056704, member: 101661

Faiyaa- You follow Marina through the portal and out of the temple. As soon as you exit the temple, Marina turns and waves before swimming off to the left, leaving you to head in the opposite direction. You begin to weave your way through the reef, keeping your eyes peeled for both traps and the hallucinogenic seaweed. Your progress is slow to say the least. You find a handful of small snare traps, which you promptly dismantle without too much effort. There was no sign of the seaweed though. There was an odd absence of Pokemon around the reef, they were either staying well hidden or they'd moved on in fear of traps.

As you continue your search, you spot something thrashing about up ahead. As you close in, you find a much larger trap than the ones you'd already dismantled. The giant cage shook violently, the scarred, white Sharpedo inside was doing its best to free itself. While some of the bars were bending, there was no telling how long it would take for the shark to free itself. You look over the trap, trying to work out its mechanics. It seemed to be anchored into the seafloor by a heavy chain. The cage itself seemed to be made of two parts. The Sharpedo must have been drawn in by some sort of bait, then the cage clamped closed around it. If you could break through the hinge, the Sharpedo would be released, but was that the best thing to do right now? It had worked up quite a frenzy, if you released it like this, there was no telling how it would react.....


Reply 15
Spoiler: show
Quote:
Originally Posted by Faiyaa, post: 7069936, member: 2711
Once back outside of the temple, Gary and Marina parted ways as they split up in order to pursue their objectives. Gary swam around the surrounding reef, but progress was very slow to say the least. He dismantled a few traps that he found along the way as a ball of frustration and anger welled up inside of him. He noticed how barren the environment was, and these selfish humans littering and excavating haphazardly were the cause. It devastated Gary to see how devoid of life such a vibrant ecosystem had become, and he resolved that he would not leave the area until the culprits had been both apprehended and eradicated from the area.

Soon enough, Gary came across a rather large metal cage that was shaking violently. Inside it was a large white Sharpedo who thrashed about as it attempted to free itself in vain. Gary had to suppress his desire to observe such a unique specimen as he approached it cautiously. He respected that the creature was a potentially dangerous and very powerful predator that he should not be so close to when it was in such a frenzy, but he had to act anyway. If a shark like this was unable to continuously pass water through its gills, it would suffocate and drown. Keeping it confined to this cage was not an option if it was to continue living. It was a huge risk to unleash such an angry predator, but Gary would just have to bank on the fact that he knew all sea creatures prefer being freed of confinement and passage through the open seas rather than to aggressively pursue something that wasn’t a meal. “I’ll get you out of here,” he called out to the Sharpedo, “Just, please don’t eat me!”

After steeling up his own courage, Gary examined the metal cage. Some of the bars had been worn down by the Sharpedo’s thrashing, and a good whack from a hammer or an axe could pry them loose. Gary had something even better. Pulling out a Pokeball and tossing it, a ghostly kelp covered anchor appeared before Gary. The Dhelmise had been discovered in the wreckage of an ancient sunken ship, and Gary had little time getting to know the haunted anchor, but he named it Vanderdecken after the captain of the legendary haunted ship known as the Flying Dutchman. The Dhelmise was pretty inexperienced in combat, but Gary thought of a way to make use of its other capabilities. “Alright Vander, let’s break this cage open! Wedge the hook of your anchor between those worn down bars and then rip them loose with a Rapid Spin! Hopefully that does the trick!” The Dhelmise didn’t make any noise as it hovered over to the cage. Gary looked up at the Sharpedo. “Get back for a minute. When you’re out of here, please try to remember who set you free! I’ll see to it personally that whoever trapped you here will pay!” All he could hope for now was that his feelings reached the shark.


Update 16
Spoiler: show
Quote:
Originally Posted by TheKnightsFury, post: 7070578, member: 101661

Faiyaa- It was risky work, but you had to free the Great White Sharpedo. It had already worn down the cage, it just need a good solid whack to break it open. Luckily you had just the right Pokemon on hand. You release the kelp covered Vanderdecken from its ball, the Ghost/Grass type was silent as it surveyed the trap. Wary of the Sharpedo's current mood, you swim back a bit before instructing the Dhelmise to demolish the cage with a Rapid Spin. Vander's wheel spins as it lengthens its chain, before whipping around the anchor at frightening speed. The sturdy steel anchor clashes against the worn bars of the cage, bending most of the bars and managing to snap through a couple as well. The haunted seaweed continues its assault, speed increasing as it cleaves through bar after bar. Eventually the cage can't take anymore. The Great White Sharpedo thrashes one last time, the weakened cage breaks, no longer capable of containing it.

Freed from its torture chamber, surely the Sharpedo would be grateful? Nope. The Sharpedo bursts forward with ferocious speed, Crunching down on Vanderdecken's anchor! The Dhelmise shakes wildly, clearly not impressed that it was being attacked after it just helped! Suddenly you hear a hauntingly beautiful song ring through the water. Something whizzes past you, crying out with a Disarming Voice! The Fairy typed attack causes enough discomfort to the Sharpedo to force it to release its hold on Vander, the Dhelmise quickly pulls away, putting some distance between it and the temporarily distracted Sharpedo. The Dhelmise's saviour is none other than Popplio! It seems the little Sea Lion you'd saved had decided not to listen to Marina. The Alolan Starter Pokemon was now unsettling the Great White Sharpedo with a Charm. You needed to find a way to either force the Sharpedo away or calm it down, before it decided to attack again!


Reply 16
Spoiler: show
Quote:
Originally Posted by Faiyaa, post: 7070619, member: 2711
Gary smiled as Vanderdecken executed his plan to perfection, freeing the thrashing Sharpedo from its peril, but his relief quickly faded when the giant shark emerged from the trap and turned its aggression onto its rescuer. “Come on!” Gary winced as he could feel Vander’s pain. The spirit possessing an inanimate object might not feel a lot of physical pain, but Gary was aware of the ghost type’s vulnerability to the Sharpedo’s menacing dark-typed Crunch. The seasoned battler in Gary immediately began to process the flight versus fight scenarios, and he knew the inexperienced Dhelmise would be at a huge disadvantage. As he contemplated sending Apollo back out to fend off the aggressor, a sonorous melody echoed through the water followed by a blur that jetted right past him. It was none other than the young Popplio that Marina had instructed to remain in the temple!

Gary was both in shock and relief at the turn in events as Vanderdecken was released from its danger, but as the Popplio proceeded to distract the Sharpedo with a Charm, he knew that the small sea lion was about to be in even bigger trouble. He couldn’t bear to explain to Marina why he would have to administer emergency medical treatment to the Popplio a second time, so he had to protect it at all costs. Even the combined strength of Vander and Popplio were likely not enough to take down a fully grown predator, so they would have to dissuade it by either soothing it or scaring it. The former option didn’t seem to work when Gary freed it from the cage, so he would have to play up to Vander’s strengths with the latter. “Get in front of the Popplio and let’s give it a startle with your best Astonish, Vander,” he called out, “Follow it up by Growing as large as you can to try and intimidate it! If it tries getting close to you, sap its strength away with your Absorb!”


Update 17
Spoiler: show
Quote:
Originally Posted by TheKnightsFury, post: 7070651, member: 101661

Faiyaa- Well aware that Marina's wrath could be far worse than that of the Great White Sharpedo if you allowed Popplio to get hurt again, you urge Vander to try and spook the shark. The Dhelmise sweeps forward, striking the Sharpedo quickly with an Astonish that luckily forces the much stronger Pokemon to flinch. Popplio quickly moves out of the way and strangely begins to dart around the reef, as if it was looking for something....

With the Great White Sharpedo flinched, Vander takes the opportunity to grow. The seaweed swells as the Dhelmise takes in energy, the possessed tendrils flail around intimidatingly. Unfortunately it doesn't seem to scare off the Sharpedo. The mighty whitey begins to tear through the seaweed with Icy Fangs, ripping and tearing its way through Dhelmise. Vander begins to fight back, wrapping it's anchor around its attacker before it begins to absorb energy from the rampaging fish.

Popplio shoots out of a nearby coral crop, clutching something in her flippers. She surges through the water towards you, handing you a glowing white conch shell. What was this meant to be? Why was it glowing? Popplio looks at you expectantly, what did it want you to do? It begins to let out long cries, holding its flippers up to its mouth. Wait......... did it want you to blow into the shell? Maybe it was magic? This was the Arcane Realm after all and you had just met a woman who was also a Pokemon. A magical conch shell wasn't that strange, all things considered.

You've received a Magical Conch Shell. Teaches a Pokemon a natural MT Move. Must be used in your next reply.


Reply 17
Spoiler: show
Quote:
Originally Posted by Faiyaa, post: 7073022, member: 2711
Teaching MT Grassy Glide to my Dhelmise, thanks!

Gary was intently focused on the battle at hand, and for good reason as Vanderdecken had the odds stacked against it, but he wasn’t oblivious to notice the Popplio swim off somewhere as if it were searching for something. The Sharpedo was pretty nasty, and the Dhelmise was doing all it could to barely keep up and siphon off some energy from the shark to recover. Not only did the Sharpedo possess a natural Dark typing as an advantage over the Ghost type, but it also had Ice Fang at its disposal to handle Vander’s Grass typing as well.

“This is not looking good,” Gary mumbled to himself before calling out “Keep up the good work, Vander!” to try and keep his Pokemon’s morale up. It was rare for Gary to be drawing a blank in the heat of combat, his years of Pokemon battling experience usually providing him with an encyclopedia of knowledge, but this time it was possible he might have bitten off more than he could chew. He wasn’t naďve by any means, but sometimes his compassion left him in unfavorable situations. This time was no different.

Popplio suddenly returned to Gary’s side, and it was holding up an unusual conch shell that seemed to be glowing. Gary didn’t really have the time for distractions, but Popplio seemed insistent that Gary do something with it, so he took it and held it up. As the sea lion pantomimed, Gary asked “You want me to blow into this?” At this point, Gary didn’t have the time to question anything and he had already seen enough of the supernatural today to require any other kind of answer. “Alright, here goes nothing…” Gary filled his lungs with his breathing apparatus before holding his breath and pulling the device out of his mouth. Putting the shell up to his lips, Gary let out all the air from his lungs as a strange sound rippled through the water. Gary quickly put the apparatus back in his mouth to reclaim his breath and watched, dumbfounded.

The seaweed draped all over the rusty anchor’s body began to glow with Grassy energy, and Vander seemed to be Gliding around the seaweed on the seabed with ease, as if it was being charged with chlorophyll. A smile crept onto Gary’s face as he regained his composure, armed with a new idea. “I’m not going to question this anymore! Vander, use your newfound power of Grassy Glide to ram into the Sharpedo and then hit it with another Absorb!” He still wasn’t sure if this plan would work, but it was better than nothing.


Update 18
Spoiler: show
Quote:
Originally Posted by TheKnightsFury, post: 7073630, member: 101661

Faiyaa- You decide to give it a shot, the conch wasn't the first magical thing you'd experienced today and you had a feeling it probably wouldn't be your last. Taking a deep breath, you fill your lungs with oxygen before removing your breathing apparatus. Working quickly, you put one end of the conch shell to your lips and blow into it. A long low note ripples through the water, the sound wave carries with it an odd energy. You quickly place the breathing apparatus back in your mouth as you watch the energy awaken something in Vanderdecken. The Dhelmise was moving faster, smoother. The Grass type was gliding through the water, the spooky seaweed seemed strengthened. You couldn't believe it, the power of the conch had somehow allowed the Dhelmise to learn Grassy Glide! You weren't about to question it, this was exactly what you needed! Urging the anchor back onto the offensive, you watch with pleasure as he spins his seaweed draped anchor around in an arch, striking the Great White Sharpedo with a powerful blow. Before it can bite back, the seaweed wraps around it, absorbing more of the beast's strength. The beast isn't done though, it thrashes around, tearing at Vander with a Night Slash.

A powerful Moonblast slams into the Great White Sharpedo's flank. The beast cries out, turning it locks eyes with the shiny Primarina. Marina was back! Knowing it is out matched, the beast flees, crashing into a nearby bed of coral as it tries to jet away. The limestone crumbles, kicking up a cloud of sand that masks the shark's escape.

Vanderdecken gained 3 levels

That was one issue solved. The new issue was that Marina looked pretty pissed. The scowling Primarina makes a beeline towards you. For a moment you fear she's angry at you, but then you realise that Popplio has taken shelter behind you. Marina barks, calling out the young pup. You're left in the dark as the pair have a rather heated argument. At first Popplio shies away from Marina, but something the selkie says triggers something within the Popplio. It grows in confidence, arguing back with Marina. After a while, Marina's expression softens, then her throat begins to glow.

"Popplio wants to follow you now", Marina's voice rings through the water. "I was angry at her for not following my orders, but she feels indebted to you. When she was trapped, she gave up all hope in humanity, but what you did, the way you helped her, it restored her hope. She wants to work with you and become stronger, she trusts you. You have my blessing to capture her, if that is what you wish."

You may capture the Popplio! It is lvl 11, Female and knows the Egg Move Charm!


Reply 18
Spoiler: show
Quote:
Originally Posted by Faiyaa, post: 7073638, member: 2711
Gary couldn’t help but smile as Vanderdecken glided across the weed-covered seafloor and slammed into the Sharpedo. The Dhelmise then Absorbed back some of the health it lost before the Sharpedo retaliated with a nasty Night Slash. Things still weren’t looking great, but he was proud of the fact that Vander hadn’t backed down and pushed the much stronger opponent further than it probably had to. Just as he began contemplating Vander’s next move, Gary was surprised to see a powerful beam pulse through the water and slam into the unsuspecting shark. Reeling from the Moonblast, Sharpedo glared over at the interloper only to find an angry Primarina glaring right back. Knowing its place in the hierarchy, the shark immediately relinquished its will to fight and sped off like a wild torpedo.

Gary let out a sigh of relief and beamed at his ghostly anchor. “You did really great, Vander. You deserve a rest. Thanks, Marina, you really saved us… there…” he said, trailing off as he turned to meet her still ferocious gaze. As expected, she was not pleased about Popplio’s disobedience, and the young pup took shelter behind Gary’s back. After what Gary assumed was a heated conversation through a series of barks and yelps, something changed in the dispositions of Marina and the Popplio. Marina turned to Gary and declared that the Popplio wished to accompany Gary on his journey and work on restoring her faith in humanity.

Gary was elated. He had really taken a liking to the young sea lion and was more than happy to oblige. “You want to join us? I couldn’t be happier! I promise to show you all kinds of places, after we finish dealing with the bad people here first, of course!” Gary reached into his bag and pulled out a Friend Ball. “I had been saving this for a long time, but I think the time to use it is right now. What do you say?” The Popplio eagerly bumped her nose against the Friend Ball's button, as it opened up and pulled her inside. After wiggling once, the ball came to a halt with a successful 'ding' before popping right back open with Popplio at Gary's side. "Since we'll be travelling together from now on, it's probably best if I give you a name. What do you think, Muse?" The Popplio hardly needed to think as she beamed back at her new trainer with sparkles in her eyes causing Gary to laugh.


Update 19
Spoiler: show
Quote:
Originally Posted by TheKnightsFury, post: 7074116, member: 101661

Faiyaa- "A fitting name", Marina smiles, although you can sense she is somewhat saddened by the Popplio's decision. She could at least take solace in the fact that you were an amazing, caring trainer and not some wicked scientist bent on success. "I've cleared all the traps surrounding the temple, thankfully no Pokemon had fallen for them yet, although I'm sure it was only a matter of time. You didn't happen to spot any signs of the seaweed we're searching for did you?" Unfortunately you hadn't, the only thing out of the ordinary you'd found was that magical conch shell. Suddenly, Muse begins to bark, spotting something odd.

You turn in the direction the Popplio is facing, the direction the Sharpedo had fled in. The cloud of sand had settled, revealing something odd in the ruins of the coral bed it had destroyed. The crash seems to have revealed the entrance to an underwater cavern! With a large portion of the coral smashed apart, there was now a large enough opening for you all to fit through. The strange thing about the cavern was the warm glow that emanating from within, more magical energy? Marina seems to think so, the Primarina rushes through the water, leaving you to follow. You have to be careful not to cut yourself on the jagged coral around the entrance, but manage to slip through the opening unscathed. Popplio stays close to your side as you swim deeper into the cavern, Vander following up the rear. The glow gets brighter as you get deeper into the cavern, until eventually you find the source. A large bed of golden seaweed waves gently back and forth. The bright purple rings on the weed were more than enough to confirm it, this was exactly what you were looking for. Marina can barely contain her excitement and she rushes in to retrieve some.

This is a grievous error. As soon as she reaches the bed, a Dragalge rises, ensnaring her in a painful embrace. The Poison/Dragon type is rather large, almost twice the size of any you'd seen before. Its colour was almost identical to that of the strange seaweed it was slumbering in. Could it perhaps be imbued with the seaweed's power? Marina yelps in pain, you had to help her!


Reply 19
Spoiler: show
Quote:
Originally Posted by Faiyaa, post: 7078982, member: 2711
Amidst the chaos of the Sharpedo fleeing the area and Muse officially joining Gary’s team, an upheaval of sand clouded the water where the Sharpedo had crashed into the coral reef. Once the sand had cleared up, Muse noticed some magical energy emanating from the crash site. There seemed to be an underwater cavern of sorts buried beneath the reef. Following her intuition, Marina swam into the cavern leaving Gary with few options but to follow. The entrance was tight, and Gary wanted to pay extra attention to the sharp edges of the broken coral, not wanting to get cut. He quickly recalled Vanderdecken back to its Pokeball and followed behind Muse and Marina.

A soft golden glow seemed to light the way as they travelled through the tunnel, the source of light coming from up ahead. Sure enough, as they arrived at an opening, there were a bed of seaweed growing at the bottom of the cave. As the golden glow would suggest, it was exactly what they were looking for. However, as Marina eagerly swam over to scoop some up, a large golden Dragalge emerged from its camouflage and coiled the shiny Primarina within its kelp-like fins.

This was going to be a tough one. Gary knew the opponent all too well, having his own Dragalge, Leviathan. They possessed a diverse movepool and were not short on firepower as well as a tough natural typing. He’d need to distract it fast in order to free Marina from its grasp. Only one of his accompanying Pokemon had experience in this kind of situation; Gary removed a Dive Ball from his clip and lobbed it, releasing Triton the Wishiwashi once more. As a swarm of fish formed a bait ball around the shiny sardine in a Schooling effect, Gary recalled his adventure at Le Marecage Noir, where the situation was reversed. Alongside Leviathan the Dragalge, Gary had to quell the once wild Triton, who had been possessed by a ghostly spirit and grown to monstrous proportions. “Alright Triton, let’s get its attention with an Iron Tail! Lower its guard with a Tearful Look and then hit it hard with an Earthquake!”


Update 20
Spoiler: show
Quote:
Originally Posted by TheKnightsFury, post: 7079004, member: 101661

Faiyaa- This was a tricky situation, although one you were somewhat experienced with. Calling on Triton, the Wishiwashi swarms into a bait ball, strengthening himself to fight the mystical Dragalge. You'd had a battle like this, with the roles reversed, but it still gave you a bit of an edge. You knew the arsenal Dragalge possessed and the threat it posed, but perhaps there was more to this one than an odd colouring....

Triton surges forward, the fish forming his tail glistening like polished iron. He swings his tail around, striking the Dragalge across the side of the head, forcing it to release Marina. The Primarina floats motionless, the toxins seemed to have a powerful effect on her. Triton gives the Dragalge a Tearful Look, lowering its guard and decreasing its offensive stats. He makes use of the opening, reverberating he prepares to crash into the venomous dragon with the force of an Earthquake. Unfortunately, as he charges in, he is intercepted. Marina shockingly takes the schooling Wishiwashi's attack for the Dragalge! The Primarina isn't Playing either, as she Roughly tears at Triton, wearing him down. What was she thinking?! Dragalge floats behind the Primarina, it doesn't seem to be engaging in the battle, but why? What was it that Marina had said about the sea weed? It had special qualities, it could be used to make someone open to suggestion. Could the Dragalge have the same power? And if so, could it really be strong enough to turn Marina against you? Why else would she be standing between Triton and the Dragalge? Muse seemed really concerned, her old mentor was certainly not acting like herself and this development certainly made the battle less straight forward.


Reply 20
Spoiler: show
Quote:
Originally Posted by Faiyaa, post: 7083125, member: 2711
Triton had done his best to start the battle against the Dragalge with his best fin forward, but to Gary’s shock the Wishiwashi’s assault was intercepted by none other than Marina herself, who blindly retaliated on the schooling fish. However, it didn’t take Gary long to remember Marina’s description of the golden seaweed and its hallucinogenic properties. Clearly its effects proved potent on the weakened Primarina, and as the gigantic Dragalge seemed content hiding behind its entranced bodyguard and doing nothing, Gary began to wonder if his own eyes were playing tricks on him. However, Gary didn’t want to assume anything at this point, and getting Marina back to her senses was his new priority.

“Snap out of it, Marina!” Gary called out, hoping he could solve this diplomatically before resorting to other methods. Muse chimed in with a melodic yet wailing yelp, distressed to see someone who was akin to a big sister to her in such a state. Gary gave Muse a reassuring pat. “Don’t worry, we’ll get her back!” Muse continued to wear her worry on her face, but seemed to at least relax a little at her new trainer’s comforting words.

Gary then turned his attention back to his Wishiwashi. “Triton, hang in there! See if you can snap her out of it with by creating an Uproar! During the confusion, slip past their defenses with a Feint Attack and then hit the Dragalge with another Earthquake!” The shiny Wishiwashi did not seem pleased to have a friend turn foe on him, effectively doubling the number of opponents, but the schooling fish remained focused on the task at hand.


Update 21
Spoiler: show
Quote:
Originally Posted by TheKnightsFury, post: 7084355, member: 101661

Faiyaa- It was certainly an unfortunate turn of events. Dragalge had used its strange powers to turn Marina into a mindless puppet, a living shield! The Primarina was a friend, someone you didn't want to harm, if you could avoid doing so. After calming muse, you instruct Triton to try and shake Marina from her hypnotised state. The bait ball sends sound waves rippling through the water, creating an Uproar. The addled Marina shakes violently, the attack didn't seem to cause a lot of physical pain, but mentally what she was enduring seemed rather unpleasant. It does create an opening for Triton, who is able to get passed the Primarina and strike Dragalge with a Feint Attack! The Dragon replies this time, choosing to engage in the fight! It strikes Triton with a flick of its Poisonous Tail, knocking a few of the fish out of the bait ball in the process. Triton pushes on, the mass of trembling bodies slam into the Dragalge at full force, the impact driving it into the rock.

Marina jets in to defend her temporary master, driving Triton off of him with a powerful Play Rough. It seems the Uproar was unable to overcome the potent poison. Perhaps if you could relieve the effects of the poison, you'd have a better chance of snapping Marina out of it? You'd have to work fast though, because the Dragalge is looking rather angry. It fires a powerful Dragon Pulse at Triton, the Wishiwashi lets out a pained roar, the Dragon sure could pack a punch!


Reply 21
Spoiler: show
Quote:
Originally Posted by Faiyaa, post: 7102841, member: 2711
Things were not looking great for Triton. Gary had hoped that the Wishiwashi could break through the illusions on Marina as well as subdue the Dragalge through the strength in numbers of the school of fish, but it didn’t seem to be working all too well. It was time to change tactics, and fortunately for Gary, he had the perfect Pokemon for the current situation. He had been relying on her a lot on this adventure, but Gary knew that he could count on Pickle when he was, well, in a pickle. Triton was not done yet, however, and Gary was determined to keep the momentum of battle on his side.

“Alright, Triton,” Gary called out to his Wishiwashi, “Hit that Dragalge with an Endeavor and then get out of there as fast as you can with a speedy U-Turn! You’ve done great so far, thanks for all of the hard work!” The massive shark-shaped bait ball collectively smiled a false toothy grin and prepared themselves for one last burst. As they did so, Gary pulled out a familiar Luxury Ball and held it up closely to his mouthpiece.

“I’m going to need to count on you one more time, Pickle,” Gary spoke to it softly. “Once you switch back out, I’m going to need you to Purify Marina’s toxins right away! I believe you can do it!” Gary smiled softly and hoped for the best in his new strategy. Once all of this was finally over and the scientist was dealt with, Gary would definitely have to reward this pair with a big treat.


Update 22
Spoiler: show
Quote:
Originally Posted by TheKnightsFury, post: 7106084, member: 101661

Faiyaa- Triton was not fairing well and it was no wonder. Every time he got a shot at the Dragalge, Marina rushed in to protect it. Triton couldn't handle both of them, if you were going to have any chance at success, you needed to get Marina back on the right side! You encourage the wounded Triton to continue. The bait ball's endeavours see it wear the Dragalge down, before it slams into the poisonous dragon one final time before U-Turning back into his ball. You take aim carefully now. If you cure Marina of Dragalge's poison, surely its control over her would fade. You launch Pickle from her ball, the Pyukumuku surges through the water, sticking directly onto Marina's chest! The sea cucumber gets to work quickly, drawing the poison from the Selkie, purifying her.

Marina comes to with a shake of her head. She lets out a screeching Sparkling Aria, forcing the Dragalge to a halt. "Enough!" Marina shouts, her voice flowing harmoniously through the water. "We're not here to hurt you, we need your help. We just need some of the sea weed to help us protect the reef."

Dragalge trumpets back, before sinking back into the bed of seaweed. Marina rips a chunk of the weed away with her teeth before swimming over to you. "It was just protecting itself, thanks for breaking its hold on me. It messed with my head, it had me convinced that you were trying to hurt it and I had to protect it from you. It seems to possess the same power as the seaweed, which I can certainly vouch for as potent." Marina passes the chunk of seaweed across to you. "We need to split up for a bit, I'll go scout and see if I can find Cedric's ship, I need you to head back to the city and prepare the seaweed. You'll need to dry it out and then grind it into a powder, be careful not to inhale any yourself. I'll meet you in the port at sun down, we'll want the cover of darkness after all."

Triton gained 3 levels! Pickle gained 1 level!


Reply 22
Spoiler: show
Quote:
Originally Posted by Faiyaa, post: 7106107, member: 2711
Triton was having a tough time keeping up in battle when he was outnumbered two against one. The Dragalge was formidable enough to deal with, but on top of that Marina in her confused state was defending it as well. It was time to change tactics, so after a parting shot from the shiny Wishiwashi, Gary sent out Pickle, the shiny Pyukumuku. Pickle was able to do what she does best, and soon enough, Marina was cured of her affliction. With Marina back to her senses, the shiny Primarina bellowed an operatic command at the Dragalge who promptly backed down. Gary and Muse both let out a collective sigh of relieve as the conflict was finally over, for now.

Marina handed some of the seaweed over to Gary and instructed that it was time to split up once again. Gary needed to go back to town and dry out the seaweed so that he could grind it up into a powder. Gary knew his Pokemon were tired as well, so taking them back to town to rest would probably be a good idea. After agreeing to meet Marina up at the port at sundown, Gary called Pickle back into her Luxury Ball and exited the cave. With Muse following closely behind, the pair swam back up to the surface where he removed the mouthpiece and took in a deep breath of air. "One last task for you, buddy, can you get us back to town quickly, please?” Gary asked as he sent Triton back out. The Wishiwashi was tired, but he understood the urgency of the situation. The miniscule sardine summoned his school of buddies and the cluster of fish packed together tightly to form a giant shark-shaped raft on the surface of the water. Gary climbed on top of the fishy raft and pulled Muse up next to him, who smiled as she enjoyed the ocean breeze. Triton rode the Surf as quickly as he could, taking them back to town.

Once they were back at the City of Pentacles, Gary called Triton and Muse back into their Pokeballs and thanked them once again for their hard work. Gary would need to get to work on drying and grinding the seaweed, but having a rested team of Pokemon would be required for whatever challenges they faced ahead as well. With that in mind, Gary sought out the nearest Pokemon Center first, so he could rest and swap out his team members.


Update 23
Spoiler: show
Quote:
Originally Posted by TheKnightsFury, post: 7106727, member: 101661

Faiyaa- It was a long way back to the city. By the time you pulled in at the docks, Triton was absolutely gassed, his school dissipating as soon as you hop off of him. You recall him and Muse, all of your Pokemon would benefit from a quick visit to the Pokemon Center. If things didn't go to plan, tonight could have its fair share of conflict involved and you needed to be prepared. You make your way along the docks, noting that Cedric's ship wasn't at port, meaning it was likely still out on the water. Hopefully Marina wouldn't have too much trouble locating it without your help. Since this morning a market seems to have started up along the oceanfront, a number of colour stands lined the edge of the road. You give the stalls a quick glance as you make your way towards the Pokemon Center.

Most of the stalls seemed to be selling food, however there was also a number of craftsman scattered among them. One store had racks full of jewellery constructed from shells and bits of broken coral, another had boxes of dusty old TM's piled up, bright red signs indicated they were priced to go. A few boutique clothes stalls seemed to be gathering quite a bit of interest from the passersby, but of most interest to you is the very last stall. An old woman carefully arranges her collections of herbal remedies, while it didn't look like she was getting a lot of business, she looked like she was an experienced herbalist. Looking ahead, you're pleased to find the Pokemon Center sitting at the end of the street. Picking up the pace, you soon fly through the automatic doors, a smiling nurse stands behind the counter ready to serve you, while a PC sits to the right of the counter as well.


Zorchic
Spoiler: show

Adventure Start:
Spoiler: show
Quote:
Originally Posted by Liltwick, post: 6638208, member: 83117
The Land of Cups

Named for the small valleys and tall hills and mountains native to the region, forming almost natural cups, this is an almost verdant and fertile land. Despite the desert in the very north and the mountains nestled in, a large variety of life can be found here. The Land of Cups is the jewel of the Arcane Realm, and without it, the realm would be a lot more desolate. Luckily, there a preservation efforts to make the this jewel doesn’t lose its shine.

XVIII. Lake of the Moon - The largest lake in the Land of Cups, this place is rich in aquatic life and is a very popular place for fishers. It’s said that this lake wanes and waxes with the phases of the moon, and that the lake acts strangely the closer it is to a full moon and a new moon. Some say during a New Moon, an ancient temple can be seen floating in the lake, but it is hard to verify if it exists there and the lake is too deep to safely explore. During a full moon, the aquatic life becomes incredibly hostile, and the legendary “King of the Lake” has been said to awaken and surface during this time.
Jake and his trusty partner, Buizel, sailed along in a boat over the Lake of the Moon, just after the whole of the full moon could be seen in the sky. Gazing at the Finneon and Goldeen swimming in the water, Jake had felt calm and relaxed ever since he traveled to this place. It was different from his home in Pastoria City, Sinnoh, in that there was only wildlife to be seen, and maybe a couple of fishermen, but he knew that Buizel would enjoy it.

But Jake hadn't come here for nothing. He had come for the thrill of adventure, and he had certainly been intrigued by the lore surrounding this mysterious lake. Jake knew it was risky, straying this far into the wild without another human companion, but it would only be a matter of time before the "King of the Lake" would surface and prove itself, or the lake would be silent, proving the King of the Lake as fake. He wanted to face it himself, but first, he had to start the action.

Jake sat up. "Alright, Buizel, enough dawdling. What do you say? Let's cast a line for fun, see what we get!"

"Bui, Bui!" The orange Sea Weasel Pokémon yipped. He dutifully rummaged in the waterproof duffel bag the two had brought along for the adventure, and pulled out the Good Rod Jake had packed, complete with a Tynamo lure and a Whirlipede-styled reel. Buizel held it out to his Trainer.

"Ah, yes! Thanks, Buizel," said Jake. He wound up the Good Rod and cast it, a four-meter-long line, over the sides of the boat, the Sharpened Luvdisc. He had found it and its owner offering group fishing trips at the port dock and seized the chance to ride in a proper vessel above the water. He had found the name appealing, too. The pink sailboat's name itself was an oxymoron, playing on the contrast between a sweet Luvdisc that represented love, and the ready-for-battle look that a sharpened object tended to bring.

Now all the two had to do was wait for a bite.

Update 1:
Spoiler: show
Zorchic- Having travelled a long way, you now find yourself in a strange yet beautiful place. All the locals you had encountered so far had been incredibly generous, a welcoming surprise. It was from them that you'd heard of the tale of the 'King of the Lake', although you weren't exactly sure if you believed it or not. You were determined to find the truth however, whether it be myth or reality, you had to know! A rookie trainer seeking to take down a King, what could go wrong? Looking to instigate some action, you prepare to cast out your line. The lure hits the eerily still water with a plop, quickly disappearing below. Now you just have to sit back and wait....

It isn't long before you see some action, but it isn't exactly the type you'd been looking for. A young teen, likely around the same age as you, comes racing in on the back of a Mantine. The kid sports pure blonde hair, hanging down almost to his shoulders. As the Pokemon comes to a stop, the boy whips the sunglasses off his face and glares up at you. "Another tourist with a death wish?!" He snickers to himself, before continuing his rant. "Do they really need to put up big signs saying 'DO NOT FISH ON THE FULL MOON' before you tourists learn your lesson? Why don't you just head on back to your hotel, leave the King to us capable trainers who know what they are doing." This kid had come out of nowhere and completely mocked your plans, would you heed his rude yet fair warning or bite back? You look down at Buizel, the Water type has his paws balled up into fists, he doesn't appear too pleased with how the other kid had treated you.

Reply 1:
Spoiler: show
Jake and Buizel waited quietly for something to appear on the line, but no sooner had the ripples just disappeared when a blond-haired boy riding on a Mantine's back came to ruin the fun. The intruder, as Jake thought of him, scoffed at how an inexperienced trainer was attempting to take on the King of the Lake, of all things!

Jake glared at the boy who'd challenged his actions. "Oh, you think you're so great, huh? Well, sure, then. I'll leave this task to you, you 'capable trainer'. I'll sit back and relax while you deal with the King. Let's see how good you think you are!" He yanked his line out of the water, accidentally-on-purpose almost hitting the Mantine rider. Jake had figured it wouldn't be wise to inflate his ego and challenge this kid who'd claimed he was capable of taking on the King, to a battle.

Jake wound up his rod and locked it, then tossed it to Buizel, who caught it. The young trainer sat back in his lounge chair. "Go on, Lake Police," he said sarcastically to the blonde trainer riding the Mantine. "I dare you to find the King of the Lake and fight him in front of me."

"Buizel," Buizel added angrily, holding the Good Rod in his two paws. His tail swished as if preparing for a Sonic Boom attack. (OOC: I don't plan for Buizel to attack or battle. I'm just adding this simile here for effect.)

As if reading the boy's mind, Jake sat up and yelled, "And no, sucker! I'm not a coward! Wise, more like. If you thought I'd be foolish enough to challenge you to a battle, you're so crazy wrong it would crash the Wisdom-o-meter. The question is, is your ego too big for your britches?" He stopped a moment to catch his breath.

And no, Jake wouldn't leave. It was simply too soon for that.

Update 2:
Spoiler: show
Zorchic- You weren't about to be goaded into a fight. This kid was full of talk, if he was going to challenge the King, then you'd happily watch on. At least then you'd find out whether the King of the Lake was real and have a chance to prepare for what you'd be facing. This kid was all ego, he likely wouldn't have the guts to challenge the King anyways.

"Figured you for the watching kind, happy to sit back and watch others do what you can't." The boy smirks, eager to keep playing this game of jabs. "A few of us are having another run at the King tonight, if you want to 'watch', meet us under that big tree over there when the moon as at its peak." The teen points to a large tree by the lakeside that clearly towers above the others around it. "As I said before, it's not safe to have boats on the water on the night of the full moon, so I'd avoid the water once the sun goes down, if you know what's good for you...."

The boy turns his Mantine around, the Water type kicks up a wave of water that washes over the side of the boat, soaking you. He heads off towards the lake's edge, likely to prepare for tonight. The sun was already starting to set, the captain would likely be heading in shortly if what the boy had said was true. Would you try to cast again or had your plans change after the exchange?

Reply 2:
Spoiler: show
The boy simply smirked at Jake’s raving reply, and explained that he and some others were gonna go on land and try to see the King. He then left, soaking Jake and Buizel with water from his Mantine’s skidding.

Jake fumed, but at least he had swimwear under his clothes. He looked at Buizel and the fishing rod, then glanced back at the water. Just then, Jake made a decision.

“Starly, come out! I need your help!” Jake reached inside for his Starling Pokémon’s Pokéball and tossed it into the air. The special blue Starly popped out, and the Pokéball landed back in the trainer’s hand.

“Alright, Starly,” Jake said. “I need you to fly high and follow that Mantine boy to his meeting place. Hover a bit and report to me what he’s gonna do. Take care not to be seen!”

The young bird Pokémon nodded eagerly. “Star, Starly!” he cawed in agreement. Got it! Let’s go!

Jake chuckled at Starly’s excitement. “Okay! Go, Starly!” He pointed in the direction of the teen who’d talked to Jake.
The Starling Pokémon took off and flapped his wings, lifting high into the sky. Jake knew that his Pokémon was already doing nicely in the “spying” regard.

Meanwhile, Jake turned to Buizel and nodded, motioning for the Good Rod. Buizel gave it to him, wondering what his trainer was planning. Jake readied the rod and cast it out as before.

“Hostile or not, I’m itching for a battle with a wild Pokémon,” Jake explained. “Buizel, be prepared to attack!”

The Sea Weasel Pokémon nodded, beginning to understand. “Buizel!”

Once again, the trainer and Pokémon waited for some action on the line.

Update 3:
Spoiler: show
Zorchic- Not willing to trust the boy on his word, you decide it is best to keep tabs on him. Selecting another Pokeball, you release your Starly. The Flying type looks at you with curiosity. You quickly fill it in on what has transpired and outline what you need it to do. It chirps happily, scouting and spying was something it was more than capable of doing. He quickly takes off, rising high into the air before levelling out. The boy was almost out of sight, but Starly was closing in slowly, he wouldn't get away.

With Starly following the boy, you had a little bit more time to kill before the boat would have to head back to port. You decide to give fishing another go, hopefully this time a jerk wouldn't show up and ruin it for you. You swing the rod back over your shoulder before flinging it forward once more, sending the lure soaring through the air. It plops into the water, quickly disappearing below as the float settles atop the water. Buizel watches closely, his eyes fixed on the float, waiting for it to show signs of a Pokemon taking the lure. He doesn't have to wait long as the float suddenly disappears under the water, you've got a bite! You quickly start to reel in your catch, battling for every inch of line. Before long your arms begin to ache, but you have a feeling that your catch is close to the surface. With one final heave you pull the Pokemon above the water's surface, revealing a Frillish! The blue ghost jellyfish floats just above the water, waving its tendrils menacingly, it seems to be displeased. Buizel stands at the ready, happy to fight the Pokemon should you wish to battle it.

Reply 3:
Spoiler: show
Jake and Buizel waited patiently for another bite, and...they finally got one! Jake tugged and tugged on the line, but boy, this was a hard one. Jake swore he saw a shape bobbing below the surface, though. Only a bit more to go!

With a splash and a yank, Jake pulled the Pokémon out of the water. It was a Frillish—a male one, at that. Intrigued, Jake pulled out his stock Pokédex, but before he could scan the Pokémon, he chuckled.

“Guess I’ll have to get this thing customized!” Jake said, looking over the device. He shrugged. “Maybe later.”

The trainer got to work, scanning the jellyfish-like Pokémon with his Dex.

Frillish, the Floating Pokémon. A Water- and Ghost-type. Legend has it that residents of a sunken ancient city changed into these Pokémon.

"Wow, that's cool!" Jake commented as he lowered his Pokédex. "I wonder if this 'King of the Lake' is ruler of this ancient kingdom! In that case, Frillish must be a resident. Catching him would save him from wandering endlessly. Yes, I think I'll catch this guy."

Jake turned to Buizel. "Ready, Buizel?"

Buizel nodded affirmatively. "Buizel!"

"Alright, then! Buizel, use Razor Snow on that Frillish! Get close to him with Quick Attack and strike with Ice Punch!" Jake shouted, pointing at the Floating Pokémon. He wasn't taking any chances with what the Ability of Frillish could be. The trainer quickly readied a Pokéball in his left hand.

"And block the Frillish's attacks with your Aegis of Frost!" Jake added, knowing that Buizel had his ice shield that he had received for Fizzymas. Jake knew that the Sea Weasel Pokémon could pull out the Aegis of Frost at any time.

Update 4:
Spoiler: show
Zorchic- After scanning the Frillish with your Pokedex, you issue Buizel with his orders. You knew there was a chance that the Frillish had the Water Absorb ability, if it did than the last thing you wanted to do was help heal it. With your options reduced, you are forced to use what little options you have. Buizel leaps into the air, swinging his tail around as he sends a wave of razor sharp snowflakes spinning towards the Frillish. The Ghost type takes the hit, shivering a bit but otherwise capable of taking the resisted hit. Buizel surges forward with a Quick Attack. He's well aware the Frillish is immune, but the attack gives him momentum and helps him close the gap. He gathers Ice around his fist, preparing a powerful Punch to knock the Frillish down.

Buizel connects with the punch, a staggering hit to the Frillish's head results in both of them crashing into the water. Despite resisting the hit, the Frillish seems a bit shaken. It only takes a moment for it to recover though and it quickly prepares its reply. A bolt of ghost energy strikes Buizel, the Night Shade isn't exactly powerful but it still takes a toll on the sea weasel. The Frillish then latches onto Buizel with its tentacles and begins to absorb his vitality. The Super Effective attack was slowly wearing Buizel down and helping the Frillish recover from his previous attacks. Was this a fight that Buizel could win? If he couldn't get out of the Frillish's hold soon, it would likely be too much for him.

Reply 4:
Spoiler: show
Buizel successfully landed his attacks, to Jake's delight, but the Frillish replies with a Night Shade, using its skill level to its advantage. Frillish then followed up with an Absorb, slowly draining Buizel's health.

Jake bit his lip gently, knowing that Absorb was Grass-type. If Buizel didn't escape from the attack, he might not last, and that was a problem for the trainer who had few Pokémon to begin with.

"Alright, Buizel, inflate that air sac of yours!" Jake called, hoping that the extra volume would be enough to push Buizel out of the Frillish's grip. "Spin your tail and use Quick Attack to leap like a Vaporeon! Once you're out of the water, fire back with Ice Punch and grab Frillish's head!" And drag it onto the boat so I can catch it without interruption, Jake added, using his aura powers for silent communication. The training aura user needed the Sea Weasel Pokémon to get the message, since Buizel had more aura control than others of his species. Their job wasn't to knock Frillish out so much as it was to befriend it.

Not to mention Starly...Jake hoped the Starling Pokémon was doing his job okay.

Update 5:
Spoiler: show
Zorchic- Buizel was losing health fast and every bit lost meant a bit more gained for the Frillish. He had to get out of its hold. You shout out to the struggling Pokemon, instructing him to inflate his air sac. He does so to little avail, the Frillish isn't letting go! You then encourage him to break loose with another Quick Attack. Buizel spins his tail, propelling himself out of the water but failing to shake the Frillish loose. He crashes onto the deck of the ship, struggling for energy at this point. Sensing their isn't much strength left in the Buizel, Frillish releases its grip, allowing Buizel to catch his breath. Turning away from its opponent, the Frillish glares at you. You sense a rage in the opposing Water type, did this have something to do with the approaching full moon? The Frillish then catches you by surprise, firing off a Confuse Ray! The attack doesn't target Buizel though, instead you find yourself caught by the dazzling ray of light. Your eyesight spins like you're trapped in a washing machine, unable to see straight, you loose balance and begin to move around erratically.

Seeing the Frillish target you gives Buizel a boost, how dare it attack his trainer! He launches himself at the Frillish once more, slamming an Ice Punch into the back of its head. The ice from Buizel's fist spread across the Frillish's body, momentarily freezing it. This was the chance you'd been waiting for, throw that Pokeball! That was a task easier said than done right now, you were confused, how were you going to hit your target?!



~~~~~~~~~~

Starly sits perched on a nearby tree, watching the young boy that you'd sent him to watch. He seems to be training with his Pokemon, nothing too sketchy yet. Suddenly an Electroweb comes flying out of nowhere, Starly attempts evasive action but is caught in the web. "Well look at what we have here. You're an odd looking one, where did you come from?"

Reply 5:
Spoiler: show
To Jake's disappointment, Buizel's little inflation didn't do much, that Frillish was strong! Frillish continued to Absorb Buizel's health, only stopping when Buizel used Quick Attack to get on the ship. But Jake had little time to react when the Frillish fired a Confuse Ray right at him! The trainer fell backward, holding his head with one hand.
"Well," Jake said dizzily, "at least we know what moves this Frillish has."
"Buizel!" Buizel cried in anger. He rushed toward the attacker with a powerful Ice Punch, freezing the blue Water Pokémon temporarily. The Sea Weasel Pokémon quickly motioned toward Jake, Catch that Frillish now!

Jake grimaced. That Confuse Ray...now he couldn't see straight! But luckily, he had been training for this. The thing was, what kind of Pokémon dared to attack a trainer? That was unethical, he thought! Whatever. Jake shook his head rapidly, momentarily shaking off the confusion, and reached inside his pocket for an empty Pokéball...

He figured that the Frillish might be able to help him understand the legend behind the full moon, though by the way it had treated Buizel, there was no way it would stay in his team--just long enough for Jake to understand why it was acting this way. Jake stood up unsteadily.

"Come on, Frillish," Jake pleaded. "We need your help. Comply with me and I'll send you back to where you came from. Truce?"

He didn't wait for a response, instead throwing the catching device. "Go, Pokéball!"

Ouch! Jake leaned against the ship's side, as another "twitch" from the confusion happened.


(OOC: Using Pokéball #1 out of 4.)

~~~~~~~~~~

Starly chirped in alarm as an Electroweb came at him from nowhere. The Starling Pokémon twisted around, trying to free himself, but to no avail. Then, he noticed the boy looking suspiciously at him. The bird Pokémon knew that he looked different from other Starly, thanks to his different blue-colored feathers. Quickly, Starly Growled at the mysterious trainer, hoping to keep him away. The Normal- and Flying-type had a plan.
Alright, I'll pretend to be a wild Pokémon that just happens to be differently colored. Maybe that will lower the boy's suspicion. Good thing Jake seems to be able to read auras...he'll know what I'm trying to do, that is, if he comes to help soon.

Update 6:
Spoiler: show
Zorchic- While you didn't think Frillish would be a fit on your team, you did believe it would be useful for working out this Full Moon nonsense. With that in mind, you attempt to bargain with the Frillish. While to you the words come out clearly, it is a different story for Frillish and Buizel. To them your words come out incomprehensible, the confusion messing with your mind and tongue. Both look at you quizzically, unsure what exactly you were trying to get across. You hurl the Pokeball without hesitation, your aim is......... appalling.

The ball hits the deck, bouncing upwards into the air. The boat's sail billows, reaching out to push the Pokeball away. With the ball soaring out towards the water, the likelihood of you catching the Frillish seems slim. That's until Buizel leaps off the boat, intercepting the Pokeball he swats it with his tail, sending it spinning back towards the boat. Frillish had dropped its guard as soon as it saw your shocking aim, it had no idea the ball was coming back towards it. The Water type is struck on the side with the ball, which snaps open and draws it within. The Pokeball drops onto the deck, shaking back and forth. A resounding click signals a successful capture, how'd you manage that?! Still struggling with the confusion, you manage to scramble along the deck to collect the ball before it can roll off. Buizel leaps out of the water to land next to you, the sea weasel then gives you a squirt with Water Gun, which helps to clear the confusion.

"Oi kid, we need to head in, can I drop you somewhere before I head back in to port", the captain of the vessel calls out to you, it seems its time to head in.

Congratulations! You've caught a lvl 10 Male Frillish with the EM Confuse Ray. It has the ability Water Absorb!


~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~


Starly lets out a growl as a man comes into view, this one larger than the boy he was watching. He looks remarkably similar though, like a taller, buffer version of the boy he'd been sent to watch. A Heliolisk drapes itself across the man's shoulder, grinning as it looked down on its catch. Holding the Electroweb with a gloved hand, the man grabs a vine and slides down to the ground, catching the attention of the boy. "Hey Chace I caught you something", the man holds up the Electroweb, with Startly still struggling inside. "Odd colour for a Starly but it seems to have a fair bit of fight in it, why not try and catch it?"

The boy grins, "thanks bro, I might just catch that Starly!" A Nuzleaf steps up alongside the boy, wiping sweat from its brow, exhausted from training. Chace pulls out a Pokeball and toss it towards Starly. The ball strikes the little bird, but fails to opening, instead it bounces straight back at the boy. He catches it and notices the button is flashing wildly. "Seems like it belongs to someone, I guess we should just hang onto it until someone shows up to claim it?"

Reply 6:
Spoiler: show
Unfortunately for Jake, that confusion was definitely messing with him. His words came out tongue-tied, sounding like what a Komala would say in its sleep. The Pokéball he threw went wayward, but thanks to Buizel's quick acting, it bounded back towards Frillish and bopped the surprised Pokémon on the head. The Pokéball shook once, then twice, before stopping and shooting small stars into the air. Frillish was caught!

As quickly as he could with his head still spinning, Jake slapped his hand on the deck before locating and grabbing the Pokéball, with the newly caught Frillish inside. He didn't bother with a victory pose this time. "Buizel, gimme a Water Gun," he said, hoping that a fresh blast of water would clear the confusion. Buizel gladly agreed, dousing his trainer with the move. Oh, that felt nice! Jake's vision was no longer double and his mind felt a whole lot clearer; he was glad for that.

The trainer held the Pokéball in his hand, before getting an idea. Frillish would have to wait.

But before he could execute it, the captain called that they would be heading back to land soon. The captain asked where Jake wanted to be dropped off.

"Um, that dock over there, please!" Jake answered, pointing. He really hoped that his words would come out right. The dock, a little wood one that was near the place where Jake had sent Starly, led to a path next to the small grove of trees that the Mantine-riding boy was training in.
(OOC: If my description of a dock or the trees is incorrect, please correct it in the updator post.)

Now, back to his little idea. Once he and his Pokémon were back on land, Jake would run into the place that he had sent Starly, pretending to be exhausted, and say, "Hey! *pant* Has anyone seen my Starly? *pant* It's a unique blue color." Once he got Starly, he would "scold" the bird for flying off (and do it in front of whoever was there), but let Starly know via aura that it was just a disguise. Jake didn't want the boy to think that he had tried to spy on him. Besides, the kid didn't know yet that Starly was Jake's.

With the plan in mind, Jake told Buizel about it. Buizel agreed to keep up the "exhausted" act, too. The two watched the boat come closer and closer to the shore. Soon, Jake would get Starly back, and when they were out of earshot of the boy who'd disrupted Jake's fishing trip, Starly would tell Jake what he'd seen. Maybe Jake could be a bit friendlier toward the boy, if what that guy did made sense.

Once Jake ensured that all his loose belongings were safely inside his bag, he pressed a button on its side. Instantly, the big, bulky duffel bag became compacted into a comfortable adventurer's backpack. Jake picked the pack up and slipped it over his back. Now, he and Buizel were ready to step onto land. They only had to wait for the ship to get there.

Update 7:
Spoiler: show
Zorchic- Having finally come to your senses, you decide it is probably best to make your way towards the meeting place. Starly hadn't returned, that could either mean that he was successful in his spying mission and was still busy collecting information or it meant something had gone horribly, horribly wrong. Surely it was the first thing, right? Regardless, you direct the captain's attention to a small wooden dock and the boat quickly swings towards that direction. The journey to the dock is swift and the captain quickly ushers you off his vessel, he needs to get back to the main port before the sun sets. Buizel looks towards you, aware of the plan you've concocted. If this was going to work, you'd have to be super convincing.....

~~~~~~~~~~~~

"So when is everyone else meant to get here Heath? I had a bit of a run in with this punk tourist earlier, the dumb arse was fishing, he was lucky I disrupted him before something nasty took his lure. I may have told him he could come and watch us take on the King of the Lake, that's okay isn't it?" Chace looks around, expecting you to turn up shortly.

"You did what?!" Heath snaps, "why would you invite someone to come watch us? And by us, I mean you and me because the others have pulled out." Starly watches the pair carefully, he may have been captured but he was still getting some good information.

"What?!" Chace shouts, "there is no way we can do it by ourselves, last time we tried that we couldn't even get close to the King." Chace is enraged, it seems facing the King of the Lake means a lot to him.

Reply 7:
Spoiler: show
Now that Jake was on land, he and Buizel started their exhausted act and made a beeline for the meeting place where he had sent Starly. He and Buizel burst into the clearing.

"Has anyone seen a strangely-colored Starly—hey!" Breathing hard, Jake stared at his Starly, which was trapped in Electroweb netting held by a person whom Jake didn't know. The word Heath suddenly floated into his mind.

"You know I've been looking all over for you," Jake scolded his Starling Pokémon. "Don't fly off like that."
But his aura conveyed to Starly, Relax. I'm not mad at you. Play along.

"So, Heath...?" Jake said to the Electroweb-holding man. (Buizel gave a little pant, which prompted Jake to do the same.) "Where did you find Starly?"

The trainer turned to the first boy...Chace, he somehow knew. (He had unknowingly read Starly's aura.)
Jake took a deep breath to make it seem like he was catching his breath, and gave a smug smile. "Well, well, well. I'm here, Chace. You warned me of the dangers of fishing on the full moon, correct? Well, I'm glad I didn't listen, 'cause look at this bad boy." He reached inside his pocket, got a Pokéball, and sent out his Frillish. "If I had listened, I wouldn't have caught this Frillish. Quite the tough one, if I must say so myself."
Just then, Starly gave a few quick angry chirps. Jake understood Starly saying, That kid Chace called you a punk tourist! A dumb arse!

Jake's expression turned into that of a father about to throw a fit. "Is this true, Chace?" Jake demanded. "That you called me a punk tourist? A dumb arse? I'm Jake, an Aura Guardian, you tryhard! Look people up before you call them names, for Arceus' sake!"
Jake glared at the kid. "If you want someone to stop doing a dangerous thing, next time ask nicely. I'll probably understand. But mocking my actions? No way. Who'd listen to someone like that?"

Jake turned to Heath. "Whatever. May I have my Starly now?" he said, annoyed. To prove that Starly was his, Jake held up Starly's Pokéball.

Update 8:
Spoiler: show
Zorchic- You burst into the clearing, putting on your planned act. Starly gives you the information he has gathered, giving you more to go off. You show off the Frillish you'd managed to snag, despite Chace warning you not to fish during the Full Moon. Starly promptly points out that Chace had insulted you, causing you to erupt. You question the local before announcing yourself as an Aura Guardian, which would surely knock some sense into the foolish teen!

"Bahahahaha", Chace erupts in laughter, even Heath snickers a bit. "What the fuck is an Aura Guardian? Was that meant to mean something? Also you expect me to be impressed by that Frillish? If you struggled against then you truly are a rookie." As Chace continues to laugh, you ask Heath to release your Starly.

"Eh sure, it's yours so who am I to keep it from you", Heath releases the net, allowing Starly to fly back over to you. "Hey kid, don't suppose you want to try and help us get to the King of the Lake? We were expecting some backup but its fallen through. Chace said you were interested in the King...."

"There is no way I'm fighting alongside him!" Chace erupts, quickly snapping out of his state of hysterics.

Chace had been nothing but rude and aggressive, however his brother Heath seemed like a reasonable person. Perhaps you could come to some sort of agreement? Buizel looks to you, uncertain about the whole situation. Chace had mocked the Aura Guardians, surely you wouldn't let him get away with that?

Reply 8:
Spoiler: show
Jake couldn't believe it. After him yelling at Chace, the boy still had the nerve to laugh at his skills. To make things even more offensive, he cursed at Aura Guardians. At least Heath had been nice enough so as to give Jake back his Starly. He let the Starling Pokémon settle on his gloved wrist.

"Alright, Chace, I can't believe how rude, mean, mocking, and prideful you've been!" Jake yelled. "What are you trying to pull? And for Arceus' sake, an Aura Guardian controls aura! Duh." He pulled a picture of an Aura Guardian in action out of his pocket and waved it in Chace's face. "Geez. You have a Pokédex, don't you? Just look it up." He was really ticked off at this boy's annoying behavior.

As for Chace's brother Heath, he seemed okay. "Um, Heath?" said Jake. "You need backup for the King? I'll show my skills. I've got a Lucario back home who held his own against a Gyarados—oh!"

Bonk! A Luxury Ball fell from the sky and dropped on Jake's head. It bounced off his forehead and landed in his open palm. He stared at it...where did it come from?...until a lightbulb went off in his head.

"Lucario!" Jake sent out his Pokémon from the Luxury Ball. "It's good to see you!" The trainer and Pokémon exchanged a quick hug, which Buizel quickly joined in.

Lucario grinned. It's all thanks to one of those mail birds. (Lucario had abilities of telepathy.)

"Anyway, now that you're here..." Jake said to Lucario. He turned to Heath again. "Now, what do you think? I myself would be happy to help out!"

Jake glared at Chace. "You're being exclusive. Can't you just hold on? It's mean to exclude someone just because they're not good enough. Besides, Frillish here could be of help. He could provide insights on the King and its location." Jake gestured at Frillish.

"Frill, Frillish," said the Floating Pokémon pridefully. He crossed his arms (tentacles?). Ha ha, you have no idea what's down in the lake.

Just then, Jake thought of something. He looked at his Pokémon, all four of them that were out of the Pokéballs right now. (He still had two Pokémon that were in their Pokéballs.) Buizel and Lucario winked at him, and the trainer winked back.
He turned to Chace and Heath. "Alright, how about this?" Jake offered. "I'll watch you guys try to get at the King. If it looks like you're stuck or in trouble or just have no luck, consider getting me to help. What do you think?" he asked the brothers.

Update 9:
Spoiler: show
Zorchic- While his brother seemed reasonable enough, Chace seemed intent on being a dick. You continue to try and convince him that you are indeed an Aura Guardian, waving a picture of an Aura Guardian in his face and urging him to look at his Pokedex. "Ha, you wan't me to believe you're some sort of Superhero? You're delusional dude! Also I don't have a Pokedex, not every trainer has one you know." Chace then turns to his brother, his eyes alight with fury. "I refuse to work with this clown and the fact that you'd even consider working with him is a bloody joke. I don't need him and I don't need you, I'll do it by myself!" With that Chace rushes off, his Nuzleaf following him closely as he disappears into the trees. Well, that was one problem solved.

"Sorry about him", Heath sighs, "he is normally not that bad, I swear. Something about the King of the Lake brings the worst out of him, its weird. Nice Frillish by the way, hopefully it won't be under the Full Moon's influence now that you've caught it, guess you'll find out in a couple of hours. So if you're still interested in trying to get to the King of the Lake, I'd be more than happy to work with you. Maybe once Chace sees us working together he will come to his senses. We've never made it to the King of the Lake before, largely because the other Pokemon in the lake do their best to stop us from getting close. Fueled by the power of the Full Moon, the lake's Pokemon become extremely violent and are much stronger than usual. If you think you can handle that, we can get ready to head out, maybe this time I'll actually get to see the King."

Reply 9:
Spoiler: show
It was no use. Chace adamantly refused to work with Jake, taking off into the forest with his Nuzleaf behind him. Whatever, that kid was a total annoyance.

Jake listened to what Heath had to say, recalling Starly while the trainer talked. After Heath was done, something clicked in Jake's mind—not quite, though.

King of the Lake...worst out of him...Full Moon... something about Chace was nagging at Jake. But he couldn't figure out what.

After thinking for a moment, Jake stated, "Alright, then. Some of the locals explained to me just how vicious the lake Pokémon could be. Pretty fearsome, it seems. But the Pokémon seemed to band up...is it possible that they won't hurt other Pokémon that live in the Lake of the Moon? We'll give it a try, and maybe Frillish's presence can protect us. Provided Frillish doesn't go the betrayal route..." He eyed his Floating Pokémon with a skeptical look. Frillish returned the look with a nonchalant shrug.

Jake's Lucario shrugged, too, and added telepathically, Let's just get on with it. Do we have to dive underwater?

In case Heath couldn't hear telepathy, Jake repeated what Lucario said. "It's not that Lucario can't swim. He's just curious," Jake supplied. "Anyway, my Pokémon and I are ready to go! Aren't you, Buizel?" He nudged the Sea Weasel Pokémon.

"Bui, Buizel," Buizel confirmed, clenching one of his fists and giving a determined smile. Oh, yes. You know I am.

Jake nodded. "Good. In that case, are you ready, Heath?" he asked. "My Pokémon and I certainly are."

Update 10:
Spoiler: show
Zorchic- Heath seems delighted when you accept his offer. Lucario seems a bit anxious about going underwater, but thankfully Heath explains that it won't be necessary. "Under the water? Maybe you are crazy", he laughs, "we'll have our work cut out for us dealing with the Lake's Pokemon on the surface, we'd get torn apart if we went diving. I've got a couple of stand up boards that we can use to travel on top of the water, they're small enough they won't draw too much attention, yet big enough that we can fit on them with a Pokemon or two. I've got them down by the lake ready to go, follow me." You follow Heath as he leads you through the trees, back towards the lake. "Now the key to this will be to not pick any fights that we don't have to, that has never been Chace's strong suit. The King normally resides right in the middle of the lake, so the paddle out will be long, we'll have to pace ourselves."

As you reach the shore, you notice the paddle boards are leaning up against a large rock. Heath steps over a couple of smaller ones to reach the boards. He carefully passes one over to you. The board has a fair bit of weight in it, but Lucario gives you a hand as you put it down by the waters edge. As Heath picks up his board, something appears out of nowhere, sending him flying backwards. The rock rises from its resting place, revealing itself to actually be a Pokemon!

"A bloody Barbaracle!" Heath snarls. As he does so, two of the surrounding rocks also come to life, two Binacle! "It seems we've been ambushed already Jake, I don't know whether we'll be able to get away from this one without a fight, what do you think?" Heath's Heliolisk stands at the ready, while the trainer pulls another ball from his belt, ready to call on an ally if you think a fight is the way to go.

Reply 10:
Spoiler: show
Heath kindly offered Jake to go to the water's edge and pick up some paddle boards. The boards would let them travel on top of the water.

But when the two trainers went to pick up their boards, a Barbaracle and two Binacle rose out of the rocks. Sure enough, they looked aggressive, driven by the full moon, it seemed.

Jake reached in his pocket and whipped out his Pokédex in one swift motion. He immediately scanned the Pokémon that were in front of him.

Binacle, the Two-Handed Pokémon. A Rock- and Water-type. After two Binacle find a suitably sized rock, they adhere themselves to it and live together. They cooperate to gather food during high tide.

Barbaracle, the Collective Pokémon and the evolved form of Binacle. A Rock- and Water-type. Seven Binacle come together to form one Barbaracle. The Binacle that serves as the head gives orders to those serving as the limbs.

"Those sure look intimidating," said Jake, putting away his Pokédex. "But with Frillish, I don't think a fight will be necessary. Although I still don't quite trust him..." he added suspiciously, looking at Frillish. "In any case, Lucario, immobilize the Binacle and Barbaracle with Psychic," he commanded. "Frillish, use Confuse Ray to incapacitate those Pokémon. Buizel, kick up some dirt by using Sonic Boom on the ground to obscure their vision. Then, let's head out onto the water and make a quick escape!" Jake grabbed his board and prepared to run onto the water, after each of his Pokémon did their thing. Jake motioned for Heath to get ready to do the same.

Update 11:
Spoiler: show
Zorchic- The Binacle and Barbaracle were certainly intimidating, but you were confident you'd be able to hold them off long enough for you to get onto the water. You instruct Lucario to hold the trio in place with a Psychic. The Lucario's eye glow with energy and for a moment, he holds the three Pokemon in place. Unfortunately it doesn't last for long, you can't be sure whether this is because Lucario's not strong enough or the result of the Full Moon strengthening the Pokemon of the lake. Frillish seems obedient for now however and the ghost fires off a Confuse Ray. One of the Binacle sacrifices itself, extending its two heads to intercept the beam, preventing its leader from getting confused. Buizel uses Sonic Boom to kick up some sand, hoping to cover your escape. A pair of clawed hands extend through the sand, at first you think they're going for Buizel, but then they whizz straight past him and instead, grab you. You're ripped through the cloud of sand and the air is knocked from your lungs as you slam into something hard. You look up and see the snarling face of the Barbaracle! It has you in a tight hold, you can't see behind you but you care hear your Pokemon crying out to you.

"Hold on Jake!" Heath shouts, "we'll get you free!" There is a pause for a moment, but then you hear Heath's voice once more. "Heliolisk, Parabolic Charge, Hariyama, Rock Smash!" While you can't see the combat, you can hear the cries of the Binacle as Heath's Pokemon do their best to keep them occupied. Your Pokemon would do their best to free you, but they would need guidance.

Reply 11:
Spoiler: show
The Pokémon jumped into action, but Lucario's Psychic seemed not strong enough to hold the three opponents. Frillish released a Confuse Ray, but one of the Binacle jumped to take the attack for the Barbaracle. Even through Buizel's Sonic Boom, Barbaracle reached through and snatched Jake up from his spot, slamming the trainer into its chest. Jake knew this would happen for the second time, after Frillish attacked him with Confuse Ray, but he was by no means afraid now. He glared at the Pokémon whose hold he was in.

"Ha!" Jake spat. "Too Torchicken to attack my Pokémon, and you go for the trainer instead! How cowardly, I guess Barbaracle aren't so tough after all. Well, if you want a fight, you're going to get one!" He slammed his fists into the Barbaracle's arms and kicked it hard in the tender spot between its two rocks, as Jake attempted to get free from the Barbaracle's grasp. Jake took a deep breath as he proceeded to scream his head off, so loud that the Collective Pokémon would lose its hearing.

"BUIZEL, SONIC BOOOOM! RIGHT AT THEM!" Jake screeched. (The Barbaracle and Binacle are what "them" is referring to.) Although it was an order for his own Pokémon, he shouted right in Barbaracle's face. "LUCARIO, AURA SPHEEEERE! FRILLISH, ABSORB THE HECK OUT OF THIS THING!" As he gave Frillish's orders, Jake gave Barbaracle another defiant kick in the tender area if he wasn't already free.

"Heath, cover me!" Jake added, lowering his voice just a bit, but still shouting. "Make sure that no one gets a hold of me anymore! This is annoying, you know!"


(Just so you know, here is where I refer to as the "tender spot" between Barbaracle's two rocks.[SPOILER="Barbaracle's Tender Spot"][ATTACH type="full"]130655[/ATTACH]

Update 12:
Spoiler: show
Zorchic- Stuck in the unwanted embrace of the Barbaracle, you kick and scream as hard and as loud as you can. Heath's Pokemon were doing well at keeping the Binnacle occupied at least. The Heliolisk and Haryiama worked together, with Heliolisk draining some of the health from them before Haryiama smashes them with thrusts of its massive hands. This clears the way for your Pokemon to come to your aid. Buizel's Sonic Boom strikes the Barbaracle's legs, but it does little to the bulky Water type. Lucario curves an Aura Sphere right into the Barbaracle's head, the Fighting type having a great amount of control over the aura based attack. This rattles the Barbaracle and for a moment you feel it loosen its grip. It isn't for long enough unfortunately, as it doubles down and clamps you tighter, causing your arms and legs to ache. Frillish wraps itself around the Barbaracle and begins to leech away at it with an Absorb. The attack had worked well against Buizel when you had first encountered it, but unfortunately the Barbaracle was much stronger.

The hands on Barbaracle's shoulders lash out, swatting at Frillish with a super effective Night Slash. The ghost is forced to retreat out of melee range, before it is overpowered. With a stomp of its feet, the Barbaracle summons pillars of stone from beneath the ground. Lucario and Buizel are struck, the Fighting type endures the hit well, while Buizel is sent soaring through the air by the powerful hit. The Barbaracle was proving to be as relentless as it was powerful. Thankfully Heath is having an easier time with the Binnacle, his Pokemon easily dealing with their weaker attacks. "Don't worry Jake, we will have you free in no time, just hang on!"

Reply 12:
Spoiler: show
"Eeeh," Jake grunted. This barbarian of a Pokémon was not letting up! First a Night Slash at Frillish, then a Stone Edge! What was making the Barbaracle act so aggressive?

"Hang on, Buizel!" Jake urged, struggling in the hold of the Rock- and Water-type. The trainer needed to distract the Barbaracle, and so quickly devised another plan.

"Yo, Barbaracle," Jake said casually, trying to make conversation, though it was hard to stay calm in a Pokémon's tight grasp. "What up? Got a King to guard?" Jake smiled. "I give you a deal. I got some Berries in my Bag—especially Rindo Berries. Let me go, let us pass, and I'll give you some, maybe all of my Berries. What do you say? Sound good?" Jake knew that Rindo Berries weakened the damage from a super-effective Grass-type move, and since both Rock and Water, Barbaracle's types, were weak to Grass, Jake figured that Rindo Berries would be especially enticing for a Pokémon like Barbaracle. The young Aura Guardian knew that he and Heath's Pokémon would preferably have to hold back for a moment, and only attack then if Barbaracle declined Jake's offer and went on the attack again.

Meanwhile, Jake motioned for the others not to attack yet, by awkwardly using his hands to form a stop sign. "Everyone, don't attack unless the Barbaracle lashes out at me!" he whisper-shouted, turning his head in the opposite direction from Barbaracle's and thus facing his own Pokémon and Heath and his Pokémon. (The rest of Jake’s body was still twisted toward the Barbaracle, thanks to the tight grip of the seven-limbed Pokémon.)

Next, Jake thought up a "telepathical" message, though he was doubtful if it would reach them, or even go out, due to the large amount of interference. He hoped that at least Lucario, the Aura Pokémon, would sense it with his own innate aura abilities. Okay, here goes... he thought.
If Barbaracle does attack, Buizel, douse the Barbaracle with a Water Gun! Lucario, then try another Psychic and hold Barbaracle back! I might be able to get free then. Frillish, be ready to launch a Water Pulse at the Collective Pokémon!

Update 13:
Spoiler: show
Zorchic- Somewhat surprised by the Barbaracle's aggressive approach, you decide to try and bargain your way out of the situation. Surely a Pokemon with a quad weakness to Grass would be interested in Rindo Berries? Nope. The Barbaracle doesn't even register the words slipping from your lips, its only desire seems to be to see you suffer. Was the power of the Full Moon really the reason for the Barbaracle's rage? It seemed to be the only explanation right now. On a positive note, the Barbaracle finally releases you, throwing you to the ground. You aren't free for long though, as with a stomp of its foot the Barbaracle traps you in a Rock Tomb. The rocks rise to pinch around your shoulders, leaving only your head uncased. Great.......

With it being clear that the Barbaracle has no intentions of giving up, your Pokemon launch their attacks. Buizel fires a Water Gun but the Barbaracle meets the attack with its claws, easily breaking through the jet of water. A Psychic blast from Lucario holds the Barbaracle in place long enough for Frillish to hit it with a Water Pulse. Not enough. The Barbaracle grins, smashing away part of its rocky shell, it forgoes some defences in favour of increased offences. It closes the gap with startling speed. It back hands Lucario with a Brick Break before following up with a Night Slash on Buizel. The pair look a touch worse for wear. Assistance arrives though! While you'd been focused on the Barbaracle, Heath's Pokemon had finished off the Binacle! "Heliolisk, Thunderbolt, Hariyama, Cross Chop!" The Thunderbolt strikes the Barbaracle in the back, dealing a staggering blow considering it had just dropped its defences. Hariyama puts an end to the brutal boss, the Cross Chop launching it into the water.

Buizel gained 3 levels, Lucario gained 3 levels, Frillish gained 3 levels.

Hariyama cracks you out of the Rock Tomb, "are you alright dude? That looked a bit rough, are you right to go on?"

Reply 13:
Spoiler: show
Buizel gained 3 levels!
Lucario gained 3 levels!
Frillish gained 3 levels!


Jake got up and dusted himself off. "Yeah, I'm fine," he replied. "Thanks for the help back there." The trainer looked around at the broken shards of rock left over from the Rock Tomb. Thank goodness he was finally free.

For now, though, he needed to heal up for what came next. His Pokémon were already looking battered and they hadn't even left shore yet! "Have a Potion each for all your troubles," Jake said, pulling out one of the healing items and walking over to his Lucario. He sprayed it on the area around Lucario's chest.

Ah, remarked Lucario. That feels nice.

"You too, Buizel," added Jake. The Sea Weasel ran over to him and got a refreshing spray of another of Jake's Potions.

"Oh, don't worry, Frillish, I haven't forgotten about you," the trainer called again. "Come here, you."

The ghostly jellyfish floated over to Jake, and the Aura Guardian-in-training took one more Potion out of his pocket and sprayed it on Frillish's head. Not that the Floating Pokémon needed it, but it was always good to take some precautions.

Jake had to admit, it was embarrassing how Heath's Pokémon finished off the Barbaracle in two hits, while Jake's own Pokémon only grazed it. He supposed that the Heliolisk and Hariyama must be more skilled.

"Well, I guess it's time to head out onto the water!" Jake said to everybody. "Grab your paddle board, Heath—we'd better get going. Ready, everyone?"

Yes, sir! Lucario jokingly saluted.

"Bui-zel!" Buizel said affirmatively.

Frillish said nothing, but he flexed his thin tentacles to show that he was pumped up.

"Good, guys!" Jake gave a thumbs-up. He turned to Heath and his Pokémon. "Let's get our boards, shall we?" With that, he ran over to a tall rock that was near the water. Making sure it wasn't a Pokémon in disguise, he hefted his paddle board off it and turned back toward the others, beckoning with a gesture of his hand. "Come on! We don't have much time to waste!"

This Full Moon stuff really was intriguing, though. Perhaps during the Full Moon, when the King of the Lake arises, all the Pokémon in the lake are driven to protect it. But if Jake didn't mean the King any harm...he wondered if he should try to convince Heath not to try to catch it or anything. Maybe just observe it, like Jake had wanted to do at the start of this adventure. Now, however, Jake decided to keep this idea to himself.

All this contemplation lasted no more than a few seconds, however. Jake was still waiting for his Pokémon's and Heath's (Pokémon's) response, one of his hands grasping his paddle board and the other hand leaning on Heath's paddle board, which was leaning against the rock.


(OOC: Using x3 Potions, one on my Buizel, Lucario, and Frillish each.)

Update 14:
Spoiler: show
Zorchic- Finally free of the Barbaracle's embrace, you quickly retrieve some potions from your bag and use them to heal your Pokemon. They'd taken some powerful hits and you hadn't even made it out onto the lake yet! The potions relieve their pain slightly, but it was far from enough to completely heal them. Meanwhile, both of Heath's Pokemon were both in fairly good condition, having masterfully dispatched the Binacle before free you. Heath grabs his paddle board and the pair of you prepare to set off on the lake. Heath's Heliolisk stands at the point of his board, his Hariyama in the middle and he stood at the end. Hariyama would likely use its large hands to pull the board through the water. You step onto your board, at first you're a bit unsteady but when Lucario stands at the front of the board and Buizel stands at the end, you feel a bit better balanced.

"Let's get going then, shall we?" Heath motions for his Hariyama to start paddling. Its large, powerful hands easily pull the board through the water, carrying Heath forward at a steady pace. Suddenly your board starts to move. Turning, you notice that Buizel has laid himself off the back of the board, allowing his propeller like tails to spin through the water. "I know the boards are a bit unconventional", Heath explains, "but we've worked out that they're just small enough to avoid drawing too much attention and the lack of a motor means we can move quietly." You scan the lake's surface as you make your way across it. The water is rather choppy, which really tests your balance. Every now and again you hear a terrifying roar or a high pitched cry, each one different from the last. It was all a bit unsettling, but at least you hadn't run into anymore Pokemon?

"Stop", utters Heath, concern heavy in his tone. "Did you see that?"

See what? You look around, unsure what exactly you're looking for, but then you spot something. A spike protruding out of the water! And another! And another! And...... shit.......

You look and all around you, spikes are rising up out of the water, what could it be?!

Reply 14:
Spoiler: show
Soon, the group was on the water. Buizel came up with the ingenious idea to use his tail to propel the board through the water, while Jake and Lucario watched their feet and made sure to keep their balance. The plethora of cries ringing out every now and then kept the group wary and on their guard for danger.

Suddenly, Heath warned everyone to look out for something. At first, Jake couldn't see anything, but it soon became clear. Spikes were popping up! The aspiring Aura Guardian racked his brain for spiky Pokémon and came up with Cloyster and Toxapex. These spikes could come from either of them.

"Stop, everyone, don't move," Jake whispered carefully. "Maybe they won't notice us if we stay still. We don't know if they're targeting us, it might be best to stop for a moment and see what these spikes will do."

Buizel nodded, getting the message, and ceased spinning his tail, soundlessly sliding his whole body onto the paddle board and pulling his tail out of the water. As Buizel got to his feet to have a better look around, Jake's paddle board came to a slow stop, while Lucario quietly crouched down in front, scanning the water with Foresight and getting ready to repel any attackers. The trainer glanced at Heath and motioned for him and his Pokémon to do the same, to stop moving forward with their boards.

Jake reached inside his pocket and fingered Starly and Frillish's Pokéballs, ready to send them out if the situation called for it. Right before they set out on the water, Jake had managed to recall Frillish for now, since there wouldn't be any room on the board for him, and he might draw unwanted attention if he floated over the water.

Update 15:
Spoiler: show
Zorchic- Upon seeing the sea of horns emerge from beneath the water, you begin to rack your brain. Could they be Cloysters? Toxapex even? Regardless of what they might be, you needed to try and get through this without too much conflict, you had to preserve your strength for the King. You signal for everyone to remain still and quiet. Maybe if you did so for long enough, they would leave. It is a tension filled couple of minutes, you and Heath exchange looks regularly, unsure whether an attack is imminent or not. You watch as the horns suddenly start to submerge, had you manged to avoid them? You're about to take a sigh of relief, when suddenly an even bigger horn erupts from the water! It doesn't stop at the horn though, the entire Pokemon emerges, revealing itself to be a Seaking! Not just any old Seaking though, this one was massive! This Seaking was easily bigger than a Wailmer and it didn't exactly look happy to see you.....

KINGGGGGGGGGGGGG!!!!!

Brandishing its horn, the Seaking charges straight for Heath's board! Thankfully Hariyama reacts quickly, and steers the board out of the Seaking's path. Acting out of reflex, Heliolisk fires a Thunderbolt at the Seaking, hoping to make it think twice before charging again. The Thunderbolt is on target, until at the last moment it is drawn towards the Seaking's horn! The horn acts like a Lightning Rod, drawing in the attack and boosting the Seaking with the energy from the attack! Now even more of a threat, the Seaking sets its sight on a new target. You. Its glowing red eyes stare straight at you, it wouldn't be holding back.

Reply 15:
Spoiler: show
To everyone's relief, after a few tense moments, the spikes sunk under the water, seemingly leaving the group alone. Not for long, though...a Pokémon with a bigger horn surfaced and charged at Heath's board. Though Heath's Hariyama steered the board away and avoided the attack, Heliolisk launched a Thunderbolt on impulse, which only got absorbed by the Seaking's Lightning Rod Ability.

Wait, a Seaking? Jake hadn't thought of it because it only had one horn, not unlike a Ponyta or Rapidash. Could this be the King of the Lake, by chance? If that was the case, then why were its eyes a sinister red? King or no King, Jake had to calm down the Water-type.

"Hey!" Jake called to the Seaking as it faced him. The trainer motioned to Lucario as he called to the lake-influenced Seaking. "Hold up! Are you the King of the Lake?"
Lucario used his telepathy to convey those exact words as well, simultaneously. Maybe it would knock the horned Pokémon to its senses if someone sent words directly to its brain.

Jake needed Buizel to be ready for action. "Put your tail in the water," he instructed. "We have to be ready to make evasive maneuvers if needed." Buizel nodded and got down on his belly again, sliding back on the board so that his tail was in the water and ready to propel Jake's board.

Jake gave Lucario, who was in front of him, a silent command via aura. If the Seaking attacks, first fire off an Aura Sphere and aim for the face! If that doesn't stop it, stand your ground and Counter any physical attacks it might use. If it uses more special attacks, add on to the Aura Sphere with Dragon Pulse. The trainer added to Heath, "Help me out if you can!"

Update 16:
Spoiler: show
Zorchic- Massive Sea'king'....... wait, could this be the King of the Lake? You ask the question but get no reply, even when Lucario telepathically transmits the message to the giant fish. You instruct Buizel to be ready for evasive action, the last thing you needed was a smashed board in the middle of a lake full of angry Pokemon. The Seaking begins its charge, unencumbered and without remorse. It's horn spins as it begins its Drill Run, it would certainly have no trouble smashing your board with an attack like that! Lucario fires an Aura Sphere, the ball of condensed aura flies straight as an arrow, yet Seaking takes it straight on, piercing the ball with its horn and shrugging of explosion. Buizel prepares to evade as Lucario readies his counter.

The Fighting type meets the Seaking's horn with his palm. Lucario grits his teeth as your board is forced back through the water, you wobble back and forth, struggling to maintain your footing. Thankfully Buizel manages to turn your board, moving you out of the Seaking's path. As the giant fish moves past you, Lucario returns serve, striking the Seaking in the side with a powerful Counter. A pained groan escapes from the Seaking as Lucario's blow winds it, giving you a moment to distance yourself.

"Vacuum Wave, Hariyama. Dragon Pulse, Heliolisk." Heath joins the fight, with Hariyama slamming its massive hands together to form a fast moving Vacuum Wave, while Heliolisk follows it with a rippling Dragon Pulse. The Seaking is hit across the flank but it quickly turns back to face its opponents. Energy begins to glow around the Seaking's horn and it soon begins to fire off an Ice Beam, swinging the attack around wildly without too much care or aim. Lucario shields you from the attack, while Hariyama does the same for Heath. As the Seaking stops its attack, you notice the wild Ice Beam has created some large ice platforms. They aren't exactly large but they're spread out around the Seaking, perhaps you could use them to your advantage?

Reply 16:
Spoiler: show
When the Seaking didn't respond to Jake and Lucario's question and just charged ahead, Jake shook his head. "I take that as a no," he said as the Seaking broke through Lucario's Aura Sphere. The Fighting and Steel-type blocked the Drill Run with Counter, before Heath's Pokémon joined in, firing attacks of their own. After everything cleared, the Seaking thrashed about, firing an Ice Beam in different directions. Thankfully, Lucario blocked the attack from hitting Jake, and Hariyama shielded Heath.

Jake noticed that parts of the water around them had frozen over, providing platforms for Pokémon to use. He didn't know if his Pokémon could utilize them well, though, since Buizel had to steer the board and Lucario had to protect Jake from attacks. Even so, the aura trainer had an idea. Steadying himself on the board for a moment, he reached inside his pocket and took out a Pokéball.

Jake quickly tossed the Pokéball in the air, and what came out of it was neither Frillish nor Starly, though it was part Ghost-type like Frillish. No, what came out was a Gengar, floating in the air courtesy of her Levitate Ability, which would make her immune to Ground moves. Right now, the Ghost and Poison-type Pokémon hovered over everyone at a distance, though she could land on the ice platforms if she really needed to.

Seeing the intense situation, Jake knew he had to be short and quick about this. "Alright, Gengar, this is Heath and his Pokémon. They're friendly." He pointed. "What's not friendly is this Seaking." He gestured to the giant Goldfish Pokémon, and gave his orders to Gengar and Lucario. "Gengar, use Confuse Ray on Seaking, then follow with Toxic, and use Hex next! Lucario, do a quick Work Up and then blast the Seaking with a continuous Dragon Pulse! Use Counter if it gets too close!" Jake knew that when a Poison-type like Gengar used Toxic, the attack would be guaranteed to hit and cause potent poison that would get worse over time. Hex would do more damage if the target was statused, too. And Lucario's Counter was just a little preventative measure.

Buizel, meanwhile, knew to stay on his guard and steer Jake's board out of any danger. He'd need all the focus he could get, and he wasn't in any position to use moves, anyway.

Update 17:
Spoiler: show
Zorchic- You decide that you're going to need more help with this massive Seaking. While it was clear that this wasn't the King of the Lake, that didn't mean it wasn't a formidable opponent. You release Gengar from her ball. The Ghost hovers in the air, assessing the situation it has been brought into. It's quick to follow the orders you give, locking eyes with the Seaking it blasts the King Koi with a Confuse Ray. The Water type splashes around erratically, its senses scrambled from Gengar's attack. The ghost quickly follows by dousing the fish with Toxic sludge, giving Lucario time to Work himself Up. Floating across to you, Gengar and Lucario take aim. Gengar's eyes light up as she puts a Hex on the status riddled Seaking, while Lucario thrusts out his hands, firing another Dragon Pulse that strikes the beast head on. While you've been drawing the Seaking's attention, Heath has been steering his board towards the titan's flank.

Hariyama stands at the ready, palm brought back as he gathers all of his strength. "Now Hariyama! Force Palm!" The Fighting type slams his massive hand into the Seaking's flank, forcing it onto its side. The colossal carp struggles to move, its body temporarily paralysed by the attack. "Now's our chance Jake, we need to get away before it recovers!" Heath's Pokemon begin to paddle his board through the water, steering away from the Seaking as they continue towards the centre of the lake. You quickly begin to pursue them, Gengar hovers alongside as Buizel uses his tail to move you swiftly through the water. You soon lose sight of the Seaking and hopefully that was the last you'd see of it. "That was a close one", Heath breathes a sigh of relief as you draw level with him. "We're getting closer to the centre, hopefully we don't run into too many more issues. Hmmm, that's weird, there seems to be a strong current here...." Heath was right. You could feel the board getting pulled to the side, what could be causing it?

Buizel, Lucario and Gengar gained 1 level!

Reply 17:
Spoiler: show
Buizel gained 1 level!
Lucario gained 1 level!
Gengar gained 1 level!


With the help of Gengar, everyone was able to subdue the Seaking enough to ride away from it as fast as possible. Heath's Hariyama even got in a paralysis with Force Palm in addition to the Toxic poison that Gengar inflicted on Seaking. With that, the group scrambled away from the enraged fish.

As they got closer to the middle of the lake, Heath was the first to notice a strong current pulling the boards sideways. "Yeah, there actually is," Jake replied quietly. He noticed as well, and he had an idea as to what this might be. "It might be a Whirlpool in the making," he speculated. "Perhaps the King of the Lake has a Whirlpool around him to keep intruders out—or take them as food." The thought of that sounded ominous in and of itself.

What to do about this, then? Lucario and Gengar could use a combined Psychic to hold both boards against the current, but that was sure to drain their energy quickly. Jake didn't think Buizel was strong enough to propel his board against a full-fledged Whirlpool. But hey (insert shrug), why wasn't it worth a try right now? What Jake and Heath sensed now surely wasn't a full-fledged Whirlpool.

Hold on. Lucario interrupted Jake's train of thought. We could use my Bone Rush! I use the move and toss the bone into the air, but since I need to concentrate on what's ahead, Gengar will use her own Psychic and spin the bone like a propeller. That will give us some extra momentum with the small current!

"Yeah, that could actually work, Lucario!" Jake commented. "Alright then, use your Bone Rush! Gengar, grab the bone with your Psychic and spin it like a propeller behind Buizel!"

Lucario gave a small grin before forming a large, light blue energy bone in his hands. Then, the bone was surrounded by a light blue aura as the Ghost and Poison-type began her Psychic move. Gengar, whose eyes were glowing the same color as the glow surrounding the bone, psychokinetically levitated the bone out of Lucario's hands and into the water behind Buizel, who was at the back of Jake's board. The bone began to spin, faster and faster, as it formed a small current behind the board and helped propel it along with Buizel. Gengar was still Levitating above the water, and the high vantage point let her watch for danger on all directions as she spun Lucario's Bone Rush bone with Psychic. The extra source of propulsion could serve as a guard against the strong current.

"Lucario, prepare an Aura Sphere to use if any threats come," Jake advised. "Do you want a Psychic-spinning bone to help you, Heath?" the young Aura Guardian asked out of generosity.

Update 18:
Spoiler: show
Zorchic- If your theory was correct, you were on the outer edges of a whirlpool. The pull of the current wasn't too strong yet, but if you allowed it to take you, you'd risk being trapped in its pull. Buizel wasn't strong enough to combat the whirlpool by himself, but with a bit of clever thinking, you come up with a way to aid the sea weasel. Lucario creates a glowing bone, which it tosses to Gengar, allowing the ghost to grab it with its Psychic powers. Concentrating, the ghost manipulates the bone, plunging it into the water near the rear of the board. Swirling its hands, Gengar makes the bone spine, creating another makeshift propeller. With the added power, you feel the board begin to push through the current, away from its source. You offer a similar solution to Heath, but Hariyama and Heliolisk seem to be doing just fine, probably because they're used to paddling around like this. The pair of you paddle your boards against the current for a while, until it eventually seems to pass. Crisis averted!

Gengar releases the bone, taking a moment to catch its breath. You're about to breath a sigh of relief when Heath points out something odd up ahead. It seemed to be a big raft of white foam? "We're getting close to the centre of the lake, keep an eye out Jake." You keep your eyes on the raft of foam as you begin to navigate around it, where had it come from? Suddenly you notice movement within the odd structure. Large orange spikes begin to rise out of the foam, soon after, a pair of giant claws although one is much larger than the other. Whatever it was that was emerging from the foam, it was massive! It seems you'd avoided one issue, only to find yourself with another!

Reply 18:
Spoiler: show
The bone method worked beautifully, as the bone from Lucario’s Bone Rush helped propel Jake’s board forward. Heath didn’t need support, it seemed, since his Pokémon were doing just fine. Soon, the danger of the current passed, and Gengar, who was floating above the boards, let down the bone, catching her breath as she did so.

“No sweat, Gengar,” Jake assured the Ghost and Poison-type. “You did fine with that Psychic. It takes lots of brainpower—literally—to do a task like that. And Lucario, that was a brilliant idea in the first place,” he complimented. Jake steadied himself on the board, but as he did so, a strange sight appeared on the water: a raft of foam.

“Right,” Jake replied to Heath, both Trainers making sure to be wary of the foam raft while getting closer to the lake’s center on their boards.

But, the foam soon became a danger, as what looked like a Pokémon started rising out of it. Orange spikes...large claws...

It suddenly came to Jake. “A Kingler...” he recognized. The young Aura Guardian knew that Kingler had a Gigantamax Form, but could they appear outside of Power Spots? Probably not; he might just be overestimating the Water-type’s size.

Wait, a Kingler? Another potential King of the Lake!

Jake thought to Lucario, Do the telepathical message while I call out!

After Lucario nodded, Jake gave a yell to the Kingler. “Hi there! Are you the King of the Lake?” he exclaimed as Lucario telepathically sent the same message. Jake would try to reason with it first, before resorting to more forceful measures. But if Kingler ignored him...
To prepare for in case Jake got no as an answer and instead was targeted, he motioned for Buizel to get ready for evasive maneuvers. “Gengar, use Hypnosis if it attacks,” he added, whispering, “so we can get information out of it as to who and where the King of the Lake might be.” Lucario, try and restrain the Kingler with Psychic, too, if it decides to attack.

Update 19:
Spoiler: show
Zorchic- You'd stumbled upon another massive Water Pokemon! You knew that Gigantamax Kingler was a thing, but wouldn't it need a power spot for that? Yeah, no this wasn't a Gigantamax Kingler, it was just a really big one, just like the super sized Seaking. Was there some connection between the size of these Pokemon and the full moon? You decide to take a similar approach this time, getting Lucario to reach out to Kingler like it had Seaking. It conveys its message via telepathy, but once again it gets nothing back from the other Pokemon. Maybe it was simply that both Kingler and Seaking had no desire to talk with you? Or maybe it also had something to do with the full moon's effects?

Unfortunately, Lucario's attempt has alerted the Kingler to your presence. A giant claw rises into the air before quickly descending between Heath and yourself. Giant waves force Heath and yourself apart, knocking you and your Pokemon off your board in the process. The levitating Gengar tries to subdue the Kingler with a Hypnosis, but the bubbles surrounding it seem to be shielding it from the attack! The claw rises again, shifting over to your position. Again the Kingler swings it down. You throw up your arms in a feeble attempt to shield yourself. Thankfully Lucario manages to slightly shift the Kingler's claw with its Psychic, causing it to miss you by only a few inches. If that Crab Hammer had connected, it likely would have been your end.....

There was no sign of Heath and his Pokemon, all you could see was a mass of bubbles all around you and the parts of the Kingler that were protruding above them.

Reply 19:
Spoiler: show
Unfortunately for Jake, things started to go downhill (figuratively, of course; there was no hill in sight). Lucario and Jake's calling out to Kingler let it know exactly where they were, and it responded by smacking the water with its claw, kicking up a giant wave that sweeped Jake, Lucario and Buizel off the board. Gengar made to shield herself, though it proved unnecessary.

As Jake and the Pokémon that were now in the water hastily began treading water in place, the floating Ghost/Poison-type sent out waves of Hypnosis, hoping to subdue the giant beast, but that had no luck, either. The bubbles seemed to be absorbing the move entirely! With that, Kingler swung its giant claw again, aiming directly for Jake.

"Gah!" Jake yelped out of reflex, holding up his arms in front of himself. He braced for impact, but all he heard was a loud splash. He lowered his arms and glanced at Lucario, just as the Psychic glow was leaving the Aura Pokémon's eyes. The Trainer immediately pieced together what happened. Lucario had redirected Kingler's claw—slightly—with Psychic! Being in the water at the moment, Jake suspected that even if the Crabhammer had hit, he'd...just be pushed underwater. Not that bad, right? Well, now wasn't the time to dwell on such things.

Jake looked around, shifting his treading position. "Heath...?" he trailed off. Wait! Heath wasn't here! Oh no, that wasn't good. Perhaps Heath and his Pokémon were swept underwater by the waves. Maybe they were caught in the bubbles. Wherever they were, it didn't give Jake any peace of mind. Chace would surely be furious at Jake if his brother was gone when Jake got back. Besides, Jake was a nice guy. He wouldn't just forget about someone he worked with.
The young Aura Guardian motioned for everyone to stay put, so Lucario leaned back to stay afloat better. (Buizel, meanwhile, had already inflated the ring around his neck.) Jake leaned back a bit to stay afloat, before taking a Pokéball out of his pocket. Thankfully, Pokéballs were waterproof.

With a gentle toss of the Ball, Jake let out his unusually-colored Starly. Alright Starly, he focused, fly over the lake and look for Heath, a Hariyama, and a Heliolisk. Report back if you find any of them. Quick. Starly nodded without a word, picking up on the "telepathic" message. Understanding how dire the situation was, he flew higher, beginning his search.

Jake turned to the others, still using silent communication. Lucario, if you can, lift yourself out of the water with Magnet Rise, he thought. If not, then Gengar, levitate him with Psychic. Anyhow, Gengar, lift me out of the water with Psychic, too. Buizel, if you can, spin your tail and fly over the water. If not, then Gengar, please take care of that too. Point is, we all need to be levitating over the water, Jake explained mentally.

As Jake and his Pokémon floated a few meters above the ground, Jake reached into his pocket and took out an empty Pokéball, Gengar loosening her Psychic hold a bit to let him move his arm. The Pokéball probably wouldn't do much, but maybe it could distract the Kingler? The Trainer threw the Ball at the giant Water-type.

Now, let's go around the Kingler, Jake thought to his Pokémon. We need to get to the center of the lake. Lucario, use Psychic to hold Kingler back, just in case.
Buizel, Lucario and Gengar prepared to speed past Kingler, Gengar carrying Jake (and maybe the others) with Psychic.
The thing was, if they tried to attack the Kingler directly, that would probably just make it angrier, and without Heath's support, Jake didn't know if that was a fight he could win. So he opted to just not attack it outright.
If at any point Starly reported back with Heath or his Pokémon's location, Jake would immediately tell everyone to follow Starly to the aforementioned location.


(OOC: Pokéball is #5 out of 10.)

Update 20:
Spoiler: show
Zorchic- You had to act quickly, you were in a vulnerable position and needed to find Heath. You adjust yourself in the water as Buizel inflates his neck ring, then you manage to retrieve one of your Pokeballs. You release Starly and quickly set the blue bird to task. It zips out of sight quickly, heading off in search of Heath and his Pokemon. Hopefully they were okay and had managed to avoid the Kingler's wrath. With Starly set to task, you begin to solve the issue of getting your Pokemon and yourself out of the water. Lucario manages to pull himself out of the water with a Magnet Rise, which leaves him hovering just above the water's surface, although he looks a touch unsteady. Buizel attempts to lift himself out of the water by spinning his tail like a helicopter. He manages to get himself out of the water, but only just. He'd been powering the board and battling, his energy levels weren't exactly high. Gengar uses Psychic to lift you out of the water, but only manages so for a moment before having to release its hold. It’s just too much. Looking around, the ghost comes up with a solution. She spots your board floating a little ways away and grips it with her Psychic, pulling it over for you to grab. You drag yourself out of the water and onto the board. Buizel drops onto the board as well, looking to conserve his energy. You pull an empty Pokeball out of your pocket and hurl it at the Kingler, hoping it would at least distract the Kingler.

The ball stops a few metres short of its target. You watch as it begins to crackle with a dark energy, then it suddenly explodes! What the hell was that?!

"Thunder Wave, Heliolisk!" You hear Heath's voice shout out and a few seconds later, electrical tendrils wrap themselves around the gigantic Kingler. "Jake! Over here!" You hear Heath shout again and turn towards that direction. Starly quickly comes into view and Buizel turns the board and begins to steer you in that direction. You're relieved when you spot Heath and his Pokemon, they seemed to alright, except Hariyama seemed to be nursing its left arm. Had it been injured? "Glad to see you're alright Jake, we need to get moving, I don't think Heliolisk can hold Kingler for much longer. I don't know which way to go though, with all these bubbles and that sudden attack, I've lost our bearing." You needed to put some distance between you and the Kingler, but which way did you need to go to get to the centre of the lake?



__________________


I fill my lungs with everything
You want someone that I can't be
You say it's insanity, but
I say that's my life

Fizzy Bubbles

Last edited by Prof.Enigma; 05-29-2021 at 05:59 PM. Reason: Editing in Zorchic's Adventure from the Doc
Lil'twick is offline   Reply With Quote
Old 04-28-2021, 12:18 PM   #9
Lil'twick
Insanity
 
Lil'twick's Avatar
 
Join Date: May 2013
Location: Fizzy Bubbles
Posts: 5,751
Send a message via Skype™ to Lil'twick
THE ARCANE REALM

"The moment man devoured the fruit of knowledge, he sealed his fate... Entrusting his future to the cards, man clings to a dim hope. Yes, the Arcana is the means by which all is revealed..." Nyx Avatar (Persona 3)

Once a simple place where new trainers were sent to learn the basics of adventuring, with the vast changes to Fizzytopia the Arcane Realm seemed to have faded from existence. Though gone, it was never forgotten by the bitter trainers who were forced into spending what felt like years in that simplistic place. A place where no growth was truly given, and only stagnation existed. Yet, when the realm disappeared, all were freed from their restraints and truly allowed to begin anew.

Now, it seems that the Arcane Realm has resurfaced in Fizzytopia. Showing up where the old Arcane Realm use to be, this new one is vastly different then the one that the denizens of Fizzytopia are used to. Now truly a place of magic and mystery, it says the very land itself is influenced by the “cards”/ What these cards are, and what they refer to nobody particularly knows. The only thing that is certain, though, is that this Arcane Realm is teeming with life, and has infinite possibilities for adventure.


The Kingdom of Swords

Encompassing the entirety of the Arcane Realm, the Kingdom of Swords rules over those who make their residence in this mystical place. Though, the main part of the Kingdom is the castle of its ruler, and the small castle town and vast plains that surround it. It is also rumored an ancient tomb of the emperor that founded the Kingdom, which use to be a vast empire, is hidden deep within the castle. (Please respond in RoyalBlue)

0. Fool’s Path - The main road through out the Arcane Realm, it symbolizes the beginning of a journey and has many branching paths that are meant to symbolize life’s many paths. Many new trainers have tread this road, looking to see what adventure would unfold for them.

I. Magician’s Hamlet - The Castle Town, named for the power Court Magicians that made their workshops here, where it is said that all of its inhabitants are master craftsman and well known through the realm. Those that live here have been loyal to the Kingdom for Generations, and the beautiful buildings and rich populace show that even in it’s twilight years, the Kingdom is still prosperous.

II. High Priestess’s Cathedral - A large, gothic cathedral sitting atop a hill overlooking the Hamlet, it was said this place was built by a holy maiden with her bare hands to offer a place of refuge and respite for the poor and damned. Her charity and kindness has created a devout sect of nuns to her teachings, who look after and take care of her cathedral. Pilgrims from all over visit this place, looking for the sacred knowledge hidden in the texts and relics within the Cathedral.

III. Empress’s Garden - Within the castle walls lies a beautiful garden, said to be planted by the first Empress and continues to this day be tended by the queen and her servants. A variety of flora and fauna make their home here, and many of the kingdom’s artists and writers come here as a means for inspiration, and a small amphitheatre where plays are held is within the garden.

IV. Emperor’s Castle - The main castle itself, made of beautiful marble stone with blue spinnerets atop the towers. Despite its majesty, the Castle itself feels like a labyrinth for those unacquainted with it. After all, only the foyer, ballroom, and throne room are open to the general public, and the research labs, soldier and servant quarters, and even the royal family’s private quarters are often off limits. What secrets this castle has for the years it’s stood, it’s said only the King knows.

V. Hierophant's Crypt - The ancient resting place of the royal family, buried deep within the castle with an entrance for visitors to see from the Cathedral. While the Cathedral’s entrance is a tunnel with a statue of the great Sage-King known as the Hierophant, who turned the empire into the kingdom it is now today, it is said that there is an entrance in the Castle itself, revealing a vast catacomb of the royal dead, and royal riches. There are rumors among thieves that the statue at the Cathedral can also provide an entrance, but the information that lies here contains the history of the Arcane Realm as a whole, and is something only a brave few can learn.


The Forest of Wands


Once monikered the Forest of Adventure, the Forest of Wands has been changed and twisted by the surplus of magical energy flowing through the Arcane Realm. THe once simplistic woods are now a labyrinth where magic flows through the roots of the trees and a sense of dread and whimsy encompass all who enter. Though, it was possible that this was here the entire time, like everything else, and the deep magic that flows through these woods caused trainers to dream of the much more simplistic Arcane Realm. (Please reply in SeaGreen)

VI. Lover’s Grove - Named for the two giant oaks twisted around each other, said to be the eternal form of a princess and her commoner lover. Couples can commonly be seen coming here, sitting under the oaks and gazing into the small pond next to it. Various berries and flowers grow under these oaks, said to be the fruits of love. Yet, important life decisions are made here, and for a simplistic place there is often danger lurking about for the couples who venture here.

VII. Chariot Inn - An inn and tavern for travelers located at the mouth of the woods, named for being a common resting spot for knights on their patrols through the kingdom. Travelers from far and wide make their stop here, either preparing to brave the forest or just to experience the Arcane Realm in full. A variety a favors can be done here for those staying here, or it can serve as a stepping stone to travel into the woods. Though, it is ill-advised to leave the inn during the night. Grim things are said to happen.

VIII. Cave of Strength - Deep within the woods is a cave rumored to be filled with dangerous beasts. While the knights stay clear of this place, thieves, adventurers, and foolish children explore this place in hopes of trying to find treasure or just prove their mettle. Though, while the strong certainly prevail, there have been more than a few people who have gone missing within the cave. Some say a religious cult is to blame, others a demon. What really lurks there, though, is unknown.

IX. Hermit’s Mire - A swampy portion of the Forest, the mire his home to various hermits, lunatics, and other outcasts of society. A thick miasma hangs in the air, making it hard to breath and visibility not the best. What lurks within the putrid waters further cements this is a place people do not want to visit. However, it is said that those who embrace this place find enlightenment.

X. Fortune’s Woods - A place in the forest where the magical energy is at its most potent, forming a sort of myst that permeates the air. Everything from the trees to the wildlife here seem a bit out of this world, and it’s hard to predict what exactly will happen here. Some state that these woods even spin like a wheel, and depending on where the wheel is travelers will experience either good luck or bad luck. Whatever it is, this portion of the forest is filled with fun and whimsy.

XI. Grounds of Justice - A barren field, charred and stained in blood. Here war criminals were executed, heretics burned, and those affected by plague said to waste away. A statue of an angelic figure watches over these sacred grounds, guiding the dead towards enlightenment. Whether their deaths were just or not, they have tainted this land within the forest. The only thing that awaits here is grim fate, with scales in her left, and sword in her right, ready to guide the lost.


The City of Pentacles


A marvelous, extravagant city on the coast that serves as the Kingdom’s main mercantile capital. While the master craftsmen of the hamlet visit here to sell their wares, there are more than one way to make a quick buck in this city of money. Greed drives the people, and those seeking to become rich come here. Those these ambitions have not lead to good results. A dark underworld resides in this place, where the filth and muck are the last of a person’s worries. Striking gold is easy, losing your life is even easier. (Please Reply in LemonChiffon)

XII. The Hanged Man’s Plaza - A statue of a famed monk sits directly in the middle of the city’s main plaza, trying to remind the residents to practice restraint in terms of their greed. Flower beds and benches accompany this statue, and the poor and unlucky help tend to this place. In a place of greed, it feels off that a reminder to let go of things and make sacrifices for the better good is in place, but more happens at this tourist attraction then what meets the eye.

XIII. Death’s Yard - A vast graveyard on the outskirts of the city, where the dead are laid to rest. Those who have lost their lives to greed, disease, or misfortune make up the majority of those who now reside in this land of the end. Though, it can also symbolize a new beginning, and the small church presiding over the yard helps people restart their lives. Though, sometimes, the ghosts do it for them.

XIV. Island of Temperance - An island off the coast of the city, another tourist attraction for visitors to the city and the patrons to make money off of. It was once a temple where monks practiced their beliefs in order, and those that have defiled this sacred land are said to meet with a grisly fate. Though, the temple remains intact, even if it is slightly submerged now. Spelunkers try to find the treasure still hidden in the temple, and the treasure that has been lost under the waves. Weather land or sea, there is something for everyone at this island.

XV. The Devil’s Playground - The city’s slums, where the law doesn’t exist and drugs and crime run rampant all in the name of money. Addiction to money, drugs, and even bodily pleasure are common within the inhabitants, and the seedy dealings here are seen as a sort of wonderland for those who like that kind of lifestyle. Though even through the filth and muck, a beautiful lotus can bloom. Even here can some of the most valuable treasures be found.

XVI. The Tower - An ancient tower that has been in existence before the city was even built, it was an attempt to reach the heavens. Even if it’s now destroyed, it still towers over the city, and can be seen anywhere on the horizon in the Arcane Realm. Places like the Cloud Garden and New Fizz City can be seen from the top of this tower, and the halls within hold the history of the city and not only the shady dealings within this city, but also of the magic in world around it. It’s said, however, that the wisdom here is guarded by creatures of eld, and an elevator system is in place for tourists that want to see the view from the top.

0. Jester's Sepulcher [Shadow Area] - The end of the Fool's Path in the City of Pentacles. A tomb deep within the catacombs of the tower, this unholy grounds is the resting place of the Jester that almost destroyed the city. THe very air here can corrupt even the purest of hearts into madness.


The Land of Cups

Named for the small valleys and tall hills and mountains native to the region, forming almost natural cups, this is an almost verdant and fertile land. Despite the desert in the very north and the mountains nestled in, a large variety of life can be found here. The Land of Cups is the jewel of the Arcane Realm, and without it, the realm would be a lot more desolate. Luckily, there are preservation efforts to make sure this jewel doesn’t lose its shine. (Please respond in Plum

XVII. Desert of Stars - A small, arid desert at the northern tip of the Land of Cups, the Desert of Stars is named for the various meteorites found within this region. While more a dry, mountainous desert than a sandy one, sandstorms are still a common occurance here. Though, despite these conditions, explorers and treasure hunters flock to this region for the meteorites found here, and the rare Pokemon attracted to them. Some have even stated they’ve had some otherworldly experiences here.

XVIII. Lake of the Moon - The largest lake in the Land of Cups, this place is rich in aquatic life and is a very popular place for fishers. It’s said that this lake wanes and waxes with the phases of the moon, and that the lake acts strangely the closer it is to a full moon and a new moon. Some say during a New Moon, an ancient temple can be seen floating in the lake, but it is hard to verify if it exists there and the lake is too deep to safely explore. During a full moon, the aquatic life becomes incredibly hostile, and the legendary “King of the Lake” has been said to awaken and surface during this time.

XIX. Chalice of the Sun - The largest mountain in the Land of Cups, the Chalice of the Sun is famed for its snow-capped peak and magma chamber deep within. A dormant volcano that hasn’t erupted in eons, the Chalice is a symbol of life to the people. Mountain Climbers and Skiers enjoy the difficult trails and wonderful slopes that are on the mountain, and there is even a ski lift to the summit. At the summit is a small temple dedicated to the sun, built in the middle of a small caldera that was created when the Chalice first erupted. Meanwhile, at the base of the mountain is a deep tunnel system that allows explorers to reach the magma chamber of the Chalice. Across these walls are cave paintings, and relics of ages long past .

XX. Meadow of Judgement - Named for being one of the places where heretics and traitors were tried, the meadow has now grown out from that purpose and is a large place of life for small critters and flowers. The beautiful flowers provide food and shelter for a variety of Pokemon living there, and the feeling of magic is strong here. Mages can often be found here practicing their craft due to the large, powerful leyline within the Meadow. It is also said by the religious sect of the Arcane Realm is that this is where Judgement Day will commence, and all of the flowers here symbolize a soul that will be saved.

XXI. The World Tree - The supposed source of all magic in the Arcane Realm, the World Tree’s roots extend throughout the entire realm. Some believe it is the very thing binding the Arcane Realm together, and what allowed it to go through a such rapid change compared to when it last graced Fizzytopia. The locals often leave gifts for the tree at its base, where the creatures that call it home feast on and use. Though, the health of the tree has proven vital to the ecosystem of the Land of Cups, and that when the tree is in danger the desert grows and crops and life start to die. If not for the world tree, then the Arcane Realm itself will cease to exist.
__________________


I fill my lungs with everything
You want someone that I can't be
You say it's insanity, but
I say that's my life

Fizzy Bubbles

Last edited by Lil'twick; 03-17-2022 at 09:03 PM.
Lil'twick is offline   Reply With Quote
Old 04-30-2021, 09:04 AM   #10
Lil'twick
Insanity
 
Lil'twick's Avatar
 
Join Date: May 2013
Location: Fizzy Bubbles
Posts: 5,751
Send a message via Skype™ to Lil'twick
Quote:
Originally Posted by lilbluecorsola, post: 7200270, member: 3396
Liltwick – A sense of gusto begins to rise in your gut as you absorb the situation, almost giddy with glee at the idea of getting to crash a party uninvited. Though perhaps alarming in its own way – as Uxie raises an eyebrow slightly at the unexpected amount of enthusiasm displayed – at least you seem to be motivated again, and so it doesn’t question the sudden shift in attitude. Custard appears hardly concerned either, rubbing his paws together mischievously as he plots some nasty punishment for whoever would dare neglect to extend an invitation to your own entire party. Pie is more confused than anything, but recognizes he won’t be eating the Seedot anytime soon it seems, and so passes the nodding off nut to you in disappointment. As you grant permission for it to lead the way with a “gentle” pat on the head, you offhandedly remark if it knows the location of any chestnuts to take you there as well.

Spurred awake by the somewhat nonsensical threat request, the Seedot swallows as it agrees and slowly begins to shuffle off upon being placed back on the ground, still a bit woozy and unsteady on its feet. Though clearly too tired to try and run away at this point, your group continues to keep a close eye on the captive; flanking it on all sides like prison guards to prevent escape, instantly primed to subdue and restrain should it try to make a break for it.

Eventually, you come to a surprisingly sizeable clearing where a great commotion seems to be taking place: all kinds of Grass Pokémon are bustling to and fro – presumably busy with preparations for the party – as you quickly crouch down behind the bushes to avoid being seen and creep steadily closer to spy on the proceedings. Over to one side, you spot poor Carrot being contained in a sturdy wooden cage suspended to a tree by vines, with two Nuzleaf sentinels standing watch; brandishing sharp-looking spears and stern expressions as they diligently patrol the perimeter.

Before you can even attempt to approach the confined Carbink however, your attention is caught by a booming exclamation from the back, where a grand throne garnished with garlands of blooms is erected in the center. The thunderous voice belongs to a fuming Vileplume seated on top – clearly the so-called “Forest King” – as its followers all screech to a grinding halt, pausing the process of further festive decorating with flower festoons to stare at the recipient of the raging ruler’s wrath: a wilting Whimsicott with its head bowed before the former in shame. A smaller Cottonee cowers behind its elder’s shielding ball of fluff as the mad monarch makes a sour face and spits out the sample bite of Birthday cake it had apparently been munching on, glaring at the offending piece of pastry before tossing the plate at the fearful floof’s feet. (Fortunately the crockery is carved of wood as well instead of porcelain so it doesn’t shatter dangerously – despite landing close to the little one as it squeaks and ducks its head in dread, diving deeper into the senior subject’s down.)

“Pah! You call this a cake?” (Kadabra takes the liberty of translating mentally for you once again as a courtesy.) “Every year is the same old thing, I’m sick and tired of it. Can’t you come up with a new recipe?”

“But, milord, this is the princess’s favorite flavor she always requests…”

“Hmph. My precious daughter deserves better than this commoner fare. Something fresh, something exotic…” The poisonous petal Pokémon grins as its budding idea blossoms into a direct order, licking taste buds in anticipation. “Right then, return to the kitchen, and come back with a dish that’ll really impress. Only the most extraordinary, exciting dessert will do!”

The Whimsicott winces at such a vague demand, but nevertheless nods, daring not to disobey the crown’s command.

“Yes, your Majesty…”

The chef murmurs in defeat with a heavy sigh, as Cottonnee pops its head out again out of the wool, peering worriedly up at the parent cook with consternation. Meanwhile, with the Vileplume’s anger momentarily quelled, the other vassals simply shake their heads in sympathy before starting to resume their tasks. If you wish to slip by whilst the servants are still distracted, better make a decision fast…

What will you do?
With his Seedot guide done leading the way, Leo watches the scene unfold before him. First and foremost, he saw Carrot being suspended in the trees, being watched by guards. That wasn't a nice way to treat his Carbink the slightest, but that wasn't really what peeved him. What annoyed him the most was the disrespect done to the cake.

A baker puts their heart and soul into everything they make. They know what people love, and do their best to make sure it taste's great every time. So to insult a baker's hard work solely over boredom, well, that is certainly not acceptable. No, not in the slightest. Well, it was certainly time to crash this party.

Motioning to Custard to follow him, Leo makes his presence known.

"I'm sorry, but if you want a truly magnificent dessert for your daughter, your majesty, then I'd be more than happy to assist!" Leo exclaimed, making sure that everyone had attention on him. "Quite frankly, how you treated the Whimsicott was extremely rude. They're trying so hard, and trying to keep your daughter happy. Well, I know a thing or two about throwing birthday bashes and I'm more than willing to help."

"Of course, there is something I'd like in return," Leo stated with a sly grin as he pointed to Carrot. "Give me my Carbink back, that is my only real condition, your majesty. And well, if you rather not have my help... We'd be more than willing to take it by force."

At this point, Custard flew down next to Leo with a mischievous grin. The Togetic was more than ready to whip up a massive Hurricane if need be. Though, the pair definitely wanted to help the poor Whimsicott and their child, purely due to his own pride. And well, it was always fun to crash a party.

__________________


I fill my lungs with everything
You want someone that I can't be
You say it's insanity, but
I say that's my life

Fizzy Bubbles
Lil'twick is offline   Reply With Quote
Old 05-02-2021, 09:41 PM   #11
Meetan
Soul Badge
 
Meetan's Avatar
 
Join Date: Feb 2012
Location: England
Posts: 1,041
Quote:
Meetan- As you continue to gather information in hopes of overthrowing the Ring Leader, you bring Jasper out to work alongside Mimi. After a brief exchange with Eridian, Jasper is delighted to hear about your plan. You request the pair of Pokemon look over Sera's Pokeballs, hoping Jasper's eye for detail might pick up signs of tampering, while Mimi might be able to sense whether there is the work of another Psychic Pokemon causing the problem. Both Pokemon spend some time going over the balls, but neither of them come up with anything. Whatever had been done to these Pokeballs, it had been done so meticulously. It would require an expert hand to pull off something like this.

"Nope, we've tried to release our Pokemon before. Every time we attempt to do so, the balls automatically recall them, its like they've been coded to keep our Pokemon imprisoned." You had Sera her Pokeballs back. Looking up the road, you can see the Inn coming into view. "We're nearly at the Inn", Sera points out. "Once we get there, Jean-Pierre will have us recall our Pokemon and hand in our Pokeballs. Try not to let on that you know about the whole thing, okay? When we pull up, make yourself scarce, maybe head into the Inn and get a drink. I'll find you once I've talked to Mo and his brothers." Sera seemed more settled now that she knew you'd do everything you could to help her. That said, you could still see how nervous she was. Her entire future, her child's future, depended on you pulling off this revolt.

The caravan comes to a stop out the front of the inn. The large wooden building seemed to be quite busy, music and banter blending into a cacophony that poured from the establishment. "Go on, I'll see you soon", Sera motions for you to hop off as she prepares to recall Bambi and Hatenna.

Unfortunately for the pair, Alice's Pokemon couldn't find the root of the Poke Balls' programming. That was a pain in the arse, but it wasn't like any of them expected all of this to be easy. If it was, Sera and her beloved would not be caught in the predicament they were in. At Sera's advice, Alice gave her affirmation of understanding and reached out to squeeze the performer's hand. The seriousness of her blue eyes conveyed that she was dedicated to this mission, her attentions pure and true. With an utterance of good luck, Alice told Mimi to say her parting words to Hattena. The little mime did so, solemn to be away from her friend for even a short while, and then Alice recalled Jasper and Eridian. The Sableye would be a cruel surprise for their enemies later on. Until then he would rest in his Love Ball, grinning and waiting with impish glee for the cover of night and their games to begin...

She disembarked the chariot with an inelegance that betrayed her idol career, Mimi bouncing out after Alice to fall into her arms. The trainer waved and greeted the performers that she passed, thanking the leader of the troupe for allowing her to join them on their trip thus far before making herself scarce as advised. Alice checked herself into the Inn, making conversation to ask about the area and anything else she needed to know before going to do the next two important things: fill up her water bottle at the nearest cooler or even the bar and then to heal her Pokemon, finding a machine to do so and scrolling through her Pokedex and boxes to decide who to tag out. More Pokemon meant more friends, and while some weren't suited for their upcoming trial, plenty were. It was hard to choose between them all, but given how grisly this could get, Alice decided with Mimi that it was best she take the night off. The Pokemon returned to her Love Ball and back home, swapped for another party member ready to reveal.

“Eri, help me keep an eye on things.” Alice murmured, bringing the sooty Bagon back out. The dragon stretched, expression as serious as ever, and the duo made off to go and lounge and get some food. Obviously she and Sera couldn't talk shop out in the open, but given they hadn't exchanged details, Alice decided to wait where she could be found and they could move somewhere more private later on. Until then, she just had to quash her nerves and wait it all out.
__________________

Last edited by Meetan; 05-02-2021 at 09:42 PM. Reason: Editing in previous update. Also, word count: 444 words.
Meetan is offline   Reply With Quote
Old 05-03-2021, 12:54 PM   #12
Sneaze
Mrow?
 
Sneaze's Avatar
 
Join Date: Aug 2011
Location: Camping the White Market
Posts: 6,934
Missingno. Master - Entering the final room of the cave only to have your access to your Pokemon suddenly stripped from you by the Mage, the man finally sheds his disguise to reveal himself as none other than the Gastly portion of your very body and soul. The shadowy figure takes on such form near immediately after revealing itself before swiftly proceeding to condense the fog making up its body and become the form of its evolutionary state, Gengar. Whether this was a true evolution, who could say, but the threat remained real enough all the same.

Well, real for being stuck in a land of sleep, having never even wandered outside of the cave to begin with. At what point you entered this slumber you can’t recall, as every step since you’ve entered, both within the cave and without, has been rife with oddities. Now confident that you’re in nothing more than a dream, your orders to Meowth are simple, and the talking cat obliges, utilizing Dream Eater to begin sucking away dreams, eliciting a quick retort from the Gengar, “That won’t work on me, fool! I’m the only one here that’s ever been awake!” But the dreams begin to coalesce around Meowth all the same, not being pulled from the Gengar but rather from the walls of the cave itself, the shimmering crystals lining the area visibly dimming and the stone taking a darker hugh as the energy pools into Meowth’s paw.

The Gengar doesn’t seem overly pleased with this idea, and unleashes a Dark Pulse towards you, the wave of energy washing over Meowth and sending him tumbling for a moment before he can right himself. But as he does the energy in his paw takes proper form, a glowing white crystal in the shape of a diamond, with a symbol all too familiar to you etched into the center. This was it, Normalium Z.


Connor - With the Durant having headed straight into a raging sandstorm, it’s clear that Joss will be precious little further help from the sky at this time, and the Chatot happily obliges as you call him down to perch atop your shoulder before promptly being recalled as you prepare to brave the storm. Pulling down your visor your main hope is that it does much of anything to keep some of the sand from getting into your eyes as you trek inward. And that it does, if only somewhat, as the raging winds and stinging sand scrape across your clothing and skin, inching into every nook and cranny you did and did not know sand could reach.

Julia leads your trek as best as is possible, having to stop on occasion so that you can keep up through the sands, the Larvitar’s form far more suited for the raging sands. Soon enough she spots something shifting ahead, and points it out to you with an arm waving wildly enough to be seen even in the extremely reduced visibility. Just ahead you spot them, two silhouettes in the sand, low to the ground and somewhat bulky, much longer than they are tall, these were likely the quarry you chased here, and the two moved in unison, circling something much smaller, the outline of which you can barely make out as a small Pokemon through the sand.

Then, with surprising speed, the Durant simultaneously charge the other figure, large metal jaws catching what little light leaks through before beginning to clamp down on the unsuspecting prey.


ChrisClark13 - Rather rudely awoken with far less time to pack up than you otherwise would have liked, you get swiftly to work after resigning yourself to eating trail mix and jerky for breakfast while on the road. Meanwhile, Annahime has decided that the food provided to the Eevee she’s been growing more irritable with by the moment actually looked pretty good, and wanders over to the old man’s pack to get a look. With the old man readying the cart and yourself finishing putting everything away, she decided that this is the best time to shove her entire face directly into the pack for a good look around, and proceeds to strike gold.

Then comes the shocking cry of “Vee!” to snap her out of her pillaging, her head emerging from the pack with a half eaten Sitrus berry to spy the brown fox staring at her happily. Quickly munching down the last bite of what she had been eating, she plays innocent for a moment as the old man looks over.

“Oh, are you hungry too?” he chuckles before reaching down into the bad and producing another berry. “Here, take one of these. Just make sure to check with your trainer before gulping it all down, he might already have breakfast for you.”

With that, Annahime takes the Sitrus Berry presented to her and wanders back to your side, glaring at the Eevee and hoping that you hadn’t seen what just transpired.

With the packing all well and done, the old man motions to continue. “Well, we best be off, we’re just a short trek from the city.” Smiling, he begins pulling the cart back onto the road and walking along with surprising speed for a man of his age.

Sure enough, the trek isn’t far at all, and just up ahead you spot it,
The City of Pentacles. But before you can even manage to begin taking in the sights of it all, the old man diverges off the main road, down a smaller dirt path that leads to a large graveyard on the outskirts of the city. “Next stop, Death’s Yard.”
Sneaze is offline   Reply With Quote
Old 05-03-2021, 02:28 PM   #13
Sneaze
Mrow?
 
Sneaze's Avatar
 
Join Date: Aug 2011
Location: Camping the White Market
Posts: 6,934
OOC: I’m not quoting last update because it’s buried and I’m on mobile. :p

Michael had been all sorts of patient with this kid as he decided to list off the name and personality of each of his five Eevee, an explanation that had expired its welcome a couple times over by the end of it as Michael’s eyes started to glaze over, his attention almost entirely kept on watching over his own horde of trouble as the boy continued to speak. After all, he met new people near constantly, and rarely did they ever re-enter his life, so surely this kid was unlikely to be any amount of a recurring feature in a place as big as the Arcane Realm. His attention was caught as he was asked for pointers on keeping a group in line as well as for his own name, however.

“Oh, uh… name’s Michael.” Reaching to his belt he began grabbing at the balls for each of his Pichu, “And as for keeping them in line…”

A swift click saw a beam of light reach out and touch Angela, just as the slightly prissy Pichu had begun playing, recalling her to her ball. A second beam shortly after recalled Asher, then Axel, and Andrew. Annie looked up at her trainer as he pulled out her ball, knowing full well that this meant that playtime was over, and rushed back to his side with eyes wide, begging to stay out for the moment. “It’s about setting limits. Letting them know they’re allowed to have all the fun they want but you get to say when it’s time to stop.” Holstering the last ball, he reaches down and picks up Annie, placing her in his hood where she happily bats at some of his hair in faux protest.

“And most importantly, not punishing unjustly if they listen.” He cracks a small smile before letting the other four back out of their balls, all slightly bewildered by what just happened save for Andrew, who immediately waves goodbye to the Eevee before climbing up his trainer’s back, taking the coveted seat of resting atop his head before his more troublesome brothers can. Asher and Axel exchange a brief look at this outlandish claim on their rightful place and jump straight up to the shoulders of the trainer, pulling down Andrew into the hood where they feel he belongs before beginning to enact a king of the hill style match to reclaim the place on Michael’s head.

The trainer simply rolls his eyes, picks up the remaining Angela, and places her gently atop his head, causing the brothers to tumble onto his shoulders disgraced. “No more fighting, we’ve got a long walk ahead.” This prompts a bit of a dejected sigh from Asher who promptly makes himself comfortable on his perch while Axel sits pointedly not looking at the rest of his family. Angela sticks her tongue out at the two, having won the spot with grace, while Andrew and Annie have a good laugh at the expense of them, nearly falling out of the hood in the meantime.

“Sorry to cut this short, I’ve a long ways to go still and should be off before it gets any later. Good luck with your Eevee.”
__________________

Daisy wins at life for making this Battle Cut
Sneaze is offline   Reply With Quote
Old 05-03-2021, 02:40 PM   #14
Missingno. Master
An actual game I made!
 
Missingno. Master's Avatar
 
Join Date: Nov 2008
Location: Literally the internet
Posts: 9,145
Quote:
Originally Posted by Sneaze View Post
Missingno. Master - Entering the final room of the cave only to have your access to your Pokemon suddenly stripped from you by the Mage, the man finally sheds his disguise to reveal himself as none other than the Gastly portion of your very body and soul. The shadowy figure takes on such form near immediately after revealing itself before swiftly proceeding to condense the fog making up its body and become the form of its evolutionary state, Gengar. Whether this was a true evolution, who could say, but the threat remained real enough all the same.

Well, real for being stuck in a land of sleep, having never even wandered outside of the cave to begin with. At what point you entered this slumber you can’t recall, as every step since you’ve entered, both within the cave and without, has been rife with oddities. Now confident that you’re in nothing more than a dream, your orders to Meowth are simple, and the talking cat obliges, utilizing Dream Eater to begin sucking away dreams, eliciting a quick retort from the Gengar, “That won’t work on me, fool! I’m the only one here that’s ever been awake!” But the dreams begin to coalesce around Meowth all the same, not being pulled from the Gengar but rather from the walls of the cave itself, the shimmering crystals lining the area visibly dimming and the stone taking a darker hugh as the energy pools into Meowth’s paw.

The Gengar doesn’t seem overly pleased with this idea, and unleashes a Dark Pulse towards you, the wave of energy washing over Meowth and sending him tumbling for a moment before he can right himself. But as he does the energy in his paw takes proper form, a glowing white crystal in the shape of a diamond, with a symbol all too familiar to you etched into the center. This was it, Normalium Z.
Put yourself in the shoes of Keith Masters for a minute. You just found out that the mysterious mage who's been accompanying you is in fact a Gengar, who has just revealed to you that you've been asleep the entire time- still are asleep, in fact- and is about to attack you. Your Poké Balls, sealed shut by a mysterious force, unresponsive. Your only hope is the Meowth on your shoulder, who happens to know Dream Eater. What would you have done? That's what I thought. So you can imagine the frustration Keith felt at that moment when Gengar retorted that it wouldn't work on him, that he was the only one present that's ever been awake.

But Keith said nothing, watching intently. Not just the Gengar, but their surroundings- Meowth was eating dreams, alright, but they seemed to be coming from the cave walls as opposed to the intended target. Keith was intrigued here- the cave definitely had some... interesting properties, to say the least. But now, Meowth was using Dream Eater to draw that strange power to him. The power that had manifested itself in the form of Mega Evolved Pokémon, of seemingly normal Pokémon that could unleash Z-Moves, of the Mega Stones and Z-Crystals themselves... And Gengar didn't like this one bit, it seemed. The Ghost/Poison-type drove this point home rather nicely with a Dark Pulse that sent Meowth tumbling backwards. "Meowth!" Keith exclaimed.

"Gah... I'm OK..." Meowth grunted as he unsteadily got back up. "But... eh? Wat's dis?" he murmured, his attention finally caught by the energy that had gathered in his paw, which had now taken on actual form.

Keith's eyes widened. "It's a Z-Crystal," he breathed. Meowth handed him the object, which Keith hastened to take to inspect further. "A Normalium Z, I'm sure of it!" he whispered.

"Ehh, fat lotta good dat does us, den," Meowth whispered back. "Dis may have escaped yer notice, but Ghost-types like Gengar ain't sweatin' no Breakneck Blitz!"

Keith sighed. Meowth was right and he knew it. This wasn't gonna assist them in any meaningful-

Assist them.

Assist them!

The grin returned to Keith's face in an instant. "Meowth, use Work Up!" he ordered.

"He's got some kinda plan," Meowth murmured to himself. He wasn't seeing it, but he proceeded to boost his attacking power nevertheless.

While Meowth was doing this, Keith went for his Z-Ring. Took out the Poisonium Z, safely pocketed it, and slotted his new Normalium Z in its place. He grinned at this for a moment, then turned his attention back to the battle, praying this would work, for it seemed to be their best shot. "Now, Meowth!" he declared, moving his arms.

"If youse says so!" Meowth replied, copying Keith's movements. He was electing to put his trust in whatever Keith had cooked up here, and was right now just thankful they both had practiced various types of Z-Move poses in the past.

"Our minds, our spirits, linked as one!" Keith declared as he moved. "Far from plain, far from ordinary- we ascend as one and become extraordinary!" And as he finished up the Normalium Z poses, the Z-Power flooded from the Normalium Z- from Keith himself- into Meowth. Curiously, it wasn't doing what Meowth would've expected here. Rather than powering up one of his moves, it seemed to be... waiting. Waiting for something. And in that instant, Meowth knew just what that something was.

"...Let's do dis!" Meowth exclaimed.

Keith's grin widened. "Here we go, then- use Z-Assist!!!" he bellowed.


Quote:

Meowth surrounded itself with its Z-Power!

Meowth unleashes its full-force Z-Move!

Meowth will change the move chosen by Assist to its Z-Move!
*Keith obtained a Normalium Z!*
__________________
Missingno. Master is offline   Reply With Quote
Old 05-03-2021, 02:59 PM   #15
Lil'twick
Insanity
 
Lil'twick's Avatar
 
Join Date: May 2013
Location: Fizzy Bubbles
Posts: 5,751
Send a message via Skype™ to Lil'twick
Sneaze-

With a few taps of Pokeballs, you explain that the best way to keep a Pokemon horde until control is setting limits and boundaries within the group. The kid watches you intently as you explain as if he was taking mental notes. He then tries to replicate what you do, using the balls for the Eevees when they start fighting. That was a good start.

You do, however, nonchalantly wave and start to walk off when your own advice was done. You didn't really have the time for those, you had a boat to ask about. And that was all the way in the City of Pentacles, and well you still had a good amount of distance to go. The boy could handle his own problems, you had your own goals.

Though, as you walk, you notice footsteps behind you. This was the major road through the Arcane Realm, so of course, there were going to be people behind you. But, they sounded like they were following you specifically. Looking behind you, you see the boy sort of trailing behind a certain distance. Well, that wasn't creepy at all.

This sort of song and dance continues until you hit a fork in the road. One way was towards the Chalice of the Sun, and the other continued down towards the City of Pentacles. The boy walks next to you, and then sort of gives a meek wave before heading down towards the path of the Chalice. Guess he wasn't just stalking you.

Though, it seems you were moving a lot faster than you initially thought, as you could see The Tower peeking out over the horizon from this fork. Were the estimates wrong, or was something else afoot? Well, whatever, you probably weren't going to see the kid again anyways.

What do you do?
__________________


I fill my lungs with everything
You want someone that I can't be
You say it's insanity, but
I say that's my life

Fizzy Bubbles
Lil'twick is offline   Reply With Quote
Old 05-04-2021, 11:11 AM   #16
Sneaze
Mrow?
 
Sneaze's Avatar
 
Join Date: Aug 2011
Location: Camping the White Market
Posts: 6,934
Quote:
Originally Posted by Lil'twick View Post
Sneaze-

With a few taps of Pokeballs, you explain that the best way to keep a Pokemon horde until control is setting limits and boundaries within the group. The kid watches you intently as you explain as if he was taking mental notes. He then tries to replicate what you do, using the balls for the Eevees when they start fighting. That was a good start.

You do, however, nonchalantly wave and start to walk off when your own advice was done. You didn't really have the time for those, you had a boat to ask about. And that was all the way in the City of Pentacles, and well you still had a good amount of distance to go. The boy could handle his own problems, you had your own goals.

Though, as you walk, you notice footsteps behind you. This was the major road through the Arcane Realm, so of course, there were going to be people behind you. But, they sounded like they were following you specifically. Looking behind you, you see the boy sort of trailing behind a certain distance. Well, that wasn't creepy at all.

This sort of song and dance continues until you hit a fork in the road. One way was towards the Chalice of the Sun, and the other continued down towards the City of Pentacles. The boy walks next to you, and then sort of gives a meek wave before heading down towards the path of the Chalice. Guess he wasn't just stalking you.

Though, it seems you were moving a lot faster than you initially thought, as you could see The Tower peeking out over the horizon from this fork. Were the estimates wrong, or was something else afoot? Well, whatever, you probably weren't going to see the kid again anyways.

What do you do?
After giving the Eevee boy a not so polite goodbye, it was time to make the long trek towards the City of Pentacles. With the Pichu horde having largely calmed down from their brief moment of play, the walk was fairly peaceful, as well. That is, until Michael began to notice the sound of footsteps behind him. Initially this was shrugged off, this being a major road there were bound to be travelers going the same direction, after all. But after a bit of time it was clear the steps were following him in some capacity, so he gave a brief turn to look, only to spot the same boy he had just left behind now trailing a ways back, still decidedly in sight. Was this kid actually following him? Did he have nothing better to do? A few thoughts raced through the man’s mind, none of them particularly flattering about the boy’s intentions, before he ended up reaching a fork in the road, one direction leading towards his intended target, the City of Pentacles, while the other was bound for the Chalice of the Sun. Sure enough, after but a moment the boy caught up to him, only to wave awkwardly and head towards the Chalice like he hadn’t just been trailing Michael for some period of time. A single thought raced through his mind, replacing the myriad of oddities he had previously been thinking. Weird.

But as he was about to continue down the path towards the City of Pentacles, where he could clearly see the Tower despite it in no way having been a full three days already, a voice rang out from his hood with a sharp “Piii!” before Annie proceeded to jump down and point down the other path where the boy just went. Michael went to begin insisting that they very much not follow a small child around, for various reasons, but before a single word got out the rest of previously calm Pichu went absolutely ape, devolving into yet another full blown argument, a chorus of “Pi” and “Chu” shouting from literally everywhere around the man’s head, drowning out all of his thoughts for the moment.

“Okay, okay. We’ll take another vote.” He sighed, placing the lot of them on the ground. “Point which way you want to go.”

Annie continued pointing down her desired path towards the Chalice of the Sun, while Asher joined her, likely just meaning to irritate the trainer as much as was possible. Andrew, still decidedly curious about the boat, pointed down towards the City of Pentacles, and was promptly joined by Angela after the Pichu realized that with the Tower in sight it likely meant a little less time on the road. With Axel as the tie breaker, the final Pichu stared down both options before deciding he really could not care less, climbing back up Michael’s back and into his hood, and proceeding to curl up and get comfortable for a short nap before the most restful spot was taken again.

“Well, looks like I’m the tie breaker this time.” The man chuckled, scooping up Annie and Asher and holding the two protesting Pichu in his arms as he began heading towards the City of Pentacles once more. The less raw chaos in his life right now, the better. Angela and Andrew, happy that their location was chosen, proceed to climb back up and occupy the man’s hood as well, leaving the space a little bit cramped, much to Axel’s irritation, but enough room for the three to rest, while Annie and Asher eventually calm down enough to let themselves simply be carried as they nap, not having to worry about falling off of the man’s shoulders.
__________________

Daisy wins at life for making this Battle Cut
Sneaze is offline   Reply With Quote
Old 05-04-2021, 01:08 PM   #17
Lil'twick
Insanity
 
Lil'twick's Avatar
 
Join Date: May 2013
Location: Fizzy Bubbles
Posts: 5,751
Send a message via Skype™ to Lil'twick
Sneaze-

With your decision made, you make your way down the path towards the City of Pentacles. You watch as the ever-looming tower becomes clearer within your view, as the cityscape consumes the horizon. Immediately, you can see the sprawling expanse of a graveyard. This was Death's Yard, the final resting place of every soul that called the Arcane Realm home. Though this place wasn't your goal, and you move past.

Soon, you enter the city properly and see the myriad inhabitants go about their daily life. The muck and grime were obvious enough, with most of the folks looking on the poorer end. This wasn't New Fizz City, this was truly a city of coin and thieves. Countless unsavory practices were happening within the city, especially in the Devil's Playground. Though, that wasn't exactly the place you'd find a boat. Well, not the kind you w4ere looking for anyways.

You soon arrived in the Hanged Man's Plaza, and you see the city start to transform. It was nice and clean, and a flower garden surrounded the large statue in the center. People of all walks of life traveled the plaza, either going to the stalls or the businesses within. The smell of salt permeated the air, and you could see the ocean on the horizon. There was a gray dot as well, presumably the Island of Temperance.

And with the ocean, that meant the docks. That was your goal, and well it was pretty close. Walking down the docks, you see seamen and pirates mingling together, seeming to not have a care in the world. Of course, there were also the shipmen and boat makers as well. Of course, it was trying to find the right one to answer your query.

What do you do?
__________________


I fill my lungs with everything
You want someone that I can't be
You say it's insanity, but
I say that's my life

Fizzy Bubbles

Last edited by Lil'twick; 05-04-2021 at 03:14 PM.
Lil'twick is offline   Reply With Quote
Old 05-04-2021, 02:54 PM   #18
Sneaze
Mrow?
 
Sneaze's Avatar
 
Join Date: Aug 2011
Location: Camping the White Market
Posts: 6,934
Quote:
Originally Posted by Lil'twick View Post
Sneaze-

[color=royalblue=With your decision made, you make your way down the path towards the City of Pentacles. You watch as the ever-looming[/color] tower becomes clearer within your view, as the cityscape consumes the horizon. Immediately, you can see the sprawling expanse of a graveyard. This was Death's Yard, the final resting place of every soul that called the Arcane Realm home. Though this place wasn't your goal, and you move past.

Soon, you enter the city properly and see the myriad inhabitants go about their daily life. The muck and grime were obvious enough, with most of the folks looking on the poorer end. This wasn't New Fizz City, this was truly a city of coin and thieves. Countless unsavory practices were happening within the city, especially in the Devil's Playground. Though, that wasn't exactly the place you'd find a boat. Well, not the kind you w4ere looking for anyways.

You soon arrived in the Hanged Man's Plaza, and you see the city start to transform. It was nice and clean, and a flower garden surrounded the large statue in the center. People of all walks of life traveled the plaza, either going to the stalls or the businesses within. The smell of salt permeated the air, and you could see the ocean on the horizon. There was a gray dot as well, presumably the Island of Temperance.

And with the ocean, that meant the docks. That was your goal, and well it was pretty close. Walking down the docks, you see seamen and pirates mingling together, seeming to not have a care in the world. Of course, there were also the shipmen and boat makers as well. Of course, it was trying to find the right one to answer your query.

What do you do?
The walk was much, much shorter than expected but he was here nonetheless, The City of Pentacles. It was a good thing the whole of the horde of Pichu had settled down for naps, too, as the sheer variance in sights to be seen would likely have sent them into another frenzy as he traveled through the city. After all, were it not for the fact that he had a destination in mind himself, there were more than a couple of places he would like to visit at a later point. But alas, he did find his way to the docks after some time, and come to yet another dilemma. There were merchants and roughnecks both to mingle with here, and both groups would likely be able to provide him with some valuable information in regards to the boat he had previously seen. But at least with the Pichu all still asleep there would be no need for a vote this time around, he knew full well which of the two groups he would rather approach.

Opting to recall the slumbering toddlers, he clips their five balls to his belt once more after making sure to carefully get them into the safety of the orbs without disturbing their sleep. Checking to make sure the group hasn’t left any stray yellow fur on his outfit, he dusts off any he spots before raising his hood so that the horns atop it show prominently while the hood itself helps to darken his eyes. Afterwards, he places his hands loosely in his pockets, slumps his posture, and makes his way towards the nearest group of pirates he can spot. He never did have the taste for merchants anyway, too much trying to prop up their own product instead of supplying valuable information.

Looking for the meanest, loudest looking ruffian out of the lot he approaches, Michael turns on the edge in full as he walks past, making a point not to make any eye contact. “Look at all these sorry pieces of plywood they call ships around here. I bet this lot wouldn’t know a good plank of wood if they were walking it.”
__________________

Daisy wins at life for making this Battle Cut
Sneaze is offline   Reply With Quote
Old 05-06-2021, 07:12 PM   #19
Zelphon
Caffeinated
 
Zelphon's Avatar
 
Join Date: Apr 2014
Location: Bed
Posts: 2,788
Send a message via Skype™ to Zelphon
Rylie nods as the Mimikyu gives her explanation of the situation, glancing back as he processes the information. As she finishes he once again turns back to face the Mimikyu with a smile.

"Alright, understood. We'll try and make our way over that inn then, Naula will be accompaning me but I don't want to leave you alone so feel free to have fun with another friend of mine, Mr.Sparce!

*pokeball releases a dapper looking Dunsparce to yawns as it exists the beam of light*

"Alright you two, take care and have fun, Naula and I will be back as soon as we can and hopefully with some more food to boot~"

After petting his Dunsparce a little and giving it a scretch under the chin Rylie once again picks up his bag and heads off, this time with new purpose and he attempts to find the inn the Mimikyu spoke of. Naula yipping at the focused man to pay more attention to the actual path he's walking along the way.
__________________
Life, but a series of paths and flows
Down many one can go
May yours run smoothly and be soft to your feet


Last edited by Zelphon; 05-12-2021 at 11:14 PM.
Zelphon is offline   Reply With Quote
Old 05-07-2021, 06:33 PM   #20
Ironthunder
The Uncultured One
 
Ironthunder's Avatar
 
Join Date: Nov 2014
Location: Somewhere.
Posts: 3,562
Send a message via Skype™ to Ironthunder
Quote:
Originally Posted by Asteiri
Ironthunder


Desolate was the first word that came to mind. There was nothing here, nothing grew and the wind hardly made a sound. It seemed absolutely deserted, no signs of life anywhere around you, yet only one question clearly rang out in your mind: where were you? Your memory was in a slight haze, remembering falling asleep in the valley but now you were here, no sign of your tent or the belongings that were in it. All you had was your Pokeballs and bag, and no clue as to where you were or how you got here. Hope seemed happy enough, making your skin crawl slightly... had the ghost had something to do with it? Actually, you could see her floating around, seemingly looking at things that were invisible to your own eyes. A shudder crawled down your spine, hoping it was just Hope trying to scare you.

You decided that you had to find something in this wasteland, just standing here would do you no good and would make it easy for the angered buzzards above you to swoop down and pluck you and your Pokemon, one by one. As you stood, you noticed something far into the distance. You couldn't quite make it out, but it towered above everything else. You decided that this would be a good starting point to figuring... something out. You set forth towards it, slowly wandering over the scorched Earth.

Your walk was long, uneventful. Occasionally Hope would giggle as if something funny had just been whispered, always doing so after a chill made it's way through your body. Both Carl and Crimson Fandango didn't seem to notice however, keeping their eyes on the sight in front of you, which was slowly becoming much clearer than before. It was tremendous, and almost breathtaking too. You broke out into a sprint to get a better look, coming to a head directly in front of it: a massive angelic statue. Her face was blindfolded, holding a sword in her right hand and a set of scales in her left. Although her face was blindfolded, something about the way that the statue looked down on you sent chills through your body... you felt as though every ounce of your being were being weighed, judged in a sense.

As you stared at the statue, Carl suddenly cawked, his beak dropping slightly as he began to salivate. He leapt off your shoulder before you had a chance to turn around, flying towards whatever had caught his eye. You turned, watching him flutter towards a Grubbin that had wormed it's way out of the scorched Earth. It seemed like your trek had made the bird rather hungry, as he swooped down to try and Pluck the creature off the ground. You should probably make him stop, as the creature showed true terror on it's face...

What do you do?
Setting across the desolate wasteland, Liawe and her three companions faced their predicament with their own verdicts: Carl was circling overhead, clearly wary of threats, while the Crimson Fandango slept happily in his Trainer's arms. Liawe was apprehensive, concerned at the sudden arrival in this barren waste and what had led to her being here, while Hope was floating along with her trainer, unusually quiet for such a mischievous little spirit. Liawe couldn't quite tell if the Ghost was apprehensive, concerned, overawed or simply acting, but the possibilities alone unnerved her. And so, they trekked onwards.

Minutes and hours passed, Liawe having long lost count beneath the relentless gaze of the blazing sun. The heat was taking its toll on Carl too, who'd given up circling and was now perched on his Trainer's shoulder. But at long last, they reached the object on the horizon. An ancient statue, blindfolded but bearing a sword and scales. A statue of justice, clearly. But here? In these lifeless wastes? It was almost picturesque, and Liawe went to begin sketching it, only to find that her pencils and pad had not made it out with her. Bollocks.

Well, perhaps the wastes weren't lifeless after all. A small disturbance dragged the general attentions downwards, as a Grubbin burst through the dried earth, wriggling its way to the surface. Carl, acting almost on instinct, swooped for the creature. Bird and bug, nature taking its course. However, Liawe was rather fond of bugs, and so she desperately called out to Carl to stop. Letting out a disappointed trill, Carl pulled up from his dive, instead swooping low over the grub and looping back around to Liawe, who handed the hungry bird a quick snack from the depths of her bag. Live and let live. Or perhaps, live and let die. This climate wasn't exactly conducive to sustaining life. Turning her focus back to the statue, Liawe began examining it for any signs, any clues as to why it was out here, while Carl and Hope began inspecting the upper areas of the statue. Of course, the Crimson Fandango was still asleep. The little bug clearly hadn't had as restful a night as the others, and needed some catch-up before it felt like contributing.
__________________
Ironthunder is offline   Reply With Quote
Old 05-07-2021, 10:14 PM   #21
SpinyShell
Cascade Badge
 
SpinyShell's Avatar
 
Join Date: Aug 2020
Location: The Milky Way Galaxy
Posts: 353
Quote:
The Indeedee looked at you curiously. It didn't understand why you wouldn't want to take a rest. Your clothes were a little scuffed up from all the walking that had happened today, after all. Though, if you did indeed wish to help out, it couldn't fault you on that. He looked at you once more, seeming to ponder what exactly would happen if he left on his own free will. He left the room real quick before quickly coming back. He looked like he was ready to go.

Leading you outside, he began to walk further down the road. You trail behind the Pokemon, trusting that he knew the area better than you. The night air was crisp, and the skies were clear. You could see the moon beginning to rise, and the starry night painted across the skyline. Compared to the dusk that you saw when you arrived, there was a different kind of beauty to this. A sense of tranquility washed over you.

You watched as the Pokemon continued onwards. The road started to twist and turn up the mountain, and it becomes colder as you ascended the Chalice. There was a sort of beauty to this place, the frigid air dancing on your skin. It was enticing you to climb higher and higher, but the Indeedee soon stopped. You could see why, as the psychic and normal-typed Pokemon looked at the road ahead. There was a fork here, on to the left that kept level with where you were at on the mountain, and one going diagonally forwards that went up the mountain.

He looked back at you, looking a bit puzzled. Was he actually not as familiar with where to go as you thought he would? Well, the road branched here, and it looked like you had the choice on which way you could go. It seemed strange having to choose this many paths in one day, but the mountain was vast.

What do you do?
OOC: Continuing my adventure from BMGf

Despite spending the entire day trekking through both the Fool’s Path and a hot desert with little rest, Sil felt oddly relaxed. Perhaps it was the effect of the tea, and the absolute beauty of the night. The air was crisp, and there was not a cloud in sight. The stars were speckled across the night sky like diamonds strewn across black velvet, and the moon was the centerpiece of the whole arrangement, ringed with a halo of pale light. The Indeedee had been puzzled by her eagerness to head out tonight, rather than wait until she was rested up in the morning. But, had she decided to sleep, she would have slept away such a wonderful night.

Trekking behind the Emotion Pokemon, she continued her ascent up the mountain, feeling the air thin and cool as they climbed higher. The iciness of the air helped refresh her, sort of like splashing cold water on one’s face. She felt the alluring desire to climb higher, however she was denied the chance as the Indeedee soon stopped.

It appeared there was a fork in the road ahead, one that ascended up the mountain and one that stayed level with their path. A puzzled expression crept across the Indeedee’s face--did he not know which path to take? He turned to her, seemingly expecting her to make the decision, yet another choice today she had to make. However, she was not apt to choose alone.

Sil reached into her backpack, scuffed up and dusty from the day’s journey, and pulled out a Dusk Ball. She pressed the orange button in its center, releasing her Pumpkasaur from his digital home. Appearing in a bright purple flash, Umbra let out a surprised croak. He was puzzled how he somehow arrived in this weird place, but he didn’t dwell on it for long--his trainer needed him.

“Umbra, I know this might seem pretty sudden, but I need your help. You have a sharper nose and sharper night-vision than I do. We--” she gestured to herself and the Indeedee, “--are looking for some clay on this mountain. However, we’re at a bit of an impasse, as you can see by these two paths. Could you figure out which path to go down?”

Umbra nodded, eager to stretch his legs and take in the beautiful night. There had been a patch of clay within the Perplexing Pumpkin Patch, so he was familiar with the scent. He bent forward with his nose almost pressed against the dirt, sniffing near the entrances of both paths. Despite the chillness, he worked with gusto, occasionally digging a scrape in the ground, inspecting the earth for particles of clay.

The minutes began to drag on as Umbra worked, however, Sil didn’t mind. Inhaling deeply, she took in a deep breath, enjoying the tranquility of the night. It was so quite out, so peaceful…

Eventually Umbra returned from his little quest, albeit in a more defeated state, it seemed that he couldn’t determine which path had clay. Unfortunately, they would just have to make a stab in the dark and hope that they would end up somewhere with some clay.

Staring at the two paths that were laid out before her, Sil paused for a moment before she came to her decision.

“I think we’ll go with the left path.”

Last edited by SpinyShell; 05-08-2021 at 01:42 PM.
SpinyShell is offline   Reply With Quote
Old 05-11-2021, 02:02 PM   #22
Lil'twick
Insanity
 
Lil'twick's Avatar
 
Join Date: May 2013
Location: Fizzy Bubbles
Posts: 5,751
Send a message via Skype™ to Lil'twick
Sniz-

Looking for the loudest, toughest-looking ruffian to heckle, you soon find a worthy target. A large hulking mess of a man, he looked more like something straight out of a pirate movie than an actual person. This was definitely the sort of person who you could easily convince to help out with a ship in some way. Channeling your inner teenager, you approach the man and don't make eye contact as you make a snide remark.

The man immediately stopped his boisterous laughter and looked at you. While you were avoiding his gaze, you could tell by his coat that he was a sea captain of some kind. He dropped an anchor to his side, and you heard his neck cracking. And then, a loud boisterous laugh

"Ah see mates! This man has the guts to call out these pieces of shit!" He bellies out, the words echoing across the shipyard.

"I've been telling me, boys, here that the good ol' ships have started to whether away and all these new ones look like baby's first ship. The ol' king's gone senile I say. His father, well, he let people make what they please! But no no no, this new king want's to piss in his pants and regulate things."

The man picks that anchor back up and turns to address the shipyard.

"Well, the crew of the Saint Mariette ain't takin' this shit. I remember the days where captains and pirates alike came together to admire the different beauties. But no, no more Ebonwood. No more Rosewood. No more Mahagony.Too cursed, bah!" The man spits before quieting down and turning to you. "Bah, I ain't repair my girl with this sissy wood. Nah, she deserves the best Rosewood 'round."

You then hear a hard slap, and you could feel the man calm down.

"Aye, sorry for going overboard there. Name's Captain Whitehook. Me crew and me been moored here for a few months, waiting for someone with the guts to be able to help. Me ship, the Saint Mariette, is an ancient ship that's been sailing the high seas for centuries. We come here every decade or so to repair her with the newest Rosewood. But bans and tariffs have been making it extremely hard..."

"Unless, well, you'd be interested in getting some for me? If you need something in return my crew and I would be more than happy to comply. We honor our debts."

What do you say?


Iron-

Your team beings to inspect the statue, as the wastes begin to show some signs of life. Justice, to was a pretty word, and the statue seemed to embody it. Sins were meant to be judged and passed fairly, regardless of their measure. Of course, with this being really the only thing here, there wasn't much else at all to do but look at it.

You notice that the Grubbin had dug back into the ground. Of course, a famished Starly would scare the bug type off. Though, what would you expect. Most of your supplies were gone, and you were stuck with some of the rowdiest members of your team in the middle of a scorched waste. The trees on the horizon were burnt, and show no sign of growth.

What, exactly then, was there to do here but waste away and stare at the statue? There was a certain air here though, the made you felt like something was crawling up your spine. A sort of wriggling, writhing feeling that was dragging you down. You could see your team starting to experience it as well. What the hell was going on here?

There was one thing you noticed, in that the statue's eyes were starting to glow an ethereal blue. Were you being judged here? You couldn't tell, but there was something definitely wrong.

What do you do?


Spiny-

You decide the best course of action would be calling out Umbra, your Fizzytopian Bulbasaur. The pale gray variant with a pumpkin growing out of its back was also colloquially known as a Pumpkasaur. With your experience meeting him at the haunted mansion, you knew that he had some natural affinity with clay.

Having the Bulbasaur sniff around, you wait to see if he'd be able to find some sort of lead onto where clay may be hiding. Though, the search turns up no luck from either route. With no further information, you trust your intuition and head down the left path.

Taking the path, you notice the path immediately slopes downward, quite heavily in fact. You, your team, and the Indeedee almost lose footing a few times but manage to make it down the path. It eventually smooths out and leads to the maw of a gigantic cavern. A lava tube. You could feel a warmth emanating from within. Volcanic clay did exist and was probably found deep within these tunnels.

Though, you do notice a group of Zubat roosting on the top of the cavern. They were watching you intently, waiting to see if they could swoop down and cause some trouble. Well, what would you expect, they plagued almost every cave ever. Though, the priority was figuring if this route was worth going down in the first place.

What do you do?
__________________


I fill my lungs with everything
You want someone that I can't be
You say it's insanity, but
I say that's my life

Fizzy Bubbles
Lil'twick is offline   Reply With Quote
Old 05-12-2021, 12:50 PM   #23
Connor
Flashbacker
 
Connor's Avatar
 
Join Date: Aug 2013
Posts: 9,068
grassyglide: Deciding at the behest of Wisewoods to help the shrine Pokemon first, you turn back towards their huddled figures. Whether letting the boy escape would prove to be a wise choice remains to be seen, but there was an admirable quality to Wisewoods prioritising helping those in need. Wisewoods moves to coax the Pokemon out of hiding while you survey the damage. What had originally been an intricate display lay in ruins. The torii gate had splintered completely, sagging dangerously and barely able to remain upright. Dirt had been scattered over the entirety of the woodwork, while the handcrafted doors laden on the offerings box had been caved in. All in all, the bullies had done as thorough a job as it was petty destroying the place. The one saving grace was that the integrity of the main shrine remained intact, with the structure resting in the shadow of an overbearing oak tree. The sense of mysticism persisted, even with the dishevelled state.

Wisewoods finally succeeds in drawing the guarded Pokemon into the opening. Led by the twin Kirlia, you notice a rather ragtag bunch of attendants - a handful of Ralts, Cleffa and Flabebe follow behind. Enough to have driven the rampaging louts away, but none of them particularly given to violence, no doubt pacifistic by nature. As they approach, a sharp pain rips through your head, your visible wincing seeming to upset on the Kirlia, who was bathed in a faint blue light.

"I am sorry, human. I am... not used to communicating this way."

The voice, faintly feminine, echoed in your thoughts for a moment before you understood its source. The Kirlia, noticing your awareness, continued with a slight smile.

"We thank you for defending our home. Alas, I am pushed to burden you further... would you mind lending assistance? We require a few items to rebuild, each difficult to obtain. First a sacred wood, second the aid of a skilled carver, and lastly some rare incense to appease the slighted spirits."

The Kirlia looks at you expectantly, a glimmer of optimism within her eyes. Before you can respond, a frantic barking emanates from a nearby bush. Wisewoods leaps to defend you, but the silent Kirlia raises an arm, using her telekinetic powers to draw from the foliage a raggedy Eevee, twigs and mud poking errantly from their fur. Being suspended does little to dampen the enthusiasm of the young pup, his tail wagging ferociously at the sight of unfamiliar company.

---

Zelphon: Having to abandon MImikyu puts a downer on Naula's mood, but the Eevee soon perks up when you decide to leave Dunsoarce to keep the trapped spirit company. Dunsparce seems pretty eager to play, merrily roughhousing with the Ghost type, with Mimikyu coming out of their shell enough to playfully slap in protest with her claws. With this solved for now, you head towards the main track, finding it with some ease courtesy of Naula's keen smell. Taking a moment to get your bearings, you head towards the inn, holding some anticipation for what you'd discover.

Mimikyu was right - both in that the inn still existed, and that it was relatively close. The building was a rather humble affair, exuding the kind of warm and cosy atmosphere that establishments across the land recklessly pursue with expensive renovations, the rustic feel which immediately draws you in with a disarming charm. Despite this, something felt off - the place seemed almost too perfect, an ominous picturesque quality that sent a little shiver down your spine. Heading inside, you are drawn towards the raucous sound of the tavern - if you needed information, people were the likely source. The background murmur dulls for a second as you enter, locals sizing you up with wary gazes before turning back to nursed pints. A quick scan of the area revealed a handful of potential sources - for one, the barkeep was undoubtedly familiar with many a passers-by. An old knight huddles in his rusted armour as if trying to meld into the furniture in an attempt to avoid detection, a number of empty glasses littering his table. At he far end, smoking from a gnarled pipe was a wizened crone, matted grey hair framing a sunken face, wrinkles obscuring much of her facial features. There were a few others of interest, but most of them appeared obvious travellers, unlikely to have much in the way of local knowledge.
__________________
FB
Connor is offline   Reply With Quote
Old 05-12-2021, 09:02 PM   #24
grassyglide
Cascade Badge
 
Join Date: Feb 2021
Posts: 265
Quote:
Originally Posted by Connor View Post
grassyglide: Deciding at the behest of Wisewoods to help the shrine Pokemon first, you turn back towards their huddled figures. Whether letting the boy escape would prove to be a wise choice remains to be seen, but there was an admirable quality to Wisewoods prioritising helping those in need. Wisewoods moves to coax the Pokemon out of hiding while you survey the damage. What had originally been an intricate display lay in ruins. The torii gate had splintered completely, sagging dangerously and barely able to remain upright. Dirt had been scattered over the entirety of the woodwork, while the handcrafted doors laden on the offerings box had been caved in. All in all, the bullies had done as thorough a job as it was petty destroying the place. The one saving grace was that the integrity of the main shrine remained intact, with the structure resting in the shadow of an overbearing oak tree. The sense of mysticism persisted, even with the dishevelled state.

Wisewoods finally succeeds in drawing the guarded Pokemon into the opening. Led by the twin Kirlia, you notice a rather ragtag bunch of attendants - a handful of Ralts, Cleffa and Flabebe follow behind. Enough to have driven the rampaging louts away, but none of them particularly given to violence, no doubt pacifistic by nature. As they approach, a sharp pain rips through your head, your visible wincing seeming to upset on the Kirlia, who was bathed in a faint blue light.

"I am sorry, human. I am... not used to communicating this way."

The voice, faintly feminine, echoed in your thoughts for a moment before you understood its source. The Kirlia, noticing your awareness, continued with a slight smile.

"We thank you for defending our home. Alas, I am pushed to burden you further... would you mind lending assistance? We require a few items to rebuild, each difficult to obtain. First a sacred wood, second the aid of a skilled carver, and lastly some rare incense to appease the slighted spirits."

The Kirlia looks at you expectantly, a glimmer of optimism within her eyes. Before you can respond, a frantic barking emanates from a nearby bush. Wisewoods leaps to defend you, but the silent Kirlia raises an arm, using her telekinetic powers to draw from the foliage a raggedy Eevee, twigs and mud poking errantly from their fur. Being suspended does little to dampen the enthusiasm of the young pup, his tail wagging ferociously at the sight of unfamiliar company.

Wisewoods went off to get the shrine Pokemon to come out of hiding while Argyle took the aftermath of the kids' attack in. He hadn't really realized it during battle but the kids had sure done a number on the shrine. Who would've thought that they were capable of this much destruction. At least the main shrine was still intact.

While Argyle took inventory of things that would need fixing up, Wisewoods emerged from the bushes with the shrine Pokemon. The group were led by the two Kirlia as Argyle had seen earlier. The rest of the group was comprised of some Ralts, Cleffa and Flabebe. No wonder the boys got away with as much damage as they did up until Argyle showed up, the shrine Pokemon were clearly not fighters. Perhaps the Kirlia could've...

"Ouch!" Argyle shrieked as he felt a sharp pain in his head. Only afterwards did Argyle realize that one of the two Kirlia was emanating a blue aura and she seemed upset. Was she upset with Argyle?

"I am sorry, human. I am... not used to communicating this way."

Argyle surveyed the shrine Pokemon to try and locate the source of the sound. He couldn't find any. Then it hit him. He refocused his attention on the Kirlia. The feminine voice that echoed in his mind was being emitted telepathically by this Kirlia standing before Argyle. The Kirlia smiled, confirming Argyle's theory. Then, continued with her remarks:

"We thank you for defending our home. Alas, I am pushed to burden you further... would you mind lending assistance? We require a few items to rebuild, each difficult to obtain. First a sacred wood, second the aid of a skilled carver, and lastly some rare incense to appease the slighted spirits."

Argyle was preparing to respond. Was he to speak verbally or just think his response? Anyhow, before he could decide on the medium for his response, barking from a nearby bush startled Argyle and had Wisewoods jumping into action to protect his trainer. Fortunately, the Kirlia raised a hand before things got messy and used her psychic abilities to bring out the source of the sounds. Out came an Eevee, who despite the Kirlia's psychic hold, was still animated as he wagged his tail ferociously. Clearly not all shrine Pokemon were as quiet and gentle as the initial group Argyle had saw. Argyle could empathize with the Eevee. Minutes ago, his shrine was under attack. Argyle would be weary of strangers too, though he'd probably be a bit more subdued in his reaction than this spunky Eevee. Perhaps there was something he could do to appease the Eevee. That's right, there was! Argyle reached for his backpack and took out a Yummi Gummi. He placed it down near where the Eevee was being held by the Kirlia. Perhaps, the Pokemon would accept his peace offering. Hopefully, the other Pokemon don't get jealous, Argyle worried.

Now, with the Eevee held by Kirlia and a potential peace offering in place, he could respond to Kirlia's request. He decided to answer verbally so that his partner, Wisewoods, and the other Pokemon could hear it as well. Though, having seen this telepathic communication, dreamt of a day where he and Wisewoods could communicate without speaking. "Wisewoods, my Rowlet, and I would be more than help you rebuild what those kids destroyed," Argyle started, "but these things you ask for, I have no idea where to begin looking. Wisewoods and I are strangers to this forest, so scavenging it for sacred wood could take quite a while. Likewise for the skilled carver and the rare incense. To add to it, the head bully might still be roaming and ravaging the forest, if that's the case we'd better take care of him sooner rather than later."

Argyle paused momentarily, giving the Kirlia a bit of time to process his initial response. "I hope you realize that I really do want to help you here, but I'm also concerned about the kids who were causing trouble still potentially lurking in the forest. So, either we'll have to finish up your requests really quick, which I'm not entirely sure we can do, or go after the kids first and then dedicate our time to the rebuild process. In any other case, we run the risk of further destruction to the woods," Argyle continued, "If we don't have much to go on for your request, we might have to try to track down the bully first and then dedicate our time to repairing the shrine. In any case, if we are to take on your tasks, we'd greatly appreciate if you could point us in the right direction for these items." Argyle paused again. It seemed like he was done with what he had to say when a new idea popped into his head and spurred him onto talking again. "Perhaps you could even appoint a shrine Pokemon to act as a guide. In fact, even if we go after the bully first a guide could come in useful. You see, like I said, we're strangers to this place and we may have trouble finding our way back here to help with the rebuilding. I'll guarantee the Pokemon's safety."

Ok, now he was done. Damn I talked too much, he thought, hopefully I didn't upset or let her down. While awaiting Kirlia's response, Argyle stole a quick glance towards the Eevee to see if he had accepted the Gummi.
__________________
Fizzy Bubbles Profile | FB Wishlist

Last edited by grassyglide; 05-13-2021 at 08:35 AM.
grassyglide is offline   Reply With Quote
Old 05-19-2021, 09:13 PM   #25
SpinyShell
Cascade Badge
 
SpinyShell's Avatar
 
Join Date: Aug 2020
Location: The Milky Way Galaxy
Posts: 353
Quote:
Originally Posted by Lil'twick View Post
Spiny-

You decide the best course of action would be calling out Umbra, your Fizzytopian Bulbasaur. The pale gray variant with a pumpkin growing out of its back was also colloquially known as a Pumpkasaur. With your experience meeting him at the haunted mansion, you knew that he had some natural affinity with clay.

Having the Bulbasaur sniff around, you wait to see if he'd be able to find some sort of lead onto where clay may be hiding. Though, the search turns up no luck from either route. With no further information, you trust your intuition and head down the left path.

Taking the path, you notice the path immediately slopes downward, quite heavily in fact. You, your team, and the Indeedee almost lose footing a few times but manage to make it down the path. It eventually smooths out and leads to the maw of a gigantic cavern. A lava tube. You could feel a warmth emanating from within. Volcanic clay did exist and was probably found deep within these tunnels.

Though, you do notice a group of Zubat roosting on the top of the cavern. They were watching you intently, waiting to see if they could swoop down and cause some trouble. Well, what would you expect, they plagued almost every cave ever. Though, the priority was figuring if this route was worth going down in the first place.

What do you do?
While the path seemed level at first glance, the party soon found that it sloped downwards at a rather sharp angle. Sil nearly lost her footing several times, her adrenaline rushing every time her foot slipped. She’d rather not tumble down such a steep and rocky path. The Indeedee was having similar troubles, though he righted himself with his psychic powers. Even Umbra had difficulty remaining steady despite the added stability from his extra pair of legs, using his vines to stop himself from sliding too far.

Fortunately the path eventually leveled out, the ground stable and steady beneath their feet. Umbra was quite enjoying the journey now that he was no longer in danger of face-planting on the incline, the pumpkin on his back bouncing with every step. He bolted ahead, feeling the crisp night air brush against his face and the soft dirt crumble beneath his feet. The fire in his jack-o-lantern flickered with a brilliant light, looking like a shooting star that had fallen to the ground.

Soon, he caught sight of a massive cavern, easily larger than several Gourdasaur lined up next to each other. He stood near the lip of the gap, feeling a sense of apprehension as he stared into the vast, dark portal. Anything could lurk deep in that cave, including foul beasts with an appetite for roasted gourd or pumpkin pie.

As Sil got closer she realized the cave was no ordinary cave; it was a lava tube, no doubt carved by the molten rock from the heart of the Chalice. They could probably find volcanic clay deep within the tunnel’s chambers. Umbra took a step inside to look and let out an unhappy croak at the feeling of the heat against his skin, which soon turned to a cry of fear as he looked up, causing Sil's gaze to go to the roof as well. Roosting along the top of the cavern was an innumerable amount of Zubats, all of them watching (as much as a blind bat could) their every move. They licked their lips, judging to see if the creatures below were a worthwhile meal. The bats would certainly be a nuisance if they went inside the cave.

Sil was hesitant about going down this path, at least at the moment. The lava tube seemed much more dangerous than the parts of the mountain they had seen so far, and the nesting Zubats did little to boost her confidence. They could escape the cave’s clutches with ease if they caught wind of any magma gurgling through the tubes but she, Umbra, and the Indeedee would probably have less of a chance of escaping. And judging by Umbra’s worried expression, it seemed he was thinking the same thing she was.

“I know we just arrived here after walking for a bit, but would it be alright if we checked out the upper path before settling on which route to go down? Umbra and I are a bit hesitant about going down this cave. We just want to check out our other option to see if it might be a little safer.”

There wouldn’t be any harm in exploring their options first before making a final decision, no?
SpinyShell is offline   Reply With Quote
Reply

Lower Navigation
Go Back   UPNetwork > Independent Forums > Fizzy Bubbles


Currently Active Users Viewing This Thread: 1 (0 members and 1 guests)
 
Thread Tools

Posting Rules
You may not post new threads
You may not post replies
You may not post attachments
You may not edit your posts

BB code is On
Smilies are On
[IMG] code is On
HTML code is Off

Forum Jump


All times are GMT -5. The time now is 02:51 PM.


Design By: Miner Skinz.com
Powered by vBulletin® Version 3.8.7
Copyright ©2000 - 2024, vBulletin Solutions, Inc.